The InForm Fitness Podcast with Adam Zickerman is a presentation of InForm Fitness Studios, specializing in safe, efficient, High Intensity strength training. On our bi-monthly podcast, Adam discusses the latest findings in the areas of exercise, nutrition and recovery with leading experts and scientists. We aim to debunk the popular misconceptions and urban myths that are so prevalent in the fields of health and fitness and to replace those sacred cows with scientific-based, up-to-the-minute information on a variety of subjects. The topics covered include exercise protocols and techniques, nutrition, sleep, recovery, the role of genetics in the response to exercise, and much more.
Welcome to the InForm Fitness Podcast series REWIND, a listen back to the classic interviews we’ve had with the high intensity gurus & master trainers… names like Martin Gibala, Bill DeSimone, Simon Shawcross, Jay Vincent, Ryan Hall & Doug McGuff.
This is the 3rd of 3 parts with veteran competitive bodybuilder, “biomechanics” expert, author and public speaker Doug Brignole. On his website Doug describes himself as “Bodybuilder on the outside & science nerd on the inside.”
In part 3, Doug & Adam talk about Balance & Core training, intensity, reciprocal innervation. Enjoy!
For more info about Doug Brignole:
www.dougbrignole.com/
www.greatestphysiques.com/doug-brignole/
For Doug Brignole’s books, visit Amazon:
www.amazon.com/Books-Doug-Brignole/s?rh=n%3A283155%2Cp_27%3ADoug+Brignole
As always, your feedback and suggestions are always welcome.
Adam Zickerman – Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution:
http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
We would love to hear from you with your questions, comments & show ideas…
Our email address is podcast@informfitness.com
Welcome to the InForm Fitness Podcast series REWIND, a listen back to the classic interviews we’ve had with the high intensity gurus & master trainers… names like Martin Gibala, Bill DeSimone, Simon Shawcross, Jay Vincent, Ryan Hall & Doug McGuff.
This is the 2nd of 3 parts with veteran competitive bodybuilder, “biomechanics” expert, author and public speaker Doug Brignole. On his website Doug describes himself as “Bodybuilder on the outside & science nerd on the inside.”
In part 2, Doug & Adam talk about Static vs dynamic exercise, along with speed movement and sports training. They start off the discussion with the old saying… “less is more!”
For more info about Doug Brignole:
www.dougbrignole.com/
www.greatestphysiques.com/doug-brignole/
For Doug Brignole’s books, visit Amazon:
www.amazon.com/Books-Doug-Brignole/s?rh=n%3A283155%2Cp_27%3ADoug+Brignole
As always, your feedback and suggestions are always welcome.
Adam Zickerman – Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution:
http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
We would love to hear from you with your questions, comments & show ideas…
Our email address is podcast@informfitness.com
Welcome to the InForm Fitness Podcast series REWIND, a listen back to the classic interviews we’ve had with the high intensity gurus & master trainers… names like Martin Gibala, Bill DeSimone, Simon Shawcross, Jay Vincent, Ryan Hall & Doug McGuff.
This is the 1st of 3 parts with Doug Brignole. On his website Doug describes himself as “Bodybuilder on the outside & science nerd on the inside.” His competitive career spans over 40 years & he has won numerous bodybuilding titles. His most recent book—“The Physics of Fitness”—is endorsed by nine PhD professors!!! Here in part 1, Doug & Adam talk about Compound vs isolation & natural movements.
For more info about Doug Brignole:
www.dougbrignole.com/
www.greatestphysiques.com/doug-brignole/
For Doug Brignole’s books, visit Amazon:
www.amazon.com/Books-Doug-Brignole/s?rh=n%3A283155%2Cp_27%3ADoug+Brignole
As always, your feedback and suggestions are always welcome.
Adam Zickerman – Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution:
http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
We would love to hear from you with your questions, comments & show ideas…
Our email address is podcast@informfitness.com
Welcome to the InForm Fitness Podcast series REWIND, a listen back to the classic interviews we’ve had with the high intensity gurus & master trainers… names like Martin Gibala, Doug Brignole, Simon Shawcross, Jay Vincent, Ryan Hall & Doug McGuff.
Adam kicks off the series with biomechanics expert, author, weight lifter, and personal trainer Bill DeSimone. Bill penned the book Congruent Exercise: How To Make Weight Training Easier On Your Joints. Bill is well known for his approach to weight lifting which focuses on correct biomechanics to build strength without undue collateral damage to connective tissue and the rest of the body.
In part 4 Adam & Bill discuss past & present trends in training, along with a quick chat about posture, mobility & feel in exercise.
Bill DeSimone Website
Optimalexercisenj.com
Bill DeSimone - Congruent Exercise
https://www.facebook.com/CongruentExercise
As always, your feedback and suggestions are always welcome.
Adam Zickerman – Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution:
http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
We would love to hear from you with your questions, comments & show ideas…
Our email address is podcast@informfitness.com
Welcome to the InForm Fitness Podcast series REWIND, a listen back to the classic interviews we’ve had with the high intensity gurus & master trainers… names like Martin Gibala, Doug Brignole, Simon Shawcross, Jay Vincent, Ryan Hall & Doug McGuff.
Adam kicks off the series with biomechanics expert, author, weight lifter, and personal trainer Bill DeSimone. Bill penned the book Congruent Exercise: How To Make Weight Training Easier On Your Joints. Bill is well known for his approach to weight lifting which focuses on correct biomechanics to build strength without undue collateral damage to connective tissue and the rest of the body. In part 3 of 4, Adam gets Bill’s opinion on the machines vs. free weights debate. Then Adam asks the question, just what is functional training today?
Bill DeSimone Website
Optimalexercisenj.com
Bill DeSimone - Congruent Exercise
https://www.facebook.com/CongruentExercise
As always, your feedback and suggestions are always welcome.
Adam Zickerman – Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution:
http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
We would love to hear from you with your questions, comments & show ideas…
Our email address is podcast@informfitness.com
Welcome to the InForm Fitness Podcast series REWIND, a listen back to the classic interviews we’ve had with the high intensity gurus & master trainers… names like Martin Gibala, Doug Brignole, Simon Shawcross, Jay Vincent, Ryan Hall & Doug McGuff.
Adam kicks off the series with biomechanics expert, author, weight lifter, and personal trainer Bill DeSimone. Bill penned the book Congruent Exercise: How To Make Weight Training Easier On Your Joints. Bill is well known for his approach to weight lifting which focuses on correct biomechanics to build strength without undue collateral damage to connective tissue and the rest of the body. In part 2 of 4, Bill talks about the importance of always using a safe limited range of motion.
Bill DeSimone Website
Optimalexercisenj.com
Bill DeSimone - Congruent Exercise
https://www.facebook.com/CongruentExercise
As always, your feedback and suggestions are always welcome.
Adam Zickerman – Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution:
http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
We would love to hear from you with your questions, comments & show ideas…
Our email address is podcast@informfitness.com
Welcome to the InForm Fitness Podcast series REWIND, a listen back to the classic interviews we’ve had with the high intensity gurus & master trainers… names like Martin Gibala, Doug Brignole, Simon Shawcross, Jay Vincent, Ryan Hall & Doug McGuff.
Adam kicks off the series with biomechanics expert, author, weight lifter, and personal trainer Bill DeSimone. Bill penned the book Congruent Exercise: How To Make Weight Training Easier On Your Joints. Bill is well known for his approach to weight lifting which focuses on correct biomechanics to build strength without undue collateral damage to connective tissue and the rest of the body.
In part 1 of 4, Bill explains all about being “Joint Friendly”.
Bill DeSimone Website
Optimalexercisenj.com
Bill DeSimone - Congruent Exercise
https://www.facebook.com/CongruentExercise
Adam Zickerman – Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution:
http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
We would love to hear from you with your questions, comments & show ideas…
Our email address is podcast@informfitness.com
The idea to include physical education as part of a child’s core curriculum is as uniquely American as Edison’s light bulb and the Blues. As early as the mid 1800’s American educators argued that, from kindergarten through to 12th grade, schools should provide children with the knowledge and activities necessary to maintain a high level of physical fitness for a lifetime. In the mid 1950’s, President Eisenhower established the President’s Council on Youth Fitness (PCYF) urging schools to offer ‘15 minutes of daily, vigorous activity’. And America’s Physical education system was born.
President Kennedy continued to address the issue of physical education, and although the PCYF did not have the authority to impose a national program, it developed and promoted a curriculum to improve fitness. Two hundred thousand copies were distributed in a sweeping drive to achieve widespread participation in the program for the 1961–1962 school year. The program produced a measurable improvement in fitness nationwide as well as a shift in public attitudes and wider participation.
Today, however, Fitness classes are disappearing from the nation's public schools at an alarming rate, vanquished by ever-tightening budgets and time constraints. Only about half of students in grades K-12 have physical education classes every day, and even less for high school students. All at a time when there is a growing body of evidence showing exercise to be fertilizer for the brain. Exercise fosters brain development and growth, and physical activity prepares children to learn.
If you are a parent with young children you must listen to our most recent episode, “Bad Education” with Robert Francis. Robert explains how important exercise is for our children and details the fascinating, yet sobering history of the Physical Education system in American schools; from its roots, its original mission, how we diverged and what, as parents, we can do about it.
As always, your feedback and suggestions are always welcome.
Adam Zickerman – Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution:
http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
We would love to hear from you with your questions, comments & show ideas…
Our email address is podcast@informfitness.com
Inform_R FRANCIS Ep 70 Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
physical education, exercise, sports, people, fitness, school, called, problems, education, athletics, early, teaching, educators, kids, gymnastics, plato, naperville, games, obesity, recreation
Arlene 00:01
The Inform fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman is a presentation of Inform fitness studios, a small family of personal training facilities specializing in safe, efficient high intensity strength training. On our BI monthly podcast, Adam discusses the latest findings in the area of exercise nutrition and recovery with leading experts and scientists, we aim to debunk the popular misconceptions and urban myths that are so prevalent in the fields of health and fitness. And to replace those sacred cows with scientific based up to the minute information on a variety of subjects will cover exercise protocols and techniques, nutrition, sleep, recovery, the role of genetics in the response to exercise, and much more. For this episode, Adam welcomes back Robert Francis, exercise historian and instructor at informed fitness. If you're a parent with young children, you must listen to bad education. Robert explains how important exercise is for our children and details the fascinating yet sobering history of the physical education system in American schools, from its roots, its original mission, how we diverged. And what as parents can we do about for the first time in American history, there is likely to be a generation dental are going to have a shorter lifespan than their pounds.
Adam 01:38
Well, I am so happy to bring back Robert Francis, once again, my mentor, so for so many years, who now have the honor of working with him for fitness. He has a fount of information, when I asked him about all the subjects that we should talk about, one subject that he likes to talk about, and he's well versed on is something that you don't normally hear me talking about, because I don't really know that much about it at all. Although Robert says I do no more than I think about it. So we're going to find out. And that is the subject of your original intent of our physical education system in the United States. You know, gym class and school, and how it compares to the actual present reality is how Robert likes to put it. So, Robert, I guess we'll start with this question. Why do you think this is an important subject for this podcast? Because you know, we normally talk about, you know, exercise fitness nutrition. So here, we're talking about the physical education system, the United States. So why do you think this is an important subject?
Robert 02:48
Well, we train hundreds of people a day in our studios. And I can see and you can see that people ask questions that they really ought to know the answers to people come in with problems that when we talk, we talk about how preventable so many of these problems are. And it's very clear that people have had an inadequate education for 12 years in the public school and kindergarten, on how to maintain their physical bodies. And in my view, a lot of what comes into our doors are not people wanting to optimize an already well moving body, but they're reconstructing a body that is falling apart from maladies and from conditions that are completely preventable, and that they ought to have been adequately educated in order to prevent they're coming in with problems that have to be dealt with. First, sometimes their injuries very often, it's obesity, and diabetes, there's a lot of makeup work that has to be done before we can put them on a course of really robust physical health. Well, you're
Adam 04:13
right. I mean, are you? Are you including a lot of orthopedic issues as well? Yes, sometimes? Yeah. But it's not just orthopedic issues. You're saying things like, you know, metabolic syndrome type stuff, you know, just obesity, high blood pressure, just just bad health,
Robert 04:27
and a lot of the problems that those things bring on mental distress, anxiety, depression, and all the rest of these things that had they been maintaining had they've been taught, according to original intent for physical education, the so
Adam 04:45
you're saying the original intent of our physical education system, you'll have to tell us when that started, actually, is that the 40s? Is that the 30s but the original intent whenever that was in our physical education system, United States, it was a good intent. They had good intentions and they did it well.
Robert 05:00
Well, physical education has been something that's always been in flux in this country. And it says some of it has to do with customs. And some of it has to do with cultural changes. But the original intent was so intelligent that it would apply today and top physical educators today are trying to get back to the original intent.
Adam 05:23
Well, what was the original intent? And when did that start? The original
Robert 05:27
intent was voiced in the 1820s. But had its origins earlier than that between 1802 an 1809. The original intent was to provide children with the knowledge and interest in maintaining a high level of physical fitness for life.
Adam 05:51
Was that a mission statement? Did you just read that as a mission statement from from the Board of Education,
Robert 05:56
that would have been early educators, I think there was no Board of Education yet in 1820, but by American educators, there had been a great interest in the works of Plato, Socrates, Aristotle, Plato, that many people don't know, was a wrestler. He was a student of Socrates, teacher of Aristotle, Plato developed what he called the academia, which means school, school is an English word comes with German word shul, which literally means place for having fun and learning. In Plato's Republic, he had addressed Physical Activity and its importance and its relationship to learning. Boys and girls learn far better in an atmosphere or in a setting where physical activity occurred on a regular basis. In fact, a daily basis, Plato had been very influenced in his observations of schools all over the Greek world. And he went to the islands, and he went to southern Greece, where he observed the very systematic training in Peloponnesian of Spartan boys. There was a very rigid training that started at age seven. And Sparta was not known as a city state that valued poetry and music and drama and dance, but they train their boys. Physically, there was no systematic learning program, anywhere else, everybody sat in what was maybe a theater, and the expert or the guru, or the person would come in and talk, you know, kind of like watching maybe YouTube videos more than a systematic today, we do this. Tonight, we do this tomorrow, we get up at this time we do that. And the systemization was very impressive to Plato. And that started to influence Greek schools, everywhere. This was of interest to Westerners in the 1820s, because we started discovering these antiquity, started reading the Old epic poems and started reading the old books written by the old masters of the ancient days. And we thought, well, this kind of learning are things that we will need in American public schools. Now, there had been systems of exercise developed in other countries,
Adam 08:37
systems based on the the early Greeks,
Robert 08:40
not necessarily Europeans, also had similar interests. And so running, jumping games with implements and balls and things. Were in their early development, most of it grew out of the gymnastic systems, but the idea that physical education is educational, and ought to be planted in the public schools rather than in, for example, Germany, it was the Turnverein, which these were clubs where you would father would take son meet their brother, and you know, and his kids and they would do gymnastics, and you know, for the most part, drink beer and eat sausages. But the idea of placing physical education in public school education developed in the United States, it didn't develop anywhere else or developed here. First, meaning unlike Germany, physical education was not meant to be training for the military. Unlike Sweden, it wasn't training just for bodily fitness. And unlike England, it wasn't games and athletics just for recreation. Physical Education is, for the most part, an American concept and it has had been developed from interest in developing the body as a part of a person's wholeness.
Adam 10:07
And that's a unique American idea is that directly from the ancient Greeks,
Robert 10:13
the modern embodiment is an American ideal. But that is right. That is right. It was adapted from the Greek Academy.
Adam 10:22
Well, I want to talk specifically about the program, I want to know what kids were taught, when you say that you're trying to emulate the Greeks, about teaching education, as the body is, as some part of your wholeness, you know, complete person needs to be physically active and physically strong. How did they teach that? What was the early curriculum like? And how is it compared to the curriculum now?
Robert 10:42
Well, in the early days, there were no real physical educators that would, it would usually be the people who were their regular teachers. A lot of it was not uniformly applied, because it had to do a great deal with an individual teachers own experience, and what physical activity, they themselves understood. These things started to get more uniformly applied later.
Adam 11:09
Are you saying there was this push for educating children in our school systems in the 1820s? So who was pushing for it? Where did it start to start which school system to start in New York to start to start all at once I said, you said people were pushing for certain states,
Robert 11:24
the early models were at places like Harvard and Amherst College, because that's where the people who were educated and who had access to a lot of the ancient classics, and this is where the the ideas were percolating. And so the development of physical education was from really the people who they observed as the experts in the day, and that would have been Swedes, Germans, and together with what was culturally known in the United States, games like Rounders and games with, with balls and things like that. And these are the same places where games like basketball and volleyball were developed a little bit later. But physical education really started becoming what we know of physical education really around the civil war time. And there were educators who were looking at calisthenics and gymnastic exercises, which pretty much the way that things had been for 40 or 50 years. The other school of thought were advocates of athletics, and they felt that games and sports were more social in nature, and that they required more participants to make very quick judgments and called on other qualities, non physical qualities, courage and cooperation, self reliance and ethics. And a lot of that was from the English tradition of athletics and games, where being a good team member would improve your character, and it would make you an excellent citizen of the Empire.
Adam 13:07
Yeah, well, that makes sense. I mean, yeah, I mean, we all agree that sports do all those things. But they both went out because I mean, I think schools incorporated sports and physical education as far as just getting stronger and exercise in general, from a pure sense, not necessarily the competitive part.
Robert 13:25
Well, another of the original intent of physical education in this country had been that American children would be made into lifetime participants, not lifetime spectators.
Adam 13:39
But this happens in one exercise a sports, same doesn't matter.
Robert 13:42
But what ended up happening is the model that overwhelmingly came out on top was the athletic model, the teaching of sports, the rules of games and teaching of sports and the grading of children for much of American Physical Education, the grading of students against other children rather than against themselves, that calisthenics and bodily exercises like gymnastics or and I have to say that the term gymnastics is not the term of the sport of gymnastics as we know it today. In the Olympics, right gymnastics was exercise back it was what we would call exercise. It was clubs swinging clubs that were loosely like a mostly like a baseball bat.
Adam 14:33
So that was considered a gymnastics that was considered exercise.
Robert 14:36
Yes, that would that would have fallen into the category of gymnastics club swinging was
Adam 14:42
alright States didn't really adapt gymnastics as such. They started veering towards the sports athletics route well,
Robert 14:51
right in the education in in physical education. The preferred model was the athletic model.
Adam 14:57
Who Are there any names here? I mean, who was the best proponent for you know, gymnastics in the American schools versus who was the big advocate for sports in the school education system?
Robert 15:08
Well, Walter Camp was a principal name. And Walter Camp especially I was name is, of course, highly associated with football. And I don't know how many stadiums are called Walter kam field, but there are a lot of them. So he was the athletic well, he, he was one of the principal advocates for athletics, and particularly football football became two physical educators, a model of what they called American manhood should be that it was strength, and it was fleet of foot. And it was character building. And it was obedience. And it was fast thinking, and it was every thing that they thought American manhood should be. And really, I know that when I was in elementary school, my coach was former football guy. And so many of us who went to school in the 50s, and 60s, our phys ed coaches, were ex pro football players. These were the guys who were chosen or who, who got the phys ed jobs, rather than people who were specifically trained in education and knowledge about learning and teaching,
Adam 16:26
whereas they're gonna thought the whole thing about American education was teaching. And now you're telling me that not?
Robert 16:31
Well, physical education has been the exception. And that's what we're talking about, but I'm confused. What Um, well, the confusion is that we have very early on escaped from the original intent
Adam 16:45
very early. I mean, like says, like we ever got there. I mean, alright, so Walter Camp was one guy who is who is the guy on the other side? Well, first of all, where's Where did Walter Camp come from? Well,
Robert 16:54
he had been a long time physical educator, he felt that by doing physical education, with sports and games, and of course, football in particular, that that would satisfy a student's need or requirement for bodily exercise. And that that would be sufficient to motivate them for a future of lifetime of physical engagement
Adam 17:20
camp wrote a book, The Daily doesn't exercise regimen, right? So there were 12 exercises, they became known as hands, grind, crawl, wave, hips, great curl, weave head, grasp, crouch and wing. As the name indicates, there are 12 exercises. And they could be completed in about eight minutes. So he did this quickly. Right. So that sounds like exercise to me. It doesn't sound like sports to
Robert 17:45
me. Well, that's not what was proposed. He was a principal voice, not the only voice. And when you do things by committee, what ends up happening is is never one individual's conception.
Adam 17:56
So what was the other side?
Robert 17:59
Well, the other side were preponderance of educators who had been proponents of the ongoing gymnastics and calisthenic method.
Adam 18:10
Who is that was that like Banagher? McFadden? No,
Robert 18:13
no, no, he had nothing to do with public school education. The thing you I suppose you would call it the system, the establishment. But what ended up winning out before the 20th century was the athletic model, and that, for the most part stayed a part of American fiscal education until World War One, when nearly 35% of draftees were unfit for military duty. And in fact, the term fitness is a military term. You think about fitness, use fitness for what you know, you could be you know, fit for shoveling shit from one end to another, but fitness was a military term fitness for service, and that would be for war service. So 35% of American draftees were unfit for service in World War One. Immediately after World War One, there was a call for an entire reorganization of fiscal education in the public schools that we can have this lack of preparedness occur again and then everybody's budgets dropped because we had a depression. So that's one of the cultural changes that caused physical education to get derailed it very likely may have gotten on to a very good path. Had we not had the depression and we would have had better preparedness for World War Two. Now, World War Two conditions were even worse. 40% just a little over 40% of draftees were unfit for military duty.
Adam 19:49
And we blame and we blame at least in part, the fact that we were just focusing on sports and school not and we weren't focusing on orang
Robert 19:57
or or NUS or not at all, very little was was happening in physical education because it was not made a priority.
Adam 20:05
Alright, so we win the war. What happens then to our physical education system?
Robert 20:11
After World War two things were very different than after World War One in the 50s. We started reevaluating just about everything, because we were worried we start worrying about preparedness. And of course, you had a general who was president of the United States at the time. And when Eisenhower, that's right. during the Eisenhower administration, public school buildings started going up, everywhere, all of the new facilities were going to have sports facilities, and we're going to have much much upgraded physical education facilities compared to pre war. By the time Kennedy came in facilities where their money was free flowing, we could now start exploring what physical education could be. And new schools that were being built or being built with then state of the art equipment, equipment was, well, there, there would be rings and bars and ropes and even pulley machines and mats for wrestling mats and parallel bars and a lot of the things that had been abandoned in the previous years, and bringing back some of what the original bodily exercises,
Adam 21:21
so schools are incorporating all these things like, because I remember my I mean, I was in elementary school in the 70s. And I remember climbing a row, I remember the pegs that you had to kind of climb up the wall and put the pegs one after the other. And really that which is hard to have to do whatever amount of situps and mount of time and you know, there there was like this element of physical education,
Robert 21:45
what you had there were or what we had, we were at the very tail end of Kennedy's physical education program. And that was where we were tested. We were tested at the beginning of the year. And we were tested in the middle of the year with tests at the end of the year, for sit ups and shuttle runs, and you'd be tested for your chin ups. And you were tested. From year to year, you would see your progression.
Adam 22:13
Alright, so that was a 70 is where we are now because you're telling me like, you know, because of the people that you mentioned earlier, the people that are coming to us with metabolic syndrome, orthopedic problems. These are all the baby boomers that went through the school system like you and I did, because I am the last baby boomer. So I'm a sixth I was born 64. Right? So between 45, I guess, and 64 was a big baby boomers and they went to school, they went to elementary school in the 50s through the 70s. And these are the people that don't seem to be very well educated. And they certainly don't seem to be very healthy right now. Why? Well,
Robert 22:47
there are things we know now. And there are things that were not known in the 1960s when Kennedy's physical education programs were being formulated, I didn't say that Kennedy achieved what the original intent was in physical education, only that it was a better system than what had come before. So there are things we know now that we didn't know then there are people living longer now and people who are subjected to cultural changes that never existed in the 19, let's say 50s, where by the time they were 50 years old, in 1965, would be suffering from these metabolic diseases. There weren't certain things in the diet, they weren't certain cultural things, and all the rest. Where are we now, there is a term that's being used right now all over the world everywhere, called the new smoking. And that is something cultural everywhere. The new smoking was first used about three years ago in Lancet, the British Medical Journal. And the new smoking is inactivity, and all of the things that go with it. That's obesity, that's shorter lifespan. obese kids are more likely to be bullied, they have poorer jobs, prospects when they get older. And these things are occurring. Because of people looking at screens. They're not doing things and they're they're spending hours and hours playing games. They're up till obscene hours of the night, communicating with people all over the world and they're sleeping far less. They're doing far less. They're not riding their bikes, and they're not playing baseball, and they're not looking for hockey games, and they're not looking to be active. And this is what they're calling the new smoking. Now this is happening at exactly the time where physical education budgets are being cut everywhere. As I I understand that the median budget for physical education per school is under $800. That that would be for the entire school. And I think it ends up coming out to less than 10 cents per student. So at a time where we have this explosion in the new smoking, that is inactivity, obesity, and all of the problems that go with it, because there are other problems that go with it, there are mental emotional problems that go with it. There is a postural decay that's occurring. And this is something else that we see all the time, I don't think there's or I'd be surprised if there's anybody under 35 That doesn't have their head slung forward, and their shoulders rounded forward in a manner that is not going to be correctable. The posture problem alone is muscular weakness, eventually, eventually orthopedic problems, irreversible skeletal deformities, early osteoporosis, all of these things can contribute together with obesity into a vastly shorter lifespan. And part of the talk around the new smoking is that for the first time in American history, there is likely to be a generation that will are going to have a shorter lifespan than their parents, I can see that, and the things that we now know, that we didn't know in the 60s. And Kennedy implemented a lot of really excellence in physical education, with not a very large expenditure of money or resources.
Adam 26:50
I take back what I said a little bit, I mean, because I said, we're dealing with baby boomers. And they came out of the Kennedy Eisenhower Kennedy theory that that education belongs in the school, that he was on 10th, being, you know, following the Greeks, you know, what they, how they valued physical education. We had to do all that stuff in school when you had gym class, and we played sports, and we tried to climb those ropes. And, you know, there were problems with that. I mean, like, for example, people are not all kids are created equal. And your ability to climb rope doesn't mean you're not fit. I mean, there are lots of kids in that class that couldn't actually climb that rope. And they would judge by their ability to climb that rope. And they're scarred for the rest of their lives because they couldn't climb that rope. Meanwhile, they were strong fit kids that maybe were bottom heavy because of their genetics. And there's no way that we're going to be able to climb that rope, even though they might have been able to hit a baseball a million miles and crush you on the front line of a football team. They just weren't climbing the ropes. And like I think we kind of did very narrow ideas of what was required to be physically fit. And I think, where education went wrong there was to be able to separate as Ken Hutchins did later, on many years later, to separate the difference between exercise and recreation. There's nothing wrong with sports, but we have to know our risks. And there's nothing wrong with choosing these things. We're all big boys and girls, but when it comes to getting strong and the understanding of health, I think what we have to understand is that's not What sports do for us, sports, undermine your health, your physical health, it undermines the integrity of your joints, you get injuries that you might live the rest of your life with, like I am with my back problems and my shoulder problems from playing baseball for all those years. And here I am thinking that's all good exercise. For me. I'm out there playing sports, but it wasn't good for my health. Because I'm suffering right now, because of those things. My health. I mean, what Ken Hutchins did with the recreation verse exercise is exactly what I think should be taught in the schools right now, you make that distinction at an early age, the difference between exercise and what we do at informed fitness and the efficacy of high intensity training that doesn't undermine your health, versus the choice and benefits of sports. And being outside and being active, like the Greek said, be out there and be active, right. And you're talking now about our modern children, sitting behind a computer all day long in the basements not getting their sleep, which is a big part of health. Forget about exercise, forget about it. So T GE IQ, high intensity strength training, to help them build bone and to maintain a mind of fitness and strength throughout their lives. They get that, but they're not even doing the recreation part. They're not even going out and just riding the damn bicycle anymore.
Robert 29:39
Why is that? Why Why isn't it in physical education courses?
Adam 29:44
I don't know. Tell me why. Why isn't my school right now? Understanding that distinction? That's right. That is so
Robert 29:51
it's not it's not a rhetorical question, because so much of physical education in this country has been polluted with athletics, that all of physical education is not even required in higher education unless you're an athlete, his physical education has turned Americans, from participants into spectators, which was the opposite of the intent of Physical Education, physical education has become at the college level, a farm team for professional athletics. And that's all it's observed as if you're the kid who can't catch a ball, and who can't stop the puck or something like that. You feel like you have no use for physical education anymore. And the original intent is something that one has to get back to. Right now. Physical Education is so devalued that in most of the country, you're not even required to participate. Every single year, much of the country,
Adam 31:02
what's what grades you're talking about
Robert 31:04
K to 12. In much of the country, high school Phys Ed is only required for a single year. Yeah. And it's, it's it's optional, or edit and when it is provided, it's provided one day a week. In fact, in Florida, you're only required to have one semester of physical education between grade nine and 12. And that's all that's needed to graduate high school. And it's worse than that. You can do it online
Adam 31:36
level education.
Robert 31:37
There's one state in this country that has physical education in its charter for every student, K to 12, five days a week, one state, which is that state of Illinois Bridgeview, Illinois, their director of Phys. Ed at Naperville Public Schools is called Paul's and Tarski. And this guy is going to beat today's name in our modern Phys. Ed. innovator. What are you doing? Well, he's in part responsible for maintaining full load of physic every child every day, K to 12. In Illinois, now
Adam 32:26
is he the my education superintendent?
Robert 32:30
He's a Phys. Ed director, Naperville public
Adam 32:33
school. Oh, so he's just responsible for for Naperville, which is a suburb of Chicago, by the way,
Robert 32:38
after Harvard University sent a group of their directors to see what it is that's going on in Naperville. That their math reading science scores are far above the national average that their school system is competitive with the best in Japan and China, Norway, Sweden, what John ratty of Harvard University said, and this is this is in multiple multiple sources, after meeting Paul's and Toschi and examining their physical education program and the way it relates to other subjects. ratty said, exercises like fertilizer for the brain. It's like Miracle Gro. The thing about exercise, and this is at any age. And it's double true for people under 20 years old. That exercise builds neurons in new brain cells in the hippocampus. That's part of the brain that deals with memory and new learning. New Learning, crossword puzzles, puzzles, trivia games, don't build brain cells. Exercise builds brain cells. So this is going to become a big deal with Alzheimer's yet another disease that exercise can deal with, but it has to be dealt with young
Adam 34:09
and Naperville is on top of that.
Robert 34:12
They are the state of the art physical education colleges are teaching the system that they're using in Naperville. And another thing, exercise when it's applied, and when it's applied with skill. There are so many conditions and maladies that are just never going to happen to you. But the thing is that these things have to be dealt with early bone building in women. Really you have a you have a very short window of really being able to multiply your bone density. And that's really from pre pubescent until about the age of 16 Everybody We're all in that age group ought to be on an in tense regimen of strength training. And you're talking about between obesity and the maladies that follow, and the depression and the anxiety and all of the rest of these things, the posture problems, the orthopedic problems and the learning disabilities, you're talking about maybe a trillion dollars, billions don't matter anymore. But you're talking about trillions of dollars in health care, money, here, you have a solution to so many problems, maybe not every problem, and maybe not the total solution for any problem. But at least, you don't have to make something worse with the new smoking
Adam 35:46
true credit to Illinois for having physical education in their system for five days a week when everyone else is making it almost optional, it seems. But the question is, like I brought up earlier, I think it's great that they're making the kids get outside and recess every day, and there's maybe some sports involved. And they're playing dodgeball every single day. And they're playing a sports, depending upon the season, I guess. But are they teaching exercise? Are they teaching the difference between exercise and recreation? are they understanding that there is a difference? They understand the benefits of high intensity strain training versus cardio? Are they making those distinctions? Because that's where I think we need to be our education system
Robert 36:26
that that is in the first place, we have to take these things one step at a time. And the first step is physical education has to be a core subject. It has to be like math, reading, science, history, or like the commies call it now social studies, is we have to have the word social everywhere. But the start of improving these things first, and no, Naperville is not on that. That's a component bodily strength is a component there more than another physical education systems. But the start is where Naperville is that's the start every school, every grade, every student, every single day.
Adam 37:14
No, I agree. It's very important. We have a lot of problems right now. We have a lot of problems with our kids staying in the basement playing the video games, not wanting to go out and do things. I mean, I had one kid told me is that brings him into work out here. You know, I've formed a bond with him. But he's also friends with my son, they were in the same class. I said, Why don't you get together with my son? Today, you know, maybe you can go swimming in the pool or something. He's like, no need. I mean, we can just talk online, we can be together online. That's when you want to at least be together when you can. I mean, it's so easy for you guys to get together. You can hang out in the pool and go back and you can play your games on the arm on the computer. But you can also go swimming first and then go back and forth. Maybe? No, I think that's representative of a lot of kids. And that really scares me.
Robert 38:04
It's early stage depression. That really
Adam 38:07
concerns me. And it concerns me that the school and part of it is that the schools are emphasizing that. And if the schools are making it physical education, almost nothing practically anymore. For like you said, I mean, colleges now just farm teams for professional sports. So if you're not at that level, and you're not playing sports, I mean, they have intramurals I remember intramurals and college, are they I'm sure they still haven't done mural sports and things like that. And they were popular when I was in college. But yeah, I mean, I don't know.
Robert 38:36
It's sad. It's sad, and the facilities are there already. So
Adam 38:40
listen, so I talking to your kids, and getting them off the computer. We have to teach them. The schools aren't doing it. The schools aren't going to do it. And kids have to know how important exercise is. It's not just our state of mind, but it's for our physical health, weigh into our future what you do as a youth physically, exercise wise, has ramifications in your adult life. It's like investing into an IRA. If you don't invest into your health and your fitness and your strength, really, I mean, nowadays to me, fitness means strength. As Robert pointed out, fitness used to just mean your ability to fight in combat. Fitness now is about being strong and everything that comes from being strong. When I interviewed James Fisher, James Fisher was talking about you know, how strength is very, is very closely related to the lifespan, you know, the stronger you are, the less likely you are to die early. And our youth, as you pointed out, they're kyphotic their underslept overfed under active
Robert 39:43
bad posture, flat feet. They bore easily.
Adam 39:47
Yeah, I'm seeing that now. I mean, hope I don't sound like the old generation saying oh, the new generation today that Oh, no, no, but But
Robert 39:55
Well, you're right as they were right about us.
Adam 39:59
I really To wrap this up, sorry to end on such a sober note. But we have to advocate for ourselves, we have to advocate for our nutrition. And you know, like, no subject. Another talk I was having with people is that, you know, hospitals have the worst food by the way. And when you're in the hospital, and they feed they they serve you the worst food, you know, they'll give 60% carbohydrates to a diabetic. You know, my wife works in a hospital, I've been to their cafeteria, it's unbelievable what they're serving cafeterias or hospitals. I mean, like, where's our nutrition education? And if it's not being taught in the hospitals, if it's not being represented as a standard and a hospital, then where are we going to get this information from where people going to understand, you got to advocate for yourself, you're not getting it from the health care, you're not getting it from the hospitals, you're not getting it from the schools. Or you
Robert 40:42
have to wonder if that's just not a wide scale institutional plan to kill us all, you know,
Adam 40:49
but, you know, get your kids outside, get them to strength train safely, get kids to understand the importance of being strong and fit. And when I say strong, I don't mean being able to beat the shit out of somebody in the bullying school. Or I don't mean looking like some kind of Adonis on Men's Health magazine. And you look like a Hugh Jackman, we, you know, I mean, we all deal with origin and we're all normal, average people. But normal average, people can be strong. Alright, so I don't buy this shit that that my kid is a my kid more intellectual. Alright, he's not the jock. It's not about being a jock versus intellectual. It's about being an intellectual. And being a strong intellectual, you can be an intellectual not being into sports, alright, and still be strong. And kids need to understand the difference. Because they're being taught something else. They're being taught that if you're not into sports, then you're not an athlete, and you shouldn't work out and you don't have to work out. Because what's the point of working out? If you're not gonna play a sport?
Robert 41:49
You'll be a better intellectual if you're much stronger.
Adam 41:53
Yeah, you'll be healthier, longer living intellectual, so you can, you know, so you don't die at 27. Like some of my greatest influences. Plato was a wrestler. There you go. Alright. So for you listening to this episode, and you're relating to this, and you're thinking of your kids and the school that you're in, because I know, we have listeners all around the world, I'm really curious to know if people are experiencing what we're experiencing and how the schools are dealing with physical education, and where you're at whether you're in the United States and different districts in the United States and different countries. I just started training some new podcast listener and Sweden so I'm going to talk to him to I'm curious, if you really want to know how to advocate for your kids, give me a call. I can consult with you. I can teach you how to teach your children about the principles of proper exercise even if they're not, as they say in my town in the UK if they're not a sporty so you got the sport he's against the other kids that aren't sport is now the gamers, I guess, you know, it said that a sporty that people if you're not a sporty that you don't have to be physically fit. And that's a bad message to give to our youth. And we need to change that. And if you're curious, look up Ken Hutchins exercise versus recreation. I'm sure you can find that essay online somewhere. And if you can't, let me know, I'll send you a copy. Alright, so I'm doing lots of virtuals. Now all around the all around the world. It just signed up some really nice guy. Hi, Tom, if you're listening from Sweden, I can really teach you how to how to use a dumbbell correctly. If you want to really learn how to stay strong in a brief period of time and move on with your life. All right, I've never thought about promoting virtual training. But here I am. And I'm doing it is working because I just realized it's not about our fancy retrofitted equipment. That's nice. But you still need to know how to use the dumbbell correctly and not hurt his shoulder. Remember exercise recreation. Alright, everybody. Thank you very much. I'll see you next time.
Arlene 43:49
This has been the Inform fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman. for over 20 years informed fitness has been providing clients of all ages with customized personal training designed to build strength fast. Visit Inform fitness.com for testimonials, blogs and videos on the three pillars, exercise, nutrition and recovery.
There are times, if you’re lucky, when you meet someone who challenges and reshapes how you think about a closely held belief. Twenty-five years ago, meeting Robert Francis was such a time for me--a true mentor, he taught me to look at exercise in a completely new way.
Robert Francis—exercise historian, spinal rehabilitation specialist, machine designer and master exercise instructor--has been working in the field of exercise since 1981. A milestone of my career was when, eighteen years after I met him, Robert agreed to be an instructor at InForm Fitness, the company I founded due to his influence.
And now, Robert, a fount of information, joins me for the first of a series of podcast episodes where I pick his brain on a variety of interesting topics. Our first episode, Touching on a Sore(ness) Subject, we delve into the misunderstood and controversial topic of muscle soreness.
We digress into a discussion on the knee extension machine and if going to full extension is safe? And we touch on why, in many cases, there is no substitute for a well-designed machine.
While it’s understood that muscle soreness is, generally, a good thing, we wrap up this episode discussing ways you can mitigate muscle soreness such as getting good sleep, staying hydrated, taking contrast baths, and eating well.
We would love to hear from you with your questions, comments & show ideas…
Our email address is podcast@informfitness.com As always, your feedback and suggestions are always welcome.
Adam Zickerman – Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution:
http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
Inform_R FRANCIS Ep 69 Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
sore, exercise, muscles, muscle soreness, soreness, people, machine, extension, robert, stimulus, workout, nautilus, knee, weight, degree, lowering, enigmas, contraction, resistance, negative
Arlene 00:01
The Inform fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman and co host Mike Rogers is a presentation of informed fitness studios, a small family of personal training facilities specializing in safe, efficient high intensity strength training. On our BI monthly podcast, Adam and Mike discuss the latest findings in the areas of exercise nutrition and recovery with leading experts and scientists, we aim to debunk the popular misconceptions in the urban myths that are so prevalent in the fields of health and fitness, and to replace those sacred cows with scientific base. up to the minute information on a variety of subjects will cover exercise protocols and techniques, nutrition, sleep recovery, the role of genetics in the response to exercise, and much more. For this episode, Adam welcomes his mentor, Robert Francis, exercise historian, spinal rehabilitation specialist, machine designer, Master exercise instructor, and instructor at informed fitness. On the first of a series of episodes, Adam and Robert will delve into the misunderstood and controversial topic of muscle soreness.
Robert 01:22
I can remember a day in the 11th grade when I couldn't walk up the stairs in school. And I got in a lot of trouble because I missed a couple of classes. I'd never had soreness like that again.
Adam 01:36
Hello, everybody. Welcome back. This is a very special episode for me. Because I'm here with Robert Francis. Robert Francis and I go back over 20 years. He's one of the reasons one of the main reasons one of maybe five people I can probably say that got me into this business, I wouldn't be where I am right now, if it wasn't for Robert and a handful of other people. Ken Hutchins, Ken leissner, Rob Cirino, Robert Francis, Arthur Jones, of course, truth be told, I wouldn't have met Robert Francis, if it wasn't for big drew Israel. So Robert now works with inform fitness. So to have my mentor working with me, is really special. It's one of the most special aspects of my career, to be honest with you being able to work side by side with this guy in my Port Washington location. He is a font of information. He has been at this business. He has been doing this as an exercise instructor since 1981. And just to give you an idea, I've been doing this for 23 years, and I started in 97. All right, he's a real pro. He knows everything about the iron game weight training, he is he has special interest in bodybuilding, the strongman competitions of old, all the Scottish games and all those crazy strongman competitions. You know, it's about the original dumbbells and all the pioneers in 1800s, about this. He just is a true true historian when it comes to exercise. And he's probably trained 1000s and 1000s of people. Of course, he's certified as an instructor. He has a degree in Exercise Science. He's also certified as a medical testing and rehabilitation technician. And that's a special designation because those medics testing machines are really special, and very technical. And you have to know what you're doing. He's using a rehab setting for a long time as well. So today, we're going to talk about, I mean, first of all, I can talk to him about a million subjects, and we're going to do a whole series of videos with him. I don't know why haven't done this before. But today's topic is going to be on muscle soreness. muscle soreness is a bit of an enigma. We all have our impressions of it. And there's a lot of misunderstanding about muscle soreness. So we're gonna get into that for the next 20 minutes or so. Maybe half an hour, I might run a little bit over. He's a little long winded, so forgive him. But he's so so informative. So gonna give him a little. He's my mentor. So I got to give him a little little leeway. So welcome, Robert Francis. Hi.
Robert 04:22
Well, thank you, Adam. That is very, very generous of you. I have got to do more of these. In fact, I'd like to listen to you a lot longer.
Adam 04:32
Especially when I compliment you like, Oh, that was better. It ends though.
Robert 04:36
That was a very, very short nap. So now I gotta earn my money. No more
Adam 04:39
asked kissing. So muscle soreness, Robert, we're gonna get deep into that. But before we go into exactly what exercise induced muscle soreness is, you've been at this a long time as I just mentioned, so why don't you share your experiences since 1981 on muscle soreness
Robert 05:00
I have a fairly long and very intimate relationship with muscle soreness. And I can remember the day after the first workout I took my coach who gave me my workout program asked me about, are you sore? And I remember saying, No, I didn't seem to feel sore, maybe I didn't know what I was looking for. But I told him, No, I wasn't sore, and he had a look on his face like, well, you're gonna have to get better at this, we're gonna, we're gonna have to get more serious if you're going to do anything with this. And so over the years, I got very, very good. And I focused on trying to do the things that would make me sore. Look for the hardest exercises, I did them the hardest way I could find and got very good at getting very sore in the 1970s, late 70s and early 80s. Negative training was a form of Nautilus exercise protocol, that was becoming very popular, and it was a means of exercising, that would get people very, very strong very, very quickly.
Adam 06:14
So Robert, before you move on, just explain negative only training real fast,
Robert 06:19
there are three levels of force that your muscles are capable of producing. When you're raising a weight, that is what we call the positive stroke, when you're lowering the weight, that's what we call the negative stroke, when you're holding a weight and the muscles length doesn't change, we call that the static or the isometric hold, right? Alright, so in the late 70s, and the, in the early 80s. Training, the negative or the lowering phase of a given exercise had been given a great deal of priority, and it had been explored by Nautilus engineers and technicians. And our attempt was to exploit the negative to wring out a great deal of strength with very, very little work. And what we did was, we would know what a person was capable of lifting, let's say their body weight of 200 pounds in a, let's say, a chin up or a dip. And we would add to that an extra 40%. So we would give additional to the 200 pound body weight weight stack around the belt of maybe as much as 80 pounds. And we would train a person in the lowering phase, now person would get a great deal stronger by just lowering the weight. Of course, the resistance would not be something that somebody could lift, one thing we noticed and learned is that it would cause a great deal of soreness, really, really shattering soreness, and sometimes it would last more than a week, 10 days, sometimes 12 days. But in doing these negative protocols, a lot of times we would have two people, for example on benchpress on each end of the bar, and we would raise a heavier than normal bar so that the person doing the bench press could have the luxury of lowering a much heavier than normal load. And they would do only the negative work only the lowering phase. Now one thing that would hatch right
Adam 08:38
don't try this at home kids.
Robert 08:41
Well, you need to he's a muscle
Adam 08:43
had days when you had these two monsters on both sides of the barbell, hoisting up this weight and you have to pray that this weight doesn't come crashing down your throat
Robert 08:52
and you need to very close friends and two very willing accomplices and they would not last very long because what you would realize is that when it came your turn to exercise to do your negative work. The other two guys are already taught to tired out half of them are too tired from doing the positive only by raising the weight you have to
Adam 09:15
you have to draw straws it but Guile draws a straw last is the one that has to go
Robert 09:19
Zack last Exactly. Well, we would get horrible muscle soreness from this and of course we we enjoyed it because we made the association between shattering muscle soreness, and tremendous growth. We'd also not be able to exercise for a week or 10 days because we'd have to wait until the soreness cleared. Keep in mind both the guys doing the lifting the positive only and the negative only all got sore. So even if you weren't doing the negative only if you were doing just the positive lifting the weight for the trainee. You still got sore nothing close to what the trainee doing the negative work, but you still got sore by 1989. At the medics headquarters were what became the medics headquarters, the old skunkworks of Nautilus where they did their prototyping and their engineering at their headquarters in Ocala. Arthur placed me in a surgical rotation machine. And this machine had no weight stack, it was a precursor for Nautilus, Rotary neck machine, it was a left a left to right rotational movement that had stops every seven to 12 degrees. And it would measure your strength at each of several stops, through an entire range of motion, it was 160 degrees range, they would measure strength at various stops through the range. So every 12 degrees, just about you would stop against a bumper, you would attempt to turn in the contrary direction, as hard as you could against the strain gauge that would measure the force that you were able to put out, you did this at each of several stops in the range first, right to left, then repeating it going left to right. So that you would equally test muscles on both sides of the neck. Now, this was an isometric only test, so there was no lifting, and there was no lowering of any resistance.
Adam 11:32
You just pushing against basically an immovable object.
Robert 11:35
That's right, a strain gauge that would although it would measure your the force output like a scale, nothing on the machine would move. So you'd push as hard as you possibly could. And they were contractions that were nine seconds, three seconds to slowly build up the force. push as hard as you can for three seconds holding the force and then slowly withdrawing the force over another three seconds in order not to produce an injury. Again, shattering soreness in part because these muscles aren't used to being exercise in that direction or in any direction really, for the most part, but those muscles became very sore doing just the isometric work.
Adam 12:17
Alright, Robert, there are certain things that got you very sore, isometric negative only. These are things that get you very sore. So then explain then what is muscle soreness.
Robert 12:28
Okay, the muscle soreness that we're talking about is to be distinguished from the muscle ache that occurs. During exercise. We're talking about the muscle soreness after an intense exercise. And the literature calls it Dom's or delayed onset muscle soreness. And this is the kind of muscle soreness that starts to set in eight, or even as long as 48 hours after exercise, it can last three four days can last even up to a week. What happens is it it manifests itself as a tenderness, tightness, kind of an achy pain, sometimes it's sometimes it's very, very deep, and sometimes it's just very, very subtle, but it sets in much later after exercise.
Adam 13:17
Okay, so what's the current thinking with with muscle soreness? Dom's, like you
Robert 13:21
said at the beginning, that word you used is a word that's used a lot. And that is enigmatic that it's an enigma. But the research tends to focus and has tended to focus for and there's research on this since the 60s, mainly on the the negative the lowering phase of the contraction, lowering a load, as I explained in the way we did negative training. But there are three main theories. And because it's so muddled, I think it's probably a good idea. And in my mind, I just combine all the three theories into one because I think that they all explain it reasonably well. One is that the contraction intensity causes muscle damage, and it manifests itself as micro trauma, the damage to the muscle membrane, the muscle cells as they slide against one another. It causes a certain kind of damage the muscle membrane called the sarcolemma. And what ends up happening is that the muscle damage increases the amount of calcium concentration the calcium sets off a cascade where certain enzymes come in and start to degrade the jacket so to speak of the muscle cells. The science people call that autophagy and it literally means the muscle is eating itself. The third theory is that the damage to the muscles attract specific white blood cells. These cells release prostaglandins and that's what leaves the neurons are, that's what leaves the nerves, nerve endings much more sensitive to stimulus, stimulus to touch, or to stretch or certain movements, that leaves the muscle very, very tender. The end result is that the body has to self repair itself. And the the restoration process is what takes, you know, four or five, five days, sometimes a week, when the muscle soreness sets in, what usually happens is, you have a significantly loss of strength and power, loss of range of motion, because the stretching the muscle too much causes tenderness, and contracting, the muscle becomes irritating. There's less impact resistance. And you also have a greatly reduced sensation of your accuracy of performing work in coaches that have people trained the first first day of practice, they come in the second day of practice, and they think, wow, yeah, they're all sore, but they start the practice and you can be fooled into thinking that you're doing much better. The second day when your your performance is horribly worse, you do have a warped perception of the work that you're able to do. Also, the current thinking is that the Dom's or the delayed onset muscle soreness is not essential to strength improvements or muscular development. It's not, that's the current thinking the current sports medicine thinking is one that you don't need soreness. Yes, that is the current thinking, do you agree with it? No.
Adam 16:40
Do you think soreness is important? Well, you think you should be getting sore after every workout,
Robert 16:45
I think that it may not be essential. I think that to some degree. If I go back to the cervical rotation test, I had an intensity of work that had not been experienced before. And that created a very sharp response. So the stimulus elicited something different, that's something certainly changed. And something certainly turned. In my opinion, when the stimulus does induce the muscle soreness, I think that the response is greater.
Adam 17:22
So when I work out regularly, or a lot when a lot of people workout regularly, they get sore at the beginning, because like you said, they're not used to it, yet. It's a new stimulus for them. But then eventually, people doing the same exercises don't get as sore anymore, are you saying they're either not working out hard enough, going forward, the stimulus wasn't enough. Or maybe they needed to wait longer, because I also noticed that I get sore. If I if I wait a couple of weeks before my next workout, then I'll get sore again.
Robert 17:54
Well, that could be in the early days of Nautilus, what we had done is we used to tell people, if you have a great deal of muscle soreness the next day, if you if you wake up with a great deal of muscle soreness, come back in we'll help you with it. Of course, we didn't tell them what we were going to do. But what we did was we train them exactly the same way. And the muscle soreness would abate to a great degree. But modifying the placement of exercises can change the stimulus adequately to produce muscle soreness nearly every time.
Adam 18:25
So that's what he's suggesting, suggesting a lot of variability to create soreness on not
Robert 18:29
necessary not necessarily because the the thinking with most trainers, the most popular thinking is to change the routine all the time to keep the muscles in quotes guessing. But what that does by changing the exercises and switching everything off, causes what's in Nautilus speak, we always refer to as the motor learning Mirage, what you're getting is you're getting a great deal of muscle soreness every single time. And that's only because your body is so much trying to do the motor learning to learn the exercise because it's not good at it yet, the thing is to do the same exercises and elicit the muscle soreness, you definitely don't get the same muscle soreness with regular training with regular clockwork, every single week. training that you get after a layoff of a month, or six or seven weeks. But some muscle soreness is in my opinion is an indication that you've turned a key. And there are other ways to do it. Then by changing the exercises, how to change the order of the exercise you give priority to the exercises that came at the end of your session. And you place them at the beginning of the session.
Adam 19:50
And that's enough to create soreness sometimes. I mean, but well this is this is the enigma. I mean just by changing the order you're getting more sore and in your opinion because you got to little sore because you change the order, you got a better stimulus and therefore your muscle is going to continue to get stronger. Otherwise, if you're not getting sore from workout to workout now I know it's not the debilitating soreness that you're talking about from a negative only training back in the 80s. But you're talking about some degree of soreness is an indication of a workout that was stimulus enough for progress. That's my opinion. And just changing the order is enough to well, just doesn't make sense to me, Well, why all of a sudden now, because you change the order, you get a little more sore well
Robert 20:35
before often because when overhead press comes at the end of the exercise, every time the overhead press is coping with a full body fatigue, that it doesn't have, if you started with it, when an exercise becomes stale, or what they call a plateau, you give it priority. Sometimes priority means you leave it out. Sometimes the priority means change the change the order you change what came before it,
Adam 21:06
and that causes the soreness. But why?
Robert 21:09
Well, well, it can. So it's sometimes it also depends on the exercise that came before it.
Adam 21:16
Right? That makes sense. But it surprises me that that's all you need to do to make it No,
Robert 21:21
it's not all you need to do. There inroad techniques that you can use. Changing the order doesn't always mean taking something from the end and putting at the beginning. Sometimes changing the order means instead of training your triceps right after chest, put the triceps right before the chest and then deny the chest. Any help from the triceps. Sometimes that's the inroad technique that you have to do. And I use that fairly often. Triceps up front, when you deny
Adam 21:54
leg extension before leg press, which is usually done the other way around. Have you don't like that? You're shaking your head.
Robert 22:03
Well see, this
Adam 22:04
is what my
Robert 22:05
in my in my opinion, I have never had and I don't do this I do I do knee extension or leg press? I don't do them both.
Adam 22:15
What if you're trying to get the quad sore? Well, and they're not getting sore just from the leg press?
Robert 22:18
Well, they're still techniques that you can use. You can use their butt. Well, just to get them sore. Oh, yeah, that that that will do it. That will do it. But that may not the point. I mean that might cater? Well, it might also be
Adam 22:31
I mean, let me back up for a second, just to make sure we understand the premise here. In your opinion, you need to have some degree of soreness after each workout to know that your workout is being
Robert 22:41
effective. Well, yes, to some degree, I think you need to have some soreness, I think it's an indication of a switch. I think if you don't have the muscle soreness, you may be exercising too often.
Adam 22:55
So then I say to you, okay, great, then let's every once in a while, why don't we do like extension, or I know you're correcting already in your brain knee extension, excuse me. Let's do knee extension before we go into leg press. And you say to me, Oh, I'm like, wait a second, you just told me that change things up to make it sore? Now you're saying you know, I really find that idea?
Robert 23:17
Well, you can make the knee extension harder, you can make the leg press harder, and you can change their order altogether. So depending on what comes before it, but there, there's still other,
Adam 23:28
why don't you like doing the extension before before leg press? What's your problem with it? Well, I
Robert 23:32
think it's a lot to recover from. And I probably have a biased in favor of my own experience. I don't I can't recover from both. I can't recover from doing chest and shoulders in the same session. I so I don't do that. But I was thinking in a different direction with knee extension and leg press. And the reason I'm thinking in a different direction is because I've done it tons. I've done it a lot, you know, especially early on, I don't do it anymore. But I've never noticed whether I do knee extension first or leg press first. I have never noticed any change in the strength of either one. Neither one to me fatigues the other. So if I can get 300 pounds on knee extension fresh, I can do that same 300 pounds after doing leg press to failure I've never noticed one affecting the other to weaken the other to any great degree. So I'm thinking in terms of inroads, so you know, from the standpoint of producing soreness, yeah, you will produce soreness by doing that. And maybe it represents overwork. I mean, maybe it didn't for me when I was in my 20s and 30s. But now it's different and I don't do that much on the thighs. It's It's one or the other.
Adam 24:49
So soreness is good, but not too much soreness.
Robert 24:51
I think that that's fair. And we're training the body all at once, and we're resting the body all at once. Once the the onus of change is in resting the body all at once.
Adam 25:06
I have another question, Robert. Why is this? This has been bothering me for a long time? How come? It seems anyway, you might have an answer for this. You always, usually do. But it seems to me that certain muscles get more sore than other muscles. Let me give an example. I think that the inner thighs get really sore. The calves get really sore. The hamstrings, get really sore. Triceps get really sore on the other side of the coin. Quads tough to get sore, lats tough to get so they get so don't get me wrong, they get sore, but not to the degree as those other muscles do when you work them out, biceps tough to get sore. Do you have any idea why some muscles get more sore than other muscles? Or am I just imagining that? Or is it because I don't know. I mean, to me, it doesn't make sense because I work out hard. And I work out consistently hard. Not just from workout to workout. But I work out consistently hard from exercise to exercise. I don't hold back on my chest press or my bicep curl and go all out on my calf raise or you know, I mean? So why would if I'm working out at the same level of intensity for each of my muscle groups for each of my workouts? Why do some muscles get more sore than other? Well, that
Robert 26:32
that's one of the enigmas. I almost can't get my shoulders sore. I can always get my trapezius sore. A lot of things get my trapezius sore.
Adam 26:46
Yeah, sleeping gets my trapezius. Yeah, and
Robert 26:49
but my deltoids by themselves, very rare, very rare. My sore in the deltoids almost everything else I have. So why can get really sore? There are some people. And there's some people who get very, very little soreness and you can beat on them. And you can Yes, the other thing, but they're getting stronger and and they do it may be what you can perceive. It may be something so individual. But you know these are these are the enigmas. And that's why there are so many theories. And you know, years ago, it used to be the science, you know, science was all all a Twitter when they discovered, you know, lactic acid and lactic acid became the answer to almost everything in muscle physiology. And as we learned now, as we know now lactic acid has really very little to do with a lot of the phenomenon that happens in the muscle from the including muscle soreness, including muscle soreness,
Adam 27:48
so it's not lactic acid. And then notice our study I love when massage therapists say they have to massage out to lactic acid. That's what that's what massage does. Well, there
Robert 27:57
is some time well, you want to talk about enigmas. Massage is something that obeys no biological principles. And it obviously works. It obviously changes things, it obviously creates the organic change to the body. And nobody knows what it is used to be a blood flow is nobody, nobody is suffering from low blood flow. If you have bad blood flowing your feet if the foot dies and falls off. It's not about blood flow. It's not maybe it's I've heard people say it's about moving lymph around maybe that maybe it is I don't know. But there's scarcely any way to test it. I wouldn't know what instrument to use to test it. I mean, you know, a toaster who who knows what you would have to use to test these things. But that's another enigma.
Adam 28:46
Alright. So with all these enigmas, with all these unknowns, and how are you so sure are confident that we need to get sore from workout to workout to some degree and why do you tell the client that you can't get sore yet they're getting stronger doesn't. I mean, like Richard Fineman, the physicist said, if there's an exception in science, if there's an exception to the rule, the rule is wrong. So your rule is soreness is important for progression, yet there are people that get stronger and progress without soreness.
Robert 29:12
Well, there was somebody else I knew who used to say the exception proves the rule
Adam 29:16
proves the rule. And so how does how does somebody who doesn't get sorry, yet progresses prove the rule that soreness is important?
Robert 29:22
Well, if we're talking about a maximal exercise effect from a minimal amount of stimulation, I think that muscle soreness is a good indicator,
Adam 29:35
but not the only one. It's a indicator, so you'd call it a marker. It's kind of like the marker of, I don't know, high cholesterol, but there are no other markers. So high cholesterol can be a marker for heart disease, but doesn't necessarily have to be one as an analogy, so you said fair soreness is a marker for progression and in necessary for progression but not necessarily The only marker. That's fair. So what do you say to your client that's not getting sore? Because I get that I, you know, I get there all time. You know what I say? Well, Sorensen Enigma, and, you know, as long as you're progressing, you know, you're one of those people that don't get sore. But should I always be trying to get them sore by, you know, you made me think about changing workout, just to get somebody sorry, well thought of that before? Well, when I say change, and workout, just, you know, not going crazy and doing all these crazy, you know, plyometrics circus tricks to get people sore? Well, that'll
Robert 30:31
get you sore. from a different standpoint, that's macro trauma. Okay, it manifests itself, it also includes micro trauma, what I'm talking about is, but what we do doesn't produce generally a great deal of soreness. It's not like negative training, which is safe when it's done well. But it's not, it's not usually done safely. What we do doesn't produce enormous muscle soreness, mainly because there isn't any impact. There is very little artifact from acceleration. And there are no sudden stops and no sudden starts. And so you eliminate a lot of the sources of matter, macro trauma. And that's not good. Macro trauma is not, but you're going to have micro trauma from sliding filaments against one another with very hard contractions. Now, how hard do people contract their muscles, we've got a knee extension inside that as a full range knee extension, most knee extensions aren't. Nearly every single person I put in that machine who's got experience here does not extend the knee completely. That machine is made to be used for a full range, right up to zero degrees, it's 126 degrees range. It's made to go from whatever the stretch is. And most people can make 126 degrees. Almost everybody can make 110. And it's made to be used to be pulled into zero degrees. That's what the knee locked and straightened against a perpendicular resistance. And what's the point? The point is that are people really contracting their muscles adequately. It's the intensity of muscular contraction that causes the micro trauma.
Adam 32:26
So for the clients that aren't getting to full extension, you're saying lower the weight and get into full extension. So even lower weight, but full extension is you'll probably get sore versus not going into full contraction. Yeah, well, you say yeah,
Robert 32:39
and other knee extensions that haven't been modified the way hours is modified, it is impossible to get into that fully contracted position. Now on
Adam 32:49
our machines, aren't the extension machines thing with that for a second? I might be digressing a little bit. But so what are our machines get lighter at the top. So the strength curve, though some of them do, I always do the informed fitness, our knee extension machines get lighter as you go into full extension. That's because the quadricep is much weaker, not full position that so therefore the machine gets lighter, and it doesn't put any strain on the joint when you get into that position. So we have a special machine that allows us to do that. Some people can't get into that full position, regardless of the fact that it gets lighter. You're saying let's Let's lighten a weight, get him into a full extended position, because that's what's gonna lead to the soreness because now you're getting the muscle into full contraction. But there are some people that feel that it's not good for the need, go into that full extension and try to avoid it. Even with the fall off, weight fall off resistance fall off as you get to the top end of the extension. So what would you say the people that worry about going into full extension,
Robert 33:49
they're wrong about it, and they're ignorant about exercise they're ignorant about, about the mechanics. They're ignorant, in part because they don't know any other engineering. They only they've only seen or they only know or they only build the machines that are dangerous in that position. But that's not what we have here. We have a machine that tracks the muscle and joint function. Okay, so if the knee can straighten, it's made to straighten. And if it straightens because the muscles are fully contracted, or are at their fullest point of contraction, they can be loaded in that position. Now they can't be loaded with a 100 pounds that you start with. But it can take the seven where the resistance falls away. But the thing is that most equipment manufacturers don't make any distinction between weight and resistance. They know wait. They don't understand resistance.
Adam 34:49
Yes, resistance is a function of weight. So when you're lifting a weight, the weight changes through the range of motion because of levers and army conics. So is that what you're referring to?
Robert 35:03
That's that's part of it. What's the other part? Well, the other part is the physiology. If the engineering is in accordance with the function of the muscles, and the function of the joints, the joints to rather than trying to make the muscle and joint system, match a machine that was manufactured, maybe haphazardly or maybe with other intentions,
Adam 35:29
yeah, machines get a bad rap for a good reason. And some, unfortunately, we get lumped into that same category, because we have machines, but our machines have been altered to change those problems of commercial equipment. Oh, that'll
Robert 35:43
that'll, that'll be another podcast. Man, we
Adam 35:45
can do another podcast on that. All right, getting back to soreness. So full contraction of the muscle. So getting back to this knee extension, that we assume has the right strength curves in our place anyway, if somebody can't get into full extension, lower the weight, allowing them going into full extension, and that is what is more important.
Robert 36:05
Sometimes it's lowering the weight. And sometimes it's proper teaching. Sometimes it has to do with having the person learn the exercise, most people don't learn the exercise correctly, there are handles on that machine that have to be used. If you don't use those handles what will happen out of the 72 degrees range, you've got a perfect fulcrum where the leg becomes a lever, the leg becomes a seesaw. And the resistance on the ankle starts picking the hip up. If you don't pull your hips down into the seat, and this is where the trainee has to be a part of it has to be a part of the whole system. If that hip comes up, the knees never going to extend, it'll never straighten it will never ever straighten. Because that resistance is going to be forever picking the hip up, preventing the knee from extending, the hips have to be fixed, the handles have to be taught to the trainee how to use the handles to pull the hips down into the seat. The seat belt barely helps pass the second repetition. First two repetitions shouldn't complete either, because you won't get very much fatigue at all, if you if you complete the first two repetitions because it gets so light at the top. Well, because it falls away by the third repetition that ought to be your first full range repetition because what you've got is you've got adequate fatigue for the strength curve in the machine to match the strength curve of the muscles that have been pre fatigued through the shorter ranges.
Adam 37:43
Okay, so we're getting into weeds about all this cool equipment. But well, we
Robert 37:47
know we could do two of these just on knee extension. Yeah. But
Adam 37:50
again, I want to stay to the point which is part of getting sore. If you're not finding yourself getting sore, one of the reasons you might not be getting sore is because you're not going into full range exercise, you're not doing the full answer, they may
Robert 38:02
not be going may or may not be achieving full rein and there there may be some there may be more than one or two reasons for that. But people get sore through partial range exercise. Also, you know, we were using the quadriceps as an example. But you know, all of those things are specific to quadriceps.
Adam 38:21
I have another question. Now, Rob. I know muscle soreness is important. It's a great indicator of progression and exercise and adequate workout. Should you be trying to relieve yourself of that soreness and if you feel it's okay to relieve yourself of that soreness, how would you go about doing it? But first? It can you relieve yourself of that soreness.
Robert 38:41
All right. No, it's not important or essential to reduce the muscle soreness just let it run its course but certain things can mitigate and make it not so intense one that's real important is sleep that you enter your exercise session. Well rested eight to 10 hours a day. Go to sleep long before midnight, every minute you sleep before midnight is worth about three minutes of sleep after midnight. So well rested entering the exercise session and well rested the night after the exercise session which is not usually so much of a problem. The other one is hydration when I have somebody a new trainee one of the things I tell them before they're in the 24 hours before they come in to drink a gallon of water. I usually say I have I have a weird request for you could you drink a gallon of ice cold water if you can in the 24 hours before we meet and they say oh I can't drink that much water so try to come close just drink a lot of water before exercise and after exercise a large amount of water and plenty of water in between. I just never stopped anybody from drinking water in between sometimes job to get people to drink water. Another thing that seems to be helpful to some degree a small degree for at least a few hours are contrast baths. If you turn the shower on at first Hadas, you can stand it for as long as you can stand it on your muscles, and then switch over to three minutes, maybe you could stand, then switch over to as cold as you can stand it for another two, three minutes, and then go back to the hot. The contrast tends to move hydration and nutrition into and out of the muscles and tends to help to reduce the inflammation because a great deal of the muscle soreness is inflammatory, it's an inflammatory response. And also because of the hot and the cold, you've got a constriction and expansion of the blood vessels. And the other thing is to be well nourished. Nutrition is of course, a large part of muscle repair. In the later days after exercise, you know, once the muscle soreness is mitigated, really the principal repair job is is nutrition.
Adam 41:12
Fantastic. That's good advice. You know, I don't know if I ever followed any of that. Well, I'm always hydrated. And I tend to get pretty good sleep. I never thought about the contrast baths to get rid of soreness. I mean, I kind of like being sore anyway. So you never know we all love it. I never thought about oh, we all love it and live for it. What about coaches and trainers who say that you have to change your routine. Often, in order to achieve soreness,
Robert 41:35
they're making mistake of the motor learning Mirage, there have to be 100 triceps exercises. If you keep changing it every single time you never you'll remain stale. You may get sore, you may have some soreness, but what ends up happening is all you're doing is you're learning a new exercise every single time. And so all of the responses are just just like a first
Adam 42:02
a good thing, though. I mean, you're getting sore. Is that the bottom line? I mean, if you're getting sore, you're getting r&g Insurance ensure that
Robert 42:08
you're getting stronger. These are the enigmas that we live with.
Adam 42:11
So you don't know. So maybe, maybe they're right, maybe we should be mixing it up so much, even if it's because of motor learning, as long as we're getting sore.
Robert 42:19
Well, I don't know.
Adam 42:22
I mean, maybe we should be changing the workout a lot and doing all kinds of different workouts. Well, you know, philosophy is not to do that. Ken Hutchins wrote a whole chapter on it on the non variation of exercise, the importance of not
Robert 42:36
a lot of the a lot of people have Arthur and and Joe Molen, and l Darden, but it may come about as an adequately different stimulus when you prioritize exercises, and rather than allow things to to remain in the same order.
Adam 42:56
I mean, I tend, I tend to think of the like you said, there are a lot of exercises for triceps. Some are less efficient than others, and some are more have more strain on the elbows and shoulders and others. So I just avoid those and stick with the ones that pick biomechanically, you know, safer for the joint.
Robert 43:13
Well, that's the reason why we use the exercises that we use, because even though there are hundreds of exercises for the triceps, there's only going to be two or three really, really good ones that fulfill the job without without either causing harm, or to the joint. Yeah, you got muscles and joints, things under strain or cause a problem elsewhere. And so that's why we have used or we we've been using, what is the very best exercise to get the job done? Why Why bother with something that may not be as efficient as the leg press that we choose to use or as efficient as the the chest press that we choose to use? What Why Why use one that is a completely different kind of a movement. It'll it may make you sore, but it could also end you could also get injured?
Adam 44:15
Well, that's that's for me. That's a determinant. I mean, that's why I'm not trying to vary an exercise a million different ways, because a lot of them are just not very biomechanically safe.
Robert 44:27
I've used the the calf press on the multi exerciser. Pretty much my whole life. I can remember a handful of times that I wasn't sore and my calf
Adam 44:40
and well that's what I was saying about calf muscles. I always get sore during that and
Robert 44:44
I can remember a day in the in the 11th grade when I couldn't walk up the stairs in school. And I got in a lot of trouble because I missed a couple of classes because I couldn't get myself up. I'd never had soreness like that again. That's funny,
Adam 45:01
I just tried have a dream like that once in a while I have a recurring dream, where I where I can't walk. It's really funny, you should say that you just made me think of that dream. Or we got to wrap this up because again, we can talk all day and we will we're going to do some more episodes. Alright, so what about massage and stretching, and the vibration technology out there, as many physical therapists recommend to help reduce muscle soreness.
Robert 45:25
All three of those things, reduce muscle soreness for five or 10 minutes, they're very, very, it's very temporary relief. Within within 510 minutes, you're just as achy as you were before you engage in the massage vibration. So it's just temporary. So very, very temporary, moment momentary.
Adam 45:47
So it says billable hours then in other words, it's just that's why they do it. billable hours.
Robert 45:52
I've heard that term.
Adam 45:54
Alright, there you have it, folks, muscle soreness, all the weird things about it. All the enigmas mystery about it. I'm not sure what we did today kind of clears up any of those mysteries, but, but at least we brought them to light, I tend to agree overall, I tend to agree that you should feel your work out, you know, a couple of days later, you should feel like you did something, which is the bottom line doesn't have to be debilitating crazy soreness, where you can't walk up a flight of stairs like Robert just mentioned, you should feel like you worked out. You know, maybe when you get out of a chair you're feeling and your hamstrings, your glutes. Or when you're reaching up above your head and you're pulling something down, you feel it for a second, like, Oh, look at that, yeah, I feel that. Those have to be crazy soreness. But if you're not really feeling your workout and some type of soreness, think about your routine. Talk to us. Ask us train with us. And we'll work we'll work with you to try to see if we can play around with the routines to get you to that level. Robert, thank you very much for spending the time with me.
Robert 47:01
Oh, please, what a thank you for having me.
Adam 47:03
Okay. And before I forget, it can be very useful to call us up and do even a virtual workout with us, even though you're maybe in Australia, or wherever you are in the world. As long as you speak English. I can help you we can help you. And again, you know, lots of times you talk about the biomechanics and doing exercise correctly, what Robert and I were talking about with a knee extension and might some of this might have gone over your head because it gets a little technical and we didn't get into it specifically. But these things matter. So keep that in mind. As you work out to give us a call, even if it's one or two routines, doesn't have to be a regular thing. You can get a lot out of just even working with working with us a couple of times given whatever machines or tools you have available to you. Alright, thanks a lot for listening and we'll see you next time. You go in for fitness.com Get all the details. We have an email address. It's a podcast at informed fitness.com Thanks for listening.
Arlene 48:08
This has been the Inform Fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman. for over 20 years informed fitness has been providing clients of all ages with customized personal training designed to build strength fast. Visit Inform fitness.com for testimonials, blogs and videos on the three pillars, exercise, nutrition and recovery
Shayla McGrady, GM and personal trainer, at InForm Fitness, has been training people virtually long before the Covid-19 pandemic made it popular. And she was kind enough to take time out of her busy schedule to share her experience and expertise with us.
We discuss the three most challenging aspects of virtual training:
We also cover the type of routines that can meet the challenges and with links to several videos. It is important to understand that without access to well-designed machines that solve many safety and efficiency issues, it becomes super important to work with a trainer that knows how to properly use conventional, free-weights and exercise bands. We discuss some simple and subtle changes to commonly used movements that are more protective of your joints.
Here's a glimpse of Virtual Training w/ Shayla... https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yAohKOwsAdA&feature=youtu.be
As always, your feedback and suggestions are always welcome.
Adam Zickerman – Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution:
http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
We would love to hear from you with your questions, comments & show ideas…
Our email address is podcast@informfitness.com
Inform_McGrady Ep 68 Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
workouts, shayla, equipment, people, virtual, exercise, wall, fitness, great, virtually, lateral raise, clients, stand, training, podcast, trainers, gym, intensity, distancing, challenges
Arlene 00:01
The Inform Fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman and co host Mike Rogers is a presentation of informed fitness studios, a small family of personal training facilities specializing in safe, efficient high intensity strength training. On our BI monthly podcast, Adam and Mike discuss the latest findings in the areas of exercise nutrition and recovery with leading experts and scientists, we aim to debunk the popular misconceptions in the urban myths that are so prevalent in the fields of health and fitness, and to replace those sacred cows with scientific base. up to the minute information on a variety of subjects will cover exercise protocols and techniques, nutrition, sleep recovery, the role of genetics in the response to exercise, and much more. In this episode, Adam welcomes Shayla McGrady GM and personal trainer at Inform Fitness. Shayla has been training people virtually long before the COVID 19 pandemic made it popular they'll discuss the three most challenging aspects of virtual training, technology, equipment and intensity.
Shayla 01:18
We understand that everyone is different. So what will be intense for one person may not be for another we know how to adjust that accordingly. That is what is important about us and how we work with our time.
Adam 01:33
Hello, everybody. Welcome back to the Inform fitness podcast. This is Adam Zickerman I'm here today with a special friend and guest Shayla McGrady Shayla has been a trainer in foreign fitness now for five years. And she runs the Port Washington location on Long Island. She's fantastic. Great personality one of the most authentic people I know. Welcome to the show Shayla.
Shayla 01:57
Hi, Adam, thank you so much for having me.
Adam 01:59
Let me just read off your credentials here. Shayla has earned her master's in Human Service Administration and her bachelor's degree in psychology from SUNY Buffalo up in upstate New York. She is a certified personal trainer by the National Academy of Sports Medicine. And she has the of course the power of 10 certification from me. Shayla jumped from another career right into personal training. She took the plunge joining in foreign fitness five years ago. She resigned from a full time career as a what what was your What were you doing?
Shayla 02:33
I was the Director of Residence Life at SUNY Downstate.
Adam 02:38
That's certainly downstate and is now enjoying her position as general manager in poor Washington Long Island. Shayla truly, truly understands the pressure society places on men and women when it comes to body image. And she once upon a time for to keep up with those demands. She now places an even greater emphasis on the importance of health lifestyle, both for herself and all that she meets. Like I said before, she's probably one of the most authentic people I know. So what you see is what you get with Shayla. And we're going to talk about something that's kind of relevant today. Given the COVID 19 pandemic and shutdowns and how it's changed the fitness world turned it pretty much upside down on its head. And we've been doing these virtual workouts and it's been for me it's been about eight weeks give or take but for Shayla and reason I wanted her on the show to talk about this, because she's been doing a lot longer than that she's been, you can say she's one of the pioneers in this virtual workout stuff. And training people virtually. So it's great to get her insights on this stuff. We're going to be talking about the challenges of virtual workouts are you going to get same workout as you would get using machines? Alright, Shayla virtual training, it's been a journey, you know, it's been a real learning experience for me, training people virtually. And I like it. I don't like it, to be honest with you. There are challenges, right? There are lots of challenges. Let's talk about those challenges. First of all, I don't wanna I don't wanna make it sound like I'm already kind of Debbie downer, right? Just put, I just said like, I actually love it in the sense that it enables us to do we have a lot of flexibility with this, and you are getting good workouts, but there are challenges, particularly with people that don't have any equipment. So that's one of the things so when we try to convert our clients to, to working out virtually when the shutdowns occurred, people very skeptical because he said, I don't have any equipment. And the other thing is I want to talk about specifically, are older people that don't have equipment, so they have their own set of challenges. Number one, being older having the arthritis and all the irises and not having equipment. So let's talk about how do you meet those challenges and how can you assure somebody that it's okay.
Shayla 04:55
Well, you're absolutely correct. Those are The challenges a lot of people face old and young, I wouldn't even say it is specific only to the elderly. But my way of encouraging clients who are skeptical, or who are nervous about how this works, and it will work well is by explaining it to them. So first equipment, right, all that they need is a telephone, a cell phone, an iPad or computer, they do not need a lot of appliances, they do not need a lot of equipment to do to make this work.
Adam 05:44
So they don't need like a mixing board. Like I
Shayla 05:48
don't need a fridge, no.
Adam 05:53
Headphones per se,
Shayla 05:54
you don't need headphones per se down. Especially if you're in you're at home, you're not on out on the beach, the waves. So keeping it very simple in regards to equipment and letting them know that it does not require a lot.
Adam 06:09
And you don't need to be a millennial or younger. As far as understanding the technology. It's technology is pretty easy. We're using Facebook or or zoom,
Shayla 06:18
we're using FaceTime or zoom. This book. That's okay, or Skype. So Skype, Facetime, zoom, I guess Facebook could work in some ways. Those are the three main devices on
Adam 06:32
Zoom. And what's the third? Skype? Oh, Skype, of course. Okay. So if you have any skepticism regarding equipment, get over it. There's not a lot of equipment. from a technology standpoint, that should not be a barrier to entry to join virtual workouts. If you own a cell phone, an up to date cell phone, more or less, you have access to virtual training, I would say that, and I mentioned this in the past on another pocket, I don't know if I did it on our podcast or as a guest on somebody else's anyway, a tripod, a little mini tripod for your cell phone, because you end up trying to balance it on something to get the right angle, because that's that's, I guess the next challenge, I want to talk to you about setting it up like so they see you like you said it's not a mirror, I think.
Shayla 07:17
Right? Right, because people stand in front of it, and they want to see themselves and don't take into account that I need, we need to see them as the instructor. So honestly, when I tell people to set up their phone or their computer, I suggest that they place it lower, so that I'm able to see them from head to toe, I also suggest that they stand between six to eight feet away, the farther away you are, the more I'm able to see you entirely
Adam 07:49
and more depth for sure. And again, mini tripod works beautiful for that. I mean, it's literally like you can buy one on Amazon for 12 bucks. Or you can just stand it up low on the ground and you can put it in angle you need and you're not balancing on a wall or a book or whatever, right? It doesn't slip and fall off. Because a lot of times not enough friction below it to kind of keep it up, you know, so these little mini tripods are a great asset, especially when you're just using a phone. Now the other thing that's good is a laptop. Because you can you can tilt the laptop, you know, the top of the laptop up and down, you can put the laptop on the floor. And until that as you need it depending upon what you're doing, then we can see them perfectly.
Shayla 08:29
Absolutely.
Adam 08:30
The other challenge for older people, particularly older people is that they don't have any equipment. And you know, being where we are in New York City, a lot of our clients, New York City, they have small apartments and they don't want equipment collecting dust in their farm. And that's why they come to us in the first place. So how do you especially an older person, because you know, one of the reasons all the people gravitate in for fitness is because we have such great equipment and we don't exacerbate a lot of injuries and they can do things that they they would really have would have trouble doing with body weight or maybe they have a severe weakness. So you know, they can't really support themselves in a lot of ways. And the equipment kind of is just a great workaround for people that have arthritic issues, orthopedic issues, weight issues, quite honestly, weakness, issues, asymmetry, one side being, you know, weaker than the other equipment helps with that aspect to an extent. So how do you work around that without any equipment? Virtually?
Shayla 09:23
Great question. And that's the thing. There are no substitutions for the weights that we have at inform of course, but in regards to working out at home, without equipment, I trained many clients who do not have equipment, many clients who are of elderly age, and what I like to do is utilize furniture, so chairs, being able to do squats on a chair seated, coming up and down so that way you're using your proper form. Also, balancing on a chair so placing on the side of you while you're doing lunch. One foot behind the other, just to maintain that balance,
Adam 10:04
right, so you're doing the ones but you have the chair right there by your side. So you can just use your hands, this is a balance you as you, you hold that position, and you don't have to go that low, as long as either you can go down a little bit, a little bit goes a long way you've been that knee or your thighs kick in, you're right, your your glutes, your hamstrings, they kick in, you don't have to go into these deep knee bends. Right. And again, you can use that chair for balance, I'm sorry, cut into jack there.
Shayla 10:28
No, that's okay. That's that's a great key point, as well as the wall. So using the wall for stabilizing squats, just holding a squat against the wall. And some of the other things that I use for makeshift equipment, water gallons water bottles. I know you mentioned when we were talking of using recyclable bags and filling them with books, filling them with raw.
Adam 10:58
Yeah, I thought that because it becomes an adjustable dumbbell. Right, instead of switching off between a water jug which you know the handles of water and you buy a gallon of water, you know, I've used those, it has a small little handle, your fingers get all cramped up and cramped in there. And when you do curls, that kind of torques your wrist and torques your fingers, right. And you know, it's not a greatest handle. So it occurred to me just to put the water jug into one of those small totes or recycle bags that you get at the supermarket. And now not only can you put that water jug in there, but now if you need more weight, you can add soup cans, like you said books. I never thought of books. That's a good idea. Because books, books have weight, you know, right textbooks, you know, I've kind of those laying around in my basement, you know? So that's great. Yeah. And you said using the wall, there you go. I mean, you can do a lot against the wall. What can you do again, like whatever exercise you're doing against the wall.
Shayla 11:52
So you can again, you can do chair squat or wall squats, you can squat against the wall, right? You can use what I do for gallon jugs, because they are oddly shaped. I'll have clients hold one gallon in both hands, and stand against the wall while they're doing bicep curls simultaneously. Curls. Also doing shoulder overhead shoulder press.
Adam 12:16
So you lean so you're doing overhead press using the wall? Correct some for some clients,
Shayla 12:20
and why is it stabilizing them and firing up those quads? Well, they're against the wall, quads, hamstrings,
Adam 12:32
quad shoulder press doing shoulder press against the wall. That's what I was asking about.
Shayla 12:36
But I'll have them if I want to intensify it, I'll have them in a squat against the wall, right holding it and doing shoulder. Because otherwise they can just do it in the chair?
Adam 12:45
No, well, you bring up a good point, part of the challenge I found with virtual training, and not having a lot of equipment is getting the intensity we need. We've, you know, my whole show, over the last three years has been about high intensity training, right? And understanding that and here we are doing the virtual workouts, we still have to maintain that that's the key always to maintain that intensity when you have no equipment. And you have somebody that can't do a bodyweight exercise on the floor or something like that the wall becomes a huge asset, and allows that person to get intense. Yeah, push ups, push ups from the knees, if you can't, obviously can't do it from the toes or against
Shayla 13:23
the wall doing push ups also. So for some of the other clients standing and slowly doing push ups against the wall,
Adam 13:30
or push ups Exactly. Those are not nearly as intense as doing on the floor.
Shayla 13:36
But once you get into that holding, right, it intensifies it a little bit more
Adam 13:41
right to static hold. Yeah, so that means you hold a position, because some people have joint issues and they can't go through the range of motion anyway. Right. And if you're weak, it's tough to to do full range of motion sometimes like in a full pushup. That's why I use the wall that takes a lot of the force always these positions that you also you can't go that a full range of motion. So so having them hold a particular position, which is a difficult position and not moving through that position. I mean, there are trainers out there, there are protocols out there that just do what they call negative only, or static contractions as as a whole protocol to build strength without any movement whatsoever, because they feel it protects the joint. And it's not necessary to go through their range of motion. That's debatable. And it just gave me an idea to have some of those people on my podcast. Yeah. Because there are people that would debate that that they feel full range of motion exercises is better. And I actually know the person to have on my show, quite honestly for that. But if you can't go through full range of motion, you do get something out of these things. I mean, again, intensity is intensity, whether you're going through a full range of motion, or just holding a static hold against the wall until you're exhausted that's safe. You can you can work to exhaustion against the wall and as soon as you reach exhaustion, you just, you're still leaning against the wall. You're not going anywhere.
Shayla 14:58
And I think that's the important thing. about our program is we understand that everyone is different. So what will be intense for one person may not be for another, we know how to adjust that accordingly. You know, there are a lot of there are a lot of gyms or a lot of trainers that give me standard exercise across the board, and everyone is expected to do the same thing, and everyone is not able to do the same thing. So I think that is what is important about us and how we work with our clients.
Adam 15:33
Well, you know, a big difference is how we measure progress and success. And what you're saying is the conventional way has been always doing a certain number of reps and certain number of sets, regardless of the ability now just, they're arbitrary numbers, we're gauging intensity. And that's more nuanced than just, you know, do three sets of 10 of this weight. And when you're measuring intensity, you really do have to read the person and know what they're capable of, and know how to apply that safely. Now that gyms have been shut down, every Tom, Dick and Harry now have entered the virtual space of training. And that's how we're different, right? Absolutely, you know, safety first, always safety. First, there's positions like let's take the lateral raise, right, a classic exercise, raising your arms away from your sides, it works your shoulders, your deltoids to conventional as a standing deltoid, raise lateral raise. Now, I'm not going to get into all the biomechanics of that. But when you do it that way, you are putting very heavy load on the shoulder, at a very weak position of that shoulder when you're at the top. And that's what it always hurts at the top, if ever did this exercise, it's very difficult at the top is almost painful, and it doesn't hurt throughout the rest of the range of motion. When you get to that very top, it's a painful thing, and has nothing to do with you being weak or not has to do is that it's biomechanically a strain. Everyone's doing that exercise. And then people wake up one day say, Why do my shoulders hurt me, and they never think it's their exercise program. You know, which is ironic, because your exercise program should not be hurting you and I've talked about this a million times in the past, you lay to your side, instead of standing up, you lay to your side and do the lateral raise, you've just corrected that whole problem. As simple as that. And I would venture to guess that not one, maybe five out of 100 trainers might know that great. Five out of 100 trainers maybe know if maybe how even say less. And there's so many little things like that. So not all virtual workouts are created equal even those highfalutin high tech programs that are out there. You know, I see the promos on TV for these these virtual workouts, you can do all kinds of workouts. And you see the problems, you see the actual exercises that they're doing. They're very ballistic, very high impact they're doing I see that lateral raise done the way I described as standing up loud raises all the time. You know, it's a clap. Again, it's a classic exercise, and it's always demoed in the advertisements. It's fancy, and it's cool. And you have a workout in your house. And yeah, this is like Avatar training you possibly but it's all the same stuff. It's just packaged differently. Right? And it's what we've been working towards and against near, in my case, 23 years, you know, 10 years, and then fine with us. There's a lot of crap out there like, like every industry, I guess, doing these virtual workouts is even extra you need, you need extra expertise, because you don't have the luxury of a piece of equipment do the work for you. Right, you really have to know what you're doing when you're training somebody virtually, with the challenges that we've talked about. Do you think virtual workouts are here to stay now that this has happened?
Shayla 18:39
I do. I absolutely do. I think this is a sign of the times, definitely. And very telling as to how we are heading into the future.
Adam 18:51
We have clients that were doing an in person and then they started the virtuals because of the shutdowns and everything and then like saying, you know, let's keep it this way. Some of the pros, you know, in some cases, the pros outweigh the cons. I've had a couple,
Shayla 19:05
I have had some and and especially right now, I mean, it's still so fresh with a pandemic and a lot of people are are nervous and comfortable in this setting. But I think that there are going to be a lot of people a lot more people who will choose to go the virtual route than rushing to get back into a typical gym.
Adam 19:26
Yeah, well they want to be assured that the precautions are being taken at the locations right you know, I'm I'm in constant communication now when my landlords to make sure that the public areas in our building are going to be met with stringent attention, doing my research and what we're doing in our gyms. And they want to be reassured about that. Turns out that more science comes out about how you contract the virus. This particular one is through sustained exposure in unventilated space, without And that is how it's being transmitted. There's very little evidence, for example, that's being transmitted from surfaces, the reports have been showing outdoors, but sustained. And a big point is sustained exposure, right? If you were in contact with somebody that actually has it and not coughing on you, and then wearing a mask, and you're only with him for 10 minutes, in a well ventilated place, the risk is extremely low. Right. And knowing that, and knowing that we're going to open up soon, we've taken those precautions. So the places are gonna be well ventilated, we're gonna have air filters, everyone's gonna be wearing masks, there's going to be physical distancing. By the way, I'm using that term physical distancing. Now, not social distancing. I learned that because somebody else said this. Because, you know, social distancing is kind of, well, we need social more than ever, now, is the point. And we shouldn't be distancing ourselves socially, we should be distancing ourselves physically, we should be getting, we should be getting closer, socially, if anything else, especially in this time, and we have a lot going on, as we record this podcast, it's during the protests, the police brutality and the crazy times we're living in, but so that's that's how we're going to take the little precautions were taking, you know, limiting the number of people working out at the same time, well ventilated, and wearing masks, and the rest is gonna be drastically reduced that way.
Shayla 21:30
And I think for us, we people are going to come back, I don't think there's going to be as much of a hesitation to come back to our facilities, just because we're so different. Right? We are vastly different from we're not considered a gym, we're vastly different from that. So I don't think that we are going to pose as much of a hesitation complex. I think, though, reaching people who cannot easily get to information, people all over who are listening to this virtually is what is going to be heightened for us.
Adam 22:11
I agree. Thank you for bringing that up. I've been bringing it up on our podcast last couple episodes talking about how this opens up the door. I never thought about inviting people to call us for virtual workouts or world because the whole reason I opened up in forum fitness is because of the the equipment and the attention and the detail that we pay attention to what you just can't get from virtual workout. So I kind of had this like this all or nothing thing about that. Yeah, I had this block about that. So I never thought of actually offering this workout virtually because you don't have our access to everything that we have. But then I'm realizing since doing those virtuals, that we're still doing it so much better and differently than everyone else would do a virtual and we just talked about that. So yeah, for you listening that don't have access to a gym, I'm telling you do a workout with regular weights with no weights, you won't believe how different it is compared to Tom, Dick or Harry putting you through it that that just went virtual. There's a lot to this. And there's a reason why our equipment does what it does. Because we spent so many years not having that equipment, no, and we saw the problems. You know, and we know how to we knew how to kind of overcome the problems. So we know what the problems are to deal with when we're training you virtually. And that makes a big difference in the quality and the efficiency and the safety of the workout. And again, it's also efficiency, getting your heart rate up in and of itself is not is not the point it's fatiguing the muscles deeply, and you're not going to have the same. Alright, listen, you workout in form fitness. It's like flying in a private jet. You know, if you're invited to ever fly on a private jet, take it. Take the invitation, I don't care where you're going, you can even be Cleveland you know. And once you try that, and then you have to take your next flight and coach, it's like oh my god, you know, but Coach still gets you there, right. And the Virgin workouts even better than codes were like more like business class or virtual workouts because we know what we're doing. So you learn so much the principles of why we do and how we do what we do really bear themselves out. When you're doing something virtually you don't have all this fancy equipment, doing all that work for you. You know, so you really learn something about well, just that lateral raise example, perfect example of a simple tweak that you do to to conventional exercise that makes all the difference in the world. We're going to post that one. We're going to we're going to do a video linking that. We're also going to put a video linking some of the things you brought up before like a squat a wall squat. Alright, and we'll do one with a chair bouncing on the chair. Made me what we're gonna do. She'll it please tell me if you can do this with me. We'll do a We're going to do a video of a workout that an older person can do a full body workout that an older person can do that have issues that that definitely get something out of it. Can we do something like that? Absolutely. Alright, so we have by the time you're hearing this, it's, it's already linked to our podcast. Okay. Alright, so go to it. Well, thanks a lot. This was great. I appreciate you helping me out with this.
Shayla 25:22
No problem. Thank you for having me.
Arlene 25:25
This has been the Inform Fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman. for over 20 years informed fitness has been providing clients of all ages with customized personal training designed to build strength fast. Visit InformFitness.com for testimonials, blogs and videos on the three pillars, exercise, nutrition and recovery
Simply put, Thermography measures the temperature of a particular area of the body using a high-resolution, infrared camera, and is able to pinpoint “hot spots” without the use of radiation
When you have chronic inflammation, your body's inflammatory response can eventually start damaging healthy cells, tissues, and organs. Over time, this can lead to DNA damage, tissue death, internal scarring and the development of several diseases, including, heart disease cancer.
Tammy eloquently explains:
As always, your feedback and suggestions are always welcome.
Adam Zickerman – Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution:
http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
We would love to hear from you with your questions, comments & show ideas…
Our email address is podcast@informfitness.com
Inform_Kohlschmidt Ep 67 Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
thermography, body, test, inflammation, breast, disease, people, cancer, mammography, women, tammy, stagnation, health, bra, radiation, infection, doctor, demography, mammogram, adam
Arlene 00:01
The Inform Fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman and co host Mike Rogers is a presentation of Inform Fitness studios, a small family of personal training facilities specializing in safe, efficient high intensity strength training. On our BI monthly podcast, Adam and Mike discuss the latest findings in the areas of exercise nutrition and recovery with leading experts and scientists, we aim to debunk the popular misconceptions in the urban myths that are so prevalent in the fields of health and fitness, and to replace those sacred cows with scientific base. up to the minute information on a variety of subjects will cover exercise protocols and techniques, nutrition, sleep recovery, the role of genetics in the response to exercise, and much more. On this episode, Adam welcomes Tammy Kohlschmidt, who explains how the use of thermography detects early inflammation throughout the body for seeing health problems years before symptoms may manifest.
Tammy 01:13
Here's what people really need to understand about thermography. It allows you to see what you cannot yet feel. It's the start of early disease detection, which will let you be preventative.
Adam 01:28
Hello, everybody. Welcome back to the show. Today is going to be a very interesting topic. Something I don't know very much about. It's called thermography. And today I have with us, Tammy Kohlschmidt. Hello, Tammy.
Tammy 01:40
Hi Adam. Thank you for having me.
Adam 01:43
Thank you. Welcome. Welcome. I just got to read a little bit about Tammy's CV if you will. Tammy is a well rounded practitioner and multiple healing disciplines. She's a Certified Clinical demographer, which is what we're going to be talking about today. She's also a licensed dental hygienist. She's a Certified BodyTalk Practitioner, which we'll delve into on another podcast if you come back if you want to come back. Tami believes that health and well being are a reflection of many different things including energy, spiritual healing, nutrition, anti inflammatory, staying anti inflamed. Tammy is a founding member of the American Academy of oral systemic health. She is a past member of dentistry for diabetics and centers of Dental Medicine. She's a current member of demography unlimited, and the American Academy of anti aging medicine. She is also co host of the national radio show on sustainable dentistry. She teaches and lectures on thermography and has been interviewed on the oral health summit with Jonathan Landsman. She is currently co hosting the show sustainable dentistry a better way with Dr. Reed Winnick, another friend of mine client, who is her colleague and business on the Manhattan cable channel. 57. So, Tammy, yes. tomography. Yes. What the hell is thermography? Well,
Tammy 03:05
before I open into that, I do want to give just some acknowledgement to you, Adam, because your ingenuity and what you do has been a godsend into my life. So thank you for that. You definitely disrupted the way that I see exercise and working out. So thank you. Kudos to you.
Adam 03:24
Thank you. Yeah. And I did not pay her to say that.
Tammy 03:27
No, no. And also, I do want to acknowledge your listeners, because if they're following you, then I have a feeling that they're also disruptors to anything mainstream. So
Adam 03:38
is tomography a disrupter? Is that your total
Tammy 03:41
Disrupt? Yes. So you asked what is demography? It's called Digital infrared thermal imaging, and it measures your body's temperature using an infrared camera. The reason this is important, is because we can screen for inflammation. And there's no other test out there that can really do that with a visual. Number one, your body temperature doesn't lie. It tells us everything we need to know. There's no pain, there's no radiation, there's no body contact, and it was approved for use in 1982 by the FDA. So it's not new. However, it's just not well known. And it's not used by mainstream medicine, mainly because it's not taught in universities.
Adam 04:30
So when you say it was approved by the FDA approved for walk for use in
Tammy 04:35
health screening, and in cancer detection for the breasts,
Adam 04:39
okay, and does it how exactly? Well,
Tammy 04:43
so Well, let me just kind of walk you through what an appointment would be like so that we get an idea of how it does. The patient comes in, it's a temperature controlled room at about 68 degrees, because the body has to acclimate to that cool temperature. So that Your true inflammation comes out. And not just all of your body heat, let's say from walking to the appointment, climbing stairs, things like that. So as the body acclimates to the temperature, you're actually in a gown. You're not wearing clothing, because we are
Adam 05:16
you say the room is 60 degrees 68. So you're freezing your ass. Oh,
Tammy 05:20
you're cold. Yeah. But we don't cool for too long. It's like a 10 minute cooldown. And then it's a dark room. So for those of you who are modest, it's cool. It's a very dark room. You take off your gown, and then we do images. It's like getting your picture taken. But again, there's no body contact. There's no pain, no radiation. It's very safe, non invasive. And you're naked
Adam 05:46
at this point you
Tammy 05:47
Yes.
Adam 05:50
Okay, cold Playboy shoot.
Tammy 05:53
I've had some really funny comments about that. But yeah, yeah, people who have a great sense of humor have lots to say when they're in the room. I bet. Yeah. And it's, it's fascinating, because you can see your body on the screen, you can see all the different colors that come up, we use the colors of the rainbow. So White is the hottest. So typically, where we see white, we're seeing heat, we're seeing inflammation, we're seeing stagnation. And then black is the coolest. So you'll see all colors between the rainbow reds, greens, orange. And they all mean something in relative to the other side of the body. So we're balancing and measuring symmetry. So the colors and the patterns that the colors make all mean something. And then it goes to our doctor, I use Dr. Greg Melvin. He's my reading doctor. And he generates a report.
Adam 06:46
He's an MD doctor.
Tammy 06:47
It can be MD, he's actually a chiropractor. He's a holistic chiropractor. He started reading thermal images, I think over 30 years ago. So he kind of was one of the, you know, Foundation front runners in it.
Adam 07:02
So you're a technician, so you don't read them.
Tammy 07:05
No, I'm a technician, I take the images. Then what happens is, after Dr. Melvin generates the report, I sit down with the patient, we go through it completely. So they understand everything about their body and what they're seeing. And we make recommendations when we get them on, basically, back on track to health.
Adam 07:27
And you can tell a lot from like you said, the colors represent different temperatures. Correct. So basically, you're reading throughout the body, what the temperatures are all over the place. Right? And if it's white, that would be probably a concern. If you saw a white section somewhere,
Tammy 07:43
it could be yes, certain areas of your body will be will be white hot naturally. For example, for example, the very inner corner the inner canthus of your eyes, and that'll be white. The navel is usually white.
Adam 07:58
So enables a hot, hot. Yes.
Tammy 08:02
Oh, go there. You're funny. I did not expect this. I love it. Yeah, so the colors now now black, for instance, if I see a black nose, that's a really good sign because it means the airflow is really moving. If your nose is yellow, red, green, any color other than black, then we know we've got inflammation, stagnation, infection could be very sinus infection sure could be a variety of things.
Adam 08:28
So it seems to me that this is something that doesn't necessarily diagnose, but it is more of a clue
Tammy 08:35
to an assessment tool assessment
Adam 08:36
tool, right? You see, you mentioned breast cancer. So I assume that you do a thermography with with a woman and you notice maybe a hot spot here or there in the breast tissue. And at that point, you say, Okay, let's, I think you have to get a mammography.
Tammy 08:53
I mean, they could be a lot of reasons why you have a hot spot doesn't necessarily mean there's a tumor, you can have lymphatic stagnation, you can have a fibro adenoma, you can have a cyst, infection, many things. The next step would be an ultrasound, and a three month follow up with thermography because we want to see how that heat changes. Hopefully it improves and goes away. But if it becomes well defined and organized, then you know that you have angiogenesis, which is new blood vessel growth. Right? That is a tumor.
Adam 09:26
So yeah, so my understanding of certain physiology, I mean, when you I know cancer kind of directs the body to feed it with more blood blood. Yeah. And I would assume when that process is occurring, that it generates heat, and that's why it shows up on a tomography correct but I would even if I was a woman and I saw a hotspot, I don't know if I'd want to wait three months to see it.
Tammy 09:50
Most cancers are in the breast are really slow growing. And if you're coming from the mindset of disrupting mainstream medicine, to running Radiation on that immediately might not be such a good idea. So we do a lot of different things to help bring that inflammation down, and to get that heat to change. And oftentimes, the body completely shifts in three months. So that's why I would recommend an ultrasound just so you have that anatomical view to match with the physiology basically, that is like the best starting point to get your to get you to know what to do next.
Adam 10:33
If I'm a woman, I think wouldn't when mammography one of the recommended mammography start, I think at four years old, if I remember correct, and
Tammy 10:39
that's a problem. That's too young. That's that's a lot of radiation. If you're doing a man a mammogram once a year, starting at age 40. It's a problem. And they've actually changed that and said, Well, you should now wait until you're 50. So they're starting to realize that the amount of radiation and compression that a mammogram brings is a problem. As a matter of fact, when you sign the consent form, you're signing a consent form that says This procedure can cause cancer, it's in there. So what they've done as they've started to change the way that they use mammograms, which is great, because there's more awareness around doing it every single year is a problem. That's why bringing thermography and ultrasounds together, smarter approach. There's no pain, there's no body contact, there's no radiation. Now, here's what people really need to understand about thermography. It allows you to see what you cannot yet feel. It's the start of early disease detection, which will let you be preventative, what does is the best thing you can do when it comes to cancer is not to get it. Women don't understand how to be preventative. So when you do thermal imaging, not only are you getting a test, to see where your body's at, but you're getting all of these things that you can do to be proactive, to bring inflammation down, which is the start of cancer anyway. So it's really a process of education. It's a process of re learning what it is to be healthy in today's toxic world.
Adam 12:16
So when you start seeing hot spots all around the body, so it's not just about the breast, it's not
Tammy 12:20
at all about. It's about the whole body. Yeah. So in your practice,
Adam 12:22
why are people coming to you primarily?
Tammy 12:26
Well, they're coming to me because they want to know, they want to know where they have inflammation, they want to know if they've got stagnation, which could be digestive, it could be lymphatic stagnation. They want to know if they've got neuropathy, because oftentimes you don't even know you have neuropathy. So if you have issues with the way your nervous system is messaging, you have more chances of developing different types of diseases. So thermography is looking at flow systems, blood flow, nerve flow, lymph flow, hormonal flow, there is no other test that can tell you, if you have hormonal imbalance in your breast tissue. If you have an estrogen dominant pattern in your breast situ, which is what thermography shows, you got a big problem. Now you can look at bloodwork and you know monitor your hormones that way. But even then your bloodwork might look fine. It's what's in the tissue. That is the issue, basically. So you get so much more in depth information about your health, when you're looking at simply looking at your temperature patterns. It's amazing, actually,
Adam 13:39
let's talk about some of the low hanging fruit that you get from this. In other words, you know, obviously cancer is a very complex thing, and it is possible I show up, you know, then then there's a whole bunch of stuff that I think should be done. But let's, let's say you go for your how many, how often does somebody come get a reading of thermography? Full body? What do you first,
Tammy 13:58
the first time you come in, you are going to come back within three to six months based on the amount of inflammation you have. And that's so we can establish your baseline. Once you establish your baseline it's it's a yearly test, just like you would kind of do a physical check your blood work all of that. Because remember, you can't feel inflammation. I mean, you can if it's an injury, but you really don't know it's there unless you do a thermography test. So we're trying to catch things early and detect things early to set you up to be healthy.
Adam 14:31
So give me some examples of low hanging fruit like something that you might detect and then you say okay, let's let's either talk to a doctor or monitor you know, there's
Tammy 14:39
so many gallbladder issues, kidney distress, cardiac distress, hormonal imbalance. So
Adam 14:46
when you see any of these things, and then you just saying okay, you should go see your endocrinologist so you should go see your it depends
Tammy 14:51
on what we find, right? Yeah. Sometimes actually for kidney distress. I actually start off with investigating what kind of water there drink because there's a reason that those kidneys are showing an issue, and it's not always, oh my God, you're dying. It's like not always a disease, it actually has to do with what they're putting into their body or not or not putting into their body. So we start with a really simple plan. And sometimes it even it's just go see an acupuncturist, let's stimulate the kidneys,
Adam 15:23
so it's not automatic, then if you see something in the kidneys, for example, a hotspot I guess you call it or degree of heat, that is not normal. It's not automatic for you to say, Okay, you have to see
Tammy 15:34
a nephrologist. No, it isn't. No, it's not. Because you can see different things, you can see different things. And you can make correlations and connections and
Adam 15:43
zero time when you see something in tomography and say, You need to see a nephrologist right away.
Tammy 15:50
No, it's it's really more about let's shift the physiology. Let's look at what you're doing on a daily basis that would cause your body to be dysfunctional. So usually, if a person needs to see a nephrologist, they know it like they're it's too late, that they have symptoms that are just there's an issue and they know us. Yeah.
Adam 16:12
So this thing, things before, it's a real disease way before ways of seeing things that that you can't even feelings of maybe a disease state but
Tammy 16:20
correct. And our bodies know how to heal themselves. It's an innate wisdom that we have the the issue is, no one's looking for it, which is why we do thermography. Most doctors do not understand how the body heals, they really just prescribe medication once you're sick. So it's the idea of a health system versus a disease system. I want you in the early early stages where we can prevent and your body can actually heal itself by making foundational changes. Once you have a disease, you're going to a doctor. Sure, that's just
Adam 16:56
I see where you're at. Yeah, you're a licensed hygenist.
Tammy 17:01
Yeah, my Yes, I started off as a licensed hygenist. And I basically skyrocketed with that I became like a front runner. And I actually call myself a perio therapist, because the patients that we see, keep scaling stuff, right? Well, we do perio therapy, it's not just come and get your cleaning, it's way more than that, because most of the disease that we have, is affected or influenced by the health of our mouth. Anything from arthritis to Alzheimer's to heart disease, it all has a correlation to the inflammation in your mouth, whether it's your teeth or your gums. So again, let's catch it early. Let's disrupt the disease model of medicine by not getting the disease
Adam 17:46
and this demography tie into dental Can you can use demography to help you with your dental hygiene.
Tammy 17:52
Totally well, okay, so that's kind of how it all started, when I was deep into perio therapy, I would talk to doctor when I can say, Look, we see so much inflammation in the mouth. If a person has that much inflammation in the mouth, there's no question that they have it in the rest of their body. But we don't know where, because they're asymptomatic. So we found thermography, so that we can make correlations to the mouth and the rest of the body. And then, obviously, if they need a doctor, we can refer out. But it was unbelievable. And the other correlation I made when I was working in the mouth is so many people that had gum infections, which by the way, we test for those also microscopically, through saliva tests. So many of those people that had cancer had certain types of pathogenic bacteria that we were finding. So we were making correlations just early on. And this was, oh gosh, 15 years ago, when we were doing this.
Adam 18:53
And you were seeing this, you were first seeing that stuff with mammography, while I was
Tammy 18:57
first seeing this stuff as a hygenist. And then as a hygenist. I became very curious and wanted to make correlations through the whole body. That's when thermography came in to the practice, because we have an interesting, it's sustainable dentistry. And then we have a Wellness Department. Well, the Wellness Department grew out of the fact that there were so many issues in the mouth, people needed other support. So now we brought in thermography. We brought in bodywork we brought in energy healing, we brought in nutritional counseling because a person needs physical, mental, emotional and spiritual support, to heal to truly heal.
Adam 19:36
Now you practice deals with the spiritual not to necessarily get into that right now.
Tammy 19:39
But it deals with everything physical would be like a bodywork, you know, mild, emotional, mental, spiritual, that's when we get into body talk. That is the energy healing portion. Gotcha. Yeah. It's fascinating. I've seen huge shifts in that three month period of women having one Like a really hot breast, and they just start doing these things to make changes. And you bring them back in three months and that breast goes way down.
Adam 20:08
What are some common things that can cause a hot pressed? Well, and things that you do, too.
Tammy 20:14
So here's another disrupter. Women who wear a bra for more than 12 hours a day, the risk of cancer is like one in three. When you yes, there's a really good book called dress to kill. And they've they've done studies. This is the real deal. And no one's talking about this because, you know, well, it damages the bra industry anyway. So you've got women who wear a bra 12 hours or more. One in three is your risk cancer. Women who wear a bra eight hours or less, it's like, one in 152 or something like that, but it's a drastic drop in risk. Why? Well, number one, if it's an underwire, you're constricting your lymphatic flow, you're constricting the circulation of healthy blood, which is oxygen and nutrition. So you end up heating up your breasts. Now, your breasts should be three degrees cooler than the rest of your body because they're considered an appendage. Right? Same thing with testicles. We you don't see men walking around in a harness with their testicles for 12 hours we used
Adam 21:21
to and we were told that our sperm count would drop as a result and we started wearing instead we got rid of the tighty whities and started wearing boxer shorts and totally and then they morphed into, you know, the boxer briefs, which is kind of like a hybrid. Yeah.
Tammy 21:33
Okay. So women who who think that they need to be pushed up and pushed in with this wire, what they're really doing is creating a toxic acidic tissue pool of lymphatic stagnation and poor circulation. So a lot of times I tell women, look, you have to go to work, you wear a bra, great, get rid of the wire, find a softer bra, you will reduce all of that toxicity in a huge way. And then I have women who are like, Well, I just won't wear a bra. I'm like, even better. The healthiest women that come into the clinic when I do thermography they don't they don't wear a bra very often. Women who wear bra eight hours or less no wire, they're in good.
Adam 22:16
Create a certain type of hot breast with the the bra situation like when you can say to somebody, Oh, I see what's going on here. You need to just see it. Yes. As opposed to some other hot so it was another hot situate hot dress situation where has nothing to do with that bro, I might have to do something else you can get in fact, I talk about this all day.
Tammy 22:35
So could I, you? Well, you can get infection. A lot of women their armpits get really stagnated that affects the breast because the way the lymph drains through the lymphatic channels is you know, through the neck, the clavicle, the armpit, the breasts, it's all connected. And two really important connections to the breast or your diaphragm and your digestion. So if you have diaphragm restriction, which most people do, because they breathe in a shallow way, the fluid actually reroutes up through the chest wall and back down. Because the diaphragm isn't functioning as well as it could. And then digestive stagnation. The simplest way to explain this is health starts in the gut. Period.
Adam 23:18
Yeah, well, I believe that for sure.
Tammy 23:21
Yeah. So there's all of these things that I teach women's nutrition as I assume we do. Yeah. Oh, yeah. We work when we have people for whatever we need. Yeah. And men, okay, I want men to come in and be screened, because they have bodies to like, so often they don't, they're just not in touch with their body. But we look at prostate inflammation and testicles. testicles, get rid of those tidy white. Yeah, yeah. So we do image that as well. Alright, so
Adam 23:49
we were saying that thermography is a it's a screening? Yeah. Health Assessment Tool, health assessment tool. Exactly. Um, can you just describe the differences between thermography and mammography? Yes. And why you use one versus the other? Or are they substitutes for each other? No, or, okay.
Tammy 24:09
So, it's like comparing apples and oranges. Okay. Mammograms are an x ray, essentially. So that would make them an anatomical test. thermography is a functional test. It's measuring your physiology. So when you do thermography, you're looking at all of the things I mentioned, which would be blood flow, nerve flow, lymphatic flow, hormonal flow, infection, delete, that's it's a large list of what you can see different from an anatomical test, which the only thing you're really seeing is an anatomical structure. So you still don't know much about your health. That is the difference between the two tests. Now, from a more holistic point of view, you have the argument well, mammograms, they cause compression, they cause pain and they cause a you know, there's a lot of radiation which is cumulative into the tissues and harmful over periods of time. thermography, you don't have any of that. No pain, no radiation, no body contact, totally safe. What makes it even cooler is that you can track if you do have cancer, you can use it to track how well you're doing. Because you can take pictures as many times as you want. They both have their place. And they both have their use. Doing a mammogram every single year is problematic. And it's not teaching you anything about how to be healthy and well. So if you can use the two or shift how often you do a mammogram and use thermography more often coupled with an ultrasound, you're golden, because you're going to learn how to take care of yourself. If that's not of interest to you, then just do your mammogram every year and wait for cancer to develop. Because that's the road you're on.
Adam 25:52
Yeah, that's not guaranteed. I mean, like, obviously, there are potential side effects of radiation. But you're not you're not advocating for women not to get them their mammography is done, are you
Tammy 26:01
I'm advocating for women to do them less, and to learn how to care for themselves so that they can avoid getting cancer in the first place.
Adam 26:10
Are you getting? I mean, there's a medical community pushback on that? Oh, yeah. Because?
Tammy 26:14
Absolutely, because they're in a disease model of medicine, where, you know, naturopaths, holistic people, we're in a health model of medicine. So we're looking at it as how do you prevent it? How do you get well? How do you live a lifestyle that will actually ward off disease? disease model a medicine is wait for you to get the disease and then give you surgery, medication and what have you. So it's two different ways of approaching your life
Adam 26:41
will respond to this because this is what the FDA said six months ago. And believe me, I understand how, you know, these organizations are pushing the Kool Aid. But what do you say to the FDA when they said that this is what they quoted. There's no valid scientific data to demonstrate that demography devices, when use on their own or with another diagnostic test aren't effective screening tool for any medical condition, including the early detection of breast cancer, or other diseases and health conditions. thermography is also not endorsed by the American Cancer Society, the American College of Radiology or the Society of breast imaging as a method for detecting breast cancer based on article published in February 2018. And the American Journal of Rowan's genealogy.
Tammy 27:28
Yeah. So, a couple of things to say about that, number one, follow the money. And number two, they don't understand prevention and health, they're only looking at it from a diseased model of medicine. And I can show you many thermal images that shows angiogenesis. They don't want to endorse it, because they don't know what to do with it. Western medicine, medicine, doctors are not trained to know what to do about inflammation. The way they handle information is to just prescribe antibiotics, they don't understand how to heal the body. So for them, it's a you it's not a useful test, and it doesn't generate money. I can't say to a person, oh, based on this test, you need a biopsy. You need surgery, you need a prescription. And they can't either, huh. So there's no money in thermography. Right. But there is a whole load of wellness. And that's the difference,
Adam 28:33
that sort of stuff that you can do. Oh my gosh, so much clues that you get so much
Tammy 28:36
because of icy digestive stagnation? Oh, well, let's let's talk about this. You know, and there's your whole start with nutrition or infection. There's a lot of people who are running around with parasites and have no idea. Yeah, they're clueless.
Adam 28:51
Yeah. which stems from our eating habits, of course, and yeah, industrialized food. So we need to wrap this up. First of all, where can we find you? Where can people find you? You're based in midtown Manhattan? Yes. So
Tammy 29:01
if you go to thermography ny.com. You can read all about thermal imaging and all of the other wellness services we offer. We are on 120 east 56th Street between Park and Lexington.
Adam 29:15
Okay, good. That's for the world, all of our New Yorkers. Now. People from all around the world listen to this. So yeah, if somebody around the world was interested in tomography Is there a resource that they can go to?
Tammy 29:27
So, this is what I usually tell people is, you can find thermography in different cities. Definitely. What I do offer as a service is if you send me a report, I will explain it to you and I will help you figure out what to do for a wellness program. Because a lot of thermal imaging companies do not do that. They just hand you the report and off you go. So if you don't know what you're doing, you can be you know, yes. A doctor handing you your X ray. Yeah, it's ridiculous. So I offer that service. Once you have your report. We can talk on phone I can guide you And we can, you know, Coach you from there. Well, thank
Adam 30:03
you very much Tammy Kohlschmidt thermography. Remember everybody, since the COVID pandemic, we pivoted to a lot of virtual training. And I have to tell you, it's working out a lot better than I than I ever imagined. I'm picking up a lot of new business from this now, doesn't mean you have to stay doing virtuals on a weekly basis with us. If you're interested in this high intensity exercise that we've been talking about for the last three years, it is beneficial just to do one or two virtual workouts so we can show you how to do a high intensity exercise our way with conventional equipment, dumbbells or chair, you'll be surprised how differently we use a dumbbell versus the conventional methods. It's kind of interesting. So it I totally think it's worth it to try virtual workouts and to be able to learn our technique that we've been advocating for for the last well, 23 years. But since the podcast I guess, three years now, and to get in touch with us to set up the virtual workouts or to come into our studios, which we'll be opening up hopefully in a couple of weeks in New York City. You can find this at inform fitness.com. And once again, I like to thank Tammy Kohlschmidt joining us today. She is part of thermography for health New York. Thank you very much.
Tammy 31:20
Thank you, Adam. It was a pleasure.
Arlene 31:23
This has been the Inform Fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman. for over 20 years informed fitness has been providing clients of all ages with customized personal training designed to build strength fast. Visit InformFitness.com for testimonials, blogs and videos on the three pillars, exercise, nutrition and recovery
Since the early 1900’s, scientists have been debating the question, “Does exercise increase or decrease our risk of catching passing infections, and the question has never been more salient than now, thanks to the coronavirus pandemic.
For some, self-isolation has ended their usual exercise habits; for others, a sudden excess of free time is allowing them to train longer and more frequently than ever before. Neither approach, it turns out, is ideal.
The immune system is very responsive to exercise, the extent of which depends on the duration, intensity and volume of the physiological stress imposed by the workload. Mounting evidence indicates that regular, physical activity and structured exercise reduces the incidence of many chronic diseases in older age, including communicable diseases such as viral and bacterial infections, as well as non-communicable diseases such as cancer and chronic inflammatory disorders.
This is a lively and encouraging episode as Adam and Mike discuss how they determine the ‘correct’ dosage of exercise. This discussion also provides new insights on the interactions between exercise, nutrition, and our immunity. As always, your feedback and suggestions are always welcome.
Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution:
http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
We would love to hear from you with your questions, comments & show ideas…
Our email address is podcast@informfitness.com
66 Inform_Corona 2_April 27 Transcript
Arlene [00:00:01] The Inform Fitness Podcast with Adam Zickerman man and co-host Mike Rogers is a presentation of Inform Fitness Studios, a small family of personal training facilites specializing in safe, efficient, high intensity strength training. On our bi monthly podcast, Adam and Mike discussed the latest findings in the areas of exercise, nutrition and recovery with leading experts and scientists. We aim to debunk the popular misconceptions and the urban myths that are so prevalent in the fields of health and fitness and to replace those sacred cows with scientific based up to the minute information on a variety of subjects. We'll cover exercise protocols and techniques. Nutrition, sleep, recovery. The role of genetics in the response to exercise and much more. On this episode, Adam and Mike discuss today's science specifically in the relatively new field of exercise immunology and whether it supports the idea of remaining active and exercising even as the incidence of new virus cases continue to grow.
Adam [00:01:17] We've been saying it all along about exercise and how it can affect our immune system and stuff like that. Too much, too little, kind of like Goldilocks and the three Bears, we gotta find what's just right. That's what the research has shown. There is this sweet spot and I have to kind of find a balance each individual.
Adam [00:01:33] Hello, everybody. Mike and I are back for another episode of this Covid 19 podcast. It's been about two weeks since we recorded that first one and it seems like two years, quite honestly, so much has happened in that time.
Mike [00:01:44] You know, Adam, remember, we weren't. It was a little debate over whether we were going to stay open a little bit in the beginning because we're not actually classified as a gym. And I could be wrong about this. But I heard anecdotally that the first phase of the roll back to normalcy, I think gyms are included with that. I think that they see that it's very, very important for people to be getting their body moving. It's for their for their overall health. But I've talked to all the clients all week, and they are finding incredible value in what we're figuring out how to do with them in this setting. But a lot of them, they can't wait to get back on some of the machines, people say they want those machines back, you know, and that's just the way it is.
Adam [00:02:32] And I do I spend a lot of time doing spine exercise with our client, with the neck extension machines, our lower back machines. These are tools that it's very, very hard to replicate, especially when you're not with somebody to tell somebody over the phone, over the Internet, how to do an esoteric and somewhat riskier type of exercise, such as the neck or the lower back, it becomes problematic. We're missing that. I mean, the whole reason I started Inform Fitness in the first place is because I thought we'd be able to apply exercise a lot better than the conventional ways. You know, everything we're doing over there over the Internet are conventional ways of exercise, using conventional tools. And used properly you can have a very good workout, but that wasn't enough for me in the long run. For me, I wanted to just do something that that you can't get anywhere else. But that's another topic. I am finding that, Mike, that, you know, this is this is a good even better than good. It's a very good stimulus for exercise. But like you said, they're they're missing some of the cool stuff that we have, which kind of brings us to the topic about why are we imploring that our clients continue their exercise program? Well, you know, when I started the business back in '97, very soon thereafter, I wrote a book called The E Myth. I don't know how many people remember that. It was a very popular book, major, major best seller by Gerber. When I read that, I realized that what we sell is not necessarily exercise. I mean, that's our product. The E Myth made me ask this question. If you'd asked me before I read the E myth, what we sell as Inform Fitness. I would say exercise, personal training, exercise. That's our product. What we really actually sell is freedom, freedom from injury, freedom from too much time spent exercising. And that also includes freedom from illness as a result of overtraining or not training enough. That's what we're going to talk about today. Exercise and its effect on our immunity. I couldn't think of a more salient conversation about immunity during this time of the Covid 19 pandemic. Not to say that we're giving medical advice for sure. But it is an interesting subject to find out what we know now about exercise and its effect on our immunity. To be fair, let me start by saying it's not conclusive. There's a lot of evidence pointing towards the benefits of certain amounts of exercise. But it's certainly not conclusive. There are a lot of confounders and a lot more research that has to be done. Speaking of research, immunology has been really catching up the last 10, 20 years. Immunology and and how it relates to exercise is a relatively new field and we're learning a lot on a regular basis. Why I think it's so salient right now is because now that people are basically home, not able to go to the gym, not able to do even go to a park. At this point, a lot of places, even parks are being closed, although recently I heard we're recording this podcast today on the 20th of April. And I'm hearing now that certain states, certain areas are actually opening up parks. However, most parks are still closed and people are either doing one or two things as a result of just being home or not working. They're either not working at all eating like crazy, going back to the comfort foods. Then you have those types that are just like bored as can be and they're just exercising, exercising, exercising, even if it's right in their house. Jumping jacks, going crazy treadmills, whatever they're doing, going out for long runs, even. Both scenarios are not good. Sitting on your duff, feeling sorry for yourself is not very good, and overcompensating is also not very good. There's a long history of understanding exercise's effect on our health, especially over exercising. And really, I think the idea of how exercise affects our health, particularly our immune system, kind of started back in the early nineteen hundreds when a doctor of start looking at marathon runners and start realizing that white blood cell counts were way out of whack. Inflammations way out of whack after a marathon and that kind of set off the whole idea and research on how exercise actually affects our immune system. I want to talk about some of that science. And what we're finding in general. I think Mike will agree that, you know, we've got to find a Goldilocks position that point not too much, not too little. In exercise science and immunology, they refer to the J curve. This is kind of a popular concept, which is basically a graph of what happens to your immune system, particularly upper respiratory infections compared to how much exercise you do. So normal people, normal activity have the baseline level of infections, upper respiratory infections. People that are completely sedentary, have a higher incidence of upper respiratory infections. Then people that overtrain, over 60 minutes a day, five days a week, at pretty high level intensity have also been shown to have high higher levels of upper respiratory infections. When you graph it, it looks like a J baseline. No exercise goes down. Moderate exercise infections go way down. And then all of a sudden starts shooting. The infection starts shooting up again. Once you start adding a lot of overexercise, which is basically what our premise has been all. Following that J-curve, telling our clients be active don't over train. Intense bouts of exercise is good, but not too much of it. And that should lead to a very healthy existence, particularly with your immune system.
Mike [00:07:58] And in every in everything, it's a balancing act with the immune system, with orthopedic concerns. You know, we we've mentioned this on many podcasts before and we talk about in consultations about dose response.
Adam [00:08:14] Right.
Mike [00:08:14] And and that's the amount. The part that I find the most interesting is that what we're saying broadly is absolutely true. But how do you troubleshoot to find what is applicable to different people? Because some people can do quite a bit more than other people. Certain types of exercise, they're going to have more adaptive results to. The other people. They just don't get motivated by doing certain ways. It's kind of finding the balancing act. I mean, our sweet spot is people who are looking for a time efficient, safe way of doing it. And that's why we've kind of stumbled on this methodology. And it's worked out very, very, very well. But it's still a lot of people can't go to deep failure, but we can still find an intense stimulus that is meaningful enough. And after all that, it's how do we gage, you know, should you do it twice a week to do it once a week, you know, and all that kind of stuff.
Adam [00:09:08] You know, it's all very individual. And the other thing is there's a balance between intensity and moderation. There's also duration. So we've got to differentiate between all these things. It's generally shown, the evidence is showing with all the research that I've looked at and I've been reading a lot of papers that kinda summarize all the research. And although, of course, they don't have proof, a lot of evidence is pointing towards a fair amount of moderate activity, what they call exercise, a moderate exercise I call moderate activity, because the things that qualify in their brains, when they define these things as moderate exercise is walking is light bike rides, very non intense movements. But but active activity, having a catch. Gardening. These are all considered exercise by the researchers. When they are doing these studies, they're comparing people that do that with people that do none of that. When I look at upper respiratory infections, that J-curve we're talking about is people that don't do gardening, that don't go on walks and don't do any of these things. They are the ones that have lower immune system. They have more upper respiratory infections as opposed to people are just walking around and being active and getting out there, which is something that we need to do when we're told to stay at home. Then there's this brief bout of intense workout that we encourage because there are certain physiological things that happen from really intense workouts that you really can't get from just moderate exercise like some of these anti-inflammatory cytokines that get produced when you do really high intensity exercise. But the window of opportunity is very short. You can't do too much of this high intensity exercise because, all of a sudden, you on the other side of that J-curve again, so be very careful with your doses of intensity. So that's what we offer. We offer a very intense workout. And what Mike was saying about you have to really gage and balance what's good for that person. Some people well, some people don't get that intense. That's OK. Some people can go very deep. And sometimes you have to kind of protect them from themselves and kind of have them dial it back the rest of the week. And I've noticed a lot of people that do they get sick from working out too much. I've seen anecdotally and the research I'm reading really shows that the people that workout a lot all the time. A lot of them get sick, especially if they're not used to it. On the other hand, I know people that do tons and tons of exercise and they don't get sick. So the jury's still out. And I think genetics has a large part to do with it. Other lifestyle considerations, I mean, when I was thinking, reading all this research that I couldn't help but think of what they call healthy user bias, which is the people that can handle this stuff, are gonna do it. So we think that the exercise is making them healthy, but it's just that they're healthy. That's why they can do that exercise. So looking at people that do a lot of running and they don't get sick ever, and they're considered what they would call high intensity or endurance type with high levels of exertion. And you're looking at these people not getting sick and you can come up with a false conclusion that it's OK to do all that exercise. But you take someone like me and 90 percent of my clients quite honestly and you tell them to start doing endurance athletic routine. They're going to get sick because most people can handle that in the long run. And that's what the research is showing, that there is this sweet spot and we have to kind of find a balance for each individual because every once in awhile we'll come across that individual that can handle more intensity. They can handle more duration, that can handle more volume. But in general, there is definitely that sweet spot for most people that they should be active, you know, jogging, walking, just be active, get out there, move your body, stop sitting all day long and then engage in a bout of high intensity work every once in a while, of course, safely. Now, let me give you a couple of bullet points, I guess of some of the research I found. Mike and I can talk all day long about anecdotal observations we've made in 20 years experience and not that they're worthless, they're definitely were something, but it's kind of reminded me of all the talk about some of the remedies right now for Covid 19. I think Dr. Fauci is getting a lot of slack for pumping the brakes on hydroxychloroquine. Where he is saying that there's no proof that it actually works and he's not being, he's not being a douchebag. You know, he's getting a lot of criticism for that. There's all these conspiracy theories floating around that maybe he's in the pockets of other people, though, that though, or hydroxychloroquine to to to make it. I don't really see it that way. He's being a scientist and there is no proof. Not to say that it doesn't work. It's work for some people. But my wife, she's on the front lines right now in this whole epidemic. She works at a hospital and she's reading reports of all the people in the intensive care units right now. Half of them are responding to hydroxylchloroquine. The other half are not. Some of them are are responding to immunotherapy and getting the plasma from people who've already had it. Some people respond very well to that. Other people are not. Now, this is a small sample. It's the hospital that my wife works in. She has access to all these records. But I can tell you this, it's not working for everybody. So when Dr. Fauci is saying, hey, listen, we're looking at all this stuff. Some of it looks promising, but there is no proof that it actually works. So let's calm down. And let's follow the science. Same thing with exercise and it's response to immunity. There's no proof of any of this stuff, but there is evidence. Evidence is not proof. So what are some of the things that have come up in the last 10, 20 years regarding exercise and immunity? They're saying that acute exercise improves several things, it improves the recirculation of immunoglobulins, enhances the recirculation anti-inflammatory cytokines, neutrophils and khomenei cells, which are known as natural killer cells and immature B cells. With near daily exercise, these acute changes operate through a summation effect and enhance immune defense activity and metabolic health. Anyway, so that's one conclusion that acute exercise has all these anti-inflammatory responses for a lot of these studies. In contrast to that high exercise training workloads, the ones I was talking about before, marathon running, working out for over an hour a day at relatively high levels of intensity, they actually have very opposite effects. The science is showing, they're showing transient immune disruptions, inflammation, oxidative stress, muscle damage and definitely increased illness risk, especially upper respiratory illnesses. Now, that's relevant actually to what's going on right now because this is, Covid 19 is definitely a respiratory disease. So if you're somebody that's not used to doing a lot of exercise, this is not the time to start doing a lot of exercise. Now is not the time to start engaging in high levels of endurance athletics because it has shown to cause a lot of lowered immune responses and oxidative stress, inflammation, increased illness risk. Like I said, particularly upper respiratory, which is why the Covid 19 disease attacks. So the last thing you need is additional input to stress to your respiratory system when there's a disease out there that's actually attacking it.
Mike [00:16:06] Well, you know, you mentioned muscle damage is one of the things that happens from overtraining. And the thing is, is thinking about it in general sense. I think, you know, going in a broad way that I think a lot of people can understand is just that the effects of muscle over the all the systems of our body, our cardiovascular system, are skeletal system or endocrine system. We know that muscle is an umbrella over all of these systems. And that's why we always want to be conditioned and strong to begin with. And the thing is, when you have muscle damage, which is probably the first thing that happens from overtraining and not giving enough time for your body to recover from too much running or whatever or too much strength training, you don't see this science one 100 percent of the time or whatever. It makes sense that we should sort of veer in the direction of finding a balance, you know. And the thing is, I mean, unfortunately, this is that this is the big thing that we have to battle against. Or just converse with people about. I always like to sort of ask my own board of directors, which is essentially me, hey, how am I my feeling, how is my strength, how are my energy levels, how do I manage stress, am I sleeping, OK? All these things. And if things are not in balance, maybe it's because I'm eating too much sugar or I'm exercising too little or too much. And it sort of starts with that. But the reason why I went off on this direction. Because you mentioned muscle damage. And I think that really is that could be the simple key to what sort of dictates all these other inflammatory issues that can come up upper respiratory or whatever.
Adam [00:17:37] Yeah, well, exactly. You know, muscle damage is a big problem. It leads to muscle loss and leads to injury. And...
Mike [00:17:45] Without it, without giving enough recovery time. You know what I mean, that's usually because you're overtraining. You're just not giving enough recovery time. And if you're not doing that, then as you said before Adam, it's like it's like the cut that you just keep on poking, you know what I'm saying? You are not letting it heal, exactly the scab. Exactly. It's kind of one of those things where things need their time. And that's part of the dose response.
Adam [00:18:07] These are all variables. And all the research is talking about those variables and saying that they have to somehow account for all these variables. That's why this is not conclusive stuff. These are trends that we're noticing between the general population, a bell curve if you will. Statistically speaking, there's some really promising research out there that's going to help us really narrow, this stuff down even more. There are a lot of confounders, there's age. There's genetics. There is sleep. Now, this is interesting because Mike, I don't know if you're doing this with your clients. But I'm always asking my clients when I'm training them now, of course, virtually. I'm asking how they're how they're sleeping. Now, of course, you have some people that are that are stressed from the situation, really stressed. And that's part of this. Also, your matter of fact, I wasn't going to talk. I digress for a second. Stress is another variable that that affects your immune system regardless of exercise, whether you're exercising or not. So you add high intensity exercise, overtraining to high stress. That's not a good combination. But on the other hand, there are other things that are happening. The silver lining, if you will. Like, for example, I asking my clients about their sleep and because except for the ones that are high stress, like my wife, for example, has go to the hospital every day. God bless her. Most people are sleeping better. They don't have to wake up crack of dawn to go to work. I know. I'm sleeping a lot better. I mean, for me to train somebody at 6:00 in the morning. I wake up at 4:00. Normally now I'm waking up at a quarter to 6:00 to train somebody at 6:00. That's almost two more hours of sleep, which makes a huge difference. And if anyone is adding another two hours of sleep to their day, and still doing their job. A lot of people are finding that they're a lot more energetic, a lot of people feeling better.
Mike [00:19:47] Yeah, honestly, I couldn't agree more. I mean, pandemic. This thing sucks. And being quarantined at home sucks. But that's the thing is like we're workaholics. You know what I'm saying we do. I get up at 4:00 in the morning. We each live outside the city, go to a studio that's in the city. Do a lot of clients and then come home and and to just answer your question. I do talk to my clients about it regularly, not every day. Usually if there is an obstacle, if they're feeling like there, there's obstacles to their results. It's one of the first questions I start talking about. If they're feeling like they're not getting stronger or something like that is going on, we sort of explore that direction.
Adam [00:20:29] Could I just interrupt you for a second, you just maybe think of something that's another variable. The other variable is for sure during these times, if you're not feeling well, don't exercise, don't work through it. Don't be a hero. Don't try to push through it. Only if you're feeling really well, because studies have also shown that if you work out when you already have an illness brewing, it actually accelerates the illness and can lower your immune system to the point where you get hit hard. I've seen that over the years, my clients that I wrongly allowed them to work out, even though they told me they weren't feeling well, that they feel a cold coming on or something like that. So don't work out if you're feeling ill. Sorry, Mike, I had to throw that in before I forgot.
Mike [00:21:08] It's it's alright, you know honestly. It's a podcast you know, it's so, we banter, we talk. So I feel like a conversation among friends is full of interruptions. I think, you know, it just on a personal level, that's the thing. It's like talking about balancing out life, like for someone like myself. I think I work way too much and I'm trying to find balance in my life. Now the problem is I actually love to work and I love to be there for my clients and I love to do my training and stuff like that. But it does take a toll on health. And I feel that I've been sleeping so much better and feeling quite a bit better. And it's just being able to get an extra hour, an extra one to two extra hours. It's very meaningful for me. And so there are several little positives among all these very stressful times that we're dealing with, but some positives are coming out of it, especially if you're already a little bit health conscious. You probably you probably recognize this.
Adam [00:22:05] So it's not all bad for sure. Let me just throw out some more science out there that I've got some research I dug up. Recent studies have indicated that exercise and physical fitness diversifies the gut microbiome. That's that's been a big topic lately, especially since the plant paradox came out. And all the gut biome books have come out of research has come out good, consistent regular exercise. And again, we mean normal activity. Not not a sedentary life has definitely improved digestion and gut bile. So that's another great thing for those, by the way, as you know. You know, I'm more of a low sugar, low carb type of advocate, although it's not written in stone in my brain. Again, speaking of diversity, some people do well on higher carbohydrate diet, but most people don't. But for the endurance athlete, it turns out that having a higher carbohydrate diet seems to help prevent illnesses and upper respiratory illnesses as opposed to a lower carbohydrate diet. Again, this is evidence. This is not proof of anything, but it's interesting to think about.
Mike [00:23:08] Even from an observational standpoint, it just makes a little bit of sense, and what you said before that people who are attracted to that, they are doing it right. Your body probably is a little bit more adaptive to burning sugar more efficiently. So therefore, you know, probably...
Adam [00:23:23] One other thing I want to point out that was an interesting bullet point. The habitual exercise is capable of improving regulation of the immune system, delaying the onset of immune dysfunction due to aging. Now, we've always been talking about how exercise reverses the aging process. And the aging process is a dysfunction of many of our system circulatory neural, and's our immunity. All right. So, again, more evidence is showing that long term regular exercise, definitely delays, the onset of the aging process of your immune system, which is fantastic news. So I would think in general, if you're feeling sick, don't work out. These are some of the conclusions I'm coming up with. Don't overtrain, even though you might feel antsy and you want to get out there to relieve a lot of the stress, you're better off meditating and doing some moderate exercising.
Mike [00:24:13] Walking, especially, you know, go like I think you're really taking your walks. You know what I'm saying, you don't have the fifty thousand steps, but like get out and do a walk for 20 minutes and then come back and then go back for 15 minutes. I mean, if you're sick, you know, resting is. We all know that that's what you have to do to let your body sit in bed, try to eat nutritious food, catch up on sleep.
Adam [00:24:36] Yes. And for those of you that have always exercised and you've been exercising, how we might have defined as a lot of exercise, maybe even overtraining. But that's something you've done your whole life. Then I would say, carry on. You might be that outlier if it's something that you've done for a while. You've never gone sick and you have your five mile a day run every single day for your whole life. And why stop now? I don't think you are the person has to worry about catching an upper respiratory infection. We're not talking about you. I'm talking about the person that now all of a sudden finds our life completely upside down, hasn't really regularly exercised and all of a sudden. Now, because of the situation they're in, wants to all of a sudden, take up a jogging program and starts really pushing it because it just gotta get the hell out of the house or just change up their lifestyle or reduce stress. Now, exercise reduces stress and stress is definitely one of those things that can lower your immune system and exercise itself is a stress. So you've got to be careful. You don't want to pile on. You don't want to have the stress of the physiological stress. I should say the psychological stress of the situation you're in. Maybe you're sick. Maybe somebody you love is sick and not doing well. Maybe you've lost your job. All these things you have to kind of take into account when you try to take care of yourself and over exercising can actually put you over the deep end, unfortunately. But overall, being active, clearing your head, doing some high intensity work briefly safely, of course. Maybe with us even. But definitely the evidence is pointing towards staying active. Now, if you've been somebody that's been regularly exercising and all of a sudden in the situation of staying home, has kinda put the brakes on it, I highly urge you to figure something out. And to somehow pull yourself up from your bootstraps and get some of that regular exercise back into your life. It definitely has a positive effect on your immune system and definitely sedentary lifestyles, from what I can tell right now, and what the science is showing. You have a higher risk of catching something. Don't be sedentary and don't overdo it. Listen to your body. As Mike said, that's probably the most important advice we can give is listen to yourself. Diet. A lot of people reporting to me that they're just eating like shit right now. I mean, one of the reasons I ate so well and didn't have to really think too much about disciplining myself to eat well is, going to work every day training a large load and running a business. And, you know, I just didn't have a lot of time to eat. I had continued preoccupation keeping me from stuffing my face. That's gone for a lot of people, this continued preoccupation. And now they're just going to the kitchen every ten minutes out of boredom. We got to put a stop that. You got to somehow figure out how to deal with that, how to cope with that, because that can bring it down pretty quickly. You can get. You can gain a lot of weight in eight weeks, being sedentary and eating a lot of junk food. You can gain a lot of weight. I know clients already gained 20 pounds, 20 pounds!
Mike [00:27:37] My advice on that, by the way, guys, when I give some advice on that, because I'm dealing with a few clients right now, I'm actually personally involved. I've been calling a couple of people or texting them to start their day to say, hey listen, do you have your plan for breakfast, lunch and dinner? And what's your plan at 3 o'clock to avoid your snacks? And do you need me to call you, just to sort of at two? Sort of. Hey, did plant the seed in your head that, hey, you're accountable to me and yourself a little bit. And I think literally with things like this, it's like we need to like your buddy system a little bit. I mean, you have to recognize those times of day where you may be a little weaker and arm yourself with a little bit of help, because it's hard to do this on your own, even when you're a very disciplined person. It's a very difficult thing to do. And so I have four clients I text on a daily basis, daily basis. And one of my other client's, she has her friend. She does Weight Watchers. It's worked out well for her. She's been such she's gained weight and she's been since you've been sidelined by the pandemic. But she has a friend of hers who has been amazing support to her. And it's been very helpful. And it was even an emotional session we had last week because she was really disappointed with how she hasn't been able to control herself after being able to be very disciplined for a long time and getting great results and seeing it sort of go away. So I think, but she said that having that buddy has been very meaningful and I'm doing it for a handful of people also. It's just and it's just a couple of minutes. And I think if it's not your trainer or me or Adam. It could be just someone who, you know, your sister who lives in New Jersey or you're your friend, that you might take a walk with its social distance, walk with down the suburban street. These are the things that are helpful for getting you away from those little meaningless trips to the refrigerator because you just don't have shit to do. You know, by the way, before Adam, you're saying about like what to do, where to start with you. We posted some videos on the Web site of some things that you could do with nothing at all if you don't want to do like strength training or whatever. Like I say, a beginner yoga class is something that's something that you'll find in one of the Instagram ones. Those are the type of things get your body moving. Doing some light postures. Strength training through your body weight, you know, and then call some friends who are who also want to be health conscious and do it together. That's why programs like Weight Watchers actually work and offer salt for a lot of people. And I think that's what we need is some accountability to each other, you know, because we're stuck and were stressed and we're with the same for six people or less. You know, and it's it's hard to find those patterns, but I think that a buddy is a helpful way to start.
Adam [00:30:25] Yeah, my wife's dealing with it that way, actually. She has a buddy she goes out for long walks with her. They keep their distance from each other. And it's such a great stress reliever for her. So we didn't come up with anything that's earth shattering or generally new. Basically what we've been saying for a while now. It's just the research is pretty much once again confirming what we've been telling our clients for a long time. Basically engage in regular moderate exercise. What we would call staying active, mix in with a bout of brief high intensity exercise thrown in once a week. Listen to your body. Eat well, get sleep and you'll get through it. This is this is temporary and it doesn't take much. We're going to post more videos of some very simple workouts out there on our YouTube channel. We also came up with a email address called podcast@informfitness.com. So please email us with questions, comments, concerns. If you want virtual training, we're here, you don't have to come to New York anymore to to train in our technique with our high intensity, slow motion, very biomechanically correct technique. We'll show you how to use dumbbells biomechanically correct or whatever tools you have or don't have available to you and really show you how how a great workout can be had with minimal or no equipment. So thanks for listening. We'll be back soon.
Arlene [00:31:48] This has been the Inform Fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman. For over 20 years Inform Fitness has been providing clients of all ages with customized personal training designed to build strength fast. Visit informfitness.com for testimonials, blogs and videos on the three pillars exercise, nutrition and recovery.
Returning from a short hiatus, Mike and Adam dive right into some of the challenges, lessons learned, and surprises they’ve encountered when the world changed overnight and were thrust into the world of virtual personal training. During the first third of this episode they talk about the 180 degree turn our lives have taken: How isolation has affected our personal relationships, and how the virtual workouts are going, especially as compared to in-person workouts with access to high-end machines and tools. The rest of the episode deals with the logistics, helpful hints and in-home routines with minimal equipment. If you’re having your doubts that virtual workouts can be effective or if you are looking for some solid ideas how to workout at home until the world opens again, give this a listen. As always, your feedback and suggestions are always welcome.
Check out these Alternate Home Workout videos on our YouTube channel... Robert https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GhAeciCU3Oc
Shayla https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rDKIZNRvoLY&t=142s
Mike https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uaT93vw8EgY
Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution:http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
For a FREE 20-Minute strength training full-body workout & to find a location nearest you:
http://bit.ly/Podcast_FreeWorkout
65 Inform_Corona 1_April 6 Transcript
Arlene [00:00:01] The Inform Fitness Podcast with Adam Zickerman and co-host Mike Rogers is a presentation of Inform Fitness Studios, a small family, of personal training facilities specializing in safe, efficient, high intensity strength training. On our bi monthly podcast, Adam and Mike discuss the latest findings in the areas of exercise, nutrition and recovery with leading experts and scientists. We aim to debunk the popular misconceptions and the urban myths that are so prevalent in the fields of health and fitness and to replace those sacred cows with scientific based up to the minute information on a variety of subjects. We'll cover exercise protocols and techniques, nutrition, sleep, recovery, the role of genetics in the response to exercise and much more.
Arlene [00:01:00] On this episode, Adam and Mike have an informative, plus also a heartwarming conversation about their experiences training their clients in this new way... Virtually, during the Covid virus pandemic.
Adam [00:01:13] I've had sessions with people, we did three exercises. And they were like, that's good enough. Let's just have a cup of coffee together, and I'll see you next week.
Mike [00:01:21] That's always the problem. The first time everybody sets up their iPad, I'm looking at the ceiling. They said are you sure? I'm like yeah, I see like, your head! So, I can't train you really now...
Adam [00:01:33] Hello, everybody.
Mike [00:01:35] Hi, Adam.
Adam [00:01:35] Hey, Mike. How you doing over there?
[00:01:38] We are for the first time, actually maybe we've done it before, but we're ahh...I'm was about to say it's the first time we're doing our podcast away from each other because everybody's away from each other right now.
Adam [00:01:49] Yes, we are in the middle of the Corona epidemic. Pandemic. We haven't been around for a couple of months doing this, but if there's anything to get us back into it. Well, this crisis is gonna do it. And here we are, from our respective homes. So now we're gonna hopefully do more of these over the course of the next few months as it relates to how we're all dealing with the coronavirus. Today I wanna, I guess we'll start at the beginning and talk about in home workouts, virtual training, how it's going, how our business is changed and how we're coping with it. And how our clients are coping with that.
Mike [00:02:25] So it's a new world. I mean, I almost can't believe how things have changed around us. I mean, forget exercise just the world around us and how we have to behave around each other. I have two kids, Adam's got two kids. And it's interesting how we have to relate to our friends incorporating homeschooling.
Adam [00:02:41] Virtual cocktail parties.
Mike [00:02:42] I mean, the thing is like I'm just. Those are the things that I guess we have to do all of those as well. But I'm thinking about this like how we're all trying to continue providing our services to our clients at a level that is exceptional, because I like to think that we always do. And I think nobody has right answers yet. But we just gotta, like, we have to go with what feels right. But we have to keep moving. And I think we have to stay very confident. I want to see if we can really keep our business going. Keep our clients trained. And thus far I've gotten very aggressive at just keeping our relations going and organizing workouts and making connections. And so far, it's it hasn't been bad.
Adam [00:03:20] No, it hasn't, you've done a great job with that. And I get asked all the time about, you know, how are we gonna maintain? You talk about maintaining the quality that they're used to at the gym, how we maintain that virtually when you only have a ball and a rubber band and a chair, maybe a light pair of dumbbells, if you're lucky.
Mike [00:03:37] And a jockstrap.
Adam [00:03:38] Maybe a jockstrap. Well, you know, the principles still apply. We know how to use whatever tools are available to us. And whenever you have somebody watching you pushing you, it's always better, especially when that person pushing you understands how to use whatever tools it is that's available to you. Even if it is just a dumbbell. But before we get into some of those techniques, I want to kind of also add to what you said about maintaining relationships and staying in touch with our clients. We're all well aware of the stresses that we're all under right now. Everyone's going through the same thing with kids being home and and not working and social distancing, not being able see your friends. But I've got to tell you, you know, if there was a silver lining to this and there are several silver linings to this, I have to say that the connection that I'm making with my clients and even my long term friends through all this. Even the clients of mine that aren't actually doing the virtual workouts. We're still talking we're still checking in with each other. It's really heartwarming. You really find out who your friends are. And even though I'm in isolation, I almost feel in some ways closer to the way my family and my friends and my clients and than than I've ever been before.
Mike [00:04:47] We're very we're very fortunate to have a very nice family at Inform among that the trainers as well as the clients and everything. What everyone's realizing now is that whether you like it or not, we're all in this together. You know how we actually survive.
Adam [00:05:03] It's solidifying.
Mike [00:05:04] I got to tell you, yeah, it is solidifying. I personally love a puzzle. I love a challenge. And I mean, this is like the ultimate challenge. And I feel like trying to create a safe, effective workout with very limited resources and to do it through the screen. It's it's amazing all the challenges that have come before. But I got to be honest with ya, I've never been more excited, actually. Because I love trying to figure this out and see if we could actually really provide a great service to our clients. Because as you just said, Adam, the tenets are the same. You know, safe, efficient intensity. And the question is, how can we create a relatively controlled environment in an environment that we are not familiar with, like someone's living room, someone's hallway, someone's garage, someone's home gym. But I actually, to be honest with you. I've been extremely excited by the challenge.
Adam [00:06:00] Yeah. You know, the challenge more than anything else for me has been just to get them to try it, because once they try it, yes, there there are there are some technical challenges like where you're going to do we're going to put the ball. But you plan for that. That's one of the things we do. We get pictures of all the equipment that the client has and the space that they'll be using. And we kind of help them set that up in advance so we save time when we really get going. But, you know, the challenge has really been just getting them to try it because once they've tried it, it's actually not as challenging as I thought it would be. I mean, my 20 years of training people just kicks in. I'm watching them, I'm telling them to keep their shoulders back. They hear me. They're used to my voice already. It's actually less challenging in some ways than I thought it would be. One challenge, I guess, and it tests your ability to communicate verbally and not having the crutch of having to demonstrate something. Although we can do that, too. We can demonstrate from our end as well. But you have to really learn how to communicate with somebody and they have to listen and do it themselves and put the dumbbells where we asking them to and where to stand. It kind of fine tunes your ability to communicate, which would have been fun. Which has been cool.
Mike [00:07:06] Yeah, it's wild. And you're absolutely right. Almost always it's through clear, succinct verbal cues. And occasionally we do have to step on the machine and do a whole demonstration. I think the chops that the trainers have to instruct verbally and with patience. You know, some people are very easy to train and some people are very challenging to train and hopefully develop chops to be able to instruct them no matter what they what they have.
Adam [00:07:33] Ken Hutchins, who started the super slow movement when he started his certification, he was very adamant about learning how to communicate and using words precisely. And don't use jargon, don't use ambiguous terms not to confuse the client. And he tested you on that and he drilled that into your head. And it takes a good trainer to know how to communicate to do this well. But I guess I don't find it a challenge, you don't find a challenge in that way because we're so used to that. We're you so used to communicating well and describing things the right way. But what almost the feedback I'm also getting from a lot of our clients who are doing the virtual workouts that it's giving them a sense of normalcy again. I mean, like to be able to just do your half hour workout again with somebody you've been doing with for a while. You know, it takes their mind off it for 20, 30 minutes, even though it's via Zoom or Facebook or FaceTime.
Mike [00:08:19] So I think that's a big part of making that connection with people. We see them on a weekly basis. Some people, our clients we've seen for 16, 17, 18 years. Like people who we see more than our parents and our cousins and stuff like that. They're a true family. And I've had a great time just talking to people for ten minutes. Fifteen minutes just to catch up.
Adam [00:08:38] Well, that's the thing. I have had sessions with people with that. We've done three exercises and they were like, that's good enough. You know, let's just finish, let's just have a cup of coffee together. And I'll see you next week. You know, it's been really nice. That's what I was saying before. I didn't think I could get some of these relationships even stronger than they already were, but they are at this point. All right. So let's get into some routines to leave people with some practical things to do, whether they work out with us virtually or not. Go go through what you would say would be the most generic basic workout that you're doing with somebody right now.
Mike [00:09:08] You know, like, you know, we talked about this had the last day Adam, before we were thinking about, is the gym going to close? You know, we didn't even know and actually the last day we saw each other was when Cuomo sent out the announcement that all gyms have to close. And then we were thinking about what exercises would be involved in this whole thing. And it's kind of it goes back to the fundamentals of what we do in the gym, which is a squating movement, pulling, rowing movement, the pressing movement. Like you just said, you know, the big three, you know, the leg press, the chest press or the compund row, and then we can go off and do some other things. You know, the big five, where you're doing a pull down and adding an overhead press. And, you know, with a little bit more time, we could do more simple exercises like bicep curls, lat raises and things like that. So the question is, how do you actually get them based on whatever equipment they have and their abilities that they have? How to actually incorporate this in their in their home. So, you know, the first thing I always try to get people going on with is a squat. Do they have a ball? Did they not have a ball? If they don't have a ball and they don't have any real knee problems, they can generally do a squat right in the middle of the room with some limited range of motion. Incorporate the slow protocol.
Adam [00:10:18] Actually, what I'm doing with that, a lot of people don't actually have a ball and a lot of times using the ball is kind of difficult for them. Actually, what you just said, except for the fact that there is a little chair under them. So what I have them do also to give them a reference of distance and how far down to go. I have them squat have their butt just barely touch a chair and they can actually hover those last reps where they're reaching hopefully some modicum of muscle failure as they're hanging down there at the bottom hovering over this area. Once they reach muscle failure, they just sit right into the chair. Boom, they don't have to worry about falling down on their ass or anything like that. So the chair squat has been a big keeper for me, for those that can do it. As a matter of fact, this is really funny. Speaking of things that come out of situations like this, I've had a client that has had knee problems and we've tried a million things like the dickens to try to work his lower body and not aggravate his knees, which has been a real, real challenge. So we start the virtual training and I say to him, let's try the squat that I just described, you know, into the chair. And I thought for sure he's going to say it was going to bother his knees. This is out of all the things that we could have done in the past. We'd never tried this. We tried everything but this. And very little worked for him. So I have him do this squat into a chair and I'm waiting for him to tell me it's bothering his knees, but he never says it. I'm like, how your knees? He says great, fine. He worked to absolute complete muscle exhaustion doing this squat. This is the first time he's actually felt that whole movement like that because we've never been able to do something like that because, for some reason, this didn't bother his knees. I was like, I can't believe it took this to find out what the best exercise to do for you was. So after you do a squat. I mean, let's let's take if you had to do just three exercises, I would do a squat and then I'd have somebody do it like a set of pushups. That does a lot right there. A good set of pushups. You can't do push ups from your knees. A lot of people can't. Did I say knees? If you can't do it from your toes, I should say. Anyone can pretty much do a push up from their knees, even if you just hold it in a particular position for a while. And that's the thing. Sometimes people have to do a hold or what we call a static contraction, where you're not going up and down, you just finding a difficult spot to hang out in and then just hang there until you just exhaust yourself, you know? So you have a squat, most likely into a chair or using a ball sliding up and down the wall. You've got to push up. And then if you have just a small set of dumbbells, all you have to do is do like an overhead press. Right, how would you do the, how would you do your back with minimal equipment Mike, what you've been doing generally?
Mike [00:12:54] If you do have some dumbbells, like, a light one. This morning, I just did the water jug one single arm row. Bent over a row with a water jug. The client had a water jug which was a gallon, and I had her, you know, a knee up on the chair. Ok, get a towel and a chair. Put her arm down and I had to bend over, with a horizontal torso and she was able to very slowly row back to a single arm bent over row. And then we alternated the arms. And it was very exhausting for her. That's the benefit also of, you know, our slow protocol. We've said this many times on the podcast. People think that it's like, oh my God, those heavy weights...
Adam [00:13:32] Haha, good point.
Mike [00:13:34] Actually, I'm a lighter weight done slowly. Is that really creates a safe intensity.
Adam [00:13:39] And that's whats so beautiful about it. I mean, a gallon of water, by the way, I just looked it up. A gallon of water weights, eight point three pounds.
Mike [00:13:45] Eight pounds. Yeah.
Adam [00:13:46] So that's a gallon of water. That's actually to do a set, a lateral raise, for example, with with set eight point three pounds is actually not easy. You have to be pretty darn strong to use eight pounds for a lateral raise. Another exercise that I've been doing a lot of which is really never on my radar given the tools we have at Inform. But it works for certain people, which is a simple deadlift, you know, a slight bend in the knee deadlift. It really works the hamstrings and the glutes really well and not to mention the lower back. When you talked about rows Mike, that's one way. Single arm rows. That's great. But I've been doing rows, sometimes I try to avoid the unilateral movements one arm at a time or one leg at a time if possible.
Mike [00:14:26] She only had one one water jug.
Adam [00:14:29] There you go. You know, so. Yeah. You work with the tools you have available and it's not that there's anything wrong with unilateral. But if you're doing every exercise unilateral, which is a lot of times we are now because we're doing it virtually, we don't have equipment, it extends the workout longer. So whenever you're trying to save time also. So what I'm doing, which is working out really well, is you lay on a ball. If you have a ball available to you lay on a ball on your stomach, on the ball where the front of your torso is kind of hanging over the front of the ball and you hold the dumbbells out from your sides and you like a bird. You flap your arms up and down with the dumbbells in your hands laying forward or what they would say prone on that ball. And now you can work your upper back simultaneously with both arms. And it works really, really well. And people really are enjoying that one.
Mike [00:15:18] You know, what's actually interesting is that in that position, if they do have the ball and you get them where their torso is, like, let's say parallel to the ground without even any weights, just holding your arms out, the weight of your own arms. And if you just go from where your arms are parallel to the ground and you just lift them up to them highest, they can go to the ceiling and then come down 3 inches and then right back up 3 inches. Do that slowly. Twelve times. I guarantee you're going to find that your posterior deltoids, maybe the upper lats, the trapezius are going to feel very, very good.
Adam [00:15:53] Rhomboids, yeah...
Mike [00:15:53] Yeah, Rhomboids.
Adam [00:15:54] It doesn't take much. Doesn't take much. You know, if you if you understand levers and we do, we know that that can be very effective. Matter of fact, when I thought you were going to say is if you actually lean over the ball even a little more and you let your body hang off the ball even more and you try to keep your body straight up, you working your lower back tremendously. You know, one of the one of the features of Inform Fitness is our specialty MedX lower back lumbar machine, which we keep saying you can't replicate. And in some ways, that's true. But people are getting a good lower back workout from from leaning over a ball and just kind of maintaining that Superman type position.
Mike [00:16:31] Just holding this position, I'm actually demonstrating on the video podcast for everybody who is watching ha ha. But the thing is, just holding this position and very slowly with your body weight. And right now, my lower back is engaged to engage all the muscles got the posterior chain and the back of the shoulders. Big time.
Adam [00:16:50] Ah, overhead presses, Robert Francis and I, another trainer at Inform Fitness, we shot a video over the weekend and it's on our YouTube channel now and is going to be on our Web site. It's does a whole home routine with just a chair, a dumbbell and a step. Calf raises by the way, speaking of a step. Calf raises are a nice one to do. Some women especially like I don't want big calves. Men are like, what do we have to do these you know, it's a boring exercise, just the calves, you know, but calves and lower extremities are great for circulation. And if you're home all day long, and you're not out there and about, there's nothing better for your lower body circulation than to do a set of calf raises. It feels really good, quite honestly after you're done with it. So calf raises are really important especially for older people and you can do that very easily on a step, one leg behind the other, one foot behind the other foot, one legged calf raises, let your foot stretch and just go up on your toes and stretch and balance self with something, whether it be the handrail or the staircase or something that you can just hold on to as you go up and down on single leg calf raises. That's demonstrated on the video as well. What kind of advice do you have, Mike? From a logistic point of view, doing these workouts, what teleconferencing platform is working best? Do you think?
Mike [00:18:04] You know, it's whatever is convenient. It's mostly FaceTime and Zoom. There's been a couple Skypes. They're all convenient. As long as like the connection, the Internet connection is good. And sometimes it's a little bit shoddy, like logistics if you're working with a trainer who wants to guide you. It takes a few minutes and it's a little clunky at first to get the camera in the right spot. And there's a whole handful of things that I do, in order to get that right or to optimally to place where I could see their body and instruct them and they could also see and feel like we're connected together.
Adam [00:18:39] The second workout goes a lot smoother because that first workout is figuring all that stuff out, where to put the camera where we can see you the right way from the right angle. What I recommend for people that are using their cell phones is a mini tripod as opposed to leaning the cell phone up on something that's going to slip off or slide down or not be able get the right angle. These mini tripods for like 15, 20 bucks I think. It's so much better and it works so nicely. For me, that was probably one of the biggest practical things that I came up with that makes these things go really, really smoothly.
Mike [00:19:12] Yeah. If they if they don't have it though, it's like it's a little bit of a hassle though.
Adam [00:19:15] Laptops are good too.
Mike [00:19:16] I've had to a laptop is the best because they can flap it back and forth. So the height is that's always the problem. First time everybody sets up their iPad, I'm looking at the ceiling, and they say, well are you sure? and I'm like yeah. I see like, your head. Ok, so I can't train you now. I can't really see anything you're doing.
Adam [00:19:33] Yeah. Yeah. You know, there's a lot of that. There's a lot of that going on. It's fun.
Mike [00:19:38] Yeah. I mean there's a couple of things to make it more efficient. I generally schedule even though our sessions are pretty efficient. That can be done in 20 minutes like they always are. But at first I usually get about fifteen to twenty minutes to clunk around and figure out where cameras should go and what equipment they have and all that where it can be anchored. And it's interesting when I see their room too something like, oh wow we could we can actually do that. You don't have your door anchor, but we can put it over that hook up there and that, you know, you get in practice and you see everything in that house.
Adam [00:20:06] Yeah, you see everything and end up training people in their bathrooms, their hallways, whatever works.
Mike [00:20:12] But a lot of time, I gotta tell you, it's a lot of fun. The big point is that this can be done very, very well. The trainers are available and ready and they could actually I think they're going to be very helpful if the clients do give it a try. And what's nice is for our podcast listeners, they're all over the world. And if you have an Internet connection and you want to have a session with Adam Zickerman, umm, you could get the New York experience in the living room.
Adam [00:20:38] New York accent and all.
Mike [00:20:39] Yeah.
Adam [00:20:39] Good point. Where? Yes, we might as well announce right now, Mike. I mean, Inform Fitness is officially a virtual training business.
Mike [00:20:46] At the moment. That's why we have to do. I mean, we don't know if this is three weeks, three months. It's it's a scary unknown. So we have to do what we gotta do.
Adam [00:20:54] I think when we get back to business at the brick and mortar locations, it's not like the virtual is going away. I think we're going to use it for people to go on vacations. We're going to use it for people who've been following our workouts all around the country. As Dave was telling us, our producer, he was just telling me the other day how we have a tremendous following of our podcast in other countries around the world, including Australia. I think you said, Dave, was a big one. So I'm thinking to myself, well, like you just said, Mike, I mean, you want the New York experience with one of us directly, you can have it now.
Mike [00:21:27] Well, with your, with your Indian accent, you can connect to the people in Mumbai.
Adam [00:21:32] That's an inside joke. Anyway, yeah, I'm not going to quit my day job. All right, everybody, listen. If you have questions, if you have anything you want us to cover, send me an e-mail, send us some, contact us somehow. Check out our YouTube channel, we're putting on home workouts, all kinds of workouts up there. And we're going to do more podcasts like this, maybe a little more details about the work in the trenches and for these home workouts. And we're also going to start talking about exercise and immunity and things like that, how to improve your immunity, how exercise improves and affects your immunity and things like that. We're going to start going into some deep dives in that as well. Thanks for listening. Stay safe. Stay strong. We'll speak soon.
Mike [00:22:12] See you soon.
Arlene [00:22:14] This has been the Inform Fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman. For over 20 years, Inform Fitness has been providing clients of all ages with customized personal training designed to build strength fast. Visit Informfitness.com for testimonials, blogs and videos on the Three Pillars. Exercise, nutrition and recovery.
Blood Flow Restriction (BFR) training… this technique, which hit the scene in the 1990's, restricts blood flow to our limbs while exercising. It has some interesting and promising applications, particularly for people rehabilitating from certain injuries such as tendonitis. Dr. Loenneke provides a brief historical overview, the latest findings and insights as to how BFR training can be applied. Enjoy!
Adam Zickerman – Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution:
http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
For a FREE 20-Minute strength training full-body workout & to find a location nearest you:
http://bit.ly/Podcast_FreeWorkout
64 Inform_Loenneke 2_Dec 10 Transcript
Arlene [00:00:01] The Inform Fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman and co-host Mike Rogers is a presentation of Inform Fitness Studios, a small family of personal training facilities specializing in safe, efficient, high intensity strength training. On our bi monthly podcast, Adam and Mike discuss the latest findings in the areas of exercise, nutrition and recovery with leading experts and scientists. We aim to debunk the popular misconceptions and the urban myths that are so prevalent in the fields of health and fitness and to replace those sacred cows with scientific based up to the minute information on a variety of subjects. We'll cover exercise, protocols and techniques, nutrition, sleep recovery, the role of genetics in the response to exercise, and much more. On this episode, Adam welcomes back Dr. Jeremy Loenneke, assistant professor at Ole Miss. They're going to discuss a most interesting exercise protocol... BFR, Blood Flow Restriction training.
Jeremy [00:01:15] It could be useful for really anyone who can benefit from exercise, which is probably a lot of people. But it comes down to is it something that they want to do? Is it's something they want to do all the time. Whatever you can think of applying normal exercise, you could do the same thing with blood flow restriction.
Adam [00:01:32] Today we have with us Dr. Jeremy Loenneke. He is the assistant professor at the University of Mississippi, Ole Miss. Dr. Loenneke graduated with a Phd in exercise physiology from the University of Oklahoma. He had previously earned his master's degree in nutrition and exercise science from Southeast Missouri State University. Dr. Loenneke is a member of the American College of Sports Medicine, and the American physiological society. He also serves as a peer reviewer for several journals, including The Sports Medicine, AJE, Medicine & Science in Sports & Exercise and the Journal of Applied Physiology. Hi Jeremy, welcome back to the show.
Jeremy [00:02:10] Thanks for having me back.
Adam [00:02:11] Another interesting thing that your group works on is blood flow restriction training. And I've been hearing a lot about this recently. I've had clients come in asking about it and I've done some cursory research on blood flow restriction training. And it makes sense to me and I'm so glad that I met you that you're doing this kind of work. So I'm basically a novice with this technique. And I'm curious whether I should be incorporating it with some of my clients, if any of them, let's start at the beginning. What is blood flow restriction training?
Jeremy [00:02:44] Yeah. And this is a topic that's really becoming popular, especially in the clinical setting in the United States. It took a while to get here and the clinical world that now it's arrived.
Adam [00:02:54] Yeah, didn't it start in Japan, I think.
Jeremy [00:02:57] Yeah. People have been placing cuffs on limbs for a long time. But how we currently use it with respect to blood flow restriction and muscle seemingly originated in Japan. The first published paper on it was in 1998, at least how we use it. So it's been around for a good while. But just to answer your question, what it is, we're essentially applying a cuff or a wrap to the proximal portion of a limb that we're gonna train and we inflate it to a pressure that reduces blood flow into the limb.
Adam [00:03:29] So when you say cuff, you're talking a blood pressure type of cuff.
Jeremy [00:03:32] Yeah, something very similar to that. So we inflate it to a pressure that makes sure that blood flow is going in, but it's not completely cut off. And when we combine that with low load exercise, we're able to see changes, at least with muscle growth similar to that of high load exercise. We're also able to see changes in strength and function. A lot of time, that's a little bit that the strength combines a little bit less than high load exercise. But again, that goes to what we've talked about the previous episode of principal specificity. But it does seem like it has some benefits there and the mechanisms behind it are probably very similar to that of traditional high load exercise. It's just probably way making that muscle work a lot harder than it normally would with that low load.
Adam [00:04:13] But why is this interesting to do? I mean, do you see it having applications once you if you haven't figured out already? You know, a good application for this or why we should be doing it?
Jeremy [00:04:23] Yeah, I think a lot of the applications, it's certainly going to be with elderly people or in a clinical setting. And that's where a lot of the research is starting to move now. It's not to say that it can't work for regular people. It certainly does. That's the population that my lab primarily studies. But I think it has the biggest benefit in those who may not be able to train with a heavyweight and maybe it's a kind of a form of exercise that can get them back to doing normal activities. So I think that it does have a lot of utility. But I think there's a lot of training modalities that have a lot of utility. And I think that this may just be another option for individuals and particularly enticing option for those who are in a clinical setting where they maybe they have an injured limb and they just cannot maintain high levels of stress on that limb, because there is some preliminary data in clinical populations that shows that it's doing some good things.
Adam [00:05:20] So in other words you're basically mimicking, by cutting off the blood flow partially, of course, it's like almost like putting a tourniquet out on an arm or a leg. You're cutting off the blood flow. And because you you're cutting off blood flow, you can't do as much work. You can't lift as heavy weight. You're not getting enough of the oxidative. You're not getting oxygen delivered, as much oxygen delivered. So you're not going to get as much metabolic action going on in the mitochondria. Therefore, you have to use less weight in order to do any kind of exercise because you have less blood. So it's mimicking what would happen if you had full circulation with heavier weights, that's the basic idea behind it?
Jeremy [00:06:07] Yeah, I think that when we reduced blood flow into a muscle, one of the things that it does is it's reducing blood flow, going into the muscle, but it's also preventing a lot of blood from leaving the muscle. So all of those metabolites that get produced from muscle contraction, a lot of them are being maintained in or around that muscle. And that might be one of the reasons why it makes the muscle work a lot harder. So the activation has to really increase in order to even do the exercise. When we think about making a muscle get bigger. It really seems like it comes down to having high levels of muscle activation for a sufficient amount of time, because every time we activate a fiber, it's starting those signaling cascades. With blood flow restriction, we're getting that same thing. When we maintain those metabolites, it's making that muscle activate more and more and more and more fibers in order to keep completing that exercise. So, yeah, I know. It's certainly it's not going to produce greater benefits than traditional exercise. It just produces them at a lower load.
Adam [00:07:13] Lower load, and maybe more efficiently? I mean, why wouldn't somebody say, listen, let's just do the BFR? Because why do I have to spend 20 minutes, half hour, twice a week, three times a week when I can maybe do this less time, less often?
Jeremy [00:07:28] I think that's something that, you know, that would really come down to a person's preference, because there's going to be, of course, some level of discomfort when you apply blood flow restriction. So you have to weigh that with how much training with a high load is discomforting to you.
Adam [00:07:44] So, because, you know, we have people coming into the place saying, you know I'm learning about this BFR training. It sounds really interesting as if they're saying or believing or thinking that maybe it's better than what we're doing now. And maybe, and you use the word modality, but maybe it's another tool in our tool box to constantly improve our strength and our health.
Jeremy [00:08:09] Yeah. And I think that one of the things that to consider is if you're routinely training, having a lot of people can do that for a long period of time. But sometimes people, depending on what your workout looks like, sometimes lifting heavy requires a little bit more of mental focus than lifting at a very, very light weight. It's not to say that lifting a lightweight is easy. It's by no means easy to do blood flow restriction training. It's a very good workout. But the amount of mental focus you need to have to lift 30 percent of your max isn't the same as lifting 80 or 85 percent.
Adam [00:08:44] Well, it certainly sounds less risky, right? It's less likely to get hurt with a weight that's 30 percent less of your max as opposed to lifting something close to your max.
Jeremy [00:08:53] Yeah. And I think what you said makes a lot of sense. It's another option for people when we think about blood flow restriction, I traditionally talk about it as kind of three separate phases. The first one and there's just a little bit of evidence behind this. Not a lot, but some. Enough that I think it might be worthy to consider in patients who have had ACL surgery, but they can't do any exercise. There's some suggestion that applying that cuff is able to slow down the loss of muscle mass as well as function. In other words, you don't see increases, but you can slow down the loss that you'd have. So if you can't do anything else, it might be something to think about. Now, there's not a lot of data on that, certainly, but it's something to think about.
Adam [00:09:36] For recovery, so you just had ACL surgery and you're sitting pretty much bed rest for a while. You can't really lose a limb hardly at all. So do some BFR on that without even lifting weights necessarily, just restrict the blood flow a little bit. Which is really counterintuitive, because you know, there's a healing process going on. You just had surgery. So don't you want as much blood to that area as possible?
Jeremy [00:09:57] Yeah. And I think that obviously you always want to be careful with that. But I think the key point with blood flow restriction is that we're talking about restricting blood flow for minutes. So it's a very acute reduction in blood flow. We're not restricting blood flow for hours.
Adam [00:10:13] Gotcha. That's really interesting. So what do I do, if you have any advice? What do I do as a practitioner with hundreds of clients and they're asking me about BFR. First of all, is that something that can be learned to do in a clinical setting by trainers? Are there courses on it? Number one. Number two, can people do this on their own if they want to get into it? Do you even recommend that or do you say, you know what? Let's leave it to the researchers right now. We'll get back to you on this.
Jeremy [00:10:46] Yeah, I think that applying it to yourself. I think it's there's plenty of people who do it. Plenty of people who probably do it correctly. But also, you're gonna run the risk of people doing it incorrectly. I guess the caveat is, when you're applying it to yourself in a kind of a local gym setting, you probably don't have the equipment that a lot of the research is done on. So we've done some research on a practical means to do this, you know, trying to apply knee wraps, trying to apply cuffs. But the issue is, you don't know how much pressure is being applied. So there is data that suggests that people can do that effectively. But obviously, you've got to have some degree of caution. Now, if we think about a clinical setting or, you know, a course, there are some courses available through different types of blood flow restriction companies. So obviously with that, you're always going to be dealing with to some degree, businessmen. But I think that I've looked at what some of them have put out and a lot of it seems like it's pretty good information. And I know that a lot of people are selling their own cuffs now. So that's always going to be the case. Anytime you have something that's very effective. So there are courses that people can can take and get certified with some of these different cuffs, differing certifications, maybe better or worse. I'm not too familiar with many of them. I would say one of the more common ones is the Delphi Medical. That's one that is moved into a lot of clinical settings. That's a cuff that they can apply. It sets the pressure relative to the person which are all important things. And I know the guy behind that is Johnny Owens.
Adam [00:12:24] Yeah, I looked into that, actually. You have to be a medical professional.
Jeremy [00:12:28] OK.
Adam [00:12:28] In order to buy that from them. So even I because I don't have a medical degree at the end of my name.
Jeremy [00:12:34] Sure.
Adam [00:12:35] I can't actually do that. I'd have to have a doctor on premises.
Jeremy [00:12:39] OK. Yeah. I mean, there's a lot of different ways you can apply blood flow restriction. But I think to your point too, is it comes down to just trying to be intelligent about how it's applied.
Adam [00:12:50] The reason I looked into the Delphi system is because it can control the pressure, all the other techniques, you really don't know what kind of pressure you can kind of guesstimate it and stuff like that. And it's relative to the person. You know, 30 pounds of pressure for me might be perfect, but 30 pounds for somebody else might be too much or too little. And the Delphi machine seems to be able to calculate that. So if I was to do it, I'd want to have something that's specific because, you know, measuring it is important, obviously.
Jeremy [00:13:16] Yeah, one of the things that you could do. I mean, it's differing one's gonna cost a little bit different. But what we use our handheld Dopplers. So we just take a Doppler probe and we just take the pulse, essentially. So that's no different than what that cuff system is using.
Adam [00:13:34] That's interesting. Yeah. So yeah, I'll I'll look into that more as a practitioner. Speaking of that, who would I want to use that for? If somebody came in with, you know, they just came back from rehab, they have you know, they've sprained the knee. They have a weak knee. Now they may will do anything on it. Maybe some of that might have chronic fatigue syndrome is that something you've considered? People that you know seem to really get too wiped out from conventional exercise because of whatever reason. Have you ever tried BFR with people that seemed to just overtrain conventionally and this is a way of preventing those people from overtraining?
Jeremy [00:14:11] I think all the people that you said might be able to benefit from blood flow restriction. It's important to note that I myself, I am not a clinician, so I'm just a researcher. I research this, but I don't work with patients. And I think that's important to note. So the population that I primarily deal with are normal healthy individuals, but I do know that it has been applied to clinical populations quite favorably. But again, I think it's it could be useful for really anyone who could benefit from exercise, which is probably a lot of people. But it comes down to is it something that they want to do? Is it something they want to do all the time? You know, it really whatever you can think of applying normal exercise, you could do the same thing with blood flow restriction and maybe more so with people who are in a clinical setting, who are coming back from surgery or don't maybe want those higher lows right away. Maybe you could use it as a tool to get back to training conventionally. If it's something like that, that they enjoy doing.
Adam [00:15:14] Yeah. Yeah. My head spinning, but different applications and what could potentially be for. But I think before I jump into this from a business point of view, given that it's just another alternative and not something that adds, it's not exactly additive to what we're doing. I'll probably hold off on this for a while. Now, are there any risks associated with doing it or doing it the wrong way?
Jeremy [00:15:38] Yeah, we've been studying the safety of it and the methodology of it for about 10 years. There's certainly always going to be risk when you're doing any form of exercise. So the way I always think about it is. If we were to do exercise without blood flow restriction, does the application of blood flow restriction augment risk over that other group? Because there's always risk. But the question is, does it increase the risk? So two of the kind of variables that are most worried about is blood clotting and muscle damage. And I think if we look at that literature, particularly blood clotting, it doesn't seem to increase your risk of blood clots. And that's important. And of course, there needs to be more data always. Some of that's been done on healthy people. One study has been done on clinical populations, but it doesn't seem to increase risk over normal exercise. So the other concern I think individuals have is muscle damage. In other words, when we apply blood flow restriction and we have people exercise, are we causing damage to occur at the actual fiber level. Are we gonna make them necrotic? But I think a lot of that reasoning is coming from studies where we cut off blood flow for hours or even days. So I don't think that it has a big parallel to what we're actually doing, where we restrict blood flow for short periods of time. So it doesn't appear that blood flow restriction is going to augment the risk of muscle damage either. Now, a concern that I have that so far appears to be unfounded, which is good is, what happens to the venous side. In other words, are we causing some sort of long term damage when we're repeatedly backing blood flow up into the veins? And we've looked at this, as have other people. And it doesn't seem like it's doing anything negative. So that's good. My concern was, is that we're damming blood flow up every single time they come into the gym. And I was just concerned what that would do. Following six or eight weeks or 10 weeks of doing that. But it doesn't appear to, again, respond in a manner different from that of normal exercise.
Adam [00:17:55] Are you concerned, like some kind of vascular issue to the veins themselves, maybe?
Jeremy [00:17:59] Yeah, I guess I was concerned of almost like having some sort of negative impact on the valves, but it doesn't seem like it's doing that, thankfully.
Adam [00:18:08] Yeah, I mean, they're only doing this for like, how long does a BFR set last?
Jeremy [00:18:14] It really depends on what you're doing. But for the most part, when we have people exercising, doing a resistance exercise, with blood flow restriction, it's less than 10 minutes. So to your point. It's a partial restriction of blood flow for a very short amount of time.
Adam [00:18:31] Yeah. So it doesn't sound like would probably be too contraindicated or too dangerous.
Jeremy [00:18:35] Right.
Adam [00:18:35] So it's very interesting. And I'm glad you kind of brought some light to what's going on with it. I think it's just at this point for my clients anyway. It's good information. But, you know, it doesn't seem like there's something pressing where we should start incorporating at this point until people like you start doing some more research and get some more findings. And maybe we'll find over time that there's a very specific population that this is perfect for, especially since they can't do anything else. But I think it sounds like we should be leaving it into the rehabilitation sector at this point as opposed to normal people at this point. Normal, healthy people in a personal training setting. Anyway, although it is fun and it does add to variation. You know, people get bored during their workouts and are always looking for something different.
Jeremy [00:19:22] Yeah, and it has. I mean, there is data and people who aren't in the clinical population. That's where a lot of the data is coming from, at least initially. So it does work and people who aren't injured. But to your point, I think if you have concerns over maybe you're not going to apply it necessarily. Correct, or you're not sure or you don't want to take that risk. Now, there's nothing wrong with just doing good old fashioned normal exercise.
Adam [00:19:46] Yeah, I mean, maybe I'll do it myself, see how it goes. You know, I'll be my first guinea pig for sure. All right. Thank you so much, Jeremy. I really appreciate you coming back on. And I know we're going to be talking again.
Jeremy [00:19:59] Yeah, I know. I appreciate you having me on. And it was always great to talk to you and meet you at the RAC as well.
Adam [00:20:05] Thank you very much. I'll speak to you soon man.
Jeremy [00:20:06] Sounds good.
Arlene [00:20:09] This has been the Inform Fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman. For over 20 years, Inform Fitness has been providing clients of all ages with customized personal training designed to build strength fast. Visit Informfitness.com for testimonials, blogs and videos on the three pillars. Exercise, nutrition & recovery.
Researchers have recently uncovered that ‘those who are strong, live longer.’ Moreover, people who exercise get stronger. Therefore, as logic would dictate, people who exercise should live longer. Right? Well, maybe not.
On our last episode, #62- The Cardio Myth, we attempted to reframe common thinking about Aerobics. On this episode, with Dr. Jeremy Loenneke, Asst. Professor at Ole’ Miss, we discuss his recent findings that challenge long held beliefs about strength training. Does getting stronger help you live longer? And if not, what’s the point of it all?
Here’s another common belief: Developing bigger muscles causes them to become stronger. In other words, you can’t get stronger unless your muscles are also getting bigger. Obviously, true? Not according to Dr. Lonekke’s observations. He and his research team, have uncovered some interesting data that gets you saying, “Wait, what?”
You don’t want to miss this fascinating discussion between Adam and Jeremy on the influence strength training has on our strength, muscle size, health, and lifespan.
Adam Zickerman – Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution:
http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
For a FREE 20-Minute strength training full-body workout & to find a location nearest you:
http://bit.ly/Podcast_FreeWorkout
Inform_Loenneke1_Sept30 Transcript
Arlene [00:00:01] The Inform Fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman and co-host Mike Rogers is a presentation of Inform Fitness Studios, a small family of personal training facilities specializing in safe efficient high intensity strength training. On our bi monthly podcast Adam and Mike discuss the latest findings in the areas of exercise nutrition and recovery with leading experts and scientists. We aim to debunk the popular misconceptions and the urban myths that are so prevalent in the fields of health and fitness. And to replace those sacred cows with scientific based up to the minute information on a variety of subjects. We'll cover exercise protocols and techniques nutrition sleep recovery the role of genetics in the response to exercise and much more.
Arlene [00:01:00] On this episode Adam welcomes Dr. Jeremy Loenneke, assistant professor at Ole Miss. They discuss his recent findings that challenge long held beliefs about strength training. Does getting stronger help you live longer and if not what's the point of it all?
Jeremy [00:01:15] If doing resistance exercise isn't really associated with all cause mortality, then being strong is. How do we reconcile those two things? Because they seem very related and they are very related. But that analysis is actually quite different.
Adam [00:01:32] Today we have with us Dr. Jeremy Loenneke assistant professor at the University of Mississippi Ole Miss. Dr. Loenneke graduated with a PHD in exercise physiology from the University of Oklahoma. He had previously earned his master's degree in nutrition and exercise science from Southeast Missouri State University. Dr. Loenneke is a member of the American College of Sports Medicine and American Physiological Society. He also serves as a peer reviewer for several journals including the Sports Medicine AGE, Medicine & Science and Sports and Exercise and the Journal of Applied Physiology. On this episode we are going to go into strength and all cause mortality and we're going to be getting into also is muscle hypertrophy or increase in muscle size leading to or causing muscle strength. Jeremy welcome.
Jeremy [00:02:25] Thanks for having me.
Adam [00:02:26] I was really intrigued by your talk that you gave at the Rec Conference and you titled it Only the Strong Survive... Fact or Fiction. And as scientists, I was a former scientist. You're a current scientist and you know we are always questioning our dogma and you're not doing your job if you're not constantly questioning your current belief system. This talk, Only the Strong Survive certainly did that and that's why one of the reasons to have you on. I want you to talk about this thing you talked about which was it had to do with strength and all cause mortality. What prompted this conversation and this talk.
Jeremy [00:03:06] Yeah I think that we've done a little bit of cross sectional population level statistics on some of these studies. There's a database in the United States called InHains. And it's freely accessible to anyone and it's useful if you have some population level questions and we and others have been interested in this idea of strength and its relationship with all forms of different types of health as well as all cause mortality. And if you look at the literature some of the things that you see, there's relationships in other words the stronger you are the less likely you are to die. I think that's an interesting topic and I think it means different things than what a lot people think it means. So I thought it would be a useful kind of topic to discuss for people who are interested in strength training because I think that resistance exercise and exercise in general is very useful but I don't know that that literature necessarily can substantiate the importance of resistance exercise. But if you look at some of the data particularly the ones the study that we did we found just as other people have found that those who are strong tend to be less likely to die prematurely. The other thing that we found though is that most of the people who are strong aren't participating in exercise. So that's why I don't think that you can use that as a reason why people should exercise because those two things aren't really the same thing the analysis is a little bit different. And I think that one of the things that we've thrown around is trying to figure out how to explain some of that data. So if doing resistance exercise isn't really associated with all cause mortality but being strong is. How do we reconcile those two things because they seem very related and they are very related but that analysis is actually quite different.
Adam [00:05:02] Well doesn't resistance training make you stronger.
Jeremy [00:05:05] Yeah exactly. And that's why we spent several hours trying to figure out how to make sense of that. In other words if you look at those studies those who are strong are less likely to die. And we know that lifting weights gets you stronger. So it would seem intuitive that you could just connect those two dots. I guess the point is is that when you look at the people included in that study as well as other studies the majority of them are not actually lifting weights. The majority of them are not actually exercising. Meaning that those who are the strongest seem like they have something innately different about them. And in fact it's not necessarily those who are the strongest. If you look at a lot of those studies a lot of it comes down to just not being the weakest. So as long as you're not the weakest category you tend to have a similar risk.
Adam [00:05:57] Wow. So we are exercising I mean you not obviously saying don't exercise or maybe you are I don't know. I mean are you looking at maybe as a group of people that are exercising and they're all cause mortality.
Jeremy [00:06:12] I think that there's some really what you need is a randomized controlled trial. Right. And that would be the perfect way to answer this question. But the issue is is that that's almost impossible to do over a long period of time. We'd have to recruit people when they're in their early 20s. We'd split them up into different groups and we'd study them for the rest of their life. So that's not very feasible. But we do have studies in older people. What they suggest is that resistance exercise, aerobic exercise being physically active. It does seem like it has health benefits but reducing your risk of all cause mortality or premature all cause mortality probably isn't one of them. So I think that we just have to move away from what variable we're discussing. So I do think it's true that people who are strong probably are less likely to die but that's not an effective exercise because they weren't exercising it couldn't be. So what it probably tells us is that there's something different about those people and that sets maybe their baseline risk for a lot of different conditions but exercise and being active across their whole lifespan will help them maintain whatever risk that they have. In other words if they're in the highest category when they're in their 20s or 30s in order to stay there it probably is important to exercise. So I think that's how we can kind of connect those two dots.
Adam [00:07:40] Yeah I talk to clients that I notice that they have the innate strength that we're talking about here and I always say to them you have a gift. Let's preserve that gift.
Jeremy [00:07:49] Exactly. And I fully realize that whenever I try to explain this it sounds not intuitive and like it doesn't make any sense but I just think it's important that we point out that the reason why exercise can't explain that. Is because those people were not exercising. So it just tells us that there's something different about them.
Adam [00:08:14] It's a point that you know needs to be made. And the truth hurts right? You know you're not a businessman you're not running a business right. So here I am running a business and like do I want people to know that right. I mean telling them that their strength training may not be associated with a longer life just because they're doing it.
Jeremy [00:08:33] But it probably is associated with perhaps a better life.
Adam [00:08:36] Exactly. So as Rhonda Patrick likes to say when I listen to her and Dr. Peter Attia when I listen to his podcast they talk about the difference between lifespan and health span. I don't know if it's their ideas but you know they talk about health bent and that's to me more important.
Jeremy [00:08:56] I agree. I think it's a good point and I think that the way I think about resistance exercise I view it as a way for people as almost a way to stay active for a longer period of time. And one of the things that has a lot of evidence behind it and I don't fully understand the mechanism behind it is when people lift weights or when they exercise particularly lift weights they seem to be at a lower risk of injury. And I think that the utility of that is whenever time you get injured you become inactive and when you become inactive there's a lot of negative things that start to mount up. So if you exercise you get hurt less. You can stay active for a longer period of time. And I think that that's one of the benefits of exercising over the whole lifespan. So if you know if I'm in my thirties lifting weights right now I may help me just to prevent injury which would make me immobilized and it may help me when I do fall or if I do fall that I don't get hurt. So there is some good data behind that.
Adam [00:10:02] Sure. Let's get into another thought or belief if you will that we've all had for a long time. I certainly have and that is you know when you strength train your muscles get bigger. When muscles get bigger we call that hypertrophy by the way muscular hypertrophy. When muscles get bigger they don't necessarily get stronger because they're getting bigger. In other words we all thought that hey listen, if your muscles get bigger you're naturally getting stronger. Besides looking better I guess that was our clue that we are getting stronger that we're getting bigger. But the research you've been doing is actually not necessarily showing that,.
Jeremy [00:10:51] Correct, and that's something that we've become really interested in the past few years because it is counter to what we teach in the classroom. It's counter to what a lot of the literature suggests and it's counter to what a lot of people currently think.
Adam [00:11:08] Currently think. But as I read in your paper from a historical context there used to be skepticism actually regarding muscle size and its contributing effects to muscle strength. I mean it wasn't automatically thought back in the day that getting a bigger muscle meant you're getting a stronger muscle but that eventually changed to what we're thinking now is that you know big muscle is a strong muscle.
Jeremy [00:11:37] Right. And I think it's important that we make sure that we're clear on what's being discussed. If we were to take one hundred people at a single time point and we were to measure how big their muscle is and then test how strong they are. The people who are bigger on average are going to be stronger. People who are smaller on average are going to be weaker. But that's a very different thing than what happens when an adult starts lifting weights. So our position is when people begin resistance training and they get stronger. Why is that? Not why they might be strong at baseline before they've never lifted a weight but when they lift weights and get stronger why is that? And I agree with you that early on up until about the 1970s it wasn't quite certain what muscle hypertrophy was doing or whether or not it was doing anything useful at all. Part of that is related to they didn't have good ways to measure it. Imaging a skeletal muscle didn't come along until the 70s especially the late 70s. So part of that skepticism certainly has to do with the technology that they had. But the story historically started to change with the publication of a paper by Fukunaga as well as a paper by Moratani and Moratani is the one that's the most popular one. And it's it's interesting because that particular study didn't even measure muscle growth. There was no imaging done in that study and that's the one that's commonly cited as the reason why when an individual starts lifting weights and they get stronger that's first student neural adaptations followed by large contributions from muscle hypertrophy. In other words muscle growth. So obviously there's some problems with that. If the study didn't even measure muscles growth.
Adam [00:13:32] So this idea that first couple days or the first couple of weeks I would say as you present is getting stronger that it's neural adaptations. And then after the neural adaptations kind of plateau any strength occurring after that point is due to muscle hypertrophy. That's what the thinking has been.
Jeremy [00:13:54] Correct. And I think to be fair we don't really have that nailed down. One of the things that we've really spent a lot of time testing is trying to manipulate muscle growth between different groups of people to see what effect that has on changes in strength and we haven't found any contributory or advantage to groups having a bigger change in muscle mass with respect to changes in strength. I think what it could be. I think it's you know neuro adaptations is one that is a go to. Neural adaptations meaning you have some sort of change in either the brain the spinal cord or even the motor unit itself. I think another potential mechanism there could be local level changes at the fiber. In other words changes that are occurring inside the muscle that aren't related to changes in muscle growth. And the reason why that we started to even think this because of course I was taught and I even taught that when you strength train and you get stronger it's neural adaptations followed by growth. That was kind of the go to growth.
Adam [00:15:03] I used to teach this too. And I've been saying forever that the growth that we're talking about first of all a lot of people make they say that you're building new muscle fibers which is erroneous. Right. So that the existing muscle fibers are getting thicker and they're getting thicker because they're building new myofibrils. Correct? Is that what you're about to say? When you get bigger you're building more myofibrils and that.
Jeremy [00:15:26] Yeah, and I think that's why it's confusing because you're looking at it and you're going it seemingly adding more actin-myosin. So why are you not getting stronger. The reason why we even started to question this is because we started to routinely see that these things were not related. We we started to continuously see groups that saw the same change in muscle size but different levels of strength. And then you know being taught underneath this paradigm I just try to explain it away. Well it's because of this but then you see it again and then you see it again and again and again. And at some point I think it's worth asking what why do we even think this in the first place. And that's where we started to go back through the literature and go you know there's there's never really been a study that has actually really demonstrated that muscle hypertrophy causes the change in muscle strength. There's there's no data to suggest that that's the case. You know we started to really. If you look at the literature how they determine the importance of muscle hypertrophy is the following scenario. They'll have a group of individuals lift weights they'll measure muscle size and muscle strength. Following exercise or following training. If the group saw an increase in muscle size and they saw an increase in muscle strength their conclusion is well it's neural mechanisms as well as hypertrophy because it was there, if muscle doesn't grow well then its neural adaptation. So I think it's pretty clear that that's not maybe the best design to determine cause and effect and that led us to some of our studies where we we try and create different groups. So one group we try to minimize muscle growth through study design another group we try to maximize muscle growth. And then what we do is which we can compare those two groups to see, does the group that has the greatest change in muscle size, do they see the greatest change in muscle strength? And we never find that to be the case. You know this is obviously a very difficult question to answer. And our study designs are not perfect either. We have a lot of limitations with our designs too but I think it goes to the point that we teach this concept as if it's really well founded and I think the larger point is that there's just nothing there.
Adam [00:17:52] Yeah, there's a lot to know. We still have a lot to know.
Jeremy [00:17:54] Absolutely.
Adam [00:17:54] Well I find very often that I have clients and I've been training people now for 20 years and my staff very often we see people getting stronger and stronger and stronger with no real noticeable hypertrophy. Some people get disappointed by that right. I mean quite honestly the reason some people work out is just to get bigger and stronger and then look better muscularly and they get very frustrated by that. And I just say Yeah but you're stronger. And strength is important not so much muscle hypertrophy. So I always explain it that way also that you know and I've always been like yeah I know he's supposed to be getting bigger when you're getting stronger. But in your case you're actually getting stronger but you're not necessarilygetting bigger. So whatever. You know like I rather you get stronger and not bigger than bigger and not stronger. Do you see that too I mean where people are getting stronger but they're not getting bigger.
Jeremy [00:18:54] Yeah and I think that's something that most people agree with is that it's possible to increase strength without seeing changes in muscle size. At least most people would agree with that early on. I think the discussion comes later which is what you're describing to which I completely agree with you in the sense of we see it all the time that these variables are dissociated. You may see greater changes in muscle growth in one condition but no greater strength or you may see no change in growth but large changes in strength. I think that that just contributes to this idea that maybe these things aren't related as much as we think they are.
Adam [00:19:27] All right. So they're not related. So again as practitioners you know we're training people to get stronger and we're exercising. Now I understand there's a lot coming out about the physiological benefits of strength training especially high intensity strength training where it has nothing to do with necessarily about strength but more about what we're taught about before health and our health span. The mere fact that you're reducing injury but it goes way beyond that the organ cross talk and all the things that can happen from what a muscle does when it's fatigued deeply and all things we're finding out about myokines and the such anti inflammatory responses cell apoptosis things like that. So I have plenty of reasons to believe still in strength training and high intensity strength training and exercise in general but it's not necessarily going to be about strength and preventing you from dying early.
Jeremy [00:20:22] Yeah I agree. And I don't necessarily know that it's about who gets the strongest either. That's obviously an outcome that it's easy to help monitor people keep them motivated. They can keep pushing to get stronger. But I think so much of it is just about participating in that activity. But I completely agree that resistance training certainly seems like it has a lot of health benefits. I don't know if it's resistance training plus who gets the strongest. But I do think it's the act of exercising is probably where you're getting most of those benefits.
Adam [00:20:53] In your paper you have a section that says a muscle growth is neither necessary sufficient or contributory to muscle strength. I found one of the things you looked at really interesting about people that did low weights for muscle growth when they stopped and they were retested for strength that even though they lost size muscle hypertrophy they got smaller but they didn't lose their strength necessarily from de-training.
Jeremy [00:21:20] Correct.
Adam [00:21:20] Can you get into that a little bit with me because I found that fascinating.
Jeremy [00:21:24] Yeah. And I think that that's ahh...
Adam [00:21:27] I don't even know if I said that right.
Jeremy [00:21:27] No, you're referring to the paper where they had people train for I think I want to say three or four months and then they de-trained them for six months.
Adam [00:21:38] And they're using light weights.
Jeremy [00:21:39] No. You're combining two studies now. Yeah, but I know the other one. What you're talking about. But the first one that I think is suggestive that maybe muscle growth is not that contributory. Again it doesn't rule it out but I think it's something to consider. They exercise people as you'd expect and they saw an increase in muscle size and strength. Now this particular group for the next six months following that initial training period they stopped training. So as you might expect if you stop training all the muscle growth that you gained is going to go back to baseline. So if you've gained five pounds of muscle exercising you're going to lose those five pounds of muscle. You're not going to go below baseline but you'll go back to where you were. What was interesting about this study though is that they had individuals come in and do the strength test every month. So based on a lot of our literature that would suggest that we view our in training as kind of a form of training. What they found was following de-training all the muscle that they gained was lost but all the strength that they gained was maintained almost completely. And I think that this at least raises the question if muscle hypertrophy. In other words if muscle growth was so important for the change in muscle strength with exercise when they de-trained how did a complete loss of that muscle not influence strength really at all. So I think that's one line of reasoning. I think the other study you were talking about was one from one of my former students looking at very low load exercise.
Adam [00:23:16] Right. Right. Sorry.
Jeremy [00:23:17] So we had individuals train with very very lightweight. They did a lot of repetitions with very lightweight. And we compared it to traditional high load exercise. So following eight weeks of training the group that was training with very very light weight saw the same change in muscle mass as the group that was trained traditionally. And that's not unique. There's lots of people who see that. But they were training with such a lightweight. That the change in strength. In other words the change in strength in the movement of which they were training didn't change at all. And the group with training with a very light weight. However the high alert group saw large changes. The reason why this probably happens is because it follows along with the principle of specificity. In other words the group that was training very light every day they were coming in for the study. They were training at 15 percent of their max. So very light weight. So if the most that they could do is 100 pounds they were trained with 15 pounds every day. The other group was training with a heavyweight. So every day they were coming and working at around 70 percent. In other words that if max is a hundred. They were lifting at 70 pounds. By the time they get to the post test. Of course the group that's training with a heavy weight is going to be better at lifting a heavy weight. And that probably explains why the group training very light didn't see a change at least in isotonic strength.
Adam [00:24:43] But they got bigger.
Jeremy [00:24:44] Yes. So that gets to the idea that maybe that change in muscle mass is also not sufficient for a change in strength in other words having it doesn't guarantee that you'll also see a change in strength.
Adam [00:24:57] So maybe for those that want to get bigger should they be using. Well forget about strength for a second maybe those that want to get bigger see larger muscles. Maybe they should be doing lighter weights higher reps. Is that a conclusion that can be made?
Jeremy [00:25:13] I think so, I think with muscle hypertrophy, I wouldn't necessarily go at 15 percent if your goal is just to try to get a muscle as big as possible. I think what the literature would suggest is that really it's going to come down a lot of preference. So if you train at 30 percent of your max or even 15 percent but I probably wouldn't recommend going that low. If you're around 20 or 30 percent of your max up to 80 percent you're going to see the same change in muscle size. And I think that from a practitioners standpoint it's good because it allows people to have preference. They can do whatever they want. They don't absolutely have to train heavy. They don't absolutely have to train light.
Adam [00:25:51] Yeah it also depends on tolerance you know different people they just don't mentally for some reason handle the heavy weights too well it's you know for performance and safety they do better with lighter weights. So that's good to know. We'll wrap this up because, well time is up but I think we basically covered it. So the takeaway really is you could not worry so much about your muscle hypertrophy if you're working now and getting stronger and you're not getting as large as you'd like. Fret not. I mean you're still getting the benefits from exercise because in other words don't judge whether you're getting a benefit from exercise based on whether you're getting bigger or not especially you men out there and women. That's actually probably good news that you can get stronger without getting bigger. I mean they're always afraid of bulking up.
Jeremy [00:26:38] Yeah. I think highlighting the specificity component you asked earlier about if it's not muscle size and how are people getting stronger. It would probably be quite useful if we tried to better understand that specificity component. In other words because we know that this change in strength really is closely tied with specificity. In other words whatever you do the most of you're going to be better at. Very similar to that study the high load group was better at lifting heavy weights than a low load group. I think it would be useful to try and investigate mechanisms that might be able to explain that specificity component.
Adam [00:27:13] Yes you're right. All right well thank you very much. This has been very helpful and are you involved in any research right now exploring any particular questions?
Jeremy [00:27:21] Yeah we just finished a big study looking at you know some of these ideas of muscle size and strength again we were trying to correct some of the limitations that we've had previously in some of our designs and we're going to expound on that again in the next two years with some of my... I have another student he just finished his dissertation and another one is starting one. We're going to get at a lot of these questions. I'm very fortunate to have wonderful students and that makes all the difference you know sitting around talking with them throwing around ideas and then getting into the lab and actually testing some of these concepts through experimentation.
Adam [00:27:55] Fantastic. Great. We'll keep up the good work. I look forward to learning more about all of this. Thank you very much.
Jeremy [00:28:02] I appreciate you having me on.
Arlene [00:28:02] This has been the Inform Fitness Podcast with Adam Zickerman. For over 20 years Inform Fitness has been providing clients of all ages with customized personal training designed to build strength fast. Visit Inform Fitness dotcom for testimonials blogs and videos on the three pillars... Exercise, Nutrition and Recovery.
Since the 1960’s, common belief is that two types of exercise exist -- Cardio and Strength training -- each having separate and distinct purposes. But is this an idea whose time has come and gone? Is there a new, emerging exercise paradigm?
Mike Rogers leads an enlightening discussion with returning guest, Dr. Doug McGuff, a full-time emergency room physician and owner of Ultimate Exercise, a high intensity, personal training facility in South Carolina. They examine the history of Cardio and how it became such a widely misunderstood concept. We learn how the cardio movement, aka aerobics, began and why many believe Cardio is more beneficial to the heart, lungs and blood vessels than other types of exercise.
What is the actual definition of aerobic and anaerobic pathways and how are they linked? Can a certain type of exercise be more ‘aerobic’ than another? Does strength training improve the cardiovascular system? Dr. McGuff answers these questions with such elegance and clarity that even a caveman would understand.
Enjoy, Adam.
In 2008, Doug released the ground-breaking book, Body By Science, and is considered one of the top high-intensity training experts in the world.
You can follow Doug via DrMcGuff.com and on his YouTube channel.
Adam Zickerman – Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution:
http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
For a FREE 20-Minute strength training full-body workout & to find a location nearest you:
http://bit.ly/Podcast_FreeWorkout
Inform_McGuff 2_September 10 Transcript
Arlene [00:00:01] The Inform Fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman and co-host Mike Rogers is a presentation of Inform Fitness studios a small family of personal training facilities specializing in safe efficient high intensity strength training. On our bi monthly podcast Adam and Mike discuss the latest findings in the areas of exercise nutrition and recovery with leading experts and scientists. We aim to debunk the popular misconceptions and the urban myths that are so prevalent in the fields of health and fitness. And to replace those sacred cows with scientific based up to the minute information on a variety of subjects. We'll cover exercise protocols and techniques nutrition sleep recovery the role of genetics in the response to exercise and much more... On this episode Adam and Mike welcome back Dr. Doug McDuff one of today's leading high intensity experts and author of the bestseller Body by Science. Together they ask can a certain type of exercise be more aerobics than another and is there a new emerging exercise paradigm?
Doug [00:01:18] The only way to get at the cardiac or vascular system is to do mechanical work with muscle and it turns out that the higher the quality of that mechanical work, the higher intensity of that mechanical work. The greater the benefit to the cardiovascular system.
Adam [00:01:37] I've known today's guest Dr. Doug McGuff now for over 20 years. He's a doctor he's a practicing E.R. doctor in South Carolina and Doug is one of those few doctors who actually happens to run his own gym. It's called Ultimate Exercise and it's in Seneca, South Carolina. In 2008 Doug co-wrote the groundbreaking book Body by Science. It was and really is a really important book because it comes from a theoretical understanding of basic physiology and for the first time properly applies it to high intensity exercise. I can't emphasize enough what his book has done to our industry and bringing high intensity excise to the mainstream. Doug thanks for joining us again for a second episode with Mike and I. I'm going to let Mike drive this session.
Doug [00:02:24] OK.
Adam [00:02:24] So Mike please...
Mike [00:02:27] Hey Doug...
Doug [00:02:27] Hey Mike, good to see you!
Mike [00:02:27] You know, at Inform Fitness you know we say that we are a high intensity strength training program for 20 minutes once a week. And of course in almost every consultation from every new client we get the question 20 minutes once a week. That's it. Don't I need to be doing some cardio. And even in the last decades with all the research and scientific studies available there's still so much confusion about cardio. The word cardio the concept of cardio. What people think it is what it actually is. You know how cardio is still interchangeable with the word aerobic. It's still thought to be very necessary for achieving fat loss cardio exercise what's necessary for a healthy heart. And Adam and I love getting into the weeds of the biochemistry but we also want to communicate clearly with the lay person who just wants to be healthy and doesn't want to doesn't have the time to read all the scientific footnotes. So in the simplest terms what is cardio. How should we be thinking about cardio. What should we be thinking about when we use the word cardio.
Doug [00:03:32] You know the honest answer is I don't even know what the hell to do with that term because it's been so distorted and it's in our zeitgeist. But I don't think anyone can actually define what they mean by it. I think they have some sense that there are certain types of exercise that are more beneficial to the heart and blood vessels than other types of exercise. And that's built upon a huge pyramid of mistaken premises that go all the way back to the 1960s. So when exercise was first researched the only measuring tool you had to see about anything the quantitate and exercise effect was to measure oxygen uptake or to do vo2 max testing. And basically you're measuring the amount of oxygen consumed relative to the exercise that's being done that involves wearing a tight fitting mask that connects to some hoses and a box that measures oxygen going in carbon dioxide going out and trying to correlate that with a specific amount of mechanical work that was being done on an apparatus. But you know like the old vacuum tube computers that occupied a whole room this was a big box and the big machine that required the subject being tested to be kind of tethered to it. So as a consequence the only thing you could really do was to have this thing set up next to a treadmill or a bicycle odometer. And because it was set up to measure oxygen uptake it tend to perform better at lower intensities. So the exercise that happened to be tested at that time was a relatively low intensity for long durations that would produce measurable results within the measuring capability of the tool that was cataloging how much oxygen you were using over a span of time. So that became the testing tool to quantitate exercise with and then over time research was done and they showed that people who exercised had fewer cardiovascular events than people who did not. So the type of exercise that was done on this apparatus was measuring predominantly the aerobic or oxygen using subsegment of metabolism because we had a machine measuring oxygen uptake. So we're measuring the aerobic subsegment of metabolism. So that type of exercise became known as aerobics. Because that exercise was linked in studies to improve cardiovascular outcomes which we now know are just a result of performing mechanical work with muscle and the myokine signaling that's going out. The two became linked aerobic exercise became linked to cardiovascular health and that link over time became solid enough where people just called aerobics cardio.
Mike [00:06:29] Yeah, the interchangeability...
Doug [00:06:30] and then the interchangeability was cemented. What people don't recognize is that the aerobic subsegment of metabolism is carried out in the mitochondria little powerhouse with the cell. But that little Mitochondria is actually an ancient bacteria that got incorporated into the cell a long long time ago because it was an organism that ate the waste product of single celled organisms. That waste product was created anaerobicly in the absence of oxygen so you take glucose take it through 20 steps you get a little bit of energy out of that and you make pyruvate. Pyruvate then goes into the mitochondria and that gets metabolized in the presence of oxygen to make some more energy. But when it comes to improving the aerobic subsegment of metabolism the only way you can do that is by delivering anaerobic substrate as quickly as possible and under high intensity exercise circumstances you can deliver that as quickly as possible to the extent that the pyuvate can't be shuttled into the mitochondria anymore and it starts to stack up. When it stacks up. It gets acted upon by an enzyme called lactate dehydrogenase and turned into lactic acid. That's why we breathe hard. That's why you feel this burn and this kind of ears ringing metabolic effect of high intensity exercise. But in so doing we've driven the aerobic subsegment of metabolism as fast as possible so we've gotten the best aerobic benefit out of high intensity exercise also. Key though is that there's no way that just that aerobic subsegment of metabolism is hooked up to the heart and blood vessels. The heart and blood vessels serve the entire cell not just part of it. And the only way to get at the cardiac or vascular system is to do mechanical work with muscle. And it turns out that the higher the quality of that mechanical work the higher intensity of that mechanical work the greater the benefit to the cardiovascular system.
Adam [00:08:42] Is that... The body doesn't differentiate between what's causing that that high intensity mechanical work the body doesn't differentiate that you're getting that high level of intensity through a leg press versus a bicycle for example.
Doug [00:08:54] Correct. And not only that the cardiovascular system the adjustments that are made. Very small amounts of it are actually made in the cardiac and vascular system. Mostly what's happening with the cardiovascular system when you're resting heart rate goes down all those other variables. It is basically an autonomic or automatic response to the metabolic improvements that have occurred out in the periphery predominantly in the skeletal muscle, so the improved metabolic capabilities of the skeletal muscle and the increased strength of the skeletal muscle is what has changed the behavior of the cardiovascular system. So if you take someone that's you know their muscle has a force out capability of 200. And you have someone that has muscle capability of 100 and they're both gonna walk a flight of stairs. The amount of work that the cardiovascular system sees in the weaker person is doubled. And that's just you know a hypothetical mathematically simplified concept but that's basically it when the capability of your skeletal muscle is doubled the amount you have to rely on the cardiovascular system to support it is spared. So a lot of what the cardiovascular adaptation is is not central to the cardiac Ambassador system but it's an adaptation made out on the periphery.
Mike [00:10:22] That's actually in consultations how we we direct and try to answer that question as to even through the example of like walking stairs and...
Doug [00:10:32] Yeah you know it was in the 60s they actually did a really cool baby hill that was kind of one of the early pioneers in vo2 max testing they did a really cool study that just got lost. And what they did was they took subjects they trained them on an ergometer where they worked only the right half of the body let's say half the body right arm and right leg did steady state exercise. And they had a vo2 max improvement. But compared to people that did both sides of the body that improvement was only half. One more interesting thing is is if you tested the trained side of the body. You showed the vo2 max improvements that were assumed to be central cardiovascular improvements. If you tested the untrained side of the body there was no improvement in vo2 max, proving that the vast majority of the improvement that you're seeing is going on in the skeletal muscle itself out on the periphery and it's not a central cardiovascular adaptation that's occurring.
Adam [00:11:41] Has that study been repeated but by any chance?
Doug [00:11:44] I think it has been repeated but not in the recent past at all. I mean this is way back in the late 60s early 70s.
Adam [00:11:52] You think that was shut down the whole aerobics industry as we know it.
Doug [00:11:55] Yeah. It's almost like a meme. Once it gets a foothold and takes off it's hard to unwind and it's really hard to unwind things that have become you know in the in the popular mindset of a, you know a meme or zeitgeist. You know look how hard it's been to unwind the whole cholesterol hypothesis of coronary artery disease and diets that have too much fat at home are gonna be harmful of those sort of things. Look how the Women's Health Initiative came out and said Oh look. Twenty six percent increase in breast cancer rates and women on replacement hormones when it was really just bad science and it was a relative risk reduction not an absolute risk reduction but I mean it just killed it and now they're trying to kind of unwind that a little bit. It's like let's be a little bit more sensible about this. And it's almost impossible to do. For some reason once it gets that nationwide foothold it's just very hard to unwind that sort of notion.
Adam [00:12:53] And that's what's worrying me about this anti-vac stuff that's happening now that I don't in this way. But you know that reminds me of what's happening right now I mean hopefully that doesn't become part of the zeitgeist too that vaccines aren't safe anymore.
Doug [00:13:05] Yeah. Yeah.
Mike [00:13:06] Doug are there circumstances where someone perhaps should be doing some steady state exercise in addition to their resistance training for the purpose of improving their cardiovascular health.
Doug [00:13:16] Well here let me put this as the backdrop. Adam and I both came from a background in super slow. We really thought that the only thing to do was to do high intensity strength training and that any activity outside of that was only going to consume precious recovery resources. We really literally wanted clients to train really really hard and then go into suspended animation chamber until their next work. I'm sure Adam can attest. I certainly found it. It was the most frustrating exercise to try to sell that to clients because what happens. I think this is largely through myokine signalling and energy signaling is once you've got a client that started with you at baseline once they got somewhere between 25 and 40 percent stronger their activity levels spontaneously just went off the chain. All of a sudden people were taking up sports that they've given up their going out running 10 k's they were getting a mountain bike and going out and riding every evening. Their activity levels went off the chain. I think that we awaken a active genotype and we get people adequately strong. I think the mark of a healthy organism is a large amount, a large background of low intensity activity with intermittent spikes of high intensity activity.
Mike [00:14:39] Which feels more like recreational fun than it does then exercise.
Doug [00:14:42] So I would say the context in which I would artificially introduce that is if for some reason either because of employment lifestyle or just a negative inclination towards being physically active the person was not expressing that sort of activity level then it might be worthwhile to go ahead and try to artificially introduce that. But I found that that almost never occurs. I find that most clients generally become very active and a lot of them do end up for spontaneous and recreational or pleasurable reasons taking up activities that Adam and I in our previous paradigm would have classified as steady state or aerobic or bad which actually in this context turns out to be quite good. And in context of a myokine expression and adequate physical conditioning is probably not nearly as dangerous and injurious as we once thought because the injuries that we were seeing were from people that were obsessively and artificially doing massive amounts of steady state training.
Mike [00:15:59] Because they felt like they did do it.
Doug [00:16:01] Yeah.
Mike [00:16:03] How do you manage clients who have a difficult time dealing with intensity and still put a meaningful stimulus on the muscle.
Doug [00:16:11] I used to worry about that a lot and now I almost don't give a crap.
Adam [00:16:15] laughs...
Doug [00:16:17] And here's why.
Mike [00:16:17] That's my problem... I worry about it still. How do you stop worrying about it?
Adam [00:16:23] After 20 years Mike still gives a crap.
Doug [00:16:24] Yeah. So here's the deal. So we made reference in the previous podcast of the Simon Melov study that showed these massive improvements in gene expression back to youthful levels and elderly clients. And I made mention if you dig into the methods section of the paper and the actual resistance training workouts that were done it was at best mediocre and we still showed these incredible improvements. So clients that are averse to intensity or exertional discomfort the first thing that you have to tell yourself is however far you can get them is so many light years beyond what they would do under their own tutelage or under the tutelage of a workout caddy at Gold's gym. Even though it's frustrating to you the trainer you are bringing them so far ahead of where they would have gotten otherwise that you are probably well within the territory triggering the stimulus that's going to produce these beneficial adaptations.
Mike [00:17:28] Yeah I don't. I don't really worry about it so much as much as I used to actually just like you because you know so they are exactly what you just said we could take them as far as we know we can take them. It's still out of their comfort zone to a certain reasonable degree. They're still getting some gain maybe they're not getting 100 percent of what they could get out of the workout but they're getting 40 percent which is still better than zero percent.
Doug [00:17:52] Right now I think the important thing is is just to stay consistent and not give up on them. Once you start producing any adaptation at all that their aggressiveness in terms of exertional discomfort starts to increase somewhat over time. Even when it doesn't, what you're doing is you're giving a stimulus that's a little less intense and severe. So especially in the early stages rather than being a stimulus organism response and then the next workout stimulus organism response and in the early stages of a client you'll see that they're on a very steep curve. When someone doesn't give you quite as much...it might be a stimulus organism nothing stimulus organism nothing stimulus organism nothing stimulus organism boom response I really got the gut feeling that the benefits are still there it's just operating on a timescale that's a little bit more drawn out and slow and the results may be a little more granular than we're able to detect to our satisfaction. But if we just stick with it the benefits still come. You know when you're training 25 30 clients in a day you know you really look forward to that one client that's just an animal that's going to come in and kill it. But anyone that's trained twenty five clients a day one hundred clients a week knows you've got to kiss a lot of frogs to meet that Prince. But in terms of the benefit you're providing the people you know the fact that you're willing to plod through it and and just suck it up and do it offers huge benefit to these people over time.
Adam [00:19:33] I'm glad. Good good question Mike. And I'm glad you said that sometimes because I can't get them to go to the intensity that I would like them to go through that I'm shortchanging them or they're not getting anything out of this and it's good to remind myself that it's still a lot better than they've ever gotten. It was good to be reminded that that the Melov paper actually like you said there wasn't the greatest workouts in the world that were causing these benefits. So good. Very good there.
Doug [00:19:56] And you know Mike sometimes my trainers the schedule just kind of meets itself out the way that it does and sometimes the trainers and the clients they can have a real dry period where they don't have a really intense client for four or five days. You know it's not uncommon to have trainers like, man can you just come down so I can put you through a workout. If you're in a dry spell and sometimes trainers just training each other or you training Adam.
Mike [00:20:24] It's a... I have the patience and a lot of our clients have the patience and I know every day I've been doing this for a long time also and I know that there is an impact that's what gets me very excited to come to work every day is that on a small level on a profound level people who used to be in chronic pain aren't anymore people who you know added a ketogenic diet but didn't do any cardio had lost 50 pounds. You know we see these types of things and there is a prince among all of the frogs. Like every single day. You know...so.
Doug [00:20:58] Yeah, this is part when you're a professional trainer this is part of being professional. You know you look at the military you look at fighter pilots you look at snipers and they train and they train and they train and they rehearse and they rehearse and they rehearse. The vast majority of fighter pilots. Will never be in a dogfight. The vast majority of snipers will never shoot anyone.
Mike [00:21:21] Right. Yeah.
Doug [00:21:22] But you still trained AND trained AND trained you know and we get a lot more usage of our skills than most people ever do. You know it's it's still a cool thing but it does. You know it's just the reality of any job is there. Yeah I know that just you know you just got to suck it up and plow through it you know.
Mike [00:21:39] Right... well Doug thank you very very much for being on the podcast.
Adam [00:21:44] Yeah thanks Doug. That was really good. Hope to see you soon again.
Doug [00:21:47] Yeah likewise.
Arlene [00:21:48] This has been the Inform Fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman. For over 20 years Inform Fitness has been providing clients of all ages with customized personal training designed to build strength fast. Visit informfitness.com for testimonials blogs and videos on the three pillars... Exercise nutrition and recovery.
This is one of our most important episodes. A must listen!
Dr. Doug McGuff and I met back in 1995 at an exercise conference and we have stayed in touch ever since. He is such a brilliant thinker and teacher. I cannot emphasize enough how important Dr. McGuff has been to our understanding of the mechanisms and benefits of high intensity exercise Dr McGuff is a full-time emergency room physician and owns, Ultimate Exercise, a high intensity, personal training facility in South Carolina.
In 2008, Doug released the ground-breaking book, Body By Science, and is considered one of the top high-intensity training experts in the world. I highly recommend that you follow Doug for his incredible insights and findings via DrMcGuff.com and his YouTube channel.
We kick off this episode discussing that the measurement of an individual’s muscle mass should be included as an important vital sign, similar to one’s blood pressure and hemoglobin A1-c. Strength, we are learning, is a great indicator of overall health; including being a good predictor of system inflammation and physiologic reserves.
Doug does a fantastic job explaining the concept of S-O-R (Stimulus – Organism – Response), helping us to understand the relationship between exercise, genetics and our expected (and unexpected) results.
Did you know that muscle is the most powerful endocrine organ in the body? High intensity exercise and healthy muscle mass dictates and signals for:
It will be practically impossible for you to listen to this episode and not feel compelled to hit the weight room ASAP. Enjoy!
Adam Zickerman – Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution:
http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
For a FREE 20-Minute strength training full-body workout & to find a location nearest you:
http://bit.ly/Podcast_FreeWorkout
Inform_McGuff 1_August 9 Transcript
Arlene [00:00:01] The Inform fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman and co-host Mike Rogers is a presentation of Inform fitness studios a small family of personal training facility specializing in safe efficient high intensity strength training. On our bi monthly podcast Adam and Mike discuss the latest findings in the areas of exercise nutrition and recovery with leading experts and scientists. We aim to debunk the popular misconceptions and the urban myths that are so prevalent in the fields of health and fitness. And to replace those sacred cows with scientific based up to the minute information on a variety of subjects. We will cover exercise protocols and techniques nutrition sleep recovery the role of genetics in the response to exercise and much more. On this episode Adam and Mike welcome Dr. Doug McGuff, one of today's leading high intensity experts. This is a must listen as they discuss that there's a lot more than meets the eye when it comes to all the benefits we reap from high intensity training. If you're still looking for some more motivation to stick to your exercise program well this episode is for you.
Doug [00:01:21] If you want everything bad that can happen to a human to happen immobilize them and overfeed them. Movement is life. And I believe that movement against resistance is life elevated.
Adam [00:01:36] Hello. Welcome to the show. Adam and Mike here I have known today's guest Dr. Doug McGuff now for over 20 years. We both caught the weight training bug as young men in our teens, we are about the same age. And we've been geeking out on it ever since. He's a doctor he's a practicing E.R. doctor in South Carolina and Doug is one of those few doctors who actually happens to run his own gym. It's called Ultimate exercise and it's in Seneca South Carolina. In 2008 Doug co-wrote the groundbreaking book Body by science along with John Little and let me tell you it is required reading for all my staff and even many of our clients. Why. Well honestly it was and really is a really important book because it comes from a theoretical understanding of basic physiology and for the first time properly applies it to high intensity exercise. I can't emphasize enough what his book has done to our industry and bringing high intensity exercise to the mainstream. So anyway it's my great pleasure to introduce a guy who I really consider a mentor. Welcome to show Doug.
Doug [00:02:45] Yeah Adam it's my pleasure. I've been looking forward to it.
Adam [00:02:47] I just saw you recently at the conference, what was it... a resistance exercise conference in Minnesota.
Doug [00:02:53] Yeah.
Adam [00:02:54] And your keynote speech was fantastic by the way.
Doug [00:02:57] Thanks. Appreciate it.
Doug [00:02:59] You said something I really rang true in me because we come from similar backgrounds experiences and the timing because we're similar ages and we got introduced to high intensity training the nautilus principles relatively around the same times. We we go back a few years with this high intensity training at this point and you end you said that for the last 20 30 years that we've been lifting weights primarily to get big and strong, swoll as they say you know maybe to give us an edge in sports and if we were on an unusually perceptive day we might have actually also thought that it might protect us from injury but really is about getting big and strong. Now we're finding out so much more that we were getting from these workouts than we ever thought. You know the health benefits of exercise that go beyond just getting strong which quite honestly if you told me that just getting strong is all we got from strength training I'd be happy with that.
Doug [00:03:53] That would be awesome. Yeah.
Adam [00:03:54] I mean that's why we were doing we didn't think we were getting anything more from it. But, so Doug this is what I want to speak to you about the health benefits of strength training beyond just getting really strong. So Doug the paper you brought up was titled muscle should be the new vital sign. Something like that right.
Doug [00:04:11] Yeah. Yeah I think that that's probably accurate. I mean at least it should be you know not on a visit by visit vital sign but in terms of someone's health history I think that ought to be recorded as a health parameter body mass index is being used a lot now. But that's not truly accurate. But I think if there was some sort of measure of muscle mass or strength that could be included as a vital sign it would provide a lot of useful health information. And it's simply because skeletal muscle speaks to everything else in our body. And it's a good indicator of what your overall health passionate situation is going to be is going to be an indicator of what degree of systemic inflammation might be going on. It's a great indicator of your physiologic reserve should you become ill if you get an infection you end up with sepsis end up in an intensive care unit the degree of muscle mass that you're trending down from basically gives you the clot that you're racing against to get better. So it really is a pertinent vital sign. And I would agree with the premise of that article.
Adam [00:05:22] You mentioned that recovery in ICU use have been shown people that have higher muscle mass recovered better in ICU units.
Doug [00:05:29] Yeah absolutely. How long you have before you have to go on total parental nutrition in the ICU is very much related to your skeletal muscle mass which again directly correlates with your overall Organ Mass. That kind of starts the countdown clock because your body is going to tap in to the reservoir of your skeletal muscle not just in terms of stored glycogen for energy usage but also the amino acid pool that's within your skeletal muscle for synthesizing enzymes nutrients generating antibodies. All that is used as a storehouse for raw materials that you'll need in your fight for survival and when you've kind of tap that out then you have to go on to kind of. Into intravenous total parental nutrition which is very challenging for ICU specialists.
Adam [00:06:26] You don't want to be there at that point.
Doug [00:06:28] It's just so easy to screw up you know.
Adam [00:06:31] The health benefits. I want to start talking about some of these real physiological changes that occur as a result of high intensity exercise but before we go right into that which is really where I want to spend most of our time I want to do a review of s o r. Stimulus organism response if you can in very succinct way talk about that and when we talk about exercise we talk about the stimulus what type of exercise the protocol that we do. I want to start getting into more of the responses down the road.
Doug [00:07:01] OK sure. So you know everyone just needs to take a bout of Arthur Jones can I explain it to everyone for the very first time that your natural inclination and orientation towards exercise that is directly doing something that benefits you. The Ab roller will firm and tighten your abs, right no no. That's not how it works. I mean that exercise is some sort of formatting or threat stimulus to the body the body receives that. And then if it has appropriate resources and time it will synthesize an adaptive response but that exercise itself is just a stimulus your body generates the adaptive response and that adaptive response. Preconditions for it to occur. And the adaptive response is really not just one thing it's a myriad of things. We're coming to discover and we've always intuited that you know you and I both know I mean you remember going into a big box gym back in the 80s and you could walk through there and you had all your anemic sickly looking people on treadmills and then you had all the robust healthy looking people that you would like to look like over in the weight section and you kind of wondered if that was just a selection bias or if there was really something to it. And as it turns out our instincts about that were correct. That really is something to it. There's something almost magical about exercising against meaningful resistance.
Adam [00:08:33] Yeah it was probably the best selection bias too because I think I think when you have one when the organism that's prone to build muscle you tend to gravitate there.
Doug [00:08:41] Sure yeah.
Adam [00:08:43] And as the organism part talk about like the organism for a second where because and expectations.
Doug [00:08:51] Sure. And this kind of gets into my whole Pandora's box discussion that came up with the resistance exercise conference and you know when you look in Greek mythology the story of Pandora's box they put hope at the very bottom of the box. And that was so that you would take everything else that was in the box and release it out into the world in the process of going after Hope and in the resistance training realm. The hope is actually big muscles. That's kind of what got us all into this to begin with. Because the outcome of resistance training in the correct individual and the correct organism produces dramatic physical response in terms of muscle hypertrophy and that's what everyone is after was what was visible. And that was the hope at the bottom of pandora's box. And that's what got a lot of people hooked and kept them in it for the long term but in the process of going and going after what was at the bottom of the box we were unknowingly reaping all these other benefits that only over time did we start to have some sense that there is a lot more to this than just getting big. There seem to be more benefits and there seem to be more impact in terms of. Body composition and health. And that became more and more evident over the years from the 1980s forward. A general populace the wheels were just starting to fall off everyone was getting metabolic syndrome everyone was getting fatter and fatter. Those hidden benefits of strength training started to manifest themselves because the body composition changes that we were seeing could not simply be explained by caloric account. It could not just be that the amount of activity you were doing relative to the amount you were eating something else was going on. And that's all of those other things that were inside Pandora's box that we were bringing out through the process of trying to get bigger and a lot of people. How big you're going to get in terms of muscle mass is really dependent upon the organism that specific organisms genotype and genetic expression is going to determine the ceiling of how big they can get. And there are so many young men and nowadays young women that are pursuing a degree of muscle mass that they've seen in magazines or on Instagram or the Internet that they're never going to achieve. But they keep going after it but in the process of doing so they're reaping all these other benefits that they may not even be aware of or that they become aware of in the process of doing it.
Adam [00:11:39] But also we should think that because of these other benefits that we're getting as opposed to just getting big and strong for a lot of my clients anyway and this realization has been very useful is to tell people listen just because you're not getting as big as you like it and you're not looking like somebody that you idolize that's doesn't matter. The high intensity exercise is doing so much more for you than just this idea of getting really big or reaches a certain level hypertrophy and as are we as we also heard from the rec conference that size and strength aren't necessary completely literally correlated so we're getting very strong on this we're getting big and again the act of high intensity exercise has all these huge other health benefits.
Doug [00:12:24] Right. And the ironic thing is is the people that get really really strong are the people that tend to not get very big and the people that get very very big are the people that get very modest strength improvements.
Adam [00:12:39] I know, it's annoying.
Doug [00:12:41] There's different mechanisms.
Adam [00:12:46] Cause I may get strong, but I don't get big I think I'd rather give a little bit of that up.
Doug [00:12:48] And the size increase is an improvement of last resort which is kind of funny because it's the one thing that got us hooked into the whole process. But in terms of all the adaptive responses that are available from high intensity training. It's only muscle size that is heavily negatively regulated. So the only thing that really has a hard hard ceiling put on it in terms of response over time the most pleasurable clients to train, turn out to be the ones that don't give a rat's ass about the hypertrophy issue.
Adam [00:13:24] I agree.
Doug [00:13:26] There are in particular if you have older clients they are so appreciative of the benefits and the myriad of benefits that come from high intensity strength training because they can appreciate them because you don't really realize those things are there until they go away. I don't know if you've ever had numbing drops put into your eye but you never realize how much sensation there is around your eye and blinking and all of it until it's taken away.
Adam [00:13:55] Yes I've had that happen. It's crazy.
Doug [00:13:56] And then when it comes back to you you're just so amazed. It's like a fish and water it's like this is water is like what's water. All of a sudden you get back to these people all of these you know functional health benefits that have gone away and they can feel it. And the thing is is if you have a client is training high intensive you know muscle mass aside just let's say we have a you know an older client that's training in your facility Adam, if you pluck that client out and drop them into the middle of a gate at the airport with 150 200 people and you and I stand together. And you asked me Doug which one of the people stand around here is my client. I guarantee you I coul d point them out.
Adam [00:14:42] Mm hmm.
Doug [00:14:43] They have a different appearance all together the way that her body orients itself against gravity the color of their skin. They go. They don't stand out for any muscle mass reason. There is a signaling of health that's unmistakable when when you look at them and I guarantee you I could plug your client out of 150 people at the airport gate.
Adam [00:15:10] You know you just used the word signaling. That's a great entree into what I want to talk about with muscle. I don't think people realize that muscle is a signaling organ like the pancreas. And so let's talk about muscle as a signaling organ and that's what leads all these health benefits that we're talking about what high intensity exercise promotes what it stimulates muscle to do. And there are some things that I just want to throw out there like you know let's. I want to talk about myokynes, myokynes. I want to talk about the energy and protein metabolism characteristics of muscle when I talk about glucose uptake. I want to talk about the Simon Melov research. They've shown that exercise can actually reverse aging and human skeletal muscle. These are the things we're talking about here.
Doug [00:15:51] Yeah. And the whole myokyne issues probably less than 10 years old can't remember where she's from. Some Scandinavian country Bente K. Pedersen is the one that kind of coined the term and first discovered the notion of myokynes is basically their cytokines chemical messengers that are released by exercising skeletal muscle that it turns out that they operate in a signaling fashion both within the muscle working that's autocrine to nearby muscles that's paracrine and then to other organs and tissues throughout the body and that is endocrine. So it turns out that skeletal muscle is the largest and most powerful enduring organ in the body. Guys like us we always had a sense of that that that was the whole the benefits in terms of body composition seemed so disproportionate to anything that could be accounted for simply by caloric energy balance or accounting issues it was much greater than than the sum. And I know you remember the discussion of Ken Hutchins had about indiscriminate weight loss and you're talking about your body as a corporation that had a board of directors and you're in a calorie deficit and in one scenario you lose all tissues in your body at a calorie deficit but if you add high intensity strength training. It will all be shunted towards discriminate. Fat loss because you can't get rid of skeletal muscle because you got a stimulus for more. You can't get rid of nervous tissue because the skeletal muscle that you're adding needs to be innovated. You can't get rid of bony tissue because the skeletal muscle you're adding has to be attached to that bone and you have more added on. And he made this case for how when you have a caloric deficit in the face of high intensity strength training it which should shunt everything towards fat loss. And that was sort of beating around the bush of this whole myokyne issue group. Is that hard work with skeletal muscle is doing so much to dictate how energy is utilized in the body to dictate nutrient partitioning to dictate enhanced glucose uptake and disposal out of the out of the skeletal muscle to increase lipolysis and fatty acid breakdown to stimulate the change of adipose tissue from white energy storing inflammatory hormone releasing tissue into brown adipose tissue which uncoupling itself from the mitochondria and releases heat and contributes to improvements in body composition and loss of inflammatory fat. There's just so many things that are triggered when you do hard work.
Adam [00:18:45] And is it necessary for to be intense work as opposed to let's say just.
Doug [00:18:50] No not entirely. I mean there there are myokynes that are released by lower levels of activity and this is the difficult part with myokyne research is when we are going to measure them we don't know about the amplitude of their release and the time course of their release and whether certain myokynes are triggered best by certain types of activities. So it may be that there are certain myokynes that are released but lower intensity exercise is carried out for longer periods of time. Certain types of exercise may cause a spike in a myokyne release immediately after the exercise. In other cases that spike may not occur for many hours later we don't know whether we're sampling at the right slice of time relative to each different myokyne. Perfect example of this is one of the first myokynes that was discovered was interleukin 6 and under normal circumstances interleukin 6 is released fairly steadily from the body and particularly from the adipose tissue and it is known as a bad player. It is a very inflammatory cytokine and chronically elevated levels of interleukin 6 can actually lead to the development of cancers. So when we first started recognizing that cytokine release occurred with exercise we are finding that interleukin 6 after high intensity exercise would spike like a thousand fold. Immediately after a high intensity exercise bout and the immediate response was like oh no this can't be good. This is a bad player we're spiking it a thousand fold. We're going to make everyone sick. Have heart attacks and inflamed their blood vessels giving them cancer fill in the blank. But what we came to find out was that those acute spikes in interleukin 6 ended up down regulating the receptors for interleukin 6. So you have a lot fewer of the receptors and over the longer span of time your sustained serum interleukin 6 levels fell. It was like lowering your serum insulin levels when you had those acute spikes, you ended up creating a circumstance where over the longer span of time interleukin 6 levels and systemic inflammation was greatly blunted. So there's a lot of things that seemed counter intuitive that actually turned out to be beneficial. By this whole myokyne concept.
Adam [00:21:35] So your gut feeling however is that myokynes are good.
Doug [00:21:41] Yeah I think it's is simple is this. And I kind of concluded the talk. So humans fall under. And you mentioned this in your email the whole classification of living organisms wonder King Philip came over for good sex as the mnemonic that I learned and you had a one that was less offensive.
Adam [00:22:06] Soup probably want. I went for the sex.
Doug [00:22:10] One of the distinguishing characteristics of animals is movement. That is the key distinguishing feature of that kingdom and movement is so important to us because for animals without movement you can't get food. You can't keep from becoming food. It's as simple as that. And at the conclusion of the talk I thought movement is life. That's basically all there is to it. If you want everything bad that can happen to a human to happen immobilize them and over feed them. Movement is life and I believe strongly based on the experience that you and I have had in this field that movement against resistance is life elevated it takes it to another level. That is just much much better and I think it is really as simple as that and I do for that reason think that the discovery of myokynes has been an amazing thing and that I believe that this chemical messaging is nature's way of saying movement is good movement against resistance is even better.
Adam [00:23:23] Yeah well amen. Let's talk about Simon Melov's work a little bit because it isn't hyperbole to say that high intensity strength training can actually reverse aging. Is that hyperbole?
Doug [00:23:36] No, and he proved it and I was that research is at least 10 years old now and I like you I know you do just kind of everyone so I'll sit down with the laptop or get on a computer and just kind of plow through Pub Med and see what's out there. I just stumbled across the article and I love that article that gives you the answer in the title of the article and it's saying that resistance training reverses aging in skeletal muscle, that's the name of the article online. Well damn I'm a click on that one. It was truly astounding. They used a statistical technique called the false discovery rate to discover gene expression that was markedly different in advanced age than it was in youth. And they identified. I can't remember as close to 200 different genes as candidates and then they apply to 16 week strength training protocol to elderly subjects. And measure their gene expression before and after. And what they found is that the conclusion of the study of the gene expression had reverted to the same type of gene expression that you saw in twenty five year olds in 16 weeks. And when you actually dig into the methods section of the paper and you look at the quality of strength training that was done compared to what you and I are used to saying it was pretty darn mediocre. Yet you had these results that were just completely astounding. You know this was in mitochondrial DNA where they were looking at these genes which is very well preserved DNA. And it's also DNA that is integral to the cellular functioning of everything and the organisms. It's not just the icing it's the sprinkles on top of icing in terms of genetic expression. My immediate thought was wow this changes everything. I mean our most ancient literature is about seeking the fountain of youth. And there it was. And you and I both know that what happened afterwards was nothing.
Adam [00:25:46] Unbelievable.
Doug [00:25:46] I thought Man I'm going to. We couldn't build facilities fast enough to train clients and...
Adam [00:25:53] No if there was a pill that would do that.
Doug [00:25:56] You remember how resveratrol flew off the shelves when that research came out and junk like a 16 percent lifespan increase in flap worms. And people were like spin and big bucks buying it off the shelf. But we're talking about bona fide age reversal at the molecular cellular level in humans. And nothing happened because what was required was to get off your ass and do hard work. And that was the difference. I mean the kind of person that's willing to get up go out pay good money for someone to make them work really hard and be uncomfortable. To reap the benefits. That's just a different kind of person and that's you know I'm I'm okay with that being a minority population. I wish it would be more but it's a special kind of person and that's why I love training clients you know.
Adam [00:26:57] And you see it day and as an emergency room physician you must see the problem associated with the loss of strength.
Doug [00:27:07] Me & my wife was talking about this today before the podcast and because we went to a Starbucks today we had to run some errands and we went to a Starbucks. She always gets this white peach tea it's unsweetened she likes it. So I went to order it today and lo and behold it comes to the door and it's sweetened. So we're like tap on the window at the drive through us like we said I'm sweet and you go sweet like oh we're sorry. Starbucks has changed the formulation. It only comes sweet now it's brewed into the bag and that's the way it is. And we believe in you know we've got an alternative. We're leaving on the schedule so plenty. I really do think it almost borders on conspiracy theory that every big empty out there seems determined to force feed us the shit that's gonna make us sick. It's gonna make us fat and with metabolic syndrome and cancer and diseases because I really do think there's just so much profit in people being sick that that's what we're getting. The fact that we had corn and grain subsidies back in the Great Depression and we couldn't just unwind those now it's a requirement that we have 10 percent ethanol in our gasoline so that we can continue to propagate those grain subsidies and the fact that we have to have 10 percent gasoline in our gas tanks is probably a major driving reason why the vast majority of population in this country has been turned into human brain disposal machinery. Oh well yeah we're just sicker than hell and I mean when I go to work. I mean I can't even begin to describe to you how sick and deconditioned people are. It is rare for me to pick up a patient that has less than 30 medications.
Adam [00:28:53] Jesus.
Doug [00:28:53] It is rare for me to pick up a patient that has not been at the E.R. or in the hospital within the past two weeks is just a revolving door. I went from especially where I could like you know make major turnaround on people a major saves. And now it's just a revolving door of trying to put the wheels back on and they fall back off and come back really really slid on our overall health status.
Mike [00:29:24] This reminds me of when my dad was in the hospital he had heart failure a few years ago and we've covered this on a previous podcast but when he was there he was diabetic and this special Diabetic Menu had all sorts of incredibly high levels of carbohydrates on a special diabetic menu, there was pasta even bread like the like. And I asked to see the nutrition said. I said what's. He just ordered two grilled cheese sandwiches and she goes What do you do have a problem with the cheese? I said no I get that this is the clinical dietitian at the hospital and I was like Oh my God I printed it out. I took a picture of it. I was like Oh my God I can't believe this is the special Diabetic Menu at a hospital for someone who is recovering from a fem pop a bypass surgery.
Doug [00:30:14] It is mind blowing know I operate on the two ends of the spectrum my whole life was a barbell including my interaction with humans. It's a barbell strategy where on one end I got the sickest of the sick and on the other end I got my clients and the. The disparity between the two is just so astounding that you know the cognitive dissonance every day when I go to work and do what I do is just unbelievable sometimes.
Adam [00:30:41] Yeah well you and when we were talking in person at the conference you and I were talking about exactly this.
Doug [00:30:46] And your wife works in an ICU. Does she not?
Adam [00:30:49] She did she. She did work in ICU. Yes and she has experience similar things and now she's working in oncology. Speaking of what Mike just talked about being fed grilled cheese from a diabetic menu it also amazes me how little the cancer doctors are talking about nutrition to their oncology patients. It's pretty much nonexistent and this is like a high end Oncology Group. Those those conversations frustrate me to no end.
Doug [00:31:16] And I got a weird story. This is not science. This is purely anecdote. I had a client my place been open for more than 20 years now had a client that had you know just out of blue who had a seizure. Part of the workup got a C.T. scan is actually one of my partners diagnosed her with an astrocytoma of the brain highly malignant brain tumor. And this was probably early 2000. Just when the whole low carb ketogenic thing was kind of taken off but I knew there were some literature on ketogenic diets in relation to brain cancer and seizure disorders and things like that just made the suggestion she latched onto it and over the course of a year or 18 months the tumor shrunk and then became undetectable. But they went ahead. They recommended that she still go through some chemo and radiation therapy had a lot of radiation therapy actually develop some mild dementia as a consequence of the radiation. She had a fall and had a laceration about a week ago and I ended up seeing her in the E.R. but still alive. Still no return of tumor. This just gets to the whole oncology discussion that we're not talking about you know ketogenic diet carbohydrate restriction. The things that might be driving cancer metabolism and the other thing is is using diet and high intensity exercise as adjuvant therapy to chemotherapy and more traditional treatments I think should start to become a standard of care. I mean they can show that Interleukin 15 which is one of the major myokynes release that inhibits myostatin promotes muscle growth but also has been shown in vitro and in vivo. That means in the test tube and in the animal to actively arrest growth and kill breast cancer cells. So I mean there's a strong argument to be made for high intensity exercise as adjunct therapy to chemotherapy. I do have an oncologist that will occasionally send me clients PRE Chemo just to kind of build up their muscle mass in their strength to give them a higher ceiling to start from when they start doing chemo. But there's not really been any discussion yet of the potential anti neo plastic effects of this myokyne release and what it could mean.
Adam [00:33:48] Myokyne release through high intensity exercise which doesn't take a lot of time to do it and think about it. And some good nutrition does carbohydrate restriction movement. This stuff is in our control.
Doug [00:33:58] Right.
Adam [00:33:58] It's so within our control. We don't have.
Doug [00:34:02] Really in terms of moving the needle on doing anything beneficial. The things that are within our control move the needle a hell of a lot more than the medication regiment. I mean if they could get the kind of percentage benefit that's documented by those sort of interventions in a pill drug manufacturer would just like go completely bonkers over something of that efficacy.
Adam [00:34:28] I agree. Well we've got to wrap it up now but let's end on that. That says it all. I mean if you're not motivated to go based on all this stuff that we're finding out it is start doing some high intensity exercise get moving and maybe pay attention to your nutrition then then I don't know I don't know.
Doug [00:34:45] The time commitment or maybe one thing but the time commitment is just so minimal and the reward relative to the time is hugely disproportionate. It's just a win win you know.
[00:34:56] Big bang for your buck.
Mike [00:34:57] Doug. He's happy to be a part of the minority though.
Adam [00:35:00] Yeah. Well thank you so much Doug I really appreciate it.
Doug [00:35:04] My pleasure, it's been a fun talk.
Arlene [00:35:08] This has been the Inform fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman. For over 20 years Inform fitness has been providing clients of all ages with customized personal training designed to build strength fast. Visit inform fitness dot com for testimonials blogs and videos on the three pillars exercise nutrition and recovery.
On this episode, we bring back biomechanics’ expert, Bill DeSimone, to discuss an exercise technique called ‘Negative’ Training. Negatives are performed by substantially slowing down the lowering phase (negative phase) of the repetition, thereby, increasing the intensity of the exercise you are performing.
Bill starts off addressing the recent surge in popularity of Negative training and its subcategories; Negative Only training, Forced Negatives, Static Contractions and Negative Emphasized training. We cover:
Listen to this episode and get positively InFormed on negative training. Enjoy!
Negative Push-up video: https://youtu.be/65JduvWc8AE
Negative Chin-up video: https://youtu.be/B44dYlm5H_8
Failed Squat video: https://youtu.be/8NAEEeqVrag
Bill DeSimone Website: Optimalexercisenj.com
Bill DeSimone - Congruent Exercise: https://www.facebook.com/CongruentExercise
Adam Zickerman – Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution:
http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
For a FREE 20-Minute strength training full-body workout & to find a location nearest you:
http://bit.ly/Podcast_FreeWorkout
Inform_DeSimone 2_July 14 Transcript
Arlene [00:00:01] The Inform Fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman and co-host Mike Rogers is a presentation of Inform Fitness studios a small family of personal training facilities specializing in safe efficient high intensity strength training. On our bi monthly podcast Adam and Mike discuss the latest findings in the areas of exercise nutrition and recovery with leading experts and scientists. We aim to debunk the popular misconceptions and the urban myths that are so prevalent in the fields of health and fitness. And to replace those sacred cows with scientific based up to the minute information on a variety of subjects. We'll cover exercise protocols and techniques nutrition sleep recovery the role of genetics in the response to exercise and much more.
Arlene [00:00:59] On this episode Adam and Mike welcome back biomechanics expert Bill DeSimone to discuss an exercise technique called negative training.
Bill [00:01:08] You're not proving that negative only training or positive negative or no negative is no better or worse. They all work. I think the real value of playing with the negative is it helps you get a little extra mileage out of a given weight.
Adam [00:01:23] We're back with Bill DiSimone again biomechanics expert from Cranberry New Jersey.
Mike [00:01:34] This show we're going to talk about something very very very negative.
Adam [00:01:37] Yes negative. Want to stay positive but we have to get negative. All right. So again current events and you know they've been some books out recently touting the negative portion of weight lifting. Those of you don't know that negative is the lowering of the weight when you're when your weight training and the positive motion is when you're lifting the weight. So there is a school of thought out there been there for a long time but it's becoming popular again and that is that the negative portion of the repetition is actually more beneficial than the positive portion or if you emphasize negative only type training that you get better results meaning to a lot of people bigger muscles and we're going to talk about what's being shown out there what the truth is what the science is if there is any validity to the fact that negatives have some kind of magical benefit or should we just be doing nice normal slow reps positive and negative and you know leaving it at that. So what would you like to say about that Bill?
Bill [00:02:37] Funny you should ask Adam. Just off the top of my head I feel like Sam Kennison with my rant.
Adam [00:02:47] Hopefully not as loud as, or as dead.
Bill [00:02:51] Beginning of the year roaming right. Yeah he's kind of dead. Think of a more recent comic who yells a lot. I don't know. It was tragic my car crash. I just get that I deserve a cheap joke I wasn't. I don't really know the guy. Anyway where were we. Where was it. So where was I. After the new year in a bookstore looking at the brand new crop of diet and fitness books I stumble onto one that I won't name we can put it we can put the information in links I don't I'm not looking to make enemies here. So it's predominately a diet book with a couple of chapters on exercise. The gist of his exercise program is to work as a week to 20 second sprints with recovery sort of like Martin Kibala type protocols and the other work out a week is supposed to be a Doug McGuff type protocol like a Big Five routine only negative only advocating just negative negative contractions in the workout. With the justification that it's more intense so you have to do a briefer so it ties into the whole just twice a week for 20 minutes in addition to that Sprint workout. I didn't buy the book and I went to look at look it up online and sure enough there is a Web site so looking through exercise information on the Web site and it's more negative emphasized exercise but almost reckless like lifting one dumbbell heavy dumbbell over your head lowering it with one arm for a press one a TRICEP EXTENSION we're doing a one legged squat you know to negative failure and then switching legs. So it it's really a cursory look really really superficial look at negative training and then since I signed up for my free report in the following month I got 30 emails text messages and voicemails from the website calling me to buy stuff. And when I poked around a little bit deeper in the store is where they have the nutraceutical sales that you can get on auto renew. The point of the book wasn't to convey information in a package. The point of the book was to get you hooked into this auto renew of the nutraceuticals, otherwise we use to call them supplements.
Mike [00:05:06] Like Infowars.
Adam [00:05:08] Yeah I was sensing a thousand times a ten second left ten seconds lowering.
Bill [00:05:12] So I would not regard that as a good source of negative training information that's pretty negative. Yeah. Wasn't I get a 30 second negative a 30 second positive 30 second negative thread and so according to this study a little eccentric little eccentric. Thanks.
Adam [00:05:30] Well having our friends Dr. James Fisher and Steele and company do some real research on negative training.
Bill [00:05:40] Well I think what those guys did was approximately the same degree.
Adam [00:05:44] So choose your poison if you like.
Bill [00:05:47] Yeah. More specifically what they did was compared to normal code cadence. Two seconds up four seconds down. I don't think that you're not proving that negative only training or positive negative or no negative. There's no better or worse with a super slow cadence 10 seconds up 10 seconds down and then a 10 second pass. They all work especially compared to not working out at all. I think I think the real value of playing with the negative if you're doing it safely for instance like is it helps you get a little extra mileage out out of a given weight. So when you start lifting weights and you know the old Nautilus protocol you do 12 repetitions you add five percent. Dropped down to 8 12 at 5 percent. That works for the first year or so a training. What do you start training like. I like this guy. Like 40 years or so he should be.
Adam [00:06:42] He's pointing at me.
Bill [00:06:43] He shouldn't be side right. He should be side raising like hundred pound dumbbells by this point. And you know no one side raises hundred pound dumbbells or how many people bench press 300 like that kind of literal progression. If you're training smart really have maybe a year but with some of these different wrinkles like Dardens for instance his recent stuff what it does is it allows you to get a little more effort out of a working weight. So the other book that came out.
Adam [00:07:09] Of me in other words a negative kind of holding the negative value so you get know 10 seconds out of out of a set because you're just holding it.
Bill [00:07:18] You can manipulate the negative right. So for instance Darden also had a book out in January where he's got a slightly different scheme. The 30 second negative 10 reps 30 second negative again. What he's done with that is he's tricked you into getting to 90 seconds with a weight. All right so if you would ordinarily have done 10 reputations I can't do eleven. Now you add the add an incremental weight but it drops it down to two or three repetitions or worse your form gets thrown off.
Mike [00:07:50] As prolonging the road time a little bit as well.
Bill [00:07:55] You know you're extending the set you're making that given weight harder before you go into right form breakdowns.
Mike [00:08:02] Right. Which is a pretty good thing though.
Bill [00:08:04] Especially for the good.
Mike [00:08:11] But David just ended the podcast.
Bill [00:08:13] But especially for those of us who've been doing this stuff you know. Yeah.
Adam [00:08:20] My contribution.
Bill [00:08:21] But especially for those who have done this a long time or if you have a client you've been training for years. Like I said on that next increment of weight throws their form off. It's a way you're still using that weight they can handle safely but you can still get more effort out of it.
Adam [00:08:36] Yeah I find myself using with my clients naturally doing some negative when I raise the weight and it's a little bit more aggressive than I thought it was. And it turns out that you can only get like three reps out of it. So instead of stopping the set and lowering the weight I had them do some negatives with that weight again to get some more inroad and to get some more time under under load but it's not something that I look at as a protocol in and of itself. It's more of a reaction to to a particular set to help get more time under load.
Bill [00:09:09] Yes it's a tool as a tool. It's the same I was looking for it's the same it's the same muscle whether you're lifting it and lowering it or just lowering it or any combination like you're always gonna be. Well you're always going to be quote stronger lowering than lifting whether you whether you do extra negative training or not that's just the way muscles work.
Adam [00:09:33] Yes.
Bill [00:09:33] But you're not stronger. It takes less energy to release a contraction than to create one.
Adam [00:09:38] Correct.
Bill [00:09:38] So that's why Darden's original protocol tool or Jones two seconds up four seconds down that's why you can heat failure at 10 and if somebody helps you do a couple of more reps you can continue lowering for two or three more you can lift but you can't lift that. That's right. I think that what Darden has done in its last couple of books instead of new wrinkles on old material he's put a lot more attention into manipulating the negative in each book has a little different system. They're all just again they're all just techniques to use and I have really spoken to about about this where I'm sure this comes from the years of experience he has training himself in clients and realizing you can't always add 5 percent to the bar.
Mike [00:10:24] Right.
Bill [00:10:24] If you guys remember and they all super slow tactical manual Hutchins tells the story of training Flanagan in the leg extension machine he would do a strict set they'd add weight keep pushing to feel like keep pushing failure until they are using a phenomenal amount of weight. But he realized the form had had deteriorated. So he backed off the weight until he can get good form again and end up going back to the original weight. And every time he got to a certain point the form broke down. And those guys those guys are pretty instrumental in hit.
[00:10:54] So it's not that they didn't understand the protocol.
Mike [00:10:55] If they hit it if that's diminishing returns and actually like sort of exist like people who are like 80 would they be lifting 4000 pounds right a leg press by the time they were hitting. That's right There's a certain point where you're kind of hitting your head with good form you know hitting that maximum.
Adam [00:11:10] But you know what I like to say and remember I remember this conversation one of our clients came into my office and I was with Mike and she was 60 years old and she's been training with us for like six years right. Even longer. And she said you know Adam I don't know if this is working anymore I haven't really gotten much stronger over the last three years. You know I'm kind of plateaued you know even though she's probably 400 percent stronger than she was when she started. She hasn't increased in the last three years. And I said congratulations.
Bill [00:11:43] That's right. You haven't lost either.
Adam [00:11:45] Right. And if you like and she was like Like what. Like she couldn't believe I answered that way like I didn't take it as a negative thing. I said Congratulations you're 60 years old.
Bill [00:11:54] Hey hey hey hey hey.
Adam [00:11:54] And you are strong for 60 years old and you're a lot stronger than you were. And you know you haven't lost muscle in the last three years as you said just now Bill and she was like huh. Never thought of it that way before.
Bill [00:12:07] Because if you if you don't train normal is to get less dense bones and lose muscle.
Mike [00:12:12] Yeah I think I think what has to for people to understand is to really understand that there is an expectation that if you do not do something you know an exercise program with weight lifting you're going to lose strength over time from 30 on approximately you know.
Bill [00:12:27] That's very nice of you. Maybe a little longer. OK. That's right. I think I think that's. You know most of the books we have on you pop pop books on exercise. Ultimately they're aimed at beginners who can progress dramatically but you can't you can't keep it up indefinitely. I mean you know look at Arnold you see videos of him working out he's using light weights.
Mike [00:12:51] Right.
Bill [00:12:52] So again you have to get the point across. That was and this is where the negatives come in too right. The person comes in they do 10 reps with 50 pounds for four years in a row. They may feel like getting stagnant. We know they're not getting weaker so that's really a great accomplishment. Yeah. So now this is where manipulating the negative comes in play you gonna do 30 second slow lift 10 reps another 30 seconds slow.
Mike [00:13:17] That's the good news with this study that if there really is no difference you do it losing variations to try keep engaged.
Bill [00:13:23] You can play with it just to engage the client because again we're in the people business.
Mike [00:13:27] Right.
Adam [00:13:28] I see I see a negative in the negatives. I just thought of one.
Bill [00:13:31] Well that's eccentric.
Adam [00:13:32] God I just I just thought one.
Adam [00:13:37] As we were saying before you can handle more weight with the negative than you can with the positive. Sometimes people will take a weight that they know they can handle and negative but they can really can handle on the positive and I see a danger there I see. That's good.
Bill [00:13:51] I would agree with you.
Adam [00:13:52] Yeah throwing away weight opt into the positive position and hoping that you can maintain it and control it in a negative position. It's not unnecessary. It's not a risk that I think isn't necessary to take because you know you hear oh negative train negative trainer can handle more. So let's load up all the weight right now and then throw it into the positive position or lifting it up as fast as we can because there's no way I can lift this kind of weight but I can lower it slowly or slow as I can and they try to see how slowly they can they can handle the negative and sometimes they overestimate how much weight they can handle negative and you get really hurt. I can see that happen.
Bill [00:14:28] See and this is the difference between the first book I mentioned which leads you there and Darden's last three books. Darden's a little more methodical in how you do it. That's why he's playing with the time not with the extra weight. In fact I didn't even says start with 80 percent of you the way you used to until you get the hang of the pacing. You know 30 years ago when I wrote about negative training maybe currently now it was with the idea of I can bench press 200 pounds but I can lower 300. And so you know they would make out a pipe seat t handles to put an end to the barbell so your partners could lift the extra heavy barbell up for you as crossed your door. But now by playing with the timing of the negative you're stuck. So for instance if you do 30 seconds down 30 seconds up 30 seconds down. That's a minute. You know one minute you're spending in a negative as opposed to a half actually as right as opposed to forcing seconds in a negative. Now you go back to the positive. You know it would you describe content to play though a conventional barbell squat or barbell bench press because you start you're locked out on both of those exercises. You're locked out.
Adam [00:15:38] With a lot of weight.
Bill [00:15:39] The mechanical easiest part. You start. I got it. You start the lowering. I got it I got it. I don't got it. And now the levers kick in and you are crushed. That's right.
Adam [00:15:49] Reminds me also of the bench put the pullover exercise all over.
Bill [00:15:53] Oh yeah yeah. I mean I know we talk that's another one but I there's a guy in one of the gyms I was working at. Doing a dumbbell pullover lying on his back dumbbell over his shoulders.
Adam [00:16:04] On a bench.
Bill [00:16:05] Over a bench lowers the dumbbell behind his head pulls a back up. He walks up the dumbbell rack takes a 50 pound dumbbell lies down is not too light, puts that weight back comes back with a seventy five pound dumbbell mat like he's saying too light when it's tight it's in the easy position he's lying on he gets a 90 pound dumbbell he got heavy 100 pound lies on his back dumbbell over his shoulder he goes yeah this is right lowers the dumbbell over his head and dislocates both shoulders. Now when I told the story around Darden Darden said why didn't he start from the floor.
Adam [00:16:40] Right.
Bill [00:16:40] As a guy you know why. Because it's never shown that way in pictures in muscle magazines.
Adam [00:16:45] Not only that but you'd have to like you're on a bench so you have to. But you want to start from the floor. You've got to reach all the way back.
Bill [00:16:51] But you would know Darden was right. You would know right away it's too heavy.
Adam [00:16:55] Yes but it's hard to be in that position that's why. Oh it's just dance. That's right. It's that awkward.
Bill [00:16:59] And it's never in the magazines never to take it that way.
Adam [00:17:01] And the thing is though if we were getting back to negatives I mean like negatives have been shown at this point and it makes sense to me because I have never seen any tremendous progress or different progress in all my years training from doing negative only training or working with just negatives or emphasizing negatives. You know again it's a good tool in the toolbox. It's fun to play around with adds a little variety and there's something to that to stay motivated to work out over the years. But but to start getting into these dangerous levels and that's that's the fear I always have. You know the fear I have is you have somebody like a Darden and we have people that have these esoteric conversations about negatives and the benefits of them and the subtle benefits of them and all of a sudden it becomes a fad. All of a sudden you know they take this out of context this negative idea out of context and next you know negatives are the best thing since sliced bread. So uninformed people that are just picking up on it on a trend are starting to always negative only training not understanding you know the dangers that they're going into about this and they're not really realizing that it's just not that much better if at all from conventional training they think it's a magic too and they really start emphasizing this protocol. And again more often than not people are getting hurt or disillusioned at the very least but by all this stuff. And that's why we're doing this podcast I guess.
Bill [00:18:28] I was going to say that's why that's why we work the way we work.
Adam [00:18:31] I just I just wish more people picked up on this and their needs.
Mike [00:18:38] I mean that guy maybe you're the man to do it like I mean a pardon the expression but like for Dummies version of this information.
Adam [00:18:45] I would say has it actually is a good chance a good opportunity to plug his book. Isn't this book that you just handed to me.
Mike [00:18:52] Is it more for our trainers.
Bill [00:18:53] Well that's that's about 6 7 years old now. Yeah. You know I keep I keep lying and feared I go to the bookstore. You know Jillian Michaels or whoever the fitness star of today is going to come up with joint friendly fitness before I get to it and I've been afraid that for five years now and so hasn't happened so I really got to finish it.
Adam [00:19:11] You know what. Because I don't know. I don't think people care. Again exercise the lifestyle. This isn't sexy. You know doing an exercise the right way biomechanically this way and you have to do any of the other ways. I mean so like over right away people's skepticism just kicks in when they say how is it possible that one way of doing a bicep curl one way of doing a chest press one way is not my glutes is enough. And you know so. So as much as the research and the science kind of shows no differences between all these crazy protocols we still in our minds want to believe I guess that that. How is that true it can't be true it just can't be true that all you have to do is these five compound exercises ala Doug McGuff his big five exercises or just a set of push ups and pull ups you know three times a week is enough to keep you strong and flexible. And you know it's too hard to believe. So I don't think you have to worry about what's right. Jillian Michaels stealing is.
Bill [00:20:13] A little dated reference. Now he's gone kind of worked up isn't he.
Adam [00:20:19] Just something. You know one thing sets me off and set me off. No it grinds my gears.
Mike [00:20:26] What Adam?
Adam [00:20:27] Family Guy reference.
Bill [00:20:30] So anyway. So anyway the negative always on the negative train. So part of what I think prompted Darden to look into this was the export equipment which is gonna plug x for US equipment. Now that doesn't matter because it's only it's only in Philadelphia and there's places here in Philadelphia. And what they do is they mechanically tilt the weights stack so that when you lift the weights stack is going on up the incline plane. And then when you lower it the weights X swings up. And now you're loading the full weight of the other.
Adam [00:21:05] So in layman's terms what he just said was this they have these machines now that because we understand that you can lift more weight into positive motion the lifting motion than you can the lowering motion. I mean but I'd like to say I'm sorry. Sorry. Just because you can lift more weight a negative portion versus the lifting portion what this machine actually does is when you lift the weight it's a certain weight. And then when you're coming down it actually increases it by 20 30 percent which is exactly this strength differential between the positive and negative for most muscle groups. So it actually makes naturally the negative harder. So it's a very balanced resistance through a full range of motion. And again it's just a really nice way of working out and getting a more efficient way of working. But it's not it's not something I would necessarily call negative type training it's just compensating for the fact that in our negatives we are stronger. So the weight adjusts for that is no different from the cams on machines that that make the weight lighter during our weak positions and makes a weight heavier in a stronger position.
Mike [00:22:06] Dynamically and making the right appropriate for that for the.
Adam [00:22:10] It's a great concept it's a it's a brilliant machine. I've heard a lot about it you've you've used them and you love them Bill you know but for the cost you know.
Bill [00:22:19] Well if I had access if I had easy access to them I'd use them.
Adam [00:22:23] Sure was a big expense. It's really neat. Yeah.
Mike [00:22:26] They only exist in Philadelphia Florida part of Philadelphia.
Adam [00:22:30] But how much is each machine like 15 grand.
Bill [00:22:33] I think I think it's about you know five times what I spent on Nautilus nitro. So I think I think yeah I think about 15.
Adam [00:22:42] 12 15 grand per machine.
Bill [00:22:45] Yeah.
Adam [00:22:45] So I mean you know if you was a business man as a businessman you were saying yourself you know how do you get your return on your investment I mean New York City here I probably get away with it but most locations probably could not afford a hundred and fifty thousand set up for personal training.
Bill [00:23:02] Well where I am I couldn't raise my rates five times to compensate for the increased cost of the equipment anyway.
Adam [00:23:07] So but but it's a great machine. I felt like I want to go down to Philly and start using a machine that just so experienced that. But you know thing is this it's emphasizing negative so you don't have those machines you lower the weight a little bit and you figure out a way of getting 90 seconds of failure sets and because the negative is not 30 percent heavier each time you do it doesn't mean you can't get a really good workout and get really strong because you don't have a machine that actually makes a negative 30 percent heavier. It's a beautiful thing when you're when you're you know geeks like us and you know and you understand these things and how cool would it be if the negatives automatically got heavier appropriately. But the bottom line is after we geek out for a while we realize you know we can do the same thing with pretty much any weight that that's used correctly. So then I may stop my fantasy and I go back to work.
Bill [00:24:00] And you said it though you geek out for a while it keeps you charged. It keeps you interested in training because after 40 years 30 I suspect Jones was not writing a 1970s thinking Yeah. Fifty years from now people are going to train this way. You know I don't think that was built into the program. Well you know maybe you're saying the same people we're going to train this way his training his way right now. Nineteen seventy five. Twenty twenty. They can be tracked those same guys are gonna be working out well what do you mean.
Adam [00:24:30] But nothing has really changed. I mean he probably didn't think people should be working out the same way 50 years from now because in his mind you know biomechanics is biomechanics until the function of the muscles change over time the way you project size shouldn't change either. So I don't know. I don't get into the head of Martha Jones First of all is already.
Bill [00:24:48] Well to bit more relevant to what we do know. It's a fine line between keeping clients interested with a little novelty and Anything Goes and completely losing your train of thought.
Adam [00:25:01] Then there's a middle ground for sure. Yes. Just because you know like with my routines don't change very often because I know what works for me. And I don't need the variation because and I don't think of working as a lifestyle and I don't get bored I don't care. You know it's me and as I mentioned earlier exercises in the same category as brushing my teeth you know I do it because I have to do it and I do it as efficiently as possible I move on my life. But for those that need more motivation for those that do need variation I'm all for it as somebody runs a business and trains a lot of people. I obviously want to keep their interests and it's more important to keep their interests sometimes and to do a couple inefficient exercises to keep their interest as long as I'm not putting them in harm's way. I'm all for it. You know I'm not above that for sure. So anyway there we have it. Once again these magic ideas that we have about negatives or things like you know there's nothing magical about it. It's just worked out according to most on joint function. There are different variations you could do if things keep things interesting but basically keep things safe as always do it according to muscle and joint function as best as you can. And you know join a book club.
Bill [00:26:10] I can't top that. No you got me.
Adam [00:26:16] We'll end it there.
Mike [00:26:17] Thanks Bill.
Adam [00:26:17] Thanks. As always.
Arlene [00:26:19] This has been the Inform Fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman, for over 20 years. Inform Fitness has been providing clients of all ages with customized personal training designed to build strength fast. Visit Inform Fitness dot com for testimonials blogs and videos on the three pillars exercise nutrition and recovery.
We continue our conversation with Gary Taubes, journalist and author of the bestseller Why We Get Fat. In this episode Gary reveals a pet peeve of his: the establishment still considers Ketogenic and Low Carbohydrate/High Fat (LCHF) diets very unhealthy ways to eat, even though the recent resurgence of those diets has generated scores of clinical trials that appear to support the safety and effectiveness of this way of eating. Exasperated, he wrote an article on the subject, which was published in Canada’s, The Globe and Mail. Gary gets emotional when he relates a story a doctor told him about a patient, newly diagnosed with type-2 diabetes, whose health improved dramatically by following a LCHF diet. We discuss President Clinton’s success on a vegan diet. Gary has a strong response for those who think that such success stories are just anecdotes, not science. We then consider what to do when your doctor tells you to get off the LCHF diet regardless of your success. The episode ends with speculation on whether LCHF diets will ever be endorsed by the American Dietary Association (ADA) and the American Heart Association (AHA). http://garytaubes.com/
Gary’s books:
http://garytaubes.com/works/books/good-calories-bad-calories/
http://garytaubes.com/works/books/why-we-get-fat/
http://garytaubes.com/works/books/the-case-against-sugar-2016/
Gary’s Globe And Mail article:
https://www.theglobeandmail.com/opinion/minimal-carbs-lots-of-fat-incredible-results-but-no-science/article37402123/
Adam Zickerman – Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution:
http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
For a FREE 20-Minute strength training full-body workout & to find a location nearest you:
http://bit.ly/Podcast_FreeWorkout
Inform_Taubes 2_June 11 Transcript
Arlene [00:00:01] The Inform Fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman and co-host Mike Rogers is a presentation of Inform Fitness studios, a small family of personal training facilities specializing in safe efficient high intensity strength training. On our bi monthly podcast Adam and Mike discuss the latest findings in the areas of exercise nutrition and recovery with leading experts and scientists. We aim to debunk the popular misconceptions and the urban myths that are so prevalent in the fields of health and fitness. And to replace those sacred cows with scientific based up to the minute information on a variety of subjects. We'll cover exercise protocols and techniques nutrition sleep recovery the role of genetics in the response to exercise and much more.
Arlene [00:00:59] On this episode Why We Get Fat. Part two. We welcome back national best selling author Gary Taubess.
Gary [00:01:06] If it's a physician who is overweight. I say Why don't you try it yourself. An experiment. Not going to kill you to go without carbs for two months. You know if at the end of two months you haven't don't feel healthier you haven't lost weight your blood pressure hasn't come down your waist size hasn't gotten smaller. Go back to eating potato chips.
Adam [00:01:27] Well we're back with Gary Taubes. He is the co-founder of Nutrition Science Initiative and author of The Case Against sugar Why We Get Fat and the tome Good Calories Bad Calories. And I'm here again with Mike Rogers and Neil Holland to continue our conversation. I would like to talk about a recent article that you wrote in Canada's The Globe and Mail. You make so many good points and I hope we get to cover most of them. And we'll put a link to it in our show notes. Totally worth the read. And correct me if I'm wrong Gary but I believe it's a response to the recent resurgence in popularity of the low carbohydrate high fat diets particularly the ketogenic diet. Or like we mentioned in the last episode Keto for short and while you admit that much more research needs to be done you take exception to calling Ketogenic Diets a fad, correct?.
Gary [00:02:17] Well yeah. Well again the reason I wrote that is there's this dichotomy that emerge. So when I look back I got into this right around the year 2000 and since then when I first started doing this research there were I figured there are maybe a dozen physicians in America who were pushing low carb high fat ketogenic diet you know and half of them had written books about them. So you know you had. The Atkins and they the Eades Mike and Mary Nan Eades and the sugar Buster people and at the time if you want to lose weight they accepted the idea was you had to eat less basically that you had to eat a calorie restricted diet maybe cut 500 calories or a thousand calories day. And it had to be a low fat diet and these ketogenic diet would kill people you know Atkins was a quack and he was a con man and a shyster and that's it. So now you come 19 years or 18 years into the future and we've now got thousands maybe a few tens of thousands of physicians around the world who have decided like you guys that these low carb high fat ketogenic diet just make their patients healthier. So if you can get people with obesity and diabetes who eat this way it's a way of eating the short term diet. You can put their obesity in remission and then one way to think about it you get significant weight loss you can put their diabetes in remission and get them out their diabetes drugs and their hypertension drugs and they have chronic pain that tends to get better and. A few years ago 2017 there was a letter to the Huffington Post co-authored by a hundred plus physicians in Canada saying look. Not only do we. Low carb high fat ketogenic diet. But that's what we prescribe our patients. We see these remarkable results and we can't unsee them. That's a phrase these Canadians like Can't unsee what we're seeing and we're not changing we're not going back to the you know we were we used to eat the conventional diets are the healthy conventional healthy way of eating our patients. Did you know some of us were vegetarians and most were vegan some of them were world class athletes and they were getting fatter or they were getting diabetic they had become pre diabetic anyway and when they shifted to this low carb high fat Atkins like eating they got healthy and when they prescribed it to their patients and then the flip side is you still have organizations like every year U.S. News and World Report has a committee of you know quote expert nutritionists and authorities who decide on what the healthiest diets are. And they always say the same thing. And the low carb high fat ketogenic diet come in the least healthy diets imaginable. I think they included 39 or 40 diet and these ketogenic diet were 35 to 40 and really basing a they're basing it on the assessment of the expert and the experts are the people who for the last 50 years have been telling us we should eat less and not too much and mostly plans you know a Mediterranean diet all the things we've been doing and getting fatter anyway doing so. I wanted to sort of explore this conflict. And. You've got physicians more and more every year saying if I can get my patients to eat this way I can get them healthy. Get them off their drugs.
Adam [00:05:55] You quoted one doctor saying you know maybe it's not that my patients aren't listening to my old advice. Maybe my advice stinks or has in the past.
Gary [00:06:04] Well this is one of the problems with people like us is we can sound like zealots. So you. Spend your whole life getting fatter and you try everything and you're dieting all the time and then tell me try this low carb high fat thing and your excess weight goes away or you're diabetic which is great you've got your physician who's got a patient who the Type 2 diabetes let me tell you the story I tell in this article which resonated with me and I'll see if I could tell it without tearing up. This was by a physician associate professor at the in Virginia and she gets a call one day from our client an endocrinologist who says look I got a patient in my office. She's 24 years old. She thought she was healthy and I just diagnosed with Type 2 diabetes and her hemoglobin A1 C is over 10 which means when hemoglobin A1 C you guys you know as a measure of blood sugar control and under six, under five and a half is considered healthy over 10, you are supposed to start the patient on insulin. So she's got this woman sitting in her office who she's supposed to start on insulin doesn't even know that she was sick. And she calls this Dr. Sue over and she says who can you help or who's got a six month waiting list to get into a practice. But she says Send her over. Tell her I'll see you tomorrow morning and the next morning this woman comes in and Sue explains to her how do you eat a low carb high fat Ketogenic diet. What do you have to do which is just don't eat carbs and replace it with fat. And says I've got a course that starting on. Yeah you come to the course that I teach every Thursday evening will teach you how to pick foods how to cook and all this stuff. But by even Thursday the woman has already started. And then Sue tells me. Let's flash forward three months later she just came in a few weeks ago for her three month checkup. She's lost 30 pounds. Her hemoglobin A1 C is down below 6. She's no longer diabetic and she says I tell her this and she's crying and I'm crying and I call the endrocronologist. Who comes over and she's crying and Sue is telling me this. Because you've got to see that I've given this woman her life back instead of managing a chronic disease for entire life which is what this you know what doctors do with type 2 diabetics. Do you know that routine some managing drugs and increasing insulin doses until they eventually die from the the side effects of the disease. Instead she's healthy. Sue says I feel like I've cured cancer.
Adam [00:08:45] Right so in a sense she did.
Gary [00:08:48] Yeah I mean it's it's how can you stop these people from being zealous and passionate about this. And then when I told you in our previous episode I interviewed over 100 doctors for my my next book or it's about 90 physicians some dietitians. There was a dentist few exercise physiologist chiropractors on a lot of these people said it's like medicine is one form. I don't go into medicine to manage disease. To manage chronic disease I wanted to medicine to make people healthier and now I can do it.
Adam [00:09:21] So what do you say when they hear your story your personal story with Atkins and even hear the story that you just told I mean they still say well that's great but it's still anecdotal.
Gary [00:09:31] Oh it's anecdotal and yeah it's an anecdote. What more can you make of it. And it depends who the person is. So if a physician is saying that's great it's just an anecdote. Then my response is OK it is an anecdote but there are. Hundreds of thousands of them out there. And what I would want you to do is next time you know your waiting room. Everyone's waiting rooms are getting more and more crowded with patients with obesity and Type 2 diabetes and hypertension metabolic syndrome it's called when these patients come in why don't you try this and see if this anecdote can be reproduced in your patient population if it's a physician who is overweight. I said Why don't you try it yourself as an experiment. It's not going to kill you to go without carbs for two months. You know if at the end of two months you haven't don't feel healthier you haven't lost weight your blood pressure hasn't come down your waist size hasn't gotten smaller. Go back to eating potato chips. I don't care but try it. And that's the message how do you get people to try it. Because again 20 years ago the assumption was if you did it you'd drop dead the next day. And when I wrote this New York Times magazine article about it I am said the end they described sitting in my local diner in New York which of course has since closed which one of the reasons we moved to Oakland. I love this place. I had breakfast there every morning in my life you know greasy eggs bacon sausage hold the potatoes hold the toast and I would look at the eggs and bacon and wonder how it's going to kill me. Clearly it's going to kill me. That's what we had been taught. And now at least 20 years later people accept that it's not. And so you could try and see what happens. See how you feel.
Adam [00:11:17] So given those anecdotal evidence then why do we even bought why we bother with studies almost like it's like obvious right that this works. So what do what do we need studies for.
Gary [00:11:27] OK. So that's the interesting thing because people say well there aren't long terms and you don't need a study to find out if you lose weight effortlessly on a diet. OK. So that you don't need. I could go on Atkins I could become vegan tomorrow and if I feel better. Great. Well you know that's I don't care what a study shows. Could I have I have tinnitus for instance my ears head buzzes All day long and if I were to become a vegan and the tinnitus went away that would be such a blessing that I would probably stay a vegan. By the way I had tinnitus before I tried Atkins so I don't have to link the two on. You know I think I had a symptom and you're gonna diet and the symptom goes away then X stick with the diet would you need to clinical trial for us to know one whether there's a better diet. So maybe I go vegan and my tinnitus gets a little better but if I went to go lactose vegetarian and added eggs and dairy to the vegan diet I would. The clinical trial would show that the tinnitus might get even better still so now I have a motivation to try it. Over lack lactose vegetarian diet the other thing you need clinical trials for is long term harm. Maybe this diet is going to kill us eventually maybe. And there are a couple ways to think about this. And I'll tell you my favorite I have a lot of acquaintances now in the world to one of them was a woman who on her Instagram account pointed out she'd lost she was 380 she went on the ketogenic diet she lost 150 pounds. And a friend started worrying that bacon would kill her. So they never cared about what I ate when I weighed 380. But now that I've lost hundred and fifty pounds are saying the bacon is going to kill me. Yeah it's hard to believe that she's not healthier at 230 with bacon than healthier at 380 with out but you could do clinical trials to find that out. Maybe there's something about eating bacon that she's going to chug along at 230 perfectly happy for 10 years and then our hearts gonna going to blow up whereas she might have lasted 30 years at 380 without bacon in clinical trials can give you a probabilistic estimate of whether that's going to happen.
Mike [00:13:42] I thought I was just thinking about like anecdotes and stuff like that and like for example like Bill Clinton a few years ago he read the China study I think and became a vegan and all of his health markers improved. And I say I'd like a guy that works for him then why. That's good. You know that it seems like something that doesn't really make sense for me and I don't have any desire to do that. I don't have any problems like he had before but I thought it was you know when people sort of look at examples like that I kind of like you know invite them to try it and see if it actually works out for them.
Gary [00:14:18] Well that's the thing in tone right. There was a period when this Netflix film what the health came down to what the health is vegan or vegetarian propaganda and it's compelling. If you don't know anything about the science and you watch this show you're likely to want to become vegan for your health not for ethical reasons but because you think it's the heathiest way to eat. And so I had doctors say to me What should I what do you think I should say to my patients coming in and who say I want to go vegan and I should just let them. You know it was fine just tell him let's let's do a you know a comprehensive panel of tests to see what your baseline health is. Because if you go vegan and you get less healthy then it's probably not the way to eat. And if you go vegan and you get healthier and you're happy that way that's fine. But then you would need the clinical trial to tell you is it healthier to go vegan or to go you know what else CHF ketogenic that the clinical trial could give you that information. It's interesting about Clinton because he did get healthier. You also always have to ask when people go me a vegetarian dislike when they go low carb high fat they give up a lot of the crap in their diet and the food like substances so they stop drinking beer and sodas and eating desserts and sweets and then somebody might say I go vegan and that means they also stop eating Cocoa Krispies for breakfast and instead ate, I don't know, a kale smoothie. So there are a lot of things to change and they feel healthier but you know it's because they gave up meat and as you notice as Clinton went along. He started to not look so good as a tremble in his hands.
Adam [00:15:59] Yeah, he looked a little guant.
Gary [00:16:02] I mean that being the spouse of a presidential candidate probably is exhausting so I can't swear I wouldn't look better and then I think I'm pretty sure he's not a vegan now.
Neil [00:16:16] Yeah, I'm pretty sure he gave that up.
Gary [00:16:17] Yeah. And that's the thing. So you try the diet and you might feel better in the first three months and then you find after a year you're not feeling so good. Then ideally you will try something else. One of the arguments I wanted to make in this Globe and Mail article one of the arguments I make in my new book is you know if we're we have some kind of chronic ailment whether it's excess fat or diabetes or hypertension or chronic pain or anything it makes sense to do these experiments and if somebody comes up to you and says You know I gave up carbs and my chronic pain went away and you've got a chronic pain problem I'd try giving up carbs and seeing if it works and if it does then you could decide if it's worth if you miss. The Donut beer chronic pain trade off. Maybe you miss donuts so much you're willing to live with the pain. I don't know but it makes sense to do these experiments because the medical community clearly has stopped helping us after awhile on these things.
Neil [00:17:20] Hey Gary I have a question. This kind of all has me thinking about the idea of how do you convince people they're skeptical despite seeing all these results. You know personally I remember I had a client once who was diabetic on the meds and I advised they they adhere to a low carb high fat diet. They lost like 80 pounds. They went into the doctor that their doctor was like This is wonderful we can get you off the meds what have you been doing. You know that person said what they'd been doing the doctor was like absolutely not you should be eating a couple of slices of whole wheat bread a day a sweet potato. He was concerned about Keto acidosis and so I put all this information studies together sent it to the doctor. Doctor refused to get on the phone with me but conveyed to the client your trainer is not incorrect. However I still want you to do what I said. So I'm just curious what you would say to people that you know it's hard to find a doctor that is going to it's going to be on board with this kind of stuff. And you know here we are trying to advise them.
Adam [00:18:28] Not as not as hard as it was 20 years ago, right Gary?.
Gary [00:18:31] I think so when it's getting easier and funny again and in my book I do have sort of steps the new book steps to go through the transition to this way of eating and the first step is find an informed doctor. And if you can't if you're a physician where we read at least one book on this subject then find another doctor. It's just you've got the wrong doctor anyway if they're that close minded. Yeah it's a problem. I mean it happens less and less what you're describing. I think more and more people become are they're having their minds open to the fact that this is a relatively you know the kind they're. Probably over 100 clinical trials suggesting this is a healthier way to eat than any other. So at the very least you know you say look why don't you tell your patient your physician might freak out especially like the LDL cholesterol goes up which often happens on these diets. So I mean it's fascinating. There's a company in San Francisco called Berta health which is putting type 2 diabetics on nutritional ketosis so basically ketogenic diet with health coaches and telemedicine physicians always on the other side of a telephone to help and their results they've now had patients who have been following for 2 years and they have 24 markers of cardiovascular risk and diabetes risk and twenty three of them get better. On this diet, one of them, LDL cholesterol gets worse which is God's joke because if physicians have been trained to think LDL cholesterol is the be all and end all heart health and so human health. You've got to convince your clients look this is what your physician might say and if he does say that then the client should say look I'm clearly healthier than I was. Can we just let me keep doing what we were doing and maybe we can just keep running tests and following my health status. And if something should go awry we can jump on it even if all LDL goes up and always put him on a low dose statin. I'm not a fan but they're cheap and other than that I'd just say get another doc... We can find a doctor in every state. There are 10 doctors in every state who are now informed about the health benefits of eating this way.
Adam [00:20:52] Do you think this controversy will end. I mean once and for all do you think the food pyramid will completely change to 2 DLC using American. In other words will the ACA finally say this is the way we should be eating the way they've been so staunch about the food pyramid all these for the last 60 years.
Gary [00:21:09] No I don't think the controvery will ever end. I think at some point they will say I mean at different levels of controversy. So they're already saying. Refined grains and sugar is funny. 20 years ago a healthy diet was defined by being a low fat low salt diet. Today they'll say it. You know it's got no sugars and no white bread. So they're moving in the right direction. They'll probably accept that these diets as they already will say that these diets can be used for a year because that's all of the clinical trials we have for weight loss or diabetes control and I think they'll move in that direction the USDA will probably take longer to get there because saying people should need a low carb diet is like saying people should not eat many of the food products that are agricultural industry creates and the U.S. Department of Agriculture is the supposed to support those agricultural industries. That's partially what they do. So it's hard for them to ever go there. I think we'll get to the point that some of these things already you hear people saying oh no one ever said it was only about calories in calories out. You know what it's like.
Mike [00:22:24] Gary how much does that. You mentioned the Cochrane Collaboration in your article and how you know basically what they've been able to find in regards to the biases and stuff but I really love in your article how you said Put simply if this were a legal case saturated fat would be easily acquitted. And I thought that was very interesting. But my my question is kind of about like aren't doctors aren't these organizations I mean is that does that have credibility with them t the Cochrane Collaboration. And why aren't they looking at that.
Gary [00:23:01] I guess the answer is no they don't really pay attention. An organization like the American Heart Association which will review these guidelines every five years will put together a committee of learned experts and the learned experts who are senior figures in the field and these senior figures in the field who have created in effect the conventional wisdom more they've been heralded the conventional wisdom and reinforced it. And then those experts will put together a committee of people they respect and the people they respect. This is true of all of us are people who think just like they do. This is sort of classic group thing phenomena. So these for the most part these organizations will just keep recapitulating what they've always said and it doesn't matter what anyone else says if somebody like the Cochrane Collaboration comes in and even the Cochrane thing I picked and chose what I want out of there. Abstract at the end of the abstract so they say there's no real evidence that saturated fat raises causes heart attacks and there's even less evidence that saturated fat will shorten your life. But there's some evidence and therefore maybe if these studies were done better we would have more evidence and so maybe people should limit saturated fat. And when I hear things like maybe people should limit saturated fat that also means the fact that maybe they shouldn't. And we don't know. So what if somebody like you know one of these dogma tests and the saturated fat world good read that Cochrane collaboration they would point to one sentence and I would point to another. What happens in these worlds is you know we all do and we all select the evidence we like that agrees with us.
Adam [00:24:51] Confirmation bias I think the call that.
Gary [00:24:53] Confirmation. We all do it. You can't escape it. So I mean we try a good scientist tries to escape it but it's difficult. So they'll point out that the glass is half empty and they'll point out that it's half full and I'll point out that it's half empty and then because it's half empty I think we could always butter and bacon. And I hope I'm right and because it's half full they say none of us should eat butter and bacon and they know they're right.
Adam [00:25:21] Well thanks Gary. Always as always is very insightful. Thank you for joining us. We appreciate it very much.
Gary [00:25:27] It was a real pleasure. Thanks guys.
Adam [00:25:29] Hopefully you'll come back on when the new book comes out. I'll be great.
Gary [00:25:32] I would love to. I would love to.
Arlene [00:25:34] This has been the Inform Fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman. For over 20 years Inform Fitness has been providing clients of all ages with customized personal training designed to build strength fast. Visit Inform Fitness dot com for testimonials blogs and videos on the three pillars exercise nutrition and recovery.
Biomechanics expert Bill DeSimone is back by popular demand for the 3rd time! In this episode, a deep look and discussion into the latest internet sensation—the barbell hip-thrust and related movements. What is a barbell hip-thrust? What are the benefits? Does it work as advertised? Is it worth the risk?
DeSimone, together with Adam and Mike go on to offer critical insight into potentially better alternatives, answer the most commonly asked questions, and moreover, remind us that not all exercises are created equal and each needs to be analyzed objectively for safety and efficacy. Listen and learn how we set apart the popular exercise crazes from those worth doing
BodyBuilding.com – Barbell Hip Thrust
https://www.bodybuilding.com/exercises/barbell-hip-thrust
Bill DeSimone Website
Optimalexercisenj.com
Bill DeSimone - Congruent Exercise
https://www.facebook.com/CongruentExercise
Adam Zickerman – Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution:
http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
For a FREE 20-Minute strength training full-body workout & to find a location nearest you:
http://bit.ly/Podcast_FreeWorkout
Inform_DeSimone 1_May 23 Transcript
Arlene [00:00:01] The Inform Fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman and co-host Mike Rogers is a presentation of informed fitness studios a small family of personal training facilities specializing in safe efficient high intensity strength training. On our bi monthly podcast Adam and Mike discuss the latest findings in the areas of exercise nutrition and recovery with leading experts and scientists. We aim to debunk the popular misconceptions and the urban myths that are so prevalent in the fields of health and fitness. And to replace those sacred cows with scientific based up to the minute information on a variety of subjects. We'll cover exercise protocols and techniques nutrition sleep recovery the role of genetics in the response to exercise and much more.
Adam [00:00:53] Greetings everybody. This is Adam Zickerman. Just wanted to let you know that we're going to be talking about for this episode an exercise called the barbell hip thrust and we're also going to be talking about related exercises such as the glute bridge. If you're not familiar with these exercises I recommend you going to our show notes and clicking on the link there to see what these exercises look like. You'll have a better idea of what we're talking about as we discuss this. Enjoy the show and thanks for listening.
Arlene [00:01:31] On this episode the barbell hip thrust and other exercise crazes. We welcome back biomechanics expert Bill DeSimone.
Bill [00:01:41] People's glutes burn and they get pumped up and clients may find that gratifying and you feel muscle get pumped. And again as a trainer with experience sometimes you do want to do something that registers on the client whether it has a kind of long term result or not because really the secret to a good butt is to be born with it then have the trainer take credit for it that's really the secret.
Adam [00:02:04] Bill DeSimone is a personal trainer specializing in joint friendly fitness as he likes to say he has over 30 years experience. Is a A certified health coach an orthopedic exercise specialist and he has his own studio called Optimal Exercise in Cranberry New Jersey. Where is that? His book Congruent Exercise which is basically my Bible subtitled How to make weight training easier on your joints is available in print and on Kindle. Joint friendly fitness emphasizes protecting your joints and spine as you get into shape and it applies material from anatomy biomechanics and rehabilitation to fitness goals. The result is you get more fit toned and flexible without the injuries associated with the more extreme approaches.
[00:02:51] Now Bill and I go back quite a while. How many years I don't know anymore. And I have to say and you know I don't really kiss your butt too often. But I have to say you really have changed my whole approach to exercise. When I read your material for the first time I mean I always knew that exercise had to think about safety but you really gave me the ins and outs of that. It wasn't just surface talk it was it was deep learning on on biomechanics that that I. I cannot look at a machine now without those numbers going through my head and levers and and strength curves. It's great. And the best part about is you've broken it down for somebody that doesn't have a degree in mechanical mechanics mechanical engineering and you able to just have the typical layperson actually understand this stuff. So kudos to you and that's why I have you on the show.
Mike [00:03:49] All the trainers feel that way and like not to kiss your butt also, Bill... We always learn something from you every time we have a conversation. I was very happy to have you back.
Bill [00:04:02] Well thanks. So injuring myself didn't go for nothing.
Adam [00:04:05] Exactly. So today we're gonna talk about something that's a kind of a pet peeve of yours and you actually asked me to talk about this with you. So I'm all for it because it's true. And what we're gonna be talking about is the barbell hip thrust or. And also glute bridges and something called a machine based glute bridge called the glute drive station. I think by Nautilus and companies is like that. So we're talking about the efficacy of basically glute bridges what they do for you. The barbell hip thrust so apparently the last dozen or so years the barbell hip thrust has become an Internet favorite. You have videos of attractive young ladies in skin tight clothes thrusting a barbell and it's really almost become a cliche on an Instagram more recently right Bill the Hollywood superheroes and really you see a lot of these barbell thrusts being done by NFL players. So let me ask you a question are we as trainers. In facilities such as ours where safety is of utmost importance though are we shortchanging our clients by not jumping on or shall I say thrusting on the bandwagon. Are we as trains passing of a passing up on some magical benefits by not you know dry humping a barbell.
Bill [00:05:29] So the short answer is no we're not missing anything. Okay. And what what set me off was a video of the Nautilus glute drive station which apparently came out in the spring of last year. Popped up on my LinkedIn feed and I saw all the fawning comments about it. I kind of snapped. So if you're determined to do this exercise the glute drive station is marginally safer than using a barbell for it.
Adam [00:06:03] All right. First of all I want to describe what a barbell hip thrust actually is and what it's for.
Bill [00:06:09] Well so what it looks like is the exerciser has a shoulder blades on a bench. Their feet are on the floor with the knees and their hips bent. And there's a barbell lying across the front of their hips and then you would push the barbell up vertically theoretically with your glutes extending the hip and the the the pitch for this. The tout is that's gonna give you a better butt it's going to leave lower back problems fix your knees help you run faster decrease the likelihood of hamstring injuries help you leave tall buildings in a single bound,.
Adam [00:06:46] So none of this is true?
Bill [00:06:47] You may have done that they may have gotten a bit carried away with the benefits.
Mike [00:06:51] The picture I think I get the end position is like you're in a virtual like bridge position like when you're in the top position.
Bill [00:06:56] Right. Exactly. So so your your straight you're going from where you're sitting on the ground with your shoulder blades on top of a bench and then you push it hopefully straight up and yes you'd be like you'd call it a bridge position.
Mike [00:07:12] Describe to the listener so they can understand what the final position is all that right.
Bill [00:07:17] So the first problem with the using a barbell for this is that if you don't prop the bench up against the power rack or against something that's not going to move when you get into position. You have a good chance of tipping the ball. The bench over. Now you land on your back and on your head on the metal bench with with the barbell I've no idea. Yeah but don't forget that part. Now I notice in like one of the early journal articles promoting this exercise in the picture the bench is propped up against a power rack. But they don't mention that in the text. So you can easily see somebody's well-meaning person trying to do the current exercise just using a bench and just to get in position tipping it over and messing themselves up.
Adam [00:08:06] Well obviously you know you don't want that to happen you know. But let's let's assume that somebody is reminded to prop it up against the wall so it doesn't slide out from under them and kill them assuming that they can do the actual hips thrust with a barbell across their lap without that happening. I have a funny feeling that you're going to tell me that there are other problems with the exercise in general. Aside from those external risks like what other risks are associated with putting barbell across your lap with a lot of weight on it and thrusting your hips up in the air like that.
Bill [00:08:43] So here's what the biggest promoter of this exercise wrote about it. It's of utmost importance to ensure that the spine and pelvis stay in relatively neutral positions and the extension movement comes from the hips not from the Lambo pelvic region. Slight arch in the low back is fine but excessive lumbar hyper extension can predispose the posterior elements of the spine to injury and increase this defamation and spinal loading.
Adam [00:09:08] And he also that's it?
Bill [00:09:10] And he also wrote for maximum...
Adam [00:09:11] That's all you have to do right?
Bill [00:09:13] For maximum safety the head and neck should track accordingly to remain in alignment with the spine.
Adam [00:09:18] Oh there was more.
Bill [00:09:19] Yeah yeah. So now this is from the guy who likes the exercise you know for me as somebody who's trained clients for over 30 years and trained myself for almost 40 something I will do this sexy shot anyway. Yeah. Congratulations anyway. Now with my experience the difference between hip extension which would be a straight line between your torso your hip and your thigh. And a slight arch in the lower back. And an excessive arch in a lower back. Trying to draw that distinction is a pretty big ask not only if you are trying to coach a client in it but if you are the person doing the exercise you really can't see we are in space and if you have a barbell on your lap and you're really pushing up hard you're really not able to to find that exact that exact position right.
Adam [00:10:17] You gave me a quote from another, I think some other strength coach right?.
Bill [00:10:23] Well yeah. Yeah. The other. Now there's other. Sports conditioning coach his line. Who's who's down on it. His line was by using maximal weight. Athletes try to put more force into the bar which can result in hyper extension of the back spine as processes compressing on each other possible disc protrusion through repeated hyper extension and weighted posterior tilt at the bottom could also cause spinal problems and ligament laxity. So that may be one phenomenal exercise to really take these chances with somebody else's back.
Mike [00:10:55] Did you say he was down on it or down with it?
Bill [00:10:57] No no he was that he was he was he was anti.. Now I know getting down on it. The name of his it down the name of his article which granted wasn't academic was the heavy hip thrust is ruining our backs and this industry a little on the nose. But his experience is what it was in dealing with athletes and their chiropractors and their physical therapists all of whom were trying to do this heavy barbell hip thrust.
Mike [00:11:22] Let me ask you Bill. Let's see if you take the book the barbell off completely and just do the exercise on its own. So how so..
Adam [00:11:31] Now we're talking a glute Bridge.
Bill [00:11:34] No a hip thrust with just your body weight a non weighted hip thrust. What I mean obviously you have a better chance it sort of maybe having a little bit more attention to your alignment up your back a little bit because you're not worried about all that other kind of stuff. How safe or unsafe is just the movement of doing a hip thrust without it being weighted.
Adam [00:11:53] And if it is safe what are the benefits.
Bill [00:11:54] It's really two different exercises. And I think.
Adam [00:11:59] What the barbell hip thrust?
Bill [00:12:01] The barbell hip thrust and the classic glute bridge right. Because I think what they did was take the glute bridge from physical therapy and decide they're about to improve it by adding a barbell to it.
Mike [00:12:11] Why not. Right.
Bill [00:12:12] Right. So so in physical therapy it's done in the context of lower back health. So one of the the approaches out there not mine but Stuart McGill and physical therapists is this idea of glute amnesia. So for whatever reason someone's glutes stop firing. So for instance if you notice people who look at a phone or tablet all day and their head is down and they're sitting all the sitting all day when they go to the floor to pick something up they don't keep their backs straight bend their butt and then lift with their legs and their butt muscles. They tend to crumple to the floor and like anything else if you don't use it you'll lose it. And so then they becomes habitual to not use the glutes to stand up.
Adam [00:13:01] So this is the glute bridge and an answer to that.
Bill [00:13:03] So so so that creates the glute amnesia and what they do in physical therapy in this case is they try to isolate the glutes just to get it working again. So they may start with the clamshell exercise which is sort of like hip abduction because they know other muscles can help you do that.
Adam [00:13:21] Hold On clamshell when you're laying on your side. And ways putting pressure on your legs and you're trying to separate your legs.
Bill [00:13:26] You're lying on your side knees bent your opening against the right now trying is so similar to the hip abductor machine that we used the Nautilus and medic station. So the next step after that would be the glute bridge. And so what they do is you lying on your back knees are bent. Heels abide by your butt but and this is the key thing here. You tighten your abs because we don't tighten your abs when you push up you run the risk of the muscles around the spine or arching to try to help with the hip extension. But if you tighten your abs they're not going to try to arch and tight abs are going to keep you from hip extension or the other thing you do is you hold a yardstick between the person's a shoulder a rib cage and their knees. And when they fill the gap to the yardstick they may have that they might be a little bit of margin of error that they could go but generally is your least preventing them. The whole point to go into that forest hyper extension interesting hyper extension if you do it say over a bozo over a ball or just in general. You have support underneath. Well it's not hyper extension is the problem forced hyper extension is a problem. So somebody in a bench press who's arching their back or somebody who's doing an overhead press an arching their back so they're lifting so heavy and constantly and pushing the weight and that way their spine is it's when you force hyper extension that the litany of back problems can come up.
Mike [00:14:58] What about real quick while doing they the medics or the Nautilus hip abduction machine sometimes you know when you're extending outward that actually it seems like that happens a lot with clients.
Bill [00:15:11] So. So what I noticed also is early in the set your glutes can overpower the weight stack goods pull on your legs the weight stack separates as you get fatigued and now the weight stack is moving slower. If you insist on pushing with your glutes instead of pulling your your thighs towards your hips it's going to pull your hips towards your thighs and now you're forcing that hyper extension again on the lower back. So how I've been coaching it is towards the end of the set when I see that start to happen. That's when I tell the person to tighten up their abs. I had a Nautilus nitro where your feet are in like rungs at the bottom. I also have them dig in. So they're pushing into the rungs. So between the tight abs and pushing into the rungs they're holding their pelvis in place. Now what will happen is your glutes will burn out quicker that way. So your count will be lower or your your TL will be lower but the extra effort that continuing with your spine flopping you got to weigh whether the benefits that are going to outweigh the extra wear and tear of the forced hyper extension of your spine.
Mike [00:16:27] That was the one exercise I've like been a little lenient on. Forced extension like everything else been like a Nazi about it like this only when I forced abduction while extension as a result of doing the analogy. Exactly. That's why I'm.
Bill [00:16:45] Well again if you see the person's going to have at the end of the set. Yeah. Well if you put too much weight on Barry right. And since the hip muscles can't overpower the weight stack as easily if you keep pushing it's gonna pull your pelvis right towards the front forcing that hyper extension right. I think what you do is.
Mike [00:17:03] You we shouldn't be liberal with that.
Bill [00:17:05] No I will keep that. No I would. You see that happen now. Time to tighten their abs. Right. And they still can't do it. They're done. If the person really wants to extend the set I wouldn't like the way lower the weight or do a forced rep or do something that allows them to protect their lower back. Because part of why you're doing a hip abduction is to get the lower body some exercise without jeopardizing their back. Right. Otherwise you'd be doing side barbell squats or some silly. Yeah but if you're doing the machine and the back is going into the position you don't want to go in what you've kind of defeat the purpose.
Mike [00:17:37] Right. So going back to the glute bridge or the hip thrust without without barbell without the barbell. So basically if you could stay mindful keeping a neutral spine not going into any forced extension is it a good exercise on its own.
Bill [00:17:52] See I still don't think the biomechanics work as advertised. You know not to get terribly weedy here but the joint angle. I just happen to have this memorized that the joint tank of a pig Muscle talk of hip extension 70 degrees of hip flexion. So in other words again we do not to get too weedy or I memorize it or prepared before I came here. So in other words at about a quarter squat level so not parallel and not rock bottom but quarter squat. That's where your hip extension that's where your strongest bio mechanically just from the sliding filament theory from how the internal moment arms work the further away you get from that you get proportionately weaker in something like a leg press or a squad or a conventional deadlift. The exercise mechanically hardest at about that angle and as you get away from that angle the exercise gets mechanically easier.
Adam [00:18:45] Which is a good thing is congruent.
Bill [00:18:47] It matches. It matters. It's a built in camp. It pretty much matches the torque curve right.
Adam [00:18:54] For those of you who don't have any clue what we're saying right now this is just a good thing. Leg presses, dead lifts in general and squats are bio mechanically correct and not putting certain they've done right or not.
Mike [00:19:08] You say it's 70 degrees at the hip you said for maximum torque, is that what you said before?
Bill [00:19:13] 70 degrees of hip flexion. So in other words straight full hip extension straight line between the thighs The thighs hip torso that zero hip flexion so seventy degrees of hip flexion is where they strongest right. You know all of the things about squats and deadlifts aside the sticking point now is exercise approximates where that strong angle is and it gets easier as you approach lockout when you go to lockout like press or squat. It gets easier but your muscles are getting weaker so that's fine. That matches is a very efficient exercise right. In the glute bridge. You start at about that strong drink angle and you're simply lifting out of that strong joint angle into the weaker joint angle. That's where the challenge comes from. Because even with a barbell on your lap there's no lever created for the hips to work against. Right. The barbell is right over the hip joint. It's the equivalent of standing in the center of a seesaw. Right there's no lever so the glute bridge is only difficult because you've taken the muscle from a strong joint angle to a weak joint angle. It's not the same as saying don't do it though because again one of the touts for this thing is that people's glutes burn and they get pumped up and clients may find that gratifying you know you feel muscle get pumped. And again as a trainer with experience sometimes you do want to do something that registers on the client that gets their attention. So it feels a workout feels a little different whether it has any kind of long term result or not because really the secret to good butt is to be born with it then have the trainer take credit for it. That's really the secret. So again I context what I would do if you wanted to use it I would I would consider doing say the hip abduction first that addresses the glutes appropriately right go to like a light press or a squat again is gonna challenge the glutes where they're strongest. And now that they're fatigued now I would go into the physical therapy style glute bridge because now with no extra weight they're already fatigued. You're gonna feel it a lot quicker than if you did it fresh right. Yeah I guess.
Adam [00:21:21] Is it good for the lower back?
Bill [00:21:22] It's good in the context that if the glutes are working they take the brunt of lifting something off the floor. So the cliche is lift with your legs not your back. So you pick something off the floor your back muscles hold your back posture, you bend at the knees and the hips and your glutes and your quads lift the object while your back is protecting itself. Is it good for your back? If that's a problem right. If your glutes. If you have glute amnesia and so your lower back is taking more of the strain of standing upright or lifting something. Then yes it's good for your lower back. So you could include it almost like as an insurance policy just to make sure because I don't really know physically what my clients are doing outside the gym.
Mike [00:22:08] Do you do you I mean before I wasn't sure if you believed in glute amnesia by the way you said it before. Is that is that I mean is that real?
Bill [00:22:16] I believe physical therapists think it's real. And people who study, first of all, it's not my term. Right. Right. So McGill who studies that there's a lot of back research and physical therapist who deal this all time they think it's real it's not the only reason I qualified it is because it's not my concept right. But you know yeah I do because for instance I used to do some work with high school football team and one of the things they looked at was if the kid can bend. And by that I meant is that they'd say squat if the kid didn't stick his butt back shins almost vertical and squatted. If the kid crumpled to get to the floor they said that doesn't have the skills. So there is something to you know not having a strong hip hip muscles.
Mike [00:23:08] Well I mean it to me it seems it makes does make sense that glute amnesia does exist. You know who knows whatever but if it does that have to be the primary cause being something that people do like what we're doing right now which is sitting.
Bill [00:23:20] Yeah. I mean that's you know it goes on working right now. They're not working when you're standing up or walking.
Mike [00:23:26] Right but it's on the theory that I heard I read through another seminar & another exercise thing was that it was attributed to and we've talked about this. We mentioned the term and our last podcast was reciprocal inhibition from the hip flexor because this is activated by being in hip flexion. It's quieting the glutes and for long periods of time and actually being in that position could over time like you know limit the glutes from firing effectively whether it's like picking up something as you said before or an athletic movement like a golf swing or you know that what's involved in a rotational golf movement or something.
Bill [00:24:03] Well that concept applies to other muscles too. When I had rotator cuff surgery and the shoulder was turned in because that muscle was repaired and tight the muscles on the back of the shoulder shut down. Right. And so no rear deltoid no traps no.
Adam [00:24:21] This is the reason I'm hearing this. I'm like this is temporary. They shut down temporarily as soon as you really using the proper way the problem by mechanics they're going to turn on sound like they're turned off and right. That's why I can't get turned on again just right do a leg press properly turning them back on I don't get all this modalities of... First thing you got to do is kind of turn your glutes on and then you can start doing a leg press or deadlifts or.
Bill [00:24:44] Well but no the context though in physical therapy is someone has back pain. Someone probably isn't regularly exercised. Someone's not right. If someone's sedentary someone's not regularly exercise they present with back pain there's no distinct injury there's no surgery and they're not exercising.
Mike [00:25:01] Their backs probably deconditioned, the glutes are deconditioned, the hip flexors are deconditioned.
Bill [00:25:06] Exactly right. They said that his flex is a shorter.
Mike [00:25:09] You do a little of everything and it allows sort of come back together.
Bill [00:25:11] Right. So I'm not judging what the physical therapist is doing I'm just saying where the ideas came from to bring this home the idea is where the idea to put a barbell on the front of your hips come from they I'm sure they took it from the physical therapy glute bridge and said well if it's good for physical therapy for glutes and backs must be good if we put a bar... it's better if we put a barbell on it.
Mike [00:25:30] If the Nautilas glute drive station say that you could actually limit it to 70 degrees at the hip.
Bill [00:25:38] Well you can go from 70 at the bottom to zero at the top.
Mike [00:25:40] You know it's could be a limited movement, would that be a safe exercise if it or if you're just if you're cause you're not got to worry about that but the barbell anymore it's just that you're sort of going into that and there's been.
Adam [00:25:52] But the problem is being loaded up in that zero flexion spot.
Bill [00:25:56] Funny you should bring that up because the guy who biggest promoter of this exercise the glute guy.
Adam [00:26:03] Yeah he's actually named Glute guy.
Bill [00:26:05] That's that's his Web site called the Glute guy who inspired the glute drive machine in trying to set a personal record on the glue drive machine tore his actual gluten really serious. By his own admission on his own Instagram account.
Mike [00:26:19] Don't want to laugh but...
Adam [00:26:20] Seriously.
Bill [00:26:20] So that should give people the idea that now. Now it's very tough to tear a muscle while you're exercising your biceps rupture tendon triceps rupture that's attendant poppin off the bone or tear near the tendon but to actually tear a big chunk of the meat of the muscle. Well that's almost almost unheard of. Now I don't think most people doing this exercise or at risk of tearing their glutes I think the real risk is lower back right. And if you notice these NFL guys using hundreds of pounds they start slow at the bottom and they don't hold it at the top. They just kind of pop it out at the bottom because they can't hold it because it can't. It's too heavy and they're going to a weaker part of the muscle torque curve. The danger of course to even those guys is you've done 10 or 15 reps. Even though you did them half assed by our standards you're still fatigued and you still have 500 600 pounds. And now you pop up that last time and it's going to come back down on you and your glutes are going to try to contract. They're going to try to control releasing the contraction when they catch it.
Mike [00:27:28] Right.
Bill [00:27:29] And that's where you can get hurt.
Mike [00:27:30] It sounds like you get hurt in almost all parts of that exercise getting into it. Doing it the lower part the high part getting out of it.
Bill [00:27:38] I mean aside from that. Yes that's right. It's great exercise.
Adam [00:27:41] All right. So to wrap this up then if I may conclude for us. Hip thrusts with weighted barbells is something you probably should not be doing and it's not necessary to do. Glute bridges have their application to to stimulate activation right.
Bill [00:27:56] And that's that's the way I would phrase it... right.
Adam [00:27:58] And to be aware everybody in space to an extent. But but there is no substitute for ultimately you know when you want to work your butt go into hip extension, do a safe leg press which would be my recommendation of some kind. You know they have the hip machines or also some of them are pretty good right.
Bill [00:28:15] Nautilas had the right idea years ago... the hip extension machine.
Adam [00:28:18] All right. Thank you very much. Bill that was very informative. Anything you want to add Mike before we sign off?
Mike [00:28:23] I would just say that was awesome.
Adam [00:28:27] All right. Thanks Bill. Appreciate it.
Bill [00:28:28] Thank you guys.
Arlene [00:28:29] This has been the Inform Fitnesss Podcast with Adam Zickerman. For over 20 years. Inform Fitness has been providing clients of all ages with customized personal training designed to build strength fast. Visit Inform Fitness dot com for testimonials blogs and videos on the three pillars. Exercise nutrition and recovery.
Dr. James Fisher is a researcher & senior lecturer in sports conditioning & fitness at Southampton Solent University in the United Kingdom. He went on to complete his PhD, titled “The Scientific Application of Resistance Training”, through Nottingham Trent University.
On this episode, Adam, Mike & James discuss exercising for health & strength vs. exercising for sports & fitness.
Off the top, James clearly states that resistance training is essential to both good health & sports performance and Adam shares the advice he gives his clients looking for “sport-specific” workouts. Then they all weigh in on the “fads & fashions” like CrossFit, Bootcamps & Functional training programs.
James draws on his personal experiences as a fitness professional; strength and conditioning coach to amateur, professional, national and international athletes; GB wheelchair basketball coach at the London 2012 Games; and published researcher and reviewer to deliver the theoretical and practical knowledge required for future progression of health, fitness and sporting success.
https://www.solent.ac.uk/staff-profiles/academic-profiles/james-fisher/james-fisher
Adam Zickerman – Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution:
http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
For a FREE 20-Minute strength training full-body workout & to find a location nearest you:
http://bit.ly/Podcast_FreeWorkout
Inform_Fisher 2_April 25 Transcript
Arlene [00:00:01] The InForm Fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman and co-host Mike Rogers is a presentation of InForm Fitness studios, a small family of personal training facilities specializing in safe efficient high intensity strength training. On our bi monthly podcast Adam and Mike discuss the latest findings in the areas of exercise nutrition and recovery with leading experts and scientists. We aim to debunk the popular misconceptions and the urban myths that are so prevalent in the fields of health and fitness. And to replace those sacred cows with scientific based up to the minute information on a variety of subjects. We'll cover exercise protocols and techniques nutrition sleep recovery the role of genetics in the response to exercise and much more.
Arlene [00:00:59] On this episode exercise for health and strength versus exercise for sports and fitness. We welcome back Dr. James Fisher, researcher and senior lecturer in sports conditioning and fitness at South Hampton Solent university in the United Kingdom.
James [00:01:16] But fundamentally a movement is either the same or it's different. There's no big gray area here saying it takes its skiing movements and then say well we'll replicate that on wherever else we've got. What you do is you say if you wanna be better at skiing go skiing or if you want to be better at surfing go surfing if you want to be stronger. That will make you stronger but at the end of the day if you want to be the best skier you can be you should be strong and as healthy as you can be and you should practice skiing as much as you can.
Adam [00:01:48] All right. We'll be back. By popular request we have Dr. James Fisher with us again. And to refresh your memory Dr. Fisher is a researcher and senior lecturer in sports conditioning and fitness at South Hampton Solent university in the United Kingdom. He also has his PHD from Nottingham Trent University. James welcome back to the show.
James [00:02:06] It's great to be back Adam, thank you for having me.
Adam [00:02:08] We've had some great feedback on the last episode we did when we compared compound movements to simple movements. And today I want to talk to you about something a little differently and that is what you have found out about the difference between exercising for health and strength versus exercise for sports performance. And is there a difference in how you train for health and strength versus training if you were to become or want to become or are, an athlete whether you're I guess a weekend warrior or beyond that.
James [00:02:46] Yeah absolutely. This is a really interesting topic and I think that you know this is a very very deep topic so we'll see how far down the rabbit hole we can go with this. Well first and foremost I think resistance training plays a key role for health and I think health is key for sports performance. So I think that's worth worth saying first and foremost. No athlete is going to perform optimally if they're unwell or if they're injured and if a resistance training or or or properly formed strength training can improve health then it can certainly help stabilize performance if not enhance performance. I think then the next thing is that we've got to look at performance as being on a spectrum so we talk about athletic performance in sports performance but actually performance for some people is walking up and down a flight of stairs or you know being able to hold that balance if they slip on ice or things like that. So performance is still a measure or a marker or exists on this this spectrum in my opinion. I think that you know we know the benefits so we shouldn't know the benefits of how this was training. I've published it in multiple papers there is just a ton of research to support it you know with regards to kind of body composition, reduction in risk of diabetes types of cancer. So on and so forth. The key difference there is that when we're training for sports performance or for a specific exercise there is a huge skill component along the way as well. So it's not to suggest that resistance training won't enhance performance but if you take a basketball player.
James [00:04:23] Well if I took 20 basketball players and 10 of them I put on the basketball court and had them play basketball for 10 weeks and the other 10 I had come in the gym and lift weights for 10 weeks. Well at the end of 10 weeks I'd bet my money on the team to play basketball that every day of the week because they are more skilled in or they're more practiced in the skills that they need. But if you wanted to say who are the healthiest. Well then I think you know you're looking at a big difference. I think that's a bit of a different marker on the group that's been practicing resistance training are probably less prone to injury which might be a key factor and their overall health might well be better than the group playing basketball.
Adam [00:05:08] Now I've always said this, when I have athletes coming into workout and they tell me well I want to arm a tennis player or I'm a Weekend Warrior I play soccer on the weekends or I guess over there we'd call that football but they say to me well are we going to be doing specific exercises for my particular sport. And I've always generally said Not really. We're going to do the compound movements we're going to mix and maybe some simple movements but basically we're going to do a full body safe workout with what you said earlier struck a chord which was healthier right. So like you know if you're an athlete you want your exercise program to preserve your joints not destroy your recovery not diminish your recovery ability too much because you're practicing all the time. You want your workout just to be very specific and do it strengthening muscles. Nothing necessarily specific to a particular sport.
James [00:06:02] Yeah I know I agree with that completely. And I think that there are two approaches to this. So the first is that I think that's incredibly honest of you. If not if a client said to you I'm a tennis player is my workout going to be specific to tennis. I would say yeah absolutely we're going to train the muscles of the hip. We got to train the muscles of the low body the quarter since the hamstrings and the gastro anemia so salacious. We're going to in doing so we're going to make sure the ankle and the knees are stable and strong and we're going to give you great flexibility through the hips and the trunk and all those things is gonna be really important for you as a tennis player. I don't think you need to say yeah we're going to stand you want to. Will if you're a tennis player great we have to stand you on a bounce board and have you do it backwards lunges with a T-Rex and a medicine ball and in fact the body of research from a from a motor schema perspective which is this which is really the skill element of movement the body of research shows that people in strength and conditioning or strength training shouldn't try to mimic the movements that are being performed by the athlete in the sport they play. The tennis racket is a certain weight they move in a certain way to hit certain shots and unless you're a tennis coach coaching those movements you should leave that to the tennis coach or the tennis player. What you should be doing is making sure the athlete is physically prepared. That might be cardiovascular conditioning that might be muscular strength it might be power it might be flexibility and range of motion might be joints stability things at that which are all things are covered with with sensible resistance training program.
Adam [00:07:30] Right. So OK. Mike you want...
Mike [00:07:33] What I've been learning a lot over many many years but especially over the last few years is I is trying to figure out addressing the same questions when clients come in about you know golf and tennis are the ones we hear the most and skiing also that's another story. But the. But they want to recreate some of these movements and what I do and what I'm learning is that when you learn this properly do a golf swing like that with the proper way in an efficient way that is powerful and consistent. And if it's done coached properly which we're not qualified to teach people that do that is what you want to aspire for is actually I think getting the most output by by doing the littlest movement in a way you know or this or that less as little work as possible in order to get the most output of whatever you try to do like power or whatever.
James [00:08:22] Efficiency.
Mike [00:08:22] It's all that honestly everything is about efficiency and Adam & we're even talking about that this morning. So yeah.
Adam [00:08:29] Well to me it's efficiency and recovery. I think if you're truly working with an athlete who's who's playing golf three or four times a week or something more demanding possibly like tennis three or four times a week. I mean you know I'm saying to myself well this person is spending an hour and any heat on a tennis court three times a week. When are they recovering from all this. Which is an important part of becoming a good athlete going forward and progressing as a good athlete. So here we are now we're training them to death in the gym two to three times a week. And I'm just saying myself that that's that's just asking for trouble and injury because the recovery is just not there.
James [00:09:07] Yeah I completely agree. And I think that this is where the abbreviated minimal dose approach to resistance trading is just so suitable for athletes. I mean you know we we often pitch it towards the layperson or push it towards a student who doesn't have time or a busy executive. But actually this is perhaps even more important for athletes who are already incurring a huge amount of exercise and a huge dose of exercise and really need to add sufficient stimulus to make sure the muscles are strong when the joints are stable and so forth. But actually don't need any more and don't want any more the bodies can't handle any more than that. Now a prime example if I may is in a different lifetime I was a basketball player.
Adam [00:09:50] How tall are you?
James [00:09:50] I'm five eleven. So I know but I bet I grew when I was about 40.
Adam [00:09:58] You look taller in these pictures of you from the chest up. You look very tall.
James [00:10:06] So but I had a growth spurt when I was very young so I when I was about 14 I was about 5 11 and I was convinced I was going to make you know 6 8 and I was going to go into the NBA and everything else. And then when I was 16 17 everybody else is five 11 five ten five eleven as well or taller and I realized that this is never going to happen. But the point is if that was if it was all we did basketball was jump when you do basketball training, you jump you do tip drills you do layup drills you do whatever drills it might be you jump you jump. Jump. Somebody said well you know and then you go in the gym. What did your coach have you do your strength and conditioning coach what do you do play metrics you do more jumping.
James [00:10:46] So I'm 40 years old now and I'm both my knees a heck of a state because really I spent about 20 years bouncing up and down on hard surfaces and actually the way I would approach strength and conditioning with a basketball player and the way I do approach strength the connection with the basketball players I stopped jumping because they already do enough jumping and they do it in the right way. They jump for a ball they jump to block a shot they jump to take a shot whereas if somebody has to do that in a gym that jumping with maybe a weight on that back or the jumping off something or jumping onto something which are things that they are never going to do in a basketball game. So they're practicing a skill that they're never going to use that has a higher risk of injury and they're really adding to the degree of muscle damage that doing joints to their joints. Yeah. To the joints that they're already potentially overusing by the high volume of training and matches and so on and so forth. So sports is absolutely about efficiency. The golf swing should be perfectly efficient no wasted energy. You know I see I speak to marathon runners and cyclists who dabble in triathlon and they say they need to get their swim training back up. These guys are incredibly fit but when they get to pool their stamina is terrible because swimming is about efficiency.
Adam [00:12:02] Yeah I remember when I did my first triathlon because I swam in college I thought I didn't have to train for the swimming part and I almost drowned. Because I just thought I'd be able to carry through with my you know. But I haven't trained for years.You know after college.
Mike [00:12:16] I don't think it stops at swimming, I think with everything and like it looking at me at the Super Bowls and Tom Brady is over 40 and he's not just hanging on he's destroying in the NFL right now he's the best and still the best. And I'm not a fan but you acknowledge that he's the best. But but the thing is when I am a fan of is and I've been reading some other materials and about a lot of athletes especially the ones that are lasting late thirties going into their 40s they're there at their training less they're doing considerably less to keep up with and even surpass the ones who are younger and faster.
Adam [00:12:53] Yeah that's interesting cause I was going to ask you James if you know about what's going on there in the professional world of sports. Are they catching on to this idea that that efficiency and joint protection and recovery is really more important than just trying to mimic movements in the gym. Are they catching on to that yet.
James [00:13:13] I think that the the very elite athletes who pay for their own coaches who don't necessarily train or work with a team with a team trainer are catching on to this and they know their bodies well enough and they know that it's about doing the right things not more things. So for example there have been a few premiere Premier League football as Premier League soccer players who have been able to do that. It played into their 40s. The name Ryan Giggs is something that springs to mind and of course in the in the NBA Kobe Bryant was a guy who worked with his own trainer and in fact I believe he worked with Tim Grover he was Michael Jordan's trainer. And of course Michael Jordan himself did the same and they're aware that there are components of training that they need to do but they are also what the body can't stand up to the same intensity, at the same volume, that they need to reduce the volume and they need to manage their training a lot better. So but as a general rule the answer is that question is no most trained most athletes are not aware of that and they are you know following probably in my opinion very high too high a volume of exercise.
Adam [00:14:22] Forgetting about the professional athlete more relevant to especially for our listeners is a weekend warrior and our clients I walk in and say you know I want to be a better golfer. And I like to do this. They don't have aspirations of becoming a professional but they want to be you know they want to do their sports for as long as they can and I and they have fun. So you know I keep hearing stuff about cross fit you know is that something I should be doing to become a better athlete or the boot camps or these functional training programs. And you know I always sound like a stick in the mud when I say you don't need to do that. You know sometimes I think they look at me like I'm old fashioned like I'm not progressive or I'm not you know open minded to these these ideas.
James [00:15:04] You know I spoke to a guy a trainer at the University of Cincinnati Mike Rayfeld and he felt and he he says that kind of every year in his head like football coach comes in the room says what you going to add to the program this year. And he looks at them and then he goes away. And then he comes back and says Yeah. Now we're going to do medicine ball rotations or we're going to get power back slams it's sort of like this. Mike do you buy into this you said no it's window dressing. It's just window dressing. It's because the coach wants to look in the room see that we're doing something new, something different. I see that we have progressed but actually we still get everything that we need from the original program that we've been doing for the last 10 15 years. And this is exactly you know the exercise industry follows fads and fashions if you'd followed them all then you'd have a warped ball every piece of electrical equipment that you could from a treadmill to a verse or climber and so forth. Then you'd have sold it all and start doing Olympic lifting then you either sold it all and taken up yoga then you ditched yoga would have opened a zumba studio. Then you'd have gone back to Olympic lifting and then gone back to yoga. You know the industry is a commercial marketing machine. But that doesn't mean it's productive. It doesn't mean that the half of what's being done is productive. You mentioned CrossFit the just to get that out of the way first and foremost crossfit itself is a sport. I don't have an agenda with CROSSFit a lot of people think I do and I don't have an agenda with CrossFit because I perceive it to be a sport. It's competitive it's got a competitive element which means it's got a high risk of injury and it's got a skill element to it in itself albeit probably quite a low skill element because there's not much emphasis on technique in crossfit. You know it's a sport does it. So if you wanted to cross fit then do it. But it's the same as going and playing you know five a side soccer of an evening or going and playing table tennis. It's a sport. It's competitive. That's it.
Adam [00:16:51] At least with those sports you can see. Keep score you can't keep score.
Mike [00:16:53] I read that ESPN games where they are racing to gain as many checkups with you. Yeah.
James [00:17:03] Let's be fair. You know they're tremendous athletes but they are only good at doing that particular event or that particular sport. You know in the crossfit games in the U.K. here they play in cyclo cross one year. So they had like a 20 mile cyclical route to do which meant that unless you were a cyclist you were absolutely screwed. So I think two of the girls were cyclists and they just took the competition apart because they weren't great at doing keeping pullups or anything else but they were cyclists. So they beat the girls by you know by hours of the cycling element. So you know again it's really skill specific. Now as far as functional movements will again balance is a specific skill so the balance in your body when you take a golf swing is specific to your body when you take a golf swing. It's not replicated by studying on a Swiss ball by studying on a boat. So by standing on any kind of wobble board or balance platform.
Adam [00:18:01] Is there any benefit to doing push ups on a wobble board. Like take a boat you boy turn it upside down is there any benefit to doing push ups on that thing.
James [00:18:08] So if I if I spoke to a physiotherapist they would probably say that if you were rehabilitating a rotator cuff at the later stages then adding a degree of instability might might be beneficial. And I wouldn't challenge a physical therapist because that's not my remit. I could see why they would say that because the shoulder needs to cope with unstable movements at times but you know I think you're dealing again with the final end of that kind of spectrum. Can you just strengthen the rotator cuff muscles can you strengthen muscle the shoulder and that will do like 98 percent of the job. Yeah absolutely. You know when we look at sports performers it's about skill. It's about proper reception purpose such as the awareness of our body in space. Well it's contextual. So is the awareness of body in space or when we're performing a sport. If you changed me his basketball shoes and things feel different they take a bit of time to adapt if you change from your tennis racket it might be a different weight or a different size or different grip size. It takes time to adapt and that's the adaptation of that skill. So we don't do that. An interesting analogy in all of this is you've seen the matadors and the bulls in Spain the bullfighting so. So the matador waves out the Cape or whatever might be in the bull runs at him and the bull misses by like an inch or a couple of inches right. And it happens every time and the crowd cheer and everything like that. The night before the bull goes into the arena they shave an inch or an inch and a half off the bull's horns before they go in. So the bull thinks that the danger end of the horn is here but actually it's moved about two inches and lo they miss the matador by like an inch and a half.
Adam [00:19:52] How do you know that I knew they had the damn thing distractedly death before they come out.
James [00:19:57] Well they do as well. Yeah so. So you change in the specificity you know. Imagine if you were about to go and play golf and I took an inch of your your your golf club. Yeah I mean it changes everything right.
Mike [00:20:13] Now. Don't even like I got a basic strength level versus skill level there are it's amazing how in golf and I think we've mentioned this in our previous podcast as well is you could see there are 14 15 year old girls and boys who can hit the ball 300 plus yards because they have the skill and actually and how to position their hips and swing the club very efficiently and they know how to create club head speed versus you know Dwayne The Rock Johnson. I don't know if he can play golf or not but I mean let's just say he can't. He's got a lot more muscle than like a 15 year old girl. She might be able to hit it on you know maybe like 100 yards farther because she has a technique in order to do so.
James [00:20:57] Yeah I completely agree completely. Great. I was going to say the only the emphasis here for me is is the benefits of strength training for these people. One of the key things you know Mike. You said you were a cyclist and I'm a cyclist. I'm know more and more competitive cyclist. Try and keep it with my wife but one of the key things that always stands out to me is the prevalence of injuries in cycling. Now I know that there's an emphasis on keeping the weight down. I know this emphasis on on all of that has an impact on nutritional habits and so on and so forth. And I don't think for a second that all of those things are necessarily healthy. But I know that for most cyclists when they fall off a bike they break a bone. And I would bet if you took the bone marrow density of a cyclist that probably similar to about an 80 or 90 year old woman because they don't do strength training and they certainly don't do any strength training in the upper body. So what do they do. They fall off they hit their shoulder they brace themselves with their hand and they break their collarbone. So you know resistance training once a week once a fortnight you know a couple times a week whatever it might be with a reasonably high load a minimal dose would in my opinion do a lot for a cyclist to improve their resilience and their ability to disperse energy and prevent broken bones and so forth. So I think that I think that that's probably analogies across all the sports that it was obvious to me because like I said I'm a cyclist.
Mike [00:22:23] Skiing especially to it there's tons of falls in that you know.
Adam [00:22:26] You know skiing anecdotally I can tell you I can give you an anecdote regarding skiing. I mean we hear this all the time. Skiing is a seasonal sport for most parts of the world particularly New York and you know we have clients working out with us all summer and fall and then they finally hit the slopes. If they go to high altitude for the after working out with us for the first time for a year and then they go skiing for the first time after these kind of workouts which are brief intense workouts they oh so many times they report... Hey I expected to be done by like 11:00 in the afternoon 1 1 11:00 in the morning or 1:00 in the afternoon tops. But I was I was I was good until 3:00 p.m.. I've never felt that before I really felt I had my strength again. You know they were mimicking skiing movements or we weren't doing. We weren't trying to you know work the quads any differently. We did leg press in whatever exercises to work our legs and hips and they were just strong and you know and they picked up where they left off the year before. So being that there was no specificity training you know I mean I'm doing this 20 years and I still haven't really been able to see a purpose for specificity training trying to do mimic mimicking movements in the gym to improve sports performance.
James [00:23:44] I mean me a summary the motor schema you know we start out talking about the motor schema research and if you go back through it it's interesting because all of this falls in the psychology and the reason it does is because it's because it's neural. So it's it's really neurophysiology but fundamentally a movement is either the same or it's different. There's no there's a big gray area here. Sou you don't take this skiing movement and then say well we'll replicate that on whatever else we've got what you do is you say if you want to be better at skiing go skiing or if you want to be better at surfing go surfing if you want to be stronger then we'll make you stronger. But at the end of the day if you want to be the best skier you can be you should be strong and as healthy as you can be and you should practice skiing as much as you can. You shouldn't go in the gym and try to find a middle ground that say well I'm going to bring my strength training this round bring my skiing this way until I can just do this exercise on a on a boat. So you should ski and you should do strength training. This it's pretty simple.
Adam [00:24:45] In conclusion very good. Thank you so much. I think we'll leave it on that note. I mean that pretty much as says it all.
James [00:24:52] Brilliant Thanks very much for your time gents.
Mike [00:24:52] Thanks James.
Adam [00:24:54] Dr. Fisher once again thank you again.
Arlene [00:24:56] This has been the InForm Fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman. For over 20 years InForm Fitness has been providing clients of all ages with customized personal training designed to build strength fast visit nform fitness dot com for testimonials blogs and videos on the three pillars exercise nutrition and recovery.
Gary Taubes’ groundbreaking book “Good Calories, Bad Calories,” is stimulating and challenging , yet requires substantial time and attention to fully grasp. Hence, in 2010 Mr. Taubes wrote national bestseller, “Why We Get Fat” highlighting the key points of his first book and making it accessible to everyone. In this episode, Adam and Mike and guest host, InForm Fitness instructor, Neil Holland, interview Taubes to reveal his simple message: The widespread theory of caloric intake exceeding expenditure leading to obesity is flawed, and instead, our focus needs to be on the amount of carbohydrates consumed. Adam asks the million-dollar question, “Can we live without carbohydrates?” and relative to that, Taubes’ verdict on fruit. Unparalleled in his impact on the field of nutrition and physiology, Taubes’ accolades are too many to list, including degrees from Harvard, Stanford and Columbia. Many fans of his work, including “The Case Against Sugar,” will appreciate how the information presented herein is sound and entertaining, with the unexpected bonus being a sneak-peak into Taubes’ upcoming book! http://garytaubes.com/
Gary’s books:
http://garytaubes.com/works/books/good-calories-bad-calories/
http://garytaubes.com/works/books/why-we-get-fat/
http://garytaubes.com/works/books/the-case-against-sugar-2016/
Gary mentioned during interview, ‘The Physiology of Taste’ by Jean Anthelme Brillat-Savarin:
https://www.amazon.com/Physiology-Taste-Jean-Anthelme-Brillat-Savarin/dp/160386224
Adam Zickerman – Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution:
http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
For a FREE 20-Minute strength training full-body workout & to find a location nearest you:
http://bit.ly/Podcast_FreeWorkout
Inform_Taubes 1_April 3 Transcript
Introduction [00:00:01] The inform fitness podcast with Adam Zuckerman and co-host Mike Rogers is a presentation of informed fitness studios a small family a personal training facility specializing in safe efficient high intensity strength training on our bi monthly podcast Adam and Mike discuss the latest findings in the areas of exercise nutrition and recovery with leading experts and scientists. We aim to debunk the popular misconceptions and the urban myths that are so prevalent in the fields of health and fitness. And to replace those sacred cows with scientific base up to the minute information on a variety of subjects will cover exercise protocols and techniques nutrition sleep recovery the role of genetics in the response to exercise and much more. On this episode Why We Get Fat. With national best selling author. Gary Taubes.
Gary [00:01:06] In the 60s. Diet books took up this idea that carbohydrates are fattening and you going to lose weight you don't eat them so you remove the carbohydrates from your diet replace it with fat. of all things. The infamous example of this was the Atkins diet and what I'd been doing in my book is just arguing that basically these diet book doctors got it right.
Adam [00:01:31] Hi welcome to the show. I have with me here co-host Michael of course. And I'm really excited to have this next guest Gary Taubes journalist author.
[00:01:40] He is the co-founder of Nutrition Science Initiative and author of The Case Against Sugar Why We Get Fat and the tome Good Calories Bad Calories. He's a recipient of the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation Investigator Award and health policy research and has won numerous awards for his journalism including the International Health Reporting Award from the Pan American Health Organization. He is the first print journalist to be a three time winner of the National Association of Science Writers science and society journalism award. And we have with us today one of our instructors Neil Holland. And he's joining us this episode because as I understand it Neil your Gary is high intensity training instructor for a while so welcome to the program. Thanks Adam. Gary welcome.
Gary [00:02:25] Nice to be here. Thank you.
Adam [00:02:27] We're going to talk about the book that pretty much summarized your tome Good Calories Bad Calories. I assume you wrote why we get fat because well how many people were actually getting through the whole group calories calories.
Adam [00:02:43] Just want to get this message this important message across.
Gary [00:02:46] Yeah I mean this is I spent five years reporting my first book and I wanted to put in most of what I found. It's not even all of what I found. I had to leave stuff out and you end up with a 500 page book with another 150 pages of end notes and bibliography and that was a difficult read. And there were some. What I thought were extremely significant messages that had to be conveyed to you I would. Then I wrote Why We Get Fat. I get a lot of e-mails from people saying Would you please Your book changed my life. Now would you write one that you know my husband could read or my doctor could read or my father could read or so I did.
Adam [00:03:22] That was why we get in my case when I'm training so many people and I want to get your research across to them. I'm not going to hand them Good Calories Bad Calories that I'm losing the list of people that that really welcomes Why We Get Fat which is such an easy read and so on. It's so clear to me. What's come out so that's we're going to talk about let's talk about this but won't you please. First of all maybe tell us the elevator pitch if you will of Why We Get Fat OK.
Gary [00:03:51] Their elevator pitch.
Gary [00:03:53] So I have to preface this as I'm a investigative journalist who became a de facto historian doing this book and I realized that in order to understand what we believe you have to understand what we why we believe it and when we decided to believe in what we might have believed instead. So with that context.
Gary [00:04:12] Since the Second World War we believed that obesity is caused by eating too much. Very simple gluttony and slaw mild or you take in more calories than you expend in the excess are stored as fat. And everything we do to treat obesity is based on this premise. We tell people if you want to lose weight you've got to eat less and exercise more. Got to get into negative energy balance. And the message that came out of my research was that that's nonsense almost nonsensical. And it's the product of some very naive thinking of physicians in the post-World War 2 era who just assume that fat people got fat because they eat too much and that nothing else has been known. And there was always this alternative hypothesis which is that obesity is a disorder of excess fat accumulation and that's caused by a sort of dis regulation and the hormones and enzymes that determine how much fat we carry on our bodies and how much fat we store or how much fatty acids we burn as fuel and the hormone that dominates that is this hormone insulin and if insulin goes up we store calories as fat and when insulin comes down we mobilize those calories and we use them for fuel and we secrete insulin in response to the carbohydrates in our diet. And until the 1960s the conventional wisdom was that carbohydrates are fattening. Bread pasta potatoes rice beer sweet if you eat them you got fat women would say they go right to my hips just prior to the 60s and this is this is common note this was common knowledge and in the 60s a sort of pioneering work or diet books took up this idea that carbohydrates are fattening and you don't want to lose if you want to lose weight you don't eat them so you remove the carbohydrates from your diet you replace it with fat the ball things the sort of infamous example of this was the Atkins diet. And what I've been doing in my books is just arguing that basically these diet book doctors got it right and the medical community got it wrong. But the problem is we've been claiming the diet book doctors were quacks for since the early 1970s and the medical community just refused to accept what was a very simple message backed up by very profound physiology. That's actually textbook medicine.
Adam [00:06:47] All right guys so so this is it the bottom line is this. Watch your carbs and don't be afraid of fats.
Gary [00:06:52] Yeah basically it's a very simple story. I mean there are complications and all these stories.
Adam [00:06:58] So don't calories count at all. So you're saying for example you eliminate your your carbohydrates. I mean this is this is a question I get all the time. OK. So I can. I'm with you on this low carb thing. I can buy that the whole incident response and what you just said Gary. So does that mean I can eat as much fat as I want and not gain weight. I mean is there still a limit to the calories you you ingest.
Gary [00:07:23] Well let's think of it this way. And it's interests one of the ways that critics always attack these books is they said Oh yeah sure you any low carb diet. So the ultimate example of a very low carb diet is a ketogenic diet that Kito Atkins with a ketogenic diet. Now it's a huge fad and you get rid of all the carbs you replace with fat. So the idea is when you do that this medical community. Yes sure it gives you quick weight loss gets waterlogged but that's all it does. And I don't think these people have any clue what people with obesity really want how they want their bodies to work. So the way they want that we want our bodies to work like lean people's bodies work and lean people can eat is meat to satiety at every meal and not get fat. And the idea with these very low carb diets where you replace some of that is you are allowed to eat to satiety and to eat when you're hungry and eat to satiety and not get fat. A lot of people. Can eat as much fat as they want and. They're fine although some people can. So in some sense some people are still going to have to kind of consciously restrict how much they would like to eat if they want to get leaner but other people don't. Other people like the first time I ever tried Atkins is an experiment back going on 20 years ago now I was writing my first magazine investigative piece on the dietary fat dogma and I tried Atkins and it's an experiment and for me I was then a 40 year old man physically active I could eat as much food as I wanted to and I lost weight anyway. I can explain it physiologically but I wasn't trying to obey. I wasn't force feeding myself. I was just eating until I was done. You know I was doing the lean people though I was eating to satiety. So that's kind of the argument. My problem with this idea about calories is as soon as you start thinking about calories you get into this energy balance thing and you go just the wrong way to think about fat accumulation. So you're your fat cells don't even know they don't have no way of knowing how much you're eating and exercise your fat cells are responding to the presence basically of insulin in the bloodstream if there's a lot of insulin their fat cells take up fat if there's not a lot of insulin they're fat cells deposit fat and if you think about it as the calories you're going to end up with the wrong way to think about obesity. If you think about in terms of carbohydrates in insulin you can solve the problem. I argument I've been make this. Calories in calories out is just the wrong way to think about it though Gary.
Neil [00:10:01] Just tying into that there were two things I believe you've said both in Good Calories Bad Calories and Why We Get Fat. I always found very compelling and that's something I always say to my clients when explaining how this works and I'd love to get your input or what you mean by this but two things you said. One was we don't get fat because we eat too much we eat too much because we're fat and the other thing was in terms of calories in versus calories out. You said it's like comparing a room talking about how a room gets crowded because more people are there. But the real question is why are they there. So I always like those too kind of metaphors and explain it to clients and I love to kind of hear what you mean by that.
Gary [00:10:43] OK. So this is the problem with this energy balance idea this calories in calories out. Thing is the people who talk about it will talk about it too. This is determined by the laws of physics so the laws of physics tell you the first law of thermodynamics is that if somebody gets fatter they get heavier. Their take in more calories than they expect and it's to use the example and they'll just use it like if a room gets more crowded that room is taking in more people than are leaving. You know if I get rich another metaphor I've been using lately is well. If you asked me why Bill Gates got so rich I can tell you that he took in more money than he spent but that doesn't answer the question of why he got rich at just the a condition. It's saying the same thing in two different ways. That's a tautology. So if somebody got fatter they took in more calories than they expand and then you say well how do you know they took in more calories and they expanded and a person will say well because they got fatter. And so then you get back to others. That doesn't tell me how they got fatter than just taking in more energy being spent as a condition that's fulfilled. It's saying the same thing. Physicists would have called it spiritually senseless. It doesn't really make any sense. No matter how you look at it what you need is an explanation and then the room example when I lecture about this and I say let's say you wanted to know why this room was so crowded there could be a lot of reasons for it. You know there's an interesting lecture going on there's free food in the room. Maybe there's a fire alarm went off and the fire extinguishers outside the the sprinkler system has gone off in every room outside. People have come into the room to hide from the y you know because it's the only room that's dry. Maybe it's 95 degrees outside. This is the only room with air conditioning. Maybe we slept with me.
Gary [00:12:42] You know it's a party going on.
Gary [00:12:44] Could be that you know I hired the offensive lineman from the football team to stand at the door and pull people in. A lot of explanations for why the room got crowded that have to do with the conditions inside the room and the conditions outside the room and the conditions at the barrier. The membrane like these big football players standing at the door like bouncers dragging people in and not letting them leave but the fact that more people ended than left is irrelevant. You know clearly more people aren't that the left the room is crowded. You know why. And it's the same thing when we talk about obesity so rather than ask why a person gets fat.
Gary [00:13:21] You could ask why does a fat cell get fat. This is how I like to think about it because basically you're the the integration of all your fat fat cells. And so then you ask the question why did more fat enter the fat cell than leave it. Because of more fat enters of fat cells and leaves it that fat cells gonna get fatter. We know that. And now you've got a very now you've got the fat cell itself you've got the membrane of the fat cell and you've got. The outside you know the equivalent of outside the room which is the circulation in the bloodstream and you can start asking question What factors have to happen to make the fat cell take up fat. And the answer is insulin has to go up. I mean it has to be fat in the bloodstream but there's always fat in the bloodstream. Triglycerides in these particles called lipo proteins or fatty acid but insulin has to go up or the fatso isn't going to take up fat. And if you want to get more fat out of the fat cell insulin has to go down. And in fact fat cells happen to be what the researchers who studied this called exquisitely sensitive to insulin. So if you've got a fat cell that's exquisitely sensitive insulin that means the insulin has got to be really really really low for the fat cell to let the fat out. And when it's really really really low basically that means you're in ketosis. And now you're back to the keto diet plan. And now you have the rationale why the ketogenic diet works because that's a diet that you know maximally lowers insulin and maximizes the chance that the fat cells are going to let it out. So just more calories coming in than leaving doesn't tell you anything. You know when if I say somebody got fat because they took in more calories than they expend that they may aid too much and they exercise too little and the eating too much is a behavior and exercising too little sedentary behavior is a behavior. And now you've taken a physiological problem which is somebody is getting fatter or is burdened with obesity and you blamed it on their behavior. And there's a whole science now neurobiology and neurology that's trying to understand what's happening in the brains of people with obesity.
Gary [00:15:34] That makes them eat too much and exercise too little. Because they're hoping they could explain it via some you know in grain neurological mechanism that.
Gary [00:15:45] Doesn't require them to blame the obese person for basically poor behavior for causing their own problems. They're never going to solve the problem as long as you believe obesity is an energy balance problem you believe it's a behavioral issue.
Adam [00:16:00] Can we survive without carbohydrates.
Gary [00:16:02] No. Yeah they can might have an Eric Westman and the low carb world. So there's no such thing as an essential carbohydrate. There a central fat. You need a minimum protein. This is one of these again the nutrition community gets this wrong. They will say we need one hundred twenty five or 130 grams of carbs a day to fuel the brain because if you're eating a carb which diet your brain Milburn carbs for fuel and it'll burn about 120 to 130 grams a day I don't know where that number comes from but I'll trust it. If you're not eating carbs your brain to work perfectly fine on ketones on glycerol released from fat molecules when they're used for fuel. It's there the world is full of people now especially when only Taubes and seemed to do exceedingly well.
Adam [00:16:52] There are metabolic functions that utilize glucose and can't utilize a ketone.
Adam [00:16:57] So where we get into glucose from for certain metabolic functions.
Gary [00:17:02] Well you'll get glucose from the amino acids in the protein liberal convert that into glucose. So you'll always have enough glucose if you're getting enough protein you have enough glucose to satisfy whatever requirements the body has.
Gary [00:17:18] Now let's talk about fruit because that's always a controversial aspect of it also. And you know I've been told some people said to me if you eat fruit you know you're gonna get scurvy. I mean where are you getting your vitamin C from. OK.
Adam [00:17:33] Not to mention other viral chemicals that everyone talks about is so beneficial from fruit.
Gary [00:17:38] You know this whole fruit craze this whole fruit thing is fascinating because clearly most humans would never have eaten fruit except a few months a year max throughout even in well into the agricultural era it wasn't like you know peasants in China growing rice were sitting around eating apples and berries in their spare time on food was hard to come by and it was seasonal. I often think are no clinical trials that say you're going to be healthier if you eat food than you're knocking. You know it's. There's a lot of people who have decided that fruits and fruits go along with green vegetables like this phrase fruits and vegetables you can't separate the two and if we need vegetables we should eat fruits. Part of what we believe about how healthy fruit is apple a day story and the vitamin C and orange juice for advertising campaigns by the apple industry and the orange industry. The fact of the matter is you get all the necessary vitamins and minerals you need in animal products with the possible exception of vitamin C. And actually when I was doing my research for Good Calories Bad Calories This is one of the areas I focused on the most because I realized doing my reading I read a lot of the memoirs of explorers who were lost in the Arctic or stories about explorers who had died in the Arctic. And there was an interesting phenomena that I noticed out of an explorer one to the Arctic and his ship sunk crushed in the ice or something and they couldn't rescue the ship supplies the explorer did perfectly fine living off you know the food to the input but if they salvage their supplies from the ship which often included you know bread and sugar and they eat the bread and sugar they died of scurvy. So they won it in with diet alone no scurvy in you a diet with crackers whatever this you know and sugar or scurvy.
Gary [00:19:44] So I actually contacted the leading authority in the world on vitamin deficiency diseases who is out here at the University of California Berkeley who had written books on scurvy on Barry Barry and we talk this so I said look you know this world better than I do.
Gary [00:20:04] Is it possible that you need more vitamin C when you're eating carbohydrates than when you're not. And it turns out that basically Vitamin C competes for entry into cells with the same receptor system that glucose does wow. So when your blood sugar is high you can't get Vitamin C into your cells and it's one reason why diabetes type 2 diabetes a lot of the symptoms and uncontrolled diabetes look a lot like scurvy because your cells become depleted of vitaminC.
Adam [00:20:38] So the Brits didn't need Lyme. They needed to get rid of the carbohydrate they need.
Gary [00:20:41] Exactly. So to the scurvy is not a disease of the absence of vitamin C it's a disease of not getting enough Vitamin C when you're also getting a carb rich diet that diet with refined grains and sugars.
Gary [00:20:56] And when you actually look again in the literature it's very clear about the fact that you need more vitamin C when you were eating carbs and when you're not. And now there's this whole carnivore movement and there are these guys walking around like Sean Baker who you know if the conventional nutrition theory were right these guys would have been dead years ago. They're doing fine. None of them have gotten scurvy yet and yet they don't eat plant food they live on. I don't know. Maybe they're supplementing Vitamin C without telling us. But I've asked them about it and they swear they're not.
Mike [00:21:29] Gary you know we have a lot of clients friends of our family members who actually you know there are people we have to convert to you know this way of thinking in your era your book. But there's a lot of people actually already believe what you're saying and what we've been preaching for a while but they just can't stick to a no carb diet a low carb diet. And I mean all of our clients that they could go a week they could go to weeks they could go three weeks they get the results and then whatever the next party the next whatever they fall off the off the wagon again. And do you have any like any advice for how to get these people to like step one step two step three. I guess a behavior or whatever to to be more compliant to what they already know is the right way to go.
Gary [00:22:19] You know it's funny, I'm just finished a draft of my new book and the last chapters talk about this and in fact I have these I interviewed 100 plus physicians I wish I had interviewed you guys.
Adam [00:22:30] So all you know is anyways you're going to hear here first before your books been published.
Gary [00:22:35] And I was asking him about the challenges and he had the biggest challenge getting people to try it and then getting them to stick with it even when it works well because they fall off the wagon and one of the messages that I'm communicating which was forget at the moment which physicians said this to me it was in mind. She said the key to falling off the wagon is remembering that there's still a wagon to get back on to. Well it's an interesting problem I think you could address the issue of why they're eating might not have satisfied them. You know one of the things people don't realize is that. You really do need to may have kind of a fat rich pattern of eating you need a lot of it's the fat that brings you joy to the diet. So it's not enough to just eat a low carb diet. You have to replace those carbohydrates with fat and you kind of have to do it liberally or you end up with a very unsatisfying diet. You remove the sugar if you don't know and a lot of fat and then there's not a lot of joy in the eating.
Adam [00:23:37] Like Emeril says fat is flavor that it's fat.
Gary [00:23:40] It's just. So this is why I mean I joke that I'm not one of these people have convinced myself that that butter and bacon are health foods and I hope that hell I'm right.
Gary [00:23:49] But hold on to the butter and bacon that bring joy to the diet. I actually had a physicist friend at Berkeley here. I used to think he was really bright until he said to me these diets work because people just get bored of eating bacon after a while and they can they eat less. And I said Well first I'm going to challenge this idea that anyone's ever gotten bored of eating bacon.
Gary [00:24:13] You know the rest we could do experiments but it's sort of...
Mike [00:24:16] You can eat a little too much at one time but you can get bored of bacon.
Gary [00:24:21] I mean the message is you know and then I keep an eye on this book I was asked to write a book. That was I wanted to write a book that was a prescriptive book that was going to be Gary's food worlds like Michael Pollan did Omnivore's Dilemma and In Defense of Food and then he wrote Food Rules so I would have my good calories bad calories why we get fat.
Gary [00:24:41] And my version of food rules and I couldn't do it. And one of the reasons I couldn't do it is because the message I keep wanting to get across is you know some of us didn't just need to abstain from eating carbohydrates. And this was said back in 1825 by this Frenchman who said why do people give you the most famous book ever written about food was a book called The physiology of taste by this guy John on somebody out Sabourin he says you know he's eating 500 meals with people who are overweight or obese and they always tell him how much they like the bread and potatoes and they can't live without the rice. And if you don't want to eat if you want to be fat you can't eat. He says you need more or less rigid abstinence too starchy flowery and sugary far to the diet. And we do. Some of us just. And you got to kind of get that across to people that they're not going to find another way to lose weight.
Gary [00:25:33] However they did accept bariatric surgery. However they do it they're going to end up having to get rid of the carbs because it's the carbs that are making them fat.
Gary [00:25:40] It's a simple message. It's like cigarette if you want lung cancer don't smoke and if you don't want to be family some people can smoke their whole life and not get lung cancer some people can eat carbs to their heart's desire and not get heavy. But those of us who get heavy can do it. So you fall off the wagon you get back on. For some people it's not worth it. But I think when you learn how to eat this way and you learn how it feels to actually be healthy and to you said to have your body work like a lean person's body so that you can eat to satiety and not get fat not worry about counting your calories and walking away hungry for many people it turns out to be worth it.
Adam [00:26:23] So let me ask you one last question before we sum this up. Why do people get so angered by advocates of the LC each If diets the low carbohydrate high fat diet. Why do you think there's something that evokes so much anger.
Gary [00:26:37] Well first of all. I think about this all the time. I mean I'm not gonna be able to give you a thoughtful answer. It's different from what they've been saying. For starters nobody likes to think they're wrong. So if you spend your whole life saying the way you lose weight is eating less or the way you lose weight is by eating a Mediterranean diet or a dash diet or it's all about I don't know what. And then these other people come along and say No no no no no no no you're wrong. Nobody likes to be wrong. And nobody likes to be wrong professionally. Because you've built your whole persona your credibility. Who you think you are. Then you're respected in the world because of what you believe and then these other people are coming along and thing you don't. You're wrong. That's part of it. And then it just it really goes against virtually all of the tenets of what constitutes a healthy diet. So it's not just said were telling people to eat fat and eat saturated fat meat processed foods like bacon. You know we're saying don't eat pulses and don't eat legumes and don't eat the whole grains and don't eat. You know and you know the traditional way of thinking about that's an eating disorder if you're cutting out a whole food group. That's what people do when they have an eating disorder. So we're just running up against a whole world of panic in the conventional thinking that pushes too many button. It's like asking people to vote for Hillary Clinton even if you're a Democrat you know it's like and you're a Republican. It's like you know what. No matter what you think of Trump Hillary pushes too many buttons. Right. Right. Right. You end up with the wrong president.
Adam [00:28:21] Well I have to say Gary I just want to say thank you for I think from a lot of people because you you are challenging these tenants and you've done a great job and you've gone you've done a lot to challenge those tenants. And I want to thank you for that and you've helped you've really helped me in a lot of our clients and keep up the good work. I really appreciate what you're doing.
Gary [00:28:44] Thank you.
Extro [00:28:44] This has been the inform fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman for over 20 years in fitness has been providing clients of all ages with customized personal training designed to build strength fast.
[00:28:59] Visit inform fitness dot com for testimonials blogs and videos on the three pillars exercise nutrition and recovery.
An indepth dive into single joint and multi joint exercise movements with Dr. James Fisher, researcher & senior lecturer in sports conditioning & fitness at Southampton Solent University in the United Kingdom.
https://www.solent.ac.uk/staff-profiles/academic-profiles/james-fisher/james-fisher
Adam Zickerman – Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution:
http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
For a FREE 20-Minute strength training full-body workout and to find an Inform Fitness location nearest you:
http://bit.ly/Podcast_FreeWorkout
Inform_Ep 55_Fisher 1_March14 Transcript
Arlene [00:00:01] The Inform Fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman and co-host Mike Rogers is a presentation of Inform Fitness studios a small family of personal training facilities specializing in safe efficient high intensity strength training. In this podcast Adam and Mike interview experts and scientists and discuss the latest findings in the areas of exercise nutrition and recovery what Adam calls the three pillars. This show also aims to debunk the sacred cows popular misconceptions and urban myths in the field of health and fitness.
Arlene [00:00:43] On this episode an in-depth dive into single joint and multi joint exercise movements with Dr. James Fisher researcher and senior lecturer in sports conditioning and fitness at South Hampton Solent university in the United Kingdom.
James [00:00:59] Things that this debate has come around. Is there a need for these additional single joint exercises or can we get a lot or all of the same benefits from only multi joint movements. And if we can and can we really abbreviate workouts down on the more abbreviated or workout becomes the more we might be able to get more people to exercise and simplify protocols for people that currently perceive exercise to be complicated and time consuming.
Adam [00:01:29] Welcome to the show I'm really happy to have Dr. James Fisher with us today. It's been a while since we've done a podcast is starting our fifth season and couldn't be happier to kick it off with Dr. James Fisher.
Adam [00:01:41] Dr.Fisher is a researcher and senior lecturer in sports conditioning and fitness at South Hampton Solent university in the United Kingdom. Dr. Fisher completed his HD from Nottingham Trent University and he has published more than 70 peer reviewed journal articles relating to exercise physiology and athletic performance. Much of his research considers methodological approaches to resistance exercise including modalities and advanced training techniques. He's also publish critical commentaries challenging existing paradigms and practices that have higher risk of injury and lack evidence of efficacy. So indeed he has publicly challenged which I like the notable academics and fallible processes in an attempt to ensure that scientific publications pertaining to resistance exercise preserve honesty and application. Finally James has published multiple large review articles aiming to provide trainers and trainees with an evidence based approach to optimizing resistance exercise for improving muscular strength purchase fee and cardiovascular fitness. So he sees as a priority of his academic position too to bridge the gap between what science says and what people are actually doing out there in the real world. James also by the way was a great Britain Paralympic basketball coach from 2008 to 2013 including the London 2012 Games. Very cool. He has been a tutor with the UK Anti-Doping organisation and is an IFBB accredited weight training prescription specialist and he speaks all around the world. With any remaining time he well he sleeps now actually. He is a proud husband and father and a competitive cyclist. Welcome James.
James [00:03:23] Thank you very much Adam and thanks for that introduction. It's amazing what I can write them myself send them across.
Adam [00:03:29] Actually we're going to talk about today James. We talked about this earlier. We want to talk about compound movements very simple movements. Won't you just help us define. First of all the difference between a compound movement and a simple movement or is otherwise known as multi joint movement and single joint movements.
James [00:03:45] Yeah absolutely. So let's start with a single joint. So a single joint or an isolation movement is a movement normally around one axis or around a single axis. It's normally a single muscle or muscle group working to perform that movement in a rotary fashion which is the way the body works for example a knee extension or a knee curl bicep curl or TRICEP EXTENSION. In contrast the compound movement has a linear output because it's multiple joints working around a rotary fashion but because there are multiple joints the outcome is linear. So it's normally a chest press an overhead press a leg press because it's multiple joints it's multiple it's multiple muscle groups to produce stop that movement.
Adam [00:04:29] Very good. We've covered this before in other episodes but I wanted to just review that real quick before we get into the weeds here. So what is the debate between compound movements and simple movements?
James [00:04:40] Well I guess the debate sort of springs back to where resistance trading as we as we probably currently see it as a product of body building originates from from having a high volume of training and the perception that we need to target muscles individually as well as left heavy weights by doing come from movements. And of course you know also obviously Arthur Jones obviously said or suggested that the last didn't get sufficient stimulus from things like a pull down or a chain exercise because they were the stronger muscle. So there was a need to do a single joint movement in the likes of the pullover and we know where that kind of led with Nautilus and so forth. So you know I think that this debate has come around of of you know is there a need for these additional single joint exercises or can we get a lot or all of the same benefits from only multi joint movements. And if we can then can we really abbreviate workouts down on the more abbreviated or workout becomes the more we might be able to get more people to exercise and simplify protocols for for people that currently perceived exercise to be complicated and time consuming.
Adam [00:05:54] Yeah you know that reminds me when you talked about the bodybuilding world feeling that these single join or simple movements are necessary to build muscle and create hypertrophy hypertrophy is a fancy word for just getting getting big getting swaddle reminds me of an episode we did with the body builder Doug Brignole and he is he's of the belief that you definitely need to do single joint movements for hypertrophy for sure and multiple sets in large volume and really kind of pooh poohed the idea that you need movements for that effect.
James [00:06:30] Yeah. I think a lot of bodybuilders do this because they you know let's take a typical bodybuilding workout of you know very high volume you know five to 10 sets of exercises and an hours and hours spent in the gym doing various split routines. Well if they're going to target a single muscle group or only a couple of muscle groups in a workout. But they want to allocate two hours of time to training. Well they're not going to they're probably not going to allocate themselves through 20 or 30 sets of a bench press or a chest press or a shoulder press so they add in multiple single joint movements which is understandable for variety. And if they feel that that volume is necessary but I think that this is the way the question has arisen is that volume really necessary. We all know the kind of single multiple set debate but but I guess that this is a transitioned into a single joint multi joint exercise. I know bodybuilders still like the single joint movement but I think for the masses there the evidence points in a different direction.
Adam [00:07:35] Okay. So speaking of evidence. So you did a review article. I'll read it. I'll read the title it's called a review of the acute effects of long term adaptations of single and multi joint exercises during resistance training. Well why don't we start with the conclusion. Well what what did you end. We can get it. You know we can kind of break down a little bit but what what did you ultimately find out when you compared the efficacy of multi joint exercises versus single joint or combination thereof.
Adam [00:08:03] Yeah. So the preponderance of research was done on upper body muscles. So for example the biceps and triceps most of the measurements are taken on the limb muscles rather than the torso muscles so that's worth clarifying. First of all the conclusions basically all out there. There are no benefits to performing single joint movements in addition to multi joint exercises. So to put that in context if you're looking for a bicep or tricep growth then performing a multi joint movement such as the chest press or a lap pulled down will produce let's say a lot pulled down will produce similar growth in the biceps and strength increases in the biceps as a lot pulled down and a bicep curl. And the same thing is true for the triceps less has been done to look at the muscles of the trunk. Very little has been done to look at the muscles of the lower body. So those are the conclusions from the paper.
Adam [00:08:59] OK. So one of the markers you used to test and compare was this thing called electro Myo graphic activation.
James [00:09:06] Yeah.
Adam [00:09:06] Otherwise known as what. As EMG.
James [00:09:09] SEMG surface yeah.
Adam [00:09:12] It would be interesting for some of our listeners understand some of the tests are actually occurring and how researchers are actually testing these things. So what exactly is that. By the way.
James [00:09:21] So surface EMG is basically you put electrodes on a muscle and you measure the amount of electrical activity within the muscle. So as it contracts has a higher degree of electrical activity and you're measuring that across a course of muscle. This is generally a proxy for motor unit activation which which is basically the. Which includes the activation of muscle fibers or the recruitment of muscle fibers so where we see higher EMG readings. That's generally a perception that there are more motor units being activated and more muscle fibers being recruited.
Adam [00:10:00] So what you're finding then when you're comparing multi joint exercise is the single joint exercise you're finding that the EMG activation is the same regardless.
James [00:10:11] We found that the EMG was pretty similar and there was a couple of studies. There was a study that springs to mind with the lower body for this for EMG actually where we found you know very similar activation the quadriceps whether you're performing a leg press or a knee extension. So yes the muscle activation seems to be pretty similar perhaps marginally higher for four single joint movements which is which is something the bodybuilders will lean against to say oh well that's higher due to recruitment but if I take away from or if I thought the detract from electro Magnifique it's only an acute measure. So it's only a snapshot in time. So so whilst it might imply a measurement of muscle activation which is like I said it's only a proxy. Oh sorry I might give a measure of muscle activation. It only gives a proxy for motor unit recruitment muscle fiber equipment and doesn't give any guidance towards muscle fiber adaptation both for strength or muscle cross-sectional area. So a surface EMG is a great tool for scientists to play with but I constantly tell practitioners honestly it doesn't mean a lot in the real world. What you want to look at is is chronic studies. I've looked at muscle size and muscle strength.
Adam [00:11:36] So you're saying that there is not a correlation between necessarily higher muscle activation or muscle recruitment towards muscle hypertrophy or strength.
James [00:11:46] Yeah I think that's a fact. I think that fair common. I don't think that there is a good a good relationship between the two. And like I said it's a service life elected mammography is really a snapshot in time so its logic suggests that if you see higher muscle activation and that does equate to motor unit activation and muscle fiber recruitment then that exercise would be better for growth and strength. And it's completely logical to assume that but the test is will instead of just looking at self of mammography let's look at the muscle. Did it get bigger and did it get stronger. And let's look at it over time rather than a snapshot. So let's look at it over 8 10 12 24 weeks and when we do that we don't see differences.
Adam [00:12:34] You also looked at besides surface level activation you also looked at muscle damage and fatigue. Correct?
James [00:12:40] Yeah absolutely.
Adam [00:12:41] And so there's a correlation there like for example that you found that a single joint exercises if I remember correctly that the single joint exercises created slightly more muscle damage and fatigue than this multiple joint exercises. Yet once again you didn't see much difference in my approach for your strength gains.
James [00:12:59] Yeah absolutely. So yeah the studies really really do support if you do a single joint movement then that's going to produce a greater fatigue in that muscle compared to multi joint movement. So if I do a bicep curl then that's going to produce great fatigue in the biceps then a pull down exercise.
Mike [00:13:20] That's what Brignole is kind of his point is that maybe he's saying and that's why he supports that.
James [00:13:26] From what I can gather from the podcast that you did with Doug. Yeah I think that's why he was getting at and he talked a bit about muscle damage as a product of the single trade movements. But again this is moving out of my my remit it muscle damage is a very very big research area and it's not my specific area. There's a guy called Philippe Moss over in Brazil who's an expert in this and more recently he suggested against single measurements of muscle damage are really not a good indicator of long term muscle growth there needs to be a kind of a sustained or that needs to be a sustained amount of muscle damage berfore the muscle will kind of consider adding size to that. So my fiber and I think size of the muscle and then of course that needs to be appropriate recovery between trainer sessions. So it's not just a single dose.
Mike [00:14:17] I guess the trick is to figure out how to calculate what that dose is how much damage is necessary.
Adam [00:14:24] You know how much recovery is necessary based on that damage.
James [00:14:28] Well these are the key questions because we can we can all go into the gym and cause a massive amount of muscle damage. Or we go way beyond what we need to do and therefore you know creating quite debilitating effects towards recovery. And I think that this is where the high intensity training community are far more measured in their approach that you take that you perform a minimal amount of muscle damage or minimal stimulus to promote recovery adaptation.
Adam [00:14:59] Yeah well being in the trenches for as many years I've been training thousands Mike and I trained thousands of people. It varies from individual as well you know. So some people recover a lot faster than others some people can even go that deep and get to that level of muscle. So it's really becomes an observational thing and experience as an instructor to to figure out for the individual what what is best for them how deep to go how much inroad how much recovery if any for.
Mike [00:15:26] And frequency as well. Yeah.
Adam [00:15:30] But getting back to that to the topic of compound versus simple movements and of course this is related. Did you find that for compound movements do you need more recovery than simple movements if you did say for example a workout that had all simple movements and then you compare that to work out that were primarily compound movements and did you look at the recovery ability for each.
James [00:15:53] OK. You put me on the spot bit. I don't recall whether we had a paper that had looked at the long term response fatigue or discomfort. There is a paper that springs to mind again by I think a Brazilian guy called SUA Suarez. I think it was and he looked at recovery in single joint movements. I think it was in the bicep curl and he sort of reported a high high degree of dogs kind of muscle fatigue. You know 48 and I think even extended 72 hours so but I don't recall that being a study which compared single joint multi joint for that I might be I may be wrong if I go back and look at the paper it was published a couple of years back so.
Adam [00:16:37] What is it. Well obviously this is a consideration and these are one of the questions that we need to be answered over time as we do more research and exercise. So a lot of question marks obviously. So in conclusion let let's wrap this up. I just wanted to ask now about application. So here we find that it doesn't seem that there is much of a difference between the effectiveness of simple joint movements versus compound movements. So. Would you therefore suggest that people if they wanted to work out or trainers as they train their clients do they do primarily do you recommend that primarily do the multi joint exercises over the single joint. Mix them up alter or what.
James [00:17:20] So so to wrap up the research generally suggests that there are no greater adaptations to performing single joint in addition to multi joint exercises that really multi joint exercises are sufficient with the exception of the lumbar expenses. So I've performed or I've conducted a few studies where we've looked at the low back and we've used the medics medical lumbar extension machine. We've looked at deadlifts squats we've looked at hip thrusts we've looked at kettlebell swings and we found that all of these as multi joint movements don't provide sufficient stimulus to increase the strength of the lumbar expenses. So it looks like this muscle because of the nature of the pelvic rotation and therefore the activation of the glutes and the hamstrings this muscle does need specific training. Isolate the training and we might find the same thing is true for other muscles. For example the gastric themis might not get sufficient stimulus from a like pressure or a squat exercise. But at the moment the preponderance of evidence suggests that multi joint exercises are sufficient. Now the way I pitch this from a practical perspective is that a trainer or a trainee should perform multi joint compound movements first in that workout. So if you said to me you've only got one workout to do today well I might do a deadlift or like press if you said you've got two workouts I might add a chest press or an overhead press a third a third exercise might be another compound movement a fourth might be an additional compound movement. So I'm prioritizing in the first maybe four or five exercises compound movements. Now if people feel like they can do four or five compound movements to a high enough intensity of effort to stimulate good adaptation and they want to do more well then they might move into targeting the biceps for the bicep curl or the deltoid through the lateral raise or the quadriceps for the knee extension. And I don't think that there's necessarily anything wrong with that. If they want to perform a higher volume of trading but I think you're really dealing with the minutiae of adaptation. Now I think you're probably going to get most of the adaptations in the multi joint and then the best maybe a little bit more from the single joint but of course we have to remember those single joint movements might incur a greater degree of fatigue and discomfort which might prevent a workout sooner the next workout being sooner rather later.
Adam [00:19:56] Right, recovery. And I also think you mentioned that there is a place for single joint movements for example to correct muscular imbalances. So it's not like we're throwing single joint movements out you know they do have their place and also like you said there are certain muscle groups like maybe the calves and biceps and I do want to know by the way as a bit of a plug when you talked about the lumbar medics machines all our Inform Fitness studios have the medics lumber machines in order to isolate the lumber and fix the hips and place because that is a very difficult muscle group to isolate and therefore strengthen. And we've we've known that for years and that's why we have those machines at Inform Fitness, a little shameless plug right there.
James [00:20:39] Well they are most important machines exist in resistance training with the research we've done we see huge strength increases even in you know competitive powerlifting that can squat 300 something kilos you know 700 800 pounds that have you know lower back no stronger than mine and for clarity I don't squat those kind of weights.
Adam [00:21:02] All right. You are a big strong guy though so you're very modest as well. Thank you so much James. That was great. What's next? What's next for the research in this are you doing anything else right now?
James [00:21:13] Yeah so we've done another study looking at this right. We've looked at so I said most of the research was upper body. We've done another study looking at this in the lower body and it's not published yet so I generally don't get into too much detail. But we have the group that performed knee extension and leg curl exercise on a group that performed only leg press exercise and as a spoiler. We found that both groups made...
Adam [00:21:39] You are hearing it here first folks.
James [00:21:40] Yeah absolutely. Both groups made a fact what they did is the participants trained one leg with knee extension unlike curl on one leg would leg press. And we found that's quite a nice research design because it accommodates kind of nutritional variance or sleep variance genetics or it's things like that. And we found similar adaptations to both groups. Both groups improved to a significant increase. A significant amount on all the single joints of both the knee extension and the like. And on the leg press irrespective of why exercises they did we could use this to say well maybe this allows variety maybe for the next eight weeks all I need to do is train on a leg press but after that maybe I could do knee extensions and leg curl.
Mike [00:22:26] For like you're committed trainer a trainee rather who is in there to to get strong or whatever other long term people I think that variability is actually very important.
Adam [00:22:35] Psychologically psychologically why not.
Mike [00:22:37] Yes.
Adam [00:22:37] And there's no difference one way or the other. Why not. Right. Again James thank you so much. Dr. Fisher.
James [00:22:43] Thank you very much gentlemen. Thank you.
Arlene [00:22:45] This has been the Inform Fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman. For over 20 years Inform Fitness has been providing clients of all ages with customized personal training designed to build strength fast. Visit Inform Fitness dot com for testimonials blogs and videos on the three pillars... Exercise nutrition and recovery.
Adam Zickerman and Mike Rogers of InForm Fitness dispel some exercise myths that are often touted as truth by some popular TV trainers who are vying for ratings or authors who are looking to sell books. While some fitness myths are harmless, others might cause injury or simply just waste your time.
Adam Zickerman's Book – Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution: http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
For a FREE 20-Minute strength training full-body workout and to find an Inform Fitness location nearest you, please visit: http://bit.ly/Podcast_FreeWorkout
54 Debunking Exercise Myths Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
exercise, people, stretching, muscle, workout, injury, myth, point, week, fitness, recreation, work, lower abs, podcast, vary, inform, cardio, indirect effect, client, ab exercises
SPEAKERS
Tim Edwards, Mike, Adam
Tim Edwards 00:00
The inform fitness podcast is brought to you by Audible. Get a Free Audiobook download and a 30 day free trial audible membership at audible trial.com forward slash inbound.
Mike 00:18
The broader purpose for why I think people do want to exercise is for their health. And underneath the umbrella of health is, you know, your body composition, your muscle mass, your endurance to do whatever you want to do, whether it's just walking upstairs a subway, or if it's a sport or something like that. It's I know, we discussed this a little bit in previous podcasts, but I think it's sometimes gets into the, you know, goes into the myths a little bit when you're trying to think about a is there a perfect exercise? Is there one exercise to do everything? And then what could that be? And then of course, the answer is is different for everybody.
Tim Edwards 01:00
That was certified personal trainer Mike Rogers, who also happens to be the general manager of the inform fitness Manhattan location and of course, co hosts for the past 53 episodes of the inform fitness podcast. Welcome in. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting network. And this is episode number 54. Today, Mike Rogers and the founder of inform fitness, Adam Zickerman, dispel a few exercise myths that are often touted as truth by some popular TV trainers who are vying for ratings or authors who are looking to sell books. While some fitness myths are harmless, others might actually cause injury or simply just waste your time. Some of the myths discussed in this episode, are will women bulk up if they participate in the inform fitness slow motion high intensity strength training protocol? Is there one perfect exercise for everyone? Or how about the myth that if you want to see results, you have to vary your exercise regime that will be discussed and debated in this episode, as well as, does soreness indicate a good workout. So let's get to it and let Mike Rogers and Adam Zickerman otherwise known as the guru, debunk some of the not so helpful exercise myths.
Adam 02:14
Okay, everybody, welcome to the show. Mike and I are going solo today.
Mike 02:18
We are?
Adam 02:18
Yeah, no, no interview. No, no guests, just you and me.
Mike 02:21
If we're if it's two of us, are we solo or we duo?
Adam 02:24
Oh, alright, so we're gonna be talking about the 10 most popular myths in exercise. So Myth number one, that there is a magic bullet to losing weight. As far as exercise program. There's the particular perfect exercise to lose weight. Basically, what I meant by that question was cardio do you need to do cardio to lose weight? Most people think, yes. In order to really lose weight, you got to add cardio to workout? And when you say no, right?
Mike 02:47
I don't think all the answers are black and white. Frankly, I think in general, most of the people that we've experienced, and we've worked with and from all the science that we read, No, it does not require cardio in the conventional sense in order to lose weight. I mean, that's so that's what you were meant by, there's one perfect exercise to lose weight, because that is also another one of them, which is you need to do cardio to lose weight.
Adam 03:11
Yeah. All right. So a little redundant. And I think you're right. I mean, there's no perfect workout for any group of people. I mean, it's what's best for you.
Mike 03:20
The thing is, people associate lots of different activities as exercise. And sometimes we've been very strict with the concept of what's recreation, what's exercise. And other times I think we've been a little bit lenient on what those things are, because we know that certain action, certain things that people do for exercise, are really recreation, but they have a, quote unquote, exercise effect associated with them. And I think that's why a lot of the points that we're going to discuss are what people think in the conventional traditional sense. But I think, why I think it's worth having this podcast and discussing them is because I think it's it's trying to create understanding. So hopefully, we can be talking the same language when we are discussing,
Adam 03:58
it's more nuanced than people think like when we do talk about exercise, we have a real definition of exercise as strength training. But sometimes I don't like confusing issue with clients by saying, well, that's not really exercise, that's more recreation. And the thing is, in their mind, that doesn't make sense and adds more confusion when you start. So then you have started saying, Well, my version of exercise means strength training and doing it safely. And everything else to me, is like recreational pursuits. But the thing is, we want you to be active. And if you want to call that exercise now as a matter of just like, semantics, so I don't want I don't like confusing issues. So okay, let's call steady state exercise, let's call it riding on a moderate level of bicycle or going on a treadmill at a moderate level, and reading a magazine to the point where you can read a magazine or you pass the talk test, right while you're doing you can have a conversation, which is the talk test. You know, I call that recreation, because it doesn't fit the actual definition, our very strict definition of exercise. Nonetheless, we recommend that you do high intensity exercise once or twice a week and then moderate activity the rest of the week and if you want to call that activity, sport or recreation or exercise, so be it. I'm not gonna nitpick on words.
Mike 05:06
right? Sometimes people misunderstand us when we are
Adam 05:08
when we say that's not exercise. When we say that's not exercise, what do you mean? That's not exercise? It's good cardio and stuff like that. Yeah. And you start getting into a fight instead of really making influencing people don't bother getting activity. So what I do, like, for example, I was I was at a party. And I was introduced to this guy who was doing the workout with me for many, many years. And it's a good friend of his and I was introduced him for the first time. So what is this 20 minute workout? do really think 20 minutes once a week is enough exercise. And again, here we go again, because you know, people think really, you should be doing exercise every day of some sort. And I won't disagree with that, except my definition of exercise is really just the high intensity part. So instead of doing saying that to him, I said, No, I don't think it's enough. I actually said, No, I think it's enough for the intense part of your week. So I started instead of redefining exercise and recreation for him, what I did instead was frame intensity, and moderation. I said, No, it's not enough. Overall, it's enough for your intense bouts of exercise. You shouldn't do much more than really intense exercise once or twice a week for about 20 minutes at a time, after that moderate activity of any kind, given your tolerance for risk is fine with me. And he's like, oh, and he's like, okay, and I didn't have to get into the whole exercise verse, recreation, argument and definition. So that, you know, that's a case in point,
Mike 06:29
when you are defining things and trying to create, I think, if you're going into thinking about what is the purpose, the broader purpose for why I think people do want to exercise is for their health. And underneath the umbrella of health is, you know, your body composition
Adam 06:44
absolutely
Mike 06:44
your your muscle mass, your endurance to do whatever you want to do, whether it's just walking upstairs a subway, or if it's a sport or something like that. It's I know, we've, we've discussed this a little bit in previous podcasts, but I think it's sometimes gets into the, you know, goes into the myths a little bit when you're trying to think about a, is there a perfect exercise? Is there one exercise to do everything? And then what could that be? And then of course, the answer is no. And or I should say, it's different for everybody, you know,
Adam 07:14
right. So um, yeah, let's move on. Let's move on to something that's more black and white. All right. Women who lift weights will bulk up.
Mike 07:20
Yeah, I mean, a lot of women are afraid to bulking up and the question we get in every single consultation and many of them
Adam 07:29
I just can't believe in this day and age in 2018, that women still have that fear of bulking up from weight training, it kind of blows my mind. Yet, it does exist still. And there are some women on the extremes of the bell curve that actually do bulk up by working out but there's so there's so few of them. Like you have a better chance of becoming a rock star than bulking up from working out with weights.
Mike 07:52
But I think you know, sometimes I think when some people when they exercise, or they do a new form of exercise, sometimes they have that initial gain that initial adaptation. And I think sometimes it may manifest itself initially as a little bit of increased muscle size, which maybe intimidate people you associate that within your mind seeing other power lifting females who are looking to increase their size, in a way, I guess most women who are afraid of it do not want to, frankly, Adam, it doesn't surprise me that this still exists over all this time. You know, I think people they want their bodies to look a certain way they have insecurities about certain things, they want to make sure that they are going in the right direction. I understand why they believe that but then as you pointed out, the fact is that usually that is a those are outlying scenarios. And and for most people, unless they have certain genetics to where they're going to have that predisposition, they're just going to be gonna be just fine. They're probably going to have a similar body composition as they have always had. And we're just hopefully more more muscle and they'll be stronger and more capable to do whatever they want to do. Very good. Thank you for that very in depth analysis. did I ramble too much?
Adam 09:02
a little bit. Yeah, a little bit too.
Mike 09:04
I'm working. I am working on trying to be more succinct.
Adam 09:06
Yeah, let's try it out. Okay,
Mike 09:08
If it's a stretching one, forget about it.
Adam 09:17
Let's try this one. But in order to see really good results, you have to constantly bury your exercise change, change it up a lot.
Mike 09:25
I think that's a really interesting topic because
Adam 09:29
see, you're already too long.
Mike 09:32
Okay, can't you just say yes or no! The myth is, is it important to vary your exercises
Adam 09:39
to maximize your results?
Mike 09:42
Right. I think in the general sense for the reasons why people feel they have to do that. I think the answer is simply simply no.
Adam 09:52
Oh my god, I can't believe it. He actually,
Mike 09:54
but from my experience people once again are very, very, very different.
Adam 10:01
Alright, so if somebody said to me if somebody was in my office and hey, do I have to vary my exercise workout and right off, I would say actually, no point is, ultimately, if you pick five exercises that works out the whole body, and you do those intensely enough, and that varies from person to person, how intense it needs to be. And if you do it often enough, which can probably be anywhere from once to me maybe even three times a week, again, the variables being intensity and age and things like that, but but once you find your sweet spot, alright, and and you are getting stronger and staying stronger, five exercises, you know, like a leg press or legs or squat, a push ups or pull ups or a varying amount of exercise will work all the muscles in your body, and it can only be maybe five or six, or even less exercises to do that. And you can stay very strong your whole life doing that. So so the answer is no, you don't have to vary your exercise. Now, having said that, varying exercises can have lots of value people vary, people have different injuries, so that you might have to do different exercises with them to get to all the muscles and, and work around certain injuries. But also, from a psychological point of view, people to motivate people to stick with the program, they get bored. And if it means varying exercise to deal with boredom and their personality of needing things to change, or else they're not going to sick charts pretty much. Yeah, then I'm all for that too. But it doesn't mean they need it in terms of their physicality and the physiology. But they but it's not doing it if it means not doing it, then yeah, let's bury the exercises. For some people. And that's my succinct answer. I'm gonna leave it at that for a lot for a lot of people, I think they are motivated by newness. Okay. And and I mean, we have I have tons of clients, they absolutely love doing the same five exercise all the time, and they get phenomenal results. So a lot has to do with psychological motivation. But I think just to add on to your point, I think people think that adaptation is a bad thing. And I think that's the thing that I think is like is on its head. I think people think that like when you do the chest press so many times, like, oh, you know, Mike, I felt so so when I first started coming here, and I never feel sore anymore. And they think oh, that's a really, really bad thing. And I therefore I didn't have as good of a workout anyway. I think that's the big that confusing factor because people associate soreness, and that with oh, there's a myth for you right there. By the way, does soreness indicate a good workout if you don't get sore. Did you have a shitty workout? Absolutely not. A lot of people do believe that
Mike 12:35
there's the myth that I wanted on the list.
Adam 12:37
That's the myth he wanted on the list!
Mike 12:39
So no, but the thing is, when p90x and insanity and all those things came out, they the the word, the term muscle confusion became very popular.
Adam 12:49
I think that was confused, popular before that when I was on crossfire. I don't remember you had that. That what was the these Denise Austin, right? She said on CNN to, to balance. You know what I said? Which, you know, I was basically making the point that you don't have to keep varying exercise. And she made the point. No, you got to confuse the muscle. Yeah. And I just said, Wait a second, how do you confuse the muscle muscles? Don't think, right? Don't you have to think to be confused, you know? And so and then they got a chuckle from the audience when I said that. So you know, but yes, a lot of people do think that you again, you have to keep varying it to get results. But I just made the point that that hasn't been proven at all
Mike 13:28
right.
Adam 13:29
And I have clients for years, I don't vary very much from their routine. Again, not to say that some people respond better to variation and things like that I don't really have a problem with variation. But this idea that you have to constantly vary for variation sake to confuse muscle, which is a nebulous term. It's just misleading. And it can lead to a lot of injuries for people. And it goes hand in hand with that myth of soreness being an important factor because when you do change workout a lot, you do get sore more often. But soreness in and of itself has not been proven to be an indicator of a good workout.
Mike 14:01
But one last thing I was saying variance again, doesn't really mean different exercises, it could also mean like changes in frequency or
Adam 14:09
maybe the order of the exercises or things like that
Mike 14:12
But I think that's where if you're going to try and that's what I try to do first before anything else try to create a little bit of variance in the exercise itself but exactly like how I would actually do that exercise.
Adam 14:25
one more point I want to make about variation before we go and I'll make a quick and that is the more you vary an exercise and change the order of things and change the exercise it's harder to quantify results because you want to compare apples to apples. So I like to try to keep variation to a minimum or at least consistently vary things so I can compare workout to workout and really measure true progress. I hope that makes sense. Alright, let's let's move on a little bit. Another myth another big myth is the stretching thing. Alright, everyone thinks you have to stretch. Everyone thinks specifically that when you stretch your lengthing muscle when stretch that you're preventing injury enhancing athletic performance. I'm not a big proponent of that I just don't, I don't, but science doesn't show it. I've never been able to really, in my 20 years, seen people drastically improve their flexibility to the point where it's made a big change in a life. I mean, I haven't seen it, people are who they are, I think people have tried to become more flexible, and work against their genetics and their skeletal structure, which was really largely determines their their amount of flexibility. There's nothing you can do about that. For example, when you have very deep hip sockets, you not as flexible, your femur can't move out as wide when it's deep into hip socket. But there are a lot of people that have very shallow hip sockets and allows their femur to go a lot wider. So somebody who has very deep hip socket that's trying to do a split is going to just end up really screwing up their joint, their hip joint it to the point where they're going to need surgery and serious injuries. So this idea of enhancing flexibility to improve performance or, or some kind of notion that being more flexible is healthier. It's just it's just hasn't been shown to be true at all. But I know I always get a lot of pushback when I say this, because a lot of people feel good when they stretch, and they feel like they're more centered when they stretch. And I get that too. But that to me, again, we're getting back to definitions. To me, that is not necessarily stretching, that's more more of a neurological thing that when you do some light stretching, and it kind of lets your neurological system, trust that it's okay to go in that direction. Because of past trauma or muscle injuries in the past, you muscles tend to kind of guard against going out and being as flexible as they can be. But aside from some of that light stretching that overcomes those neurological issues, again, stretching has not been shown. And it had been a lot of studies to try to show it but the meta analysis of all these studies so far, and again, if you want to know how I feel about studies in general, listen to the podcast we did with Dr. Attia not too long ago. I'm not going to get into that right now. But the bottom line is, at this point it the jury is way out on the efficacy and how unnecessary stretching is, again, for the purpose of enhanced performance and sports and of course preventing injury. Now I know you have plenty to say on this,
Mike 17:12
I keep it I keep it short, I generally agree with every single thing you just said. I think it has a lot to do with definitions and what goes on in the mind what they're thinking about what is stretching and thing, I think when it comes to doing anything, like from waking up in the morning, and feeling tight to preparing yourself for a movement pattern that requires some sort of athletic, you know, a little bit more range of motion. I think what people some people think that static stretching is what you have to do. And I think that's the traditional sense of stretching, which I think is absolutely, there's no science to support that that actually works. And I think that's where most people's minds go when it comes to doing the stretch. But the thing is, if you are, say, really, really tight in your back and shoulders, and you reach your hands above your head, and then try to do a little bit of a rotation back with your shoulder and your arms. It actually when you bring your arms back to the front, it actually what you just essentially did was a short movement, it's a light stretch, it feels phenomenal. And you do feel like you have a little bit better range of motion in your shoulder. What exactly did happen when you did that? Like, well, apparently, like you release some synovial fluid which lubricates the joints, which can happen in a lot of little just movements. Yeah.
Adam 18:25
All that you're describing. Again, you know, that's to me, that's not really the kind of stretching I'm referring to.
Mike 18:32
Yeah, well, I think
Adam 18:34
you're referring to what I was saying about the movement patterns, biological connections, reminding your body that it can do this, it like you just said, as you move these joints, if you've been sedentary for a while, or static for a while, like sleeping or sitting at a desk for a while, it helps to get the synovial fluid, which is really, you know, the lubrication of our joints and the synovial fluid. It's like putting oil in your car. Yeah, that that's, that's all well and good.
Mike 18:58
The bottom line is the evidence does show that if you're going to like get up and just start doing static stretching, when your muscles aren't ready, it likely you're going it could cause an injury even before or even make you more susceptible for an injury before you work out.
Adam 19:11
Exactly. So another point to before we move on, because I think you know, we covered it. But stretching to really trying to lengthen the muscle actually weakens the muscle. And if you're doing that right before a sporting event, you can actually set yourself as a disadvantage for performance for that sporting event. And like you just said, also stretching a muscle like that. Not only makes it weaker, but again, you can actually set it up for an injury. So not only does stretching this not necessarily prevent injury. But depending upon how severe your stretching is you can actually be setting yourself up and increasing your risk for injury, not just reducing.
Mike 19:50
very quick, I think just to like just before we go on to the next myth,
Adam 19:53
sure.
Mike 19:53
I think it's a sort of prescribe. It's like for people who are thinking they're ridiculous. I have to stretch before Before I do something like I think the best sort of way to look at is, for example, if you're going to run, walk a little bit, and then jog a little bit, and then run jog a little faster and take, you're basically preparing yourself for increased range of motion when you're running by actually doing smaller movements that lead you into that activity. Yes, something like that.
Adam 20:20
And if you can't do a split, if you can't kick high, and you want to be a Rockette, you might not be able to be a Rockette. You know, if you're a thin, lean, fast, fast, fast runner, and you want to play football, you're probably better off trying to be like a safety or wide receiver or corner back not a lineman. And if you're a big bulky guy that's not too fast, but really strong. Maybe you want to be a lineman, not a not a sprinter. So you have to know what you're capable of. And we're not all capable of the same things just because we stretch being just because I stretch doesn't mean I can become a Rockette or gymnast. All right, moving on. Moving on. What else? Do you want to talk about?
Mike 20:59
You'd be a horrible Rockette.
Adam 21:00
I'd be. I'm not tall enough. But I think I'm pretty enough
Mike 21:06
I mean, this is kind of an easy one. But I think still people really do get this wrong. And that is, the more time you work out. The more fit you will be,
Adam 21:14
ah, the old more the more you work out, the more fit you'll be trick
Mike 21:19
how many, how many times over the years where we've taken people who've had five, six days of exercise a week and then come down and they've looked better, the energy was better, their performance was better. And they've actually lost weight even more
Adam 21:32
exactly the more you work out, the better it is that the more fit you'd be the healthier you'll get. All right now this this reminds me of Dr. McGuff's dose response relationship of medicine, and just like medicine exercises a stimulus and you could overdose on it. And it reminds me of an analogy that I make. And that is if you come in and you have an infection, you have a you have a bacterial infection, and you got a cough and your nose is running. And you know, you got a bug and the doctor determines it's bacterial and gives you a antibiotic, right? So you take the pill, and he tells you to take one a day for 10 days. And you have to take the whole course right? Oh, you know what a day for 10 days and you say to him, but Doc, you know, I got to go to a bar mitzvah in five days, I got my nephew's Bar Mitzvah, what am I gonna do? I mean, what I'm going to do is, if you don't mind, I'm going to actually instead of taking one a day for 10 days, I'm gonna actually take two a day, for five days. It's the same thing, right? I mean, I'll get if I take two a day, I'll get better twice as fast. And of course, the doctor. And most people realize that that doesn't work that way, right, you end up just taking too much, that's not gonna, you're not gonna get better twice as fast. And the same thing with exercise. When people say to me, should I do twice a week, should I work out three times a week, as if if you add another day, you're gonna, you're gonna double your results or triple your results. It just doesn't happen that way, you have to let the body body can only handle and grow and adapt. At a certain rate. It's limited by how fast a muscle could adapt to a stimulus. So no, it's like Goldilocks and three bears, you know, you have to do it just right. If you don't do it often enough. It's not enough exercise. If you do too often, it's too much. And it can have detrimental effects, injuries, and overtraining. And you just got to find that balance, a perfect balance, where where you're balancing rest and recovery and intensity. So
Mike 23:28
the dosage is definitely that's variable. That is something it's not the same
Adam 23:32
It's variable for everybody. But again, like we said earlier in this episode, you know, you have to modulate intensity. So if you are doing one or two really intense workouts a week, the rest of the week, if you're going to work out or do some kind of quote unquote, exercise for the rest of the week. Just make sure it's it's you're not doing something crazy all out, you know, every single day of the week, playing basketball at a very high level. And then the next day, running it at a six minute mile pace, a seven minute mile pace, and then the next day doing your high intensity work and everything every time you exercise, it's always all out. That is no Yeah, it doesn't make you better.
Mike 24:10
Hey, the bullet points are A exercise is a stimulus, and B, your rest and recovery is directly related to the level of intensity. So if it's if it's high intensity, you need more time after the actual exercise
Adam 24:23
True, you made something succinct. Excellent. There you go. Good job. Ok
Mike 24:27
I take after the greatest.
Adam 24:28
All right, you're learning see and only 20 minutes you learn. Alright, what else we're going to talk about?
Mike 24:34
Ah, let's see a list we see you cannot exercise while injured.
Adam 24:38
Well, yeah, well, that depends, right?
Mike 24:40
It depends.
Adam 24:41
Well, this is the point. The point is, let's say let me give you an example. Just happened just happened a minute. And this is this is one of hundreds of examples I can give you after 20 years of doing this. Two days ago, a client of mine who happens to be a medical doctor, which is interesting. She says to me, I broke my finger. I recently just broke my finger. And the doctor says, I'm not the fingers not gonna be better. And It sounds like a joke. Yeah. So this doctor walked in this client walked in, said, Hey, Doc, I broke my finger,
Mike 25:12
I got this duck on my head. I said, Well, you can't exercise.
Adam 25:16
She says to me this, and my doctor told me that my thing is not going to be better for another four, six weeks that, you know, Take Me Out Of Schedule until until I was like, wait, you broke, you know, she's so she felt that she had a broken finger. And therefore she can't grip things. And she gets to do certain things that, you know, let's scrap the whole thing. And she wrote at the end of her email, to me saying that you couldn't do it for four to six weeks. She's like, Ah, so frustrating. So I wrote back, have no fear that you can, first of all, work your whole lower body, we can do a lot of upper body exercises that don't require you using your finger at all. And it's important to exercise when you're injured. Because the
Mike 25:51
we're fortunate to have equipment, because there's a lot of places that don't have a flying machine without a grip on it, or rotary at the rowing torso, which involves no gripping, and he can get pretty good anterior and posterior upper body muscle,
Adam 26:06
there's something called indirect effect. And that is, if you can't exercise a particular part of your body, that's okay, work out the parts that you can because they will have an indirect effect on the strength of the immobile part of the body that you can't use. They will atrophy less if you're still active, and you're still working out despite the injury. Now, I don't want you doing things that are exacerbate that injury. Absolutely. And I know my client was being very cautious and conservative when she wanted to cancel appointments. But she Little did she know about indirect effect and the fact that there's lots of things we can do that won't exacerbate her current injury. And she when I when I pointed out to her, she was like, All right, keep me in a schedule. Thank you. So yes, you can work out when injured, obviously, check with a professional and make sure what you're doing is not going to exacerbate your injury. But it's actually if you can, is better do what you can while you're injured. So when you do get back into the game, and your injury is healed. You're not starting from ground zero, you're starting from a higher level.
Mike 27:09
Oh, yeah, exactly. Oftentimes, like mobility and work is what exactly what you need in order to get better. Yeah.
Adam 27:16
How did I do on that one?
Mike 27:18
I give you a B plus
Adam 27:19
B plus. All right. Okay, this is this is a big one. This is a big, big, big one. All right, that Mike, let me see how you do on this one. All right. I'm gonna I'm gonna I'm gonna pretend I'm a client making this comment. You're gonna respond to me.
Mike 27:32
Okay.
Adam 27:32
All right, Mike.
Mike 27:34
Yes.
Adam 27:35
What can we do for this? My lower abs, you know, I'm pretty happy with the upper part of my abs. But down here, I got kinda like this. This, like, pooch pouch, whatever, you know, like, I have three kids. And, you know, it just my lower abs are just a mess. You know, can we do some lower ab exercises, please? Can we emphasize the lower abs.
Mike 27:56
Yeah, a lot of people come in, and they have they want to work their lower abs, they say and because of the whatever they they report, the pooch and stuff like that. Sometimes that's just some alterations with their nutrition that they have to actually just get
Adam 28:12
to the point about whether you can work your lower abs or not. I know you can isolate.
Mike 28:16
I was given this speech 100 times about nerve innervation. And the rectus abdominus.
Adam 28:22
You don't have to go like that. Oh, can you? Can you isolate your lower abs Michael?
Mike 28:25
You cannot. If you're talking about the rectus abdominus? No, you cannot.
Adam 28:25
Thank you very much, let's move on to the next.
Mike 28:37
Everybody clear on that. I know
Adam 28:40
you can isolate your lower abs, right? It's one long muscle attached to the top of your rib down to your pubic bone. And when you lower abs contract, so does your upper abs.
Mike 28:49
That is a fact the thing is people feel it differently because they've either done a crunch from the lower part of the body or the upper part of the body sometime, but they are not. I think I think they also confuse that with their hip flexors, which is another which is just kind of around the waist and gets confused with the lower abs sometimes
Adam 29:07
Yeah,
Mike 29:07
but the the, the big thing is people don't they think that if I just do lower ab exercises, because they feel it, they're actually just getting their lower abs. But in fact,
Adam 29:17
I have my clients tested where I do when they when they think that is it. Look, watch, check this out, put your hand put one hand here, and I put their finger like on the lower abs. And then I say put another hand over here. I put on the upper abs and I have to do it to some type of abdominal, you know, spinal flexion. And lo and behold, they feel a contract in both spots. like huh, what do you what do you know about that? You know, and so the point is, they're like you were about to say, that rudely interrupted you, you know, when somebody has thought, yeah, I don't know. I haven't eaten very much.
Mike 29:50
Have you been watching the news again?
Adam 29:55
Your point was, you know what? People sometimes store fat in the lower ab, especially women that have had children, you know, and they're genetically predisposed to have that pooch. It's tough to get rid of that no matter how much exercise that's not necessary, even night or anything. Yeah, yeah. So unfortunately, there might not be much you can do in the way of exercise for that thing. For that problem. Certainly, we don't want to mislead people think that if you start doing some exercises, that that kind of way you feel in the lower part of the abdominals, that that's going to give them some kind of benefit. I don't want to give that kind of false hope. And I want to be honest about what what the facts are. Some people don't like to hear that. And sometimes they didn't want to believe it. But that that, that is the truth. You know, hey, you have two beautiful kids. I say, No, all right. You know, that's the trade off. You know, if you want to ensure that your abs would be in perfect shape the rest of your life, you might have thought twice about having kids.
Mike 30:56
I think you shouldn't have kids ok...
Adam 30:57
what are your goals? You know, I mean, what are your priorities? Like kid kids? Or yeah, so you know, I get it, I get it. It's frustrating. But that's, you know, these are the choices we make. But certainly doing lower ab exercise is not going to solve the problem. We don't want to sell those kinds of pipe dreams. All right, what else we got going?
Mike 31:16
Okay, so our final myth of the day is the more you sweat, the more you burn, Adam.
Adam 31:22
Yeah. I don't like the way that worded. I mean, I guess that we talked about, like cardio and exercise, burning calories. And that's not really the way to go. But a lot of people associate sweating, the fact that you're sweating, that the more you sweat, the more you're exercising, and that's something I want to address because we recommend people work out very cool environment when they work out so they don't overheat. And a lot of times people say why is it so cold in your gym don't doesn't have to be warm. So you muscle have to warm up. And first of all, I always say, well, your muscles are always going to be 90.7 degrees anyway. But no matter what temperature outside, you know what they mean, I keep it cool in here. So you don't overheat because when you overheat, your production is diminished. So we want you to maximize your production, you maximize your output for the greatest stimulus of the muscle. So we like to keep it cool. But besides that, we don't want you to overheat because overheating can be dangerous. You know, let's say they'll come back four weeks later, and and now they're really starting to get into the workout. And they start to break a sweat, right? They're working out because now they're learning how to really work out hard after a couple of workouts. And they say I thought you said I wasn't going to sweat. And I said, No, no, no, I didn't say that. I said, we don't want you to overheat during your workout. That's why we keep it cool in here. Just because you're sweating doesn't mean you're overheating, necessarily. So I didn't say I didn't promise you weren't gonna sweat. Everyone's different when it comes to that. Thing is a lot of people think that unless you're sweating, you're not working out hard enough. And that's just not true. People work out very intensely here and they might break a sweat on their brow here and a very, very minor sweat. Some people they profusely sweat here, no matter how cold we keep it in the room, because that's just the way they're, they're programmed. You know, some people sweat more than others. I don't sweat very much when I work out unless it's really hot in the room. So you know, everyone's different that way, but I can assure you that just because you're not sweating, doesn't mean you're not working out and let me tell you something else just because you are and just because you are sweating. And just because you are sweating. Exactly. Mike doesn't mean you are working out. Alright, so they're not related per se.
Mike 33:23
I guess you I mean you do burn more. The more you sweat, the more you burn, if kept burning calories is what you're trying to do. I think you are burning more calories by a room.
Adam 33:33
I'm not sure about that, to be honest.
Mike 33:35
I'm not sure buy that either
Adam 33:37
Yeah, so let's strike that from the record.
Mike 33:38
Strike that from the record. But keep it on the podcast.
Adam 33:42
Yeah, but but but don't over mean that they have they have certain exercise programs that actually encourage a lot of sweating and keep the environment very hot. I just think that's actually dangerous and absolutely not necessary. So I'm not going to name names and the brands that do that. But we all know we've all heard of the hot workouts that encourage sweating and encourage warming up the muscles and I just think it's a people you know, we can adapt you know, human beings have the ability to adapt anything including working out in very uncomfortable temperatures, but doesn't actually mean it's good for you doesn't mean it's healthy for you. And so therefore, in terms of production and physiologically, making yourself stronger and healthier. Working out in a hot environment is not helpful. That's different from however I mean, I might as well bring this up because it's popping into my brain. You know, if you take a job that's going to be outside a lot and you're not used to being outside a lot in the heat and because you take and you go from a desk job and next thing you know you become a roofer. I don't know how many people go from desk jobs to roofing. But if you did go from a desk job to become a roofer and you're not used to working in in heat all day long. It behooves you to maybe start doing things in the heat for a while and build yourself up to that tolerance of heat. Again, doesn't mean you're healthier because you can handle the heat, it just means you've adapted to working in heat doesn't necessarily mean it's healthier. All right, I'll leave it at that. Alright, so,
Mike 35:08
that's an example of succinctness.
Adam 35:11
No, maybe not, not my best work. Anyway, I hope you enjoyed this everybody. Those are there are many more myths, but um, you know, those are some big ones. And I hope it cleared some things up for you if you need some of these things.
Mike 35:27
I think all of them are are still discussions. I think if you have questions, definitely email us or call us or come in and see us
Adam 35:36
and if you think you're full of shit, tell us that too.
Mike 35:38
We'd love to hear that.
Tim Edwards 35:42
Thanks for listening to the inform fitness podcast with New York Times bestselling author, Adam Zickerman. Adams book is titled power of 10 the once a week slow motion fitness revolution. And it's just a click away and available at Amazon. For about 15 bucks, you'll find exercises that you can do in your own home along with some great nutritional tips that will help you build muscle and burn the fat and some additional exercise myths will be debunked. With an exercise protocol that is backed by science. We will have a link in the show notes to Adam's book and we also invite you to try this workout for yourself. There are several inform fitness locations across the US to find a location nearest you and then to cash in on a FREE 20 minute once a week workout. Click the link in the show notes to informfitness.com. Once you're there, you'll click the Try it free button on the homepage. Fill out the form, pick your location and enjoy a slow motion high intensity full body workout in just 20 minutes, you'll see results in your body composition and most importantly, your strength in about six weeks or less. You know we have interviewed several authors over the past 54 episodes here on the inform fitness podcast and many of those authors have their audio books available through audible. We would like to offer you Inform Nation a free audiobook download just for listening to this podcast. Simply click the link in the show notes to audible trial.com forward slash inbound and sign up for a free 30 day membership trial from Audible. Then you can download any book you want for free. If you like podcasts, you're gonna love audio books, give it a shot and try it for free risk free for 30 days. Audible trial.com forward slash inbound. We hope you enjoyed this episode and invite you to join us again next time for the inform fitness podcast for Adam Zickerman and Mike Rogers with inform fitness. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting Network.
In our latest Podcast, Adam Zickerman and Mike Rogers welcome Laura Crump Anderson, InForm’s Equestrian Fitness Specialist, to discuss the importance of being your strongest and fittest for your athletic sport. Whatever your sport may be, all athletes need to train smart if they want to stay in the game!
Specific to this Podcast, however, Laura’s shameless obsession is clear – the Equestrian Athlete. Laura unwaveringly asserts that your horse is not the only athlete and excellence takes two to Tango. If you are an Equestrian, your horse depends on you being in your best physical shape, period. Regretfully, many overlook this critical fact. If you consider yourself, and not just the horse, to be the competitive athletes you both truly are, the hard message is this: Equestrians need to build muscle to their optimal capacity! Most obviously, muscle protects the Rider’s body from the beating the sport takes on themselves, but equally because a stronger Rider serves the HORSE exponentially! Ironically, the Equestrian will fully appreciate the distinction – if not for yourself, strive to be your strongest if only for the horses you LOVE! Equestrians are so admirably dedicated to their horses, but often at the expense of themselves in a multitude of ways. Every Rider, from Coast to Coast, possesses a sincere love for their horses. In Virginia – give Laura 20 twenty minutes just once a week and she will give you AND your horse the essential competitive edge you seek, not to mention a better life with less injury.
No one serves the (human) athlete better than we do at InForm Fitness. Obsessions aside, whatever your athletic sport may be, InForm Fitness can custom design a program for anyone looking to take their athletic edge to the next level, whether that be from your sedentary desk job to being in the best shape of your life, OR for the elite athlete inside you screaming to get out!
Adam Zickerman – Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution: http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen For a FREE 20-Minute strength training full-body workout and to find an Inform Fitness location nearest you, please visit: http://bit.ly/Podcast_FreeWorkout
Adam Zickerman – Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution: http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
53 Get Stronger for Your Sport in Record Time: No More Horsing Around! Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
equestrian, laura, horse, rider, inform, fitness, exercise, sport, riding, people, muscle, athletes, balance, tack, podcast, absolutely, eat, client, recreational activity, long
SPEAKERS
Tim Edwards, Mike, Laura Crump Anderson, Adam, Nicole
Tim Edwards 00:00
The inform fitness podcast is brought to you by Audible. Get a Free Audiobook download and a 30 day free trial of Audible membership at audible trial.com forward slash inbound
Laura Crump Anderson 00:18
so it's really important to think about your exercise program as something you do to build muscle exercise is not recreational activity. recreational activity is things that you do in order to improve performance, not exercise. So exercising is a specific amount of time dedicated to the purpose of building muscle and that is my definition slash inform fitness definition of what exercise actually is.
Tim Edwards 00:54
Inform nation thanks for joining us once again for another episode of the inform fitness podcast with New York Times bestselling author, Adam Zickerman. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting network. And this is episode number 53 titled, get stronger for your sport in record time. No more horsing around. In this week's podcast episode, Adam Zickerman and Mike Rogers from the New York City inform fitness location. Welcome their Virginia equestrian fitness specialist Laura Crump Anderson to discuss the importance of being strong and fit for your sport, generally, and in this case, the equestrian athlete, our guest today, Laura Crump Anderson joined the inform fitness Virginia team after realizing that the Inform protocol for time efficient and safe strength training is the ideal program for the riders extremely demanding schedule and fiscal requirements. Laura specializes in getting her equestrian clientele fitter for their horses without losing any time in the saddle. With only 20 minutes once a week of hard work. And as you know, by listening this podcast will last 53 episodes, real results. So whether you are an equestrian athlete yourself or you participate in another sport, learn how high intensity slow motion strength training provides the keys to bring your athletic performance to a new level of excellence.
Adam 02:16
Hello, everybody. Welcome to the show. This is we have a big, big lineup here with us today. We have of course my partner Mike, my business partner and licensee out in Virginia. Nicole Gustafson and of course, we have our guest, Laura Crump Anderson. Let me give you a little background on Laura she she first of all, she works for inform fitness. She's one of our trainers out in Virginia. Laura holds a bachelor's degree in kinesiology and she has a concentration in exercise science. After she graduated Laura became a certified personal trainer by the American College of Sports Medicine and continued her certification through the inform fitness protocol. What makes her really special besides all that already, is the fact that she is a horseback riding equestrian coach. I hope I said that right, Laura, from a very young age, Laura understood the importance of exercise also to improve performance in the saddle. So with her comprehensive understanding of all the specialized needs for equestrian riders, she fell in love with this high intensity workout, which he thought really fit in really well with her passion. And her first love. Having said that, I think what I'm going to do now is hand over the rest of the introduction to Nicole her colleague, and they work very closely together. Equestrian riding is a very specialized sport and just you don't have to be into equestrian riding or even know what equestrian riding is to benefit from listening to this, this episode, what I'd like to have come out of this is regardless of your passion, regardless of your sport, exercise. And the type of exercise is very important for that pursuit. We talk about these types of things a lot, but we're gonna kind of talk about it in context of an actual sport. So no more theory more less academic and in other words, and more in tune with reality. Alright, so So Nicole, hi.
Mike 04:08
You will have to know what horses are though
Adam 04:10
Yes, So Nicole, please say hello, and continue talking about Laura.
Nicole 04:17
Well, hello, everybody. The only thing I knew about horses, when I met Laura for the first time was that I was allergic to horses. And the entire equestrian industry intimidated me for multiple reasons. But about I would say four years ago, Laura, who was 24 at the time, walked into my office uninvited, well dressed with a resume and she sat down and all of my immediate prejudiced items were in my head. Okay. I thought at first, she's young, she is obviously well educated, and may not be in the position to add to my team right now. Now at the young age of 24, Laura, to say that she impressed me with her professionalism, and her passion would be an understatement. At 24, Laura came to me with a very specific mission, to bridge the gap between the protocol that inform fitness offers our clientele. And she has such great faith and education behind it, that she came to me with a very specific mission in mind to bridge the gap between what we do at inform fitness and the equestrian community, not only in Loudoun County, but generally nationwide. So while she was talking, I grew increasingly intimidated by her knowledge, but I couldn't help it recognize that I had a 24 year old, very presentable, very knowledgeable, very intelligent, young lady with a five year plan. Now she had a five year plan. I don't remember having a five year plan at 24.
Adam 06:32
I'm 53. And I don't have a five year plan.
Nicole 06:36
She came to me with a very, very specific passion, and a wholehearted belief that she was bringing the gift of the inform fitness protocol to an industry that she had already committed herself to career wise. And she sold me in a half an hour conversation, I decided this young lady was going to have a glorious career. And I had to have it. I wanted to do everything I could to have her that that glorious career to be with me.
Adam 07:15
And the pinnacle of his career is being on this podcast. So congratulations, Laura, and welcome to the show.
Laura Crump Anderson 07:21
I've reached my height. Thank you guys for having me. I'm really excited to be on today. And I really, really am looking forward to discussing the ideas of applying the inform fitness workout to sports specific exercise.
Adam 07:40
Alright, so let's get started. Let's let's first for those that don't know anything about equestrian riding. Maybe you can give a very brief description of what equestrian riding is, and maybe the demands of an equestrian rider. They're not just well dressed Silver Spoon rich people, right? I mean, they're actually great athletes.
Laura Crump Anderson 07:57
Absolutely not. So I joke a lot, actually, that there's such thing as a New York minute. But time doesn't matter nearly as much as it does in a busy equestrian facility. I mean, those people are up at 430 in the morning, you know, drinking a cup of coffee, that's probably the only moment in the day they're going to sit down and they hit the ground running. And they're going all day long
Adam 08:24
no pun intended,
Laura Crump Anderson 08:25
no pun intended. So they have extremely demanding schedules, they have extremely demanding physical activities that they have to be doing throughout the day. And then on top of that, they have horses that are these 1000 pound plus animals that they're working with and communicating with non verbally. So when I graduated, I got my degree in exercise science, not because I loved working out, I didn't enjoy working out but I realized how essential it was for me to be able to successfully perform in the tack for me to stay pain free. And for me to continue to ride my horses. I actually now am exclusively working with people I don't train horses anymore. There's one exception, which is a pony that I it's a homebred pony that that's the one person I'll make an excuse for to teach lessons on but I love working with people outside of the tack
Adam 09:21
tell us how physically demanding being an equestrian rider is I don't know, there's different types of equestrian riding right, there's jumping there's dressage. And
Laura Crump Anderson 09:28
yes, so there's the three main types in English is, you know, there's you've got hunter jumpers, you've got dressage, and you've got eventing. You've also got bolting Western, you've got trail riding, there's many different gamuts but generally, your riders have to be very strong in their upper back, they have to have extremely strong cores, they have to be stable through their seat. And then on top of that, you know, the day to day activity of standing in a ring for hours teaching lessons, the people who are the weekend warriors who only ride their horse once a week, they have to be fit enough to compete that horse on the weekends or go ride that horse on the weekends and not get in its way. So it runs the gamut. I mean, you've got quite a diverse population in the equestrian community, which people think is such a niche market. But the demands are strong core, strong upper back engagement through your lower body, there's people will go and do a trail ride on the beach in Mexico, and they will feel sore for days afterwards. But learning to post the trot and things like that is extremely demanding on the lower body.
Adam 10:41
If you're an equestrian rider, and you're doing all this stuff. Why the hell do you need to exercise I mean, like, it sounds like that's already exercise.
Laura Crump Anderson 10:47
So exercising is different, because exercising should be purposeful. And that purpose should be to build muscle, we want to put muscle on your body. Because you know, when you're riding, you're really got a very strong upper back, but your chest on the other hand, the pectoral muscles, they are not nearly as engaged. So it's about developing the balance throughout the body so that you are a well rounded athlete and not just strong on the areas that you're regularly working. You know, riders have really strong inner thighs, their abductors, they can squeeze all day long with their inner thighs, their glute medius and minimus, their hip abductors get a lot weaker. And you can see a correlation between weakness in your hip abductors and your ability to control your seat in the sitting trot. So it's really important to think about your exercise program as something you do to build muscle exercise is not recreational activity. recreational activity is things that you do in order to improve performance, not exercise. So exercising is a specific amount of time dedicated to the purpose of building muscle. And that is my definition slash the inform fitness definition of what exercise actually is
Adam 12:12
despite the fact that you're working hard on a horse, and you have to use a lot of muscles and requires you to be in great shape. Really, when you're riding a horse, you're really developing a skill. And it's really not necessarily good exercise. And as a result, even equestrian riders who work so hard to be an equestrian rider, they still have to exercise because the riding is not going to complete their exercise protocol, if you will, their exercise needs.
Laura Crump Anderson 12:39
Absolutely
Adam 12:40
So I remember when we were talking the other day about this. We talked about, for example, the lower back, right, because you insist that equestrian riders use a lower back machine. Now of course, just to remind our listeners we have, our gyms are equipped with a very special low back machine that that fixes the hips in place and really isolates a lumbar spine. It's very unique, and in many cases necessary to truly strengthen the spine. Otherwise, you end up doing a lot of hip extension and not really attacking the lumbar muscles. So talk to me a little about that, and the importance of why an equestrian rider needs to do the low back machine. And let me just add before Laura goes into it, even though we're specifically talking about equestrian riders needing a low back machine, you can fill in the blank with any sport you want. And this would work. So she's talking about equestrian riders specifically. But God I mean, if you're a tennis player, you need to do the low back machine if you're a soccer player. Why do you insist that the equestrian rider do the lower back machine,
Laura Crump Anderson 13:41
the low back machine is absolutely one of my favorite exercises that we have in the studio because it does just that it works and targets your low back directly. And I know so many riders who struggle with low back pain, that this is one of the first things that has made a difference for them. They're able to get through the day without taking an NSAID pain reliever. They're able to strengthen their core in a natural way that's not medicine. And it really does help you know, the demands of the equestrian is you're constantly going through a concussion, concussive movement on the horse's back, you're matching the motion of the horse's back with the strength of your core. So your core has to be very strong and very stable, but it's still going to take a regular repetitive motion. Beating, it is more like working than it is like an enjoyable experience. You're really working your core every time you sit on a horse and this low back machine, you know, the lumbar spine, the erector spinae these are such essential muscles to keep strong so that they can stand up longer. They can, you know, walk from place to place without feeling that achy sensation, like I said with the leg press. You know sometimes they'll come in and there'll be like, oh my god Back is really bothering me. And maybe I'll, you know, I'll say, Well, we really want you to get on this machine, you got to encourage someone to work a muscle sometimes when it's feeling achy, but you know, six weeks into a program, they realize, oh, wow, this is my favorite machine. And it does make such a difference on like day to day pain.
Nicole 15:18
When Laura and I first discussed her joining the team on inform, I immediately saw her as you know, a ground floor foundational partner of our operation in Virginia. And when she said to me, what the equestrian needs to hear is that they need to exercise not for themselves, but for their horses. I said, Laura, that makes no sense to me whatsoever. And she said, but it does to the equestrian, Laura made it very, very clear to me that she does not want to be just a strength training instructor her mission from day one was very clear, I want to be a an equestrian fitness specialist, because I have found the product at inform fitness that the entire equestrian community needs. And she speaks their language. And it's working. We actually have some very key community influencers, who are backing Laura in her endeavor because they believe in what she's trying to do. And they've seen the evidence firsthand, not to mention that we have a young equestrian rider that inform fitness is sponsoring, who is achieving greater accolades because of her training with Laura. So, you know, Laura's reputation as an equestrian fitness specialist is not only being recognized by the equestrian clientele that she has now, but it's also being recognized by equestrian trainers, the many farms that surround Loudoun County and Fairfax County, and not to mention many equestrian veterinarians are very interested in what she is doing. Because the stronger the rider, the stronger the horse, and the less injury on the horse. So when Laura says to an equestrian, well don't do it for you Do it for your horse that speaks their language. Not necessarily mine. But you can translate that to any, you know, athletic, passion, athletic sport, you know, you don't just do it to enhance your physical stamina, or your cardiovascular health, you do it for your balance, you do it for the for the protection from injury, and you do it for your family. I mean, you do it for you knew you do it for everything. And it's not just about the strength of your body and the performance of your horse or the outcome of whatever athletic endeavor you're pursuing. It directly boils down to quality of life too. life, life is not a joy ride, but it's worth it. And it's these passions that make it worth it. And when you can find a facility like inform fitness, that can both, you know, bring you the skill set the expertise of an instructor, and not only the confidence, I mean, we empower our clients to push themselves beyond what they thought they were capable. And we do that with the confidence that we have built through the rapport with that client. And that can translate to the equestrian field or whatever sport somebody is trying to get an edge on. You know, as Adam says countless times, we cannot create change without pushing our energy systems. And you know, if we want to create change in our bodies, so we can get out there and live the lives that we want and enjoy the sports and recreational activities that we want. Then again, this boils down to quality of life, protecting yourself from injury, enjoying the recreation to its fullest, enjoying your life to the fullest and inform fitness is what gives you the tool to do that not to mention the safety and the time efficiency in the future. activeness of it, which really, you know, anybody who is an avid equestrian or an avid, you know, sports enthusiast in any way or a, you know, a professional executive. Um, this gives them the time efficiency, the stamina, and not to mention the physical and mental empowerment, to take whatever they're trying to do to the next level. Now, I can only say this for the equestrian community. My little knowledge of the equestrian community is that they are very change averse.
Adam 20:42
They dress funny.
Laura Crump Anderson 20:44
Stop saying that, no.
Nicole 20:48
They're very change averse. And and they are, I mean, cynics walk through our door all the time. Because what we are offering often seems, more often than not seems too good to be true. Okay. So what I am so proud of is that Laura has not only taken your average off the street cynic, but she has taken a successful equestrian, who is very change averse to open their mind, walk in our doors, take the leap of faith, and then burn the bridge behind them, they are completely sold. And you know, Laura and I have discussed the challenge ahead of her from bringing such a change averse community, to open their minds and try something that completely goes against the grain of what they have been practicing in the past. But so far, she has been successful in that. And I welcome that, and every effort it takes, because once we get that infamously change averse community in the doors of inform, it's going to be just as hard for them to leave.
Adam 22:14
But it's also gonna what. I like what you're saying. Because you know, I've always been, people have always said, you know, you should go after the professional teams and the athletic teams and try to teach them about inform fitness. And I actually have said, they're so steeped in tradition, and the way they do things, that that it, it's not worth our marketing time and effort, right? I rather go after people that automatically appreciate this for what it's worth. So I've always been little resistance to spend my time going after those communities, equestrian being one of them. So this this could be the the wedge in a way and the entree into convincing athletes that you don't have to work out every single day and do the crazy, you know, high force activities and overtraining activities to to be a great athlete to be in great shape.
Laura Crump Anderson 23:02
That is a really good note, Adam, I want to just add on a couple things. One is rest and recovery that is so hard to find the time for, especially when you're in an industry where you're expected to be going all the time, but you have to rest and recover. You wouldn't. You know, go and go and go that's how horses gets injured. That's how people get injured is continuing and continuing without giving themselves the time to rest and recover. And it you know, being having someone tell you you know what, the best thing you can do this afternoon is to take this afternoon off, I think is a much appreciated idea. It's hard to find the time to rest and recover as a athlete, but it's absolutely essential for continued performance. And we have to give a huge shout out to Haley Carspecken who is the inform fitness sponsored rider she is a working student she works hours of hard physical labor in the barn on a regular basis for a top level professional. And then she goes out, she rides her horse, she rides training horses, and then on top of that she has to treat herself like the athlete that she is and find the time to rest and recover. She works really hard in the studio. But that's only one piece giving yourself the rest and recovery piece is absolutely essential or else people end up injured and Haley's success has has led to her being very successful in the tack she's gotten new scores in dressage. I mean there's so much that goes into it. We can't say that inform fitness is the reason Haley is an amazing rider. Haley's always been an amazing rider. This is a piece that we are adding to her program that is making a difference,
Nicole 24:53
you know, on the flip side of Laura's young equestrian rider which inform is sponsoring We have a client who is in his 70s was kicked in the back of his, you know, right in the back of his spine by his horse, you know, we can all empathize how hard it was for him to get back on that horse. Now having trained with Laura for, I think a period of about nine months now, I ran into him on the street the other day. And he was so excited to share with me that he got back on the same horse that kicked him on the back. And when he grabbed onto that horse with his abductors and stood up straight and strengthened out his, you know, really strengthened his core and showed that horse that he was back in control, that horse actually looked back, looked him right in the eye and said, Who the heck are you. And now that gentleman that client of Laura's in his 70s, is enjoying his passion once again, and has every confidence that even with the horse that kicked him in the back of the spine, and put him out of the game, now knows who's boss,
Adam 26:24
he probably doesn't walk behind the horse anymore
Mike 26:26
they just say no, we have, we have a client also, who's an architect full time. And he does, he does just dressage, over the weekend, he's a weekend warrior in his late 60s looks phenomenal. And he he actually was here for years, and then took a little hiatus like, you know, the prodigal client came back. And he said, he said night and day also has, has his strength, his ability to control his horse is and he depends on his workout here. And he doesn't do any other. No cardio, no conventional, other exercise, just just as 20 minute workout here. So
Laura Crump Anderson 27:01
and we're not trying to undermine what they're doing on the horse, what we're saying is that they are absolutely athletes already we are adding a piece of the puzzle so that they can be as successful as possible.
Mike 27:13
Is there an expectation, Laura, that you will, over time be beating down your back, no matter what, like the way runners oftentimes are beating down their knees, or their backs or their ankles?
Laura Crump Anderson 27:26
Absolutely, I mean, this is something that you're going to strengthen your core and your low back to stave off the back injuries, you're going to do this so that you're being able to go longer without needing back surgery, without, you know, feeling that chronic pain, you know, our bodies are our bodies. And I think, you know, one of the lovely things about this sport is it is so accessible for anyone because there are so many different horses and you finding your strengths. It takes time, but really early on, like the kids who aren't riding and want to do it, they kind of do it for a little bit, but then they realize this isn't what's right for them. So I don't know if there's necessary like I wouldn't say someone needs to be really tall to be a rider or someone I know, some of the best riders I know, are six foot six. And some of the best riders I know are five foot two. And it really, you know, our bodies do take a beating in the tack, but they absolutely need to be strong so they can continue to ride for as long as they want. And I know many riders like you were saying with your knees for runners, they feel like they need to get fitter for their horses, and they go out and they go running. And I'm like you're already doing an incredibly amount of stress every time you sit in the tack on your body. Don't add to that do something that is not high impact so that you can be fit for your horse. And that's what inform fitness offers. It offers a safe way to really engage your body in the muscle groups that you use while riding and the muscle groups that are also under developed. It's a full body workout. That gives you a really good amount of increased energy is usually the first thing that people say it's like I'm exercising I thought I would be tired but they notice I feel like I can go for longer rides I feel like that, you know I'm not drilling as much because it's clicking sooner in my lessons. I'm getting a you know, lifting up that hay bale to move it from one side of the barn to the other was less demanding on my body than it was three months ago. Like I feel like I have more energy and then it leads to the other aspects that really come with time. You know, really true hypertrophy.
Mike 29:58
There's no question like I think with This sport in any other sport, the more you strengthen your muscles and you prepare your joints for any activity, you're going to be able to a usually do it better, more efficiently and b, I think what you're talking about is withstand trauma. And that got my point before a little bit was like, you know, say like you're running not to exercise, but you run because you run a lot of people do. And then they get to a point where their knees have just been beaten down, but they want to do something that is that resembles that. So I sometimes advise them, Oh, why don't you try out cycling or something like that make you feel the same way? You know, and it will substitute that recreational activity? That is something that's fun for them. And I guess my question is, is there ever a time where you have to say, you know, something, you know, we this is beating you down on the horse that maybe we need to do something else.
Laura Crump Anderson 30:46
I honestly, my story is that I ended up with a serious overtraining injury without ever setting foot in a gym. The reason I got into exercise is because I suffered from so much chronic back pain. And I was 16. It's not like I was, you know, 55 years old. It's
Adam 31:07
hey
Laura Crump Anderson 31:10
nothing wrong with being 55.
Adam 31:12
Is that old or something?
Laura Crump Anderson 31:13
No, well, I mean, actually, I went to a clinic yesterday, and this woman is 64 years old and jumping at a higher level than I've ever competed.
Adam 31:23
64, That's different. That's old.
Mike 31:26
I remember, we had a 75 year old on last week, you know,
Laura Crump Anderson 31:29
that's amazing. No, but like, I do think that, you know, the oldest Olympic athletes tend to be the equestrians, we, our horses are absolutely athletes, the riders are athletes too. But you know, it takes time to become at skill and develop this to a level, it's not easy, and you're not going to do it, unless you're dedicated. But at the same time, I know the first thing that if I told a rider they needed to stop riding, I would be the first thing they dropped, it would not be the horses like that is never crossed my mind, I tell them, you know this, if this is what you want to do. And, you know, 55 is the perfect target market for me, I got injured very young, most people are able to sustain the beatings that they take young I wasn't, it led me down my path. But at the same time, you know, the riders who are just starting to get to the point where they're not regenerating, their muscles are starting to atrophy, at a greater pace. Those are the riders that absolutely need to be in the studio strength training.
Adam 32:35
So let me change gears a little bit. Balance. Because you know, when I when I think of a equestrian riding, I think of balance, right, they have to have incredible balance in sense of space where they are on the horse and jumping. I mean, I know I've ridden horses before. And boy, that's that's hard. It's hard to stay on a horse.
Mike 32:55
Skill development
Adam 32:55
I mean, I am not I am not good at it anyway, is there? Is there a particular type of balance training that you think needs to be done? Or is it just about riding the horse?
Laura Crump Anderson 33:05
Okay, so I do not think that standing on a ball or an exercise ball, or any sort of balance movement translates to fitness in the tack recently, I've been really busy and I've gotten into yoga, and I have to stand on one foot in yoga class, I could never stand on one foot in my whole entire life, but put me on four legs, I have a lot better balance, the best way to get better at riding and develop more balance is by riding your horse, this skill does not transfer from one event to the other. That being said, putting muscle on your body, the proprioceptive is the thing in your muscle that hold your balance and tell you where you are in relation to the ground or in your muscles. So that's another reason I say, well, it's not just to increase your ability to be balanced, it's also to increase you know, your defense against an actual fall. You want to be as strong as possible, you don't get stronger and more balanced. By standing on a ball, you get stronger by exercising outside of the tack and you get more balanced by spending the hours in the tack, improving your riding.
Adam 34:21
Amen sisters, here's here's a real live example of that. Here's a real equestrian rider that's actually saying that. So it's great to hear firsthand experience because we always talk about, you know, the fallacy of balanced training and how it doesn't transfer. And it's nice to hear you that you've experienced that as well
Laura Crump Anderson 34:37
and I can now stand on one foot but it doesn't transfer to riding the horse.
Adam 34:42
So another thing Laura want to talk about, and of course, you can't talk about exercise and complete wellness without nutrition, bringing that into it. And I just kind of find it ironic based on our conversation we had the other day that you know Horses are treated like princes, right, and princesses. I mean, they have the life. You know
Laura Crump Anderson 35:08
they do a lot for us,
Adam 35:09
they do a lot for us, but they have a life they are taken care of, and not not a single gram of food goes into their body that hasn't been accounted for and parsed out. So again, what's the take on equestrian nutrition are equestrians do they take care of themselves? I remember talking to a dancer, and a professional dancer who's who's in the dancing industry for a long, long time classical dancing. And she was telling me that dancers like they smoke packs a day of cigarettes, I couldn't believe that such a demanding type of job would they'd actually be smoking. So are there how is a lifestyle of an equestrian rider? And how do they eat and if you can generalize like that.
Laura Crump Anderson 35:51
So I definitely think this is an important topic to cover. Because you're what you put in your body becomes what you are, and you really do need to eat healthy. That being said, with demanding schedules, riders tend to put themselves on the back burners, they take care of their horses, they feed their horses, right, and then they go home and eat a frozen pizza or, you know, figure out what else it is. That is the easiest thing Top Ramen to eat. And, you know, a lot of people can undermine their athletic performance by not feeding themselves, like the athletes that they are eat real food.
Adam 36:31
So they're just like everybody else, I guess.
Laura Crump Anderson 36:33
Absolutely. I mean, sports, nutrition is nutrition with the word sport added.
Adam 36:37
But is there a weight requirement? I mean, do they have to watch their weight? I mean, like what you talked about, doesn't matter how tall you are, or how small you are. But it probably does matter if you're an equestrian rider, how heavy you are.
Laura Crump Anderson 36:47
I mean, there's guidelines to be advised and followed. But I mean, jockeys have to be a certain weight or under a certain weight riding, they used to actually to try and even out the field, make the lighter riders carry heavier weights to balance it out. But now they've kind of dropped that because it really they don't put weights in the saddle anymore? They no longer have weighted saddles. They've thought that was a thing. Like in the 80s
Mike 37:13
the old days. I thought that was still going on.
Laura Crump Anderson 37:20
Fascinating. No, it's so and I mean, the sport has been examined by you know, studies have been done to prove these things. And it's, it would be nice to have more studies done on the importance of athletic performance, but they're out there. There's some out there that shows, you know, improving your I mean, sports nutrition is one that you can absolutely research Google get advice on all the time. One thing is, you know, drink water when you're thirsty. Don't just drink the performance enhancing Gatorade because it tastes good. And don't feel like you need to drink all the time, because hydration doesn't have a direct correlation with heatstroke. Like you can be perfectly hydrated and still face heatstroke. I'm thinking of that right now. Just because we're in summer I got really sunburned yesterday and I saw people you know drinking a lot of sugary beverages, but Gatorade or things like that. Try and find a real food option. I would much rather have a client drink a bottle of water when they're thirsty and eat a banana. Then, you know, go for that real sugary concoction.
Adam 38:29
Very good. Alright, so there you have it. Equestrians don't have to eat any differently than the rest of us. There's no other special requirements. They're just like you said, Laura. I mean, that's what I always say, just eat real food. Perfect. Well, you know, I can't even add to that. I'm gonna let it end right there. I want to thank everybody for coming on the show. Mike. Nicole. Well said, Laura, thank you so much. That was so insightful. And you brought the point that we've been making countless times on all these episodes, you brought the point home for us once again. And I appreciate that. Thank you so much.
Tim Edwards 39:00
Thanks again to Laura Crump Anderson and Nicole Gustafson. From the inform fitness Virginia locations for joining us here on the podcast. There are several inform fitness locations across the US to find a location nearest you and to cash in on your free 20 minute once a week workout that is backed by science. Click the link in the show notes to informfitness.com Once you're there, you'll hit the try us free button on the homepage. Fill out the form. Pick your location and enjoy a slow motion high intensity full body workout in just 20 minutes for free. If you don't live near an inform fitness location, you could always pick up Adams book power of 10 the once a week slow motion fitness revolution. It is just a click away and available at Amazon. For less than 15 bucks. You'll find exercises that you can do in your own home, starting with some great nutritional tips to help you build that muscle and burn the fat. We'll have a link in the show notes to Adams book as well. You know we have interviewed several other authors over the past 53 episodes of this podcast. Many of those authors have their own audio books available through audible. We'd like to offer you inform nation a free Audiobook download just for listening to this podcast. Simply click the link in the show notes to audible trial.com forward slash inbound That's audible trial.com forward slash inbound. Sign up for a free 30 day membership trial to Audible. Then Download any book they have in their library for free. If you like podcasts, and you're gonna love audiobooks, give it a shot. It's risk free for 30 days Audible trial.com forward slash inbound. Now we hope you learned a lot this episode and that you'll join us again next time for the inform fitness podcast for Adam Zickerman and Mike Rogers of inform fitness. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting Network.
Our guest today is a longtime client of the Manhattan InForm Fitness location and who’s name is Michael Derchin. Michael is a cancer survivor who shares his story of profound loss, perseverance, and a lesson that proves you are never too old to make some positive changes and progress in your life.
Bon Jovi - One Wild Night (featuring our guest, Michael Derchin on backing vocals!) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NaNi8j36Gio 2:30 mark in the song you can hear Mike’s primal scream ion the song
Adam Zickerman - Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
For a FREE 20-Minute strength training full-body workout and to find an Inform Fitness location nearest you, please visit http://bit.ly/Podcast_FreeWorkout
52 Beating Cancer One Workout At-A-Time Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
mike, podcast, pounds, gave, doctor, cancer, fitness, week, years, life, eating, prostate, testosterone, inform, exercise, wife, episode, bon jovi, adam, day
SPEAKERS
Mike Durkin, Tim Edwards, Mike, Adam
Tim Edwards 00:00
The inform fitness podcast is brought to you by Audible. Get a Free Audiobook download and a 30 day free trial of Audible membership at audible trial.com forward slash inbound
Mike Durkin 00:19
life is just a bowl of cherries. Don't take it serious. Life's too mysterious. You work you save you worry so, but you can take your dough when you go go go. Keep repeating it's the berries, the strongest Oak must fall. The best things in life for you I just loaned so how can you lose what you never owned. So life is just a bowl of cherries. So live and laugh at it. Live and laugh at it, live and laugh at it home.
Tim Edwards 01:12
inform nation welcome in Tim Edwards here at the inbound podcasting network. And this is episode number 52 of the inform fitness podcast with New York Times bestselling author, Adam Zickerman. The song that you heard at the top of the episode was performed by an inform fitness client who has one heck of a story to share with you today. You are about to hear a stirring testimonial regarding the health benefits that can come as a result of the slow motion high intensity strength training protocol administered by the inform fitness program. And in some cases, maybe even life saving. Our guest today is a longtime client of the Manhattan inform fitness location, whose name is Michael Durkin, in this episode, you will receive some weight loss tips. But you're also going to hear stories of profound loss and perseverance, and most importantly, a lesson that you are never too old to make some positive changes in your life.
Mike 02:09
That was an incredible song to start off the episode. I'm so excited about this podcast, and for our guests that were that we're going to be interviewing today, because it's a testimonial of the health benefits that come with the inform fitness program. I think in this podcast, we're gonna re ask the question what is necessary if your goal is weight loss, it's going to dispel some of the exercise myths that we've talked about before on this podcast. And I think it's going to address the understated effect of hormones on muscle growth and fat loss. And our guest today has been a client with us since 2011. And in the last seven years, he's had some unbelievable results to his health and fitness. His name is Mike Durkin, you just heard him sing just now a second ago life is a bowl of cherries, and I'm just gonna I just recalled Mike, years ago, as a fact he sang backup with Bon Jovi actually years ago on which album was that?
Mike Durkin 03:09
The crush album.
Mike 03:13
We said it sounds like we're kidding. But we're not. And what song was it again?
Mike Durkin 03:17
One wild night
Mike 03:20
One Wild night, so we'll see if we can get a clip of that song. It's he's actually credited on the on the it was a CD at the time, right?
Adam 03:28
Can we get Bon Jovi to approve us to see a clip
Mike Durkin 03:31
in addition to the backup, I also in the middle of that song, there's a primal scream. And that's me.
Adam 03:39
No way. Can you repeat that scream now?
Mike Durkin 03:43
I only do that on some of the machines that you put me on.
Adam 03:46
I only do that for big cash, Adam. I don't do that for free.
Mike 03:50
So Mike was referred by his good friend Hence Orme which if you're a listener of the podcast, he was the subject of the return of the prodigal client, which was
Adam 04:01
one of our most popular podcasts.
Mike 04:03
I personally love seeing Mike every week. He's consistent with his workouts. He works very, very hard. He's extremely positive and funny. And I've learned a lot from him over the years. And he's a financial analyst on Wall Street, loves his job has two grown kids. And he's currently 75 years old. He will be 76 in a couple of months, right?
Mike Durkin 04:24
Yeah, August
Adam 04:25
and August. What?
Mike Durkin 04:26
August 17.
Adam 04:28
Are you Leo?
Mike Durkin 04:29
Yeah
Adam 04:30
I'm August 4. August is a great month to have a birthday.
Mike 04:33
All right. Well, it's the opposite side of the calendar for me so but you enjoy it and I'll enjoy my
Adam 04:38
thank you very much.
Mike 04:38
my half birthday at the same time. So anyway, in order to explain Mike's results, we have to go back to the beginning, which is 2011. In preparing for this podcast and in organizing my thoughts. I thought that Mike's story can be divided into three little chapters and the first one starts in 2011 When you walked in our door, and Mike, what was going on in your life at that time?
Mike Durkin 05:07
Okay, well, this chapter of my life actually started in late 2010. And what happened in late 2010. In November, specifically, my, my wife, Terry, who I had been my soulmate for 40 years was in intensive care, at Sloan Kettering hospital, she had been diagnosed with an aggressive form of thyroid cancer, and she had just been given a, you know, a few weeks or months to live at that point in time. And I was in, in the room with her. And she was a very caring person. And she looked at me and said, I want you to go, I don't like how you look, you don't look, well, I want you to go to the doctor immediately. And I said, go to the doctor, immediately. I'm here, you're here in intensive care, I've got to take care of you. And she says, I'm surrounded by all these doctors and nurses, and I'm hooked up to all these things. So you there's nothing you can do for me here. I really think I just don't you know, I've known you for 40 years, I just don't like the way you look, I want you to do this for me. So I go to the doctor, and she kind of hooks me up to all these machines and electrocardiograms that only other stuff that you do for a checkup. And, and at the end, we're, I'm in her office, and she said, Well, I've got to admit, admit you to the hospital. I said, admit me to the hospital. What are you talking about? Well, I've never seen numbers like this, you're about to have either a stroke or a heart attack any second. I mean, I can't, you know, I can't let you out of here. And so I say, well, there's no way, you know, I'm going to, you know, a hospital with my wife dying. And she said, Well, will you at least do do me a favor. And, you know, let me have send you to a cardiologist, and have them take a look at you and see what they recommend. So that same day, I went to the New York Hospital, cardiologist, and they took a look at me and did further heart exams and said, Well, look, Mike, you know, we understand why Dr.wanted to admit you. And under normal circumstances, we would but you know, because you're in serious, you know, shape here. On the other hand, we understand why you're in that shape, it's more stress related, probably than anything else. And there's nothing structurally wrong with your heart that we can see. And so, you know, we'll we'll let you out, but we, you know, on the provision that you got to come back every week, until your wife passes away, and you know, they gave me some medication, and they hooked me up to some machines that I walked around with, you know, and so make a long story short, we, my wife left a hospital in November for, you know, around Thanksgiving time, came home, and in hospice situation, she passed away on December 17, of 2010. And, you know, before she passed away, she, she said, you know, really the day before, she said, Look, I have one last wish you've been 40 years taking care of me, she had a muscle disease, by the way, for, for most of the 40 years, we were married Polymyositis. And so I was both a husband and a caregiver for 40 years, and, you know, didn't take very good care of myself physically. And she knew that and she said, Look, you know, after I am gone, we have two teenage daughters at the time, you know, you just got to, for your own sake, get yourself in shape, get yourself better for your if not for your for your own sake then for your two teenage daughters. So with that as motivation, she after she passed away in early January of 2011. You know, I went back to the doctor who then gave me a full workout and in addition to heart, and I also had diabetes, type two diabetes, which I didn't know about, I weighed 265 pounds. I was sent to a doctor who specialized in diabetes and and the doctor said, Well, give me an example of your diet Mike, and I kind of described, you know what I ate during the day and he said, Well, I know what your problem is, Mike, you're having high portions of carbohydrates. And you should be eating small portions of low carbohydrate foods. So you're doing just the opposite of what you should to be doing, and I said, Well, how do I, you know, get back on track and and he said, also, obviously, you know, you're out of shape and you got to, you know, you got to lose a lot of weight, both through exercise and, and through changing your eating and, and so he gave me the name of a nutritionist to help me out on the nutrition side and he said, see if you can find yourself, you know, a place to go to start getting yourself in shape. And that's where I mentioned it to Hence, who was a good friend of mine at the time. And he had recommended inform fitness at that point. And that's how I came to you guys in 2011.
Mike 10:42
Mike and I were, we were just talking about before the podcast, and I said, Hey, Mike do you remember the oatmeal conversation we had? And he said, I think so. And then. And he said, I think it was cereal and berries I think I might be confused about between cereal and berries. But the thing is, you know, Michael started working out with us. And we quickly warmed up to each other. And he quickly connected to doing the strength training program. He he you know, he works very, very hard. And then I think he hit a little plateau. And I think you weren't you were given guidance from the nutritionist. And I think you got I think he dropped maybe 10 or 15 pounds or something.
Mike Durkin 11:21
I went from 265. down to about 235.
Mike 11:25
Oh was it that much at the time.
Mike Durkin 11:26
Yeah, I lost about 30 pounds.
Mike 11:28
But there was a plateau.
Mike Durkin 11:29
Yeah, I hit a plateau. And, and I was sort of the same weight for over a month. And I'm kind of frustrated, obviously. Because I thought I was continuing to do everything. Right. And, and Mike said, Well, what do you have for breakfast, and I kind of described that I have, oh, I have a really healthy, big cereal with fruit and all kinds of great stuff. And, and he said to me, Well, I think I know how you can, you know, lose five pounds in a week. And I said five pounds in a week. How? And he said, Well, instead of having that, that cereal, just have one hard boiled egg for breakfast, everything else the same whatever you're having for lunch or dinner, eat the same exact food, but just change one thing just have just change for one week, and you're going to lose five pounds. I thought that was a joke no way and so
Adam 12:25
it's like Mickey Mantle pointing to the left field and say he's going to hit a home run there.
Mike Durkin 12:30
I thought it was crazy, actually. So anyway, but anyway, I did what he said. And a week later, I came back and I got on the scale and I was five pounds less. I lost five pounds in a week, you know, just by changing, you know, going from that high calorie, high carb cereal which I shouldn't have been on, you know, in the first place to to protein. And after that, in fact, right now, you know, um, you know, you know, I have every, pretty much every day I have an omelet as almost a staple of for breakfast every every day, not just a hybrid omelet with some, some vegetables and but I'm off the you know, on a very low carb diet.
Mike 13:20
Right. Yeah. You know, the, his, you know, he's doing his workouts, he gave up carbohydrates. And I want to actually ask you, I want the audience to know who cookie is Michael
Mike Durkin 13:32
cookie, Oh, Cookie is my 80 pound Labradoodle who just turned 12 This past week. And but back in 2011, she was in their prime and loved to walk and and she was, you know, after my wife passed away, she became, you know, kind of and my kids were away to school I was by myself and it was just me and cookie. And the nice part about cookie is she was she other than Mike the best Personal Trainer I've ever had because it's at six in the morning she'd stick her wet and black nose in my face and say we got to go out and walk and whether it was you know, raining or snowing or no matter what the weather was she you know, she had to go at the, at a minimum three times a day and she was very athletic we I live in an area on Palisades and jersey. So there's a lot of hills and up and down and a lot of a lot of walking. You know, that's pretty strenuous for an athletic dog. So I ended up walking probably, you know, at least an hour, sometimes two hours a day as my main exercise quite frankly, besides inform that was really my only other exercise
Mike 14:56
right, so as I was just going to ask you didn't do any other cardio type of exercises like biking or elliptical or treadmill, nothing,
Mike Durkin 15:04
No, it was just Just what I did here and just a lot of walking. That was, you know, that's what I did.
Mike 15:11
You know, and I and so 12 months later, you know, you were 70, you lost 66 pounds, and we got to a low of 199 pounds. I vividly remember a conversation with you, when I asked you about how you feel compared to when you then to when you to how you felt before you ever came in. And us, you told me I felt like I was 100 years old. And and you were on medication for everything, cholesterol and diabetes, you know, and, and I said, Well, how do you how do you feel now? And you said, I feel like I'm 30 Now, you know, and I was like I never forget that conversation. And I'm telling Adam, and I'm so excited to show your results and tell everybody Hey, I got this 70 year old client who lost 66 pounds in the last 12 months,
Adam 16:04
who is definitely for that period of time. Our poster child.
Mike 16:06
Yeah, it was it was like it was I couldn't I never felt happier in my life. I mean, we've had so many success stories, but this was something that just given Mike's history at that point. I was so excited. And then And then around that time, Mike what happened next?
Mike Durkin 16:22
Well, life is sometimes is cruel. And having basically gotten rid of, you know, through diet and exercise, the diabetes went away, you know, my, you know, my numbers were normal. I went off the pills that I had been on. My blood pressure was normal. Cholesterol was normal. Every everything was normal. I was feeling great, except for one thing I was starting, I was having some urinary tract problems, pretty severe ones. And I had a couple of biopsies prior to that on my prostate and they turned out to be negative. But my PSA, which is indicator, one of these indicators of potential cancer was going up pretty dramatically high. So I went for my annual physical at that point. You know, I said to my doctor, I said, Gee, and I feel great. I feel terrific, except for this one thing is bothering me this, this this, this this PSA it shouldn't you know, you know, it's just crazy why it's so high. And yet I know, from these biopsies, I don't have cancer, but you know, I just can't figure out what's going on. So So she said, Well, let me send you to another urologist who's the best diagnostician. I know, she sent me over to him. And he said, he looked at me and he said, Well, we got to do an MRI on you on the prostate. And within the next day, I get the call. And he says, Well, I got bad news. You've got essentially the equivalent of, of stage four cancer. And it was it was bad. And they said, at that point that the problem is we it's, you know, we because we missed it, we think it's spread, you know, and, you know, you may have if it is spread, maybe you got a year to live. So I said, I can't believe this, I said well just cut it, you know what, let's just do surgery and just get it out. And they said, well, it's too late. In other words, that should have been done if years ago, you know, so what we've got to do is threefold number one, we got to shrink your prostate, so it's small enough that we can do radiation on it, we've got to give you some hormone treatment that eliminates testosterone in your body because prostate cancer grows on testosterone. And you know, it's it's we think, again, it's it's outside of the prostate and could kill you, if it's in the bones or lungs are other parts of vital organs. So we got to, we've got to eliminate the testosterone in your body. And we've got to put you on chemotherapy, you know, daily chemotherapy pills to in the event it has spread that would kill it off outside of the prostate. And so you know, and I said, Well, what's the side effects and and they kind of gave me all the side effects which, you know, you listen to the side effects and you say, I'd rather die than go through those side effects. And doctors just say, Well, look, I mean, those we got it. These are the potential side effects but you know, that not everybody has these side effects and some people don't have Have any of them? And they said, I said, Well, what's the one that, you know, most likely I am going to have? And they said, well, because of eliminating the testosterone in your body, you're going to gain weight. I don't know, to anybody else. Gaining weight would have been okay, I can handle that. But for me, I've just spent a year losing 65 pounds. Feeling like, like getting punched in the stomach. I said, how much am I gonna gain? He said, Well, you know, you're gonna probably gain 30 35 pounds, you know? Oh, Jesus Christ. Yeah. Yeah, after all of this, what am I gonna tell my trainer. Anyway, long story short, I mean, like, what are you gonna do? I mean, I had, you know, two daughters who were young, and I had to take care of them. And I had told my wife before she died, you know, I was gonna do everything I could to stay alive and healthy as long as I could. So I basically went on that program, and and
Mike 21:11
how much did you how much did you gain?
Mike Durkin 21:13
Okay, we're right, I went from, you know, 199 It went up to about 235 I think, while I was on a while I,
Adam 21:21
how about you diet, did that change?
Mike Durkin 21:22
No, I maintained the same eating I in fact, I came here every single week, like I had always done right through the treatment, I remember telling the cancer doctor when I was going, I went for I went for, you know, the, the radiation five days a week for it was at least two months, maybe three months. I came and I told the, I told the doctor, you know, I go, you know, I go, I do training, strength training once once a week, and I keep doing that and and he said, Well, you know, when cancer when this radiation is as it kind of builds in each each, each week, so as you get towards the end, you might not have the strength to do exercise you might and but I did it every week right through you know, I actually worked every day too, that's the other thing I was working because this is what what was keeping my mind off of my my wife's passing away and all the other thing I was working every day, and I was having my treatment every day and watching my keeping good. I really keeping to my same exact health regime, the eating and exercise, eat throughout the whole period.
Mike 22:42
it's such a fascinating thing. You know, Adam and I have talked about it many times, but it's the idea that, you know, you still kept a very low to no carb diet. And regardless of that, you gained 35 pounds
Mike Durkin 22:56
right, the identical diet.
Mike 22:58
So the workout stayed the same. You're walking with cookie stayed the same? Yeah, your relative activity level, he ate the same right Right. Welcome to New York brother, here we go with the sirens. So all those things were the same, um, and still you gained 35 pounds, you're on the same program you had? And, and so it really, it really begs the question, how relevant are hormones like testosterone? What's the link or the relationship with our muscle growth and our fat loss?
Adam 23:35
well, these mechanisms are still being found out. But the bottom line is, as we discussed in one of our other episodes, when we did the secret life of fat, there are a lot of variables to weight gain. And here's a perfect example of how you change your hormone situation. And you have weight gain. So before you start judging people that are fat, and start thinking that they're not disciplined, they don't know how to eat and they're lazy and they don't, they're not active enough. And you want to blame the sedentary lifestyle. Well, think twice before you talk because there are so many other variables, including hormonal changes, and they're real. And here's a perfect example. Somebody only thing that changed was his hormone levels of testosterone and you gained weight. The doctor knew it was gonna happen, he was always able to predict the amount of weight that you're going to gain. Alright, so this happens, it's regular. So, you know, when you it's tricky. I mean, that whole book, The Secret Life of fat, I mean, like, you know, the mechanisms and why we gain weight and how to lose weight. It's tricky. It's very tricky. It's not black and white. And we have a lot to learn. And, you know, so we just got to keep plugging and figuring it out. But um, but this there's there's a silver lining to this story, obviously.
Mike 24:48
Yeah, the well over it went through all these treatments. And it was about four and a half, five years, right. And then eventually, you were they declared you cancer free.
Mike Durkin 25:00
Yep, yeah, you know, after I went through, you know, what I described to you had a choice, you know, to continue if I wanted to, on a low level basis, some of this or just go off completely. I said, look, let's, I prefer to go off completely, because I'd really, you know, like to get back to normal. And they so doctor said, Okay, what we'll do initially is I'll just, you know, check in, you know, we'll go off all the medication that you were on, and we'll check in every three months, you know, if cancer comes back, and we'll, you know, at least, you know, we'll catch it quickly, and then we can put you back on, on whatever cancer treatment is, would be, you know, required. But, you know, the first year I went every three months, it hadn't come back. Then the next year, he said, Well, let's, why don't you come back every, you know, every, every four months, and I did that, and then it hadn't come back. And, and then they just most recently, they said, well, let's, let's come back every every six months. And the last time I was there was just last month in May, and the guy gave me a big hug the doctor, he's not necessarily a very emotional guy, normally, he said, You know, it's a people like you that make my job worthwhile. Because, you know, I don't have that many successes. Or at least, not as many as I would like, and you're one of these successes, where you've cancer free and your testosterone is normal. I was last week when they, you know, I was 197 pounds. So actually below the 199 That I'd gotten to the previous time, my, this doctor said that he saw me being a sort of ideal way to get in my weight, my age and build would be sort of in the 190 to 199 range, if I can hang in there, which is really where I am right now.
Adam 27:08
Congratulations.
Mike 27:09
Yeah, that's the that's the interesting point that you just sort of jumped right to is that there was another term after you became cancer free, that testosterone started to come back into your body just naturally, and your hair came back onto your arms and right and all the all the the the effects of testosterone as it comes back muscle growth even came back at a higher degree. And then, and that's what's interesting is he went from losing the 66, getting cancer, gaining 35, whatever. And then right after the cancer, that test, testosterone came back, and you just kept your entire routine the entire way. And then you lost the weight again, right went down another 40 or 40 pounds. And so it's really, it really is a remarkable roller coaster ride, which I mean, you know, Adam just
Adam 28:02
won consistency with this roller coaster, I was your perseverance and your dedication. And you honored your wife, you know, you word to your wife. Well, I think it's a beautiful, beautiful story.
Mike Durkin 28:12
I had a lot of help from friends and inform fitness was a vital part of what I did. I mean, there's no question about that. But I made a point, no matter how I was feeling to get to get here because I really felt that strength training. And what I did here was a was a really crucial part of the whole program, in addition to the walking with cookie,
Adam 28:35
and the low carb diet, the sugar feeds cancer. So you stayed on that you need to give up?
Mike Durkin 28:40
Yes. And so it was really, it was a combination of all those factors
Adam 28:47
it's so many times the attitude of the patient means so much. It just it just seems and it's anecdotal, of course, but it just seems that people do so much better when they have the right attitude, going into all this stuff, and, and never give up. I don't care what it is.
Mike 29:06
And it's also just another extra point. It's like you really, it's almost you're never too old to make some progress in your life to make it better. I mean, we have we have clients even in their 80s and even 90s and dramatic changes in their body. And I mean, mostly for getting it for strength training, but I mean, you were very compliant with your nutrition and, and your routine. And but I think a lot of people once again, they're they immediately think it's hopeless to even try to lose fat over after you're 70 years old
Adam 29:38
Exactly, or strength and the aches and pains are inevitable and accepted and doesn't have to be that way. And that's a great point Mike.
Mike 29:46
Yep. So Michael We so appreciate that you could be our guest and we are so grateful and honored to have you as our client and our friend. I mean this is it gives me the chills even thinking about the story and even and even the intro with your Your wife. And so, I mean, you're obviously very fortunate to have her as a, as a motivating force and a spirit in your life. And we're so lucky to have you here
Adam 30:09
So we'd like to come back on the show in about 10 years.
Mike Durkin 30:11
That would be great.
Mike 30:14
Every decade we need, yeah, we'll check in
Mike Durkin 30:17
that will keep me young.
Adam 30:18
That time, you'll be about 10 years old.
Mike Durkin 30:22
My other song as you know, keep me young at heart, which is, go for it. Go to fairy tales can come true. It could happen to you. If you're young at heart. It's hard you will find to be narrow of mind. If you're young at heart. You can go to extremes with impossible schemes. You can laugh when your dreams fall apart at the seams, and life gets more exciting with each passing day. Love is either in your heart or on the way, don't you know that it's worth every treasure on Earth. To be young god heart. as rich as you are, it's much better by far to be young at heart. And if you should survive to 105 So I'll be here till 105 Think of all you'll derive out of being alive and here's the best part. You'll have a head start if you are among the very young at heart.
Tim Edwards 31:30
Boy, that was a great episode. And hopefully, you have been inspired by Michael Durkin's story. We look forward to having him back with us in 10 years just as He promised us. Hey, remember early on in the episode, Mike told us that he was a backup singer for Bon Jovi back in the day. Well in the shownotes there's a link to the Bon Jovi song one wild night where you can hear Mike singing in the background and that primal scream he mentioned right at around the two and a half minute mark. Very cool. Also in the show notes, as always is a link to informfitness.com Click on over there and you'll find a free workout waiting for you. Click the Try it free button right there on the homepage. Fill out the form. Pick your location and enjoy a free slow motion high intensity full body workout in just 20 minutes. And if you don't live near an inform fitness location, you can always order Adams book power of 10 to once a week slow motion fitness revolution it's just a click away and available at Amazon. For less than 15 bucks you'll find exercises that you can perform in your own home, along with some great nutritional tips to help you build the muscle and burn the fat. Speaking of fat, Adam mentioned the book The Secret Life of fat earlier in the episode. You might remember our interview with author Dr. Sylvia Tara back in episode number 22. Well, how would you like to download her audio book for free? Simply click the link in the show notes to audible trial.com forward slash inbound and sign up for a free 30 day membership trial to Audible. then, download the book for free, or any book that you can find in audible. If you like podcasts, you're going to love audio books, give it a shot and try it risk free for 30 days. That's audible trial.com forward slash inbound. Well that's gonna do it for this episode and we hope you enjoyed it as much as we did. And make sure you join us next time for the inform fitness podcast for Adam Zickerman and Mike Rogers. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting Network.
Adam Zickerman is joined by personal trainer, author, and speaker Simon Shawcross to discuss the state of high-intensity training methods across the globe. What are the different philosophies associated with high-intensity training and some of the commonalities regarding this protocol as practiced around the world.
http://simonshawcross.com
Adam Zickerman - Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution: http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen For a FREE 20-Minute strength training full-body workout and to find an Inform Fitness location nearest you, please visit: http://bit.ly/Podcast_FreeWorkout
51 High-Intensity Training Across the Globe with Simon Shawcross Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
people, exercise, high intensity, simon, workout, seconds, high intensity training, compound movement, minutes, trainer, physiology, muscle tissue, inform, fitness, hutchins, rigid, resistance training, performed, protocol, ken
SPEAKERS
Tim Edwards, Simon Shawcross, Adam
Simon Shawcross 00:06
Putting a little bit of reality into exercise and there are opportunities for people like you know, here inform in Manhattan to walk off the street and walk into a place where they're going to be really well looked after, and that that is replicated and can be replicated even more around the world. Can you provide your client with an experience that reinforces the positive impact of a high intensity training workout.
Tim Edwards 00:34
Hello, once again, inform nation we certainly appreciate you joining us here for episode number 51 of the inform fitness podcast, Tim Edwards here with the inbound podcasting network and a longtime client of inform Fitness. Today, the founder of inform Fitness in New York Times bestselling author Adam Zickerman is joined by Simon Shawcross. Now one of the first things you'll notice about Simon is that he flew across the pond to spend some time with Adam. He's a fellow high intensity personal trainer based out of London, in addition to his personal training, Simon is a weight loss coach and the co author of the book, the one diet, Simon can be found traveling around the world and speaking to corporations as a wellness expert. So in this episode, Simon and Adam will discuss the state of high intensity training methods across the globe. What are some of the different philosophies associated with high intensity training, and, of course, some of the common threads regarding this protocol as practiced around the world.
Adam 01:33
Hello, everybody. Welcome to the show. This is kind of cool. This is kind of impromptu, get together. I have with me today, Simon Shawcross. He's from across the pond, Simon works with a lot of trainers all around the country. He's a, he's an educator, and he has some really valuable insight, I think, because he talks to people like me, all around the world, people that are advocates for high intensity training. And because he's talking to so many different people, we'll be interesting to see their takes on high intensity training, and if there's any variation of a theme that we can learn from. So so welcome to the show, Simon.
Simon Shawcross 02:09
Thank you, Adam. Hi, Tim. Hi, everyone who's listening.
Adam 02:13
So Simon, as I said, you've been around the world interviewing entrepreneurs, high intensity enthusiasts, researchers, scientists, doctors, about high intensity training. We've just spoken about my philosophy, even you visited our gym for a while, we talked about what we do, how we do it. And my listeners, for the most part, know our approach. So what's different out there? What were the variations? What are people doing? That might be slightly different and interesting, how they approach whether it be from an exercise physiology point of view or training point of view, or maybe even from a business point of view? You can go wherever you want with this to start, and we'll take it from there.
Simon Shawcross 02:53
Okay, well, I think I'll start off with a fairly recent conversation with Dr. Doug McGuff.
Adam 02:58
Okay
Simon Shawcross 02:59
about exercise into middle age and beyond, and looking at things like myokines and the research that is being done about really, effectively a young science. It's only about 10 years old, now and just showing the impact that muscle tissue has on the human physiology and the fact that is no longer looked as like a sort of set of dumb fibers of the nervous system act on. Now we can look at it as a accretionary organ that has hugely beneficial effects and implications.
Adam 03:31
So muscles are accretionary organ. And one of those things that you just mentioned myokines,
Simon Shawcross 03:35
myokines absolutely yeah
Adam 03:36
so what are those things that secretes myokines,
Simon Shawcross 03:38
which in myokines just go out and send signals to other muscle cells. And in some cases, cells around the body telling them to do certain things, effectively telling them to get fitter and to get better and more capable. So that's that's one aspect of the stuff we're learning nowadays is we've always known how much of a positive impact this has. But we're also now learning how much of that positive impact and how that occurs. So we can perhaps explain it better in the future to our clients as well.
Adam 04:09
So what about myokines? So let's get into these myokines a littl
Simon Shawcross 04:12
sure
Adam 04:13
what was Dr. McGuff, talking about them and saying,
Simon Shawcross 04:16
effectively saying that when you cause the release of myokines, what you're doing is you're sending this very strong signal to the body to certain organs, to get stronger to get more capable to send in some some situations. an anti tumor message with myokines have been shown to have a positive impact on certain answers. So it really is how the human physiology responds to strengthening exercise at a cellular level. Okay, so we come from behind NC, both of us, we come from a high intensity training community. And I tell you in the past, this community has been quite rigid sometimes about what exercise is. And probably that's a very understandable reaction to kind of what goes as being fitness out there in the wider in the wider world
Adam 05:12
right
Simon Shawcross 05:13
Because you know, anything you can throw at a wall and sticks gets promoted and sold as exercise out there. And you know, if you've got if you go out and your purpose is to go and have fun, fine. But we also know that to create a really positive physiologic adaptation, we want the intensity to be high enough. And if we're going to make the intensity relatively high, we also want to do it safely. So we have longevity behind this. And I think what we've been seeing is that people were too rigid about high intensity training in the past, and people within the industry are really focused, can be focused on the minutiae, and arguing and infighting about the minutiae, a little bit too much. And once, that might be an understatement. But what is super refreshing, but I'm beginning to experience at the moment is that if you actually go and visit people who are putting who are on the ground, putting this work in, day in and day out, there are permutations, and there are things that people are doing, that are a little bit more open minded than perhaps may come up, come across online, that engage the audience, and keep people coming back through the door, consistently, week after week and year after year, whilst not diluting. What is what our core message is and that stuff is interesting.
Adam 06:40
I love it. I love it. Okay, so before we start getting into the variations that you're referring to, and the open mindedness that you're referring to, and what you're noticing is people becoming less rigid from those core principles that are out there. Let's talk about those core principles First, and what a rigid protocol might look like. And then we'll we'll expand from there.
Simon Shawcross 07:02
Okay, so I would say like a very traditional approach to this would be, let's say, one or two workouts a week, performed on relatively high end equipment. So you could say decent, Nautilus MedX, David equipment, performed, one set to failure, sets lasting 60 to 90 seconds, a workout totaling probably around about 20 minutes would be typical. And, and that's it. So a person walks in off the street, performs that routine with a trainer, they might stick to a very rigid tempo or cadence during that time as well. So a person might say, you, it's imperative that you move up in eight seconds and move back down in eight seconds on it on every exercise, and to every individual who walks through that door.
Adam 07:52
No cardio right,
Simon Shawcross 07:53
the traditional high intensity training interpretation would be you're getting your cardio right, whilst you're doing the workout. What I'm seeing now with some of the places that I'm visiting, is, let's take that example of cardio.
Adam 08:06
Yeah
Simon Shawcross 08:06
is that people are incorporating a more traditional cardio modality into the protocol too so they might have somebody on an exercise bike or, or a cross trainer, or even even a recumbent bike or a treadmill, if it's appropriate, and performing high intensity start interval training
Adam 08:29
on the bike
Simon Shawcross 08:31
Yeah, exactly. And so
Adam 08:33
so they're not doing steady state necessarily
Simon Shawcross 08:35
No, not necessarily, I'd say within the in the gym environment, that would be pretty much a no to the steady state stuff. They wouldn't have any
Adam 08:42
within the high intensity training community
Simon Shawcross 08:43
they wouldn't have somebody come in and sit, park their bum on the treadmill for 20 minutes or on the bike for 20 minutes
Adam 08:50
So they're doing intervals
Simon Shawcross 08:52
Exactly. Yeah. Yeah.
Adam 08:54
Separate from the weight training workout, or are they are they doing interval and doing the high intensity?
Simon Shawcross 08:59
That's a good question. I've seen it and know that being done both ways. So sometimes, a trainer will have somebody come in on, let's say a Monday, do it. Quite a traditional high intensity resistance or strength training workout, and then the client will come back in on another day of the week and do a 20 minute or a 20 minute high intensity interval training workout probably of which, no more than sort of 10 minutes about is is really intense stuff.
Adam 09:26
Right. So what what are you finding out is the rationale so what why are they deciding to break away from the rigid original? I mean, let's let's say, you know, the way Ken Hutchins originally laid, laid it out. Uh huh. Ken Hutchins, for those that don't know, he pretty much is the architect of the slow high intensity training movement. He named it super slow. It's basically lifting 10 seconds up originally was five seconds down because machines at the time had a little bit more friction than normal. Now the machines have less friction, a typical super slow protocol might be 10 seconds up, 10 seconds down, no room for any types of steady state cardio, stretching, flexibility, balance, none of that stuff in the way Simon described it, it was just five or six compound movement exercises to muscle failure one set, and you're done
Simon Shawcross 10:24
Yeah
Adam 10:24
So what? So back to the question? What is the rationale? What has been the rationale for people kind of moving out of that dogmatic idea?
Simon Shawcross 10:35
Well, I think it's probably probably twofold. One would be that people enjoy that kind of intense cardio, if we're going to call it that. And people, there's a demand for it, too. So you could be ultra strict in saying, my facility only does high intensity, strength or resistance training. And you could educate your, your clients, people who walk through your door saying that, that's all we do here. And you might find that some people don't come back, because they are looking to engage in something like this. And if as a trainer, you can apply this modality safely and effectively or perhaps more safely than you could do or, or with a higher degree of respect, then might happen at other facilities, then why why wouldn't you and and it can serve a purpose to is it going to give you anything dramatically more than performing high intensity resistance training alone? No, I don't believe it would do. But I think for certain people, it's very appropriate because it helps them engage their physiology in a way that they find quite natural to do. And it gives them another another physiologic and psychological challenge, which is a value and I think you can't take the individual psychology out of the workout, there is always going to be that aspect. And if you're not tailoring to a to a degree, your workouts to your client, even within the resistance training side of stuff alone, then you're not doing the best you possibly can. for that individual. Now, it is a little bit contrary, it's probably the only exercise realm, our realm where it's controversial to say you might add in some high intensity interval training cardio, but I know that's something you've been doing as well here. Right?
Adam 12:39
Yeah. I've been definitely introducing for certain individuals, high intensity interval training for sure. And I asked you if it's mixed in during the workout, or is it a separate thing? Because I know what we're doing. I was just curious.
Simon Shawcross 12:53
I know, I've heard of it both ways
Adam 12:56
Yes. And we do it both ways as well. I find myself using the high intensity interval training with the types of people that don't seem to have a pulse. I, I can put them through like, you know, six or seven exercises and work out pretty darn hard for each one of them. And they walk out and say, Okay, thank you very much. And they zip out here like nothing happened. I'm like, Wow, if I did what they just did, I'd be on the floor like a puddle. But for some reason, I get them on that bike. And I do 20 seconds hard as you can on and then a minute off. And then I do that 2 3 or 4 times. And now that now there I'm peeling them off the floor, which is what I want to do. And so normally I'm incorporating with their workout within their workout. I also do a variation where I
Simon Shawcross 13:55
do you do that before or after the strengthening portion?
Adam 13:58
I do it after the strengthening for I want them to put as much as I can into the strengthening portion portion and stimulate those muscles for muscle growth. And then and then I like to push their energy systems, if you will, by throwing them on the bike at the end. Very rarely will I do it first. Because if I do intervals with them first and then they try to get them down the leg press or anything for that matter. You know, they're there. They're useless. Basically, there's another type of person different from that, that I also do intervals with in a different way. And those are the people kind of like myself, actually where I'll do five compound movements. Six, maybe, maybe add in a simple movement, you know, I just have this thing with bicep curls because I'm self conscious about my small biceps. I'm always throwing in bicep curls. It's an irrational thought, of course, but I do it. But I'm mainly doing a compound movement routine, and I'm pretty much wasted after five or six exercises. And I do that once a week. It turns out for me that that's nice for me once a week. But then I miss out because I get so blown out from just the big five. So maybe you need to give Dr. Mcguff, a plug, you know, the Doug McGuff, Big Five, after I do something similar to that I miss out on doing like rotary torso and back extensions, and neck extensions. And, you know, some AB crunches and things like that. And I feel like I want to do that as well. So what I do there is I'll do the rotary torso, I'll do low back extensions, do a routine like that. And then I'll do a set of intervals, separate from the major compound movement exercise routine, because I'm not really spent after I do.
Simon Shawcross 15:42
And that's been done on a second day in the same week?
Adam 15:45
no, that's the second day, in the same week, exactly within the same week. So So I'm doing set of intervals once maybe sometimes twice a week, if I'm stressed out and you know, intervals for me, you know, I'm literally doing 20 seconds on a minute off three or four times. But the 20 seconds I have on is I do it on a bicycle, and it's at a very high tension at very high RPMs. And to maintain 100 RPMs at the highest tension I can handle for 20 seconds. You know, it takes everything I got to keep that 100 from going in to 99. Oh, my God, you know, it seems the first 20 seconds, you know, pretty easy to keep it above 100. But you know, I keep that same tension a minute later. And I do it again. Wow. I mean, after 10 seconds, I'm already fighting to keep it above 100 rpms. And then the third and fourth time I do it. Probably the last 10 seconds of each of those. I'm like at 95 98
Simon Shawcross 16:43
bleeding off
Adam 16:43
Yeah, the bicycles rocking back and forth. I'm like putting the whole body into it horrible form at that point. And when I'm done with it all, it's so much gasping for air. And that relieves a lot of stress for me, quite honestl
Simon Shawcross 17:02
yeah, I'm with you. And now I recently set myself a challenge of running, running 800 meters fast as I can. And I'm just started doing it. I'm working working my way up a, what I had forgotten is how long the distance 800 meters is when you're trying to run at your maximum capacity for that, that length. And for me, that takes me around about three minutes. And that's like pushing it like that. It's hard. And then so what I'm doing
Adam 17:31
what is 800 meters about a half a mile? We're Americans here.
Simon Shawcross 17:34
800 meters. What's the conversion on that? I don't know. That's, that's Yeah, about, no exactly half a mile. how from I pretty much exactly half mile.
Adam 17:41
You said three minutes. And All right, good. That's pretty impressive. half mile three minutes,
Simon Shawcross 17:47
well, is I'm looking to get under three minutes. That's, that's my goal. So what I'm doing at the moment is breaking that down into smaller portions. So I'll do a minute and a half, take two minutes off, do another minute and a half look to get that pace as high as possible. And then I'm going to conjoin those back together again. But But what there is, and I get from it is a bit of a rush and a bit of a bit of pleasure of using my physiology and its capacity in a different way from resistance training or strength training.
Adam 18:17
Do you still call it exercise? We call that recreation out of curiosity? Because we you know, in our traditional mantras and dogma, right, we say that running is really a recreational pursuit, and doesn't have the exercise value as high intensity strength training does.
Simon Shawcross 18:33
Okay. We seems like we brought up Dr. McGuff several times already. So I'm gonna bring
Adam 18:39
what the hell
Simon Shawcross 18:40
it up again, let's let's do that again. Cuz he's got some great perspective.
Adam 18:44
Hey Doug, if you're listening to this, you got to give me some plugs, too.
Simon Shawcross 18:48
So, you know, it's like he what he what he said to me was like, if you're ever in a really bad situation, it would be good to be able to run as fast as possible out of that situation. And it reminded me of a martial arts mentor of mine as well who like a young kid at the gym came up to him and he's a mixed martial arts guide, this instruction, really good at all have a sort of attacking and defensive arts that would be used to be you know, in the octagon or whatever. And the kids said, like, I really want to be at my best for the street. I only want to learn the stuff that's most appropriate for if I get up in a street fight. Yeah, what should I do? And he said roadwork
Adam 19:29
run right. I love it. Yeah, I agree. I can't even know I'm in that camp of people that have I was definitely a Hutchy, you know, they call Hutchys people that just kind of blindly follow Ken Hutchins, original philosophy. It's nothing personal against Ken Hutchins. I mean, I kind of feel I kind of feel we need we all needed as dogmatic and as rigid as Ken Hutchins is, was at least we all need people like that. You know, because like you said early earlier in the show, you know, there's so much crap out there that you have to regret. Yeah, you have to kind of it kind of reminds me of Frederick Douglass, you know, the abolitionists and how he was not willing to compromise on slavery at all. Whereas, and he had all these head to head combat with Lincoln, because, you know, he's telling Lincoln just abolish slavery. What, how hard is this? I mean, it's immoral, it's wrong. And he's like, Well, it's more complicated than that. And of course, you know, Frederick Douglass is like, there is no complication. He says, yes, there is, you know, the states rights, blah, blah, blah, anyway. Oh, ultimately, Lincoln was right. In order to have progress, he had to compromise and meet somewhere in the middle. And I kind of feel Ken Hutchins had to do that to, to, to just be so absolute about certain concepts, and to really make people think and get them pissed off and get them to create all this discourse to bring us to where we are now.
Simon Shawcross 20:56
Right
Adam 20:56
And here we are now. And we are all respecting and honoring what Ken Hutchins did for sure. But at the same time, we're realizing that interval training, the psychology of it, one size fits all, you know, the genetics and the phenotypes and genotypes that we experienced. And we're finding out about, you know, somebody needs a higher tol right, or lower Tol. Somebody like me, who does five exercises, I can't get off the floor yet I put somebody else who those same five exercises working out just as hard, you know, they they can sing an aria after that somehow, you know, you know, so like, obviously, there are differences, right?
Simon Shawcross 21:35
Absolutely, what I noticed is that as a as a long, lean, lanky guy who who's perhaps naturally adept, or more adept at running
Adam 21:44
right
Simon Shawcross 21:45
is like how many guys in the strengthening industry a bigger guys who naturally carry more muscle tissue? And it's like, is what you're saying people tend to be drawn to what they're good at
Adam 21:56
Right
Simon Shawcross 21:57
But unless you're capable of walking a mile in someone else's shoes and understanding Well, not quite work exactly the same way for somebody. Exactly. Yeah. For somebody else, you've got to be able to go okay, that physiology might need something adaptive, or, or something changing in the protocol from away, I would apply it to myself. And I think the great trainers out there, look at the person in front, when we were talking about this earlier, you were saying exactly what you do best is that you look at the person in front of you, you understand the exercise hitch history, when they were an American football player, you know, a defensive lineman or when a quarterback running around the field like crazy
Adam 22:35
I'm impressed with your football knowledge.
Simon Shawcross 22:36
just just picked it up as I go
Adam 22:40
Very good. Yeah. So So speaking, let's use you, for example, because you are the tall lanky type and I would size you up no pun intended. Again, I would size you up as more of an endurance athlete. You're lanky, tall, yeah. Are you naturally good runner
Simon Shawcross 22:56
reasonably. Like I'm not crazy. I'm not world like I'm not going to be sitting any any world records. And I'm far too old for that now anyway. But I enjoy it. And so I strength training supports that as well.
Adam 23:07
Well, I want to know what what how are you strength training? How are your tuls? Well, are you doing your exercise are you doing five are doing compound movements, what works best for you?
Simon Shawcross 23:16
for me, and I've really gone through the ringer of looking to do a little bit of everything, to see what works. So I've done a ridiculously low, low amount of like two exercises once a week. And what I can tell you from my physiology, personally that really doesn't do it. What I have found that that really does work for me is that I would do about eight or nine exercises, probably four, maybe five of those, probably four of those would be compound, and then the rest will be single joint. And what I'll do is I'll throw in the stuff, but you say you're unable to throw a throw in, in a single word
Adam 23:53
right
Simon Shawcross 23:53
but I'll pepper my full body workout with both. So like I get the neck stuff in there, I might get the isolation for biceps, triceps, in there isolation exercise for the calves, and so on. And I'll do eight or nine exercises in one workout. And I do that workout once a week and my tolls tend to be at the higher end, I just know that works better for me.
Adam 24:14
You said tolls, mean time under load, by the way
Simon Shawcross 24:16
right, So mine will be up at like, I look to make it 90 to about 100 seconds around about that ballpark. Or if I can do 100 seconds with impeccable form, then I'm going to put the load up but if I were to change load at 60, 60 seconds or 70 seconds doesn't work as well for me that that load time works great and some some of the bigger guys, they can't really get past that kind of load time. Right? effectively.
Adam 24:44
So yeah, I'm actually in between that. You know, if I was to workout, my workout for more than 100 seconds, 120 seconds. I mean it's torture for me. You know my t u L's time times under load are really in I'm really comfortable in the like 75 seconds range.
Simon Shawcross 25:02
I feel like I'm just getting beyond the warm up at that point, you know,
Adam 25:06
and this is what we're talking about mean, these variations you got a good trainer needs need to observe these things about people and make those adaptations. And that's why it doesn't make any sense to be so dogmatic and stick to one routine. I was like that in the beginning of my career,
Simon Shawcross 25:19
I think we all we all were,
Adam 25:20
I mean, I was definitely a Hutchy for sure. And I'm proud of it, you know,
Simon Shawcross 25:26
yeah, the other good thing. Just to touch on something you sort of mentioned earlier, one of the great things about that Ken Hutchins and superslow thing that happened. Think of all the people out there now from that Genesis, or you could take it back and even go to Arthur Jones
Adam 25:40
sure
Simon Shawcross 25:40
from that Genesis, then and now peppered all over the world, putting a little bit of reality into exercise. And there are opportunities for people, like, you know, here at inform in Manhattan to walk off the street and walk into a place where they're going to be really well looked after. And that that is replicated, and can be replicated even more around the world.
Adam 26:01
Yeah, it's amazing. And it started with Ken and he gets all the credit for that. And what's beautiful now is that we're all putting our own twist on it, you know, and adding our own insights and our own experiences. And it's been it's evolving beautifully and and, and although there's too much infighting about the these variations, and oh, I can't believe he's doing that. And I can't go negative only is that's been proven not to work, you know, and all the fighting and the insults and but if you can read between those lines, I personally see all that stuff. And although I might say why can't we all get along? I also smile and say, Look at this, this is great. I mean, Thank you, Ken Hutchins, for getting this going, quite honestly, and Arthur Jones, thank you for getting this going. And what I do is I just I'm a voyeur. Like I don't get involved in those fights, but I listen to them all and I watch and and I pick up things. Oh, that has that got. It's like watching great debates, you know?
Simon Shawcross 26:56
Yeah
Adam 26:56
And although you can get out of the insult insults, you know, you watch a great debate, you kind of make you come to your own conclusions about things and you bring them into your own experiences. And, and you you know, impart that to your client base and yourself. You know, so that's, that's why it's great having you on because you unlike, I mean, I talked to plenty of people in the industry, but you know, it's your job basically, to be going around talking to everybody.
Simon Shawcross 27:20
Well, another another person. I know, you're you're good friends with Bill DeSimone. The stuff that he's doing,
Adam 27:27
he's not such a good friend
Simon Shawcross 27:29
Okay.
Adam 27:31
I know him, no I'm kidding. I love you Bill.
Simon Shawcross 27:34
This stuff, but he's this stuff that he's doing. His work is kind of well outside what people would
Adam 27:42
Well, depends who you talk. It's all relative. Right? Well outside of what. Yeah, well, outside of like the classic Hucthins.
Simon Shawcross 27:48
Exactly, exactly. Yes.
Adam 27:52
Do you mind sharing some of what you've learned from Bill?
Simon Shawcross 27:54
Bill bills will happily use battle ropes in his gym. he says, you know, 90% 90% of the stuff you can do on battle ropes 95% of it's crap. Don't do it. You're going to injure yourself
Adam 28:04
Right Right
Simon Shawcross 28:05
He's isolated what he thinks is the approach to you with the battle ropes and and it keeps people engaged. And you might have young athletes coming in through the door who want to engage, you know, they see the football players, the MMA guys doing this kind of sexy lookin' hardcore stuff.
Adam 28:21
Yeah
Simon Shawcross 28:21
And if he can draw out a little bit about that actually works and is not dangerous, and will keep the client engaged. What's not to love about that?
Adam 28:30
I get it there for the same reason. We don't have those in our gym, and I don't think we ever will. But we have, you know, along the same lines that we have TRX straps do we use TRX from time to time we're doing chin ups and regular stuff like that bodyweight work we're doing bird dogs and floor work and we're and we're borrowing from other disciplines like Pilates and yoga.
Simon Shawcross 28:52
Yeah
Adam 28:53
And again, they're there were not like he said about the battle ropes about 80% of it is hogwash, how they use them. And 20% of it actually has some some value. You know, and you can't throw you don't want to throw the baby out with the bathwater, as they say, and you shouldn't dismiss and a lot of people have but you said you're glad to see that people are opening up their minds and not dismissing it. It doesn't fit into their neat little idea.
Simon Shawcross 29:23
Absolutely. That's what I'm seeing. That's what I'm saying. I think the other thing is that we need to remember is high intensity trainers. It's fun to be physical. Like if you if you started to create this this better engine, this better motor. You know, with people who come in through the door who pretty dysfunctional physically maybe start off with. You don't want to deny them the opportunity to be physical in, in that physicality in that body that you've created now
Adam 29:27
right
Simon Shawcross 29:30
It's like you want to fire up the engines
Adam 29:52
you want to nurture that you want to inspire them to use their new strength. And again, you warn them and you caution them and you say this and you know, and you go through the exercise vs. recreation and, and I want you to use your body now that you are strong enough to use it and play your sports. But, you know, let's put things in perspective and context. And I think it's all good.
Simon Shawcross 30:14
Mm hmm. I think the thing that we see where the high intensity stuff is really important is that the strength training itself doesn't get diluted too much. It's like, that's the the underpinning of all that success in physiology is high intensity, safely applied resistance training, and we don't want to dilute that. That aspect of it. You don't want people doing doing crazy wild stuff, trying to build their muscle tissue on a balance ball or ridiculous things you occasionally see on YouTube if you ever spend any time there.
Adam 30:46
I do just because I'd have to sometimes, and but yeah, so Simon, to change gears a little bit, as you know that I wrote power of 10. And the power of 10 has the three pillars, exercise, rest and nutrition. And the rest part is not just about sleeping, rest part is also about relieving stress. And I was wondering, you know, one thing that I've noticed is changing in our industry, is that a lot of the practitioners now, and I think for the better, are incorporating a lot more of the meditator breathing techniques that would speak more to the rest and recovery aspect of working out. And are you noticing that that's changing a little bit, because, you know, back in the day, you know, meditation, breathing techniques, you know, that was kind of just poopoo just just don't work out, you know, more than once a week or twice a week. And that's considered rest. But rest now is a lot deeper than just that.
Simon Shawcross 31:45
Yeah, I think and the recovery side of the picture is, in many ways, as important or more important than the training, so you've got, obviously got to do the training. But that recovery side, it can be influenced. And sleep is super, super important. You know, you've got to be getting good quality sleep. But there are other things as you've rightly said, that you can be doing to enhance your recovery from intense resistance training. Things I'd because I've got it to hand personally things I like to do is to go out for a very calm walk first thing in the morning, on the trails, in a meditative type of way. So I'm just walking around pondering my day ahead of me before the stresses of a working day start. For me that combines meditation, where I'm focused on my footsteps, I'm focused on my breathing. And I'm focused on the environment around me and enjoying that process. And that sets me up for a productive day. That also for me, that helps to enhance my recovery from intense exercise. I know a difference between times when I do factor that in and schedule that in, which I'm much better at doing nowadays. But in the past, where I just like, Get up, grab a cup of coffee, and be straight into my working day. And I know it would take me a day, maybe two days longer to recover from an intense workout.
Adam 33:01
interesting
Simon Shawcross 33:02
yeah
Adam 33:02
Now that's your personal experience. Anecdotally, I mean, are you hearing any of that, outside of your personal experiences? I mean, we along with all your peregrinations, I, you are people kind of kind of saying the same thing to you
Simon Shawcross 33:16
In the wider picture. Yes, I think there are now more facilities that are starting to be open minded to in being inclusive in including other aspects. So they might have somebody who's doing massage therapy on site, they might have somebody who's teaching sort of a perhaps a meditative type of yoga on site. And these things are contributing to the client's overall wellness. And there there are, you know, there's loads of stuff you can do, you can you can look at nowadays, like, meditate for meditation to like, cold immersion, to infrared saunas, to to all sorts that you can look at and see, can you provide your client with an experience that's, that reinforces the positive impact of a high intensity training workout.
Adam 34:11
Yeah, and to me that that is really what the rest and recovery message is really about. It's not just getting good sleep, which of course, is obvious, you know, but but but putting you on that path, that that right path, that mental clarity, the ability to recover faster. I'm glad to hear that.
Simon Shawcross 34:30
And I think I think what's been missed perhaps is it matches really, really well with high intensity resistance training, because when somebody gets past their first I don't know 10 12 20 It takes different amounts of different people 20 sessions, when they get into this type of exercise, it's a very meditative type experience. It's just you your physiology, your muscle tissue and your nervous system, and the signals you're sending from your brain working together. And you're looking to remain as relaxed and yet focused as you can. Thats meditation.
Adam 34:59
That's right. That's right. Excellent. Excellent. Well, we'll end it there. That was a great way to wrap this up. And thank you so much for being here. I know you had a lot of people to see while you're here on East Coast. And thank you for taking the time to stop by our place and seeing us and doing this interview. And I hope to have you back. And we're going to be talking a lot more in the future.
Simon Shawcross 35:18
It's been an absolute pleasure. I look forward to that.
Adam 35:20
Thanks a lot.
Tim Edwards 35:22
Thanks again to Simon Shawcross, for his time here on the inform fitness podcast. In Adams interview with Simon he referenced his book titled power of 10, the once a week slow motion fitness revolution. If interested in checking it out for yourself, we'll have a link in the show notes that will take you to Amazon. And for less than 15 bucks, you'll find a ton of nutritional tips, including a handy list of foods that support the power of 10 protocol, and some effective exercise demonstrations of exercises that you can perform in the comfort of your own home. And if you'd like to listen to your books like I do, then check out another link in the show notes. This one will lead you to one of our new sponsors here on the inform fitness podcast, audible. If you do, there's a Free Audiobook download waiting for you. All you got to do is click the link in the show notes to audible trial.com forward slash inbound, sign up for a free 30 day membership trial and Download any book you like. Well, there are over 180,000 titles to choose from. If you decide to cancel your membership for any reason, and at any time, you keep all of your audiobook downloads. And while you're in there, you can pick out audiobooks from other guests we've had here on the inform fitness podcast, and you'll enjoy discounts of up to 30% Just by being an audible member. Alright, let's see. We've already thanked you for listening by giving you a Free Audiobook download from Audible. How about a free power of 10 workout, then click on over to the inform fitness website that's informfitness.com And of course that link to will be in the show notes. And then once you're at the webpage, you'll find a free slowmotion high intensity workout waiting for you just click the try us free button right there on the homepage. Fill out the form and pick your location. It's as simple as that you can experience a free full body workout that you will complete in just 20 to 30 minutes. Thanks again for listening. And for Adam Zickerman and Mike Rogers of inform fitness. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting Network.
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin who is an investigative journalist, a Lecturer, and the Author of the book Crooked: Outwitting the Back Pain Industry and Getting on the Road to Recovery, which is a brilliant and comprehensive book that is essential to millions of back pain sufferers and health-care professionals.
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin shatters assumptions about surgery, chiropractic methods, physical therapy, spinal injections, and painkillers and addresses evidence-based rehabilitation options describing in great detail, how to avoid therapeutic dead ends while saving money, time, and considerable anguish.
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin's Website: https://www.cathrynjakobsonramin.com
Download the audiobook Crooked: Outwitting the Back Pain Industry and Getting on the Road to Recovery in Audible: www.audibletrial.com/InBound
Adam Zickerman - Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution: http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
For a FREE 20-Minute strength training full-body workout and to find an Inform Fitness location nearest you, please visit: http://bit.ly/Podcast_FreeWorkout
50 Outwitting Back Pain with Cathryn Jakobson Ramin Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
pain, people, book, exercise, patients, problem, surgeon, opioid, hurts, chronic pain, surgery, spine, prescription, injections, mri, called, long, program, drugs, absolutely
SPEAKERS
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin, Mike, Adam, Tim Edwards
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 00:05
The reason that exercise is successful with back pain patients is that it ends what really is the plague the back pain patient which is fear avoidance behavior, and catastrophizing and guarding. Those are three factors that we know of from basically they all come from behavioral psychology, but they are very, very prevalent in back pain patients and people who tend in that direction are the ones who frequently end up in chronic pain.
Tim Edwards 00:44
We are halfway to 100 Hello inform nation and welcome to episode number 50 of the inform fitness podcast with New York Times bestselling author and founder of inform fitness. Adam Zickerman. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting network and a client of inform fitness. Adam Zickerman and Mike Rogers will be joined today by Cathryn Jakobson Ramin, who is an investigative journalist, a lecturer, and author of the book, crooked, Outwitting the back pain industry and getting on the road to recovery, which is a brilliant and comprehensive book that is essential to millions of back pain sufferers and healthcare professionals in Katherine's book, and in this episode, Catherine shatters assumptions about surgery, chiropractic methods, physical therapy, spinal injections and painkillers and addresses evidence based rehabilitation options. Describing in great detail how to avoid therapeutic dead ends while saving money, time, and most importantly, considerable anguish. Now if after listening to this episode, you decide to pick up Katherine's book, we will have a link in the show notes to audible trial.com forward slash inbound That's audible trial.com, forward slash inbound. And if you are not yet an audible member, you can sign up for a free 30 day trial membership and download the audio book crooked for free. If you decide to cancel your membership for any reason, you keep the book if you are already an audible member, and have cashed in your Free Audiobook download, then you'll receive a considerable discount on any of audibles 180,000 titles to choose from. Again, that's Audible trial.com forward slash inbound to get your free book just scroll on down to the show notes and you're one click away.
Adam 02:35
Hello everybody. Welcome to the show. This is gonna be a very good discussion, because it's about a subject that I am very personally involved with, which is of course back pain. me talk about my back issues on several of our episodes and we're just going to keep the ball rolling now so let's let's give them some some stats. Over 77 million people in United States experience back pain each year. For some the pain is present day and night for others. Well it shows up the moment the suitcase comes out of the closet or whenever the relatives come to stay stress. In other words, all in back trouble will cost the United States about 100 billion with a B dollars a year more than the cost of treating cancer, heart disease and aids combined. This prevalent woe exists in political, psychological, social and economic context that greatly influences how patients will be treated and if they'll ever recover. Today, we have with us journalist and author, Catherine Jacobson Raman, whose New York Times bestseller carved in sand. When attention fails and memory fades and midlife was published in 2007 spent years and a small fortune in her effort to resolve her own low back pain somebody similar to me. When nothing works, she decided to take an investigative look at the reality of the spine medicine arena. Expensive, ineffective, sometimes illegal, and often harmful. She found that the back pain industry exemplified the worst aspects of the US healthcare system. Today we welcome Catherine to our show, and to talk about her new groundbreaking book, crooked, Outwitting the back pain industry and getting on the road to recovery. Catherine, welcome to the show.
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 04:19
Thank you so much. I'm delighted to be here with you today.
Adam 04:23
When I found out about your book, I had to get it immediately. I heard through the grapevine that you talked about some of the MedX machines that we use here and I needed to know what you felt about that. Little did I know I didn't realize you got this this book was thick. How many pages is it about?
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 04:41
I think it's 340 pages or so.
Adam 04:43
And it's broken up into two parts. The first part basically, is discussing all the issues with our healthcare industry and all the problems and misleading information in all how and how all the scientific evidence points at all these modalities that our doctors are trying to push on. US aren't working, and why. And then she goes into the second part of her book where she talks about, well guess what there is hope there are things you can do. So, without further ado, let's talk about the first half. And let's talk about this dismal situation that the healthcare industry is in, why are there so many ways to treat back pain, yet, so few of them are effective?
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 05:24
Well, back pain has largely been medicalized over the past 60 or 70 years. Up until the 1930s, nobody was having spine surgery unless you had been hit by a bus or had some other major kind of traumatic accident, because the chances of recovery or actually being able to walk again, were extremely poor. But in the 1940s, a couple of surgeons at Massachusetts General Hospital, discovered almost by accident that you could remove the intervertebral disc from the spine, and the person would survive. And in certain cases, the person's leg pain might relent. So having discovered that, that this, this disc could be removed safely enough, they said about doing a lot of that, what they realized was that they didn't fuse the two vertebrae together after they removed the disc, people had a lot of pain subsequently. So someone else came along and found a way to attach vertebrae of one vertebra to another vertebra. And that was the beginning of spinal fusion. And that really occurred in the 1960s and 70s. And it built from there. And Spine Care became medicalized, because it also became commercialized, there was now a way to make a bundle of money off of it. And that is really how it worked
Adam 07:03
to make money
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 07:03
to make money, you know, when we many, many listeners have probably heard of John Sarno. And when Dr. John Sarno was at the Rusk Institute and after that at New York Hospital, New York University Hospital, he he very much understood that what surgeons were doing and what interventional pain management doctors were doing giving injections that these were, in general, not benefiting typical low back pain patients. And when I say typical low back pain, I mean patients who have what's described as axial or mechanical, low back pain. There are instances of course, where spine surgery is a benefit, but it's extremely rare. And in fact, I think the most telling statistic is that about 2% of patients who walk into surgeon's offices are actually candidates for surgery. Nevermind can't nevermind exclusively candidates for surgery, we don't even have a number for that. But so when John Sarno, what went around saying that he inspired massive hostility in the back pain treatment community, his book would eventually sell over a million copies, so plenty of people were listening to him. If patients listened, then they would not have surgery and they would not have injections and a lot of money would not be captured by the what I refer to as the back pain industry cartel.
Adam 08:43
It also didn't sound believable. I remember when somebody brought to me, Sarno's book many years ago now knowing that I was a back pain sufferer. And I remember being very skeptical, because it's mind, but come on the mind body connection between back pain. You talk about in your book, the discovery that that doesn't have to be an organic problem to have pain,
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 09:04
Right. There usually isn't an organic problem.
Adam 09:08
Can you tell us a little about that? That research that you did
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 09:10
as you said, the mind body, the mind body connection, you had trouble with that idea. And a lot of people have have trouble and this is just really beginning to change. Now. A lot of because of the Cartesian understanding of the mind and the body is that they are separate and that dates back to the 1600s. But we've known for a very, very long time certainly since the early 1970s. That obviously the mind is not separate. The brain controls absolutely everything you will be doing feeling sensing with your body there. There is no separation. There's also no such thing as a psychological problem because the last time I looked there is No psyche that anybody can track down. It is a neurological issue. So changing, it's very counterintuitive for people to think that the problem is not in the tissue, not in your back, not in your hip. When you're dealing with chronic pain, the problem has really migrated to the brain. And now this message is circulating around and around and around in your system. And because of the way the brain works, and how what because circuits in the brain become stronger when they are used, the more times the circulates, the more likely it is that the pain is going to continue. So largely what we look at is how do you break the circuit? What do you do? Can you help we can't just get a pair of wire clippers and go in there and break the circuit we have to find another way. And Adam, that's something that you work very hard to do in your gym. And so to many other people. That's the second book
Adam 11:06
that's the second Yeah, I just pointed I just pulled out of my bookshelf I found did want to just saw another book that I was handed it's called the mind body. That's what I had in mind, body in my brain
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 11:14
there. They're about three or four of his books, but they all more or less say exactly the same thing.
Adam 11:19
Yeah. So I have the mind body prescription, which you're telling me is the second book that he wrote.
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 11:23
Yeah, yeah.
Adam 11:24
Yeah. Yeah. So breaking that circuit would you said that we take we do partly some of that stuff
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 11:30
that's the reason that exercise is successful with back pain patients is that it ends what really is the plague of the back pain patient which is fear avoidance behavior, and catastrophizing, and guarding. Those are three factors that we know of, from basically, they all come from behavioral psychology, but they are very, very prevalent in back pain patients and people who tend in that direction are the ones who frequently end up in chronic pain. So what are those? What does that mean? Fear avoidant behavior. That means thinking, because likely, you've been told by your chiropractor, possibly by your surgeon, probably by a half a dozen other people, be careful how you lift, don't pick that up. If you don't know if it hurts, don't do it. Rest, take it easy. Watch your backs, spare your back. All of that language makes people feel that it is in fact very dangerous to pursue normal activity or even strenuous activity. And, and it's easy to see why because it hurts. So we understand pain, we understand pain to be an indication of damage, but when chronic pain hits, pain is no longer an indication of damage, it is now an indication that your brain has is not really functioning right. It is getting it is getting a message in it's sending a message, but it is wires are crossed. It is not understanding that you have healed and as a good example, which I I wasn't happy to have this happen to me, but it did happen. I burned my wrist while cooking for dinner party few couple of weeks ago. And it's really quite a sudden significant burn to the point where people who see it sort of gasp and when it happened, I thought okay, burn my wrist. Um, let's see, what do you do with a burn? Okay, they say no, look it up. Okay, don't put any ointment on it. Just put gauze on it gauze on done cook the rest of the dinner party. And I watched with great interest as it healed miraculously over the next week and a half. And at no point did I think I would die from it. Or did I think that my life would be changed and I would not be able to work or go on vacation. I didn't think I wouldn't be able to take care of my family. And I certainly didn't think that I couldn't cook the rest of that dinner party. Now, if that had been my back, all those thoughts would have prevailed, I would have thought I probably have to cancel the dinner because I really cannot move here. So it's a very different feeling we have about our spines, we feel that they are fragile. And if we can get past that with exercise, that is often step one to recovery. When I left you I had the good luck to work out here earlier in the week, which I enjoyed very much. And when I left I thought I picked up my backpack which at that point had not only my laptop, which is especially light but a couple of more or less textbooks in it, plus a pile of paper and I said to myself as I walked down 56th Street I said I should not be carrying this. I know should not be carrying this. And I thought, wait a minute, what is the matter with you? You just pumped iron for an hour.
Adam 15:06
He just wrote a whole book about the fact that you shouldn't have those thoughts.
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 15:10
And I thought to myself, I'm perfectly fine carrying this thing. This is not a problem for me. And as it turned out, it really wasn't
Mike 15:19
these instincts, though I think it's they are normal for people their first impulse because it is sometimes picking up a suitcase, it's doing sometimes activities of daily living that triggers a back pain for a lot of people or something lifting something. And I think they just their instinct is I have to do less in order to not feel that pain
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 15:39
but that is wrong
Mike 15:40
Right? Exactly
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 15:41
And very frequently, what we consider everyone can always give you the inciting incident, you know, what was your injury? And, and physicians ask that question. And physical therapists too. How did you injure yourself? Well, I've had people tell me that they injured themselves picking up the newspaper off the front walk. And I said, really? I said, Have you ever done that before? Yes, I have done that every day for 26 years. But it was that one time? Well, clearly, it wasn't it is the straw that broke the camel's back. And I know as well as anyone that when back pain strikes, you do not want to not want to do anything you want to crawl into your so under your sofa with a heating pad. But you know that that isn't ever going to be the solution to your problem,
Adam 16:29
not just a heating pad, which does kind of bring me to the question I've been wanting to ask you also, I found very interesting in your research. When we deal with pain, not only do we reach for the heating pad, but we like to have a little bit of help by a little bit of medicine, possibly. So the opioid healthcare crisis is in full swing right now is getting a lot of press recently. And you discovered that a large part of this crisis has been caused really by the back pain industry.
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 16:57
That is certainly true. And I wouldn't say that I discovered this necessarily, because obviously, there's been some tremendous journalism done in this area for the last 10 years. And I happened to walk into this story, just as it blew wide open, which is one of the better things that can happen to an investigative reporter. But a lot of the reporting is definitely not done by me. It was done by others. And I have, you know, brought it into the book. And, and added to it, I hope. When I began this work, in 2009, I interviewed a couple of people who happen to tell me that they told me this astounding thing they told me, you know, the opioid epidemic? And I said, Yes, you know, yeah, I know about, you know, street corner, drug sales and addicts, and, you know, teenagers and young people doing these, you know, picking prescription pharmaceuticals, out of candy bowls at parties, and, and this one scientist and physician, Andrew Kolodny, whose name is been in the media a great deal, said to me, uh ahh, he said, that's, that is part of it, but it's not most of it. Most of it is happening because physicians are writing those prescriptions. The reason they're writing those prescriptions is that they have been massively encouraged, sometimes financially, to prescribe by pharmaceutical companies. And as you can see, I mean, even today, there was something in the paper that every every state in the union is suing Purdue pharmaceuticals, and which is the manufacturer of Oxycontin, and there's no way a Purdue will be bankrupt long before they can satisfy those suits. There's absolutely no way that restitution could be made for all of those states. But the point is, is well taken that more than one company jammed this idea down primary care physicians throats and primary care physicians see tons of back pain patients and they have, they do not know what to do for them. They do not really have a good concept of physical rehab. There's almost no training on pain in a medical school education, except to become an anesthesiologist and, and drag it away.
Adam 19:27
And again, drugs again.
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 19:29
Right. So I was fortunate in that I never used opioids in treating my own back pain. I had just written a book about memory and attention and what happens to it in midlife and I knew for sure that, you know, even an Aleve, affected my ability to think to a certain extent I just wasn't as sharp so and now even though those they were offered to me repeatedly and you know from 2006 to 2009, I never went there, but most people honestly do. And I remember spending some time going to see, I guess the second or the third surgeon I saw on my hunt for a solution to my own problem. And he said to me, so what kind of medicines do you take? And I said, Well, I have a thyroid condition. So I take, you know, and I started to name the drugs, the two drugs I take for my thyroid condition. I said, I also have allergies. He said, No, no, no. What kind of painkillers do you take? I said, I don't take painkillers. And he said, but how can you manage? And I said, I don't think I could manage if I took them. So that's why I don't take them. He was very surprised.
Adam 20:51
Yeah, I've always resisted it myself. I always felt was muscular there. I brought I'd ride it out, I wasn't going to start taking these these high powered drugs.
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 20:59
the evidence is absolutely clear that they are not effective in the treatment of chronic back pain. They're not effective. So why bother. And people develop after they get on a high enough dose, which sort of inevitably they do, they develop what is known as opioid based hyperalgesia. And or I'm sorry, opioid induced hyperalgesia, which means now, the opioid that you are taking is actually generating your pain. And I've seen quite a few people, lower their doses is not easy for them. And they lower their doses and a great deal of their pain goes away, which comes as a great shock to them, because they thought that they needed the drugs so badly. Getting off of them is not a simple matter. Because people are afflicted, they feel like they have the flu, and they are very, very anxious, and they are nauseous. And a lot of things happen that are very disturbing. And we need a lot more programs that can treat opioid addicted chronic pain patients, because you cannot just taper them. Because if you do just taper them, they will be over, possibly overwhelmed with pain, at least for a period of time, because it is just generally painful to taper opioids. So it may have nothing to do with their actual back pain condition. But you can be assured that they will be in pain while they are tapering.
Mike 22:27
I was as I was going to comment, the health crisis part of the book, it was surprising to think about how big this event really is. But I look back on a couple of times. I had two hand surgeries back in 2007 and 2009. And I did not ask for any the painkillers nor did I need any of the painkillers. And remember, I was just looking back. They actually did they gave me a bottle of 30. They didn't ask, they just said here. They just said here's a prescription for 30 Percocet if you need them. And then I got another one a month later. And I remember I got them again from the same doctor. And I just I didn't even I wasn't asked if I was in pain or if I even needed them.
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 23:02
And did you take them?
Mike 23:04
I think I took one like one day because I did I did.
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 23:08
and they kept giving you the prescription
Mike 23:10
like the day the day after the surgery the day after the surgery. I took one that day. And that was it.
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 23:17
But they continue to give you prescriptions even though you were not taking them
Mike 23:20
a month after on a follow up visit. I was like here's another prescription. I didn't even ask for it. I look back and I'm like thinking why did they do that? I just
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 23:28
Well, you know, this happens now very still is happening. Incredibly, it's still happening with kids who are having their wisdom teeth out. And they are you know, they sending them off with prescriptions for narcotics. And I got a call. I remember so well because it was thanks the night before Thanksgiving, at 10 o'clock at night I was here in New York. And the phone rang and it was a woman who I don't know well, but whose son went to school with mine and to high school and she said I am I read your book I'm standing in in the drugstore. I have a prescription in my hand that the local community spine surgeon just wrote for my son for 70 Vikatan. And I'm having a crisis of faith. And I said do not fill that prescription. I said there if your son is walking around which he was he definitely does not need that. And she said you know he would never ever I said if you knew how many mothers and fathers I have heard from whose kid would never ever but who isn't the child is no longer with us, then you would understand that never ever means absolutely nothing in this context. And particularly if you're dealing with a person of that age, it seems to be especially risky.
Adam 24:51
It's unbelievable to even know that's happening. It's tragic.
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 24:54
It's this is a spine surgeon in my community and I was you It was all I could do not to get back to California where I live and march into his office and say, throw my book at him and say, What the hell are you thinking? And do you know that that boy did not have surgery, and he is perfectly fine. And that surgeon was giving him the Vikatan to tide him over until he had surgery two or three weeks later, which he never had.
Adam 25:25
Well, I had spine surgery in the 70s. They it wasn't like that back then. They didn't do that. For me it this is a recent This is a relatively recent thing
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 25:32
it happened in the 80s Primarily because at that time, up until up until the mid 80s, the understanding was that you did not use you did not use narcotics to treat chronic pain. You use them to treat cancer pain. And typically in hospital not, you know, not an outpatient,
Adam 25:55
You are not going home and 50 oxycontin.
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 25:57
But there was such an enormous push and if read my book in the chapter called The opioid wars. I mean, it is a saga that you just cannot believe in terms of how Purdue pharma recruited a physician named Russell Portnoy to sell these drugs to primary care physicians. And it wasn't one of the most probably the most successful drug marketing effort in the history of pharmaceuticals, but look where it has.
Adam 26:27
Now, moving on to what we can do about it, which is the stuff that really excites me is, you know, we mentioned John Sarno and how he understood there was a mind body connection to this back pain. And he, let's face it, he didn't get a lot of cred from from his peers. He was basically ignored by his peers. And they were skeptical, because, again, what we talked about earlier, you know, they didn't believe the mind body connection, not to mention the fact that they felt that their their jobs might be in jeopardy if he was right. But anyway, people coming around, and now there exists these facilities called chronic pain rehabilitation programs, otherwise known as CP RPS. And you talk a great deal about these CPRPs.Tell tell us about these because that's seems to be the answer for this back pain industry.
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 27:20
Well, those these types of programs are typically three weeks or four weeks, and you might be going eight hours a day, five days a week. And they are multidisciplinary or interdisciplinary programs, which means that there's a physician, often a physiatrist, sometimes surgeon on staff and psychologists and physical therapists and exercise specialists. And other sometimes there's a biofeedback specialist, there may be a Feldenkrais instructor, but it is a combined effort of all of those parties, and especially the patient who will be working her butt off during this period. And these programs are they do not make money for their facilities. So RIC, the Rehabilitation Institute of Chicago has a program and you know, the rest of Ric has to support this program because it does not pay the bills. And that is a sad, very sad comment. And I do believe that given for instance, the three papers that were just published in The Lancet, all of which you can locate on my website, which is at CJ Raman ra M I.com these three LANSA papers really substantiate the benefits of multidisciplinary care. And of course, they also rule out the benefits of surgery shots, etc.
Adam 28:54
And even they deal with the opioid addictions if somebody
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 28:58
while they yes, they some programs do some programs don't some feel that they're the real thing is to get their patients strong enough and fit enough and psychologically functional enough and then deal with the opioid problem and then others take it the other direction entirely. But I go through these programs in the book and you know, I spent time in sub with several of them and met people who had gone through them. And this is an appropriate intervention for people who have tried pretty much everything else and are not surgical candidates or do not want to be surgical candidates. And just as an aside, I hear from so many people you know, I had no other options surgery was my only option. You know, that is a problem that phrase because for surgery is the only option. Possibly if you have been hit by a bus but it is not the only option. If you are dealing with axial or mechanical back pain,
Adam 30:06
which is a called unspecified
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 30:07
unspecified, which means that you can take a you know, you can have your MRI and they can take a look at and they go, you see that that's a disc herniation. Well, you know what they're perfectly normal people with no back pain at all whose spines look just like that. In fact, pretty much everyone spine looks just like that. And and this is something that people don't recognize because they're sent for the MRI or sometimes very frequently, they demand to have an MRI their neighbors have had MRIs their colleagues have, everyone has and they want theirs too and they paid good money for that insurance coverage. And they're getting it. And when they get it, they take a look at that MRI. I've never seen one before and they flip out. Because MRIs are very unattractive. They look like bones that have been left too long in the oven. I mean, they're, they're crumbly, and they just look sick. And then with that comes the note from the radiologist, and those notes, say things like herniated disc, degenerative disc disease, protruding disc, long list, black discs, white discs, there are so many things that show up on those reports. And at one point, in the course of my research, I was contacted by a radiologist who was no longer practicing. And he said to me, do you realize that if you if, as a radiologist, you frequently work for a spine surgeon. And if you send back the report that says, Nope, we got no trouble here, they send it back to you and say find some. So they're many of the things that are noted on a radiology report are absolutely meaningless, because they are found in the general population.
Adam 32:00
So here we go again. So there's like this, there's this conflict of interest here, because that's what they're doing, you get this report back, and they're saying you need some fusion, you need some you need injections, or you need some type of surgery to relieve the pressure on the disk, they hardly ever work. But that's the automatic response to these MRIs.
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 32:20
And we play into that because as patients we are really committed at from a very early age, possibly from the time you, your mommy takes you to the pediatrician, when you're two days old, we are committed to the idea that whatever is not working properly, can be fixed, it will be fixed for us, we will not have to fix it. And this this kind of commitment is so powerful for people who are struggling with back pain. And that's why they go through serial interventions, they go from one to the next to the next to the next. It's extremely common for people to tell me they've seen eight surgeons or they've seen 40 different practitioners and they keep moving and paying. Because none of this is free. Even if you have insurance, you're still paying co pays now. And
Adam 33:10
speaking of cost, what is the cost? Check into a chronic pain rehabilitation program.
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 33:16
It depends a lot on what what your coverage is. If you are workers compensation patient, it may be completely paid for. If you are a person who's like me an independent contractor with basically a PPO, you're going to pay a lot more, it could be $30,000. And it could be $15,000. Insurance coverage varies dramatically from insurer to insurer. Now, do I think this is about to change? Yes, I think it already is changing because believe me, knowing what insurers knowing what they know now about how ineffective surgery and injections are and about how risky MRI is in terms of driving surgery and injections, they're not going to want to pay for that. And just spent a bunch of time with physiatrist who effectively earn their keep by giving injections. And they are mighty darn nervous because what they do for a living is now publicly recognized to not be effective. So something is going to have to give and it is always physicians who drive what insurance covers. Most people don't realize that but you know, if your Blue Cross and you're talking about back pain coverage in the greater metropolitan area, you will have a panel of surgeons and maybe you'll have some physiatrist or maybe you'll have some some rheumatologist who will say yes, this will be covered and that will be covered and this will be covered at a higher rate than that. So
Adam 35:04
therefore, let's do that.
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 35:05
So let's do that. Let's do this thing. And, and yeah, I did also hear from a physiatrist, that now that spinal fusions are, they're harder to get approved. What is happening and this is just horrifying is that when one is approved, they do more levels, and they do put in more instrumentation. So they price they, they drive the price upward on a single patient, because they know the next patient might be hard to find, which is just I made me I could barely eat my lunch.
Adam 35:41
Yeah, well, you know, what I've found to be astonishing was, when given the choice, when the insurance companies given the choice to either pay out for $150,000 spine surgery, I think you used $150,000 as the average cost.
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 35:57
Thats common for spinal fusion yeah
Adam 35:58
as opposed, they'll do that in a second. But they'll give you a lot of pushback, if you say I want to check into a chronic pain rehabilitation program for $45,000.
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 36:10
Right, but they'll say at the moment, and as I said, is changing
Adam 36:14
something that works a lot better than spine surgery by the way
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 36:16
and is much safer, it has no long term downsides, what they'll say usually is we'll just bill that by the individual modality. So you know, for exercise, we don't actually pay for that. But physical therapy will pay $38. And for, you know, a biofeedback, we don't pay for that. So it becomes very counter to the concept of multidisciplinary training, because they don't pay for this, and they don't pay for that, and they don't pay for this. And you know, it's been a huge problem. And I'm ready to go to Washington on this. So insurance companies used to listen to the doctors when they were doing this. And now they're, they're actually putting their own brains out on they're starting to because you know, it's going to cost them more to pay out, I guess exactly. And the long term pay out is much higher, because if you do a multi level spinal fusion on a patient who's 50, and that patient never recovers, and is in has, is addicted to opioids, and has a car accident. And you know, this goes on and on. And you know, and potentially no longer works. And now he's on total disability, and therefore is receiving social security disability payments. I mean, the cost to society is enormous, and it's avoidable. But try to get somebody who hasn't been off a sofa in three years to enter a multidisciplinary program of which is going to be three weeks, eight hours a day, five days a week, and you're going to be exercising really many, many of those hours when you're not in a cognitive behavioral psychology group. It's pretty hard to get people to do it. They just have some drugs or another operation.
Adam 38:11
But as you reported, studying and visiting a lot of these programs, you've discovered that their success rate for the ones that make it through are very high,
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 38:21
very high. I mean, in the book, I've got multiple stories from the programs. But the story is from a rebuild patient Institute of Chicago, the surely what is now called the Shirley Ryan ability lab is the name of their chronic pain program. And I spent a lot of time with two women who had come out of it. And both had felt that their functional lives were over, they were going nowhere. And they were really obsessing over their pain and their lack of function. And one of them was massively distressed. If her husband went to work she she would just fall into a hole over this and the other was raising to two young adopted children in a from an from another country very challenging adoption situation. And you know, these people couldn't afford to give up. And they went through this programs and they came out very functional. One of them was so functional, she was back to skiing, black diamonds and that was so awesome. Except for on the last run of the day. She was on the you know, the little trail between the lodge and the parking lot and something went wrong and she slipped and broke her leg on the catwalk and she broke her leg and I would I would when I called her I said so how are you doing? Because I keep up with these people someone she said I was doing. I was doing mama never broken legs. Not good.
Mike 39:56
I think if I recall from all of your stories whenever you're bad has acted up. It's never been like after during a ski trip or a snowboarding trip. I mean, usually it's some some bullshit.
Adam 40:08
Like, nothing. A sneeze.
Mike 40:09
Yeah, but it's never you never come back from, you know being like really athletic and doing.
Adam 40:14
No, it actually feels better after that right? My back also feels better when I've spent the weekend skiing and stuff like that.
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 40:20
Well, probably it hasn't been all that stressful unless you have a couple of kids with you, in which case, it can be very stressful
Adam 40:26
Yeah, well, you know, the thing is, I've, I didn't fall into that I am a back patient kind of mentality. I feel lucky in that respect. I just didn't maybe I'm just somebody who denies everything anyway, in my life. But but this is, this is maybe one of those cases where denial is a good thing, because I never accepted it. And there are so many people with my back pain, and I have some bad back pain at times, I don't let it ever stop me from doing things because I feel the best way to overcome it is just to do do do do not to mention the fact that I also have done my research. And for the last 20 years I've been using using and you have a whole chapter about it in your book about the MedEx machines, and, and these spinal extension machines that do such a wonderful job of isolating spine a really strengthening the spine, much better than the typical conventional method methodology out there. And you did a lot of research on that. And you spent a lot of time with Brian Nelson out in Minnesota and runs a whole practice using these medics medical machines
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 41:31
He's now retired, but he did and the practice has been purchased by an insurance provider.
Adam 41:38
That's good news,
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 41:38
it seems but I also have heard that they're not quite running the program
Adam 41:43
they're gonna they're gonna, they're gonna dilute it
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 41:45
they're gonna they've diluted it and see the key for a program like this. The very best thing you can have is a orthopedic surgeon on board. Because that person can quickly remarkably quickly separate people who are appropriate format acts are appropriate for serious weight training for that matter from those people who need to do something else first. And not everyone is ready, even when they begin to hop on a MEDEX. And those who aren't
Adam 42:21
Michael and I were just talking about this morning because there's other things that you looked at that work also not just these expensive MedEx machines that we have, but But you talked about Felton Krauss, you've talked about Stuart McGill and his program, which is very, they're they're a series of exercises that that go a long way to really relieving back pain. Right?
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 42:43
And sometimes if someone has is very deconditioned, I'm starting with the Feldenkrais program and certainly can read about that in the book, but it's basically affecting the way that the brain is understanding movements.
Adam 43:00
repatterning
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 43:01
Yes
Adam 43:01
it was my breaking that sort of that bad circuit
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 43:04
Yeah
Adam 43:04
kind of reminds me of the heart procedure like an Appalachian which also breaks a bad circuit in the heart and, you know, it's called an ablation, just kind of, you're reminding me of that, because it's a neurological connection. They didn't, that that that create a pattern that keeps circling in that bad pattern and you have to break that pattern. Right and some of these movements, the Feldon crass, the Stuart McGill, play in other words, planks, certain types of proper abdominal work. bird dogs, things like that go a long way. And then of course, doing spinal extension on a MedEx machine which really fixes the hips in place and a lot of expense goes into these machines really have you extend the spine the proper way and strengthen lumbar muscles that are otherwise ignored pretty much any other way
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 43:52
you can't strengthen them. I mean, I do think that the McGill exercises done properly do do affect those muscles Absolutely but the McGill exercises very often are not done properly. And I did them with you the other day and I've been doing those exercises for at least six years. And I would say that my trainer will find something wrong with the way I do them at least every two weeks. There's always something you know you're now dropping your right shoulder dropping your left shoulder or tilting that way
Mike 44:25
there's always a little correction that can be made and or something that could be improved upon or something that you're doing that cheated a little bit but from my experience doing those types of exercises with it's unbelievable the results you have almost immediately with some people within like the first session or within the week, two weeks I've seen 50% Almost 100% recovery
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 44:47
it's amazing and I so many people ask me about them and I've actually put on my website which is again at CJ Raman ra m i n.com. I have an right at the top of the of the homepage, I have a button that takes you straight to a video showing you those exercises because I got really tired of having to send it. Gosh, you know, guys, it makes me want to go do them right now can we go do those exercises? Man, I need to do this.
Mike 45:17
I have a text, a text message about five clients a day, like I just I did your exercise today. I'm not kidding. Because they just they need me to sort of push them into doing so even though they know they might get they work so great. But I just forget to do them. And I'm like, Why do you forget to do that they give me that much life.
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 45:37
I like to complain.
Mike 45:41
We have all the time though.
Adam 45:42
But I just see, you know, you're saying this. And obviously the physical aspect of these exercises are doing something from a physiological point of view. But I can't help but think that as soon as you tell somebody, let's do this, we're going to have a solution, you have this confidence about yourself, and they trust you. And you do these things. And they're saying, Wow, I can do this. And then you get them on the MedEx machine and they can extend their back. And maybe it hurts a little bit. But they feel so much better two weeks later, always gonna have this confidence like, hey, there is hope.
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 46:08
Yes
Adam 46:08
you know, and that in itself
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 46:10
I 100% agree. And I talk about that in the book that the chapter is called The back whisperer.
Adam 46:16
Right. I love that chapter
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 46:18
Everybody, the thing is, everyone has a different idea of the coach that will provide that kind of confidence. And for me, I have a trainer who's a wonderful woman I adore about five years younger.
Adam 46:35
I think I say I was
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 46:36
well you were you're really not you're kind of adorable you are kind of way that Diana, Diana is referred to in the book as the goddess of exercise
Adam 46:48
That's right
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 46:49
And she's about five years younger than I am, which is good. So she'll be around a while. And basically, she's an athlete, and tough as nails. And she can really push me without me feeling like I am endangered. I really don't feel endangered anymore. Now I don't really care what people give me. But when I was beginning and I would have a twinge here and a twinge there, when you're just beginning you need someone who's going to give you that kind of confidence. I also really like and you know, some some men don't do well working with men because they feel very competitive with men, other men can only work with men. I happen to like coaches like Brian Nelson, who was this big giant Air Force guy. And you would not say no, to Brian Nelson, nor would you ever say no to Joseph Barrett, who was also extensively interviewed in the book. And you can't be going around saying no, and you can't back out of things because they hurt. There is a world of difference between this is really hard and it hurts. And I have been stricken with nerve pain. And I think I'm going to pass out. And very few people are able to tell the difference when they're doing the exercises. So you do have to have some faith and one thing I can absolutely guarantee it is going to hurt because it hurts to sit and it hurts to walk and it hurts to sleep. So why would you think it wasn't going to hurt to do these exercises? And you know, the thing that is drilled home over and over again that is that once you've had a good evaluation and you know cancer and progressive neurological issues have been ruled out don't have an infection. You know what hurt does not mean harm. And I just spent hours and hours with my brother who is struggling currently with back pain. And I yesterday I did an hour on the topic of none of this is going to harm you. And this morning he said you know what? I realized none of this is going to harm me and I'm feeling a lot better and really crossed my palm with silver right now. $147 But he he was afraid he was really afraid and catastrophizing not to me but in his own mind about what this meant and and how it applied to aging at 55.
Adam 49:23
Well, you can understand and you this pain is bad
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 49:26
and this pain is real.
Adam 49:28
It's real and it's bad.
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 49:29
And it makes it hard to think and it makes it hard to do anything. But it's to break the circuit is your goal and you may need some help in terms of cognitive behavioral therapy, which I talk about in the book in order to dispel some of your issues with fear avoidance behavior. Many people with back pain take toe walking in odd ways because they are guarding the part that hurts but Actually, they're doing nothing for the part that hurts. I mean, I've seen people put down, you know, pick up things and put them down in in ways that are far more deleterious to their spines than if they did it normally. And you do read all this about, you know, lift with the knees and not with the back wall, trying making a bed with your knees bent, you cannot do that, because you can't get close enough to the bed to do it. So many, many things that are drilled into patients about how they should lift you know, all of this is kind of nonsense. Once you are sufficiently conditioned, you know, you can I throw my bag into the overhead compartment. I not worrying about that on an aeroplane anymore. And it used to be, I would worry about it for three days, you know, how am I going to get that back up there? And being that I am five foot 10. And I look like I'm perfectly fit? No one I have yet to encounter a man of any age who wants to put my bag up there for me. And so it's a good thing that I can do it myself.
Adam 51:05
I would do it for you
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 51:06
know, you wouldn't you'd say she's super fit
Adam 51:09
She's taller than me for crying out loud.
Mike 51:11
My, my older clients were like in their 70s I don't help them off the floor. I help everybody else. You need practices. Yeah, yeah. So and we there are people actually who I work on how to do that, you know, more efficiently, where to put their arm where to turn how to do everything. So they can actually do it and hopefully develop the strength in the skill of doing
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 51:34
Which is, might be in their 70s, the most important thing you'll teach them. Sooner or later, they're going to fall on the floor, and they need to be able to get up.
Mike 51:42
Yeah, there are times when you're doing rehabilitation for your body or even exercise where it's not comfortable. And it could actually hurt a little bit. And there are times where I think those are signals that are like, Wait, you're doing something that's wrong, and maybe you're guided in the wrong way. And maybe you're guided in the right way. Like how do you know when to say that hurts, and that that hurt is bad. And that hurt is good?
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 52:04
Well, when I was working out with you, earlier in the week, I asked you a number of times, where am I supposed to feel this? What muscle groups are engaged. And I know because I've been at this, you know, working on pretty seriously for five years or seven years, maybe I'm you know, if I'm feeling this, like in some tiny muscle in my shoulder, that is probably not what we had in mind. You know, I think that I think that once people become, start slow, start really slow, start light and build up. Don't start heavy build up slowly start with what you can safely easily do. And that doesn't mean that I won't hurt, but start light and then add. And I think the place where people you know get in trouble they I think CrossFit is a place that a lot of people overdo it completely. Especially well, people go to CrossFit are typically very competitive. So it is very easy.
Adam 53:10
It's a sport. Not an exercise program.
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 53:11
And they get very, very competitive and overdo it. And I did one half of one CrossFit class and I said,
Adam 53:19
Nope
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 53:19
you've got to be joking.
Mike 53:23
that's the thing. I think that's I wanted to hear you say I mean, it started right. Yeah, progressions where you start at level one, and then you go to level two, and do you feel a little bit that should be normal that you're feeling like you're working but not straining? Um, yeah, so it's, uh,
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 53:38
well, we hit one exercise towards the end of our session where I was to have moved some pulleys and nothing was happening, I was not moving them, you know, and nothing hurt, but I was not moving them. And that meant to me that I was misunderstanding what I was supposed to be doing. Because, clearly, if I can move everything else in the room, there's no reason I couldn't move that weight. I just simply didn't know what to do how to do it. So having someone to explain Oh, no, it is not supposed to be coming from that tiny joint behind your elbow. It's supposed to be coming from somewhere. And this is one reason why it's very important for people who are trying to climb out of this abyss to work with talented trainers. And how do you find that? Well, that's what everyone wants to know. And in the book, I detail what you should be looking for what kind of qualifications, what kind of personality? Because if you're working with someone who says, does it is that bothering you? Well, then stop. We'll stop lie down. Let me stretch you. Well, that is not going to work out for you. But there are definitely questions that you should be asking. And I go through these in the book and you know you cannot as a middle aged person who's not very fit. You do not want a 22 year old cowboy for a trainer who is going to treat you as if you're 22 years old and fit. And that happens a lot. It happens to people all the time I had somebody throw a medicine ball at me. There was absolutely no possibility I could catch that thing. Yeah. But, you know, I guess he thought that would be fun.
Mike 55:22
Yeah, there's it's definitely the answer is not to stop. But it's to find the right progression at the right level for the person. In your blog, I loved when you commented on acute pain, the first thing to do is take a walk, be mobile. And the thing is, I'm I've always been a believer that like mobility is what you know, you know, I think that's one of our big problems is over. So many people, we don't as trainers, but a lot of people are just find themselves in their life and in their job just to immobile.
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 55:50
That's right, anybody can strike anywhere. Because, you know, my brother is very athletic. And he lives to exercise he truly does. I mean, everything else he does, he does between between periods of exercise. And yet he is really dealing with serious back pain right now. Because for all his exercise and all his sports, he never really built the right musculature for life. And so you know, he can hit the hell out of a tennis ball, but his spine is really not operating properly currently. And we have to do something, you know, some things about that. And it's very hard for someone who has been really serious athlete for his entire life to get that into his mind.
Adam 56:38
Well, he's lucky he has you as a sister that did all this work
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 56:40
you better check with him. How lucky he is feeling
Mike 56:44
I got to hear about this back pain
Adam 56:47
from my younger sister for crying out loud. No older, I'm older maybe will listen to you. Alright, so we have to we have to read we're running out of time we have to write Are there any concluding comments you'd like to make before we sign off?
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 57:00
Well, I think that we have to really think about and talk to patients about changing the chip and converting from a, okay, I'll do this exercise, but I'm still looking for someone who's going to fix me. And I am undergoing numerous interventions while I'm exercising, I'm not going to really be very serious about exercising, because I really still believe that there is someone out there who can fix me to considering that the only person who is going to make a difference here will be you yourself. And you're probably wasting time and money running from intervention to intervention.
Mike 57:45
The efficacy of exercise
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 57:47
has been now clearly shown, clearly shown you may need some psychological help because a lot of things spiral when you suffer from chronic back pain. I mean, there are plenty of people whose marriages are a wreck. Now whether they are wreck because of the back pain or the back pain the or the marriages have caused the that's another question. But there's sometimes other help is needed and you shouldn't be afraid to get it. Because sometimes that is the key to resolving the problem.
Adam 58:20
Well, the book is crooked Outwitting the back pain industry and getting on the road to recovery by Catherine Jacobsen Raman,
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 58:28
and it's now out in paperback. You can also download the Kindle version. And if you really want to listen to me for 13 hours, you can get the audiobook from Audible or from Amazon.
Adam 58:43
Well, thank you so much for joining us. It was a real pleasure.
Cathryn Jakobson Ramin 58:46
Thank you.
Tim Edwards 58:49
Special thanks to Katherine Jacobson, Raman, author of crooked Outwitting the back pain industry and getting on the road to recovery. Now, as I mentioned at the top of the show, and as you just heard, Catherine mentioned herself, her audio book is available in audible, and you can download it for free just by clicking the link in the show notes to audible trial.com forward slash inbound, sign up for a free 30 day membership trial and download Katherine's book, crooked Outwitting the back pain industry and getting on the road to recovery. If you decide to cancel your membership for any reason, you get to keep her book Simple as that. And while you're in there, you can pick up additional audio books from other guests that we've had on the show, and you'll enjoy discounts of up to 30% Just by being an audible member. Now getting back to the workout if you haven't tried the power of 10 workout for yourself, What in the world are you waiting for? Click on over to the inform fitness website that's informfitness.com. There you'll find a free slow motion high intensity strength training workout waiting for you click the Try us Free button right there at the top of the homepage, fill out the form that pops up and pick your location. then you can experience free full body workout that you will complete in just 20 to 30 minutes. Thanks again for listening. And until next time for Adam Zickerman and Mike Rogers of inform fitness. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting Network.
“There are three pillars to living a healthy and balanced life. Exercise - Nutrition - Rest & Recovery” - Adam Zickerman
Board-certified Head and Neck Surgeon and Transcendental Meditation Instructor Dr. Benjamin Asher join Adam Zickerman and Mike Rogers to discuss the value of rest and recovery through mindfulness and meditation.
http://benjaminashermd.com
Mindfulness Resources:
Learn to meditate with our free basics pack, a 10-day beginner’s course that guides you through the essentials of meditation and mindfulness. It’ll give you a solid foundation to build your practice on.
www.headspace.com/headspace-meditation-app
Dr. Richard Brown Breathing Workshops- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vpr89Z1r6Lo
http://www.breath-body-mind.com
Adam Zickerman - Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
For a FREE 20-Minute strength training full-body workout and to find an Inform Fitness location nearest you, please visit http://bit.ly/Podcast_FreeWorkout
49 Meditation 101 with Benjamin F. Asher, MD Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
meditation, people, asher, mantra, meditation practice, doctor, tm, practice, inform, feel, transcendental meditation, blood pressure, energy, fitness, mdma, totally, body, meditate, creating, stress
SPEAKERS
Dr. Asher, Tim Edwards, Mike, Adam
Dr. Asher 00:06
There is a large body of research out there looking at all aspects of the way meditation affects the physiology, what it does to the brainwaves how brainwaves become more coherent, how blood pressure goes down, heart rate goes down, blood pressure goes down. And this is actually across all types of meditation for you to do. TM or mindfulness based practice. There are studies that look at meditation in attention deficit disorder, and showing that it improves that. And then there are all kinds of quality of life studies showing that people who meditate tend to be happier, live longer lives, and just feel more connected to themselves.
Tim Edwards 00:50
This is episode number 49 of the inform fitness podcast. What's up inform nation I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting network and a client of inform fitness. Can you believe we are knocking on the door of 50 total episodes for this podcast? Wow, thank you very much for your continued support of this show and our sponsors. Now, over the past year and a half or so, Adam Zckerman the founder of inform fitness and Mike Rogers, the general manager of the inform fitness location there in Manhattan, along with a wide array of guests have discussed in great length the importance of building muscle in a safe manner, so that you can live the kind of life you want to live. We also have talked in great length, about the value of adopting a nutritional plan that supports the building of that muscle and burning fat to Supercharge Your Metabolism. Well, today, we will be drilling down into component or pillar number three, to live a healthy and balanced life, rest and recovery. As you well know your body needs to recoup and heal following your 20 to 30 minute high intensity workout at inform fitness. Well your mind also deserves an opportunity to be rejuvenated through proper sleep and mindfulness. So today, we are welcoming Dr. Benjamin Asher, who is based out of New York City, and is a board certified head and neck surgeon and a transcendental meditation instructor, Dr. Asher will be providing us with an easy to understand conversation regarding mindfulness and meditation, he will break down the value of meditation, the various meditation methods and how to get started on a path of rest, recovery and mindfulness.
Adam 02:33
Okay, welcome to the program, we have a really good show today we have with us, Dr. Benjamin Asher, he's a holistic, ear nose and throat doctor. But he's also a client of inform fitness. And we've known Mike and I have known him for many years as a client. And we've had many, many discussions about very interesting things. He's a fascinating man, and a great doctor, he, obviously a Western trained doctor, a medical doctor in United States in New York, but he's also a holistic, he also looks at the problems in modern medicine. And he deals with them. And he approaches medicine from both Eastern philosophy and modern Western philosophy, to really find the right balance to help the patient because there's a lot of problems in modern medicine, as we know, it's really a business, it's run like a business, sometimes the business goals of a medical practice, are not exactly congruent with the goals of the patient. And Dr. Asher is well aware of that. And he's dealt with in his practice. He's also a meditation expert. And that's kind of why he's here with us today to talk about meditation. And it's nice to hear about meditation from a medically trained doctor, because it's, it's unusual. So a lot of medically trained doctors, they poopoo Eastern medicine. And, you know, that's not cool either. But on the other hand, there's all these gurus out there that don't know anything about medicine. And they're acting as doctors and pushing just the Eastern philosophy. And that's also can be dangerous. A lot of people, for example, I know have go through these holistic treatments when diagnosed with stage four metastatic cancer. And they think that getting IVs of vitamin C and B 12. And meditating is going to cure them of their metastatic cancer. And that's not necessarily the right thing, either. So without further ado, let's bring on Dr. Asher, welcome to the show, Dr. Asher.
Dr. Asher 04:21
Hi, Adam, thank you very much for having me. Hi, Mike, I appreciate you folks participating in this conversation, which I think it's a really important topic for people and it's a very fundamental basis for overall well being.
Adam 04:35
Alright, so let me ask a question first. How did you become interested in meditation and stress reduction? Being a medically Western trained doctor?
Dr. Asher 04:44
Well, I actually started meditating way before I went to medical school. And my interest in going to medical school actually was I thought at the time that I felt so strongly about meditation practice that I felt that if I could be a doctor, I could get more people into interested in having a meditation practice. So I started actually doing meditation when I was 16 years old. And once I started college, I started doing Transcendental Meditation and I became a teacher of Transcendental Meditation. And after that, I've been doing all types of meditation practices and have studied many forms. And so when I people talk to me about meditation, I don't just tell them to do one type. I try to figure out what kind of meditation works best for different types of people and what they seem to like,
Adam 05:34
well, that's interesting. Yeah, I do. I do know, there are lots of different types of meditation. And that's, it's interesting that you help somebody given that personality and whatever, whatever, whatever else makes them up, in your opinion, will decide what meditation is set them up with. But before we get into the different types of meditation, I was wondering, like, maybe you can you talked about stress and relieving stress, and why should we be so concerned about stress? In general
Dr. Asher 05:58
if you look at the list of illnesses that people are having in our society, at least the top 10 are somewhat stress related, and the elevated stress levels just cause they, it wreaks havoc on the on the body. Elevated cortisol levels, promote diabetes, they promote heart disease, hypertension, stroke, reducing immune function. So living and not dealing with stress has a significantly adverse impact on our health and well being. So that's just one aspect of it, not to mention, that if we're chronically living in a state of anxiety, and fear, or depression, we're not leading a very happy life.
Mike 06:48
Dr. Asher, what exactly does meditation do?
Dr. Asher 06:52
Well, there is a large body of research out there looking at all aspects of the way meditation affects the physiology, what it does to the brainwaves, how brainwaves become more coherent, how blood pressure goes down, heart rate goes down, and blood pressure goes down. And this is actually across all types of meditation, whether you do TM, or mindfulness based practice. There are studies that look at the meditation in attention deficit disorder, and showing that improves that there's that and then there are all kinds of quality of life studies showing that people who meditate tend to be happier, live longer lives, and just feel more connected to themselves. So it's across the board, if you're wanting to do one thing that's going to really give you the most bang for your buck for your health, it's actually something really worthwhile,
Adam 07:46
you know, I had you on the show, because this speaks to one of the pillars of our basic philosophy of my company, exercise, rest and nutrition. I mean, those are the three pillars that I like to point out for really a good, healthy, balanced life, and you can't have one without the other, you need all three. And when I talk about pillar number three rest in my book, it's not just about getting enough sleep, which of course is important, but it goes way beyond, you know, getting sleep, it's it's what we were just talking about dealing with stress. And when I use the word rest, it means a lot more again than sleep. They're all types of rest, your speak a little bit about the different types of rest that there are.
Dr. Asher 08:27
absolutely, so there are, there are different stages of sleep, there's REM sleep, and you know, different levels of sleep and how restful sleep becomes and then each of those states of sleep have a physiological signature. And the same thing, in a meditation practice, there is actually a physiological signature of that, which is that the minds awake, and the body is in a deep state of rest. So it's, it allows and affords the body a different type of opportunity of rest for it to relieve itself with different kinds of issues. Interestingly, a new development, which I just recently learned about is something called the glymphatic system, the glymphatic system is actually the lymphatic system of the brain. And it's how the brain detoxifies, and the brain actually detoxifies in sleep, the brain actually detoxifies through the nose and sinuses. But it's important that we get the reason why I'm bringing it up is that the rest that we get in sleep and in meditation actually helps clear our brains of toxins. So it's a very important thing to get. And you can't overemphasize that.
Mike 09:47
Dr. Asher, what are the types of meditation?
Dr. Asher 09:49
so there are many types of meditation but you can kind of break them down into a few broad categories. There are the mindfulness type meditations. Like headspace, the app headspace, Jon Kabat Zinn's Mindfulness Based Stress Reduction, Zen meditation or Buddhist meditation called Vipassana. And basically those practices are often associated with being aware of the breath, and allowing the mind to just be and do what it's doing, without judging it, and just being present in the present moment. And it's very relaxing, it really trains us to be more present. And that ability to be more in the present moment takes us out of being in future think, which is what is a major cause of anxiety
Adam 10:49
future think
Dr. Asher 10:50
being totally being in the moment. And if you really, actually, you could actually look at people that do intense activities like rock climbing, and it's actually a type of mindfulness practice. Because if you're, you know, rock climbing, you really have to be totally present. Because you can't make can't afford to make mistakes. It's really just one thing after the other ones step by step by step,
Mike 11:14
I can imagine with performance of any kind, even if it's like public speaking, or something physical, I feel like you know, when you were talking about rest, and the benefits of getting proper rest, and sleep, and, you know, Adam was going into the pillar, but I was going into the idea of performance, because I've been practicing meditation, at times more consistent than others, you know, in my life, but the times when I feel that I'm doing it, when I am more consistent, I'm finding that I'm stress managing is better. My golf game is better. And and this does happen sometimes by sitting quietly in a chair. But it also sometimes happens while I'm quietly on my bicycle in the morning, you know, I'm saying when nothing else is going on
Dr. Asher 11:56
right. And even the practice of the intense workout in in in your center is actually can be, almost a meditative practice, because it's you in the moment and you're working in the moment of what you're doing. And
Adam 12:09
yeah, I actually have a line that I always asked my clients and see if they're, if they really get what we're doing. And I say, so what do you think the most important repetition of the set is? Usually say, the last one, or the first one, whatever? And I'll say, No, it's the one you're doing,
Dr. Asher 12:23
right? So it's totally being present in what you're doing. So the meditation practice is a setup for being more mindful in any of those moments.
Adam 12:31
And that's that one type of meditation practice then there are other types of meditation.
Dr. Asher 12:35
So other types of meditations, which which come from India, mostly are using a mantra, which is some sound, usually a Sanskrit word, which quiets the mind down. Transcendental Meditation is one of those, it is very effective. I mean, transcendental meditation, Vedic meditation, there's another various offshoots of that, or Herbert Benson did the, where you meditate on the word, one, using Word and then the Christian centering practice, which is also like a mantra where you actually center on a prayer, it's contemplation, but it doesn't have to be contemplation, it can just be not really worrying about the meaning, but just the sound value, which quiets the mind
Mike 13:19
I was just thinking about something I haven't I love yoga, I just haven't been able to find time to do it recently. But one of the things I absolutely loved if I break down all the elements, I think about the OM, you know, and what is going on with the word. om, I was wondering, how just Do you have any idea? Why did they choose that? Where's that come from? And why is that feel, I mean, you feel like the vibration of the word, and it's this calming effect. It happens when you say it. And I'm just wondering, I don't know if I'm digressing or going in a different direction. But I was just curious about that.
Adam 13:52
That's a mantra, right?
Dr. Asher 13:53
It is a mantra, and it has a definite value of vibration. So the way you look at the vibrational value of the mantras are as they have a way of in training the physiology. So you can train the brainwaves with the mantra, and that has an effect. So om has a specific effect, and has an effect on calming the body down in a certain kind of way.
Mike 14:15
Are you saying that other mon like mantras, some of these other words, they have like a vibrational value as well? Or is
Dr. Asher 14:22
they all have, they all have some vibrational value and they all have different vibrational values. So that creates some sort of other energetic so some mantras are more are settling in different ways and can create different influences. So you could have you could
Adam 14:41
is it like a diet where you need to have all the different nutrients and you have to try all these different vibrations or can you just pick a vibration and go with it?
Dr. Asher 14:49
I think you can. You know, I think it's complicated. You can do it, you can pick the mantra that you want. But then on the other hand, there are people that use different mantras. For different,
Mike 15:00
what would you say Dr. Asher? Like step step one would be like I think I think you said before, but you say like, before everything focusing on the breath, or, or listening to the breath or attention to the breath. Is that would you say that that's step one? If you're going to just sort of start today and go home and or is there some greater instruction that you need to sort of have when you say, I want to only try this out for five minutes today?
Dr. Asher 15:28
Well, I am, I actually think that's a great suggestion. And there is a breathing technique, which Dr. Richard Brown, who's a psychiatrist here in New York has been teaching for a long time. It's called coherent breathing. And basically, you breathe in for six seconds, you breathe out for six seconds in for six seconds out for six seconds. And he has a if you go on, I think he has a website, you can actually go on and get a little timer, there's a little bell that rings every six seconds, so you can actually time your breath. And Dr. Brown has taken this technique and gone into totally war torn countries where people have just been exposed to enormous amounts of trauma. And in a matter of a half an hour, taken these people who were in absolute total dire straits. And just teaching this coherent breathing technique has created an enormous amount of positivity in the environment made these people feel much better. So breathing is a very powerful tool. And this particular breathing technique works very well. And it's very simple to learn.
Adam 16:37
So when you have you said before, that when you have a patient coming into your practice, after you do your your intake, you make a decision on how to guide them in this,
Dr. Asher 16:48
I sort of looked to people and and see where what it what it feels like going on. So people that have had a lot of trauma in their lives. People that have PTSD, I have found that like the the mantra technique where you just focus on the mantra or think the mantra actually tends to create a bit of a depersonalization experience, which is uncomfortable for people that have had trauma in their lives. So I recommend for those people specifically, they should do a mindfulness based practice. I think that people who are really, they cannot settle down at all, there are some breathing practices, I particularly like there's one called a Nanda mandola, which you can either get on Spotify, there's a Spotify playlist, or you can do it on YouTube, which is a rapid breathing technique, which moves a lot of energy. It's very helpful for people, it reduces stress, and it sort of is energizing and makes you more awake and alert. So people that are having lots of issues with being overly fatigued, the biggest problem is, is that people don't want to sit down and meditate. I mean, that's really the reason why people don't do it is people don't want to they, they would much rather be distracted in their lives. So what comes up is people sit down to meditate and all the things that they think they need to do come up. And so then they're uncomfortable, or all the things they wish they've done in their lives come up or all those regrets or something that
Adam 18:18
you're saying the mantra takes you away from all those thoughts.
Dr. Asher 18:20
The mantra can do that. And so the TM technique allows gives people specific instructions about how to deal with those kinds of thoughts
Adam 18:28
TM, you mean, trans
Dr. Asher 18:29
Transcendental meditation right
Adam 18:31
How is it different from let's say, other mantra based, probably not
Dr. Asher 18:35
all that different. If you want to know the truth, to learn TM, you need to go take a transcendental meditation course from a trained TM teacher, get the mantra that the TM people prescribe for you. And then they give you a course and explain you how to use the mantra. And that's, basically they have a prescribed way of doing it. And they do the same for everybody. It's very systematic. There are other techniques where you learn mantras, and you can use them. They're used the same way. So the Transcendental Meditation mantra is one where you're not concentrating. So it's not a concentration technique. It's a way of thinking a mantra without concentrating on it. And other techniques of meditation do the same thing.
Mike 19:17
What about like just walking, if you don't have the ability, or that or the patience to sit still, for what however long? What's going on physiologically with an activity, a calming activity, like walking?
Dr. Asher 19:30
I totally think that's a perfectly great meditation. I mean Thich Nhat Hanh, who is one of the great Buddhist meditation teachers has a whole walking meditation practice that you can do. And there's no reason why walking can be a perfect meditation. And there are all kinds of movement meditations like Tai Chi and Qi Gong, where you're doing that and moving an enormous amount of energy and can be very relaxing and Tai Chi is one of the great things to do if you have a balanced disturbance, so people that have chronic disequilibrium doing tai chi, not only moves energy, but actually helps restore the vestibular system and help you with creating more physical balance. So I think that that's an important point you bring up Mike, which is that meditation doesn't have to be, you know, the sitting practice where you're, you know, sitting there with your eyes closed, you can do any number of things, where you're just creating more mindfulness, and having a calming effect,
Mike 20:31
I subscribe to using words like, like energy, like when you're talking about moving energy and stuff like that. I somehow believe it, I feel it. How do you explain it from a medical science point of view? When you're when you're, you know, using words like that? I mean, I, they communicate to me, but sometimes I feel like there's a barrier, like Adam, for example, like, I think Adam is a barrier with words like that sometimes, you know, Is that referring to something specific medically, or something that's going on physiologically in the body? Or is there something that is more spiritual that you're talking about? I guess that's what I'm,
Dr. Asher 21:07
well, that's a it's a, it's a fantastic question. There are multiple levels of that question. Because really what human bodies are or what living systems are, are energy systems. So you can look at it from any number of levels. So you can look at it just from the fact that what's going on in the body all the time, is there's, there are these chemical processes that are creating electrical impulses, that's our whole nervous system. It's all chemistry and electricity. So you can measure all that that's actually a measurable energetic, but then you do move into sort of, if you talk about the energy systems of traditional Chinese medicine in the meridians, well, that's not something that you can sit down. And like, it's not as measurable but it's very real. And you know, it's real, because you can do surgery on people with acupuncture, and they don't feel pain. So the the, the acupuncture, whatever it's doing is having an effect on the energy system. So there's that. And then there's this whole element of what people experience if you're doing an intense breathing practice with some sort of yogic breathing, and then you feel an enormous surge of energy in your body. Like, that's energy, that's some experience. Sexual Energy is an experience, these are all experiences people have, that are sort of in an in an energy form. So it isn't really, it isn't really esoteric, but it is esoteric, because when you when you peel away the layers, you can actually, if you're from a meditation perspective, you can actually go to the place where all you are experiencing is yourself as energy enough. And that's a real experience.
Mike 23:07
Yeah, it is. It's interesting, like just thinking about like the how people change when, say, they're in a bad mood, and they hear a funny joke like, and how, like, their body changed their face. Like they actually, you feel better when you're just laughing. I don't know if you're distracted, because you're laughing, or something actually changed or like when you're if you're not feeling well, and someone gives you a hug or something like that, and how what, how physiologically, what's going on when those little things change in your body? You know?
Dr. Asher 23:33
That's actually a really good question. Good point, if you can even take that on a more macro level, and look at it from the perspective of, of what's going on in a room. If you walk into a room, and two people have had a fight. And you didn't hear anything about the fight, but you walk into the room, and you feel the energy in the room. There's something there, it's palpable, right. Whereas if you walk into a room and the room is filled, you're you know, filled with loving energy, you can feel that there's something that is within the human radar experience of which is not necessarily measurable, although there are
Adam 24:12
is it really energy that you're feeling in a case like that, or is it really just people's body language that you're noticing without realizing it No, you actually, I'm certain that I could find you studies that actually look at that particular piece and show that people actually have an experience and are able to define what's going on. And there's a guy named Edward Tiller, who is a physicist who's done an enormous amount of measurements of energy in rooms, after people doing all kinds of meditation practices is found all these different things that you can, you can measure based on what's going on, and the energy and the people in the room. He was a physicist at Stanford University for a number of years. And he's done A lot of research in this area is very, I mean, it's like very complicated math equations. It's not easy to read. But he's, he's kind of been the Pioneer. I think in looking in that area. So doc, let me ask your question if somebody is not in New York City, and they can't come to see you. But if you are New York City, by the way, you have to go see him. But if you're not in New York City, how does someone decide how to choose a meditation practice?
Dr. Asher 25:31
If you want to do your own research, I'd look up different types of practices, look up mindfulness practice, look up Transcendental Meditation, look up Vedic meditation, look up Kriya Yoga in different kinds of things, and sort of see what there is, and then see what speaks to you. And if something seems to inspire you, I'd pick that
Adam 25:48
like, what are the some of the things that's just considered like the ease of fitting into their lifestyle? Or if they have any history of trauma, like you're talking about?
Dr. Asher 25:55
Exactly. So you want to pick something that you're going to be able to do? So I one of the things that I recommend a lot of people is Headspace. Because it's an app, you can download it.
Adam 26:07
That's what I use, actually, I was just start I just started using Headspace.
Dr. Asher 26:11
Right. So I mean, people seem to like it a lot. And it helps. It starts with a with a mindfulness practice, and it develops over time. So that's a that's a simple thing to do. There are, you know, many books out there is a book, an old book by Lawrence LeShan, and called how to meditate. And depending, you can go to, you know, meditation instruction, many hospitals have Mindfulness Based Stress Reduction, instruction for patients, you know, and then in a lot of cities, there's transcendental meditation centers, you can go there,
Adam 26:46
you find, do you find meditation to be a time to substitute for certain drugs that are prescribed for to de stress or depression, or, I don't know, high blood pressure,
Dr. Asher 26:57
there's actually a solid body of research on Transcendental Meditation and hypertension. And then getting people off antihypertensive medications. You know, the mindfulness based stress reduction in in the field of psychiatry is very, very big and getting people off medications,
Adam 27:14
we got to be careful with that man, I'd hate to go to like a meditative trend, let's say go to a TM specialist, right. But he's not a doctor, in your sense of the word. And he tells you, yeah, we're gonna do this, you know, TM, and after about six weeks, you can start getting off your blood pressure.
Dr. Asher 27:28
But why nobody would do that, Adam, I mean, that's not. That's not how it works.
Adam 27:32
But I would want to do this with somebody like you who knows both, is my point,
Dr. Asher 27:37
well you don't need to go to a doctor to teach you to meditate, you can go to meditate, you can, if you're trying to lower your blood pressure, you go learn how to meditate, go back to your blood doctor and get your blood pressure checked. I mean, that's totally, you don't have to have the doctor
Adam 27:40
but if you're on blood pressure medication while you're doing yoga you don't know, which is causing the low blood pressure, the medication or the yoga, or the medication or the meditation, you know, like if you're on both?
Dr. Asher 27:58
Well, no, you would know
Adam 28:00
In other words, I'm just saying like, you know, you're doing this meditation for a while you have high blood pressure, you're taking some kind of blood pressure medication. But, now you're doing this meditation, and you're doing it for a while and you're feeling really good. Is there a way of weaning yourself off the medication to see if the blood pressure starts creeping up again? I mean, how does that work? How do you know somebody can come off the blood pressure medication,
Dr. Asher 28:20
I mean, that's up between the person and their doctor. So you basically would decide that you know what a person's blood pressure was, before they started their practice, then if they're meditating, and it turns out that their blood pressure is really abnormally low, then you might want to wean them off blood pressure medication, they may be just taking too much. I mean, it's a it's an individual thing. It's not something you can do as a cookbook, just sort of see how it works.
Mike 28:47
Did you find a lot of doctors though, would like say, like, someone listened to this podcast, they don't have a holistic doctor. They sampled doing meditation for a few weeks, and you know, then approached a doctor or whatever, let's say a couple months, feel like maybe there was an effect to the meditation. You approach your doctor and say, Hey, listen, I've been doing this, I listen to this holistic doctor made a lot of sense to me, I gave it a shot. I'd like to give it a give it a try. I think I want to try it weaning myself off blood pressure medication. What do you think? And what do you think most doctors are going? I mean?
Adam 29:25
It's good question.
Dr. Asher 29:26
I don't know. I mean, really, I think I think the answer to that question is totally and completely variable. Some doctors know, some doctors would say great, you know, I think it's all about what the how the doctor is looking at the patient and and what their belief system is so
Mike 29:44
right
Dr. Asher 29:44
what I what that tells me more is that what is the patient's relationship to their doctor, and if they pick the right doctor for themselves, right, you want to go to doctor who supports you and whatever it is, that you feel is important for your health.
Adam 29:59
That makes sense
Mike 30:00
Yeah
Adam 30:00
Doctor, I listened to a talk that you gave at a convention, forgive me for not remembering which convention it was. But you were talking about the modern medicine, modern paradigm, and how it's set up. And you talk about how it's built on fear and traumatic experiences, that illness is looked at as a punishment, that they're really focusing on the disease, it's you against your disease, it's you against your cancer, it's you're against your blood pressure. And you said, that's not really the way medicine should be looking at things, I found that to be really interesting discussion. Basically, what you're saying that we see ourselves, our bodies disconnected from the whole is something that you said
Dr. Asher 30:01
I did say that
Adam 30:28
And you also, I don't know if this is related. But you also said during this talk that this idea of people saying, you know, let it go, you know, the expression, let it go, which is why I think some people falsely think is what meditation is about letting go. And you disagreed with that. So I was wondering if you can speak to that a little bit before we before we end this.
Dr. Asher 31:00
So I think that one of the biggest problems that that people run into, and this does happen and in meditation practices is that you something comes up and something difficult comes up and people just keep on telling Well, you just have to let it go, you have to let it go. You have to let it go. And people can't let things go. Because it something keeps on coming up. Because there's some process that needs to happen for them, whatever it is, that keeps coming up to be resolved in some kind of way. There's some some either emotional resolution, some energetic resolution, some way we have to be open to some experience. So the idea that you should just let something go doesn't really work. So people are continually frustrated, because they feel like they're, they're doing something wrong, because they can't let certain feelings go. That's what I'm saying in that moment.
Adam 31:57
So what do you do when you're faced with something like that, instead of letting go, which is kind of like a jargon esque, meaningless kind of statement, actually.
Dr. Asher 32:06
Right? It's sort of a larger conversation. But when people are confronted with really difficult challenging kinds of things, I tell people to allow themselves to make space for the whatever is going on, to give expression to whatever the feelings are, or whatever is happening. You know, it's just allowing things to come up. Because it's all information. I sort of look at whatever is coming up in us through us as information, it's informing us about ourselves, what's going on inside ourselves. So being open minded, having a sense of inquiry, having a sense that, Oh, it's okay to feel to know what's going on, and allowing whatever it is to be present. Even if it's a really difficult experience, painful experience. This is a place where you actually have to sort of dive deep into your heart and open your heart up to yourself to allow yourself to have the experience because people don't want to look at the painful experiences. That's why in the world of post traumatic stress disorder, the biggest thing to be happening right now is are the is a clinical trial in MDMA, which is the street drug ecstasy, but there, it's gonna, it's in phase three clinical trials. And that is a medicine that allows the heart to open up called an pathogen. And people that have PTSD, they can't face whatever the problem, whatever the trauma is, they can't keep look, they can't look at it, because it's just so traumatic. And this medicine allows your heart to expand so that you can look at this with a loving space and two guided MDMA treatments is curative for PTSD in about 80% of people now, and I've watched videos of Iraq war veterans who are in totally in terrible shape, rageaholics, do these PTS that do the MDMA therapy and it's like, Oh, my God, unbelievable, what they're able to uncover and there are only certain trained therapists and it's only going to be used in these very, very specific trained therapy sessions.
Adam 34:11
Alright, thank you very much, Doc. It was really nice. We just scratched the surface. You know, I mean, there's so much to this, go to Dr. Asher's website. It's BenjaminAsher md.com. He has some articles there. He has a whole bunch of information on all kinds of things. Thanks, doc.
Tim Edwards 34:29
We are really grateful to Dr. Benjamin Asher for joining us here on the inform fitness podcast. Dr. Asher mentioned earlier in the episode that a great way to get started on your own mindfulness path is to download the app Headspace so we're going to include a link to Headspace in the show notes. Dr. Asher also recommended a book for those that are interested in learning how to meditate. The book is called how to meditate. The book is written by Dr. Lawrence LaShawn. Now if you'd like to download the audio book for free, simply click The link in the show notes to audible trial.com, forward slash inbound, sign up for a free 30 day membership trial and download the book, how to meditate or really any book you like. They have over 180,000 titles to choose from. If you decide to cancel your membership for any reason, you keep the book. It's that simple. And while you're in there, you can pick up audio books from other guests that we've had on the inform fitness podcast, and you'll enjoy discounts of up to 30% Just by being an audible member. Again, that's Audible trial.com forward slash inbound to receive your free audiobook from Audible. Well, we've given you a free audio book, how about a free power of 10 workout, then click on over to the inform fitness website that's informfitness.com Of course and the link will be in the show notes. Once you're at the webpage, you'll find a free slow motion high intensity workout waiting for you. Just click the Try it free button right there on the homepage. Fill out the form, pick your location and experience a free full body workout that you will complete in just about 20 to 30 minutes. Hey, thanks so much for listening and we invite you to join us for the Big Five Oh, next time. It's episode 50. Until then, for Adam Zickerman and Mike Rogers of inform fitness. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting Network.
Exercise/Recovery/Nutrition. The three pillars necessary to build muscle, burn fat, and to supercharge your metabolism. Episode 48 of the InForm Fitness Podcast focuses on nutrition.
Adam Zickerman is joined by celebrity chef, Judson Todd Allen who presents the diet that helped him lose 160 pounds, featuring 60 guilt-free recipes packed with powerhouse flavor created especially for The Spice Diet.
Chef Judson's diet plan is heaven for food lovers. Using the principles of food science, he offers a way to eat that feels indulgent as it satisfies food cravings and reduces appetite. His program will not only help listeners break their addiction to unhealthy foods without feeling deprived but will also inspire them to get into the kitchen to prepare irresistible, healthy meals.
The Spice Diet provides a full weight-loss program that includes meal plans, creative spice blends, easy-to-prepare recipes, and a heaping helping of motivation.
https://judsontoddallen.com
https://www.facebook.com/TheSpiceDiet/
https://www.instagram.com/thespicediet/
Adam Zickerman - Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen For a FREE 20-Minute strength training full-body workout and to find an Inform Fitness location nearest you, please visit http://bit.ly/Podcast_FreeWorkout
48 Fire Up Your Metabolism With The Spice Diet Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
spices, book, chef, people, flavor, tumeric, salt, cravings, food, salty, chicago, flavor profile, culinary, crave, inform, vinegars, fitness, sweet, recipe, audible
SPEAKERS
Chef Judson, Tim Edwards, Adam
Tim Edwards 00:05
Hey inform nation welcome in to episode number 48 of the inform fitness Podcast. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting network and a client of inform fitness. We'll be joined in a minute with the star of the show New York Times bestselling author and the founder of inform fitness. Adam Zickerman. Hey, real quick, we are very excited to welcome a new sponsor to the inform fitness podcast. You know, over the past 47 episodes, we have interviewed several authors with books that contain content to help educate you in the science and mindset necessary to burn fat, build muscle and to supercharge metabolism. You might remember our episodes with Gretchen Rubin, Dr. Sylvia Tara and Dr. Martin Gibala. Well, all of those authors, including our guest, in this episode, narrate their books and are all available at Audible. Audible is a subsidiary of Amazon and the world's largest producer of digital audio books. So if you enjoy consuming your content through your ears, much like you do with this podcast, Audible is perfect for you. Tell you what, we have a special offer for you inform nation. How about a free audio book, here's what you do, simply click the link in the show notes to audibletrial.com forward slash inbound, sign up for a free 30 day membership trial and download any audio book for free. Now if you decide to cancel your membership for any reason, you get to keep the book. Simple as that you have nothing to lose. A good choice for that first free audiobook would be the one penned and voiced by today's guest, Chef Judson Allen chef Judson's book titled The spice diet includes strategies and recipes that support the power of 10 Nutrition protocol as mentioned in Adams book, power of 10, the once a week slow motion fitness revolution. And when one side note about chef Judson's audio book, it comes with a downloadable PDF with all the necessary spices, charts and recipes to fire up your metabolism. Okay, let's get to it. Here's Adam Zickerman and our guest today, he calls himself the flavor architect, Chef Judson Allen.
Adam 02:16
Hello, everybody. Welcome to the show. We have a great guest today. I'm really excited about this. We have with us today, Chef Judson, Todd Allen, he's the author of the spice diet. The name of the book is called the spice diet. And the subtitle is use powerhouse flavor to fight cravings and win the weight loss battle. Full disclosure. First of all, my publisher of my book power of 10 was working with Chef Judson and he and Chef Judson wanted to put an exercise component in there and I work with Chef Judson. And part of this book has a high intensity training aspect to it so so I thank chef Judson for inviting me to be part of this book. But that's not why I'm having him on the show. I actually liked the book regardless, and I've said this before in other podcasts. And this is why I like the book so much. Because when it comes to making healthy food choices, as Chef Judson points out in his book, and as I've pointed out a million times it this is not easy. It's not easy to control your cravings and eat properly let's and Well, I've always used a song lyric to to kind of help kind of guide people through these these difficulties of making choices. And that is if you can't be with the one you love, love the one you're with. And there are lots of things that we have to avoid simple sugars, refined carbohydrates, the list goes on. But there's plenty of things that we can have. And that's the way I like to look at it don't pine for the things you can't have like pizza, and a lot of pasta. And think instead of the great things that you can have. And what I love about your book Chef, is the spice diet helps you love the things that you can have with the use of spices. And you know, just like some people, when they're decorating their house, they're afraid of color. They just paint everything white and tan in their house. Well, Chef, you're helping people kind of get over that fear of using spices and their foods and staying away from just salt and pepper, which of course are great spices but like there's there's a lot of spices that we can use. And we're going to get into all that I'm going to ask you a whole bunch of questions about spices and I love to cook and I love to love the things I'm allowed to have. Because I am avoiding all the things that I crave and I've never gotten rid of those cravings. I'm always pining for things I can't have. And I always get over it by thinking what can I have and how am I going to make it taste great. And you say in your book Chef, you say at the beginning of your book, you say you don't have to sacrifice flavor to eat well and healthy. So that leads me to one of my first questions. I just want to maybe get some background on you and I was wondering where Did your culinary journey begin? And what brought you to where you are now?
Chef Judson 05:05
Wow, great question, Adam. You know what I, I tell folks all the time that that my culinary background is a little different. I always say that I used to dream about food when I was a little kid. And, you know, I knew that there was something different about me, I just never knew what it was. But the moment you begin to like literally dream about food, like the flavors how you put them together, you know, something's not right,
Adam 05:31
you found your calling.
Chef Judson 05:35
yeah, But later, later, life to your point later in life, it turned out to be my calling, it turned out to be the fact that this was something I was very passionate about. So, you know, I followed that I followed those dreams I followed that passion into into high school where I studied food science, and I went to the only urban agricultural high school in the city of Chicago. So let me just kind of put some framework around that. City of Chicago, in a farming school, that is kind of doesn't make a lot of sense. urban area, you know, so, you know, there were a lot of things working against it, but there was a lot of things working for it. So yeah, so you know, I was introduced to, to the science of food, in high school, and I decided to carry that on to University of Illinois at Urbana Champaign, where I went for my undergraduate degree for college, where I continued food science, and studied engineering. So again, a very different bath background, you know, so I'm a food scientist graduated from the U of I. And I would say a little later, I decided, you know, I want to kind of get that culinary background as well. So I went out off to Paris, and I studied at Le Cordon Bleu and studied, that European culture of food traveled around and really kind of build my expertise around really understanding culinary edge to its core, brought all of that back to Chicago, and even created my own culinary point of view. along that journey, of course, I experienced a lot of issues with my weight, you know, I experienced a lot of difficulties with food addiction, which started when I was a very young child. And, you know, I've really kind of been able to really create my, again, my own culinary point of view. And that's around healthy food with bold flavors. So
Tim Edwards 07:37
you know, Chef, I've often found that in interviewing 1000s of people, those that are successful, started on a journey because of some pain they had in their lives, and they were looking for a solution. And that certainly seems to be your case. And now with with your book and your restaurants, you're helping other people change their lives and their eating habits as well. Tell us about that big break that you had that was a catalyst, I think it sounds like in your life and in your career.
Chef Judson 08:03
Yeah, you know, like I said, I'll kind of go back to that childhood moment where, you know, not different than a lot of people in this world that struggle with weight, or struggle with any addiction, right? It followed me for a very long period of my life. And it had such a captive hold on me that food literally controlled who I was. Again, I knew something was wrong with me and my family, and my parents knew that something was was off. When most people consume one cheeseburger and fries, or hey, we'll say maybe two cheeseburgers and fries. You know, for me, it was four or five, you know, so it was, it was to the point where nothing, no amount of food could really satisfy me. And it wasn't until I graduated from the University of Illinois, right, had experienced the weight issues had experience having experienced, the ridicule, the, the bullying, all of that, all of that stuff that comes with being overweight, having an addiction to food. But I graduated from the U of I and I was at an astounding close to 400 pounds. And I remember getting a photo of myself at graduation and they'll send you a little bitty photo they sent you this life sized photo of yourself
Adam 09:31
poster
Chef Judson 09:32
you know, so for the first time in my life, I'm looking at myself for who I really was and that was an overweight, have really obese person. And I always tell people that, you know, they say well, didn't you see yourself in the mirror growing up anyway. And it's funny because when I looked in the mirror and I was overweight, right, I was struggling with obesity. I wouldn't see an overweight person, right. I could control what I looked at. I would look at my face and I was okay with that, right, the smile, whatever. And I was fine with that. But for the first time, really, I had to look at this image. And that's when I began to shed tears. And of course, I blamed everybody, but myself, you know, everybody was the culprit but me, right? But it wasn't until I really came to terms in the grips of why I got to where I was, you know, what I went through as a child, all of those hard moments in my life that really had me turned to food as that coping mechanism. I had to really address those things. And then I had to acknowledge them and release them. And that's when I decided this was the point that I was going to take a healthier lifestyle journey and be successful at it. From a career perspective, I had an opportunity to, to work for ad column, one of the greatest and biggest names in entertainment, and entrepreneurship today, Steve Harvey. And that was a true total blessing. I tell you, I remember listening on the radio one day, and I was in the car with my family. And Steve Harvey made an announcement. And he said, I'm looking for a chef in Chicago that can help me to not only lose weight, but in the process. I want my food to be flavorful. And I remember looking at my mother, and I was like, did you see I was hitting my mother and my brother, like, did you hear this? Like, he's looking for me the architect of flavor. Like, he's asking for me. I felt like he was directly calling me on my phone like, Dude, I need your help. He had just moved to Chicago to film the first season of his daytime talk show. And, you know, everything happens for a reason. Unbeknownst to me, at that time, I had no idea that people that were a part of my team at that time, knew one of the folks that worked directly with Steve Harvey. She said, You know what, I'm going to reach out to his folks. She sent over my information to one of her friends who worked directly with Steve Harvey, and eventually got to him. He called me on my phone. And he literally I get a call from Steve Harvey. Like, and I'm like, Okay, I'm, I sit in your dreaming, I'm looking at the phone. He, in his iconic voice, like so. I hear you're a chef. And I hear you're a healthy chef who cooks with flavor. He said, What the hell is a food scientist? Anyway, he's. So he's going on and on about that.
Adam 12:34
I can totally see him saying,
Chef Judson 12:36
exactly. It was funny, you know, he said, You know, I want I would like for you to come and meet me at my studio. Now mind, I'm on the phone with him that day. He's like, I want you to meet me tomorrow. 5am in the morning, and I want breakfast, lunch and dinner prepared. But But the biggest challenge was I wasn't in Chicago, I was in Tennessee. So I hop on the first flight out out of Tennessee and head to Chicago don't get to chicago until close to 11 o'clock at night. And I go to a 24 hour grocery store. I prepare that whole night. And I get to Steve Harvey by 5am and nail it. He loves the food. And you know, the rest is history. I was with him for over four years. So he really had an opportunity to enjoy healthy food, with all of these different flavors and profiles and cultural influences, right? I never served Steve the same thing ever.
Tim Edwards 13:37
Wow. In four years. That's crazy.
Chef Judson 13:40
That is it's crazy. So it really showed him
Adam 13:43
like his wardrobe.
Chef Judson 13:45
Exactly, literally like his wardrobe changes every season.
Adam 13:52
never wears the same suit twice. Man,
Chef Judson 13:54
he doesn't and I tell you I'm right there always to get the clothes when he doesn't want them. So
Adam 13:59
this book is cool because it's not just a recipe book. And it's not just a diet book. It's learning how to eat healthy and learning the principles of healthy eating. And and then it's showing you the practical aspects of it and actually cooking and really learning about spices and not having that fear of spices. Let's start the beginning. Chef, what is a spice actually?
Chef Judson 14:26
You know, it's interesting, a spice is a spice come in many different forms. It comes in the form, it can come in the form of an actual plant a seed, right it can come from a bark, right but what how I define it so people understand it in layman's terms, is really one of those flavoring agents, right? That opportunity to bring flavor to food and it comes from a natural source. So you know where we find that some people call these manufactured spices that are full of salt and all this other stuff, right? That's, that's chemically produced in a lab. A real spice is something that you literally take from a tree from a bark, right from a plant from a seed, right? They that you manipulate it in a way either you can grind it, you can dry it, whatever. But it brings a certain flavor profile to whatever you are cooking. And that's what I appreciate about spices, spices are healthy for the body. Right? It has so many benefits, not only from a flavor, but also from a health perspective as well.
Tim Edwards 15:32
Chef, a question I have regarding the spices are all spices created equal. Meaning if I go to a regular grocery store, and they've got all the spices there on the on the shelf, compared to maybe something like Thrive Market or Whole Foods? Are all spices created equal, or their levels of of nutrition, and value and flavor amongst different types of spices, how they're created?
Chef Judson 15:57
That's a really great question. Nowadays, you have spices that are organic, right, which gives a different processing how the spices are treated, right. So you have a lot of people now going towards organic spices, where before it was just kind of spices or spices. But I would say that spices literally are spices, you know, there, there are no spices that are more, I would say more nutritious than others, you can get spices that have a better quality, right. So if I'm getting my spices directly from from India, right, they may be a little bit more intensified. So the curry that you find in India, India may be very different than the curry you find in Jamaica, right? So the flavor profiles will be different, the intensity would be different. And when I say intensity, I just mean just the potency of it. Right? Maybe different. So I couldn't put all curries in the same category. Right. And I think a lot of people, when they go to the grocery store, they just see curry and think, Oh, well, curry is curry. But you have different types of curry that come from different parts of the region, right? So depending on what part of the region they come from, it can it can have a different flavor profile, it can have a different effect on the body. And it can also have a different intensity profile. So I would say in that respect, yes. But from more of a nutritional perspective, probably not.
Adam 17:28
it depends what you're cooking too. I mean, like, you're not going to use some spices with certain meals, because they just don't go together. It's kind of like, you know, it's like certain colors don't go together, they clash, right. So foods and spices that probably work much better together, matter of fact, you talked about that in the book that, you know, combining these spices together works really well. And then there are other spices that don't work so well together.
Chef Judson 17:52
One of the biggest things I hear from people when before they read the book, is I'm afraid of spices, because I don't know how to use them, they stick to black pepper, salt, seasoning salt, and maybe some lemon pepper, right? Because they know how to use that salt and pepper on chickens, salt and pepper on beef, whatever. But when we get into things like smoked paprika, or tumeric, or cinnamon or coriander, right, they're like, Okay, what is that? How do I use it. And it's not that they don't necessarily want to use it. Again, they just don't know how so the book really guides them, right? I guide them in that process to say, hey, let's take cinnamon, let's take corriander. And let's take tumeric we add to shrimp and olive oil and garlic and you've got an amazing meal, right? That is full of flavor. And this is the flavor profile that you get. So I take all the guesswork out of it for people. And I take the intimidation out of it for people. That way. They don't feel scared to use the spices, right? And they don't mind going out and going to the spice aisle and picking up what they need. When they know how to use it.
Tim Edwards 19:01
You do a really great job of simplifying how to use these spices in your book. And you mentioned Tumeric a minute ago, what about bioavailability of these various components of these spices because I know you're the architect of flavor, but also one of the things I loved about your book goes beyond just making the food flavor full with the spices. It is using the spices for those that might need to lose weight or fight inflammation. You mentioned Tumeric I've learned in the past that Tumeric paired with black pepper are a good source of fat there. The Tumeric works better within your body. What about some of the other spices? With the bioavailability of them? Do you have any other combinations that might work? Well?
Chef Judson 19:39
Sure. So one thing that I always love, I'm a spice fanatic, right I love spicy food. Right? And, and this kind of gets into this kind of gets a little bit into that but it also gets into how do you fight cravings as well. Right? Which is also very important, right? Because that affects our body as well. So one of the biggest cravings people Have are sweet and salty. And one of the things I think that begins to alter the brain, the brains perception, right is if I'm craving salty, right, one of the things that counterbalance that is, okay, well, let me give you spicy foods, right. And if I'm enjoying spicy foods, then my, my interest in salty foods may decrease, right? So I may not crave salty foods as much. And they've done a lot of research out in China that really kind of justifies it, right? So when you're bringing things like cayenne or bringing things like spiced paprikas, right? Or hot peppers into your diet, right? In a dried form, or in a spiced form. Those are things that helped to speed metabolism, right, it gives you the energy that you need. And it also has been shown to reduce or aid in weight loss, right? Because as you're building and building your metabolism, you're losing weight, right? It's just naturally occurs in our body. So those are some things that I think are positives when it comes to the spices. And one thing that I would pair. The spicy things with, right are different things that bring in natural, sweet elements, right? Because that helps to curb your desire to want sweet foods after you enjoy a meal. Right. And I tell people, one of the biggest things is to make sure that when you're consuming a meal, you're satisfying different elements on your taste buds, right? So one of the things are, if I if I'm going to enjoy a super salty meal, right, a cheeseburger, and it's full of salt, right, I'm probably going to want something sweet after right, I'm going to go to the cheesecake, I'm going to go to the brownie, right. But if I say you know what, I'm going to enjoy a stir fry. That gives me sweet, that gives me salty. That gives me a little bit of the spicy that I'm looking for it all in a natural form, right not using processed ingredients right? Then my desire to want that cheesecake after has been decreased because I've satisfied that sweet element on my tastebuds. So it's combining spices and ingredients that can kind of help reduce the cravings and reduce other things that kind of go on with our brain function and with our body function. That makes sense.
Adam 22:24
That makes total sense that that was great. You also talk about substitutes to satisfy your cravings. For example, you talk about substitutes for people that have that are chocoholics, or substitutes with people that have a sweet tooth. How do you satisfy for example, like a salty craving people are love salt? How do you how to keep? Well, that's a big one people, you know, love salt. And when they start eating healthier, then you get rid of all that processed food. They're giving up a lot of salt and, and I bet that becomes a problem for people. So how do you deal with that one.
Chef Judson 22:56
So to satisfy the salty peas, and I'll use I'll go for the cravings of potato chips first, right? So one of the things that I came up recipe I came up with was Brussel sprout chips, right. And instead of using the potato, which is superstar to own the salt, the sea salt that I will put on there, that makes it really good, right? I said, Well, let me get brussel sprouts, and take off the leaves of those brussel sprouts, right. And I will bake those get them super crispy. And then I will use some of my spice blends that don't have so they don't have salt in them, right, but it's left but you're left with these amazing flavor profiles. So like I came up with a recipe for jerk Brussel sprout chips, which are amazing. So you get the sweet, you get the spicy, you get the aromatics in there, and you're left not really craving salt, because what's on your taste buds is the fact that you're getting all these other flavor profiles kind of popping off. Another thing, if people just desire to kind of go for the salt shaker at a meal. One thing that I like to do is incorporate things like vinegar, and citrus, citrus zest, right? Because those are things that help you to salivate, right? And those are things that kind of get your taste buds alive in a bit, you know, and I found that those are the things that actually help reduce the cravings for salt as well. So the are things like your vinegars and you can you can get out to the grocery store and get so many types of vinegar, apple cider vinegars rice wine vinegar, which has a sweetness to it. Different flavored flavored vinegars but also the citrus zest like lime and lemon are my best friends. I keep a lime and a lemon in my refrigerator at all times. Because I know that after like if I'm making shrimp, instead of going for the salt shaker, I put lemon juice in there. I'll put some lemon zest in there. And I'll add like some fresh parsley and garlic and I don't crave the salt because I've got so many flavor kind of nestled in that in that, in that recipe that it just pops.
Adam 25:06
So that's great chef, you just reminded me when you said that, you know, so many of these pre pre made spices, they come with a lot of salt in them. And I remember when I started, you know, putting dry rubs, I love smoking meats, you know, and I would make a full pack of brisket in a smoker. And, you know, I look, I go to the store and look at all these different rubs that they have and so much salt as this is first ingredient. And I'm like, so I ended that's how I ended up making my own rubs for it because I didn't want all that salt. Because when I started using those rubs, you know, when I when the product was finished, it'd be like too salty. I'm like, wow, and I don't mind salts, you know, so if it sounds if it's too salty for me, it's gonna be probably too salty for a lot of people. In any case, I love your your, your spice combinations that you put, I mean, wow, I mean, that's really cool. Because like, you don't have to be lazy anymore, and go and buy some pre made prefabricated rub in the store that who knows how long has been sitting there and how fresh it is. You can make your own rubs and, and your own spice mixes and you have a whole bunch here. Can you talk about some of them? Like what some of your favorites are? It's really exciting. This book is full of these different. Like, what do you call them? Spice?
Chef Judson 26:21
The spice blends, Yeah,
Adam 26:24
spice blends, Yummy. Wow, I can't wait to start using some of these.
Chef Judson 26:28
Yeah, these are these are great. I mean, you Adam, you hit it on the nail. It's like, you know, people don't have to go out and buy those pre fabricated, pre boxed, whatever you want to call it spices. Now because they're full of sodium. They're full of sugar, right? They're full of all of these things that we don't necessarily need. And it's so simple to buy the fresh spices or the spices, and then make your own mixes.
Adam 26:54
What I liked about one part of your book I really liked Chef, you have what you call the startup spice rack. So what what are some of the staple spices outside? Of course, the ones that we all know about? What are some of the startup spices that you think everyone should start working with? Outside of the typical ones?
Chef Judson 27:15
Yeah, that's a good question. A couple, I would say a couple of the really, really great ones that you want to add to any startup spice kit I in and I'll tell you these change over a period of time, right, depending on how my taste buds change, but for right now, I would say lean more towards the smoky paprikas. And, or the spicy paprikas, because I'm really into this paprika kick right now. Because paprika does so much not only for flavor, but also for color in food too. So it makes our food sexy. And that's important. I would say tumeric, of course, tumeric is something that you want to add to any startup kit, back in the day, it would not be anywhere near a startup kit, right. But because Tumeric now has so many benefits, both flavor and health wise, it's something that I recommend people add to their kit. dried thyme, thyme, I think is one of the it's just like, oh my gosh, I call it one of the best spices you can have is I put it in everything. I would say also, of course, you know, your your onion powders and your garlic powders are always essential, right? Because those I think are the basis for everything garlic and onion. But I would also encourage people Adam to go towards kind of channel outside of the spice range. And I would say the three ingredients that I would also have on hand, which I wouldn't consider necessarily spices, but enhance flavor would be parsley, fresh parsley, some type of lemon or lime zest or juice, you know, of course, first limes and lemons. And fresh garlic, so those would be the ones that I encourage people to get.
Adam 29:02
Alright, so this is great. I mean, I can go on and on with this. And this book has so much more to it. I mean, I highly recommend it. There's so many great recipes in here. And if you really want to love the one you're with, and not pine for the things you can't have, this is the book for you and learn and don't worry about using color. You know, paint your room, read and use tarragon and use cardamon and use all these great spices. Don't be afraid. All right. And that's that's the big lesson here. And not only that, you get the health benefits to boot. So thank you so much Chef. I really appreciate you coming on.
Chef Judson 29:35
Thanks for having me on the show y'all.
Tim Edwards 29:39
Special thanks to Chef Judson Allen, the author of the spice diet for joining us here on the inform fitness podcast. As I mentioned at the top of the show, you can pick up Chef Judson's audio book for free just by clicking the link in the show notes to audible trial.com forward slash inbound. You'll sign up for a free 30 day membership trial and download the spice diet. If you decide to cancel your membership for any reason at any time you get to keep the book. And while you're in there, you can pick up audio books from our other guests that we've had on the show, and you'll enjoy discounts of up to 30% Just by being an audible member. Speaking of free stuff. If you have not yet tried the power of 10 workout for yourself, click on over to informfitness.com There you'll find a free slow motion high intensity workout waiting for you. All you have to do is click the try us free button right there on the homepage. Fill out the form, pick your location, and then experience a free full body workout that you'll complete in just 20 to 30 minutes. One last request from us here at the inform fitness podcast. Don't forget to hit the subscribe button in whichever podcast app you might be listening. We have close to 50 episodes for you to binge listen, and if you don't mind, we would really appreciate it if you took a couple of moments to leave us a review. Until next time for Adam Zickerman and Mike Rogers of inform fitness. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting Network.
Adam Zickerman and Mike Rogers of InForm Fitness are joined by Dr. Peter Attia to discuss the studying of the studies that we are constantly barraged with through the news and in our social media feeds. Dr. Attia explains the mechanics of scientific research and how to distinguish the relationship between showing cause and effect in an effort to become more equipped in understanding and possibly mistrusting the information we are given regarding exercise, nutrition, disease prevention, and more.
Dr. Peter Attia is the founder of Attia Medical, PC, a medical practice in New York City and San Diego that focuses on the applied science of longevity. Dr. Attia also happens to be a client of InForm Fitness.
Dr. Peter Attia's Website: https://peterattiamd.com
Richard Feynman on Scientific Method (1964) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0KmimDq4cSU
Do We Really Know What Makes Us Healthy? By GARY TAUBES https://www.nytimes.com/2007/09/16/magazine/16epidemiology-t.html
Adam Zickerman - Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
For a FREE 20-Minute strength training full-body workout and to find an Inform Fitness location nearest you, please visit http://bit.ly/Podcast_FreeWorkout
47 Living with Uncertainty-Conversation about Studies w Dr. Peter Attia Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
study, exercise, relative risk, question, people, risk, difficult, point, drug, read, understand, epidemiology, picking, metformin, called, wrote, smoking, rule, squats, tricycle
SPEAKERS
Tim Edwards, Dr. Attia, Adam, Mike
Dr. Attia 00:06
You know, cognitive dissonance and bias are so strong. And once we lock in on an idea, it becomes very difficult to see evidence that contradicts that. And it also becomes very difficult to scrutinize evidence that supports it.
Tim Edwards 00:28
Welcome inform nation to Episode 47 of the inform fitness Podcast. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting network and in a minute, Adam Zickerman, the founder of inform fitness and general manager slash trainer at inform fitness New York City will be joined by the gentleman whose voice opened the show, Dr. Peter Attia, who is the founder of Attia Medical, PC medical practice with offices in San Diego and in New York City, focusing on the Applied Science of longevity. He also happens to be a client of inform fitness like myself. Dr. Attia joins us today to discuss the studying of studies regarding the mechanics of scientific research, and how to distinguish the relationship between showing cause and effect. Now you might be asking, What does any of this have to do with slow motion high intensity strength training? Well, plenty. How many times in this podcast have we referenced a study based upon exercise and nutrition alone. You see it every day in your social media feeds and on the news. But how many of these studies are actually true or even accurate? How are these studies administered? And can you trust the results? Well, to quote Adam Zuckerman hopefully after listening to this episode, you'll be a bit more equipped to understand the barrage of information you read and hear about, and not to fall, hook line and sinker for every claim that is reported as a study.
Adam 01:53
Hello, everybody, this is Adam, very excited about this podcast. It's kind of a little heady, gets into statistics, but hopefully we're going to break it down for the layperson. So when you read headlines that make such crazy claims that you can kind of your your, your well, basically a bullshit detector goes off and you can kind of figure out how to navigate that. So we have with us to talk about this Dr. Peter Attia. He's a physician practicing in New York City and California. And his practice basically focuses on longevity which he calls the overlap of lifespan and health span, which is kind of cool. His clinical interests are in Nutritional Biochemistry, exercise physiology, lipid ology, endocrinology, and a few other cool things. He's also somebody who works out very easily. You just worked out here just now didn't ya,
Dr. Attia 02:39
sure. Did.
Adam 02:40
How you feeling?
Dr. Attia 02:42
that hurt. That was
Mike 02:43
sorry. Sorry, Peter.
Adam 02:45
Mike trained him. Yeah.
Tim Edwards 02:48
Sorry, not sorry.
Adam 02:50
Peter is also an incredible athlete, endurance athlete. And he understands the efficacy of these types of high intensity workouts that we talked about. So Doctor, thank you for coming on the show.
Dr. Attia 03:02
Thank you for having me. But I will add one correction. I don't think I can use the word athlete to describe anything I do anymore
Adam 03:10
former athlete,
Mike 03:12
he looks like an athlete. It looks like you haven't seen him. He looks pretty good,
Adam 03:15
he's a good looking guy. So beat up. I want to do this podcast because I read your series you wrote, you wrote a five piece series called studying studies. And you venture into much detail about the mechanics, if you will, of scientific research, and how difficult it is to distinguish without a shadow of a doubt the relationship between, of course what all research tries to do, show cause and effect. So Dr. Attia, you start off your series, quoting two iconic individuals. First, from Mark Twain, who I guess you mentioned is quoting Disraeli, Benjamin Disraeli, who says there are lies, damned lies and statistics. And you also quote a Nobel Prize winning physicist Richard Feynman, one of my favorites, actually, I read his posthumously published Caltech lecture called the meaning of it all. Is that where you got this quote from? By the way?
Dr. Attia 04:07
I actually to be honest, I don't remember in which I mean, he said it so famously, so many times.
Adam 04:12
Yeah
Dr. Attia 04:12
My favorite book, of course, is surely you're joking. Mr. Fineman? Yes, which is the sort of the the sort of entertainment value of Fineman.
Adam 04:21
So Dr. Feynman says, The first principle is that you must not fool yourself, and you are the easiest person to fool. So you have to be very careful about that. And this is our responsibility as scientists, certainly to other scientists, and I think also to laymen. So doctor, you know, tell me if I'm wrong, but your main point of this whole series of essays is something that you actually say in your first essay, which is, and I'm quoting you, statistics can be both persuasive and misleading if we're not careful. And it's self persuasion that we must vigilantly guard against if we really want reliable knowledge about the world we live in. So can you tell us why this is so important to understand?
Dr. Attia 05:00
sure. But before I do, I also want to acknowledge, you know, the work that goes into the stuff that I write, it couldn't really be done without kind of a team of analysts I have. So inside my medical practice, I have a team of four analysts whose full time job it is to help me read, assimilate, digest, and understand the Absolute barrage of data that's out there. I think in one of our posts, we even mentioned that at last check, there are just under 100,000 pieces of literature produced monthly on PubMed, in the English language. And I think our estimation is probably somewhere in the neighborhood of 100 of them, would be relevant to what we do, meaning they overlap with our field of interest, but also would rise to the standard of being relevant to our attention. And to funnel that down from 100,000 to 100, is something that I could use a team of 400 analysts to do, but the four guys I have are amazing. And in particular, Bob Kaplan, who's the who's sort of in charge of the whole operation, and my right hand, without him, this whole thing that we do, wouldn't wouldn't exist. So with that said,
Adam 06:12
That's Bob, shout out to Bob
Dr. Attia 06:14
And, and also, I think I would say, we wrote this series, knowing it was not going to be that quote, unquote, interesting. This was not something we wrote to, you know, there's no clickbait involved here. This is kind of something that we hope will over time become the sort of thing that people go back to. I forget who said it, but there's an interesting quote that that said something to the effect of like, your, you only learn something when you're actually ready to learn it. And of course, it was stated much more eloquently. But the point is, like, a lot of times these things fall on deaf ears. And so anyway, with that said, what we've created is a bit of a repository called studying studies. And it begins with, I think our first one is on relative versus absolute risk, which I'm sure we'll get to. But to your point, which is the important one, we are all myself included. So guilty of this, it is just, you know, cognitive dissonance and bias are so strong. And once we lock in on an idea, it becomes very difficult to see evidence that contradicts that. And it also becomes very difficult to scrutinize evidence that supports it. And so I think what Fineman says quite eloquently could be also stated, by, you know, one of the guys when I was doing my postdoc who I remember very well, he said to me, you know, you have to learn to kill your babies. So you're going to do you're going to have a hypothesis, you're gonna do a whole bunch of experiments, you're going to think you're getting an answer and, and you're going to start to, you know, drive that answer, you're going to, you're going to look at ways to see your data in a manner that makes your your answers seem more believable, but you have to be able to scrutinize that to the point where you ultimately end up killing most of your babies. So I don't pretend to say that this is easy. I think this is actually very difficult. And in many ways, the easiest way to do it is, you know, doing it the way we try to do it, which is have more than one person involved and have opposing sets of eyes. I've spoken about this, certainly in sort of other discussions around the notion of creating a blue team, red team. So this is something that's not uncommon in sort of experimental disciplines of science, like physics. But I think it's frankly, even valuable in things like, you know, a hedge fund, you know, so for example, if you're trying to decide if you know, this stock is worth the price that it's being asked right now, you typically will send off a team of analysts to do a bunch of research on that. But that exercise can be much more powerful if you send off a blue team and a red team that don't necessarily communicate with each other in any way, shape, or form, but go and look at data and force themselves to make the for and against case, and then you compare it. So
Mike 08:50
create a debate, like hoping that they'll be a debate.
Dr. Attia 08:54
Absolutely, yeah. So so that we internally kind of talked about this idea of Blue Team Red team, as a way to keep ourselves honest, because I don't really trust myself that much. And I don't know that any individual should be able to trust themselves.
Adam 09:07
No, I know, I'm biased. I mean, totally. When it comes to just the way we train people and how we view exercise, it's, and that's why I, like you said, you know, you don't learn something until you're ready for it. And that that's where I am in my career, you know, trying to push the envelope with exercise science and knowledge. And, you know, This can't be it. Right. So they got to be more to all this. I think it was Carl Sagan that said, if there's an exception to the rule in science, the rule is wrong. Yeah. You know, and I'm finding exceptions and exercise all the time. So you know, even I need to wake myself up and push the envelope and and question everything that I do, and this is why I have you on the show today.
Dr. Attia 09:44
Well, I think that that speaks to something that makes biology much more difficult than physics or mathematics. So the first thing is, I think there are very few rules in biology in the way that we think of rules in you know, these other disciplines. So to Your point, I don't think I could with a straight face make the case that there is one, exercise regimen, one nutritional regimen, one, you know, endocrinologic regimen, etc, that is optimal for every person. I mean, I simply know that's not the case. I could argue it on first principles, I could argue it empirically. So. So what's a corollary of that a corollary of that is that there are no proofs in biology. And we'll be very careful with the use of that word. So if I had $1, for every time I saw a study that said such and such proves x, or this study proves y it's incredible sloppiness either on the part of the journalist or the scientist, because unlike mathematics, where there are proofs, there are no proofs. In biology. Everything is stochastic. Everything is about probability, everything is about confidence. But there is no proof. And therefore, as an extension, there are likely very few rules, you know, outside of things like Central Dogma,
Adam 10:56
like exactly. So let's get to this idea of self persuasion and use some examples. All right? Example you use was a headline. And the title of this journal article said, cholesterol fighting drugs, lower risk of Alzheimer's disease. And you use that as an example of the self persuasion.
Dr. Attia 11:14
Well, you know, I was thinking about that, after we wrote it. And I was like, it wasn't even a great example. Because I mean, it was a good example. But I think it's a better one, if there's a far more egregious example, actually, which is the use of hormone replacement therapy in postmenopausal women and the risk of breast cancer associated with it. And I think I remember Bob and I talking about this before we put that piece out and deciding we weren't going to use that example, since that warrants an entire post on its own, which we'll get to. The gist of that is the following. I think many people if they're up in the peanut gallery, and not like digging down into the data will still have some sort of vague notion that hormone replacement therapy increases the risk of breast cancer in women. So the question is, where does that inclination come from? And that inclination comes from something called the Women's Health Initiative, which was a study that was done, in response to interestingly, an epidemiologic series of studies that suggested that women who went on hormone replacement therapy actually saw improvements in many aspects of morbidity, obviously, not easy to look at mortality. But for example, you know, greater cognition, improved bone density, improved heart health, less breast cancer, etc. But as was the reasonable thing to do, the question was, well, let's put this to the test with a prospective randomized, double blind, controlled trial. And that was done. I won't get into the complete shortcomings of the actual study, because the study itself had at least four enormous structural shortcomings that are not a fault of the people who studied it. In other words, at the time the study was done, I think it had to be done incorrectly, which is as ridiculous as that sounds. But when we look back today, it's very clear that you would do at least four things, different orthogonally differently, not just slightly differently. Nevertheless, when the study came out, the headline, the only thing that most people remember is, quote, breast cancer risk went up 25% In the women getting HRT. And so to this day, if I ever want to have a discussion about HRT with a patient, it begins with about a 30 minute lecture on the Women's Health Initiative, which is one of the papers I actually have sitting in my office on my desk, so I can just very easily refer to it.
Adam 13:24
It's kind of reminded me of the autism and vaccination type of,
Dr. Attia 13:28
well, that's even a worse example, because that was actually perpetuated by fraud, and what effectively turned out to be to be to be fraud, and, you know, sort of at least scientific misconduct. This was this was an example where yes, it is true that when you compared the use of estrogen and progestin to a placebo, the hazard ratio for breast cancer was 1.24. So what does that mean? So hazard ratio of 1.24 means a 24% increase in the relative risk of breast cancer. I'll resist all urges to explain why I don't even believe that that is correct. But let's assume it is correct. Let's assume that there was a 24% increase in response to the use of estrogen and or progestin. The important question that should be asked but was often overlooked was what was the absolute increase in risk? The relative increase in risk doesn't tell you anything by itself. And when you look back at the data, which is very easy to do, you don't actually have to be a statistician or mathematician to do this, it's actually only basic arithmetic that I think will walk readers through in that series. The absolute increase in risk was approximately going from four cases per 1000 to five cases per 1000. Now going from four cases per 1000 to five cases per 1000 is indeed a 25. Or, you know, there's actually 24% increase in relative risk, but it's only a one in 1000. or 0.1%, absolute increase in risk. So the way I try to help women understand HRT is let's assume that that's correct. And I'll give you seven reasons why I don't believe it is. But if that is correct, if that becomes our ceiling of risk, and let's assume it is, you then have to ask the question, is a point 1% increase in your risk of breast cancer worth the alleviation of some of the symptoms you might actually have during menopause? And of course, I think the answer would be it depends on how bad those symptoms are
Adam 15:31
right
Dr. Attia 15:31
If a woman is sailing through menopause, and she has no symptoms, then one could maybe convincingly say, look, it's not worth the hassle slash the risk. But when a woman is debilitated by, you know, a number of symptoms, including in all the vasomotor symptoms, which are usually the first ones, you have to ask the question, How bad is a point 1% absolute increase in a disease that has a one in 12 chance of killing you,
Adam 15:53
especially now, since you can probably figure out that family history of breast cancer
Dr. Attia 15:56
Absolutely. And we have much better, you know, ways to to further refine risk for an individual. So this is, to me, one of the most important things that the the lay person wants to have in their toolkit, which is if ever I read something, you know, whether it be in the actual paper itself, or more typically, in the way it's reported, I want to make sure I understand the difference between absolute and relative risk.
Adam 16:21
So Peter, is it is it to wieldy, a question to ask you to help us figure out the difference between, you know, our listeners figure out what relative risk is versus absolute risk
Dr. Attia 16:31
it might be, but I can give it a try. So the example I just gave is probably as good a one as you can use. Although I think we talked about Alzheimer's disease elsewhere, the relative risk, the risk of not using the word relative to define it says, from wherever you start, and I don't know where you're starting, or I'm going to ignore where you're starting, how much does the probability of this event go up. And that relative risk in this example is 25%. So you went from something that has a point 4% chance of happening to something that has a point 5% chance of happening. And going from point 4 to point 5 is mathematically an increase of 25%. So the relative risk is 25%. But of course, if you went from 40% likelihood of happening to 50% likelihood of happening, that would also be a 25% relative risk, the difference is in the latter example, your absolute increase in risk is 10%. Right? Whereas in the former, your absolute level of increase in risk is point 1%. And that's why it's very difficult to make decisions clinically without knowing both. But because we are, I think, inherently a bunch of lazy people. And I include myself in that just as anybody. We want headlines we want what's going to sound more exciting, there was a point 1% increase in the risk of something or there was a 25% increase, both are correct, but both are incomplete. in isolation.
Adam 18:03
You gave another example about the relative risk for this new drug that reduced cancer incidence by 50%. That was a relative risk, right? And then, but the absolute risk is really goes from two and two in 1000. Going to to one in 1000. Correct. So is that really a? Everyone thinks, wow, I have a 50% chance of reducing my risk of cancer when really it's that's actually not true? Well, it's true
Dr. Attia 18:28
it's true on a relative sense, because then you now have to evaluate, that's really the risk is dropping my absolute risk by point 1% worth the trade off of taking whatever this drug is
Adam 18:40
exactly. Right. And you say we're messy creatures, and there are so many moving parts and pieces. To what what will influence the results of the study, for example, the exercise habits of individuals that make up the sample or the access to health care, the smoking history can confound the results of the study you're trying to approve an association of. So like one confounder, I'd love you to talk about is this healthy user bias? All right, because that that that's a common one. And it's kind of easy to understand and how that plays into studies and how quickly and how, just what I'm trying to do is trying to find show how easy it is to have things screw up a study and the results really, really might not be what we think they are.
Dr. Attia 19:27
Yeah, so I mean, Richard Feynman does a great job. There's a there's a great clip on YouTube, and I'm sure it's I know we've linked to it somewhere in the blog about it. He's giving a lecture at, I think it's either it's either Caltech or Cornell. But maybe you can find it in the show notes and link to it, but it's a beautiful, beautiful exercise of him on a blackboard walking through the scientific method. And he explains it in a way that I won't even try to reproduce because it's just so priceless and Finemanesque, but it's effectively you make an observation. You make a guess you design an experiment and compute the consequences of what your guess would be if the, in other words, what would be the experimental outcome if your guests or hypothesis is correct, you design the experiment, and then you measure the outcome versus the outcome you predicted. Or that would be true if the thing is correct. Now, he explains it much more eloquently. The gist of it is, outside of doing experiments, we actually cannot establish cause and effect outside of the most extreme circumstances, that tend to be by far the exceptions and rarely the rules. So what you're talking about a healthy user bias becomes an issue when we rely on things outside of experiments, which we unfortunately have to do very often, or at least choose to do very often in human biology, because, as you pointed out, humans are messy. We live for long periods of time, you can't study us in captivity. So it's very difficult to do an experiment. For example, if you wanted to demonstrate, do people who exercise four times a week or more have lower risks of pick your favorite disease versus people who don't exercise? Okay, well to do that experiment is almost impossible. Because what are you going to do get, you know, 1000s of people and randomize them into two groups, meaning by randomization, that means you've mathematically created a large enough sample, that you now know that your two groups are statistically identical. And now you have one group exercise five times a week and the other group never exercise. And first of all, you assume that they're doing that, how you could make them do that. And without putting them in captivity for 20 years, I don't know. But at the end of 20 years, you then ask the question, hey, or even 10 years, whatever? Is there a difference in heart disease, cancer, Alzheimer's disease, etc? Now, we certainly think there would be. But we don't do that. Instead, what we do is we say, well, let's just actually go and survey the population. Let's take a backwards look. And ask the question, okay, let's find people and do surveys and find out how much exercise everybody does. And then we'll stratify people, and we will then do a mathematical analysis to try to simplify for other variables, and see if it gives us the answer. The problem with that is, if you're comparing people who, on their own are choosing to exercise five times a week versus people who on their own are choosing not to exercise, the likelihood that you are able to also tease out every other difference, for example, their sleep habits, their eating habits, it's very unlikely, yes, you can, using statistical analyses probably simplify some of the more obvious differences such as smoking, as a general rule, I think you'd find a higher incidence of smoking in the non exercising crowd than the smoking crowd. And that could probably be extrapolated. But many of these things cannot. And there's actually an amazing essay on this, or essay may be the wrong word, but Gary Taubes, who I know you must know. He wrote a great piece in 2007, in the New York Times Magazine. And it's I can't remember the title of it. But it's something you should also link to this because I think it's a real gem of a piece. The gist of it is like, what do we not know about studies, and I think it's one of the better pieces on the limitations of epidemiology, and specifically, this healthy user bias that really makes it difficult to understand the impact of nutritional choices, exercise choices, other quote unquote, lifestyle choices, frankly, even drug choices on heart outcomes. Because when you do these analysis, the hazard ratios, meaning the magnitude of difference between the groups is usually so small, that it falls well below the threshold of epidemiology to rise to the level of saying, and it's not significance, you can often find statistical significance. It's just can you be confident that there's a causal relationship here? And I would say unfortunately, the answer today is virtually never
Adam 23:57
Another example of healthy user bias that comes to mind is I hear often that people that floss their teeth have less cardiac disease, as if flossing your teeth itself has an actual cause on your an effect on your heart.
Dr. Attia 24:11
Now it could point is we can't learn it from that study
Adam 24:15
we can't learn because people that floss the teeth are also usually healthier in other ways, and they have healthier habits in other ways. And that might be the reason why they don't have heart disease as often. So that's the healthy user bias.
Dr. Attia 24:26
That's exactly right. And that's a great example of a question that would be quite vexing to me because I think that using cardiac disease as an example, it's it's it's certainly a disease that's both driven by lipoproteins, inflammation, endothelial function, all these other things. So is there a is there a plausible mechanism by which, you know, having poor dentition could increase your risk of heart disease? Absolutely. There's a plausible mechanism there. But we're not going to my guess is the hazard ratio on those studies is sufficiently low, and therefore, at best, it's generating a hypothesis to be tested.
Adam 25:00
Yeah, well, regardless, you should you should, whether it affects your heart or not, you should floss your teeth everybody
Mike 25:07
we think probably.
Adam 25:12
So you know, you use, you've been throwing around a couple words like epidemiology. And epidemiology is another word for an observational study. An observational study or an epidemiological study is different from a, what they call a random control study. And you're going to touch on how hard that is when you're putting people in captivity, because you have to control for all these variable. Otherwise, it all confound the results. So why, and you touched on this a little bit, maybe you can touch a little bit more, why aren't there more, you know, random control studies, which are considered the researchers gold standard of studies. Why are we relying on all these epidemiological studies, which, as you just pointed out, have all these confounded all these, you know, problems.
Dr. Attia 25:58
So I think it comes down to a couple of things. But one of the biggest issues is the most obvious one, which is a logistics problem, it is very difficult to do randomized control trials, and it is often much much more expensive. It also takes much longer. So if you want to study the effect of let's go back to the previous example, we had, does the frequency of exercise impact even just pick one metric? Does it impact your risk of Alzheimer's disease? Which is a very important question. And certainly, one that logically would make sense, you know, more exercise, better blood flow, you know, you know, a number of neurotrophic factors, BDNF, all of these things, you come up with 100 mechanisms, why, but if put to the test, are we going to say we're going to get to group several 100 people and force one of them to not exercise force another one of them to exercise and again, we're going to put these people in captivity, that's impossible. So they're going to have to live in their free world, and hope that the compliance is high enough that you create enough discrimination between the two groups, and then follow for an outcome. Now, it's not to say that that nothing I described there cannot be done. All of that can be done. The question is, how difficult is it? How expensive is it? And oh, by the way, who's paying for that study? Because it's very difficult to remunerate on an exercise study. So while we can, we have a much higher appetite for doing randomized control trials in pharmacology, and part of it is because the FDA says you have to we're not approving this drug if you haven't done if you haven't demonstrated safety and efficacy and effectiveness in prospective clinical trials. But there's an incentive to spend a billion dollars, which is about how much it will cost today, a little over a billion today to get a drug approved through that process. But it's very difficult to imagine doing that with something for which there's no remuneration. That's the first fundamental problem. The second one comes down to the ethical problem. Sometimes the most interesting questions are ones in which we just really don't think it would be ethical to randomize people to one of the two groups.
Adam 28:04
So you can't test harmful effects
Dr. Attia 28:06
Yeah, we can't. Not that this is debatable today, but certainly there was a great period of time after the landmark Surgeon General's report in the early 1960s, demonizing smoking, between that and the widespread acceptance of the role of the smoking played in lung cancer. But the question is, could you with all of that mounting evidence, and those were examples where the hazard ratios were more than 10? So this now gets into the territory of where epidemiology may actually be sufficient for determining causality? But would we feel if we were, you know, scientists and physicians designing that study? Would we be comfortable randomizing people to a forced smoking group? And the answer is no. And similarly, today, I don't know that if I were involved in a clinical trial, I'd be terribly excited about randomizing people to a group of don't exercise, right, or let's disrupt your sleep for the next 10 years, certainly, on a short term basis, it's probably reasonable to do sleep disruption studies over a period of weeks or even months to test the, you know, validity of theories around the importance of sleep. And, you know, for example, glucose homeostasis
Mike 29:11
In a silly way, what the guy did in Supersize Me, you know, how he just like ate all that crappy food
Dr. Attia 29:16
thats right
Mike 29:17
you know, so it's a I mean, they he chose to do that to himself and then tested his health markers throughout the period
Adam 29:24
sample size of one Yeah,
Dr. Attia 29:26
yeah. But, but basically, these are the these are the fundamental issues, which is, you know, compliance, logistics, duration, cost and ethics.
Adam 29:37
Yes. Okay. So hence the reason why we are really relying on so many observational studies or epidemiological studies. You even pointed out that 52 observational studies were looked at. And these particular 52 observational studies were actually tested by a random control study, and the random control studies showed that every single conclusion of the 52 all 52 conclusions of the observational studies were wrong. They didn't, that's zero for 52. That's ridiculous. So, so what gives? I mean,
Dr. Attia 30:14
I think we I think a lot of the low hanging fruit in epidemiology is gone. I think that's the bottom line. I think when you think of the real gems, the real case studies of what made epidemiology great. It was in areas where so epidemiology is such a blunt tool, that you need enormous amounts of discrimination between what you're trying to detect. And so smokers getting lung cancer or not getting lung cancer, people exposed to massive amounts of asbestos getting mesothelioma yes or no chimney sweepers or non chimney sweepers getting scr0tal cancer, yes or no, you know, these questions, they had such enormous impacts that the epidemiology could give us much, much more confidence in an answer. Today, we're dealing with things where if they're, and to be clear, going back to those 52 cases, I'm not suggesting that every one of those epidemiology studies was incorrect. It's also possible that some of those randomized control trials were so poorly done that they missed the mark. What I'm saying is at that point, we're now outside of the discriminatory capacity of the tool to measure. And I don't know if I, I think we've written about this as well. And even more upsetting feature is not that what's more upsetting is when you look at and John Ioannidis, who's if anybody's interested in this space, and they're looking for one person to be reading, in terms of just like, who's a very thoughtful academician, who I think has some of the most insights on this topic. It's this fella by the name of John Ioannidis at Stanford University. And John's written some of the most cited papers on this topic, including a very famous paper, I believe, in 2005. in Plus One that gets at this notion of how most published research is incorrect.
Adam 31:57
So, all right, which kind of brings me to the grand finale question is, now that we're thoroughly confused, and we can't trust observational studies, or random control studies, because it's so difficult to do and not done well. So what do we do as lay people we're trying to we're trying to lead healthy lives, you're trying to improve ourselves, we're trying to make decisions what drug to take or not take, what do we do? I mean, like
Mike 32:22
is that prepared to do the date that deep dive like? Well, step one,
Adam 32:25
I even with the deep dive, it seems like, you know, even you know, you can learn you can read a book on statistics and still do your homework and still figure out holy cow, we still don't know for sure. So So what do we do?
Dr. Attia 32:37
Well I mean, I guess there's, there's a couple ways to think about this. I think the first way to think about this is to get comfortable with uncertainty. I think. I don't think we're wired to deal with uncertainty very well, we don't really think
Adam 32:50
that's why there's religion.
Dr. Attia 32:51
Yeah, I think that's why there's a lot of actual problems, frankly, which is, we, we, and again, when I say we I'm being very deliberate, and to include myself, because even though I'm trained in mathematics, and I think I think as probabilistically as anybody, I know that in my darkest moments, I tend to revert to binary thinking. And so I think
Adam 33:14
what does that mean?
Dr. Attia 33:15
Meaning it's black or white? It's this or it's that there's no problem, you know, as opposed to thinking in probability distributions. So that the real way we should always be thinking about life is probabilities.
Adam 33:26
Yeah
Dr. Attia 33:26
Now, in some cases, we love the examples where the probabilities are so clear. So if I drop this pen, what is the probability that it will hit the floor? Well, that is actually, you know, you can describe that with a probability function in physics and mathematics. And it will show you that
Adam 33:41
there's a small probability that it will actually hit the floor
Dr. Attia 33:44
yeah, there's a theoretically small probability that it won't hit the floor. From a practical standpoint, in that example, the answer is zero. So we have a bunch of rules that govern our universe that get us, I think, overly comfortable in the notion of yes or no black or white zero or one binary type answers. In sort of engineering, we describe that as being digital, on or off
Adam 34:10
Gotcha
Dr. Attia 34:11
The opposing concept is called analog, where you have a sliding scale from zero to one, you turn up the lever, and so so that's to me, biology is much more analog than digital. And therefore, for every question, you just have to say, well, we may never actually know the answer to this, what I have to do if I'm making a decision, or what my doctor has to do, if she's making the decision, or at least advising me on the decision is I have to be able to understand the risk adjusted return on this investment. So the very simplest way I try to explain this to patients is using a two by two matrix. So on the x axis is where I talk about the reward. On the y axis, the vertical axis is where I talk about the risk Now, even though those are
Adam 35:01
the hormone replacement therapy might be a good example.
Dr. Attia 35:04
Sure, frankly, everything that we do is an example of this. In fact, Bob and I often will draw on a whiteboard like this two by two matrix and, and shade in the parts of it that we think represent any type of intervention. So where does Where does high intensity interval training fit in on this? Where does you know, long distance endurance training fit into this? Where does taking Metformin fit into this? Where does you know intermittent fasting fit into this, like, anything that you can do should be able to be placed on that matrix? And it's not a point, it's not a dot by the way, it's like a, you know, a shaded
Adam 35:36
curve
Dr. Attia 35:37
curve, Yeah, exactly. So it's complicated. So but you can simplify this into a two by two as opposed to just a continuum. And the two by two would be when dealing with the reward or the payoff, think about picking up a Bitcoin versus picking up $1 bill. Now this is this example might be irrelevant in a few years, bitcoins irrelevant. But but let the record show that at the moment of this a bitcoin is still worth something so. So you either you're either asking the question is, am I picking up a Bitcoin? Am I picking up $1 bill? Or making a penny for that matter? Right, something that we think we would ascribe very little value to? On the risk side? The question is, am I picking this thing up while it's sitting in front of a moving tricycle or a moving train? So what so I try to look at everything I do through that lens. And the first thing you want to realize is you never ever want to be picking up dollar bills in front of moving trains. That's an obvious statement, but it's worth thinking through things that you might do. There are lots of things that I think people propose to do that in my mind, amount to that picking up $1 bill in front of a moving train. Yeah, you know, you could get $1 but it could also be a catastrophic outcome. Conversely, there are very few opportunities that we aren't already aware of that are akin to picking up bitcoins in front of tricycles. Most of those things have been realized, for example, not smoking, is picking up a Bitcoin in front of a tricycle.
Adam 36:43
Yeah
Dr. Attia 36:46
it's got a huge multiplier effect. And it's, you know, it's relatively safe to not smoke. Similarly, being insulin sensitive, as an outcome is another one of those things where like, there's just no disagreement, there is complete convergence along the importance of insulin sensitivity with respect to cardiovascular health, cerebral health, cancer, etc. Now, the How to becomes more problematic. So, you know, should one do this type of exercise versus that type of exercise? should one take this drug versus that drug? You know, Metformin I brought up before a moment ago, because, you know, I think, about 10 years ago, it started to become pretty clear in what are called cohort studies, where you took backwards looks at, you know, backwards looks at data that were collected for other reasons
Adam 37:55
retrospective
Dr. Attia 37:56
Yeah, these are retrospective cohort studies that were looking at patients with diabetes, who were taking Metformin versus those who weren't taking Metformin. And they corrected for all sorts of factors. And, you know, the suggestions looked pretty interesting, actually, both on an absolute and relative basis, the Metformin takers were getting a lot less cancer, their their, their relative risk, reduction of cancer was about 25%. And their relative risk in mortality was about 38 to 40%. Again, I don't remember the absolute numbers, but they weren't trivial. It wasn't like one of these point 1% questions. So it begs the question, should we be taking Metformin for cancer prevention now, so at least three out of five patients will come in my office and they want to know if they should be taking Metformin. And full disclosure, I do. I've been taking Metformin for 10 years. But I also like to point out to patients, that I'm taking it in a really off label way, because I don't actually have data to talk about insulin sensitive people taking Metformin to reduce the risk of cancer. So to me, I don't think that that is so the benefit of taking Metformin, if you have diabetes, it's obvious might be high enough that that's like your Bitcoin and I think Metformin is a relatively safe drug that it's probably closer to the tricycle than it is the train. But in someone like me, I think I'm going to be brutally honest, it's really picking up $1. Bill, I don't believe I'm getting nearly the benefit of the patients with type two diabetes. And I say that based on subsequent cohort studies that looked at obese non diabetics that were insulin resistant versus not etc. So, to your macro question, how the hell does one actually make sense of this? I think the the short answer is you don't there is no making total sense of is there is no knowing what to do at all times. There's simply a process by which you think about things and notice everything in that process involves your own lens for risk.
Adam 39:50
Well, you know, when you when you talked about you describing the bicycle versus the train and picking up a penny I mean that that says it all I think I mean, that's that's the answer. because, you know, when I relate when you're saying that I was thinking about a comment one of my clients made to me saying, listen, Adam, I remember what you told me because this is a guy that over I considered that overtrained. You know, he just worked way too much always getting hurt, always sore. And I said to him, you know, I'm more of your risk manager than I am your trainer. In other words, you know, squats are a great exercise. deadlifts are a great exercise. But at what risk because doing squats with barbells or weights on your spine is just not worth the benefit. Because it can be catastrophic. You might as well do leg press, and maybe a leg press machine is not as effective as a squat with dumbbells on it. You know, but it's a lot less risky. So that's these are the decisions that we're making, how we train people how we exercise. Yeah, maybe squats are better, who knows, but there are a lot I know, they are a lot riskier. So let's take the less risky route.
Dr. Attia 40:56
Yeah, I think that's a great example with I mean, I'm a huge proponent of squats and deadlifts. But I'll still go through periods of time. You know, Mike, we were talking earlier at the workout you asked me before we started, hey, you got anything kind of bugging you? And it's like, yeah, you know, my right SI joints been bugging me for a little while. And I actually took six weeks off deadlifting just focused on all single leg isolated, you know, lots of lunges, lots of lateral stuff, and basically just had to give the thing a rest. Now that was that absolutely necessary? No, I'm sure I could have pushed through it. But yeah, the view was, look, I can probably get 80% of the benefit without the exposure and the risk. And I think when you are doing very, very heavy compound joint movements. Rule number one is don't get hurt. And you talk to any good investor, they'll say Rule number one is don't lose money. Now Charlie Munger probably gets credit for being the first to say that. I think any investor will say that rule number one, don't lose money. Rule number two, don't forget rule number one. And rule number one of exercise is don't get hurt.
Adam 41:51
Yeah. Thank you so much. That was That was great. And sorry that we didn't have any great conclusion for you people. But that's that's reality, that that there's a lot of uncertainty in this world. Now. I highly, highly recommend you read everything that Dr. Attia writes. He has a website PeterAttiamd.com. Right, Peter Attia ATTIA MD.com. Read everything he writes, I highly recommend it. Thank you so much for coming on our show. That was very informative, very articulate.
Dr. Attia 42:21
Thanks for having me. Thanks for the workout.
Mike 42:24
It's my pleasure. Thanks for being here.
Tim Edwards 42:28
Thanks, guys. We'll include links in the show notes not only to Dr. Attia's website, but also to an article that he referenced earlier in the episode written by Gary Taubes the articles titled Do we really know what makes us healthy. Dr. Attia also referenced a video that you can find on YouTube. It's Richard Feynman scientific method, we'll have a link in the show notes to that as well. You'll find additional links in the show notes that will direct you to the inform fitness website where you'll find a free slowmotion high intensity workout waiting for you. Just click the Try us Free button right there on the homepage, fill out the form, pick your location, and then you can experience a free full body workout that you can complete in just 20 to 30 minutes, it's informfitness.com And yet another link in the show notes is for Adams book titled power of 10 the once a week slow motion fitness revolution. That link will take you to Amazon and for less than 15 bucks you'll find a ton of nutritional tips including a handy list of foods that support the power of 10 protocol, and some effective demonstrations of exercises that you can perform in the comfort of your own home. You know we have close to 50 episodes for you to binge listen if you're new to the podcast, so don't forget to hit subscribe in whichever podcast app you might be listening. And if you don't mind, we'd really appreciate it if you took a couple of moments to leave us a review. Until next time for Adam Zickerman and Mike Rogers of inform fitness. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting Network.
Adam Zickerman and MikeRogers discuss something the vast majority of us take for granted every day, our balance. Some of the myths and facts regarding the maintenance of our balance through the myriad training methods practiced in gyms all over the country, some of which are downright dangerous.
Adam Zickerman - Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
For a FREE 20-Minute strength training full-body workout and to find an Inform Fitness location nearest you, please visit http://bit.ly/Podcast_FreeWorkout
46 The Balance Training Trend is on Shaky Ground Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
balance, unstable, walking, surface, leg, exercise, trainers, sensory input, called, problems, people, sensory receptors, standing, stable, fitness, improve, muscles, confidence, motor skill, adam
SPEAKERS
Tim Edwards, Mike, Adam
Adam 00:05
So based on current research I and inform fitness in general does not recommend the use of unstable surfaces outside of a rehabilitative setting. Physical therapy, exercise performed on unstable surfaces does not transfer well to stable surfaces or our everyday life. Nor do the risks outweigh the beneficial adaptation. Some experts even believe that there may be a reduction in stable surface performance for the same exercise. When developing training programs for clients fitness practitioners, a must focus solely on safe, intense strength training.
Tim Edwards 00:46
That of course, was New York Times best selling author and founder of inform fitness, Adam Zickerman. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting network and a client of inform fitness. Shortly we will be joined by Adam and his general manager and trainer of the inform fitness location right there in the heart of New York City, just about five or six blocks east of the base of Central Park. Here in Episode 46, Adam and Mike discuss something that the vast majority of us take for granted every day, our balance, they will discuss some of the myths and facts regarding the maintenance of our ever so important balance through the myriad of training methods practiced in gyms all over the country, some of which are downright dangerous. So how do you safely train to improve your balance? Well, let's hear from the experts.
Adam 01:34
So the thing about balance is that most of us take our balance for granted. Man, I don't think any of us think twice about walking across a gravel driveway, or transitioning from walking on a sidewalk onto grass, or getting out of bed in the middle of night without stumbling. I mean, it's just things that just we do, we don't think about it. And believe it or not, there are people that have impaired balance, meaning activities, like I just mentioned, can be extremely fatiguing, hard to do. And dangerous. I mean falls I mean, especially older individuals. And there's so much confusion about balancing what balance actually is, and all the myriad factors that influence balance, and our esteemed. Our esteemed exercise industry, as usual, oversimplifies the solution to improving one's balance, mainly because they don't even understand all the parameters of balance and all the things that go into somebody's balance. And of course, you know, as a result of not understanding it, and over simplifying it, you know, most of the recommended exercises to improve balance are best ineffective, and at worst, they can actually lead to more injury. So the story about balance, it kind of reminds me of the same story about saturated fat absolutely how its still bad for you to have saturated fat. And the reason the balance and the saturated fat story kind of are similar to each other is because on the surface, it seems very logical that saturated fat must be bad for you, right? I mean, how could it not be? I mean, you can practically see the gobs of fat clogging your arteries as you eat it. But still, there is no compelling evidence backing this idea up. Yet, despite the fact that there's no compelling evidence, researchers are still warning us against its consumption and skew the results actually to fit their argument. And we talked about that in depth. In podcast, which one Tim
Tim Edwards 03:16
it was episode 34 titled is the American Heart Association misleading us about coconut oil? So we go certainly deeper into it about some of the studies and how some of those studies are incredibly outdated, which are telling us that saturated fats are harmful for us.
Adam 03:31
So you know, that's another example of this idea that it must be true, because how can saturated fat not be bad for you, and we try to support our beliefs, our biases, and the same thing with balance. You see, there's a growing trend in our fitness industry now. And it's the use of these unstable surfaces during resistance training. You know, if you walk through any local gym or Personal Training Studio in the functional training gyms, you'll see bozhou domes, air disc balance boards, and some professionals, a lot of professionals actually are claiming that unstable surfaces, increased balance, proprioception, which is the ability for the body to know where it is and how it is moving in space, and of course, core stability. All right, well, at first glance, as with the saturated fat story, at first glance, it's easy to see why most of the population would believe such claims. I mean, if you balance on an unstable surface, why wouldn't you be able to bounce better on a stable surface? If your core is constantly contracting? To maintain your center of mass? Why wouldn't your core stability improve? And while these claims seem logical, the truth of the matter is current research has not been able to support any of this. So first things first, let's define balance as it's truly defined in the medical world. So simply put balance is the ability to maintain the body center of gravity over its base of support. And a properly functioning balance system allows us to do four things really alright. First, it allows us to see clearly while we're moving or Vision. Alright, it also balance allows us to identify orientation with respect to gravity, three, it determines direction and speed of movement. And then, with those three abilities, it also helps us make automatic postural adjustments to maintain posture and stability in various conditions and activities. Now, balance is achieved and maintained by a complex, a very complex set of sensory motor control systems. And that includes sensory input from several sources, our sight, our touch, which is called proprioception, and something called the vestibular apparatus within the ears, our inner ear, and that stimuli input from motion, equilibrium spatial orientation. So already you can see this is kind of complicated stuff. And there are there are disciplines and just this balance alone, I mean, ear nose and throat doctors deal with this regular basis. ophthalmologists deal with this on a regular basis, neurologists deal with people with balance problems on a regular basis, because that's what balance is part of it's part of our neuro system, our visual system, and our inner ear. All these things contribute to our balance, then is the integration of all the sensory input, and then the motor output to the eye and skeletal muscles that react to the sensory input. And all along this chain things can go wrong and affect our balance, injury, disease, certain drugs, and even just the aging process can affect one or more of these components. In addition to all this, there are also psychological factors that impair our sense of balance. If you've fallen in the past and got hurt, now you're nervous, you know, there's all kinds of psychological things that make us think that we don't have balance or affects our balance, even though really there's nothing wrong with those sensory systems that I just mentioned. So I just want to briefly touch upon, no pun intended, some of the sensory input. I'll try not to get too bogged down in the biology, but this stuff is really fascinating. So you have the input from muscles and joints, right. So this is called proprioceptive. Information from the skin, the muscles and the joints. And they involve sensory receptors that are sensitive to stretch or pressure and their surrounding tissues. For example, increased pressure is felt in the front part of the soles of the feet when a standing person leans forward. With any movement of the legs, arms and other body parts sensory receptors respond by sending impulses to the brain. Now along with other information, this these stretch and pressure cues help our brain determine where our body is in space. So that's the input from muscles and joints, but you also have input from what I mentioned before the vestibular system, sensory information about motion, equilibrium and spatial orientation is provided by this vestibular apparatus they call it, which in each ear include something called the utricle, the sacral, and these these three semicircular canals. You might remember this from high school biology. But anyway, the utricle and a sacral, they detect gravity and linear movement. And the three semicircular canals, well, they detect rotational movement, and are located right angles to each other and are filled with this fluid, alright, I think it's called endo lymph, this fluid if I'm not mistaken, regardless, the head rotates in a direction. And sense by these canals, this fluid moves in a very specific way and exerts pressure against the canals. sensory receptor is this whole chain of events. And the receptor then sends impulses to the brain about the movement, and the muscles react accordingly. Now, if you have an inner ear problem, balance can be completely affected. And there's nothing a trainer can do about that is, is where my point is going. So we also have this input from the eyes, our vision has a lot to do with their balance, you know, the eyes have these sensory receptors. In the retina, they're called rods and cones. And they send impulses to the brain that provide visual cues, identifying how a person is oriented relative to other objects. So if you have vision problems, or blurred vision, or peripheral vision problems, that can screw up your balance. And then all these inputs from the eyes touch proprioception, from our ears, the vestibular apparatus, all these sensory inputs, then they have to go get integrated, and that's a whole system, there was anything wrong with the integration system, then balance can be affected. So as you can see, the human balance system involves a complex set of sensory motor control systems, and malfunction or damage to any of these components, either through injury or disease can lead to all kinds of balance problems with all this in mind, doesn't it seem rather primitive to think that people's balance issues can be solved by working out on unstable surfaces, or using free weights versus machines? As Dr. McGuff once said, and I don't think this is his quote, but I like it. He said that. If all you have is a hammer, then the whole world looks like a nail. Trainers are not EMTs trainers are not neurologist trainers are not ophthalmologists. So when a client comes in and mentions that they're having trouble with their balance, what is a trainer to do? They turn to the tool that they have the hammer that they have Alright, the unstable surfaces and Knowing all this, if you really know about balance issues, this is so primitive, it's mind boggling. So let's start exploring the exercise industry's claims of increased balance. Now that we know what balance consists of. There are few, if any actual studies to date that show that the type of increased balance and core stability developed through exercises performed on unstable surfaces transferred to stable surfaces. Therefore, while performing exercise on unstable surfaces, while that may increase an individual's ability to perform the exercise is on that particular surface, it doesn't transfer to the stable services grass, the court, or even ice. Now, optimal balance is gained by performing a given task on the surface on which it will be performed in everyday life. Matter of fact, many researchers also believe that performing exercises or sports skills on unstable surfaces actually decreased the ability to perform the same tasks on a stable surface. Now, I think the reason of this decrease is because it's according to well established motor learning principles. The movement pattern on stable surface interferes with the original pattern created on a stable surface. As far as the body is concerned, doing a similar exercise on a stable surface versus an unstable surface, they might as well be two completely different things. Although we think it's similar enough to kind of mimic, but it doesn't work, it just doesn't work that way doesn't transfer they call it negative transfer. In other words, the unstable surface is not specific to the movement being practiced, the time spent on an unstable surface could have been better spent just mastering the movement itself that you're trying to improve. Another popular claim made by proponents of unstable surface training is an increase in what they call your core stabilization. As with balance, any core stabilization that is possibly enhanced by activity on unstable surface, again, has not been shown to transfer to stable services. Again, most research even shows that performing resistance exercises on stable surfaces requires more core activation and stabilization, then performing the same exercise on an unstable surface. Again, most likely because the ability to provide progressive overload, which means that's what exercise is progressive overload, meaning gradual increases in weight. As you get stronger, you're progressively increasing the weight. And because you're on unstable surfaces, you really can't keep raising the weight when you are on an unstable surface. As the individual gets stronger it becomes too risky to increase the weight while on unstable surface, which is probably why those findings were what they are. So based on current research, I and inform fitness in general does not recommend the use of unstable surfaces outside of a rehabilitative setting. Physical therapy, exercise performed an unstable surface does not transfer well to stable surfaces or our everyday life. Nor do the risks outweigh the beneficial adaptation. Some experts even believe that there may be a reduction in stable surface performance for the same exercise. When developing training programs for clients, fitness practitioners, they must focus solely on safe, intense strength training. And if you want to get better at a particular activity, practice that activity. I have a client for example, that, well she has trouble walking, she's very weak, she had a fall, she got sick, she gained a lot of weight. Now she has trouble walking. What should I do? I say let's do leg press. Let's get those legs strong. Let's get strong overall. And you know what? Start walking. If it's hard to walk for two blocks, walk one and a half blocks. And then keep increasing it till you can walk two blocks and three blocks and four blocks. Well guess what? She can walk now she's walking five, six blocks without a problem anymore. And all she's been doing is doing leg press and all the gross motor skills of developing gross motor strength. And she's walking. As another example of some of the hardware. Some of the some of the crazy stuff that's out there is there's these ideas that if you start practicing walking backwards, that it will help you walk forward. Again, the only thing that practicing walking backward does for you is teach you how to better walk backwards. It does nothing, it's a completely different motor skill. That's like saying, learning how to play the guitar is going to help you play the flute, there might as well be two different instruments, completely two different instruments. And this is going on all over the place. And you know, what if some of this stuff was just benign, and it really didn't do much for you. I don't know if I'd be making such a big deal about this. Because you know, the bottom line is these these track a lot of these practices are not benign. My good friend Bill DeSimone just told me he came back from functional training seminar just to see what they're teaching and they're having you do like squats on one leg with with weight on just one side of a barbell over your shoulders just to just to kind of strengthen your core.
Tim Edwards 14:49
So as you know guys in addition to the inbound podcasting network, I run a video production marketing company and one of my clients is an agency that hires my company to go out and film other gyms Of course that aren't inform fitness and practice some of these weird and crazy modalities. And I literally filmed this woman standing on this ball that looked like Saturn, I'm sure that's what you're talking about. And while she was standing on this ball, this blue ball with this wooden outside that she was standing on platform, she was doing curls. And first thing, and then she was doing those curls, and it was next to some machines. And I thought, well, if she falls, she's gonna hit her head. And so I was thinking that that must be what you're talking about some of these other facilities, offering some of these, you know, like you mentioned, Bill DeSimone was just came back from a conference to see what they're teaching nowadays of some of these crazy exercises that, that some of these trainers are having their their clients go through that would cause more harm than good.
Adam 15:47
I mean, that's a disaster waiting for happen. I mean, you get hurt doing that you're not just pulling a muscle, you can have a spinal injury that can set you back for the rest of your life. So these are not benign practices that are going on. They're telling sedentary, middle aged people to stabilize on these balls with one leg. And they're damaging, and getting ACL tears and all kinds of crazy knee problems as a result of just trying to improve their balance as if they even know what balance actually is, and why it consistents of. So unless your goal is to perform in a circus, or balance on top of a bowl, don't waste your time trading on these unstable services,
Mike 16:24
I actually work with people on their balance and try them. In a similar fashion to what Adam explained, I tried to explain to them what's involved with it. And I think he made a big a very big point, especially with like, vision and the vestibular elements of it. I mean, if you have problems with that, it's nothing we could do training wise, you know, to help those issues, which are part of what maintains your center of gravity. But the tone of this is that outside of strength training, there's nothing you could do to help your balance outside of the actual motor skill of whatever this specific activity is. And just strength training. And there's nothing else that we could be doing for helping our our balance.
Adam 17:06
Nope, I really don't think there is absolutely anything you can do as trainers, we are trainers, right? So, so the best thing we can do for our balance, as trainers is strength. I mean, a good portion of people that have balance problems are just weak, it's weakness, it's low muscle tone, so just strengthen their quads, but you don't have to strengthen our quads on unstable surfaces, the idea is the idea of unstable surfaces having some additional benefit for somebody balance, then just doing a leg extension, just doing a push up just doing a classic exercise that's congruent to our biomechanics, that's going to strengthen every muscle in your body. And then if you're having issues with your balance, walking, or, you know, you went on a boat ride, and you're falling all over the boat, then you know what, go on the boat more often. Because the more you go on a boat, the better your balance is going to get, as long as you're strong enough, if now if you're really weak, if you have really weak legs, you know, you're gonna have balance problems on a stable service, much less an unstable surface. But learning how to stand on a boat, if you're strong enough, can only be improved by standing on a boat and this woman that I was telling you about, I mean, forget about things as complicated as that these older people who've had injuries and they got really weak, and they have trouble walking. So now you're telling this person to stand on one leg, which which has potential issues, as if that's going to help being able to stand on one leg is not going to help them walk, it's going to help them learn how to stand on one leg. Now unless they want to be a crane in Florida, they don't have to do that to improve their walking. They just have to improve their quad strength to improve the walking and then walk perform the skill that you want to get better at with your additional strength.
Mike 18:52
Well, if there's if there's limitations, and even in the simple act of walking in the simple act of walking, like like, just say, like an elderly person who shuffles oftentimes, and obviously absolutely right. If your quads in your hip flexors are strong, then you're going to lift your leg a little bit higher. So therefore you won't be shuffling so much like I while you were talking kind of sort of alluded to where I was going a little bit when I was like thinking is there a difference between an unstable because I agree with the the balance board creating an unstable situation, not an unstable surface, but an unstable situation on its own. And I'm thinking in its fundamental sense, where to end we're going into a common thing as balance for walking or balance for getting up or something like that. Finding your center of gravity, let's just talk about walking in it fundamentally, you're switching from one leg to the next leg to the next leg to the next leg and that is a skill. It's a motor skill. It's that it's
Adam 19:46
one way to practice that skill. If it's walking, then walk. There's nothing you can do other than walking to perfectly improve that skill.
Mike 19:54
But if you're but if you're having difficulty with that already, fundamentally if you're already an As I don't do anything on an unstable surface, but I create an unstable situation so they can have awareness of what it feels like to be on one leg. And all of the muscles that do fire which proprioceptively unconsciously, which guides you to shift your body slightly to in each direction. If you stand on one leg, you feel right. So everything's, everything's firing.
Adam 20:23
Yeah, I get what you're saying
Mike 20:24
involved in an involuntary way
Adam 20:26
yes
Mike 20:26
just sort of give you a little bit of awareness. Now, the thing is, I guess what I'm leading to I haven't done the full research or though I have seen studies that exist, that there are ways to train to improve those proprioceptive, that that firing, so you can actually maintain your, like, even if it's just standing on one leg, I mean, which is inevitably, a fundamental piece of it's happening very slowly, or rather quickly, in the process of walking
Adam 20:55
the skill, believe it or not, then this is this is the the big misconception that people have, they underestimate the power of motor learning. And even standing on one leg, even the act of knowing learning how to stand on one leg doesn't prepare you for the action of walking, because the two different motor skills, the only thing that standing on one leg does for you in is teach you how to walk on a stand on one leg. Again, you're much better off, strengthening the legs, and then learning how to walk now, if it is such a problem for somebody to walk, where you have to start breaking it down to the elements that you're talking about. They've already disqualified themselves from working out with us, as a trainer now starts getting into they need to work with an occupational therapist, if it's that hard for them, they have to work with a neurologist possibly, and really get down to why it is. So apps, if their strength is fine, then then you then that's what I was talking about all these other things that go into balance, there got to be some other issue.
Mike 21:56
I think I think there may be other issues, I think, and part of them are psychological.
Adam 22:02
And now he's talking about
Mike 22:04
but I'm talking about like, but I think is I think sometimes going back to progression, okay being walking, say progression level 10. And now we have a person who has no confidence in the ability to walk because they had a knee surgery, and they're 68 years old or something like
Adam 22:19
that. And that's why they go to occupational therapy, and they and they work with them. And then when they're ready through occupational therapy, they come to us and we finish the process by getting them strong as shit safely
Mike 22:29
I think is what I was saying to you did say something confidence, I think is part of
Adam 22:34
God. Now. Now Now we're getting something that we're going to agree on. Because I mentioned earlier that the psychological benefit, there's a psychological component of balance. All right, now, if some of these, there are some benign things we can do, planks, bird dogs, you know, those those also help not so much with balance, but they help with the small rotor, stabilize muscles of the spine, the rotary muscle, the spine and the multifidus, you know, so it's not so much the bird dogs and the planks that I have the problems with, it's really the unstable surfaces, even standing on a leg, even though I don't think it's going to help them walk from a motor skill point of view, standing on one leg and learning how to balance like that, or doing a one legged lunge safely, you know, and slowly and controlled with a TRX strap, possibly, I'm not, I'm not going to dismiss that completely out of hand. Because if somebody learns to do that, and they feel confident doing that, that confidence can kind of teach them to do other things, it gives them the confidence to do other things. So even though it's not going to actually help them walk per se, if that's what their problem is, it's going to give them the confidence to try walking because they're doing these things now like wow, look at me, I can stand on one leg and I was never able to stand one leg, you know, and that confidence goes a long way. It's almost like a placebo effect. You know, so So I don't know.
Mike 23:44
So therefore some if it's not something like a dangerous exercise
Adam 23:47
yeah
Mike 23:48
it's standing out, that's kind of where I'm leading into a little bit is a the confidence part. The other part is which
Adam 23:54
which, which can be huge, by the way
Mike 23:55
which I haven't, I've seen studies that exist, but I haven't really gotten to be able to do the deep dive into them that are sort of showing that there are connections between proprioception and motor learning if practiced if practiced and it starts with various things like even whay you were talking about
Adam 24:12
I don't think they're saying it transfers to other activities just for that particular activity again, you have I have no
Mike 24:18
perhaps Perhaps not right
Adam 24:19
So anyway, so So my ultimate point is not to not to bash you know, occupational therapy and some of the modalities they use for people that have injuries and all kinds of stuff is that but but we have to be we have to be very careful not pretend that we're neurologists or EMTs. Understand what our limitations are as trainers and we do something really good we get people strong and that goes a long way to helping somebody with their balance issues. And that might be just what they need. Most people like remember Tess Nakamura, we had this old client that always use a walking stick for confidence and we got her really strong by doing I wasn't doing anything other than leg press with this woman. Right and she worked out really hard as time went on. She was, she felt she didnt even need a walking stick, although she carried it just in case, she she felt a lot more stable on her feet. And I wasn't doing any of this crazy on stable servers and stuff, I was just giving her strength and maybe even the confidence of walking again. So So that's, that's our sweet spot. That's what we do best, we get people strong, and we get them strong without undermining their health and make it really safe. And we don't play around with things that Waste Time and that don't transfer to real skills. And again, if there's something that you want to do, like playing, standing on a leg or doing some of these things that are relatively benign, and really can't hurt you, and it helps build their confidence. I'm for it, I'm for it. But let's let's not get carried away with it. And I'm not talking about the things that I see you do with your clients, and that I even do sometimes to clients to help build confidence and give them awareness of one side, you know, having one side of that glutes fire versus another side and things like that. Those are all confidence builders that kind of makes them in touch with their body. And those are all good. But but that's not balance to me. That that's mind body connection, that opposites are different from balance
Mike 26:06
that you're saying the reason why I'm bringing it up is because I think what you just said, is how people get it confused. I think they're thinking balance
Adam 26:15
right
Mike 26:15
Really it is oftentimes it is a mind body connection that that sometimes isn't patterned correctly, you know that sometimes you either you're leaving something out, which is not letting you do something that you're trying to do or
Adam 26:29
Yeah
Mike 26:30
or and you even said it before you said like, in the course there's a chain of things that are going on, early on, and something could be broken in the chain. And and as trainers, I obviously the strength element is, is a big part of the whole thing. But it
Adam 26:46
can also be a new medication. You know, the thing is, there's a there's a very strong motor learning principle that's being ignored out there. And I just want people to be buyer beware when it comes to doing all these crazy things on unstable surfaces as if it's really going to do a better job for strengthening their core or do a better job of them going on a weekend trip on a boat. And they think they're going to do better on the book because they've been working on unstable surfaces. And that's really the big point. Especially the point where people lifting weights and doing all these kinds of dangerous moves on unstable surfaces is if it's going to help them on the athletic field or the tennis court.
Mike 27:19
That's unfortunate. Yeah. Well, before what was described, I mean thst is horrible
Adam 27:25
yeah, yeah. So so that's the big point. Let's not get let's not get fooled with this stuff.
Tim Edwards 27:32
Thanks, guys. Hey, if you're new to the podcast, and are just now learning about slow motion, high intensity strength training, and you want to try it for yourself, simply click the link in the shownotes to the inform fitness website. Once you're there, click the try us free button right there on their homepage, fill out the form, pick your location, and improve more than just your balance. With a slow motion high intensity full body workout in just 20 minutes for free. You'll feel great, I promise. If you're not near one of their several locations across the United States, Adam has a book titled power of 10. The once a week slow motion fitness revolution, pick it up today at a bookstore near you or to make it simple, it's just a click away and available at Amazon. That link will also be in the show notes. For less than about 15 bucks. You'll find some nutritional tips and a handy list of foods that support the power of 10 protocol, and some effective exercise demonstrations and you can perform in the comfort of your own home. Many great episodes on the way in the coming week. So please hit that subscribe button from whichever podcast app you might be listening. We have close to 50 episodes for you to binge listen, and if you don't mind, we'd appreciate it if you took some time to leave us a review. Until next time for Adam Zickerman and Mike Rogers of inform fitness. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting Network.
To accomplish your fat loss goals, the efforts don’t stop after your 20-30 minutes a week in the gym. Your habits in the kitchen are equally as important. You’ve heard it many times here on the podcast that if you want to lose fat, you can't out-exercise a bad diet.
The founder of InForm Fitness, Adam Zickerman and the general manager of the InForm Fitness location in NYC, Mike Rogers provide some easy-to-follow nutritional tips to expedite the results you are looking for.
Adam Zickerman - Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
For a FREE 20-Minute strength training full-body workout and to find an Inform Fitness location nearest you, please visit http://bit.ly/Podcast_FreeWorkout
45 D-I-E-T is a Four Letter Word Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
breakfast, carbs, people, salad, lunch, food, carbohydrates, dinner, little bit, grams, podcast, eggs, fitness, week, prepare, low carb diet, low carb, throw, easy, flavors
SPEAKERS
Tim Edwards, Mike, Adam
Adam 00:06
Instead of obsessing on the fact that you cant have all these carbohydrates that you crave or you cant have whatever it is that quote unquote, you're not allowed to have, you know, whether it be pizza or rice or pasta. Now you can pine for those things and dwell on the fact that you can't have any of that stuff. But how about instead of focusing on what you can't have, enjoy and focus, the things that you can have, because they're great choices, love the things you can have.
Tim Edwards 00:40
Inform nation This is episode 45 of the inform fitness podcast with New York Times best selling author, Adam Zickerman. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting network and a client of inform fitness. For almost 50 episodes, we have discussed the many benefits of participating in a slow motion, high intensity strength training protocol, like the one offered at several inform fitness locations across the country. One of those benefits of course, include weight or fat loss. To accomplish your fat loss goals, the efforts don't stop after your 20 to 30 minutes a weak and inform fitness gym, your habits, of course in the kitchen are equally as important. So if you want to lose weight, you've heard it many times here on the podcast that you can't out exercise a bad diet. So today, Adam Zickerman and Mike Rogers, the general manager of the inform fitness location in New York City provides some easy to follow nutritional tips to expedite the results you're looking for.
Mike 01:35
Alright, well, this, this is gonna be an interesting podcast, I hope it's gonna be a little bit, it's gonna be a little bit different, but sort of cover it never know, it's gonna cover a little bit
Adam 01:45
of a little bit of this a little bit of that we're talking about food, and
Mike 01:49
it's gonna be a little bit of a food thing exactly
Adam 01:50
a pinch of this and a pinch of that
Mike 01:52
and a dash of this
Adam 01:53
teaspoon out here
Tim Edwards 01:56
Covering pillar number two, right nutrition.
Mike 01:58
Yeah, yeah, well, you know, something, you know, we talk about carbs in some other other podcasts. In the past, we've mentioned carbs. And we've got
Adam 02:07
ketogenic diet
Mike 02:08
the ketogenic diet, a big one we get from clients all the time, who try to tackle a no carb diet, a ketogenic diet, a paleo diet, a low carb diet. And sometimes, you know, I mean, the references are all over the internet, there's books everywhere to like, go into any of these things. But sometimes people are just, they're on the run, and they don't have time to get to these things, or they're just overwhelmed by all the content. So what we decided we wanted to do is do a quick podcast, and throw out some ideas to answer some of those questions. Because oftentimes be like, What can I have for breakfast? What can I have for lunch? What can I have for dinner, we just want to throw out some quick recipes, some quick ideas that are easy to prepare that don't take that much time. And I think will then accommodate the the no carb, or the low carb, whatever variation you're doing
Adam 02:52
so basically we want to say, alright, so the way you start with this low carb diet is everything opposite of Rachael Ray.
Tim Edwards 03:02
Now, guys, so the question I have is, so some of these tips that we're talking about today, are these for people who are looking to lose weight or sustain, or just to kind of support the power 10 workout?
Mike 03:13
Well, there's a lot of reasons why people go on no carb diet or low carb diets. It's not just I think the most, the typical reason is to lose fat, trying to drop fat. Um, I think just before we go into the recipes, you just want to talk just quickly about the relationship between carbohydrate intake, insulin and fat regulation.
Adam 03:33
But instead of talking really theory, I think what we want to talk about his really practical things more like you know, what to eat, basically, what does that entail me, we all talk about low carbs. What does that mean? Like I was having this conversation today with somebody about low carb and not really fully understanding. She's like, I mean, can I have any rice? And I have any alcohol? Can I have any? I mean, like, I was like, no, no, no, no, no.
Mike 03:54
I mean, like fruit or carbohydrates, right. All that kind of stuff. Yeah. Yeah. Well, you know, something, the end all be all to someone's nutrition. I think it involves a lot of factors. And I think the reason why a lot of people do no carb or low carb diets is to control insulin, which is one part of the whole puzzle. And I think these suggestions are going to tackle that one piece of the puzzle, because I think for a lot of people like Tim, you just said that you've had some a few months of poor eating, and that you've got back onto the wagon, where you just cut out carbohydrates, and you lost six pounds recently. Well, that's the thing. I mean, I don't think that's going to answer all of your nutritional concerns or all of your health concerns. But it's it's a big piece of the puzzle. And I think just doing that gets the fat burning going. And well, I think we've kept we've tackled the why and the theory and the science in the past this one, let's just talk about what suggestions we can give you right off the bat.
Adam 04:51
Bring it home bring it all home.
Mike 04:53
Yeah, so I mean, really just diving right into it. Breakfast Ideas are I think this is the hardest thing for a lot of people able to get into because the most conventional breakfast food is very, very refined food, refined carbohydrate, carb heavy stuff.
Adam 05:09
So why don't we skip it?
Tim Edwards 05:11
Well, if you're if you're doing some intermittent fasting
Adam 05:19
part of it think part of weight, especially with for weight loss, I think a very powerful strategy is intermittent fasting. And I think the easiest meal to skip, at least for me and many others that I talk to is breakfast because a lot of people aren't really hungry as soon as they wake up and you're already like, eight hours are so into your fast, right, so you only have like eight hours ago. So if you're waking up like five, six in the morning, you know, you're already at 14 hours by late morning or early afternoon. That's doable as opposed to eating lunch and not having to eat dinner and like having to go to sleep hungry and like you know waking up absolutely famished. So I think if you're going to skip a meal, if intimate fasting, I think breakfast is the meal to skip not to mention what Mike was saying. It's hard to find a lot of low carb breakfast choices if especially if you don't like eggs, for example.
Mike 06:05
Yeah, that's the thing as people when they try to start doing something, but they don't want to do the fast yet, or something that resembles that people who do eat breakfast or want to have breakfast, they go to eggs, and they get tired of eggs very, very fast. And so pun intended. And I think where are the alternatives for that? I think I mean, you're you we do run into trouble with that because conventional breakfast options are involve toasts like a bacon egg and cheese sandwich.
Adam 06:34
So what's on your list here for breakfast foods?
Mike 06:36
You know something? I mean? Like it really it's it's right around eggs.
Adam 06:40
All right. Well, I got some suggestions besides eggs, by the way, because, you know, there are a lot of foods aren't just for lunch or dinner anymore. For some reason we can we've categorized certain foods for breakfast and certain foods for lunch and dinner. For example, we have always have some bone broth on the stove here for clients to enjoy. And very often. In the morning, I'll say you I want some chicken broth or some beef broth, like seven o'clock in the morning. No, thank you. I'm like, What's wrong with having some beef broth at seven o'clock in the morning? You know, it's fantastic. But some people just can't get their head around that but bacon, eggs and sausage, they can get their head around for breakfast. So like, it's just a psychological thing. So my point is, you know, there are a lot of things you can eat for breakfast that aren't necessarily classified as breakfast foods. I mean, like, I'll have a salad with tuna fish, for example, for breakfast, why not? You know, you can have a bit
Mike 07:33
that's the barrier and getting to that is I mean, if you're not going to do an omelet, which is your traditional breakfast option or something like that, or scrambled eggs or eggs Benedict or something like that. The other the other breakfast options are toast, bagels, pancakes, waffles, French toast, all those things are cereal, oatmeal is all carbs, carbs, carbs, carbs, carbs, carbs, and carbs,
Adam 07:55
and carbs.
Mike 07:57
Exactly. Sorry, I forgot about that. I will not miss that one next time. But the but the thing is, we'll get into lunches and dinners but leftover of the other meals are the nutrients you want to take in just to kind of erase some of those that you have to have breakfast for breakfast or what you imagined breakfast to be breakfast.
Tim Edwards 08:17
Well, part of that just the ritual that people have grown accustomed to right. And just abandoning the ritual of breakfast foods like Adam said, it's really no different if you what, you know, if you if you take a typical breakfast meal. If you look at the components of it, it's no different than what you're doing at lunch or dinner based upon your carbohydrate or protein.
Adam 08:37
I mean, like in the morning, you'll have breakfast sausage. In the afternoon you'll have Chorizo, both sausages.
Mike 08:44
I'll tell you what, though, people get crazy enough
Adam 08:46
Chorizo in the morning and you can't have breakfast sausage for lunch.
Mike 08:50
When we're up at the front and we're eating breakfast
Adam 08:51
see what happens
Mike 08:52
when we're up at the front eating breakfast in the morning. I oftentimes have a salad and people like salad for breakfast. And the thing is the association with like vegetables with breakfast is really like a crazy idea for everyone but it's like why not? Why the hell not? Yeah having them for lunch or having them for dinner? You have no problem having them like the salad with the chicken for lunch
Adam 09:13
pancakes for breakfast, why is that so good pancakes. I mean what's the what's the suffix of pancakes? Cake. You having cake for breakfast? I mean, why pancakes so special. There it's cake. You are not suppose to have cake for breakfast.
Tim Edwards 09:14
That's what a donut is for goodness sakes. on the other side of that too. You know, when you're not eating right to have tacos or a hamburger for breakfast? How is that any different than having hashbrowns with with sausage. You know, it's just the same. So just trying to abandon what that ritualistic breakfast mentality and bone broth. Gosh, that's perfect, especially if you're intermittent fasting as well.
Adam 09:53
Food is food.
Mike 09:54
I mean, seriously how I mean I think people get overwhelmed with the idea of say you're gonna prepare salad for work like say you're gonna do this at home right to try to save money or for whatever it's literally get some mixed greens or some spinach. You put it in a in a Tupperware, you chop a tomato that takes about, you know what, 25 seconds to chop a tomato, it takes, you know, a save big about
Adam 10:18
put an avocado in there
Mike 10:19
45 seconds to chop up an avocado, a little bit of cucumber,
Adam 10:23
and a leftover chicken breast right from from dinner the night before boom done.
Mike 10:26
It's an easy thing
Adam 10:27
thats your breakfast the next day.
Mike 10:28
Exactly. And you know, something like, you know, go to Whole Foods, every Whole Foods. Now, what I this is something I do at least a once every two weeks. Sometimes every week is for 7.99 you can get a rotisserie chicken, you have like the legs for lunch one day, and then take a few minutes, chop up the rest, add some celery, a little bit of mayonnaise, and you could have chicken salad on top of a salad for dinner later that night. And for breakfast and lunch the next day. The thing is, I think you can get tired if you're having that all the time. But it's very easy, very inexpensive, very easy thing to prepare food option
Tim Edwards 11:01
and notice that you said mayonnaise as well with the chicken a little bit of mayonnaise, but people would think of mayo as an absolute no, no. In a diet
Adam 11:15
But the thing about Mayo is it's a fat, it's known as a fat right, so everyone's so scared of fat. So I'm not worried about mayo. Especially the mayonnaise that's not made with canola oil, like Hellman's. But the mayonnaise that's made nowadays with avocado oils, and all these kinds of oils that are not refined oils like canola oil, these things are great. So I'm not we're not afraid of mayonnaise, you know, so you want to put a little mayonnaise with your hard boiled eggs? Or
Mike 11:40
if you're trying to avoid carbs, Mayo doesn't qualify. That's right.
Adam 11:43
Yeah Yeah, Mayo is good, mayo is fat and that's good,
Mike 11:46
I should say it qualifies to eat. Yeah.
Tim Edwards 11:50
And that reminds me of the episode that we had several weeks back regarding the American Heart Association. Right. And and the some of the bogus claims that have and are continuing to be made?
Adam 12:03
Well, again, you know, we kind of feel that fat must be bad for us. So we start manipulating data just to support our bias, fat can't be good for you. Right? And that bias is exactly that a bias and science does not bore that out. You know, science has not shown that fat is what's the cause of cardiovascular disease as much as as much as society for some reason wants that to be the truth, just so far has not been shown to be the truth
Mike 12:32
that that thing is it's getting thrown out as something that is an absolute no, no. And the thing is, your your biomarkers could be dictated by a lot of different things, fat may need to be dosed properly, you may not you may there may be a certain amount of it that you should or shouldn't be eating for your overall health
Adam 12:40
calories. So Mike's weve established that we are skipping breakfast so so now let's get to lunch. what what do you talk about and what do you eat and what do you recommend for your clients for lunch, to make things simple.
Mike 13:01
for me, Once again, a big mixture of vegetables with a protein it's oftentimes what I prepared last night for dinner and I make enough to go to lunch again, it's a it's there's really nothing that needs to be specific for any time of the day. The easy things for people who go to work all the time. Oftentimes if they didn't prepare their stuff, a best thing the best thing to do is get a piece of salmon get a piece of chicken with some asparagus with some sauteed mushrooms with a side salad that type of thing or get a chopped salad. I mean I know this is not a mystery to everybody but the thing is, I think you just got to develop a habit of doing this type of things you got to get rid of feeling like a sandwich is necessary and all that kind of stuff.
Tim Edwards 13:40
well. You mentioned chop salad you know we I go to Subway a lot actually I love their chop salad. I think it's actually like the perfect lunch for me and it's filling as well. Yeah, yeah,
Mike 13:48
the thing is, most of my routine stuff is I prepare a big my wife and I we cook a relatively big dinner or you cook stuff that we could actually have for the next day or two and it whether it's breakfast, lunch or dinner, it really doesn't matter to me I throw it in the Tupperware and I have it I
Adam 14:04
like that frittata you were telling me about.
Mike 14:05
that's another thing.
Adam 14:07
That's a great thing but we're back to eggs again but again eggs are not just for breakfast either. So Mike had this for frittata you know that was made in like this. You know nine inch pie pan you know and you cut it like a pie and you know he portioned it out for himself all week.
Mike 14:20
I had I literally had on Sunday, Monday Tuesday Wednesday and it honestly it's, it's also just for whatever reason I know it's eggs and vegetables but in the context of what you're eating. It really tastes like you know, like a little piece of pizza you know
Adam 14:36
eats it cold too which is actually good
Tim Edwards 14:38
and it sounds filling too with all of that protein in there.
Mike 14:41
It was filling I mean, you know
Adam 14:42
it is
Mike 14:43
it is it was it was it was great. I actually
Adam 14:45
mayonnaise on top of it too.
Mike 14:51
Going back to like quick things you can get at the grocery store if you have a Trader Joe's or something like that, like my wife and I have been recently making like a like an Asian Style steak on top of cauliflower rice. And
Adam 15:04
what does Asian style mean?
Mike 15:06
I think there's, there's sesame, there's some ginger, there's some teriyaki flavors and things like that. Oftentimes, a teriyaki marinade is probably actually a high carbohydrate.
Adam 15:18
Food. Yes, stay away from the teriyaki.
Mike 15:20
But yes, but you know, something, I think, I mean, is it a no carb, that's not a no carb option, but you know something, I think if you just coat it in that look for in a plastic bag the meat on with a marinade and then you take it out and then you cook it, you're mostly just getting flavors. And I would say that the carb count is still going to be extremely low, despite the fact that you are having a sweet marinate on the beef.
Tim Edwards 15:46
Well, you just mentioned carb count, let's we didn't really start with that and what is a good carb count? Or is that specific to each individual
Adam 15:55
that's specific, but there's a range I mean, I would say to really consider low carb you'd have to stay anywhere between 50 grams 40 grams of carbohydrate carbohydrates on the low side and not much more than 100 grams on the high side that and 100 grams is a lot for a lot of people but some people can tolerate that especially if they're very active. You know so I would say start with like 75 grams see how that works for you and then work your way up or down
Tim Edwards 16:23
and or you're including the carbs in the in vegetables as well to not
Adam 16:28
I mean, you'd have to eat like a pound you can eat that much broccoli to overdose on carbs on the other hand, you know you can easily overdose on on on bananas, which is a fruit I know it's not a vegetable but fruits you know a lot of people don't realize how starchy a banana even an Apple has like 20 some odd grams
Mike 16:47
last time I checked this out this past week I owed my au pair who's you know making efforts to try to lose to lose weight a little bit and she got amazing I love her to death but totally misinformed on what was what she made a shake and it comprised two apples one regular size banana, ice and water and I said and I just I just quickly referenced a jar of peanut butter a medium sized Apple is about 19 grams of carbohydrate and and so she had two of those that's 38 right there. And then she had a banana which is 40 grams over her limit she weighed like 52 grams of carbs I said I said you realize theres more grams of carbohydrate there that that is a Snickers bar and she was stunned I said I said you you're getting vitamins, you're getting nutrients, you're getting fiber, lots of good things that your body does want but you're you're putting way too much sugar into this diet right now and so we I helped her modify that to a smaller degree. But um other little quick suggestions once again this could qualify as lunch and dinner very easy thing like having like turkey meatballs, which you get prepared either at the deli or somewhere you got the bread crumbs without you know without or very little bread crumbs very little.
Adam 17:59
My wife says when she makes meatballs, are there any bread crumbs in it
Mike 18:03
very little there's very little
Adam 18:05
I mean, why do you have to use it? Don't worry about I didn't put that much in there.
Mike 18:09
Depending on your goals. Sometimes you have to be very conscious of what these counts are. And other times I think a little bit not going to kill you on any of these All right, and you're putting that turkey meatballs or regular meatballs on top of Zucchini Spaghetti is just a great thing and you could you could do that with a tomato sauce. You could do that with garlic and olive oil and it's just that is very easy. takes no time to saute that.
Tim Edwards 18:31
and tastes really good. That sounds great.
Adam 18:34
hey that's kosher.
Mike 18:34
Zucchini put through a spiralizer or the vegetti and you make it looks like pasta. Like Dan and I Dan's one of the other trainers here and I we what we create what's called a meat bucket. Like well, I'll like I'll cook like 15 chicken thighs, you know and they would chop it all up throw it in a big Tupperware and have it for breakfast lunch and dinner over the course of three days. You know, Yeah. mix it in with sauteed peppers and onions. You know, you could do steak fajitas chicken fajitas and stuff, you know, on top of beds of lettuce, you know, fajitas, you mean without the tacos. without the tacos or the tortillas. It's just basically a fajita salad. But it's really just things like that. But this My point is it really if you go to the market and you have these ingredients, it really takes almost no time to prepare these things. And you're getting a protein you get some fish you know they baking some salmon doesn't take that long.
Adam 19:34
It's funny, I talk to people all the time I'm making this making that and they think I have they look at me like I have 10 heads on my shoulders because like yeah, just there was some salmon in the oven. You know, it only takes 10 minutes
Mike 19:44
salt, pepper. Garlic powder.
Adam 19:46
Are you kidding me? I'm not gonna do that. I mean, I gotta go get the damn salmon, how am I gonna do that. You know?
Mike 19:53
Yes. I mean, it's, you then go get the damn salmon
Tim Edwards 19:58
it's the same as getting the the Steak, or the chicken, right? I mean, how hard is salmon to find?
Adam 20:04
People have fear of cooking fish, and I understand
Tim Edwards 20:06
I get it Yeah,
Mike 20:07
you know, everybody has particularities, you got to find it. I mean, and that's it, you know, I mean, I mean, some some I have a client, who I'm thinking of at the moment who hates I say, Oh, why don't you try this, I hate that. I hate mushrooms. I hate broccoli. I hate zucchini. I hate tomatoes.
Adam 20:23
She's a good candidate for fasting then.
Tim Edwards 20:28
If look at your food is as as medicine and not you know, we don't always have to look at our meals, like this is going to be something I'm going to enjoy. Yeah, from time to time, but, but just look at it as fuel or almost as medicine and then you're full and you move on to the next meal. It's just that simple.
Adam 20:44
I don't ask people to do that. I mean, I just we have a trainer down in Virginia that is like that, I mean, he honestly has no emotional attachment to food at all.
Tim Edwards 20:52
That would be nice.
Adam 20:54
At all.
Tim Edwards 20:54
Wow
Adam 20:55
to him is purely fuel, honestly. And I was like, I'm a little envious of that. But then again, I'm not because I enjoy food so much. And you can still the way I look at it, as opposed to saying, you know, look at food as fuel. Because that that's a tall task when you've grown up in a family that you know and you know, you're adult and food was the center of your universe and your familial and your friends get together
Tim Edwards 21:20
Im Italian and I know all about what you're talking about. It is true. It is a part of your
Adam 21:24
However, however, I think of I think its a Crosby, Stills, Nash and Young song you know, who sings? If you can't be with the one you love, love the one you with?
Tim Edwards 21:34
You nailed it. You nailed it.
Adam 21:35
I did, right? Okay, so that's how I look at it. Like, instead of obsessing on the fact that you can have all these carbohydrates that you crave or you can have whatever it is that quote unquote, you're not allowed to have, you know, whether it be pizza, or rice or pasta. You know, you can you can pine for those things and dwell on the fact that you can't have any of that stuff. But how about instead of focusing on what you can't have, enjoy and focus, the things that you can have, because there are great choices that you can have, and love the one you're with, that's where I get this from. So instead of, you know, pining for the one you cant have, love the things you can have, and put your attention on that that's easier than just looking at food as fuel. I mean, now if you just think about what you want, and what you can enjoy, like I enjoy meatloaf, you know, without the bread crumbs over a bed of spaghetti squash. I love a slow cook brisket. grass fed brisket with you know with a side of cauliflower rice to suck up the sauce. You know, cauliflower rice is like a staple in our house at this point,
Mike 22:42
we have it we have it at least three times a week,
Adam 22:44
the catch is that you probably have to prepare a little bit more to enjoy these foods. And that that's the catch I guess it's hard to just do take out all the time and adhere to this but it'd be take a little time you do what Mike suggested and prepare food over the weekend that things that can last like like a brisket, you know, you put a six pound brisket in a Dutch oven and you got you got yourself or a stew of some sort or chili of some sort. Now you have that it's a gift that keeps on giving or frittata you make hard boiled eggs you keep keep a dozen hard boiled eggs in a fridge and make egg salad out or make if you're ambitious, make some deviled eggs. And God forbid you put a little bit of sweet relish in there, it's not gonna you know,
Mike 23:22
it's a small investment that gets you your time back throughout the week is to do something that you could actually prepare,
Adam 23:27
you know, Mike, I have a couple of more examples that I can use them for my book power of 10. And if you don't like eggs, by the way, some plain yogurt, full fat yogurt, you know, and put some real fruit in there like blueberries or raspberries if they're in season. All right, any of the nut butters would be great. You know put that on some vegetable like celery or things that you know cat whatever, you know, just some kind of vegetable that you like the spread on all the time. Yeah, you know, just try to avoid putting your peanut butter on like, you know, bread and bagels, nuts, all kinds of nuts, preferably ones that arent coated in sugar. You know, we mentioned hard boiled eggs, another breakfast food that I like, is cottage cheese and I put a little bit of pineapple in there and again, you know a couple of slices of pineapples, a strong flavored fruit so you don't need a lot of pineapple to get the flavor you need. So you'd have a couple of little little those little wedges of pineapple in your in your cottage cheese. That's a good breakfast and it's not going to throw you over 50 grams of carbohydrates.
Mike 24:29
Not that this is relevant to the podcast but I just wanted to say that cottage cheese is on the shortlist of things I just can't stand in the world.
Adam 24:37
I don't like cottage cheese. Funny thing
Mike 24:39
everybody else more for you you enjoy it.
Adam 24:41
Yeah, exactly. But I don't like cottage cheese either unless it has honestly it can only have pineapple with it or else I won't like it. Alright another good thing a turkey wrap like two or three slices of fresh turkey wrapped in some romaine lettuce or some kind of lettuce, maybe some mustard, maybe throw a slice of, you know a small thin slice of Swiss cheese in there. That'd be great. As some of my colleagues here love sardines, opening up a can of sardines, if you like sardines, go for it. That's not my bag. But you know, stuff like that.
Mike 25:12
Love that. But you guys are aware of your neighbors
Tim Edwards 25:14
a lot of salt too right.
Adam 25:16
Yeah, spices, use spices is another suggestion. There's a new book out that I want to tell you about. I'm actually and this is not to promote me. But I love this book. It's called the spice diet. Alright, so it was like Mike said earlier, you know, let's face it, you know, there's chicken there's beef, there's fish, fish, vegetables. I mean, we know what they are that unless you're in some weird part of the world, you know, that that eats other things besides those things, you know, so it's always eating the same things, all kinds of vegetables, right? So the thing is, note you can change, you can change the spices, the way you cook these things. There's a book called The spice diet by Chef Judson Todd Allen. He is the private chef for Steve Harvey. And Steve Harvey actually wrote the foreword to this book. And I was asked to write the exercise part to this book, so actually, I'm actually in his book. But that's not what I'm recommending it. It's just a great way to use flavor to, you know, to fight cravings. And to kind of change things up a little bit, even though you're always having chicken. So I recommend you picking up that book. It's fantastic
Tim Edwards 26:23
and Adam, we'll have a link to that in the show notes. And it's also that book is available on Audible too, and new sponsor of the inform fitness podcast. So we'll go ahead and include links to that in the show notes.
Adam 26:33
Fantastic. So anyway, spice use spices to change things around. And the reason I thought of that, because you know, like broccoli is boring, right? But if you put sesame oil on it, some broccoli, some garlic, some salt, some pepper, you know, you throw in some walnuts in there. That tastes good, you know, so So walnuts and broccoli, combining nuts and vegetable is always a fantastic thing to do. And it makes things a little bit more interesting. Baked Chicken, rotisserie chicken or baked chicken. You can spice that up many different ways to change it around with it. But you know what I you know, I love chicken with a little bit of honey
Tim Edwards 27:09
that's an interesting combo. Never heard of that before
Adam 27:11
call me blasphemous. You know, honey is a carb, obviously, it's pure sugar. But the thing about honey is that you don't need a lot of it again. And again, if you're generally a very low carb diet, if you put some honey
Mike 27:22
that's a Southern Fried chicken there
Adam 27:24
if you do the fried chicken, in a little bit of honey, you know, it adds a little bit of sweetness, but you're not going over the gram count.
Mike 27:33
That's right, I think I think having a few flavors that are a little bit sweet. As long as you keep them very minimal, you're not going to break the bank oftentimes.
Adam 27:41
So there are some examples that you're going to find in my book.
Tim Edwards 27:46
And the book of course, is power of 10, the once a week slow motion fitness revolution, pick it up today at a bookstore near you, or it's just a click away and available at Amazon. There will be a link for the book in the show notes. For less than about 15 bucks, you'll find some additional nutritional tips and a handy list of foods that support the power of 10 protocol discussed here in the podcast. You'll also find some effective exercise demonstrations so you can perform these exercises in the comfort of your own home. Or if you live close to one of the several inform fitness locations across the country. There's a free workout waiting for you. Simply click the link in the show notes to their website informfitness.com. Click the try us free button right there on the homepage. Fill out the form, pick your location, and enjoy a slow motion high intensity full body workout in just 20 minutes for free. You'll feel great at the time of this recording. It's been about say four or so hours since my last workout and I feel amazing. You will too. If you're a new listener to the podcast, we appreciate that and would invite you to please hit subscribe in whichever podcast app you might be listening. We have close to 50 episodes for you to binge Listen, with more coming almost every single week. We'd also appreciate it if you took a couple of moments to leave us a review. Until next time for Adam Zickerman and Mike Rogers of inform fitness. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting Network.
At the time of this recording we are smack dab in the middle of the 2018 Winter Olympics and a lot of us are camped out in front off the TV cheering on the Americans in their favorite winter sports, like ice hockey, figure skating, snowboarding, and skiing just to name a few, while others are actually headed to the ice or to the slopes themselves.
So how does all that tie into a podcast about slow-motion, high-intensity strength training? Though you may not find Olympic athletes training at the several InForm Fitness facilities across the US, Mike and Adam have heard numerous reports from their clients how the Power of Ten Protocol has shown significant results to improve a skiers performance and endurance while enjoying their time on the mountain.
Adam Zickerman - Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
For a FREE 20-Minute strength training full-body workout and to find an Inform Fitness location nearest you, please visit http://bit.ly/Podcast_FreeWorkout
44 High-Intensity Strength Training for Skiers Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
skiing, high intensity exercise, endurance, strength training, skiers, adam, body, ski, high altitude, podcast, high intensity, bike, oxygen, strength, create, fitness, energy, muscles, high intensity training, ability
SPEAKERS
Tim Edwards, Mike, Adam
Adam 00:06
skiing is demanding skiing. downhill skiing is a very fast twitch, anaerobic kind of activity. So that strength you're getting in your legs, it stands out more when you're doing that type of activity. downhill skiing is similar to weight training, high intensity weight training, where you have brief bouts of high intensity
Tim Edwards 00:29
Hey, inform nation good to be back with you again. Thanks for joining us for episode 44 of the inform fitness podcast with New York Times bestselling author Adam Zickerman and general manager of the Manhattan inform fitness location Mike Rogers. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting network. And at the time of this recording, we are smack dab in the middle of the 2018 Winter Olympics, and a lot of us are camped out in front of the TV cheering on the Americans and their favorite winter sports like ice hockey, figure skating, snowboarding and skiing just to name a few, while others are actually headed out to the ice or to the slopes themselves. So how does all this tie into a podcast about slow motion high intensity strength training? Well, though you may not find Olympic athletes training at the several inform fitness locations across the US. Adam and Mike have heard numerous reports from their clients. How the power of 10 protocol has shown significant results to improve a skiers performance and endurance while enjoying their time on the map.
Mike 01:28
Every year, we receive testimonials about how this 20 minute workout really changes our lives. And one of the common ones I get is from downhill skiers. I'd say it's February now and perhaps it's too late to get the skiers this season. But I think we need to address it
Adam 01:45
and we still have spring skiing coming next. Right?
Mike 01:47
That's true. Somewhere in the world. You're skiing somewhere.
Adam 01:51
But that's right. You know, if you go down to South America, during our summer you can still ski in Santiago, Chile.
Mike 01:58
Exactly. So I guess no matter what year we're doing this, okay. And, or what time of the year
Tim Edwards 02:04
but you have a lot of skiers
Adam 02:06
it's six o'clock somewhere.
Mike 02:07
And in this podcast, I'm going to be the questioner and I'm going to I'm going to interview Adam about
Adam 02:12
and I'll be the obliger
Mike 02:14
the obliger yeah
Tim Edwards 02:15
right. Gretchen would be proud.
Mike 02:17
I'll be I'll be the upholder.
Adam 02:19
If you don't know what I meant by that, check out our podcast with Gretchen Rubin.
Tim Edwards 02:22
That's right, right.
Mike 02:24
Anyway, but the big things are that we want to think about are why does it make such a profound difference for skiers performance? Why is strength training so important for skiers? And And why does this form of weight training the power of 10? Why does that take it to a much higher level? First of all, Adam, you used to ski and now you're a snowboarder, right?
Adam 02:44
I went to the dark side
Mike 02:45
Mm hmm. How long? How long did you ski for by the way,
Adam 02:48
it's about 13 14 years old, right after my Bar Mitzvah. I took one of those high school group trips, and I was skiing every year till I was, like 40. And for the last 13 years, I've been snowboarding, I haven't looked back,
Tim Edwards 03:03
what was that transition like? I mean, it's, it's really, I would assume completely different.
Adam 03:09
It is really different. And I spent five days literally on my butt. And it was probably, which amounted to probably 7500 Push Ups.
Tim Edwards 03:22
Getting back up?
Adam 03:23
that's how you get it, like you just didn't push it just to get yourself up off the ground. You do. I mean, so, you know, we can make this relevant to what we're about to talk about, which is, you know, I was only because I was in really good shape that I was out actually able to withstand the brutal nature of learning how to snowboard matter of fact, so many middle aged adults have talked to me about possibly taking up snowboarding or talking to me about they tried taking up snowboarding at a later age. And quite honestly, that a lot of people have given up because it's just too hard to kind of transition because they just couldn't, couldn't get up after a while they were they're really too weak to just continue to learn because you fall so much until you finally get the hang of it. And once you get the hang of it the learning curve, it's actually kind of easier than skiing. Again, you know, I skied a long time and I was, you know, an advanced skier, but but I wasn't. I was doing everything I was going to do on skiing. I was not a great skier. I was a very good skier, but not a great skier. And I just kind of felt like I wanted to try something new. And I was I was challenged to do that by somebody who invited me to the place at Sun Valley. And like, he said, Listen, you can stay at my place, but you're going to snowboard, like, that's a deal. And that's how it happened. Anyway, so I really owe me being in really good shape to being able to endure all the falling that I endured, you know, four or five days until
Mike 04:48
that guy was by the way 60 When he started snowboarding.
Adam 04:51
that invited me True. He went to the other side.
Mike 04:56
You know, but you know, getting back on track the reason why this piqued my interest. And why I wanted to talk about this today is because over the years, we have heard so many rants and raves about people who, you know, they started are the power of 10. And they come here, they work out for three months or four months, and then they go and do skiing as they do every year. And I'm not kidding, I've heard this at least 15 or 20 times over the years with this expression, night and day, he said, it's literally night and day from the last time they went skiing to this time. And they said, there's that was the major change they did was our type of, of strength training. So that's why I wanted to focus on why strength training helps for skiing, and what specifically about a power of 10 Really, really can take it to the next level.
Tim Edwards 05:45
And Mike, before we go down that road, you said that it's night and day is it night and day in their technique or and how they respond to falling
Mike 05:53
strength and endurance, their ability to, to spend more time out there, feeling like they can actually spend more time on the mountain, and just a level of stability to do this specific task. I haven't heard it from snowboarders. Most of our clients are skiers. But, you know, we'll talk to Adam about that as we as we go. But Adam, I don't I'm not crazy. I mean, like, I'm not the only one who's heard this.
Adam 06:17
No, I mean, I've heard over the years, so many times, I mean, again, if they started with us in the offseason, and then ski season comes along, and then they come back, they're holy cow, I've never felt so good on slopes before. And they're, they're, you know, weekend warriors, people that ski you know, three, four times a year maybe. So they know how they feel usually after the day of skiing, and they come back saying I just had more stamina than I ever had. And this whole topic speaks to the idea of thinking that you need to do conventional cardio for this type of thing versus strength training. And it's really all about what our interview with Dr. Gibala was about. Alright, that there's a one minute workout. Again, intensity is why it gives us our endurance, as Dr. Gibala has found out in his research. And what we're finding out anecdotally with our clients that are doing this, and then going skiing at high altitude, by the way, so you have that adjustment to deal with. And we're going to talk about that because actually high intensity training actually can help you with high altitude, just the way your body adjusts to high altitude, high intensity training actually has that same effect, which we'll get into. But again, this is all because their muscles and their energy systems, if you will, are primed for this activity, even though they haven't skied in a year, but their legs are getting really strong. And they have an ability to utilize energy better than if they weren't training because the reason we bonk when we go skiing after not, you know not working out and going to these high altitudes is our body is not our body has to use all kinds of energy sources that you're not using when you're just sedentary at sea level. But if you're doing high intensity training, those energy systems are being utilized and primed. So when you go up to high altitude, it's already primed. And you don't have to adjust anymore. It's done. It's been done.
Mike 08:07
Well, let's let's let's we're gonna get into that. But like first, let's get into strength, okay, and fitness, what we do. And first of all, let's relate it to skiing, what posture is what positions are involved in skiing, and inevitably, what muscles are we using when we're skiing, what's involved,
Adam 08:24
it's a full body is a full body thing. But obviously, your quads, I mean, your lower back and your quads, you're constantly just squatting the whole time down the mountain, which is your glutes, and your quadriceps and hamstrings to extent and obviously, really strong quads and legs are going to help you a lot. And that's partly what's happening here.
Mike 08:44
Yeah,
Adam 08:45
you're getting really strong in what we do here. We're doing leg presses, we're doing squats, doing leg extensions, we're doing hamstring curls. These are the movements that strengthen your legs. So that's the answer that succinctly
Mike 08:58
Yeah like that's, I mean, inevitably, I was gonna lead you into, are we recruiting core muscles? And what about upper body as you said before, you know, you're you know, you have to push yourself up, when you fall down, maybe you have to withstand a fall, you know, and you know, have the upper body strength to to fall a little bit better, you know, or a little bit more efficiently or just have the strength to not fall on your shoulder or your head for example. But um,
Adam 09:23
yeah, I mean, the whole body is involved in skiing, there's no doubt about it, especially your core, I mean, you're twisting, you're torquing your body, you're pivoting around your hips, you know, it's a full body exercise, but you know, it's Interestingly though, the better you are at skiing the less effort becomes because you're better at it you become much more skilled at being efficient and not straining your muscles as much unless of course you're doing you know, pure mogul runs, which there's no way around around that you really got to use your body but
Mike 09:51
you know, the testimonials that I've heard over the years going back to what I said before was usually all these are very experienced skiers people who already they're not taking lessons, they've already had the technique down, they've been doing it for a long time. And when I said night and day before, he said, it's unbelievable how much stronger I feel. And we're talking 50 year old 60 year olds, and even, you know, 70 year olds who are telling me this stuff. So and that's the reason why we want to like a tackle it. But do we have to consider balance? Or the you know, the ability to maintain our center of gravity? Is there anything from a fitness perspective that we should attack in order to address that idea?
Adam 10:31
The short answer is, I don't think so. I really don't think so. It's a controversial answer. And question. I mean, you have training places and philosophies all over the place, mentioning that you need to work on your bounce work on one leg and shifting and mimic the sport of skiing by using those slides that they have going back and forth. All kinds, all kinds of things like that. There's a big problem with that, because the body that that skill that you're doing in a gym doesn't transfer from a motor skill point of view to the mountain. So my philosophy has been for a while and it stays this way, because hasn't been proven out to be otherwise, quite honestly. And that is just strengthen, strengthen your body. And then if you want to become a better skier, a better nuanced skier, you got to ski, there's no way around that you have to ski. So the combination of strength training in the gym, well, you're not doing anything to mimic skiing, because there is no way to really mimic skiing. Not exactly. And that's what it has to be it has to be exactly that. Because anything you do that looks like skiing is it's just not going to prepare you motor skill wise for the actual thing to the brain, it's completely different, even though to you it seems similar, but the brain is completely different activity. And this has been tested. And up until now, it's still hasn't been proven out. So all these ideas that you should do it is really based on anecdotal or just a belief that just has to be true, because it doesn't make sense that it's not true. But just because you have a belief, and it makes sense doesn't mean it's actually true. I mean, that's why you have scientific methods, because a lot of these instincts that we have, are very often proven wrong when when properly tested. So what I think should be done is safe strength training for all the muscles involved, according to the muscle and joint function, and then go do your sport, in this case, ski. And the reason people are saying they're feeling really good is because they just have that general strength, they already have the skills, if they're only skiing, you know, if they're not living in Colorado and not skiing that much, you know, they rely on their skills they develop, you know, once you ride a bike, you know, forget, right. So, you know, once you're a good skier, they can tell that, wow, you know, usually when I ski for the first time in the year, I gotta quit by one o'clock now I'm lasting until two, three o'clock, the next day, I can actually go back out again, the next day, you know, I'm noticing a difference, I can really hang in there a lot longer. A story that I experienced when my brother got married, he got married up in Aspen, and we went mountain biking, and I hear I'm mountain biking sea level, and then we go up there I think Aspen's like 8000 9000 feet up. And these Colorado guys are inviting me to go mountain biking man. And I'm like, oh, boy, you know, you know, I'm, I'm here I am, you know, running his little little Catskill hills, you know, in New York. And now I got to go these real mountains at 8000 feet. I said, alright, I'll try it. You know, I'm not one to turn down a challenge like that. So I went, to my amazement, I hung in there three quarters of the way. For three quarters of the ride, I was right there with them. I couldn't believe it. I did bonk at the end. But like all of them were amazed. I hung in there with them as long as I did. There's no doubt in my mind. The reason was because I prepared at sea level, I was strength training, I was doing a lot of strength training, as I always did. And I was riding but that was more of a skill than anything else. And my body is prepped to work at high altitude as a result of a high intensity training
Mike 13:57
that sort of leads us into endurance. And, you know, like, I kinda want to sort of differentiate between the word strength and endurance. I think sometimes this gets confused among a lot of people, including trainers.
Adam 14:09
Yes, right. It's kind of like power, right? You can how much you can lift at one time real explosive movements, really how much? You know, that that's strength? You know? Could you could you lift your luggage into overhead or not? It takes strength. How much strength do you have? How heavy can however you can you lift a bag? How have you got bag B before you can not lift it over your head? That's strength and endurance is more like how long can you last? And that comes again, from really high intensity strength training as again that the episode was Martin Gibala was about one minute workout. It was a high intensity workout that for a very brief period of time, that created some physiological change that gave you endurance. All right, he noticed. And we noticed that just because the workouts are very short, but intense, you can build endurance meaning you can last longer for an activity. Well hod did that happen, because you're not doing endurance training. And you're only doing brief high intensity training. So how did you build endurance from doing something very brief? Well, because endurance comes from not doing steady state activities for a long period of time, it comes from your body, being able to utilize different sources of energy, when you're not trained, when you're not doing high intensity exercise, your body is pretty much using, you know, glycolysis, and aerobic metabolism through the Krebs cycle on a regular basis, these are our most common ways of using energy. But when you are doing high intensity exercise, and when you are doing endurance athletics, what happens is, your demands exceed the capabilities of just glycolysis and the Krebs cycle our two main ways of producing energy. But when you're doing high intensity exercise, your body starts realizing oh shoot, my current ways of creating energy by qolsys, in the Krebs cycle, are not adequate enough. So the body says, Okay, no problem, because we have other ways of getting energy, except it's gonna take me a little time to get that up to snuff, it's kind of like, you know, you're you're relying on oil heat in your house, but it gets really cold. And now you have to start using a fireplace and on top of the oil heat, but the thing is, you don't have any wood. So you have to go get wood, because you haven't used your fireplace in like 10 years. But now you know, it's getting cold this winter, right, all of a sudden, they Hey, maybe we should use our fireplace, but you haven't used it in 10 years. So you have to go clean it out, you got to get the chimney sweep in there, you got to go cut some wood or buy some wood depending upon where you live. And that might take some time to get that up to snuff. Well, your body, if they're not using these other energy systems for years, and all of a sudden, you're requiring the body to do these endurance activities, your body will have to like say, Okay, we got to incorporate some more energy systems. So that's what happens when you're doing high intensity exercise. And you're exceeding the limits of your current energy suppliers, the Krebs cycle, and glycolysis, which work very closely together, then all of a sudden, other things start developing that your body is so really endurance comes from, Mike endurance comes from your body helping out and supporting your basic energy system. Alright, it's adding to and helping out the Krebs cycle and glycolysis, just like the fireplace kind of helps, adds more heat to your to your house because the oil heaters are just not cutting it
Mike 17:23
right
Adam 17:23
And those systems, you know, we can get into biochemistry, it's called the court, you know, the core recycle fatty, your body gets better at metabolizing fats. So like if you're not really working out high intensity, and you're also eating maybe a higher carbohydrate diet, your body is not using fat for fuel. And the thing is, your body just doesn't all of a sudden start using fat for fuel body has to prepare for that there are enzymes, special enzymes that are needed to burn fat for fuel. So if your body isn't needing fat for fuel, they don't create the enzymes for it. So all of a sudden, you go on a low carbohydrate diet, you start doing high intensity exercise, your body's like, Whoa, I need to start using fat for fuel. So next thing you know, it starts expressing the genes to create the enzymes necessary for fat metabolism. It starts expressing for the genes that are responsible for the cori cycle, which is another metabolic system that utilizes lactic acid actually takes lactic acid turns that into energy. Actually
Mike 18:15
the reason why I was asking is like, and I want to go back to skiing in general here. Okay, I want to get back to that specificity. Because, like, I have, we have cyclists, we have runners, we have tennis players, we have bikers, we have swimmers, we have so many people who, who do all different types of sports, they all generally have a report that they're cycling is better, their golf is better, their runnings better, all that kind of stuff. But it's not as dramatic as skiing. It's not as dramatic that people like the testimonials are significantly higher among skiers. And what I'm talking about is, what's the difference between the endurance, the ability to last longer on the mountain, versus the ability to last longer on a bike or noticing that your strength training has made a difference on the bike versus your strength training has made a difference for skiing.
Adam 19:01
Because I think when you're doing like biking or doing things like that, you're not going all out, you know, you're it's a nice stroll. So you'll notice that when you're skiing and you're going downhill skiing, and you're challenging yourself. For about two minutes. You are like doing high intensity exercise, you know, like you're you're pushing yourself, your thighs catch on fire right away. But when you're biking, unless you're going uphill and you're really pushing yourself you're just strolling around. So I don't think you notice as much skiing is demanding skiing. downhill skiing is a very fast twitch, anaerobic kind of activity. So that strength you're getting in your legs, you know, I think it stands out more when you're doing that type of activity. You know, downhill skiing is similar to weight training, high intensity weight training, where you have brief bouts of high intensity.
Mike 19:44
Is there a difference though, between sustaining like a squat position versus cycling your legs? Like for the amount of time say like you're actually cycling your legs that are medium to high level of intensity versus sustaining like a squat or like you know very of a squat, like three quarters of the squat half of the squat, three quarters of the squat happens is quite like what I'm imagining you're sustaining a posture that's similar to that while going down the mountain. And is there a difference between that versus spinning your legs?
Adam 20:13
No, there's no difference. The difference is that you find are very specific adaptations for each movement. You know, again, endurance is not just about strength. Endurance is not just about having our energy systems support our basic energy systems, that's part of it, right, definitely getting stronger, pushing our energy systems. Now having better ability to metabolize fats, having better abilities to have your hemoglobin let go of oxygen easier. These are all things that adapt to high intensity exercise, to help with endurance. But that's not the only things that need to adapt, you also have to practice that actual activity. So building endurance, we have to be careful, really comes from motor skill development also, and no exercise program is ever going to be able to make up for that, you have to do that also. So if you want to build endurance for biking, there are many things you have to do, you have to do high intensity interval training, to push those energy systems that develop those extra energy systems. diet might have to do with it sleep might have to do with it timing, the way you train, how often you ride the bike, and then skill development, are you are you riding the bike properly, learning how to become a more efficient bike rider, all these things play into overall endurance. So to say that strength training and strength training alone is going to help endurance is ignoring all these other factors. And you can't ignore those factors. But again, I think skiing downhill skiing is more of an anaerobic kind of high intensity experience versus the other things you're talking about bike riding,
Mike 21:46
is it closer to like strength training than it is?
Adam 21:49
Yeah
Mike 21:49
to riding a bike.
Adam 21:49
downhill skiing is closer to high intensity exercise than biking, or even tennis. I mean, you're like skiing here you're doing, you're doing 100 squats in a row when you're skiing. You know, you're not doing when you're biking. If you're not, if you're doing steady state cardio or steady, say biking, you're not pushing your energy systems like that. So you're not going to hear though, but I bet you if somebody took up criterion bike riding where you're sprinting around a track really hard, and there's no breaks, I bet they would say the strength training has helped them for that I bet you hear similar response? Because that's more similar to high intensity pushing. So you know, to the max.
Mike 22:25
All right, well, on top of all that, Adam, what about altitude? We you mentioned altitude a little bit earlier? Does strength training prepare us for altitude?
Adam 22:34
Well, that's this is really interesting. And I don't want to get too much in the weeds and biochemistry. When you do high intensity training, your body has to adapt to the extreme amount of lactic acid or, or acid that actually gets created and your body has to deal with that. If your body doesn't deal with that acid, it becomes a very dangerous situation. So what happens is, amazingly the body Alright,
Mike 22:59
you're talking about co2. When you say acid,
Adam 23:02
yes. Hydrogen ions that come from the metabolism of energy. Yes, exactly. Alright, so co2 is an acid, it's actually specifically called the Lewis acid if you want to get really technical, alright, so yes, co2 is acts as that's expelled out, right. So this, so high co2, chronic high co2 as a result of high intense exercise
Mike 23:22
muscles working
Adam 23:23
right? Alright, what happens is your body starts creating the molecules that will bind with your red blood cells. Now your red blood cells carry oxygen around right now, red blood cells have a very high affinity for oxygen. And when you're at high altitude, where oxygen is very low, your body creates this molecule that binds with hemoglobin. So it makes it easier for the hemoglobin to let go of the oxygen. Alright, so when you go up to high altitude, and people feel really weird when they first get up there, because their body didn't create this this molecule yet. So it's high altitude, low amount of oxygen, in other words, much less oxygen up there than there is at sea level. So your hemoglobin is not letting go of the oxygen fast enough, because there's hardly any oxygen up there. So what your body does is create this molecule, it takes time again, body just doesn't have it there. It's not using on a regular basis, so it has to create it. That's why it takes a couple of days to adjust, because your body has to create this molecule. Alright, so the body takes time to create this molecule. Once that molecule is created, and that molecule binds with the hemoglobin. Now your hemoglobin is letting go of oxygen easier to the tissues that need it and you don't feel weird anymore. Alright, so your oxygen delivery is improved as a result of your body reacting to high altitude. Now when you do high intensity exercise, you're creating the same problem. You're creating an oxygen debt. And when you're working on a regular basis, high intensity exercise even though you're at sea level, your body is creating that molecule also. So our clients when they do high intensity exercise, this molecule is actually there when they go to high altitude skiing. They don't have to adjust because it's already there from their high intensity training.
Mike 25:02
I think this actually answers or gets closer to answering the question that I had before. You know
Adam 25:08
why? Well, again, in part,
Mike 25:10
because all about endurance is about, usually about oxygen transfer, oxygen uptake, and your ability to do it efficiently.
Adam 25:17
Yes, and I say,in part, because not only are you improving energy systems, right, and you're improving your ability to metabolize fats for fuel and taking, taking some of the load off of the Krebs cycle and glycolysis, you have the cori cycle, which takes that load off, and you have this, what I'm talking about this molecule being created that it's called the Bohr effect, if you want to, if you want to be specific, it's
Mike 25:41
B O HR
Adam 25:42
b o h r or the Bohr effect. And this is what happens. All right, when, again, the bohr effects show is that when you have high co2, you know, what happens is your body will produce this molecule that will bind with hemoglobin to make it easier to transport oxygen to the tissues. And that's another tool that the body uses to improve endurance. Yes, but it's not just that it's all those things combined high intensity exercise affects all these things, plus more, you know, your ability to use utilize glucose, and all kinds of things change when you're when you subject yourself periodically, but consistently, to high intensity exercise. And so you have your ability to metabolize, metabolize fats better when you go to high altitude skiing, you have the ability to release oxygen to the cells better because of a high intensity training. And he's all different things that are occurring at the same time.
Mike 26:33
So So basically, I think we'll wrap it up after this. But the last thing, I think it's what we're answering the questions about strength training, and we know that high intensity training really helps all these things for skiing, and for a lot of other sports as well your legs are stronger. That's the other thing, the obvious one, but honestly, like I you know, I think we'd be remiss without just mentioning, also, why is the power of 10 Take it to the next level, because there are tons of other high intensity exercise modalities out there. But I think one of the things is you don't want to be injured when you're getting when you're going out there. And this is the high intensity exercise, which really, I think considers safety. Whereas
Adam 27:13
you just answered the question you asked me to hear that, that was that was my answer. I mean, why? Why is power 10 Why is our version of high intensity exercise which is basically lifting weights at a slower pace to prevent the forces that cause injury. We're avoiding the extreme ranges of motion. We're doing things according to muscle and joint function. We're modulating intensity with rest, we're doing all those things so you don't get injured. So you're not over trained. Or under trained. You're You're primed and you just really strong with and you're not your joints aren't compromised.
Tim Edwards 27:46
Thanks Adam and Mike strength and endurance both on and off the slopes for a mere 20 minutes of intense strength training a week. That's a small price to pay to lead the kind of active life you want to lead. We've been telling you about it for 44 episodes here on the inform fitness podcast. For those of you who reside near Manhattan, Port Washington, Denville. Burbank, Boulder, Leesburg and Reston. We have good news for you. At the time of this recording, which is in February of 2018. There's a free session waiting for you at informfitness.com Just click the try us free button right there on the homepage. Fill out the form, pick your location, and enjoy a slow motion high intensity full body workout in just 20 minutes for free. I promise you'll feel the difference after one workout. The Workout is intense, but it's sustainable for those of us with busy schedules, which just about covers all of us, doesn't it? But most importantly, it's effective. I know this because I've been enjoying this workout for almost two years now. If you don't live near inform fitness, you can pick up Adams book power of 10. The once a week slow motion fitness revolution is just one click away and available at Amazon. For less than 15 bucks. Adam explains everything in this easy to read book and exercises that you can do in your own home. We'll have a link to Adam's book in the show notes. Okay, we've said many times during the podcast that you can't out exercise a bad diet. You may be building washboard abs but you probably won't be able to see them underneath that layer of you know what. So next week, Mike and Adam reveals some very small nutritional changes that you can make that will yield some really great results quickly that support the building of muscle and burning the fat that covers the muscle up. So make sure you're with us next week here on the inform fitness podcast for Adam Zickerman and Mike Rogers. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting Network.
Adam Zickerman and Mike Rogers discuss how developing an extreme attitude toward a reasonable plan is a formula for success in diet and exercise.
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com.
To purchase Adam Zickerman’s book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon: http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
38 Extreme Attitude + Reasonable Plan = Success Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
extreme, people, eating, adam, diet, results, ketogenic diet, week, keto, discipline, cravings, podcast, vegetarian diet, oftentimes, life, oils, fitness, day, lose, dinner
SPEAKERS
Tim Edwards, Mike, Adam
Adam 00:06
You know, some people think just following a diet to the to the letter of the law is extreme. But that to me that's not extreme. That's extreme discipline. Yeah, but it's not it's not irrational extreme working out so you drop every single day of the week. Those are two different types of extremes, in my opinion. And I think there's a way that we should differentiate those types of extremes because sticking to a very healthy diet, which I can which I laid out before, a lot of people think is extreme.
Tim Edwards 00:40
Inform nation welcome in to the inform fitness podcast with New York Times bestselling author, Adam Zickerman. In just a moment, Adam will be joined by Mike Rogers from the New York City inform fitness location, Sheila Melody from the Toluca Lake Los Angeles location is still out, but we'll be back with us again next week. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting network and a client of inform fitness. Now, last week Adam, Mike and I discussed the potential dangers of not closely modulating high intensity exercise programs, such as those found at CrossFit, excessive spin classes or marathon training. Well, today we'll be discussing the merits of developing an extreme attitude about a reasonable plan, especially when it comes to your diet, which is what pillar number two is of this high intensity strength training protocol found in Adams book, power of 10, the once a week slow motion fitness revolution. And if you're a subscriber or a regular listener of the podcast, you already know that earlier this year, Adam adopted a ketogenic diet. Now, some would say that that would be an extreme dietary plan, or is it? Adam will update us on his progress and the results of going keto plus a lot more. So without further ado, here's Adam,
Adam 01:54
you know, one thing about extremes reminds me of some advertisements I see in the airports, it's the same picture side by side, let's say it's an antique piece of furniture. And one person might look at that as garbage, you know, and somebody else might look at it as art, you know, something like that. There's an analogy here, because we think of what we do as an extreme extreme minimalism. You can look at this, as you know, we're trying to do as little exercise as possible as you need. And some people think that's extreme. Some people look at the level of going to muscle failure as an extreme. Some people think eliminating carbohydrates or refined carbohydrates from your diet is extremely not having any sugar and doing something like a ketogenic diet. They see that as extreme. On the other hand, the same person that does a ketogenic diet might think that the gross amount of carbohydrates that somebody is eating is extreme. And from a biological standpoint, you know, there's an argument to be made that, you know, keto is not extreme at all. I mean, a ketogenic diet was absolutely normal, you know, so because that's my perception. My perception is modern diet is extreme. Again, how do you define a ketogenic diet? Well, you have to be in ketosis, you got to be basically using ketones as fuel and fafi fuel. So in other words, the metabolic pathway exists and people are on it healthily for a long time. So it can't be that extreme. First of all, secondly, you know, what I do in a ketogenic diet if I if I, if I didn't call it a ketogenic diet, and I didn't mention that you happen to be in ketosis. And if I said to somebody, this is what I normally eat. And I say, for breakfast, I have a couple of eggs. Right and, and some water and some greens. And then for for lunch, I have a salad with nuts and vegetables, and I put olive oil on it. Alright, and I put, you know, maybe a couple ounces of chicken, or cheese. And then for dinner, I have a whole plate of Brussels sprouts, and a six ounce piece of salmon. Now, somebody say that's extreme if I eat like that, for three months straight. I'd be on a ketogenic diet. And I've ate those same meals every single day or meals just like that. In macronutrient macronutrient makeup, nobody would call that extreme. It sounds like a vegetarian diet with some, some lean meats, little little portion, lean meats on the side, right? No one's gonna say that's extreme diet, if they hear it that way. But if I say that, Oh, by the way, by eating that way, and not having any bread or rice or any of those other things, then all of a sudden it becomes an extreme diet, but that's what I did for 90 days ate like that, you know? Yes. The amount of butter and amount of oils I put on my salads were high, but they're all the healthy oils right? You know, with some controversy, you know, the avocado oils, the olive oils, coconut oil. I know that's kind of controversial, but it's not it's not to me, it's not extreme to me,
Mike 04:59
people, people have expectations based on their experience and they were they, their early judgments come in. And oftentimes when they take the time to actually listen to what Adam just said, like, oh, like if they actually they didn't hear the word ketogenic and heard. Oh, wow, that sounds actually that's just relatively sustainable. It is very sustainable.
Adam 05:20
And I mean, somebody said to me, you know, that's a good experiment. A lot of people ask me, What do you eat right and expect me to kind of sum it up in the in the name like a noun like, right, yeah, it's a Keto or the Paleo diet,
Mike 05:31
or if you described a scenario describing it. Oh, you're doing the Palio? Yeah.
Adam 05:36
That's a good experiment. What I'm going to do instead is I'm going to say what, what instead of saying, what do I call it, I don't know what I call, but this is what I eat. Let me tell you what I eat. You tell me what it is.
Tim Edwards 05:44
And no one will look at you crooked that way. That's right.
Adam 05:46
So it sounds like a very well balanced diet, right? Like, you know, that's hard for people to do. In our day and age, it is very hard for somebody to eat like that, because of all the choices and the options, because we do have pizza and cereal and cookies,
Mike 05:59
but also their experience, for example, like the idea of what your breakfast can be, you know, like, we've grown up and we thought, okay, it's eggs and bacon, or cereal, or a bagel and cream cheese, or pancakes or french toast. And if you're going really healthy, it's yogurt or oatmeal, okay, or something like that, you know, like, that's what we've that's what how we grew up. But the thing is, and people ask me what I have for breakfast, which is oftentimes I actually half the week, I skip it, because I have no problem doing that. And I actually like to like to do that. Is that part of a intermittent fast? Or is that just because you're busy. intermittent fast, and oftentimes, it's because I'm just busy, but honestly I'm used to it, I don't mind it. And I it has actually worked for me, and and my body and my results. But what I was going to say before was the idea when I do have breakfast, oftentimes, it's leftover dinner, which could be just like a little bit of a veal chop, and some salad from the night before. Everyone, you're going to eat that for breakfast. Like that's like the craziest thing I've ever heard in their life. And the thing is, you know, the, it's just vegetables and meat, you know, and it's it's not that big of a deal. But it's amazing how people wince and are like they're completely tilt their heads, and they're completely like that. That is unbelievable.
Tim Edwards 07:20
Well, they're conditioned to breakfast foods is just for breakfast, and how can you even have that for lunch? Or have a lunch for dinner or whatever? You're just fueling your body?
Mike 07:28
Right, exactly. It's it's it is relatively but I think it's it's better to talk about, you know, when we're when we are talking to people who have certain expectations and make judgments based on those expectations. It's better to sort of, I think two and it takes a little bit extra time. But to actually spell it out the way Adam did before because it really actually makes relatively common sense to almost anybody regardless of what your dietary beliefs are
Adam 07:53
well also the vegetarian diet. Yeah. And the difference is that I, I used the vegetables that I eat as as fat vehicles, if you will, that's how I get my fat intake. So So you know, the trick is eating vegetables with all the really good oils, and then you have a little bit of the salmon that brings with it some of its healthy fats, as well as either well raised chicken and well raised meats, cooked properly, you know, and that's it. I mean, like, alright, if you're a vegetarian, that doesn't sound right, you know, but that's not because but overall, no one's gonna argue eating small mounds of animal protein with a mostly vegetarian diet with with healthy oils that is basically a ketogenic diet. And everyone imagines when you hear a ketogenic or Atkins style diet, or paleo, they're all walking around with big old turkey legs in our hand knowing it, you know, animal products, and, you know, the side of bacon. You know, it's it's, people do that. And it's usually too much protein.
Tim Edwards 08:57
Well, in this case, extremes there is really matter of perception, right? i It's, it's how they're perceiving a diet. For instance, when you started your ketogenic diet, right around the top of the year, right. You went in specifically, to go keto, you didn't become keto, as by just changing your diet. So therefore, the perception was, oh, you're doing something extreme. But really, when you pull back and look at it, you're just eating healthy.
Adam 09:20
I'm eating the way I think, I mean, there's no debate and we can bring on some guests that might disagree with me.
Tim Edwards 09:27
And also, your your blood tests would really be great to share with our audience as well, too.
Adam 09:31
Yes. I think, from my perspective, or from the research, I've done that being in a state of ketosis for most time eating the way I described, I gave you a sample meal, for example, which is for a guy at my weight and height, you know, is a couple 1000 calories a day. I do it in a way that you know, a couple times a week, I'm intermittent fasting, but that's basically how I'm eating. And that is generally being in a state of ketosis for most of the time and I think for me, is the healthiest way to eat. Now, I understand that it's a very hard thing to maintain for a lot of people. And I think compliance for that is tough because you have all the temptations and people love a lot of the other foods out there that they would essentially have to give up. And some people don't want to live like that.
Tim Edwards 10:20
You know,
Mike 10:20
we represent like little choices you have to make in your life and about how you want to live. Remember, Tim, you, you were in New York last week, and we had, we went over to PJ Clarke's and had a really nice lunch and I told Tim, You got to try the burger here. It's awesome. He's like, Well, you're not having it. I was like, No, I've had it before, but I'm gonna have the swordfish, and the zucchini linguine. You know, I have a glass of water and everything it is, it was a very, very, super healthy lunch. I mean, he had a great burger, which if I hadn't had it before, I would have also had it and frankly, you know, I know, I told you to do something all week. And for the last, you know, for the most part, that's generally how I'm eating most of the time. But I for what works with Mike Rogers is, I feel my brain needs to take a little time off. And I was at the Dodgers Mets game on Saturday. And I ate perfectly all week. And then I was at the Dodgers game, and I had I'm not kidding, to Shaq burgers, a hot dog, a chocolate shake two beers. And so my son's Cracker Jacks. Okay. So I had, I don't even think I had the salad that was in the shack burger. But yeah, but you know, something, I did it, I whatever. I had a great time at the ballgame. And son, you know, Sunday morning, I woke up and I had, I was back on track again, the way I run my life. And it's good for me. Well, it works for you. I met you for the first time last week face to face after doing the podcast for about a year and a half now. And, and you obviously you look trim and fit. So whatever you're doing is certainly working for you. And frankly, it was a process and it takes time, I actually think that there is a fat guy inside of me that really wants to come out and the thing is, it takes. This is what I'm trying to say that we're not alone here. No one's alone here. It's mostly hard work for almost everybody to create a certain level of discipline that makes them closer to their goals. And you know, the ketogenic diet and intermittent fasting has found a home with Adam now and that may not last forever, but for now it makes complete sense to him. And most of my nutrition is close to that as well. But it's not it's a little bit different.
Adam 12:30
I was just on a cruise to Alaska, just got back from Alaska cruise. And you know, the food is 24/7 there and, you know, 80% of the time I was just eating whatever the hell I wanted, which quite honestly was not according to the ketogenic plan. I had shitty home fries, you know, and stuff that I've been not having for a long time. And I'm like, alright, well, I'm on a cruise. And but you know what? I don't know. I don't feel that good. Now,
Tim Edwards 12:55
we'll see. And that's the thing I was gonna ask you. So you've been relatively disciplined for now going on? What like eight months or so? And, and so you go and indulge, mentally indulge, and you don't feel that good right now as a result of it. So my question was, have you how disciplined Have you been over the last eight months? Cuz you said in the last couple of episodes where we talked about this is, you know, when you go keto, you know, people that have been compliant for a large amount of time they they lose the craving, and you said, no way you still crave those. Those crappy steak fries, or
Adam 13:32
I know for me, I haven't, I haven't. It's it's,
Tim Edwards 13:36
you haven't lost the craving?
Adam 13:37
for me. For me as an addict thing. It really is. And I think for most people it is I mean
Mike 13:42
it is for me
Adam 13:43
you have to you have to AA it.
Tim Edwards 13:46
Yeah, yes
Adam 13:47
I like to say, you can't have one drink, right? If you really want to stay and I'm, I'm contemplating it, I'm contemplating rarely going off the way I've been kind of you know, since since my experiment, I've, I've been maybe 70% Eating on track and then 30% off. So I haven't been all that great. And I've gained some of the weight back and you know, I my digestion, My digestive system is not as good as it was again,
Tim Edwards 14:16
so by not being 100% compliant, you're noticing
Adam 14:21
I'm already noticing knows it. And um, yeah
Mike 14:24
Tim, honestly, like my whole thing, when I usually I simplify things. In my own mind. This doesn't work for everybody. But like, if there's 21 meals in a week, my rule is kind of like 19 make them perfect, and to kind of let them be as objectionable as you want. And the truth is, you know what, that gets me about 95% of the results that I want, not 100
Tim Edwards 14:45
That's a good trade though.
Mike 14:46
not 100 I think I have to work harder, frankly. But I've decided that at the at the moment, I'm happy with 95% of what of what I really want for myself, you know, obviously this is it's complicated. You have your work life, your family life, vacations. This is not easy stuff. But generally, when you're
Adam 15:04
some people can do that I think some people can say, out of the 21 meals, you know, I'm going to be good 18 of them, and that's it. But the problem is, you start a plan like that, I mean, I talked about in my book a free day, you know, you know, eat well, for six days, you know, one free day and little short sighted, or at least I should have brought this up at the time, and I'm bringing it up now is that for some people that have the discipline to to be good at 18 and not, and not have the other meals kind of throw you off. That's what ends up happening. You start that thing, and then you say, okay, you know, you work up to your free meal, or you're free, you know, out of the 21 years, your day, I'm gonna take my I'm gonna take my 19th meal right now. And, but that 19th meal leads to never getting back on track. A lot of people can for a lot of people. So like, that's almost like, again, that's what I mean, when I AA it means for some people, you're better off just not doing that
Tim Edwards 15:58
I agree
Adam 15:58
and staying draconian. And a lot of people are not willing to be draconian. You know, I asked people when weight loss is a goal. Is it a how, how important is it because, as we talked about on The Secret Life of fat episode, and how hard it is to lose body fat, and what it entails, how badly do you really want it. And bringing it back to extremes, a lot of people have still have this notion that the more exercise they do, they can compensate for getting off track on their eating, and it never works. In 20 years, by the way, I've seen plenty of people lose lots of weight, by watching what they eat. And just doing a small amount of exercise, whereas I've never seen anybody and I can probably say never just exercise and add a lot of exercise without changing their eating lose a lot of weight. I've never seen it. No, I've never seen that. So you know, diet is everything. And then you have to say how important once they get to that realization, and they stop with this, I gotta keep exercising mentality. Once they realize that, and they say, Well, how important is it to really lose those 15 20 30 pounds? Because if it is really important to you, this is what you're gonna have to do.
Tim Edwards 17:13
It's all or nothing.
Mike 17:14
Yeah, it's it's literally it's having an extreme attitude towards sticking to a reasonable plan.
Adam 17:21
some people think that's not the extreme we're talking about, which is exactly was a great point, Mike. I mean, that's what Mike and I were talking about yesterday, privately. I mean, you know, some people think just following a diet to the to the letter of the law is extreme. But that, to me, that's not extreme. That's extreme discipline. Yeah. But it's not it's not irrational extreme working out till you drop every single day of the week. Those are two different types of extremes, in my opinion. And I think there's a way that we should differentiate those types of extremes. Because sticking to a very healthy diet, which I can, which I laid out before, a lot of people think is extreme.
Mike 17:56
abstinence is extreme
Adam 17:57
But if you want to call it extreme, maybe call extreme discipline, yeah. All right. But but but it's not extreme. Like going to CrossFit every single day kind of extreme, expecting certain types of results, or extreme types of stretching, thinking you want to increase your flexibility and become less injury prone, you know, and doing those types of extremes. That's a different type of extreme in my opinion, but maybe they're not. So I like to hear people's opinions about you know, this because, to me, those are two different types of extremes, but maybe other people see is same exact thing.
Mike 18:29
You know, like, we I know, I've said this before on the podcast, and I discuss it with the clients all the time, but like, when someone wants a result in any aspect of their life, it usually requires planning and focus and accountability and discipline. And that's just what it is. And that's with anything, you have a deliverable for your boss or a client, you know, you can't just wing it, it really requires a lot of focus, dedication, and people who, who take those steps usually succeed at those types of things. And this is this is coupled with, like your your health goals, oftentimes are not necessarily coupled with but are adulterated with oftentimes addiction, you know, and when, especially when the nutrition comes in, and our habits, the routines that we already said said that are settled in our cravings for very certain foods at certain times a day and stuff like that. And this is a very hard fought battle for every one of us and even Adam who's got an incredible level of discipline and myself compared to most people who I deal with, have I have a lot of discipline but you know, I still felt I wanted to have those Shaq burgers, you know, and that was what was fun to me at the baseball game. Right? You know, I guess I didn't really need to, but frankly, I wanted to but that what I want, this is a
Tim Edwards 19:47
this is an enhancing experience too right? and then you have these various experiences in life that you and maybe food is just a part of that enhancement. And so how sustainable is it to stay extreme with air quotes? All right. You know, Adam, you mentioned you've been extremely disciplined for the majority of this year.
Mike 20:05
it goes into what Adam said, as far as how bad you want your goals
Adam 20:08
this is an interesting point. Actually, it made me think of something, you know, like, what Mike just said? I mean, first of all, question number one question is, how important is it to to have a certain level of, you know, fit health, right, so and, and how important is to do for these markers to improve whether it be low body fat, and six pack abs, and therefore really good digestion, and in my case, no more back pain and less inflammation, and higher, higher chance of not getting cancer as a result of not flooding my system with sugar all the time. And, I mean, how important is all that and for the sacrifice of not having a lot of foods that I want, and like you were just talking about not having a lot of experiences, because food is surrounded by experiences associated with experiences a hotdog at a baseball game, things like that. So this is, this is interesting. I had to make a paradigm in those 90 days. there was a permanent change that occurred with me, and that is this. That we or I put a lot more emphasis on the food experience and I needed to. In other words, for example, I would say to myself, are you kidding me? Adam, you can enjoy a good baseball game without shoving your face with hotdogs and Applejack. I mean, if it wasn't for the Apple, what? It wasn't for the crack Applejack cereal? Yeah, I like that, too. Actually, I used to love cracker or apple jacks. Anyway. So you're telling me, Adam, that you don't have the Cracker Jacks and the hotdog and the beer that you can enjoy yourself at this at this game? I mean, you're telling me that you if you don't drop acid at a Grateful Dead concert, you're not gonna have a good time. Come on. I mean, seriously, can't you love the music for the music? You love the game for the game?
Tim Edwards 21:55
Or like going out to dinner
Mike 21:56
to the deadheads Yeah.
Tim Edwards 22:00
It goes to what you know, or going to a restaurant, for instance, like my wife and I want to go out to dinner and I'm on this. Whatever diet I'm on at that time. And and focusing more on the company at the restaurant than the food.
Adam 22:13
What happened with me, that's what happened to me. It was 90 days I had I forced myself at the beginning was contrived. I was like, listen, Adam, you're not going to eat it, because you're on this 90 Day commitment. And all these listeners to the podcast are actually counting on you to report. So I had a lot of responsibility, a lot of motivation to stick to it. Right. And so I wasn't going to switch. I wasn't going to cheat. And therefore, I had to think I had to distract myself. I had to all of a sudden pay more attention to my wife during dinner than then shoving my face with french fries and bread and wine. And alcohol.
Mike 22:49
I can only imagine the hell that that was.
Adam 22:51
No but it enhances things got. You know, it's like when you're blind, your sense of touch gets better. Yeah, right. And your other senses improve. And that's what happened. My other senses in a way improved that result to me not reaching for the food to fill a void.
Mike 23:06
You are so much hotter now that you just said that.
Adam 23:09
Yeah. And it was exciting. It was exciting not to say that I haven't slipped since then, you know, not to say that haven't slipped since then. But But I missed that I missed out that that those 90 days for that because I was more productive. It helped me focus on my relationships, my guitar playing I mean, when I can't grab that bag of chips or chocolate. And then I see my acoustic guitar over there. I'm like, Okay, let me just grab that and get myself into a song. I forget all about it. And when the cravings came, instead of grabbing the bag, I said, Okay, I thought of a rational solution. I said, if I just have a piece of apple and almond butter, then I'll move on and get rid of those hunger pains. And it was very strategic. And again, it was very enlightening for me. I mean, it really became acutely aware of the rest of my life, you know, and all the things in it. You know, I decided to run upstairs and start hanging out with my kids who are on their computer, right? So instead of just sitting in front of the couch, you know resorting to some snack, huh? Watching TV mindlessly, I said, I just ran upstairs. Hey, Clay, what are you doing? The next thing you know, I'm doing something with him.
Mike 24:24
Wow, there's a correlation between not eating junk food and caring about your family
Tim Edwards 24:29
chips or my kids, which do I choose?
Adam 24:32
So I know this sounds really, I don't know, totally philosophical, and maybe a little corny. But it was real. It was real. And that even though I fell off that a little bit, I have changed as a result of that because now even when I am not being where I want to be, I understand what I'm doing.
Tim Edwards 24:52
Well, like I said too Adam, you know, as they say, backsliding in your diet, and you're not feeling so well. Now, it's also a great reminder it looks like in this season of your life to go. The other way was much better than what's happening right now.
Adam 25:11
Yeah, well today is Tuesday, my cruise I got back on on Sunday and yesterday I was good today I am fine. And I think I am back on track. And just having this conversation I'm telling it's like therapy, it is, you know, just having a conversation is a reason why you're supposed to go to those meetings AA meetings, right all the time is talking about being around other people that are experiencing it too. It just, it's day by day, it's a day by day thing, and you can't beat yourself up, if you slip up, I haven't beaten myself up over this. I just know what I am just I know what it takes to go back to that. And I just have to remind myself how all these other good things, I still have those cravings, I still have to distract myself. But in attempt to distract myself, I'm making myself better and more productive, and I am ultimately happier, I was ultimately happier and more fulfilled. And now I'm 80% that way instead of 100% that way, but it's amazing that the the ramification like a domino effect that it has just by severing your relationship that way with food.
Mike 26:13
Once you get in the groove, and all of our clients who've been in the groove where they're they're, they're compliant to their plan, a very solid nutrition plan and in their workouts, and they're walking frequently or so on. And the everybody reports that they always feel better at that time, even if they look forward to seeing their friends. And they know that drinks are going to be you know, they're going to be having drinks when they go out for a happy hour or something like that. You know, they reflect on those times, maybe they they'll have only one or something like that, or maybe they won't at all. But I think the point is, I think the mindfulness that Adam was talking about that's like, even when you know you're doing it wrong, or backsliding, you're aware of, of that feeling and what you're missing, and it does make you better and you and you're blessed, you're less likely or rather, you're more likely to do what you know you really are setting out to do which gets you closer to how your your body feels, and looks and all those kinds of things
Adam 27:11
to wrap up reminds me of conversations I have all the time with people during the first time they meet with me for a consultation to work out. I'm very often asked during that consultation, When will I see results and very often I answer that question with another question, which is what do you mean by results? then the discussion continues about results and what they consider results and what I consider results. And then we find that place where we both agree on that we're going to go to and we we help define results. And we have a meeting of the minds on that. Well, same thing with extremes and the word extreme and the definition of extreme. So if I was to kind of sum up the moral of the story here, and what we've been discussing, is that we should be extreme about being disciplined, not extreme for extreme sake. So why don't we end with this this challenge, if you will, pick something for 90 days that you cannot veer from, whether it be practicing your guitar every day for 90 days and seeing where you end up. And what comes from that. Whether it be losing a certain amount of weight and sticking to a nutrition plan. Whether it be I don't know, quality time with your family but pick it and don't veer for 90 days and see what happens. And then see if you have the same experience I had. All right. Good luck, and we'll talk to you next week.
Tim Edwards 28:31
Okay, so you've been challenged. Give yourself 90 days to make a change whatever it might be. Now, if you accept this challenge, we would love to hear from you. You can email us or better yet, record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast at informfitness.com. And with your permission, we can mention you in an upcoming episode. Perhaps you need some additional inspiration to kick off Adams challenge. If so, might I recommend Adam's book power of 10 the once a week slow motion fitness revolution, check out the show notes for a link that will take you right to it in Amazon. And while you're bouncing around the internet. Don't forget to jump on over to informfitness.com for all of their seven locations across the US. You'll also find all of our podcast episodes and there are a ton of videos including a bunch that my company inbound films produced for the Toluca Lake location and speaking of Toluca Lake, looking forward to having Sheila Melody back with us again next week. So until then, for Adam Mike and Sheila of inform fitness. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting Network.
Adam Zickerman and Mike Rogers of Inform Fitness are joined by Luke Carlson of Discover Strength to discuss a book authored by Greg Mckeown titled Essentialism: The Disciplined Pursuit of Less. The principles described in this book directly apply to the slow motion. The principles described in this book directly apply to the slow motion, high-intensity, strength training protocol practiced at all 7 InForm Fitness locations across the country and the 3 Discover Strength location in and near Minneapolis, Minnesota of which Luke is the founder and CEO.
Adam Zickerman - Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
Greg McKeown - Essentialism -The Disciplined Pursuit of Less
http://bit.ly/Essentialism_Amazon
http://bit.ly/Essentialism_Audible
For a FREE 20-Minute strength training full-body workout and to find an Inform Fitness location nearest you, please visit http://bit.ly/Podcast_FreeWorkout
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
43 Essentialism: The Disciplined Pursuit of Less Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
exercise, fitness, essentialist, essentialism, people, book, workout, luke, thinking, essential, crossfit, inform, client, stimulus, barbara walters, adam, high intensity, location, paying, lose
SPEAKERS
Tim Edwards, Mike, Luke Carlson, Adam
Luke Carlson 00:06
We are in an exercise and fitness climate, where 98% of what people are doing is not essential. Before you could even contemplate anything fitness related. You have to have that filter going into it less, but better. How can I focus on what's truly essential, and then eliminate everything else so that I can pour myself in to what's actually essential?
Tim Edwards 00:37
Inform nation thanks for being with us for episode 43 of the inform fitness podcast, with New York Times bestselling author, Adam Zickerman and friends. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting network and a client of inform fitness in Toluca Lake here in Southern California. Today's guest on the podcast is Luke Carlson. Luke is an American College of Sports Medicine certified exercise physiologist, a cancer exercise specialist, and has a BS and MS in kinesiology from the University of Minnesota. And the reason Luke will be with us in this episode is to discuss a book authored by Greg McEwen titled essentialism, the disciplined pursuit of less, and how the principles in the book directly apply to the slow motion, high intensity strength training protocol, practiced at all seven inform fitness locations across the country. And the three Discover Strength locations in and near Minneapolis, Minnesota, of which Luke is the founder and CEO.
Adam 01:36
So Luke, welcome to the program. Thank you for coming in.
Luke Carlson 01:39
Hey, it's my pleasure. It's an honor to be here. Thanks for having me.
Adam 01:41
Yeah, so Luke is actually in our office. He's not calling remotely from his home base in Minnesota. He's actually here visiting New York who's actually some clients in the New York City Marathon. And here is rooting him on and he's still lingering in New York for a little while. And
Luke Carlson 01:57
we had to make the visit to inform fitness. It's always a top of my New York list. Everybody else wants to see that. The Empire State Building and I want to see inform fitness in New York.
Tim Edwards 02:10
that tour bus comes right by your facility there right, Adam?
Adam 02:14
Oh, when a tour bus Yeah, the double decker tour. They always point out there's Inform Fitness over there.
Tim Edwards 02:19
Adam waves out the window outside.
Adam 02:22
Everyone wants to know what that line is outside. So So So Luke, Luke is multi talented, not only does he run high intensity fitness facilities, but he's a motivator, corporate motivator, and a incredible entrepreneur. And I heard him giving a talk on a book written by Greg McKeon called essentialism. It's a New York Times bestseller. I read it this weekend, after hearing Luke talk about it. And it's a great book on on basically paring down what's important in your life and learning to say, No, it's a big skill. Easier said than done. As it turns out, and we all want to be everything to everybody, whether we're running a business, we don't want to ever turn a customer down. Even though that customer might not be for us. We never want to say no to our kids, our employees, our friends, and we end up overextending ourselves. And we basically lose sight of what's important to ourselves, our own individual wants and goals. And, of course, part of that process, and why it's relevant to high intensity exercises. People tend to feel the need to exercise a lot. And more is better. And this book is really the opposite of that it's do, what's the expression,
Luke Carlson 03:49
the mantra over and over throughout the book is less, but better
Adam 03:53
exactly
Luke Carlson 03:53
in every area of your lives. And think about that, my goodness, that applies to how we work, all of our family interactions. But then you think about workouts, it's before you could even contemplate anything fitness related. You have to have that filter going into it less but better. How can I focus on what's truly essential, and then eliminate everything else so that I can pour myself in to what's actually essential. And Adam, I know you live this every day, you guys live this every day, but we are in an exercise and fitness climate, where 98% of what people are doing is not essential. People don't have a clue. And they haven't asked what is essential.
Adam 04:32
And that's the that's what this whole podcast is kind of about really kind of bringing it down to what do we truly need for exercise and why don't we what's the what's the least amount we can do to get the most out of our exercise program? Right?
Luke Carlson 04:47
It's it's unbelievable when I when I read the book, and I read it about a year ago a little over a year ago and I actually heard the author speak and I thought I need to read this book. And I thought son of a gun I've been practicing this type of exercise for For the better part of 17-18 years, and now he writes this book, and he really provides the perfect framework or filter from which to look at exercise. So he is really saying without talking about exercise, he's really saying all of the same things that we've been saying for so many years.
Adam 05:18
There's a quote in the book, or he's quoting Victor Hugo, actually in the book. And we all know and love Victor Hugo, the French dramatists. He says here, nothing is more powerful than an idea whose time has come. And Luke, just before we started recording, you said to me, when you read this book, Adam, weren't you relating everything to exercise? I was like, Yeah, and this quote, in particular, when I read that, I was like, hopefully this high intensity, less is more. Hopefully our time has come. I know. Dr. macguff talks about that, that you know, that the work we've been all doing the last 20 years. Finally, maybe our time has come? Do you kind of feel that?
Luke Carlson 06:05
Sure. Yet, I would say yes. But I also think that if we could somehow have every customer, every potential customer in our businesses, or in the fitness world, in general, man, if they read this book, right before they walked into our facilities, it would be like the primer, and every one of them would become a client. But I think we lose track of this essentialist approach. And I don't think the consumer has that lens when they're thinking about whatever those fitness decisions are going to be. And so I think it's, it's a book that on your fitness journey, it is the right place to start is to understand this essentialist approach, first and foremost.
Adam 06:47
So relate to the essentialist approach to to exercise and how we practice exercise. In other words, repeat a little bit of what I heard on your lecture.
Luke Carlson 06:56
Yeah, that so the first thing I would say is you have to understand what is your objective? So what is the desired outcome from working out? And here's the key question, in simplest terms, is your goal to hang out in a gym? Is your goal to hang out in a workout facility? Is your goal to stimulate improvements and changes to your physiology? And that is such a basic simple question. But as soon as you ask that question, or as you as you answer that question, you can start moving toward this essentialist approach. So I think our goal is really twofold. Our goal is number one to improve our health. So health is defined as the absence of chronic disease, or chronic disease risk factors. And I think broadly, the second goal is performance. So that might mean running a 5k Faster, hitting a golf ball further chasing our grandkids as we age, or what I like to talk about our performance in our work environments, if we are compensated, but based on our mental firepower, if we're what Peter Drucker would call a knowledge worker, then my goodness, how we exercise, how we exercise has a massive impact on how we perform in the workplace. So if we're trying to achieve goals that are, improve our health, and enhance performance, then we apply this filter of essentialism. And we start to realize pretty quickly, what do we not need to do anymore? What can we just cut? And then what do we double down on? What are we tripled down on? What's the type of exercise that's actually an effective stimulus to produce these desired outcomes? And then after that, it becomes pretty simple, becomes pretty simple to realize, what what do I need to eliminate? What can I avoid? Or what can I just do? Less of as a whole?
Adam 08:44
I know we're preaching to the choir a little bit here. But using essentialism, what does the essence of exercise come down to? I know, we talked, we've covered this a million times in other episodes, but let me hear from your mouth.
Luke Carlson 08:54
Well, I would say this, it comes down to working against meaningful resistance to the point of muscle failure, or muscle fatigue, covering all the major muscle structures. And I'm telling you 10 years ago, we thought that was important from a strength training or from a building strength or hypertrophy. So muscle size, and from a bone building standpoint. Now we know it is so much more robust than that. Whether it's cognitive function and prevention of mild cognitive impairment or moving in that direction, or cardiovascular fitness, we just have so much more evidence now to say that if you strength train and you strength train, right, all of those benefits are going to come from that strength training stimulus.
Adam 09:38
So keeping essentialism in mind, what doesn't it entail?
Luke Carlson 09:45
Well, another way to approach this another way to articulate essentialism is maybe thinking about how do we Pareto Principle our workouts, what's the 20% of what everyone's doing right now, that actually produces the 80% kind of the benefit. And if you look at that 20% It's the muscular tension. And it's the muscular tension at the point of failure or fatigue, and cut out everything else. So we would say cut out anything that's really low level of intensity, aerobic exercise, cut out anything that is unloading the musculature. You know, we found an interesting way that the way most people exercise right now, we found a way to engineer out the three, four or five most valuable components of really what exercise is, we've engineered out muscle tension, we've engineered out ecentric work, we've engineered out fiber recruitment. And all of those things are what exercise is exercise, by definition is not being in a health club, with sweat dripping off your nose, while you're wearing Lululemon, it is actually placing tension on muscle and getting to the point of fatigue. So it's a focus on that and less on some of the other things right now that we really should quantify as sport, if we're thinking about things that are, are really popular right now, some of the bootcamp formats and the classes that are so popular right now are competition based, rather than what I would call stimulus focused or stimulus based. So so there's a lot to cut out and a lot to cut out.
Mike 11:22
Yeah. Well, I think the problem, okay, it's not in what it's not in what you're saying. It's the problem in what people believe out there. I think what people's belief in what is essential, is a lot more than what we're talking about. And and there is still a lot of resistance in the medical community and in the fitness community. That and this is just one piece of the puzzle, just when you're just trying to intellectualize the science and trying to convey these, these simple things to them. People still have this belief about cardio and the AHA still has their literature, I know your prescriptions on exactly what we should be doing. And that's where we have a barrier, you know, and you know, it going back it's you think about who are the people that you really don't have to convince to come in here? Like how what percentage of your clients of your gyms are referrals, you know
Luke Carlson 12:16
yeah almost really everyone's a referral
Mike 12:18
almost everybody is because their friend, just like oh my god, you wouldn't believe I have this great workout. The results are showing above all by I was able to lose weight, they were actually able to do get all the results they're talking about in this time, but they usually don't do it until their friend does it. You know, and and, you know, when we were way back when we had some, like big media coverage, you know, because Barbara Walters said it, you know, and Lesley Stahl said it on TV. All of a sudden people are like, wow, there's probably something here you know,
Adam 12:46
yeah, see people people had a great desire to look like Barbara Walters. Yeah,
Mike 12:51
but she's an influencer. People love it people are influenced are your friends or someone who you may be looking up to you could look like her!
Adam 12:58
which reminds me of I was at a party and somebody said, Hey, this is Adam Zickerman, you know, his client is Barbara walters you should try this workout. And they were like, Oh, just what I want to look like Barbara freakin walters.
Tim Edwards 13:08
Look how old Barbara Walters isn't she's still functioning and still moving. It's not a matter of her looking like that. It's, it's how she's functioning and moving through life. So there's your test.
Adam 13:17
I'm sorry, Luke go ahead
Luke Carlson 13:19
two things, or just recent observation. So number one, the number one reason the number one barrier to why people don't do anything fitness related is time, they don't have the time. And what is so incredibly interesting and coincidental. And ironic is that the right prescription for them actually involves very, very little time. So we actually have the answer for the number one barrier as to why people don't engage in exercise. Now, the other thing that I lose touch with and I know you guys have to be in the same boat is I rarely go into health clubs. Well, I visited two different health clubs in New York City over the past two days, and I walk around a health club, and I am reminded about how much time and effort is wasted when someone visits a health club. I mean, I think what we do is the right thing, I think we provide good value to our customer. And I am only reminded of that when I walk into a health club, and I think Oh, my goodness, that person was here for an hour and 20 minutes, and they did nothing, or maybe five minutes of what they did was actually beneficial for them. And so I think it's worse, I think we are less essentialist in our approach to exercise than ever. If you look at the broad fitness consumer and the fitness business as a whole, we're moving away from essentialism in the independent
Adam 14:44
you know, just I was just thinking, you know, I was having this conversation with somebody about how I thought maybe the trend is finally changing where like as Victor Hugo said, Maybe this idea is time has come. You're saying the opposite. I just think even with even with the popularity of CrossFit which is a very high intense exercise I'm kind of thinking that maybe people are realizing that intensity is the key less is more, even though they're doing CrossFit, at least they're understanding intensity at this point. But I guess you're disagreeing with me.
Luke Carlson 15:11
Well, I agree with that, that observation, the best thing CrossFit has done is to tell the population that Hey, it's okay to work at a high level of intensity. So I think we've heard that message, I just think there's so much that support superflous in addition to it,
Mike 15:25
do they consider the the safety?
Luke Carlson 15:28
Oh, absolutely. You know, that's a totally different conversation. But if you look at okay, so I want to do some higher level of intensity, cardiovascular work, if someone wants to do that, and they really want to be smart about it, they can do it in a 15 to 18 minute workout. Absolutely. But we feel like if I'm going to go to the gym, for just 15 to 18 minutes, that can't be enough. So we find a way to include so many other facets that are just not evidence based. They're not essentialist in their approach. And I was just utterly shocked at being in a health club just yesterday, just looking around like wanting to call everyone in and huddle up around me and say you guys got to rethink this. You're paying the money. You bought the Lululemon, you're you're here, but you're stopping right at the point where all this becomes valuable.
Adam 16:14
Well, you know what the essentialist talks about this what you pay, you're paying for a membership, right? So you have to get your money's worth.
Luke Carlson 16:20
Yeah.
Adam 16:20
And you feel like a compelled to actually use it because you're paying for it. And that's, that's a non essentialist view. And the essential is trying to say that that's illogical thinking,
Luke Carlson 16:31
yeah
Adam 16:31
there was a there was a bias. They call it a certain type of bias. I can't remember off the top my head. But it's illogical, whatever the bias
Mike 16:39
right here, you're paying to have your time back. I mean, it's
Adam 16:43
people always say, Wow, that's a lot of money for half an hour workout, you know, and I was like, Listen, you know, don't you pay more for faster cars, faster computers, faster plans Express trains
Luke Carlson 16:52
I always say this, you know, when I talk about the the visit to the dentist, if the dentist could do everything in one half the time? Would I pay the same amount of money or more? And the answer is absolutely. Yes. Like, I'm not thinking, hey, let me sit here for another hour. Because I really
Adam 17:07
gimme a discount. Yeah, do that root canal slower and give me 20%? Off?
Mike 17:14
Yeah, I think I think the I'm trying to figure out the exercise, culture and barriers. I mean, with all the information we have now that is right there in front of us. Like, you know, there's and listening to the people who we have still have clients who they do this, they love it, but they still got to do like CrossFit classes where they still have to do they feel like they have to run five times a week or something like that. We're still having those conversations that we don't want to get in the way of what motivates them. And maybe there's something external like, like they need for their heads to be
Luke Carlson 17:45
if that's the case, yeah. And I and I can honor and recognize that then they have to understand intellectually, that there still may be a pyramid of how they should look at their exercise. And that essential exercise is still their, one to two really brief, intense resistance training workouts per week, build everything else on top of that, but just don't forget what's essential
Mike 18:07
the foundation
Luke Carlson 18:08
Exactly. I think right now, the problem is that people are saying, well, I don't do that, because I do this, well, you cannot swap them out. I mean, if you're adding other there's other things they have to be in addition to not replace it. I think we're in a culture where people have replaced the meaningful stimulus, the meaningful exercise
Mike 18:25
and our clients, they stay forever, like the most people, they don't stay with other programs. They stay with us because this is the thing they could stick to. It's something they get results from. And they you know, and they, you know, we have had people remember when Hence Orme walked out the door, he loved his results here. But he I think he thought he needed more. And then he realized this was what was essential.
Adam 18:45
By the way, that was the episode called The Return of the Prodigal client, if you want to listen to that was a great interview. You know, I want to wrap this up. But I do want to bring up a point when we were talking about the the intense stimulus and was important and people lost sight of that. And if they only knew that for 20 minutes, once a week that intention was will give them all they all they need. But but the essentialist also the essentialism book, it talks also about now this is a management book, and it's about how to run a company and how to run your relationship. So it's not about exercise, but they do talk about having fun, that's important to have fun. And your business. I mean, like I have on my desk right now I have a slinky. I got guitars around the office. I mean, we know how to let off some steam around here for that reason. But I also think it's important in our exercise program, when we talk about the intense workouts, it's not saying don't have fun outside of that, but don't call it exercise call it for what it is fun. Recreational pursuits is about enjoyment and stop mixing up your your your fun with your exercise.
Luke Carlson 19:47
And in fact, by doing the right exercise, you're going to better prepare yourself for all of that fun, that recreation, the sport the other activities that you're you're involved with. So I couldn't agree with you more perfectly stated
Adam 19:59
so Luke, pleasure having you here even though it was brief, it was great. Thanks for stopping by. Why don't you tell our audience you know, where they can find you contact you what you're doing where you are.
Luke Carlson 20:11
Yeah. So we're in Minnesota and we have three locations. We're building a fourth location right now. So we have one location downtown Minneapolis, one in Plymouth, which is a suburb of Minneapolis and another location in Chanhassen or under construction right now on a Woodbury location. So we've been very much inspired by inform fitness and Adams original book and if you are in the Minneapolis area, we'd love to have you drop in and experience a workout with us.
Tim Edwards 20:37
Thanks again to Luke Carlson, the founder and CEO of Discover Strength based in Minneapolis, Minnesota. And if you happen to be listening in the Minneapolis area, jump on over to discoverstrength.com to set up your own strength training session. We'll include links to discover strength in the show notes and links to Amazon and audible to pick up the book discussed here today by Greg McEwen titled essentialism, the disciplined pursuit of less, and as always links to Adam Zickerman's book, power of 10, the once a week slow motion fitness revolution. Now for those of you that reside near Manhattan, Port Washington, Denville, Burbank, Boulder, Leesburg, and Reston. We've got great news for you. At the time of this recording, which is November of 2017. There's a free session waiting for you at informfitness.com Click the button, try us free right there on the homepage. Fill out the form. Pick your location and enjoy a slow motion high intensity full body workout in just 20 minutes. Remember strength care is the new health care. Get on board and join inform nation. What do we got to lose? Except perhaps maybe a few lbs? Thanks again for listening to the inform fitness podcast for Adam, Mike and Sheila. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting Network.
We are welcoming back our guest from Episode 20, Bill DeSimone. As you might remember Bill is a personal trainer himself and the author of the book, Congruent Exercise: How To Make Weight Training Easier On Your Joints.
The reason we have invited Bill back to join us is to discuss Episode 36 that was released a couple months ago featuring body-builder Doug Brignole. Doug too is an author and his book is titled Million Dollar Muscle: A Historical and Sociological Perspective of the Fitness Industry.
Today Bill, Adam, and Mike will be comparing and contrasting their different methodologies and philosophies regarding weight training with that of Doug Brignole.
Bill DeSimone - Congruent Exercise: How To Make Weight Training Easier On Your Joints http://bit.ly/CongruentExercise
Adam Zickerman - Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolutionhttp://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
Doug Brignole - Million Dollar Muscle: A Historical and Sociological Perspective of the Fitness Industry http://bit.ly/MillionDollarMuscle
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com.
42 Comparing and Contrasting Congruent Exercise Methodologies Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
muscle, exercise, joint, compound movements, people, doug, lever, point, resistance, squat, abdominals, weight, moving, tricep, talking, bodybuilder, arm, podcast, stabilizing, movement
SPEAKERS
Tim Edwards, Mike, Doug Brignole, Adam, Bill DeSimone
Adam 00:05
I know it sounds like we're disagreeing with everything Doug has said on the last interview, you know, we agree 90% We're on the same page. I mean, the idea of paying attention to the biomechanics, protecting the joints, using a speed that safe trying to use little momentum as possible. Understanding that, you know, we're trying to get stronger. We're not trying to become a boxer or an athlete, you know, I mean, his idea his approach to general fitness and exercise. We're a lot closer in agreement than we are in disagreement, I would say.
Tim Edwards 00:43
Hello, and welcome to the inform fitness podcast with New York Times bestselling author, Adam Zickerman. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting network and a client of inform fitness. Now here in Episode 42, we are welcoming back our guest from Episode 20. Bill De Simone. As you might remember, Bill is a personal trainer himself and the author of the book congruent exercise, how to make weight training easier on your joints. So the reason we invited Bill back to join us is to discuss episode 36. That was released a couple of months ago featuring bodybuilder Doug Brignole. Doug too is an author and his book is titled million dollar muscle, a historical and sociological perspective of the fitness industry. Today, Bill, Adam and Mike will be comparing and contrasting their different methodologies and philosophies regarding weight training with that of Doug's. Interestingly, though, over the past 41 episodes, Doug and Bill's episodes are our top two and most downloaded episodes of the inform fitness podcast, I have a feeling that this one just made surpass both of them.
Adam 01:51
Yeah, I'm glad I'm glad to be doing this episode right now, because it brings up a point about the whole idea of of our podcast in the first place, which is that I don't want our podcast to be one big advertisement for inform fitness and my business and our one way of thinking, I want to really educate, I want to bring up the points. And the things that in exercise that are important to talk about. And to try to figure out there are still a lot of questions exercise that we don't have answers to. So I like to bring in other opinions that aren't necessarily of my own. And when we had Doug Brignole, on the bodybuilder a couple weeks ago, a lot of people first of all was one of our most downloaded episodes, people love that episode. However, the people that know me and my philosophy and been listening to all the other episodes have said, you know, Adam, did you actually agree with everything Doug was saying, I mean, he seemed to have contradicted you and a couple of points there. What's with that, because again, people are perceiving this podcast is just one maybe one big advertisement for my philosophy. And we don't know everything. And there are big questions out there. And what I wanted to do now and I wanted to, I want to bring Bill DeSimone back, because he also did a biomechanics episode with me. And that was also one of the most downloaded episodes. So obviously, we're hitting a nerve on this subject. And I'm doing this not necessarily, to show that Doug was wrong, per se. But I'm doing this because I want to point out that everything we're doing, Bill, Doug, myself, we're trying to figure things out, we're still trying to figure things out, as we safely apply exercise to our clients and give them what they're looking for. So let's start with one of the subjects that Doug and I had talked about, which was this idea of compound movements versus isolation movements and the virtues of both. And so so why don't we start with that?
Doug Brignole 03:49
Yeah, as you said, a compound movement is a multi joint multi muscle movement that some people refer to as functional, which is absurd, because it suggests that something that isn't compound is dysfunctional. Right. But that would almost suggest that if you do isolation exercises, somehow your body isn't going to be able to coordinate all of its various muscle strains at the same time. It's absurd. I mean, yes, it's true that if you're doing Dead Hang cleans, you get skilled at doing Dead Hang cleans, right. So that doesn't necessarily mean that you can cross that over into something that doesn't look anything like a dead hang clean, just means you're learning the skill, you're going to coordinate all of the muscles that participate in that movement in a particular event. But the idea that, that it's a compound movement will then make you better able to use those participating muscles as as compared to isolation exercises, has no logic in whatsoever,
Adam 04:48
you know, you agree with that for the most part, right?
Bill DeSimone 04:51
You know, when he says compound movements, though I'm not sure if he's referring to the circus tricks people do. In the name of functional exercise, you know, combining a squat or,
Adam 05:05
I think what he's really talking about is just your real basic compound move his leg press chest press, I would say pull down, compared to leg extension, leg curl, hip, hip extension, bicep curl, bicep curl.
Bill DeSimone 05:23
I'm not really sure where he's going with that, because, like, what's the context for this? I mean, who is claiming that compound movements are you know better or making you more coordinated
Adam 05:35
his his whole point is compound movements are inefficient.
Bill DeSimone 05:38
If I compound movements we're talking about
Adam 05:40
he's basically saying function or compound moves are considered like functional movements, and that you need to do compound movements, because it helps the muscles work together. It the muscles learn to work together in a compound movement. And the argument is that if you're only doing isolation movements or doing isolation where you're not, your muscles aren't learning to work together.
Bill DeSimone 05:58
Well, the first the first problem, though, is there is no muscle isolation. You're isolating a joint, okay? But no matter how much you think there's an isolation happen, it's more like emphasis, because other muscles are helping stabilize, and they're assisting even in a single joint movement. So there's no real isolation.
Adam 06:20
He's really everything he's talking about, as you know, because you listen to the whole thing. Everything he's talking about is really about muscle development. hypertrophy. Efficiency, right? So getting Max.
Bill DeSimone 06:34
That's really the context. Always. It's what's done. I bodybuilding and muscle develop, too, right?
Adam 06:39
Yeah, right? We are? I mean, yes, we do, too. That's where some of the disconnect is. I mean, like, again, his argument is that compound movements aren't going to be as beneficial for muscular development, because you're on a squat, for example, you know, a lot of the quadriceps are not going to get the full amount of that load, they're going to get 30% of that load on. So is the quads are going to get 30% of that load based on direction and the forces, you know, the force going through to tibia to the floor.
Bill DeSimone 07:11
Let's let's talk about that, then. Because Because in that case, I don't agree with it at all.
Adam 07:15
Well, that's, well he that's, that's Tim go to three, can you go to three
Tim Edwards 07:19
I can
Doug Brignole 07:20
like a lamppost is vertical, because a lamppost is vertical the gravity. And so it's balanced over its base. But if you tried to anchor that lamppost at a 45 degree angle, you have to bolt it down to the ground with a lot more force a lot more bolts, because now it wants to fall. Okay, so a lever that is parallel to gravity, or whatever resistance is going to be a zero, neutral lever, and one that is perpendicular to gravity, or whatever you happen to be using for resistance is going to be what I call a 100%, lever, a maximally active lever. So when you look at a squat, and you realize that the lower leg is the operating lever of the quadricep, and you realize it doesn't even reach a 45 degree angle, you say, Well, it's actually closer to neutral than it is to fully active
08:11
enough. Now look, identifying the Levers is is half the discussion. Alright, so when when the femur for instance, is horizontal, in a bottom of a squat, that is where the resistance is working through its biggest lever, but that's only half the story because where that hits in the muscle torque curve is also important. So when you go from standing in a squat with a zero resistance moment arm, and so no work to oppose, and now you squat down to where your femur is horizontal and you have a maximum resistance moment arm
Adam 08:49
for the for the hip extensors not Not, not the knee extensors.
08:53
That's not what it's a both. It's a both. I mean, it's, it's murky, because it's not as clean a look as in a single joint. But when your femur is horizontal in a squat,
Adam 09:07
and the weight it's going down perpendicular to it.
Bill DeSimone 09:10
Yeah, the weight is going down somewhat in the middle of the femur,
Adam 09:14
yeah, slight. In other words, shoulders if it's on your shoulders, and you're bending
Bill DeSimone 09:17
Yes, let's let's paint the a lot of this stuff works better and diagrams and print. But to paint the picture, there's a barbell on your back, when you're standing upright, that the line of that weight is going through all of your joints. So there's no lever created for the weight to for you to work against
Adam 09:37
right
Bill DeSimone 09:37
as far as the weights concerned. And now as you descend, and your femur goes horizontal and your torso leans forward a bit. your center of gravity is splitting the femur horizontally. So that is the biggest resistance moment arm for both the glutes and the quads. So that's mechanically hardest part of the squat, the sinking point. But it also happens to be very close to the joint angles for peak muscle torque for both the quads and the glutes,
Adam 10:09
where that is where the muscles are, can generate the most power, their most power, the most strength,
Bill DeSimone 10:15
right see, the more visible lever is the one that the resistance works through. But internally, depending on where you are in a joint, in the joints range, you have varying degrees of muscle torque. So identifying the lever is half of it, but knowing that it hits at the right point in the muscle strength is the other half. Now, something like a barbell squat, leaving other joint concerns out of it, if you don't lock out at the top, and you don't bottom out, if you go from that almost locked out to the femur being horizontal, almost. Or approximately horizontal, your effort, your effort feels very even, there's no sticking point, there's no lockout. Alright, so that makes an efficient exercise. So there's no place to rest, there's no place for the muscle to hide. So it's not necessarily less efficient than a leg extension.
Adam 11:12
Gotcha.
Bill DeSimone 11:13
Since you can't lock out the leg extension, it's very obvious and your quads are burning, say by the first rep or two, it's very obvious how efficient that is, you make a little tweak to a squat or a leg press and it's just as efficient. Where it gets inefficient is when you lock out or you bought them out. So just like you wouldn't rest the weight stack on lay extension to take a break to do another repetition. If you don't lock out in the in the squat or the leg press, you're not giving yourself that rest. So as far as which is more more efficient, you know, you could make the argument that the squats more efficient because you're also working the glutes at the same time,
Adam 11:53
you're also performing at their appropriately at their muscle torque at the right time.
Bill DeSimone 11:59
Right now that's putting aside all the other joint issues with those exercises
Adam 12:04
like lower back
Bill DeSimone 12:05
like the lower back, but but also the knee and the knee and the leg extension. So I mean, my approach to compound versus, or multiple multi joint versus single joint movements is both you need to be aware of the vulnerable joint positions in both of them. So to me the issue is, which is the easier workaround, and that might be different based on your your client. I know if I personally barbell squat, my back's gonna bother me. Even though I know what ranges I want to stay in. So to me, the easier workaround is just go to the leg press. But for somebody who has the technique down of a barbell squat, or you know, and if their back can handle it, if they're staying well, within their their margin of error, maybe it works for them, which is a little bit different than, you know, trying to correlate like a hang clean or any of these more explosive movements and try to relate that to to a wellness program. In that terms, I agree with him completely. There's no, there's no reason for people to be doing ballistic type stuff, unless that's your sport, you know, unless your sport is Olympic lifting, and you have to learn how to clean
Mike 13:15
I guess, you know, something, you know, we're talking about, like, I, you know, Adam sort of mentioned numbers, and Doug talked about it in his in the podcast also about percentages. And like, you know, I guess it's hard, it's difficult to discuss how what percentage of the quadriceps are being recruited when you do a squat versus the percentage of the quadricep when you're doing the leg extension? Like 90% versus 60%, that type of thing? And I guess, you know, like, I mean, Doug comes from a bodybuilding background, are his arguments more appropriate for that type of setting? And let's just say like he is right, and the leg extension is much more efficient than like a like our simple movement is made more efficient than a compound movement. Does it matter anyway for like muscle development for general fitness anyway?
Bill DeSimone 14:05
And they and there's and there's a real question, why is the person working out so in other words, if someone's in a in a wellness mindset, in other words, they want to work out so that they get through the physical parts of their day better and their joints don't hurt. And maybe they fit the clothes better, and they look more toned. There's no need for them to take a bodybuilders approach to you know, I have to get this muscle as bunched up as possible. But also, there's no need for that person, say our client to put their joints at any more risk than they need to. So if someone wants to be a power lifter or wants to be a bodybuilder, and they're convinced that the barbell squat is the greatest thing they can do for themselves, you're probably not going to convince them not to. But there's probably no reason for somebody who doesn't have any ambitions in the barbell squat, to subject the rest of their joints that type of risk.
Adam 14:59
Understood I agree
Bill DeSimone 15:00
you know, some of the content of your last podcast. So a lot of it has to do with the context. So he's obviously from the bodybuilding world. And what he sees going on in bodybuilding gyms are probably much different from my context. Whereas I'm in a studio like you guys. So I'm not really exposed to a lot of the trendier parts of the fitness industry to react against, I can just look at a technique or an exercise and figure out if it's useful and use it or not, I'm not seeing it every day. For instance, in my studio, though, he's doing a dead hang clean anyway. So you know, you know, we have a little different context for the for the comment,
Mike 15:37
I think, like I think sometimes exercise programs, you know, we think about it. And I think sometimes where we might be thrown into that category, sometimes, too, because we want to see our clients progress and be able to do more, you know, it shows them that they're getting stronger if they lift 50 pounds, and then 60 pounds, and then 80 pounds and so on. Is that an appropriate goal for a general exercise program to just be able to get the maximum out of whatever your muscle can do? You know, and how much do you want to balance that with, you know, what the joint may or may not be able to do? You know, and how far do you want to test it? I guess, in a way?
Bill DeSimone 16:18
Well, I mean, I would say protecting the joint is is number one, but then again, that's my that is my thing.
Adam 16:25
And I would say most of our listeners are of that ilk. I mean, there were not I don't think too many body builders are listening to this. These podcast episodes,
Bill DeSimone 16:34
probably not right, right.
Adam 16:36
Unless some of Doug's friends tuned into that interview.
Mike 16:41
He got a lot of people to listen to him.
Adam 16:42
Yes, he did. So along the same lines, I like to kind of have you comment on this? Because I think I think the answer is the same when he talks about tricep pushdowns. Versus dips. So can you play that clip? Tim
Doug Brignole 16:56
getting back to what we were talking about before about parallel levers versus perpendicular numbers, when you see someone doing a bench dip, or a parallel bar dip, and you notice that their forearm is almost vertical? It only breaks from the neutral vertical position by about 11 degrees,
Adam 17:14
which is it, which means
Doug Brignole 17:18
you're only getting about 11%. Right? Right. So here's the math I do on that, as I say if you're 180 pound guy, and you want to figure out how much load each tricep is going to get. You say okay, I'm 180 pounds, I'm going to divide that by two arms, that's 90, the length of your forearm is about a 12 to one ratio, so you have a magnification of 12. So you see 90 times 12 times 11% active lever gives you about 119 pounds of load per tricep, at a cost of 180 pounds of effort. But if that same person would lie on a flat bench with a pair of 20 pound dumbbells, squat with a pair for him does actually cross gravity at 100%. You do the same math, you say 20 pounds times 12 times 100% is 240 pounds of load per tricep, at a total cost of 40 pounds. Right? So this is efficiency? Why would you bother doing an exercise that cost you 180 pounds of effort, but only load your tricep with 119 pounds when you can do 40 pounds of cost and 240 pounds of load. And it's not like it's working a different head of the tricep? Right? All three heads are working in both ways. It's just that they're they have drastically different efficiencies. Well.
Bill DeSimone 18:40
I'll take his word for it on the calculations.
Adam 18:43
Yeah. You follow them on that? Right?
Bill DeSimone 18:45
I followed it. I didn't necessarily agree with it. But I thought I followed where he was going. But again now so
Adam 18:52
this is along the lines they were talking about before correct?
Bill DeSimone 18:54
it's the same thing. The choice between skull crushers and depth is are your elbows healthier than your shoulders, that's that's the choice. Okay, let's leave the joint issues aside. If you dip till your elbows at 90 degree bend, and your elbows are towards the rear with your torso held somewhat vertically, and at that 90 degree bend. Now you straighten your elbows and almost lock out as a pretty good match for how the resistance level changes according to your muscle torque for the triceps. The same thing with with skull crushes the 90 degree bend as your maximum moment arm and then if you stop short of locking out you keeping some of the resistance torque on the triceps. So that's also a good match.
Adam 19:41
Let me just explain that real fast. So when you're doing skull crushers and you have your forearms parallel to the ground
Bill DeSimone 19:46
correct
Adam 19:47
right and you have weight at the end of your hands. All right, you're multiplying that weight by the longest lever the whole length of your forearm, which is the heaviest that weight is at that moment. Well that also happens to be at the 90 degree angle of your elbow. That also happens to be the strongest part of your triceps, that's when your tricep is at its strongest. As you lift the weight, the lever changes mean the weight gets lighter because the lever shortens as you go up, which is okay because the tricep strength. Muscle torque actually is
Bill DeSimone 20:16
also decreasing, right
Adam 20:17
decreasing, right, that's the skull crushers now is the same thing happening during dips
Bill DeSimone 20:23
with it now with the depths, okay, when your elbow is bent at 90 degrees, not necessarily a shoulder, so your elbow is a little bit behind your torso, if you stopped there, that's the biggest resistance moment arm for your body weight in the dips, alright, without tearing your shoulders out. And now as you straighten your elbows, the resistance library is shrinking. And it's matching what your triceps can do. Now a couple of things about what you said there. When your forearm is horizontal, its heaviest. So that's that's the whole thing with levers and moment arms, right? It's not heavier, it's the same dumbbell.
Adam 20:58
No, of course, the torque
Bill DeSimone 21:00
technically is the resistance,
Adam 21:02
resistance, the foot pounds is increased.
Bill DeSimone 21:05
Now here's the problem with both of those exercises. Conventionally you start both of those exercises, where where the resistance torque is lightest, you start both of those exercises with your arms locked. So it's very easy to fool yourself. think you can handle more weight, yeah, exactly. Could you use too much weight and as soon as your elbows bend, now the bigger lever now the bigger resistance moment, arms kick in. And now it becomes unmanageable. This lever the levers in a moment arm, it's not just theoretical, it's got a very real practical effect, especially when you start the exercise. But the smallest resistance lever
Adam 21:44
when they're choosing a weight, they choose a weight and they start with their arms locked out, which doesn't feel like a lot of resistance, it can be a lot, it can be a lot of weight, but it since you're the weight is right over your elbows. Straight arm, you're not really feeling that resistance yet. As soon as you bend back. If you pick the weight that's too heavy for your triceps to handle, you're gonna you're gonna literally crush your skulls. So yeah, so the technique should be this. If you're going to do skull crushers, pick a weight that feels appropriate at the 90 degree angle, not not at the topping, not at the top,
Bill DeSimone 22:19
the thing to do would be to try to either start at the bottom. So you know right away the weights too heavy, right? So if you using dumbbells for skull crushers, for instance, you start on the floor, and you start with the dumbbells by your ears as you're lying on the floor. And now you'll know right away if it's too heavy, or, you know, the trainer or the the person doing the exercise the first time you do it, you have to guess light, because it doesn't take you know,
Mike 22:49
that's the key, you guess light when you don't know, you gotta go, you gotta think, like, really, really, light when any client asks me how to advise them on at a travel jam or somewhere there whether out of I said, Listen, you know, it lessens the exact same thing you don't know, especially if it's on a machine you have to you have to just guess light and, and and work up from there.
Adam 23:12
Particularly when there's like that timber effect that you have to worry about.
Bill DeSimone 23:18
Nice quote. I like that.
Adam 23:21
I think I got that from you.
Bill DeSimone 23:22
It was, in a moment of exercise. Yeah.
Adam 23:26
I steal a phrase while I'm interviewing the person that came up with it.
Bill DeSimone 23:32
It's flattery. By the way, that dynamic we talk about going from the easy part of it starting with the easy part of the exercise, progressing into the hard part or zero moment arm to maximum moment arm that is predictable. I mean, you can know that before you do it. But you have to make a point of studying it, you know, reading moment arm exercise or, or the biomechanics chapters in virtually any personal training certification will give you enough information to know what's happening. I think most people look at the exercise in a magazine to look at somebody in the gym doing the exercise and just try to copy what they see.
Adam 24:12
So moving on to some other points. Doug is of the opinion that for again for muscle hypertrophy for muscle development, that static exercises are inferior to dynamic exercises that that if you really want to build muscle statics are not enough. And let's listen to what he has to say.
Doug Brignole 24:28
There have been a number of studies that have shown that isometric exercise is far less productive, both from the perspective of developing a muscle enlarging the muscle. And from the perspective of gaining strength through a muscles entire range of motion. It gains strength, right where you're holding it. It does it gains a little strength in the other parts of the range of motion but not nearly as much. So if you want strength if you want What the Let's use the word functional strength, strength through muscles entire range of motion, you're better off using range of motion. Right So is there a place for isometric? Sure, if you have an injured joint
Adam 25:04
rehab
Doug Brignole 25:05
then you use as part of your rehabilitation. But this idea that we're going to do planks, as the best exercise for the ABS would be like saying, well, let's just do static everything then. Let's just do static wall squat where you just hold a squat position. Let's just do static barbell hold. Let's just do static pectoral hold. I mean, if it's good for one, it's good for all if it's not good for one, it's not good for all.
Adam 25:30
All right, so, so so so I heard that and I was like, was the first time I kind of really heard that? I mean, and I've always wondered about, you know, is dynamic exercise better than statics? I mean, you know, I have a lot of clients do planks, and it is metabolic demanding, but maybe, I don't know, maybe he's, I mean, he's a bodybuilder, right. So he spent the last 40 years playing around with with maximizing his hypertrophy. And do you think he has some insights that us mere mortals don't have?
Bill DeSimone 25:59
No. Okay. Going through the body building, right?
Adam 26:06
Yeah
Bill DeSimone 26:06
just from observation, there does seem to be something about moving your lemon space.
Adam 26:12
Hmm.
Bill DeSimone 26:13
That works. And whether it's going to failure or the pump, or whatever the mechanism is, clearly, most guys were over developed, or moving weights in space. Okay. Maybe that's to do with cumulating lactic acid and prompting hormonal changes. But let's go to the end of that passage where he talks about planks. And if it's good for one muscle is good for all the difference between planks and other abdominal, other core and abdominal exercises. Their job is to prevent unwanted movement, not necessarily to create movement. So elsewhere in the podcast, he says that the primary role of the abdominals is to move your hips and ribs closer together.
Adam 26:57
But really, it's coming up to the ribs, not the other way around, because he was defining why you call something the origin and why you call something the insertion.
Bill DeSimone 27:05
I'll deal with that in a minute but no, no, but let's just go back to the second here. Okay. As a bodybuilder, though, he thinks in terms of limbs moving right
Adam 27:18
yes
Bill DeSimone 27:18
curls, pectorals, lats, quad, etc. The limbs are moving. When you're getting into planks, though the role of the abdominals isn't necessarily to bring the hips and ribs closer together, except in a sneeze or cough. The role of the abdominals is to prevent hyperextension of the back. Because if you get forced into hyperextension, you hurt you hurt your back, whatever mechanism. So the role of the front of the abdominals is to prevent hyperextension. The role of the multifidus and rotate tours around the spine isn't to create a twist around the spine, which would ring out the discs, which is pretty much universally contrary contraindicated for a spine health. The role of those muscles is to prevent twisting. So the more appropriate way to exercise those muscles is with a plank, or is with some kind of static hold, because that's how they're going to have to function.
Adam 28:17
But when you're doing a plank, are you talking about it is appropriate for the abs for the plank?
Bill DeSimone 28:22
Yeah
Adam 28:23
but but it's the it's the spinal muscles that are really stabilizing during the plank. I mean, but the abs too of course,
Bill DeSimone 28:29
elsewhere in that podcast, he talked about doing a leg raise, and the so as pulled on the on the vertebrae, creating more of an arch for the lower back. But that's only half of what happens there. Mike, you in that podcast, you said what if you maintain a posterior pelvic tilt and that and that's the key there. If you use your abdominals to pull your hips into a posterior tilt, in other words, you're flattening the curve of your back against the spine. And now you're doing the right leg raise and your spine doesn't move. Now you're using the abdominals to stabilize the spine. The raising of the leg just gives you a bit of a flow in the exercise, okay, and that you have something to count or you move it from an easier position where your legs are straight up to a harder one where they're more horizontal. But that is a stabilizing exercise and it's using the front of the abdominals. In practice a two leg raise both legs at the same time is probably too hard for most people to do, and maintain that posterior tilt. Which is why you see things like Single Leg Raises and dead bug exercises come out of physical therapy. But the whole idea of using your abdominals to create the posterior tilt and then moving your legs. That's valid, that's legit as far as stabilizing the spine and using your abdominals appropriately. Now, it may be that planks won't give you protruding abdominals like that protruding six pack and just from observing bodybuilders over time and they're pumping their biceps and they have a bicep that lifts off their arm like a softball. And all most of us high intensity guys have something on our upper arm, but it's certainly not, you know by the name of current bodybuilder. So maybe
Adam 30:11
I can't
Bill DeSimone 30:13
I can't either. Maybe moving moving the hips towards the ribs with force is what gives you maybe by whatever mechanism that gives you those protruding abdominals. But as far as training the spine appropriately, the abdominals appropriately to stabilize, the spine planks are fine planks are, are appropriate.
Adam 30:32
So when he makes a blanket statement that if dynamic movement is good for one muscle, it's good for all that might not be true because you know, some muscles are meant to be stabilized, but they're not primary movers. So, strengthening them by not require any dynamic movement.
Bill DeSimone 30:48
And again, keeping the bodybuilding context most of what bodybuilders are talking about are the the superficial muscles that give your body shape. They're talking about deltoids, pectorals, lats, biceps, triceps, quads, glutes, those muscles that are supposed to move limbs, or propel you in space, probably are best trained with movement, as opposed to the muscles around your spine, the deep muscles in your hips, rotator cuff, whose main job is to hold the posture steady.
Adam 31:26
So you really think that let's say for the deltoids, the lateral deltoids? Do you really do think like a lateral raise? Going through safe range of motion is better than doing a static hold lateral raise for muscle development?
Bill DeSimone 31:39
Do? I think so? Not necessarily.
Adam 31:41
I mean, is there? Are there studies that compare statics versus dynamic for a particular muscle group?
Bill DeSimone 31:47
I will say from a practical point of view, if you're using an isometric for let's say, use it for biceps, right, I do think there's a difference between pulling against something as hard as you can, in terms of straining the joint straining one point, the articulation, as opposed to resisting a negative for a minute. They're both static. One, I think is harder on the joints than the other. But as far as which is better for the muscle. I couldn't even guess.
Adam 32:21
Well, a lot of people that kind of feel strongly one way or the other on this, and then I don't know what they're basing it on. Which Okay,
Bill DeSimone 32:26
I mean, I don't know. I don't know, either. I'm, let's put it this way, I do think in a non therapy setting. Okay. Because, because if you're in rehab it, the calculation is different. In a non therapy setting, I do think the more appropriate way to train the bigger, more superficial muscles, is with some kind of movement, whether it's single joint or multiple joint, and the muscles around the core with static, static contractions. Because that's how they, that's how they'll function in life, right? If you got to lift something out of the trunk of your car, something heavy, a bag, you lean over, you want your back to stay steady, while your glutes and your arms do the lifting. You don't have to be whipping kettlebells around and doing silly human tricks to train functionally. You can also just be maintaining your posture while you're lifting weights because that's how it's supposed to work.
Adam 33:26
Right? Yeah, so we talked about that on a recent episode. Exactly that the idea of mimicking those movements, you know, in the gym, because you happen to do it once in a while outside of the gym.
Mike 33:42
Bill, what do you just in light of what you just said in regards to you know, stabilizing core muscles. What's your just overall view on the rotary torso exercise? As far as strengthening obliques? multifidus, abdominals.
Bill DeSimone 34:01
I think you have to be careful that your obliques, which are going to help you twist, you know there's the part of the twist that's bringing your shoulder forward can easily overpower the parts around the muscles around your spine that bring the other shoulder backward. So if you're doing the rotary torso, you don't really want the person twisting, in other words you dont want them pulling back as much as they're pushing forward. Just so that you don't overpower those back those deep spine muscles. It's for instance, the old fashioned floor crunch. We did like a little twist on the way up. You didn't really pull the bottom shoulder backwards so you never twisted your back on that exercise. On a rotary torso. Again, if someone's overly enthusiastic, and in addition to pushing forward they're trying to pull back like in a dumbbell row like a like a lawn mower. Lawn Mower motion pull. Yeah, I could easily see the forward motion overpowering the back motion, and now you're back in the position of ringing the discs. So I think in terms of coaching people on it, I think as long as they feel both sit bones on the seat, in other words as far as they can go without moving to sit bones off the seat, right? So if if one sit bone lifts off, you know, they're twisting a little too much, if they both sit bones are intact, their range of motion is going to be less, but it's going to be a little safer.
Mike 35:30
Would you ever I mean, what do you think about just like maybe even like getting them rotated, say, whatever, 25 30 degrees and just holding it at that position?
Adam 35:40
under tension
Mike 35:41
under tension,
Adam 35:42
with a band or something?
Bill DeSimone 35:44
Well, like I said, 25 30 degrees I, I think 25 degrees of rotation 25 to 30 degrees, rotation is the right amount more is not better.
Mike 35:55
Right
Bill DeSimone 35:56
If somebody tries to go further than that, then then they're flirting with trouble.
Mike 36:01
That's the that's the, you know, going, you know, trying to recreate the golf swing, things like that, where how far do you actually train, rotate? Whatever the muscle is that you want to be strong or stable when you have to actually do a rotating movement in order to do something that you want to do, you know?
Bill DeSimone 36:19
Well, I think I think I wrote somewhere that practicing bed biomechanics doesn't make you invulnerable. Right, you're just wearing out that joint faster. A golfer for instance, to practice that extreme swing beyond what you have to do on the course, is just adding more bad swing more bad movements to his back. Right. So for training purposes
Mike 36:43
and adding resistance to it also
Bill DeSimone 36:46
resistance and reps and speed probably right, right. So if you do remember Don Mattingly years ago, you know,
Mike 36:54
we are New Yorkers, of course,
Bill DeSimone 36:56
yeah, no, I forgot. Get away with that reference.
Adam 36:58
I was still I was a Yankee fan back then
Mike 37:00
in LA man. He coached the Dodgers too.
Bill DeSimone 37:03
So we've lost Oh, yeah. Okay. Well, at the end of his career, he said, you know, his back went out. And he said, Yeah,
Adam 37:10
Thats why he's not in the hall of fame right now.
Bill DeSimone 37:12
I've been doing this exercise for 20 years, and I was never, you know, it's never heard before. Well, okay, so you're doing whatever you're doing, plus 1000s of swings on the field, you only get so many bad movements out of your back. So you can either waste some in the in the gym or in competition.
Adam 37:30
Yeah, he meets, he obviously reached his limit.
Bill DeSimone 37:33
Like you would never tell a guy like that. Never twist. But if anybody like that ever asked me, I would look at what they were doing in the gym and steer them away from the stuff that is clearly contradictory. With regard to joint safety.
Mike 37:48
Well, my my comment was more rhetorical about like associating with golf, but I wanted to bring it up, because it's what I think a lot of our listeners and a lot of people still think about trying to strengthen their backs or increase their range of motion in order to efficiently and hopefully safely do a golf swing. And, you know, just bringing up rotary torso as an exercise, which people some people just love to feel because oh my god, my obliques are feeling it.
Adam 38:21
And and they want to go to the extremes that range of motion. They love that stretch, which I never let them go into right. Yeah, well, the reason why I actually, you know, something, I don't know, if I read it, or if I just thinking common sense wise, you know, when I want someone to do a rotary torso, it with range of motion, it usually wouldn't, you know, go beyond about 25 to 30 degrees, and oftentimes, less and oftentimes, even less than that. But I just wanted to get your opinion and based on what we were talking about in regards to the static core type of stuff. And if that's if you think that is he actually better for creating stability for a golf swing.
Bill DeSimone 39:03
Yes, but it's also worth working on range of motion, just not with weights.
Mike 39:10
Correct. Right. Right
Bill DeSimone 39:11
Okay. And that's where whatever you want to call it, bodywork stretching. If someone's into yoga, I mean, there is something to be said about trying to increase your range of motion but but not with weights, right?
Mike 39:24
Yeah. Yeah. Good
Bill DeSimone 39:26
The old the old. The old very old Nautilus idea that strengthen your muscles safely and then practice so you buy learns how to use your muscles. I think that's so good.
Adam 39:36
I agree. Yep
Mike 39:37
Yeah, the, honestly, from a training perspective, the thing I encourage is like if your golf swing is your golf swing, and you need to be at a certain point on the backswing, and you need to be at a certain point on your follow through. I've literally just recommended a very slow motion swing to the point slow motion where you get to the point of your maximum that backswing where that ever that is with whatever limitations your body has. And then very slowly bringing the club through, you know, so you're not actually adding X, you know, this projectile force, a, you know, rotating with your body.
Adam 40:15
It's like Tai Chi style
Mike 40:16
but it's just and then inevitably, it's what you just said, it's just kind of like getting your body used to being in this quote, unquote, extended range of motion position that golf requires.
Bill DeSimone 40:25
And what Adam just said about tai chi style. So the idea is, you do it in slow motion, so your body knows how to do it safely. Right, then when you do it live, your body has done it before,
Mike 40:39
right? It has like it walked before it ran.
Bill DeSimone 40:42
You know it's like, if someone's playing volleyball or playing basketball, they should be doing some kind of jumping drill, not for conditioning, but just so they they know how to land safely
Adam 40:57
Right
Bill DeSimone 40:58
And then when they don't do a competition, it's not a shock.
Mike 41:01
Right, right.
Adam 41:02
Yeah. Which is not new
Mike 41:04
It's actually yeah, that's such an interesting point. Because especially for sports, because everyone always measures how high you can jump, but not exactly how well you can actually safely land. It is it says the blend
Adam 41:19
landing is a lot more important than jumping isnt it
Mike 41:20
in your longevity and being able to do the activity, the landing is infinitely more important than the height that you could actually achieve on the job. That's a good point.
Bill DeSimone 41:29
Not the fall. It's a sudden stop.
Mike 41:32
Yeah,
Adam 41:32
it's not how much you make. It's how much you keep. Yeah.
Mike 41:36
There's a there's a comedian who said, This reminded me of it. It's a stretch right now pun intended. But he said, like, you know, they got cars nowadays, they get from zero to 60 in 4.2 seconds, because I don't need that I need a car that gets me from 88 to 54 in 1 second. I don't even know who said it.
Adam 41:59
That's a good point. So this reminds me of something else that came up while I was interviewing Doug. Regarding sport specific training,
Doug Brignole 42:07
I would say if you're sports conditioning, you want to mimic your sport as much as possible. The problem is that a lot of people fantasize about being a sportsman of some sort. And then in the real world, they don't actually do it. In other words, they'll train like a boxer, but they're never really gonna box. Right? They just like the idea that the training like a boxer, right? Okay, if you're, if your idea of working out is mostly fun, then that's great. But if you're let's say you're lying on your flat on your back with a pair of 20 pound dumbbells, and you're gonna explode with those 20 pound dumbbells up, you're going to basically catapult those 20 pound dumbbells up, right, and that's going to pull your arms up. So if your objective is to gain strength, basic, usable strength, I would say always use a deliberate speed, not an explosive speed, control it up, control it down. If your goal if your niche is so specific, that you want to compete in boxing, you want to compete in tennis, then you do want to actually mimic what you're doing. But my observation has been that especially in men, we have this fantasy, and they want to be a 400 pound bench presser, they want to be a boxer, they want to be a swimmer, they want to be you know, a surfer, and they want to, and there's only so many hours in the day, you can't spend three hours. I mean, you got to work, you got to sleep, you probably have a job and family and you know, you got to pick and choose you can't do it. All right,
Adam 43:37
true. But like you're not saying however. I mean, there's let me just make sure I'm clear on what you're saying. Because if you we have clients that are our true athletes, you know, their amateur athletes, and let's say you have a tennis player, you're not suggesting that we kind of mimic with weights in the weight room, a tennis stroke, just to just to improve their their tennis stroke, are you?
Doug Brignole 44:01
I would say that that could be part of what you do, not all of what you do. But I would definitely if I had a tennis of competitive tennis athlete, I would definitely work specifically on let's say, a backhand, trying to mimic some resistance on the backhand. So he's getting an improvement of power on the backhand or on an overhand. I mean, you don't want these people to go out on the court or wherever they get, and then
Adam 44:25
why dont you strengthen their why dont you strengthen their deltoids that are involved in this and either the posterior delts anterior delts congruently, you know, according to muscle and joint function that then let them go out on a tennis court and start playing tennis,
Doug Brignole 44:36
that that would work also. But I'm just saying that if I had a tennis athlete, it wouldn't hurt to also incorporate some very, very specific, I would say maybe 10% 15% of how I would train them might be mimicking certain sport, especially if they have a weakness in a particular part of their game.
Bill DeSimone 44:56
I think I think it would hurt. I think Darden you ago pointed out that you don't practice for tennis by playing badminton. You know, like, if the movement is similar, it just throws you off to the real movement, some of that condition is more appropriately done on the tennis court than in a weight room, I would I would do what you suggested, you know, strengthen the rotator cuff in the shoulders. Strengthen everything safely. And then, you know
Adam 45:25
go play tennis
Bill DeSimone 45:26
practice, practice drills with the with the ball, right. But you know, if you ever hear any hit influenced, say college strength coaches, they'll also admit that people around them want to see this type of behavior, right? They don't want to see an empty weight room, because everyone got their workout done in 20 minutes is now off killing time. You know, they want to see people running with parachutes. And, you know, doing all the different stunts, because it looks like something's happening. So
Adam 46:02
they gotta judge that the athletic trainers have to they have justify their existence. I know, it's, it's, but you know, thing is, uh, I know, it sounds like we're disagreeing with everything Doug has said on the last interview. But like, as you and I talked about offline, not too long ago, Bill, you know, we agree 90%, right, we're on we're on the same page. I mean, the idea of paying attention to the biomechanics, protecting the joints, using a speed that safe, trying to use little momentum as possible. Understanding that, you know, we're trying to get stronger, we're not trying to become a boxer or an athlete, you know, I mean, his idea, his approach to general fitness and exercise. You know, we're a lot closer in agreement than we are in disagreement, I would say, wouldn't you?
Bill DeSimone 46:52
Well, the difference between, practically between what he does, what I do, what you do, what other hit practitioners do, the difference between all of us, is nothing compared to the difference between us and CrossFit and boot camps, right? I mean, we're talking about shades of difference, you know, in my case, you know, maybe maybe trimming off parts of the extreme range of motion that some hit guys might be doing, which is really, really nuanced differences compared to running people until they puke, for instance, or barking at him to do more burpees regardless of their form, regardless of their posture, you know, regardless of what's happening to the person's joints, but they hit a number, so high five them.
Adam 47:39
So before we wrap up, there is one more thing that I want to talk about, which was interesting to me. It's about intensity in recovery. And I'd like to play I like to play a clip from that
Doug Brignole 47:51
there is a right level of intensity. In my book, I have a chart where I show what happens if the intensity level is too low. What happens if it's too high? And what happens if it's just right? And clearly, just right, has nothing but benefit. But if it's too low, you won't get the benefit. If its too high. It's like getting a sunburn. In other words, instead of giving you stimulation, you get injury. And when you have an injury, you actually basically have to heal. So some people think, hey, if I workout super intensely, and I just work a body part once a week, in other words, take a longer amount of time between workouts, I can compensate for the high intensity, no, you cannot, it doesn't work that way. You can't. It's unlike recovery time is the great equalizer like if you do more frequency, you can do super low intensity. Or if you do super high intensity, just take a little extra time and everything will be fine. No, pretty much the way the body works is when you work on muscle, you're going to have somewhere between a two day and four day amount of recovery. After which comes with a call super compensation. That's when the muscle is getting stronger. Right. So the goal is to not work that muscle again, assuming you've worked in relatively hard to not work and until you've passed recovery, and have gotten into super compensation.
Adam 49:08
So Bill, it seems that that Doug is recommending for most people about two or three days recovery and he doesn't think that if you work out like super hard going to muscle failure and everything where you're going maybe 10 seconds beyond positive failure, for example, with maximal effort, that if you do that once a week, you you can make up for that high intensity by just having extra rest. And a lot of as you know, a lot of hit facilities, high intensity training facilities are recommending a lot of people work. A full body compound movements, six or seven exercises, complete failure. take a week off. I mean, where do you where do you sit on the intensity versus recovery can tinuum, if you will, I understand
Bill DeSimone 50:01
the theory, because mentor mentor said similar things 35 40 years ago about not working out until you're fully recovered. But you know that then it got ridiculous where he's suggesting workout once every three weeks, you know, stretching the recovery out so long that if you were to say I don't work out most of the time, you wouldn't be lying, right? If you're working out once every three weeks. So for myself and the type of clients I'm training, I kind of moderate the intensity based on how much they they're going to work out. So for people who are using us, for instance, because we're their only physical activity, and maybe they're going to work out twice a week, I'm going to moderate the intensity, so they can work out productively twice a week, like, I'm not going to try to drop them so that they're sore the second time. And the other thing with training too hard. You know, it's one thing if your muscles have to recover, it's another thing if your joints have to recover, you know, it's if failure looks like your teeth are clenching, your veins are bulging, you know, spits coming out of your mouth, it's more than your muscles that have to recover. So at this time in life, I tend to go a little easier on the intensity, I think the intention, intensity can be managed also, again, keeping in mind that most of the people I'm dealing with are using me for their physical activity in life. You know, these are not people who are regularly, you know, walking, running, doing sports, if they were, I would train them harder once a week, was that kind of physically active person?
Adam 51:39
Well, it's very true. And I'm glad you said that, because a lot of people ask me, So what determines once or twice a week? Or more or less? And I always say, Well, depends what else you do outside of here and the intensity level and your lifestyle, how much sleep stress. I mean, there are a lot of variables that I ultimately take into account before we decide what the frequency intensity duration ends up being
Mike 52:05
plus we see how they respond to the exercise itself. I mean, you know, on its own, I think sometimes you just need some time to see how they feel, how they're how they're doing, you know, like, they're like, Oh, well, you know,
Adam 52:18
and it's Tim Ryan and I, I've always talked about and, and he's, you know, does a lot of research in this area, and that is the genetic component and, and how we're genetically going to respond to exercise and people are different in that regard. Where do you feel I pretty much you know, just work out hard, modulate it to an extent and then move on. Don't overthink it.
Bill DeSimone 52:41
I've put in a lot of thought into not overthinking. I've had a lot of thought into this. And I came to the conclusion. Don't overthink it. You know? And again, why is the person working out if the person is intent on being a bodybuilder looking like a bodybuilder competing as a bodybuilder, then they're going to do something excessive either with you without you. That's not necessarily the same for the person, you know, the businessman or woman who comes to you and says, you know, I just need to get in shape and it's very vague. And their idea of a hard workout is what you would call a a break in workout. But their perception of it is all out. It's so hard. So
Adam 53:25
I'm with you
Bill DeSimone 53:26
Yeah, I put a lot of thought into not overthinking.
Adam 53:30
Alright, I think I think that's a good place to end this. It was it was perfect.
Tim Edwards 53:39
Thanks again to Bill DeSimone for taking the time to join us once again here on the inform fitness podcast. We will include links in the show notes to Adam, Bill and Doug's books, so you can pick them up in Amazon and have them delivered right to your door. Hey, for those of you who reside near Manhattan, Port Washington, Denville. Burbank, Boulder, Leesburg and Reston. Good news. There's an inform fitness near you. pop on over to informfitness.com to get a glimpse of each location. Better yet, set up a consultation and begin your own journey with a power of 10 Thanks so much for listening and until next time for Adam Mike and Sheila of inform fitness. I'm Tim Edwards of the inbound podcasting Network.
Strength care is health care! Building muscle throughout your lifetime has many more benefits than just burning fat so you can look good and maintain your functionality.
Mike Rogers shares intimate details of how building muscle can actually assist you in staving off disease and quite possibly even save your life.
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com.
To purchase Adam Zickerman’s book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon: http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
41 Strength Care Is Health Care Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
podcast, muscle, strength, fitness, inform, cardio, dad, week, life, people, valve, cardiovascular system, sheila, mike, strong, wrightson, stent, strength training, location, heart attack
SPEAKERS
Sheila, Tim Edwards, Mike, Adam
Sheila 00:05
Strength is health. It's just the truth. And with the whole thing going on with the health care system, you have to take your health into your own hands and this is something you can do for yourself. That's going to be such great benefit as you age. And it's not like taking over your life. You know, it's just like brushing your teeth, which Adam you know, has referred to before. And I'm always telling people this strength care we call it strength care.
Tim Edwards 00:40
Episode 41 of the inform fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman and Friends welcome inform nation. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting network. Joining us across town at her place is Sheila Melody, the co owner of the Toluca Lake Burbank location of Inform fitness. Hello, Sheila.
Sheila 00:56
Hey, how's it going?
Tim Edwards 00:57
And of course, across the country, we've got Adam Zickerman, the founder of inform fitness with his general manager of the Manhattan location, Mike Rogers. So the four of us back together again. And before we jump into Episode 41, Adam, we received an interesting Facebook share from our last episode.
Adam 01:14
Yeah, this is cool. I really like this, I got excited about this. It says here, an excellent podcast by the guys that inform Fitness on why functional training is dangerous. What's great about this episode to me is that it makes clear that life is already fraught with danger, that every day every week, and every month, we are putting our bodies especially our joints and soft tissue in precarious positions. So by doing functional, quote, unquote movements in the gym, we are adding to the stress and risk not preventing it. Inside the gym, you want to be moving in the safest and most biomechanically correct way so that you can strengthen your muscles without further stressing your soft tissue. I've read and studied many great things over the years on the subject, but this 20 minute podcast is perfect for the average person who just wants to be healthy, doesn't want to injure themselves, and doesn't have the time and interest in all the underlying science.
Tim Edwards 02:07
That's great. We appreciate whomever did share that. And of course, we invite inform nation to, you know, follow us on Facebook go to inform fitness in your Facebook search bar, it'll come right up and you'll see a lot of great informative and entertaining posts in addition to every podcast episode
Adam 02:23
can I mention who's who sent this?
Tim Edwards 02:25
Of course Yeah, for sure.
Adam 02:25
I don't know the person's name. I guess I can figure it out. Oh, just the it's a Facebook post. who shared our podcast It's exercise dose, exercise dose on Facebook,
Sheila 02:40
is it a blog or another facility
Adam 02:43
he's uh, looks like he's a trainer in Tennessee or gym in Tennessee, in the Tennessee area.
Tim Edwards 02:49
Exercise dose, thanks so much for the share, we appreciate that.
Adam 02:52
Based on some of the friends that I see that we share, he's definitely involved in the high intensity world, I can tell. So he's been doing that he's a high intensity trainer or gym owner. And he's been listening to the podcast. So I appreciate that exercise dose, whoever you are
Tim Edwards 03:07
got them on their Facebook page. Now it said their banner says if it doesn't challenge you, it doesn't change you. And we certainly subscribe to that. So appreciate the share there. Yeah, matter of fact, I'm looking at it right now. He shared it on his page or her page so much appreciate it. Team, how you been? It's been a few weeks since we've all been together here in summer Sheila, what you've been doing with your time?
Sheila 03:28
Well, as I was mentioning on our last podcast, I am in the midst of starting my own path with a nutritionist. And it's been four weeks. And it's been a journey. And you know, I can talk more about it. But on another podcast. It's it's definitely a journey. And I'm excited about it and already making some progress. So good news.
Tim Edwards 03:52
congrats. Looking forward to hearing more about that. And I know that Mike, we spoke the last time we were all together. Your dad was having some issues can ask how your father's doing?
Mike 04:00
Yeah, I'm glad you asked. Because it's part of why I want to discuss on this podcast today. It kind of echoes some of the things that we've talked about in the past in regards to cardio, and but I let me just give everyone a little bit of backstory about what's going on. Most of my dad, he's about to be 78 years old. He's had a tremendous amount of health issues throughout his life. He's actually had a triple bypass. He's had a FEM pop bypass. He's had diabetes, diabetic ulcers. He's had an aortic aneurysm. Recently, he has three heart attacks. I mean, this guy's the Iron Man. I mean, 30 years of alcoholism. 20 years of smoking, hip replacements, knee replacements. I mean, I hope he lives forever, but he kind of should have, you know, left us about 20 years ago. He keeps fighting and and he's actually not the Iron Man. He's actually his name is Steve Rogers so you could say he had, he's Captain America. But anyway, um, you know, today I spoke with him and you know, he's he's okay, he's relatively stable, but there's some, there's some issues at hand and, and it in some ways, it took a few beliefs that I have already had that we already know about. But it put it into super mega high def technicolour about the importance of strength training with supporting your body, and when it's under a tremendous amount of stress and when it needs when it needs its muscle. And sometimes I think we forget about the relationship between muscle and how it supports the rest of our body. So most recently, I'm not going to go into every detail, but he had a his third heart attack recently was a mild one, right after he had surgery for a an aortic aneurysm. And he needs a stent, he had a heart attack, he needs a stent, and he needs a valve replacement. And, you know, I was talking to the doctors about what the process is, and the plan was, we want to give him the stent, and then he needs to go to a rehab center and get strong for a few weeks. And then we'll do the valve. And there were complications with the stent, that caused internal bleeding and all sorts of other stuff. And eventually, they contained that. But they he didn't my dad didn't even have the strength for them to do a colonoscopy or, or an endoscopy to actually examine why he was having internal bleeding, through his GI tract and and while I was talking to the doctor, and I was asking him, how much strength does he need? And he said, they said, Well, he needs to, you know, he needs to be able to walk, he needs to be able to do some lifting. He has he actually has, he has very little muscle at the moment. And, and I was just thinking, and so he really after a couple weeks of therapy after he can get out of here, he's, he's gonna be okay for the valve and all this stuff. And he said, he said, Yeah, generally, that's, that's what's necessary. And it just made me think about how important it is. I mean, we forget about how much muscle supports all these systems of our body, we know that it supports our skeletal system. And, you know, obviously, it helps us with people with degenerative bone diseases, osteo arthritis and stuff like that. But they were alluding to the fact that his body needs to have the muscle and the strength in order to just do a colonoscopy, or to just do this, you know, to do the valve replacement. And this he his, his cardiovascular system isn't working efficiently right now. You know, and, and what it what it makes me think about I was talking to all my clients, when I was getting the news from the doctor is about what how necessary, it is for us to remain strong in case we need some of these procedures. I mean, it's and it's not even that much. You know, it's what's amazing is he said a few weeks of you know, doing some, some, you know, Step is standing up and sitting down and taking some walks and stuff like that
Adam 08:01
so think about that, if that's gonna make him strong enough to have basically open heart surgery, well it's not open heart, but it's still still major surgery to put a valve in. But believe it or not, they don't have to use open heart anymore to put a valve and that's a whole he
Mike 08:14
would never survive that
Adam 08:15
Yeah. But the thing is this, so So when people question once a week, you know, when you hear all these guys are nitpicking about bodybuilding, and how you're going to peak your biceps if you don't work on more than once a week, and you got to do multiple reps and multiple volume and all this kind of stuff. You know, all right, that's all well and good. You want to nitpick at these highest highest highest levels for genetically, you know, gifted people. But from a health point of view, from a health point of view, just maintaining our health while we were actually just talking about in the last podcast with our guest Annie Wrightson, you know, when she said strength is health, and it doesn't take much of course, once a week, if walking at a rehab for a couple of weeks, it's gonna prepare this guy for for you know, this guy, of course, I'm talking about this guy
Mike 08:56
Steve Rogers, Captain America
Adam 08:58
Mike's father, I mean, like, if it's gonna help somebody like that, you know, then imagine the benefits from from doing one high intensity workout a week for the rest of your life just to stay fit as a fiddle, so to speak.
Mike 09:11
Yeah, just a relative intensity for you know, older community and stuff like that. But it's really, it's unbelievable, how it's, it's it goes to the muscle and how muscle supports all of this stuff. You know, and it's, it's, I mean, and the thing is, like I said, In the beginning, is that this is we're going back to cardio here. You know, Mike, we're talking about my dad's cardiovascular system, what's the cardiovascular there the heart is there to pump blood
Adam 09:39
everything has to happen, he has to get stronger, he has to get some muscle Yeah he doesn't need cardiovascular system, he needs muscle
Mike 09:45
That's that's essentially what they're talking about. And that's, that's basically what I wanted to mention. Is that is it. I think it really really it drives home strength training and cardiovascular health.
Adam 09:59
It's really intensity right? Right. So thing is this he's very weak. So his strength training for his dad is walking on a treadmill because of how intense that experiences. So it's not the tool, it's not that it's a treadmill, you know, he, he's weak, and even walking on a treadmill is a lot of work for him. But then you take it to the next level. Yeah, but but but the reason it's hard for him on a treadmill, because His muscles are weak. And if he gets better the treadmill is because his muscles are getting stronger.
Mike 10:26
Yeah, it's you know, it's it's walk to jog jog, to run, run to sprint, I mean, like you it's a progression, he has to start at a very, very low place. And we have plenty of you know, clients in here who come from a very, very low conditioned place, and we have to start low. And then they they, you know,
Adam 10:45
his father would be just as well off doing very light weights on a leg press and doing a full body workout with weights just as much. I mean, it'd be very hard for him to do superduper lightweights, but because it's on a treadmill doesn't mean it's cardio. Because what we've been talking about for a lot of episodes, it's intensity that pushes up energy energy systems, it's the intensity that makes us stronger, that stimulates us to get stronger.
Mike 11:06
And basically it's it's the fact that strength is cardio. It's not that it's uh, we're not fighting, or it is it is cardio. And that's the thing is like, and, you know, you know, when people come in, and they say, is this cardio, and I'm like, Well, do you understand what cardio is? You know, what cardio refers to your heart and what's your hearts function, it needs to do something, and my dad, his isn't doing it efficiently, he essentially has heart failure until the valve is put in and there's, you know, we're they're still doing a little touch and go type of things to to, essentially, we're trying to get them out of the hospital, so we can go to the rehab center. But at the moment, he doesn't even have that much strength. He's stable. And we're all very optimistic, just about Yeah,
Adam 11:49
I know his dad and the good news about his dad is that he's a very optimistic guy
Sheila 11:54
that says a lot
Adam 11:55
maybe maybe a bit of a fatalist. But he's definitely a an optimistic, happy go lucky kind of guy.
Mike 12:01
Yeah, yeah.
Adam 12:02
So I think that, you know, he's gonna go with the flow, I hope
Mike 12:05
that's the thing, he kind of goes with the flow. And we're just, you know, we're just surrounding him with love and encouragement, and we're trying to show up and, you know, keep them stimulated. And, you know, it's been a little frustrating. I mean, it's been extremely frustrating and very hard on my mom to, you know, we're all trying to go and visit and stuff like that, but the like, but I thought it was worth mentioning on a podcast, you know, because we all have, if we're not, we're not, you know, going into 60s and 70s. We're our parents, our grandparents are. And I think we seeing it firsthand really, really drives home how important it is to just be maintaining our muscle,
Tim Edwards 12:40
it does, it really puts in perspective, too. And you know, we spent a lot of time talking to various clients throughout the past 40 episodes, like you mentioned, and when we spoke with annie Wrightson last week, she's 67 years old, and we're talking about how this, you know, for 15 years, she's been working at it inform fitness and has been able to maintain her life and be functional, because she's been doing the strength training, never really thought about what you brought up, Mike, and I'm so glad that you did. And gives that perspective, it's not just about being functional, looking good. It's about survival, too. When it comes down to it, there
Sheila 13:11
We have to tell people that all the time I'm actually we just put an ad in a new local magazine. And that's exactly what the headline says His strength is health. That's what we're advertising as because it's, it's just the truth. And with the whole thing going on with the health care system, you have to take your health into your own hands, and this is something you can do for yourself. That's going to be such great benefit as you age. And it's not like taking over your life. You know, it's just like brushing your teeth, which Adam, you know, has referred to before. And I'm always telling people this strength care, we call it strength care. So, yeah, yeah, strength care.
Adam 13:56
Yeah, I'm on board, I'm gonna be using that strength care.
Tim Edwards 13:59
Strength care. Well Mike certainly, our thoughts are with your family and your father. And like you said a minute ago, you know, he's, he's positive, right. So just a little bit of positivity.
Mike 14:12
So we just gotta we got to get through one stage. And then once he's, he's focused on his rehab and just basically building some muscle, it's going to be have to be supervised at first, but, you know, we think he's gonna, you know, make it through and frankly, the doctor said that they've seen people in much worse condition get through all this. So, you know, what we don't, you know, we just got to go with the flow and we just gotta hope for the best and that's the way it is, you know, and like I said, the guy has been through every health problem, already, he's already dealt with bypasses and heart attacks and cancer and everything. It's like, I mean, we're already on his like, 11th life out of nine, you know?
Sheila 14:51
Like lately, you know, we're we're in the midst of the terrible floods in in Texas and in Houston, and I've seen some, you know, One video that I saw was these very elderly people being taken out of their home and the water was literally up to their chest and they could barely walk, you know, I mean, it can save your life when you get older to have that muscle. You know, if you're ever in a terrible situation like that a flood or a disaster or something, you know, think about that, getting yourself out of this thing. You know,
Mike 15:27
it's not, I mean, that's a, you know, relevant to what's going on. But I'd say I'd say can I think I'm saying it's going to save your life or prolong it in a way to where you're, you know, you can stave off disease and sickness and God forbid you, you have to go to the hospital and have a surgery. If you're strong. You're out fast. I'm telling you right now, my dad was stronger, he would have this would have been done already, you know, and it's like, and the cardiologists are pretty much that's exactly what they're alluding to. So that's it.
Sheila 15:56
Well, good luck to your dad, we'll be thinking about it
Mike 15:59
Thank you.
Tim Edwards 16:02
Strength care is healthcare. One of our new mantras here at the inform fitness podcast, join the movement get strong, and not just to look good, but for a myriad of health benefits as we have so intricately discussed in all of our past episodes. Hey, if you haven't yet subscribed to the podcast, please do so that way. Just about every Monday morning, you will find our latest episode waiting for you on your phone. Then you can listen to it on your way to work while you walk the dog or whatever you might be doing while you listen to your podcast. And hey, if you have some suggestions for topics that you'd like for us to cover, or even authors you think might be a good fit for the show. Send them on over to podcast at informfitness.com. And you know, what we would really love is if you recorded a voice memo on your phone with your comments and questions, and send that to us as well. And we can include your comments and questions in an upcoming episode. Perhaps you're new to the podcast and just discovered us in iTunes, Stitcher, radio or I Heart Radio, and still trying to figure out this protocol which at first glance is a very different kind of exercise. A good place to start learning about it is by clicking on over to informfitness.com The website has a ton of videos and blog posts and a list of all the locations scattered across the US then head on over to Amazon to pick up Adams book power of 10 the once a week slow motion fitness revolution. The book itself is only about 13 bucks and you can download the Kindle version for less than $8. So what are you waiting for? Inside the book you'll find nutritional tips and exercises that can be performed anywhere, even if you're not near an inform fitness location. Thanks so much for listening and until next week for Adam Mike and Sheila with inform fitness. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting Network.
Is it possible to actually be stronger in your 60’s than you were in your 30’s? It is if you ask Broadway theatrical lighting designer, Ann Wrightson!
Ann has been an InForm Fitness client for 15 years and is stronger than ever. Did we mention that Ann has been nominated for a Tony Award? For her impressive resume and examples of her lighting designs visit https://www.annwrightson.com
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com.
To purchase Adam Zickerman’s book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon: http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
40 Being Stronger In Your 60's Than In Your 30's Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
annie, eat, plateaus, strong, strength training, week, lost, podcast, wrightson, inform, strength, years, workout, fitness, weight, pilates, find, patience, pounds, plateau
SPEAKERS
Sheila, Ann Wrightson, Mike, Adam, Tim Edwards
Ann Wrightson 00:05
I think I've always liked feeling strong. My work is very sedentary. When you are working in theater you sit and you sit literally 8 10 hours a day, you get up you take a break when there's an equity break, otherwise you're sitting. So outside of that I liked being active and I liked being strong. And I also noticed over time, the stronger I was the healthier I was.
Tim Edwards 00:31
Inform nation Welcome to the inform fitness podcast, with Adam Zickerman and friends. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting network. And this is episode 40 of the inform fitness podcast. Am I the only one clapping never made it before? Yes,
Adam 00:52
you are excited though. I'm holding coffee again. I am really excited about this and no but no better person than have Annie Wrightson with us on our 40th time. She's a long term client with a tremendous success story we know are long I forget how long but she will tell you
Ann Wrightson 01:15
Yeah, 15 years, 2002
Mike 01:20
she's been here for 15 years has an incredible story. And that's why I wanted her to be a guest on the podcast. She's a theatrical lighting designer, and she works all across the country and even in in Europe and Australia occasionally, and but she is most known for she did the lights for August Osage County on Broadway, Tony nominated where on August she was nominated for a Tony Award for design and got us fourth row tickets. It was a phenomenal play, man. Oh,
Adam 01:52
cool. Yeah, I know somebody who is
Sheila 01:57
a true artist actually.
Mike 02:03
It was it was a fantastic and she's so talented. And I've seen lots of her. She showed me a lot of the photographs of some of her work over the years too. And so it's a pleasure to have her here.
Tim Edwards 02:12
Annie, will you share with us some of the of the other productions that you've had a hand in,
Ann Wrightson 02:16
let me think recently, I did a show at Steppenwolf called here. I'm about to go to Steppenwolf in Chicago and do another show called the Rembrandt. Most of my work is outside of New York and around the country. I work in Portland, Cleveland, Atlanta, Hartford everywhere. It's not always easy to have a steady kind of diet of New York theater. So you work everywhere.
Sheila 02:45
Have you ever worked in LA Annie?
Ann Wrightson 02:47
I have I actually did another Broadway show called souvenir. Which went to the Playhouse in Brentwood. Oh, okay. Um, in 2006 I think it might have been, um, but LA doesn't have a huge theatre community. So it's
Adam 03:09
oddly enough
Ann Wrightson 03:10
Yeah. So its a little harder
Sheila 03:12
It's not New York and Chicago.
Ann Wrightson 03:14
Yeah, it is. Yeah. Yeah, it is.
Mike 03:17
Well, Annie, what made you walk in our door back in 2002.
Ann Wrightson 03:23
Um, I was training I have been training myself and with at home trainers for a long time when I was 32. I think I took up weightlifting, free weightlifting on my own. And then then I graduated to have a trainer come to the house. So this was a person who came to the house, Laurie Jackson. And she then started coming here to train here and become a teacher. And she thought this protocol was suited for me, I have scoliosis. So I have issues of being able to get like both hands down on the floor behind me. And I, she was concerned over time that I was losing a lot of flexibility and mobility. So she thought this would help that. And over the course of 15 years, that certainly has
Mike 04:19
this method, this low weight training.
Ann Wrightson 04:20
Yeah. Just for strength and I think for especially for strength. Mm hmm. Yeah.
Mike 04:27
So want to just let everyone know, annie is 67. And she looks a lot younger than 67.
Sheila 04:34
No, yes.
Mike 04:35
She is. You know, she is a force to be reckoned with.
Sheila 04:39
amazing,
Mike 04:40
you know, incredible performance when she's working out so so what do you think is made you stayed here? Stay here for so long. I'm like What about the workout is really have you been able to stick with
Ann Wrightson 04:52
um, I think I've always liked feeling strong. My work is very sedentary when you are are working in theater, you sit and you sit literally 8 10 hours a day, you get up, you take a break when there's an equity break, otherwise you're sitting. Um, so outside of that I liked being active and I liked being strong. And I also noticed over time, the stronger I was, the healthier I was, um, because sometimes, especially in during technical rehearsals when you're working really long hours in, you're in a cold theater and you're putting stuff up. I know so many designers, especially lighting designers who get sick every single time they do a tech rehearsal. And I don't, I really don't. So I work kind of hard over time to not get sick while I work
Mike 05:51
monitoring your health and be as strong as you think that that was the reason why
Ann Wrightson 05:55
it's part of it Yeah, yeah, sure.
Mike 05:57
Um, how do you think being strong has helped you in your personal life and professional life beyond what you just said?
Ann Wrightson 06:05
Well, I also, I have a family history of arthritis. I had a hip replacement, um, eight years ago. So part of it was also just staying strong on both sides of my body so that I don't impact the other good hip, I have the only other good hip I have. And so far, I do have arthritis in it, but I have no pain at all. So I think in 2009, I got a hip replacement, and then I started to do Pilates. I, my right hip had not been replaced yet. And I was so and I was fairly hobbled on the right side, but I started Pilates. The doctor, the orthopedist said stay strong. So I thought, well, I need to stay strong in a way that's kind of controlled and and focused. So besides still lifting, doing strength training here, I added Pilates. And I've done Pilates since. So I do I do a mix of walking, jogging a couple of days a week, pilates, couple days a week and strength training once a week, or sometimes twice a week.
Sheila 07:15
That sounds like exactly what I've been doing. I love Pilates. I just added it myself. I love the great act. It's a great in conjunction with the strength training,
Ann Wrightson 07:26
Yeah, it really is.
Tim Edwards 07:28
When you're on the road, how do you factor this workout into your schedule while you're touring or traveling?
Ann Wrightson 07:36
On the road, I do not do strength training. Sometimes I will find a Pilates studio, but my time is really short arms. And I am an early morning person. So I tend to get up at five 530. And I will walk and I will generally walk outside is where is my favorite. So I will walk in almost any city and any most cities have either nice greenways or, or bicycle paths or canal paths that I can find a walk outside in the wintertime harder and harder to do. So I try to find a gym as my least favorite thing to do. But at least I can do it on a treadmill. So I keep that up for the two weeks. I'm on the road.
Adam 08:23
I heard you calculate how many of these strength training workouts you do in a year here. How many were they again?
Mike 08:29
Well, I was looking before we've been monitoring with our with our system back then it goes back to about 2005. And she's done 330 sessions between 2005 and 2008. That averages out just under 28 per year. So and that's kind of makes sense.
Adam 08:45
28 a year
Mike 08:45
a little bit more than half the year?
Ann Wrightson 08:47
Yeah.
Adam 08:48
so do you feel you've gotten weaker in the last? Since you've been coming here?
Ann Wrightson 08:52
weaker?
Adam 08:52
Yeah,
Ann Wrightson 08:53
no
Adam 08:54
Alright. So think about that. She's been only working out 26 times a year strength training, and she does not feel weaker. So I guess it's working enough.
Mike 09:00
Oh, you know, what's interesting is the other thing she's doing we were before, like, I mean, really any is 67 looks phenomenal, and is very, very strong. I mean, I would put her in the top, like 1% of anybody is in her age range of over 60. I'm just gonna go down to 60 and above, and even way below that. But what's interesting is when we were talking about that before any you were comparing yourself to your like your 35 year old self,
Ann Wrightson 09:28
right. And I actually think I'm stronger than I was when I was 30.
Mike 09:33
That is a testimonial. You know,
Ann Wrightson 09:36
I actually do, but I also think because of Pilates. It's just that I feel stronger from like head to toe. Instead of just because when I started when I was 32 I started free weights and I did free weights. I kind of got a book, I figured out a routine. I did ABS I did arms, I did legs, but I think over time because this is a much more kind of complete workout, strength training and Pilates also adds to that. So I just feel like my, the strength of my body is much more cohesive, and and much more complete than than it felt at 35.
Mike 10:15
With regards to when you were doing free weights, did you feel? I mean, would the way you were doing them? Did you feel it was unsafe the way you did or you felt like it was? Okay. Um, and then comparing it to the setting you're in now?
Ann Wrightson 10:29
Probably was, I would say it probably was on unsafe. I mean, I had a weight bench. I monitored myself. I did my own routines. I probably did them too fast. But I did them and I and I did them religiously. And I liked them a lot. But oh, I would say they probably were unsafe. I never hurt myself doing them. But I think I was lucky.
Adam 10:56
And it seems like you never felt like you were putting yourself in harm's way
Ann Wrightson 10:58
Yeah. Not certainly consciously not consciously.
Adam 11:02
Chances are you probably well, you how intense was the workout? How hard were you pushing yourself?
Ann Wrightson 11:06
Well, I don't That's a good question. I would do like three sets of, you know, 10 reps, I would do the one that I thought probably was the one I could have hurt myself on was Roman chairs. I would put a weight on my chest, took my feet under my couch. And I would like go all the way back and up on a bench. And I would do that extension. Yeah. And I would do I love those. But yeah, I so don't think that was safe.
Mike 11:35
Well, that'd be there's a lot of people who do a lot of things that they actually really enjoy until it hurts you
Ann Wrightson 11:40
Yeah, exactly.
Mike 11:41
What's really remarkable, though, over the last few years are some of the changes you've had with your weight. And the focus the that we've really put into that as obviously, you've gotten stronger, and you've felt stronger over the years. And then so what happened a few years ago, what did you What were you thinking about? And why did you
Ann Wrightson 12:01
Well, I noticed when I was around 63, 64 That it was harder and harder to take off holiday weight. From Thanksgiving, Christmas, I usually put on five pounds, usually five to seven pounds. And previously, I could take it off pretty well. But it's still weight loss for me is always slow and kind of methodical, like one pound a week, sometimes a little less than that. But I noticed around 63, 64 I couldn't get it off at all, it was taking me months to take off two pounds. And so again, my friend Laurie had found a nutritionist that she liked a lot who and I encountered other nutritionists that I was never very impressed with. But Laurie really liked this person. So I signed on to with Lisa Jublee. And I changed entirely what I ate, went to organic went because I have arthritis in my hands. And I treat it with a lot of remedies and a lot of not medication but remedies. Um, I went gluten free and dairy free and ate mostly a high fat high protein low carb diet. And I did it for Well, I still do it. But over the course of a year I lost 15 pounds. So I went from about 145 down to 130, 131
Mike 13:38
with the same exercise regimen with the same pilates once or twice a week.
Ann Wrightson 13:43
Yeah
Mike 13:43
walking that like a little intermittent jog type of thing.
Ann Wrightson 13:46
Yeah. I plateaued at around 135. And I had a really, really hard time getting below that. So Lisa suggested I do inform fitness twice a week, because that kind of training kind of ramps up your metabolism and the ability to burn fat more efficiently.
Mike 14:06
I think for you that something finding out that dosage, you know, we advocate it once a week or twice a week, it depends on the person and their health and how intense they can actually the intensity they can tolerate and a lot of different variables but and it's you know, people ask us all the time, which, you know, should I come once a week? Or should I come twice a week and sometimes we don't really know because some people they get the results you're talking about doing it once a week. And you know what's interesting one of the things I want to just make sure it gets mentioned is what I admire about annie is she is so focused and she's very patient with what I refer to as the troubleshooting process, you know, figuring out like what's, what is the the the way to to your results because it actually isn't the exact same frequency or the same exact nutrient intake per person and
Adam 14:59
not only that, but it changes for you. It changes you for yourself.
Mike 15:03
Right. And it changes possibly in times in your life exactly as, but what I think a lot of people, they throw their arms up in the air, they may get results for a week or two weeks, and then all of a sudden, wait a second, it plateaus, and then it stops. And then they throw their arms up in the air and give up on the process of which may involve a lot of different things. We talked about Adams over the last few podcasts as well, which he's, you know, made tremendous gains, but it's a process. Yeah, but it is. And that's the thing, I just wanted to like, I think it's amazing how, you know, we've figured out, like a two times was actually appropriate for you.
Ann Wrightson 15:38
yeah
Adam 15:39
it's a really excellent point. I mean, I can't tell you that that is the secret to success. And the word is patience. And one word is patience, and being willing to try something and stick it out. Because you don't know if something works if you just do it for a week. You mean this is something that takes time. And, and realism, patience and realism of the two things mean, understanding what a pound is, you know, and that just because you lost a pound in two weeks, and you're frustrated by that, so you lost a pound every two weeks. For a year. Yeah. All right. You know, you're talking you lost 25 pounds. That's, that's major.
Ann Wrightson 16:21
Yeah
Adam 16:21
that's major. Yeah, you know, consistently and the thing is, it might take some time to find what works for you. And, again, patience,
Sheila 16:31
and what you said before, and it changes in the different phases of your life, what goes on in your 30s or 40s, all of a sudden, you're like, it doesn't work anymore.
Adam 16:41
And be observant enough and patient again enough to and willing to make certain changes and tried certain changes. And it's a testament to you Annie because like you know, we can we can give you all the information all the guidance in the world but but for you to have the patience and to actually do it is we don't see it very often. We don't see it enough.
Ann Wrightson 17:00
And it really worked. The it was the it was the the silver bullet for me that literally got me past 135 and down to like 130 it took it took a while. But as they've said, I'm I'm willing to be patient about it. And I noticed I also noticed doing this twice a week, I strength ramped up that I noticed I could notice I just noticed, you know, because I do other exercises at home. And I just noticed, just the ability to do them changed. definitely changed.
Sheila 17:36
And how many days in between your two routines Do you have?
Ann Wrightson 17:40
Oh, I we usually would do Thursday, Monday, Thursday. Yeah, Tuesday. And I changed. I changed up my Pilates routine so that I wasn't back to back because I have a hard time and fine. Back to Back exercising coming here is is gets pretty hard to do.
Mike 17:58
You know, another thing that is breaking through that plateau for you is interesting and and intermittent fasting was an element to it,
Ann Wrightson 18:11
and i still basically do intermittent fasting I. So I eat for about eight hours out of 24. So I basically do not eat breakfast. I get up early. I'm a 5am riser. So I eat lunch at 11 or 1130 because I'm hungry by then. But I'll have almonds, maybe if I need to kind of have something at like 830 or nine and then I'll eat lunch at 11 and dinner at around seven. And basically that's about it.
Mike 18:46
That's seven days a week or, or like five days a week.
Ann Wrightson 18:51
Oh, probably probably six to seven, six to seven days a week. Sometimes on the weekend. I'm a little looser, and I eat breakfast because my husband's home and we're a little less intense about getting up and out of the house all he breakfast at like, I'll eat breakfast. Otherwise I don't.
Adam 19:11
socially. How do you work in eating like that on a social basis? Do you find it difficult? Do you find are you being judged or you just don't socialize?
Ann Wrightson 19:19
Well, I do socialize. I do. I mean there are days where I just like I just went out this past weekend and we went to this place called the meatball shop and I ate meet balls and I had
Mike 19:33
Annie's a New Yorker you better believe she socializes
Ann Wrightson 19:37
and I and I had an ice cream sandwich and which is two huge cookies and a huge scoop ice cream and I thought I can do this. I mean I do very often but I definitely like I love food so it's nice to have a good time with it. I do find when I'm on the road working I'm really strict about eating Then, and I make my own food, I take my own lunch. And I'm really I don't socialize so much when I'm on the road, because then you tend that you sit for eight hours you then you know, if you've got a bag of pretzels there, that's what you eat. And I don't I take you know, carrot chips or I take something I take nuts and I and I take my lunch and put it in the fridge and so I'm really careful about that
Mike 20:30
was it? Was it difficult initially to make those transitions like getting rid of all those, like inflammatory foods and stuff when when Lisa sort of guided you
Ann Wrightson 20:41
No, I literally switched gears like overnight over the course of a weekend. I literally just looked at what I needed to shop I shopped it. I stopped I I rearranged it. I keep I do keep a food diary on my fitness pal. I still
Adam 20:59
just like a Gretchen Rubin dream. Right? Like, what does that make her? Like? You know, according to her
Sheila 21:06
She's an upholder
Adam 21:11
told what she had to do. And she just did it
Ann Wrightson 21:13
or an obliger Yeah, yeah. And it doesn't. And I find now that I've done it for so long. If I if I like blow it out and eat a lot of carbs, like a few days in a row. I just, I can't do it. I get I don't I it's not comfortable. I can't comfortably do that very often.
Mike 21:32
I mean, it's so you're in a pattern where yeah, what serves your body and makes you feel good. And you know that having some indulgences from time to time, whether it's shopping ice cream treat? It's like, yeah, I have the treat.
Ann Wrightson 21:44
Yeah. Now I get back on the saddle
Adam 21:46
that's reasonable. Your body hardly notices it.
Mike 21:48
Yeah, your body hardly notices. Well, it will, it may notice it, but then you want to you want to quickly get back on the track. Yeah, you're on? Yeah, I think that's the license, I think you you have to earn. If you want those meatball shops and those ice cream sandwiches and those loose social engagements, you have to have a tremendous amount of discipline which you've established yourself. And it's, you know, like, going back to Gretchen Rubin, there's, you know, that was another thing, troubleshooting your own personality and how to actually get it. But the thing is one of the things I wanted to mention about I mean, people don't see any on the podcast, but any, you know, like, and this is, this is a female thing, what I've found watching women over 50 is having a lot of difficulty losing the weight in that midsection area, and Annie has done it. Like she has really, really significantly done what is a lot of people find to be impossible. And I think like setting that goal. And, you know, and working towards it is I think it's just worthy of just mentioning that it's attainable with if you're if you're ready to pursue you know, the trouble, let's say, let's say it's possible, because I don't know if it's attainable for everybody. It may not be
Adam 23:02
I mean, but it's definitely possible. If it doesn't happen if that particular thing, losing your little pouches, as I hear refer to a lot. If you if for some reason, because you had five kids and you can't lose a pouch was not lost. I mean, you're still eating a healthy lifestyle, and your health and your healthy. You know, the thing that annie said at the beginning of the broadcast, if you want to call it that is this, I realized that being stronger, was being healthier. And that that's a realization, that's a profound realization that her strength is what made her healthy. We often try to get fit. And many times that the exercise programs we choose to get fit actually do the opposite, then they undermine our health. And the fact that she said that being strong, avoiding sarcopenia, which is one of our early episodes we've done on this podcast, and all the problems that come from that, muscle loss and things like that. You know, it's a profound statement for somebody in our position that hasn't been trained in school and sarcopenia and all that, just to say that she realized that her strength was her health, especially and then and then doing in a safe way. So getting strong doesn't undermine your health. And I think that's an important point to make. And to kind of close with, although I do want to bring up one other thing that Mike brought up, which is not really about Annie and her success, but it's it's something that comes up and the word was used and that is plateau. Want to say something about plateaus for a second. It's only going to take me a minute. That is I think plateaus in some instances in many instances get a bad name as if it's a bad thing that I plateaued
Mike 24:48
and we were just talking about that
Adam 24:50
you were just talking about that? tell me what I say is actually what yeah, what what you were talking about. This is funny So it's kind of just an observation I make. I mean, the thing about plateaus is, if you come here, how long has it been any 15? Are you coming here 15 years, if you are realistically, or getting strong every single time you came in here, you'd be like Arnold Schwarzenegger by now. There's a limitation to how strong you can get. And the real thing about plateaus,
Mike 25:25
you'd be Captain America
Adam 25:26
and the analogy, when you're like a starving art artists, right. And you can have trouble paying the rent, every penny that you make counts, but when you're like a millionaire, and a gazillionaire, and you don't ever have to worry about making money ever again, and you make some more money on top of that. It's almost like who the hell cares? And the thing is this, when you're as strong as Annie has gotten, let's say
Mike 25:32
and has maintained
Adam 25:36
Well, that's the point I'm making about plateaus. I mean, let's say you are 200 300 400%, stronger than you were, like you said, you're stronger now than you were in your 30s. Okay? And you've been maintaining that into your 60s now. Alright, and you've been plateauing at this high level of strength for all this time. I'm thinking that's huge. That's great. That's plateaus, not bad. The fact that but and this is the other thing about plateaus. Also, though, doesn't mean you stop trying to get stronger. That's that's the beauty of this. You keep trying you keep trying to get stronger, you keep looking at your results, still exert patience. And you still tweak, you know, and it's really cool to really see if you can get it higher. Why not? You know, you're here. And it just reminds me and I don't want to set limitations either. Even though we know there are theoretical limitations that we all have. Who wants to set those limitations because it reminds me of when the four minute mile is broken, right? What's the guy's name Bannister? Was that the guy who broke the four minute mile? First one? Yeah. All right. So like before he broke it, the first guy to break and no one thought it could be done. As soon as Bannister broke it, all of a sudden, all these people started breaking it soon after, because the belief was there that it can be done. So I don't want to ever set limitations or you can get so strong, you're at your plateau. And I'm really want to talk about plateaus too much. Because that can be a self fulfilling prophecy that, you know, but at the same time, it's not a bad word, especially if you're like, 300% stronger than you were in your 30s?
Mike 27:21
Well, I think it's coupled with the expectation of where you would be if you did not do any strength training when you're 67 years old, right? Like, like, Where would she be?
Ann Wrightson 27:30
Where would I be talking about
Mike 27:32
like if you draw a line and say Annie Wrightson lifts 100 pounds when she's 30 years old, at whatever exercise and at 40 she lifts 100 And at 50 She lifts 100 and it's 60 She lifts 100 and at 70
Ann Wrightson 27:46
The thing is, that would be a good plateau
Mike 27:49
she'd be declining
Sheila 27:51
you're not losing strength
Mike 27:52
really is the increase is the delta between where the decline would be and where the plateau is. I don't know if people can understand that through a podcast, but that is Delta's change. Yeah. Okay. But that's, uh, and but that that percentage, which is below the plateau line between the plateau line and we're, you probably may have been lifting or if you didn't do any strength training, or what you possibly could have done if you weren't strength training. That's the big thing that we had so
Adam 28:18
alarming, because that's why that siren, yes.
Sheila 28:22
On the on the whole topic of plateauing, you can talk about that, as far as, you know, just getting older and people saying, Oh, forget it, I'm never gonna, you know, lose that belly fat, I'm never gonna look as good as I never gonna feel good again. And I'm kind of on that my own journey started with that, you know, in the last month, and I hired a nutritionist and so Annie, you are an inspiration to me. Because it's like, no, I'm going to look the best I can. At my age. I'm going to I'm going to do this, you know, I don't have to settle for Look, I'm just gonna have to deal with this. I'm going to just slowly gain more weight and you know, slowly have to buy more clothes. And, you know, anyway, I just wanted to say I'm very happy to meet you. And I think that you're an inspiration to women, especially. Thank you.
Ann Wrightson 29:15
Yeah, thank you so much
Adam 29:17
Bravos
Mike 29:18
Annie thank you very much for being with us today. We really appreciate it
Ann Wrightson 29:21
certainly.
Tim Edwards 29:23
much appreciation to 15 years inform fitness client and Tony Award nominee Ann Wrightson for sharing her health journey with us here on the inform fitness podcast. As Sheila mentioned, she is truly an inspiration and living testimony for this slow motion high intensity strength training protocol offered at seven inform fitness locations across the US. To find one near you click on over to informfitness.com The website is chock full of entertaining and educational blog posts written by Adam. You can also see what Adam Mike and Sheila actually look like in their trainer bios and the videos and we invite you to head on over to Amazon to pick up Adams book power of 10 the once a week slow motion fitness revolution. The book itself is only about 13 bucks, and you can download the Kindle version for less than eight. Inside the book you'll find nutritional tips and exercises that can be performed anywhere, even if you're not near an inform fitness location. Alright, so next week, Mike Rogers will be sharing a very personal story about resiliency. We'll discuss how this type of workout can not only keep you healthy in your golden years, but could possibly even save your life. Make sure you're with us for that one. Until then, for Adam, Mike and Sheila with inform fitness. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting Network.
Episode 39 is inspired by the Functional Fitness Movement and for those who subscribe to the notion we should train and strengthen our bodies in ways that mimic the activities of our daily life. Adam Zickerman, Mike Rogers, and Sheila Melody discuss the dangers of participating in this form of exercise.
Joining the conversation is InForm FItness client and filmmaker David Carlson. David has produced several amazing videos for InForm Fitness: Intensity - www.youtube.com/watch?v=h0ca4DoWh8A Mobile Gym - www.youtube.com/watch?v=wHXsL635i8U Testimonials: www.youtube.com/watch?v=U9cXf1R68-8 www.youtube.com/watch?v=IL6OoBRtwko
Adam mentioned in this episode that our old friend from Episode 19, Bill DeSimone, has a series of videos regarding congruent exercise: www.youtube.com/user/CongruentExercise
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com.
To purchase Adam Zickerman’s book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon: bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
39 The Dangers of Functional Training Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
workout, exercise, deltoid, people, lifting, inform, muscle, david, carrying, functional, joint, adam, heavy, movement, strengthen, fitness, talking, lever, weight, aware
SPEAKERS
Sheila, Tim Edwards, Mike, Adam, David
Adam 00:05
Because what people are doing in these functional training gyms is doing the things that you would do in your backyard carrying stones and weakening you and weakening a joint and compromising the joint in this very insidious way time after time workout after workout and then you go to actually do something like that in your backyard. And that's when the straw breaks. And you're thinking, Oh, I don't understand, I was preparing for this and now I get hurt. Or you get hurt in a gym before that even happens. Because the thing is when you're not doing things in a biomechanically correct way you're wearing away and you're weakening the joint and functional training is serving to to screw you up.
Sheila 00:50
Episode 39 of the inform fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman is about to begin, heyy inform nation. Thanks for joining us. I am Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting network and a client of inform fitness. Adam, Mike and Sheila will be with us in just a minute. And they'll be joined by a longtime inform fitness client, David Carlson. The discussion today is based off of a blog post written by Adam a few years back titled gyms have become dangerous playgrounds for grownups. The blog post stems from the functional fitness movement, and for those who subscribe to the notion that we should train and strengthen our bodies in ways that mimic the activities of our daily life. So what are the dangers of participating in this form of exercise? Well, you can read the blog post for yourself at informfitness.com. And we begin the discussion right now here on the inform fitness podcast.
Adam 01:44
Yes, so you know, we talk about we talk about theory a lot, and a lot of, you know, academic things from time to time, and it's always good to just come back to, you know, where the rubber meets the road and talk to people that have actually experiencing this and this type of workout. And when we have talked about functional training in the past, and how this, you know, my opinion is that you strength train to build muscle, and then you and you do that in the safest way possible according to muscle and joint function as best as you can. And not necessarily try to mimic everyday life in the gym, which is what a lot of functional trainers are doing doing things that you kind of do in everyday life and but in the gym, you're doing with weights or extra resistance. And I've always said that that's dangerous for the joints, and the way you incorporate your life, or the way the way exercise helps you in your life is by again, safely strengthen the muscles according to its as best you can, according to its its function, and not to try to get fancy. So I was reminded of this when I was talking to David, client, longtime client, David's here with me right now. Hello, David.
David 02:59
Hi. Thanks for having me. Glad to be here.
Sheila 03:01
Now. Now, Adam, before you bring David in as a longtime client, let's also let our audience know that David also has produced several videos for you over there on the East Coast.
Adam 03:12
Yes, David is very well aware of our workout. He's intimately aware because we he is producing videos with us. And he obviously he's getting a technical background and all this stuff, obviously in order to shoot it properly. So yeah, he's a client and he just keeps learning more and more about it. And we were having a conversation yesterday about how he was doing some work in his backyard, and all this kind of stuff. And it made me think exactly of the point we've been making all this time about separating everyday life activities, and not necessarily trying to mimic those activities in the gym. And David is pretty much living proof of how this works and is based on what he was telling me yesterday, that current prompted me to invite him here today with us. So David, tell us what you were talking about yesterday.
David 04:01
So I have this house in Pennsylvania. And it's really great because I think this I you know, I do yard work. The one thing that I keep on, I'm reminded all the time of how effective this workout is. So last week I was in in Pennsylvania and I was harvesting I don't know these big stones to make these paths stones on my property and they're probably like 50 65 pounds each. They're pretty heavy. And I know that you know I'm in pretty good shape because I've been doing this workout for probably about four and a half years. But still something like that. You know, it really it made me think like you got to be really careful about this because you're picking up a big piece of stone from the ground, you're lifting it up your back isn't you know, could be in real trouble. But of course because I do this work now I'm actually even more focused on these kinds of things when they come into my world. So, you know, I like held my stomach and I picked it up and I did this all day and it was like I could do it but it was really really they were really really difficult. At the end of the day when I had the stones laid out I thought to myself, you know I'm really lucky I do this work workout because If I had not done this workout, I think this whole day would have killed me, you know, just just laying out those stones. And the funny thing about it the end of the day, I was a little sore, because it was a little awkward, you know, the, the positions I were in was in a couple of times, and, and I felt it, but I didn't feel destroyed. And I thought to myself, Man, if I had done this, and I wasn't in this kind of shape, I would, I don't think I don't think I'd be in good shape. So came I told Adam about this, because I was super excited about it. Because I thought to myself, I have to do this workout. So you can do life. You know, that's the thing you never think about you think I've heard people talk about, oh, you can have this, like really active lifestyle, and you can, you know, like, you can, you know lift rocks and things, you'll be in great shape. No, that's gonna kill you. The only way you can do that is if you are in great shape first, and then you can do this work without killing it.
Adam 05:49
See what I was happy about hearing that. That's the kind of the thing that made the light bulb go off on my head, he figured it out. Usually, I have to kind of teach that that correlation, which usually people have reversed, he realized that you don't exercise that way to prepare for that which so many people do, which is what this whole functional create functional training craze is all about. Like you have people lifting tires, and carrying rocks across football fields and anvils, and sandbags, and swinging ropes and kettlebells. And all those things which do in some ways mimic things that you do in life, like David carrying boulders around his back yard to plant a garden and things like that. The misnomer is that you have to do those similar type of activities with weights and in the gym so he can prepare you for what he did in a back yard. And no, because what he was doing in a back yard ultimately, is not good for you. If he kept doing that over and over again, day after day, like a manual laborer does, he's going to have problems, you're gonna have physical problems, whereas working out with us, or in a way that's according to muscle and joint function, whether it's with us or not, right, it's just doing according to muscle and joint function is going to prepare you for when you do have to move a rock, that is not going to be the straw that breaks the camel's back. Because what people are doing in these functional training gyms is doing the things that you would do in your backyard carrying stones, and weakening you and weakening a joint and compromising the joint in this very insidious way time after time week workout after workout. And then you go to actually do something like that in your backyard. And that's when the straw breaks. And you're thinking, Oh, I don't understand I was preparing for this. And now I get hurt. Well you got hurt in a gym before that even happens. Because the thing is when you're not doing things in a biomechanically correct way you're wearing away and you're weakening the joint and functional training is serving to screw you up. So here, David was working out doing a very safe leg press doing the deltoids according to muscle joint function and resistance is that the right weight at the right time, not too heavy at the weak point not too late at the strong point, not screwing up the rotator cuff muscles not screwing up the joint itself and all the connective tissue of that joint. By doing things on long levers with a weight is way too heavy, and the stabilizer muscles have to carry way too much load than they were meant to. And then and by not doing that by just strengthening the muscle he was prepared to to lift boulders in his backyard, and there was no straw that broke the camel's back. So that's what really kind of was impressed upon me when he was talking.
Mike 08:27
basically the the point of this, I think is that life, the majority of our life is in fact outside of muscle and joint function. And, and when we try to incorporate some of those, those things into our exercise, you're an exercising on an exercise regimen is something that is repetitive, you know whether it's once a week or three times a week, or whatever people do, but to do certain things, like carry boulders, which we want to be able to do when we have to do them within our within means. But that is a it's a great, it's a great testimonial to come to that conclusion, because a lot of people don't really come to that. Even after we tell them over and over and over again.
Adam 09:12
Yeah, usually usually it's like, you know, how is this helping me with doing all my gardening? Right? Don't? Shouldn't I be doing things like I do in the back yard? And gardening? Shouldn't I be jumping off boxes? Because that's kind of what happens when you kind of run after a bus or something like that? Should I be doing those kinds of ballistic movements to repair me for the ballistic movements of life? And I'm like, No.
Mike 09:35
The thing is these now, these things do occur in in life. And I think when we know something that is that can be destructive or risky. And as we get older things become that way. We have to make sure we are very careful with what with which ones we decide to do at that time in our life. And I think you know, you thought you knew that you could probably do this. But as you said before, if you were doing this all the time, or as Adam said, if you did this had to do this as a job all the time, you probably would hurt yourself, even if you were very strong. Yeah, because you're making, in essence, an exercise if you're doing it all the time.
David 10:11
Sure. And I guarantee you that I probably wouldn't even try to have done it. If I had not been if I hadn't felt strong, I mean, one of the things I have to say about this workout always, it always makes me feel really strong. Like I just feel like, okay, I'm gonna, I'm gonna, I'm a camera, man. So I'm carrying around gear all the time. The reason like, you know, the reason I, I maybe I got this is because I came to this workout, hoping to cure those kind of things. Like I remember, I couldn't carry gear, I was getting tired and, and then after about three months, I realized I started gaining the strength and then in my job became a lot easier. And then I started going like, Oh, holy hell, this is gonna, this is gonna bring back my life. You know? Let's see that window, I pull it down. As I pull it down. I go, Oh, my God, my core did that so easily.
Adam 10:54
Sheila reminds me of the story with Fitz Fitz, Patrick, the bass player for the Cult, right? Graham Fitzpatrick, the bass player for the Cult, and
Sheila 11:04
basically ruined his back was so bad that he couldn't even it was threatening his career, his his career playing bass on stage, you know, with traveling with bands and playing bass, he couldn't stand he couldn't walk around. His brother actually had a facility with this type of workout, this type of equipment, got him to get on the low back machine, which you're like, what? Why would you go on the low back machine when your back is in, you know, in bad shape. But his brother, knowing the benefits of this can, you know, convinced him to try it. And it was the thing that made him better and able to come back in his career and get back out on stage again. And so when he was traveling with the Cult, he would like every city, he would go to he would look for this equipment, that's how he found us in LA, by finding that we had this certain type of equipment. And, and he wanted that low back machine that was like his, that's his cure, you know, to come in and do that low back machine. And then when he's in New York key, he's called you guys several times and gone in there. And that's, he has to keep doing that in order to stay viable, you know, able to continue, because his back has, once you have a back thing. And it's been in that, you know, condition where it's, you're so scared, people are scared, Adam, you know, this whole, we have had that whole low back episode with you, Adam. And it's like, it's this the fear factor, so they don't move. But once you understand that the exercise is going to strengthen your back and make it better, then you're like, Okay, I got to keep doing this. One thing I wanted to just say about what Dave was saying that I thought was very important is that simply by doing this exercise, you become much more aware of safely doing things of safely lifting very heavy weights, you become much more aware of that perfect form. And then that That alone makes you much more aware when you're even moving a piece of furniture in your house or something like that.
Adam 13:21
it's true I'm sure David were like bending your knees properly.
David 13:24
yeah, even in New York, I mean, I find myself checking with checking in with myself as I'm walking upstairs. I'm feeling myself moving and mechanically in ways that are just sort of supporting me they're not there. You know, I'm careful. I'm careful because of this workout. I mean, it does come through in everyday life all the time.
Sheila 13:41
We actually had one new client, she was a younger girl, and she came in twice. And then she was she sent John her trainer, a text saying, I think I'm taller. I'm taller, could you measure me and and it was I was reading something about the benefits of when you start strength training. And part of that is that you're standing a little taller, because you're aware of your muscles,
David 14:08
I mean, I'm gonna jump on that because that that's been a huge change for me. So like, after I leave this place, I'm standing up in this very tall position. And walking around the tree. It's sort of like all of a sudden, my my musculature is holding my frame up. I just feel it like supporting me, it's sort of like this angel comes behind you and grabs your shoulders and sort of holds it up for you to show you like this is where you should be all your life.
Sheila 14:34
Right
David 14:34
and, and I've noticed that even like if I want to get that feeling back during the week, if I just put myself into like a, like a plank position for you know, until I almost go to failure. If I stand up, I'm brought up into the same position again, it lifts me up. So it's like, if I want that instant, instant fix, I just go to that and all of a sudden I feel like I'm like two inches taller. I do feel that.
Sheila 14:56
That's awesome.
David 14:57
Yeah, it was a very exciting thing. And so as you bring it up that's that's One very exciting thing that I've, I've actually passed on to other people I've told other people about, because I'm generally like, my whole life has been like this, you know, so,
Adam 15:07
you know, a functional training, the concept of functional training was so good. And it worked, then things like, graham Fitzpatrick, and carrying a heavy guitar on his shoulders all the time, would be strengthening his back, not hurting his back. It wasn't until he started dealing according to muscle and joint function to truly strengthen back the right way that made him feel better. But functional training is saying mimic the activities of life that you know, so you can handle it. So he's like, Okay, I'm just gonna carry this really heavy guitar on my shoulders. And that should solve my back problems, right? No, it's actually causing his back problems. Reminds me of the bar owner that I trained for the last I don't know, eight years. Kirk, if you're listening, hello. You know, Kirk owns bars, he's carrying kegs all the time. Up and down the stairs. He's big kegs, half of carrying a keg is technique. Have you ever seen one of those guys pulling it off a truck, but they're heavy those things right? He was not getting stronger lifting kegs all day. Alright, and those guys that are heaving those kegs up and down on trucks, they aren't they have a lot of problems. Alright, it wasn't until he started doing again his workout here that he was able to handle that kind of work. So if functional training was valid, wouldn't all those really tough work that you doing all day long, when that'd be making you stronger and healthier and not not making you decrepit and crooked, we just think about it for a second. It doesn't make sense the whole functional training movement as as they basically stole that term memory functional training came from rehabilitation, where you're injured, and you can't do some very basic things. And you just practice, not just from a strengthening point of view. But from an even neurological point of view, a tactile point of view, you got to learn how to do a function again
Mike 15:08
more like occupational therapy
Adam 16:45
occupational therapy, therapy, it's about getting back to a certain level and then going from there. But once you get back to being able to move that joint appropriately, then you got to strengthen after that
Mike 16:54
right and, and one other whether it's a movement pattern, like a like an a job, like moving a keg or picking up rocks, or a sports move, you learn technique to make it more efficient, if it's something that you do have to do on a regular basis, like you still have to move kegs, like an athlete still have to, you know, run across the field, jump up in the air, catch a ball or something like that. And the idea is you want to learn how to do that activity as efficiently. And with as much technical expertise, which, you know, we learn how to do and one part of that is how to do it without hurting yourself or to minimize risk, I should say, because oftentimes a lot of things like sports, for example, that require extreme ranges of motion, in order to do the actual sport, there is an expectation that you're going to, that you may actually hurt yourself in the process of doing. So
Adam 17:51
again, here we are, you just touched upon something, Mike, that that is something we've touched upon before. And it's definitely worth repeating, because it's a basic tenant of what we're talking about. And that is the difference between recreation and exercise. And sports is part of that recreation. And athletes just like the bartender or the bar owner, I should say. And just like the musician, you the athlete, is also putting themselves in compromising positions during his sport for his sport. And again, to train in those compromising positions, it's just going to be piling on and just adding to the propensity for risk of getting injured, what that athlete should be doing, instead of working in these extreme ranges of motion to try to mimic what's happening, let's say on a basketball court
Mike 18:36
while they're training
Adam 18:37
while the training I'm saying is to just strengthen the muscle appropriately according to muscle and joint functions, avoiding extremes, avoiding the excessive force that's going to wear insidiously, possibly wear and tear away at the joints and then they get hurt during the game. And it's hard to prove right? That what the cause was, but more than likely, it's all that plyometric quote unquote, functional training that they're trying to mimic. And really what they're doing, according to,
Sheila 19:08
you know, tearing it down, wearing everything down.
Adam 19:10
You know, to me exercising like that all the time is not exercise, it's manual labor. We all know manual laborers are not necessarily in the greatest health as, as they as age
David 19:21
actually have that that's the initial conversation we had about that was the difference between manual labor and can exercise I was thinking about that
Sheila 19:28
getting paid to have somebody do maybe we should change the whole idea of it and just people will pay so that they can exercise but then we will get work done at the same time.
Adam 19:42
Well, exactly, you know, so for all of you that are doing all these functional training workouts, the boot camps across fits, you know what, become become a construction worker and add some value to society at least. If you're gonna beat yourself up, be so pumped to have something come from it. As opposed to just beating yourself up and not having any value come from it.
David 20:05
learn a craft
Adam 20:05
or learn a craft, you still manual labor is up to you, you're actually accomplishing something.
Sheila 20:11
So Adam, I just wanted to go back to maybe give the listeners a little one on one in biomechanical movement. And you talked earlier, you just mentioned long levers. So could you just kind of explain, give an example of a long lever, and how that would hurt?
Adam 20:29
Well, your thing is, when you have a weight in your hand, for example, and you're lifting it, your arm is the lever, right? So and the thing about a lever does is it multiplies the weights that you're holding by the length of that lever. So if you're doing, let's say, side raises with a dumbbell to work your deltoids. So you're holding a dumbbell by your size, and you're just lifting your arms straight out from your sides with a with a locked out elbow, so it's a straight arm. Alright? Well, you have to keep in mind is and what you have to know is where the deltoid the muscle that you're working your shoulder muscle, where its strong point is, and where it's weak point is. And the weight should be heaviest at the strong point of the deltoid, and it should be lighter at the weak point, because if the weight is too heavy at the weak point of the deltoid, that's where other things need to hold up that weight. And those other things like connective tissue and rotator cuff muscles, stabilizer muscles, smaller stabilizer muscles, they can't handle all that extra weight. So it's important to match how the weight changes to a range of motion and make sure that it's changing in accordance to the strength levels of that muscle that it's working. So what's happening here, when you do a lateral raise like that, the deltoid is strongest when you start the movement when it's by your sides, that's where your deltoid is really strong. But that's also where the weight is not really being multiplied by a long lever, because it's not out yet. So it's the weight itself, multiplied by the small, maybe an inch that is away from your side. But then when you pull it away from your side, your deltoid is getting weaker. And that weight as it's going away from your body, the further it gets away from your body, you have to multiply that weight by that distance. And the further and further it gets away from your body that weight gets heavier and heavier. At the same time, as your arm is going away from your body, your deltoid, your shoulder muscles getting weaker and weaker. So the here you have what they call incongruency, where the weight is way too heavy at that point for the muscle, see what people might not understand that the muscle doesn't have the same strength through a range of motion, it's stronger at the beginning of the range of motion usually gets weaker at the end of the range of motion, and the weight has to vary accordingly. And if it doesn't, if it varies the wrong way, where it gets heavier, where the muscle gets weaker, that's when you run into problems. And that's what happens very often when we don't lift weights according to our muscle and joint function. And there's ways to fix that problem doesn't mean you can't do a lateral raise, you just shouldn't do a lateral raise standing straight up like that. If you lean your body to a 45 degree angle or lay on your side. And you do a lateral raise that way. Now you change everything. Now the way it is heaviest at the beginning of the deltoid, and where the delts can handle that heavyweight. And then as the weight comes up as if you're laying on your side, the distance shortens as the deltoid gets weaker, and now you have congruent exercise. So it's just a matter of knowing how to shift your body position sometimes to make an exercise from safe to unsafe or and vice versa.
Mike 23:38
That's I mean, Adam was just speaking in terms of exercise, but like going back to a practical life type of thing. Like what David was talking about moving rocks, like and talk to you about the lever that Adams talking about what David was, I guarantee I wasn't there, but I guarantee he wasn't he didn't have his arms extended way far away from his body carrying
Adam 23:57
he brought it closer to his body
Mike 23:58
he brought it closer body because that technique
Adam 24:01
you're not multiplying that boulder by the distance of your arm away from your body.
Mike 24:05
So the distance of His arm was shorter, because he held it closer, and therefore he could actually carry it. If he did it the other way, you would have made the lift much harder for himself and will likely hurt himself no matter how strong he is from this workout.
Adam 24:17
Exactly. So when you see a lot of these movements at boot camps and the CrossFit, you know, when you have medicine balls with outstretched arms twisting to the side, I mean, you're working your obliques minimally, but you're straining your lower back maximally. It's not even accomplishing and working the muscle that you're intending. And people don't realize that and you have these trainers that maybe most likely unintentionally, you're not even understanding of the forces that are involved in something like that. And that's the real danger of this functional training movement when you don't understand that there are going to be excessive forces on a muscle at the wrong time. So I have a little mantra where it's which you know, when I when I try to explain all this to my clients, as we go through the workout, it's, I always say the right resistance at the right time. And that's that that's important I point that out to them. And sometimes I'll even demonstrate doing a lateral raise and a standing position and then do the lateral raise in the side position. And they can feel the difference can feel how it straining a shoulder, you can feel how all of a sudden, when you'd make it do it the right way you feel it in the deltoid and not feel like your shoulder blade, or your collarbone is about to pop out of your out of its socket.
Mike 25:31
And the problem with, with what is not with what Adam is talking about, once again, the understanding of a lot of people when they exercise is that they associate being really, really sore with a great workout. And that's why sometimes, like doing extreme range of motion or incongruent exercise oftentimes makes people very sore, like, wow, that was a great workout. And then they go back to it, of course, and so that's the thing that we always want people to be very, very aware of when they're in if they're not doing what we're doing. Or if they're doing something similar to what we're doing. You have to be very aware of these types of things, no matter what type of program you're involved with. And that's something that we take very, very seriously. And we're very vigilant about.
Sheila 26:15
Right. And I think one of the classic things people do in that, you know, on that same line of speaking, is they reach too far forward, to pick something up, you know what I mean? Like they're reaching over, and then they pick it up, and then oh, God, it's too heavy, and your low back is strained. And you know what I mean, they're not like, centered in that, it just being aware, your whole body is the lever, they're like your arms outstretched and you're stretching over to pick something up, don't do it
Mike 26:51
comes back to the workout though. And I like the day it's going and it comes full circle to what Dave said in the beginning, was that his awareness for what he was doing when it was outside of muscle and joint function was much more conservative, he actually did things much safely in that world, because of the awareness he developed from this workout, which is what we do see that and then and this is a living proof of it right here.
David 27:15
Yeah, and when, you know, one of the great things about this place, I have to say that is, is always been about safety. So so I feel like here you get taken care of there, I mean, you can go any other place, and people will just lay on that line of advertising they've heard a million times before all over the place, then I've never seen any really results from but um, but here, you know, it's always been safety. It's always like, you take care of you, and then that starts getting pumped into you, you take care of yourself, you come here to take care of yourself. You know, it's great seeing you take that out with you.
Adam 27:49
I'm going to be producing some videos on this stuff and showing biomechanically correct exercises. So stay tuned for that. But in the meantime, until we start producing our videos, you know, I totally recommend that we interviewed Bill De Simone at one point. He has a whole host of videos, and he has a book called congruent exercise. He has several publications now on this subject. So if you want to get really specific and do exercises,
Mike 28:13
or reference our podcast too, remember we had a good interview with him,
Adam 28:16
we had an interview with him but I also recommend you going to Bill De Simone and looking up his his videos on all and you can see all types of exercise done properly and with explanations of why you're doing it this way and start engaging in some very effective but also safe ways of working these muscle groups and stay away from the idea of trying to mimic everyday activities including sports activities in the gym with weights and long levers now that you know what a lever does, alright, and do it save and like like we talked about with David you kind of intuitively understood that bring that keeps that way close to your body. And like you know, Sheila was just referencing about reaching out outstretched arms with heavy weights. You know, sometimes you just have to do that reminds me of myself when you know I had a reach you know you have kids and you have in the back seat and you're reaching behind you to grab something and, and I just remember you know, that's not good for your soul to reach only behind you with an outstretched arm and pick up this heavy backpack filled with who knows what you know, and you know, I wouldn't recommend people do that exercise. Except you have to do it in real life. And because I strengthen my shoulders and my neck and my arms in a safe way that every once in a while when I have to reach back in the backseat of the car and grab something heavy out of it. I can handle it. I don't want to do that on a regular basis, but I don't I didn't get hurt doing that and I could still get hurt doing that depending on how heavy the thing is. But that's how you prepare for everyday life by just making sure your shoulders are really strong so when you do have to reach behind the back seat and grab something heavy that you can handle it.
David 29:58
I have one more story I just want to share with you
Adam 29:59
And then we'll end with that because I think we don't want to beat a dead horse. But I think I think the point has been made, right?
Sheila 30:05
Yeah.
David 30:06
Well, so here this this thing happened. I never even shared this with anybody. But about a month ago, I was stepping up on the curb coming home from the supermarket. I had two bags with me. And I stepped on the curve, and I hit the curb incorrectly. And I remember my feet just kind of flipped up the I did this weird twist, you know, you know, when you fall, you're just like, you see it happening and the thing was it's cement, you know, and I tripped, I came down onto the pavement and my arms flipped out in front of me. And they put myself into this like plank position. It was the weirdest thing. It was like a cat. And I hit it. And then that moment, I thought to myself, oh my god, I'm glad I'm in shape. Because if I weren't in shape, I would have planted my face right on the cement probably, my my arms would have never supported me. In fact, this woman saw me down the street She came running, and said are you okay? And I was like, Yeah, I mean, I couldn't even believe it.
Sheila 31:03
Just decided to do a plank right now.
David 31:05
It was like I just fell into it.
Adam 31:08
spontaneous plank with groceries.
Sheila 31:10
I just planned that
David 31:11
because I think these are this is one of those miracle moments that you get that you're not aware of that you get when you do this. I think that's what I wanted to leave it on.
Sheila 31:21
Right. That's awesome. I love it.
Adam 31:24
Well, let's leave it there then.
David 31:26
It was a great miracle moment. I would say come have your own miracle moment.
Mike 31:30
I have had several miracle moments. One of the biggest one was I got hit by a car on my bike. I'm not kidding. I just think being like in shape. Like I literally flipped over the car, my hip, smashed the windshield, I rolled over the car and I landed on my feet on the other side of the car.
Tim Edwards 31:47
Oh my god really?
Adam 31:49
We call him MacGyver now.
Mike 31:54
On my hip, but to be honest with you, I was actually Totally 100% Totally fine. Yeah. And I think
Adam 32:01
Although Mike, if you I think if you're in better shape, you end up gotten that abrasion on your hip though.
Mike 32:05
Yeah, exactly. I should not have had that.
David 32:06
It's like it's like a spider man moment. Oh, my God. I have Spider Man. I have spider man powers.
Mike 32:13
creating miracles every day. But there's a lot of moments like that in life. And people who are in shape they maybe they don't they're not that aware of it. But like, when you trip into catch yourself, maybe you're not falling into a plank, but you just stepped to the side. It's just having that that that ability to make that agile movement is oftentimes as a result of just having adequate strength, you know
Tim Edwards 32:40
And we invite you to start making miracles inside your own body, making that change with a slow motion high intensity strength training workout at inform fitness. Many thanks to inform nation member and longtime inform fitness client, David Carlson for joining us here on the podcast. Adam mentioned at the top of the show that he and David are currently working on filming a series of trainer certification videos. In the past, David has also produced several amazing videos for inform fitness. And we'll have links to David's inform fitness productions in the show notes. And I'm also mentioned earlier that our old friend from Episode 19 Bill De Simone has a great series of videos regarding congruent exercise. Those two will appear in the show notes for this episode. And while you're tuning around the show notes don't forget to check out the link to Amazon to pick up Adams book power of 10 the once a week slow motion fitness revolution. Or how about stopping by an inform fitness location nearest you. They have the books there along with some really cool inform fitness apparel, and of course your opportunity to try this workout for yourself. To find an inform fitness location nearest you just visit informfitness.com and next week we'll be joined by inform fitness client and New York City Theater lighting designer Ann Wrightson. Looking forward to talking to Ann next week. Until then, for Adam Mike and Sheila with inform fitness. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting Network.
The Power of Ten workout, as discussed here at The Inform Fitness Podcast, is a high-intensity, slow-motion strength training protocol closely modulated with your very own one-on-one, personal trainer.
Here in Episode 37 we discuss the potential dangers of not closely modulating a high-intensity exercise program such as CrossFit, excessive spin classes, or marathon training. Working out under very extreme conditions could result in a rare but serious health condition called rhabdomyolysis (rhabdo).
Rhabdo occurs when muscle tissue breakdown results in the release of a protein (myoglobin) into the blood that can result in kidney failure. In this episode, we explain the symptoms rhabdo, the short & long-term effects, and how can you avoid it?
Good Morning America recently reported on the dangers of rhabdo: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KqMXSN-1HA4
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com
To purchase Adam Zickerman’s book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon: http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
37 Modulating Extremes While Exercising Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
people, workout, exercise, intensity, extreme, talking, adam, crossfit, minutes, modulating, myoglobin, muscle, fitness, podcast, pushing, intense, clients, happening, technique, episode
SPEAKERS
Tim Edwards, Mike, Adam
Adam 00:06
No, our motto has been, for a long time, the exercise you need to live the life you want. And part of knowing what exercise you need is basically, if you want to get down to it, we're modulating your intensity, how intense is enough to get the responses that we need. Exercise is not about building and seeing how much you can endure, you know, and the more you can endure, doesn't necessarily mean you are getting healthier and healthier, the more you can endure, and it ends up getting into law of diminishing returns. I mean, you don't get out 10 times more results or fitness or health by doing 10 times more work.
Tim Edwards 00:52
Inform nation, welcome to episode 37 of the inform fitness podcast 20 minutes. With New York Times bestselling author, Adam Zckerman and friends. Now we say 20 minutes, but you know, as as the show continues to evolve, so do the topics and 20 minutes sometimes just doesn't seem like enough. So we may have to change the name here pretty soon. But
Adam 01:15
I remember I remember when we were working, thinking about the concept, going back and forth about how we're going to do it. And I was like, if we can't explain something in 20 minutes, then it's not that we don't know our subject well enough, you know, and like, so much for that or subjects. Well,
Tim Edwards 01:32
so much for that.
Adam 01:33
Theres a lot to talk about. I mean, we try our best.
Tim Edwards 01:36
Well, just the opposite, I think because there's
Mike 01:38
the workout on its own is 20 minute workout. In fact, it's quite a bit less than that, you know, when you add up the actual time that you're under load on all the machines when you're in the workout, but yeah, sometimes these these topics that need to be discussed or questions with clients, they this they run out a little bit and usually, I mean, it's stuff's complicated, oftentimes, the answer is there is no answer, we have to sort of look over time and see, you know, try to locate patterns and, and hypothesize and go from there.
Tim Edwards 02:06
And that ties into the podcast too, because you know, when we initially tried to keep the podcast, the approximate length of of a traditional workout at inform fitness. But these topics, there's actually I think just the opposite what you said Adam, earlier was, they're so complex, that 20 minutes doesn't even seem like enough. And that's proven itself.
Adam 02:27
Well, what I want to start doing going forward, actually, with some of these podcasts, these episodes, what I've been noticing, while we've been doing it, and looking back on all this is that we have, we've taken on broad subjects, and we've talked we've had some very broad, but within the subjects that are there are topics among themselves. So like, that's what I'm gonna we're gonna start doing some narrowing down a little bit some of these issues that we've been talking about, for example, last week, when we're talking about two weeks ago, when we're talking with Doug Brignole, we did those two episodes with Doug, you know, Rhabdo came up or or rhabdomyolysis came up. And that that's a condition where your muscles literally bust apart and their innards kind of spread out. And it causes all kinds of problems, which we're going to go into, you know, that that in and of itself is a subject, which is what we're going to talk about a little bit today. And Rhabdo is a good example of a subject that comes up in broader talks now. So for example, we were talking about intensity when Rhabdo came up, and how intense is intense. And how intense should something be how often. And that's what I kind of want to get a little bit deeper into this idea of intensity, this idea of going to extremes. And Rhabdo is just a symptom of that. Oh, by the way, Rhabdo is short for rhabdomyolysis, lysis meaning to explode. And what happens Rhabdo which is short for rhabdomyolysis is through. Usually it's a condition that happens through trauma. Like they call it crush trauma, where you're in a car accident, or you fall two stories out of a window or something like that. That's probably the most common cause of Rhabdo. And of course, during this type of trauma, your muscle cells break open and the myoglobin in particular comes out all the fluids come out, and your kidneys have to deal with that and flush it out. And that can be an overload and you get into all kinds of kidney problems. And you might have to go on dialysis if it's bad enough. It's something that's really never been talked about unless you're basically an ER physician. It rarely was something that talk was talked about in exercise, but it's been coming up a lot and it's been around in exercise I mean endurance ultra endurance athletes who are experiencing Rhabdo you know, marathon runners, the Tour de France and you know, they probably been you know, each year in the endurance athletic world 25 50 cases a year. would occur. And now we're reading about it in The New York Times, which is, it's been so not only do we talk about it last week with Brignole but and when it comes up when you talk about intensity, but now it's coming up in pop culture, like the New York Times article talking about, it's in its fitness section in the science section, it talks about Rhabdo. Wow. And why is that? Why is it all of a sudden being picked up and its causes become prevalent in the exercise world, more so than even in the medical world where there's trauma
Mike 05:33
and cited more specifically, and in spin classes, high intensity spin classes, with newcomers?
Adam 05:41
So it brings up this whole idea of, of extremes of how much how intense is enough. And a lot of my clients brought me the article mentioned, the article said, Hey, Adam, you do a really intense workout. Is this too intense? For me?
Tim Edwards 05:56
you know, when we I first started my work out about now close to almost a year and a half, two years or so, I have some people in the medical community in my family, and they were initially warning me about this, they said, you know, it too intense, you know, could really, your muscles can explode. And you could have kidney issues, and they didn't use the medical term Rhabdo. But they warned me about that. But after a year and a half, I mean, I know we don't get too intense at inform fitness for that to happen, because you trainers catch us, right? When we hit failure.
Adam 06:32
You know, our motto has been, for a long time, the exercise you need to live the life you want. And part of knowing what exercise you need is basically, if you want to get down to it, we're modulating your intensity, how intense is enough to get the responses that we need. Exercise is not about building and seeing how much you can endure, you know, and the more you can endure, doesn't necessarily mean you're getting healthier and healthier, the more you can endure. And it ends up getting into law of diminishing returns. I mean, you don't get out 10 times more results or fitness or health by doing 10 times more work. You know, if it wasn't exercise, and you and the people that work out hours a day, if they weren't doing it on a bicycle, and it was spending that kind of working that hard on a daily basis. If it wasn't on a bicycle, it'd be called manual labor. And nobody's ever said the manual labor is good for you.
Mike 07:31
I think it's it's an interesting question. Like what you just mentioned, how much can you endure, there's a lot of people who when they exercise, and frankly, I was attracted to workouts that were that would push me beyond the edge, you know, and I loved workouts, I love taking bike rides, where the wheels were higher, and I and being with a trainer who would who would just push me so far beyond my limits that I'd have to fall down on the ground, I couldn't I couldn't do anything after that. And I'd love to like brag to people about it, you know, like oh my god, you got to do this this is unbelievable inside and there's there's a certain type of people person that is attracted to workouts like that, which is which is something we have to be very, very careful for we have a lot of type A clients that come here and getting them to understand going to intensity in a safe way. But also understanding a certain level of restraint is as equally important and how you set up your, your dose of exercise your way, same way you set up your dose of food and your dosage of sleep, there is a certain amount that is different for everybody. And as Adam said is our job is to modulate this and to customize it based on the person who is in front of us our workout is generally the same idea like the power of 10 workout is slow weight training on machines mostly, but not necessarily. And we we start slow and and way below what we think they can actually tolerate and then graduate to an intensity that we think that they can they can manage safely and etc etc.
Tim Edwards 09:10
And you know, you're you're doing the your one on one to with your clients, unlike some of the other workout facilities such as I will just say CrossFit, because if you were to just Google Rhabdo, it's tied in with CrossFit. And a lot of the interviews that I've seen on YouTube, for those who have experienced Rhabdo. They're in a CrossFit class where they're not necessarily one on one, but they feel that peer pressure with all of those in the class to take themselves beyond that limit. And that's a very significant distinction between what you do at inform fitness and in the CrossFit community.
Adam 09:44
These coaches in these bootcamp type facilities, these coaches, just just push pushing people too hard, too often and too long. It's a combination of not only the intensity itself for how long have you been exposed that intense within a given workout, is it a 20 minute workout 15 minute workout is an hour workout, the spin classes can sometimes be on and off in varying intensities for 45 minutes to an hour. You know, for a somebody that hasn't built up to that, that can be too much too soon. But maybe 20 minutes is fine. So not only you varying and building up to intensity, but how long it lasts and how often you're doing are you doing it every day? Again, we have this mentality is more is better. So the CrossFit stuff and these boot camps is that they're kind of telling you to come every day and you're doing it for an hour every single day. And and a lot of these people like Mike was talking about there's this this group culture right that this this camaraderie that goes on and they see some of the veterans doing it. Some of the people that are that have gravitated to it that are made for that kind of activity, and then everyone else and the masses are looking at the few people that really excel at it. And they try to do it as weekend warriors as baby boomers as as normally sedentary people. And that pushing themselves to the max right off the bat. And that's a badge of honor. And I don't know if they still do but but CrossFitters have kind of used getting to Rhabdo as as a badge of honor. It's crazy.
Mike 11:21
It I think like looking at the instructors are the guys who are in and girls who really excel at it and using that as a model for what you can do also is it sometimes lead you down a bad road and I think a lot of people you know they do that in every sport to our every exercise a lot of people they go to a Bikram yoga class, for example. They say oh my god that those those teachers are unbelievable. Look at those hot like bodies in the in Bikram yoga, but you know that usually they those are the type of people who've been doing it for a long time. And they've been they they're they're probably former dancers, and they've had a body that was like that before they even did the Bikram yoga and therefore, is easy for them to show that excellence in the practice as well, you know, for what they're trying to do.
Adam 12:07
There's a common thing you know, you see somebody that excels at a particular thing and the tighter their game and you think if you do what they do, you'll be there too. And it's just not the case. It's the causation is the opposite. We I think we've talked about this in prior episodes. I mean, we look at we look at a dancer and how great they are Pilates. And we think that Pilates made them look that way or dance made them look that way. But they actually is the opposite. They dance because they look that way. They just have that genetics for we had a very interesting conversation with Doug last week about intensity, and you have to find your intensity. All right, so just I just want to kind of recap and where do you go from? What do you do with this information that we're talking about this idea of modulating intensity? I know we talked about in the last episode, with Doug and I agreed with him 100% on this. And by the way, I'm going to be making commentaries on the last episode, though, because a lot of people said to me, Oh, that was really interesting. But it sounds like he said some things counter to what you've been saying. And I don't want these episodes to be so sterile and to be just all my opinion, you know, like Fox News, and you bring everybody on that's gonna agree with, with your viewpoint or CNN for that matter. I want I want to bring in all viewpoints and but I do want to comment about some of the things that were talked about on that and clarify a couple of things and bring up some points. One of the points that we talked about that I do agree with was this idea of in the proper way to work out and and what intensity is best for you is something that you find, alright, it finds you it's not like you have to find the perfect intensity, the right intensity will actually find you if you are strategic about approaching it. And this, this is the takeaway. All right, first of all, where the workout with us is, this is what we do, we take on a new client. And then what you should do for yourself. First thing you do is learn a technique, learn what the technique is going to be to reach this level of intensity we talked, we recommend slow reps, nice and controlled. Don't lock out your joints, all the biomechanical stuff that we like to incorporate. Right and do it slowly and work it out and learn how to do it. And if you're not experienced with really high intense exercise and taking the muscle to its limits, don't just flirt with it for a while and then take it to the next level and see if you can and you're timing yourself. So what you can do is you can very easily say oh I lasted 20 seconds last summer a minute and 20 seconds last time. I'm going to use the same way. But now I'm going to last a minute 25 seconds just add five more seconds. You can be very conservative with this. Alright, and just get good at the technique and and keep pushing yourself until eventually you really can really wipe out that muscle pretty much you can't lift it anymore. Still breathing properly. Not putting yourself in harm's way still going slowly. And after five or six exercises like that. If you're pretty feeling pretty spent you did your job for the most part and then you take it from there and you keep bearing intense in your in your monitoring intensity by timing how long it takes you to get to a certain level of fatigue.
Tim Edwards 12:28
But a key component here to Adam is rest, though, unlike some of the other,
Adam 15:10
well, this is the so so that's the point with the technique. And then the other part about approaching this whole thing, and making sure you don't even get close to reaching something as severe and as serious as Rhabdo is, it's gonna be very hard for you, if you modulate your intention, you learn how to work on intensity, and you only do it for 20 minutes at a time. Alright, and you only do it once or twice or three times a week even. Alright, it's gonna be very hard to get to that level, because that's not what causes Rhabdo usually, all right, the cases of rap the first of all, I've been doing this 20 years, I've been doing this 20 years, and even at the beginning, when I was overzealous and I pushed people probably a little too hard at the beginning and didn't understand this as well as I do. Now, I still didn't have anybody that reached Rhabdo. Alright, and it's been 20 years now. All right. And I don't think we've even come close to having somebody reach Rhabdo a couple of vomiting sessions here and there. But that's about as far as it's gone, you know, so. So, you know, that that's the trick that the reason we haven't is because not only is it learning how to work up to a certain level of intensity, but it's modulating that intensity in terms of frequency, and duration. Those are the three things you have to monitor and balance. And if it's not too long, and you're not doing it too often. And you build up to a level intensity, for you to reach Rhabdo or anything close to it, you'd have to be that freak that has a genetic propensity for it, which is also another thing about this is not everybody that joins CrossFit or spin classes and starts hitting it hard right from the beginning is going to most people are still not going to reach Rhabdo even if they don't do what I suggest. Alright, there is a certain level of some people just they have a propensity to reach Rhabdo. I mean, yeah, you know, they're just generically speaking, they're probably a little bit on the other side of the genetic coin.
Mike 15:30
Yeah, I think this is a very, I mean, it's newsworthy, and it needs to be mentioned by the times, and the fitness community does need to know about it. But even in CrossFit circles in spin classes, it's a very outlying condition that I don't think most people will ever, ever, ever have to be concerned about. But the Add was big point. And whether it's you're doing slow weight training, or any exercise for that matter, I think the most important thing is to at first, learn the technique, get an expert who you can, who can teach you the technique, a big part of technique, and this is going off in another direction, but I'm just gonna mention it is just knowing how to breathe and a lot of a lot of problems that sometimes people have an exercise, it's just because they're not breathing correctly, or they can't perform, because they're not breathing the way that activity demands. And our our technique in itself, also, if you could be doing things slowly, but if you're not breathing correctly, you can run into problems in that as well, you know, and another thing that has to be carefully considered when you're doing intense exercise.
Tim Edwards 18:02
Now, for those that are doing this on their own, this type of workout or any type of workout, can you give me some of the symptoms of Rhabdo for those that might be going too far.
Adam 18:13
First of all, there's a very quick blood test that you can test for Plus, your urine turns on dark brown, red, reddish brown, that's from all the myoglobin, that that's being filtered out, very fatigued, hard to move the limbs, muscle soreness, nausea, dizziness, you know, that that's not getting better. You know, it's different from feeling a little lightheaded after a hard workout. It's accompanied by a lot of stiffness and pain in the affected areas, swelling and real fatigue like hard to move the joints, it's, you know, it's pretty obvious when somebody is in that state. And if you were to be brought to emergency room, first thing they do is you know, hydrate you. One thing that happens, besides your kidneys being overloaded with trying to clean out all the myoglobin is that because your cells explode and the the water pressure within the cell drops, all the fluids from outside the cell rush in like getting a hole in your boat, right? And what happens the leak starts coming in. And when that happens, you become severely your your, your, your blood volume drops, and therefore you can go into shock. Yikes. So this is a very it can be a very serious situation. This is beyond happening. In fact, it's happening more often than the exercise industry is concerned is reason for concern. So that's why we're talking about it because, again, it's happening more often in the exercise world and that's ridiculous. You know, shouldn't be so that's so anyway,
Tim Edwards 19:55
is this more prevalent in the exercise community than say a sports injury?
Adam 20:00
That's not so much a sports injury as much as like just over exertion your muscles just basically they give out.
Mike 20:04
Okay, its associated with training
Adam 20:06
its associated with a lot of training, I mean, again, yes, endurance, athletics and sports, they've always had a percentage of that happening, you know, training camp football training camp, you know, basketball camps are they're just pushing, you're pushing, you're pushing, you know, Bobby Knight style, you know, and that's where it's been known to happen. But that's extreme high elite level athletics and they take it too far. And, again, they can be a genetic propensity, you know, I think Len bias, for example, right from the Celtics, and how he just dropped on the court, there's probably some kind of congenital thing that happens as well. But the fact is happening to everyday people. Now more often that's concerned, because we're about we're about preaching, exercise for health, not not exercise to become a world class athlete, you know, and we don't want people to confuse a lot of these activities with with having it have better results are burning a lot of fat and this extreme mentality, that we honor people that can do that we look at Navy SEALs, and we admire them, you know, but that doesn't mean that training like a Navy Seal is good for your health. It's a big difference. And, and because we admire a Navy Seal, for example, we want to emulate that, including the way they train, and it makes us tough makes us strong, it feeds our egos, but it's very unhealthy behavior
Tim Edwards 21:21
ultimately
Adam 21:22
And you got to remember why we exercise we exercise, maintaining strength as we get older and not screw up our joints in the process, not really undermine our health in the process. And getting Rhabdo is undermining your health for sure. And we're not talking about again, you know, if you're lucky, you overcome it, if it's not a severe case, you overcome it, you go to the hospital, they give you they, they hydrate you because like I said, your, your your fluids dropped dramatically, and your kidneys are overloaded. So they flush you out, basically, and they give you a lot of fluids. And if that's not enough, they'll put you on dialysis. And if it's really severe, you might have some long lasting muscle damage, and long lasting kidney damage. And in the worst of it, you know, so it's not worth it, you know, and we you don't ever have to work out that hard and get that close to reaching a condition like that, to get healthy to get fit. You know, and I think a lot of people that gravitate to these types of activities, I think, and this is definitely open for discussion, and we can bring some people on in the future about this. I think they're replacing it with something else, some other void in their life. And it's really not about health. I think intuitively a lot of people realize it can't be good for me doing it this much. And I think they're filling a void. And you know, for example, a lot of anorexics, a former anorexic. So people that have eating disorders, that trying to overcome it, they end up over actually going into programs with over exercising now, you know, you have a lot of people that that bariatric patients, people that have lost dramatic, dramatic amount of weight that used to have that used to eat tremendous amounts of food that that now they can't, they just can't because the surgery they had doesn't even allow them to eat like that anymore. So now they have to find some other outlet for whatever caused them to be over eating like that in the first place. And they end up now joining CrossFit and they end up putting themselves in another kind of addictive state or place. And I'm very sensitive to that, because I've seen it over the years happen over and over again, people that, you know, recovering drug addicts or recovering alcoholics, they end up overcompensating with something else.
Tim Edwards 23:36
So what would seem like a healthy option, a healthy a new choice can be taken to the extreme to their disadvantage. Clearly,
Mike 23:43
I think it's associated with certain psychologies and certain personalities, it's and it's something that even I think sometimes people feel that this fulfills that for them as well. Sometimes they're not looking at it. Maybe when they first come in here, or there's an element of its of the intensity that is involved that people may actually use for that.
Adam 24:05
Absolutely. And we have to we have to pull it pull the reins back on our clients who asked to come do this three times a week or they say to us, um, do I have to do something else so they end up joining other programs.
Mike 24:16
we hear that all the time. I've had I had a client just this week, she's She literally wants to come four times. I'm like, You have any idea what you're talking about. Yeah, and the thing is, it's it is actually it is associated with I think a compensation and something else in her life. But um, regardless, you know,
Adam 24:34
this is why guys buy Porsches,
Mike 24:36
we yeah, we went we went into this. We went into talking about Rhabdo today, and I think the parent topic I think is about going to extremes, modulating where extreme is appropriate, and where it's not appropriate. And I think
Adam 24:54
actually kind of extreme is rarely appropriate. You know, I mean, there's no reason that go through extreme ranges of motion, there's no reason to restrict your calories in extreme way. There is no reason to work out extreme levels of intensity. I don't know. I mean, give me an example where no extreme unless it's life saving, you need to do anything extreme.
Mike 25:19
I think that's true. What I'm talking about is perception of things. Because I'm I know that people think that what we do is extreme. And I know that, for example, like we talked about this yesterday morning, and you're like other people who think keto, Adam has had tremendous success in doing a ketogenic diet, conjoined with some intermittent fasting and to a lot of people. That's extreme. Yeah, you know, and so I that's what I that's my point is that this is
Adam 25:46
so who am I talking about? Be careful of being extreme when you just did a ketogenic diet. Adam, right. I mean,
Tim Edwards 25:51
we've talked a lot about intensity on this podcast over the last year and a half or so. And people's perception might be that we do take it to the extreme. And so this episode can dispel that, that myth,
Mike 26:05
well, people's perceptions. People's perception oftentimes is their reality. And even saying, like, for example, forget even danger. Just a statement, Oh, I did this workout, it's once a week for 30 minutes, 20 minutes or whatever. Like that is an extreme statement that most people based on what their beliefs are about exercise are. That's extremely ridiculous.
Tim Edwards 26:27
On the other side of that, though, when you explain to them those that are saying that that's ridiculous, and there's no way you can see results when you tell them? Well, the reason I'm seeing results, because I'm being pushed to muscle failure, and then hold for 10 seconds. And that's where they go, Oh, that doesn't seem safe. And, you know, like you said, hadn't been doing this for 20 plus years, and I've never seen a Rhabdo case, once with an all the
Mike 26:52
great, the great many of we've had, you know, tons of wonderful publicity over the years. I mean, but I gotta say and, and, and we've done marketing websites, and so many different things. And we have our podcast here and we have lots of fun guests, but I gotta tell you, what really brings people in here are the refer our existing clients and their results. They they refer somebody and they come in like, listen, I thought it sounded ridiculous, but you know, so and so is stronger and they lost all this weight. They only work out once a week and I thought this is crazy. And so now I'm here and and that's literally what you everybody's BS detector goes off. Usually when they hear like, Oh, this 20 minute workout, but you know, it's and that's what I'm, there
Adam 27:37
if there was a children's book that that that represent who we are. As a philosophy would be, you know, Goldilocks and the Three Bears? No, not not, not the wolf. And the three pigs not that one. Not. Hansel and Gretel.
Mike 27:57
Cats for sale
Adam 27:58
we call the Goldilocks and the Three Bears.
Mike 28:01
You haven't read curious, George goes to CrossFit and gets Rhabdo . That's a good one. Boy, he was so curious.
Adam 28:12
So that's not the children's story that our represents who we are.
Tim Edwards 28:17
But the one of the one that would would be Goldilocks, right? So explained. Goldilocks,
Mike 28:23
you lost me at Goldilocks.
Tim Edwards 28:30
So she's eaten the porridge?
Adam 28:31
its not too hot too cold? Just Right. Right. Right. Oh, we're trying to find what's right, hard enough, but not too hard. You know, that that whole deal. And and that's not always very sexy to everybody. But it's a golden rule that we learn at a very young age. And we have to constantly remind ourselves of that golden rule, I think
Mike 28:50
yeah, you know, what I was thinking before going back to the parent topic of extremes and everything, I wanted to consider something that because I mean, from our experience, we've never, Adam and I've done this a long time. And we've never experienced a Rhabdo case or anything even is close to a Rhabdo case, frankly. But the idea of going to extremes is something that is relevant it I think to everybody and whether you're working out with a trainer, or on your own, or in a team setting or whatever, in a group setting, figuring this out is a lot easier said than done. And you know, when you're exercising in a worthwhile fashion, you want to think about worrying what you imagine what your limit actually is. And finding that is sometimes difficult and then what you want to do is just go outside of that outside of that range just a little bit and then come back into that range. You want to be slightly outside your comfort zone and back in and that's the trick and how to restrain
Adam 29:48
there's no rush but but at the same time you you do have to learn to push yourself and keep going
Mike 29:52
yes, that's that's and that's that's a trick and the thing is the thing that I was thinking about while you were talking before was that There are people that have cardiovascular endurance levels, and muscular strength levels. But sometimes they don't have the orthopedic strength or the joint strength or the mobility in order to do certain things. And I think that is something where you really have to take what we're saying into consideration because people can run, they have the endurance to run 10 miles at a seven minute mile pace. And they can, their heart can support that, but their knees can't support that. And there are people that they don't listen to their knees. And when they're trying to actually figure this whole thing out. Those are the types of things that we need to consider, as you know, in our workouts right now is where are our limitations, because we may have strengths in one avenue like cardio, but not so strong in something else. And finding that balance Goldilocks style is, is literally, that's the challenge for all of us as trainers and as clients and as everyone.
Tim Edwards 31:03
Alright, thanks, guys. Great discussion today. That was part one of a two part episode regarding modulating intensity. Since we spent the entire show today discussing the need for modulating intensity in your exercise program. Next week, we'll shift our focus to our diet. If you're a subscriber or a regular listener of the podcast, you know that earlier this year, Adam adopted a ketogenic diet. Some would say that that would be an extreme decision, or is it? How safe is it to make extreme changes in your diet? We'll discuss all of that and more next week. Hey, if you've not yet stepped inside an inform fitness location, and you're lucky enough to be near one of our seven locations across the US. What are you waiting for? Become an official member of the inform nation and give the power of 10 workout a try for yourself. Seriously, just 20 to 30 minutes of safe, modulated intensity with your One on One trainer, and you are done for the entire week. Burn off the fat, build up the muscle and join the movement. Visit informfitness.com for all of the locations across the country. All of our podcast episodes are there and a ton of videos. And finally, check out the show notes for today's episode for link to Amazon to pick up Adams book power of 10 the once a week slow motion fitness revolution. You can pick it up in the Kindle version for like less than 10 bucks. I'm sure you noticed that we missed our buddy Sheila Melody today. She'll be back with us in just a couple of weeks. So for the rest of the team, Mike Rogers and Adam Zickerman. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting Network.
Professional bodybuilder, author, trainer, and biomechanics expert Doug Brignole joins us here on Episode 36 of the InForm Fitness Podcast. Doug will share his deep knowledge of and training principles, including compound movements vs isolation movements, exercise vs. recreation, the pros and cons to adding variety to your workouts, static vs dynamic exercises, the proper forms of exercise to improve your balance and core strength, and intensity & recovery.
For more information about Doug Brignole:
http://www.greatestphysiques.com/doug-brignole/
http://billcomstock.net/bodybuilding/biomechanics/
To purchase Doug Brignole’s book, Million Dollar Muscle: A Historical and Sociological Perspective of the Fitness Industry click this link to visit Amazon: http://bit.ly/MillionDollarMuscle
To purchase Adam Zickerman’s book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon: http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com
36 Bodybuilding and Biomechanics with Doug Brignole Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
muscle, exercise, leg, triceps, movement, doug, compound movements, weight, bodybuilding, bosu ball, quadricep, lift, overhead presses, workout, abs, body, standing, lever, fitness, good
SPEAKERS
Sheila, Tim Edwards, Mike, Doug Brignole, Adam
Doug Brignole 00:05
It is very naive to assume that the heavier weight you're moving, the more you're loading a muscle, you can actually load a muscle more with less weight based on the kind of physics you're using. So if you're using a longer lever, your magnet magnifying the weight that you're using much more. If you have better alignment, you're magnifying the weight much more. If you are able to use a lot of weight, it means that you're using an efficient mechanic. So it means basically, you're lifting something up with a crowbar, right? The heavier the weight feels, the more efficient the mechanics. If you can load your site deltoid maximally with 30 or 40 pounds, and you think it might be better to overhead press 150 pounds, then you're just missing the point.
Tim Edwards 00:55
Hey what's up inform nation. Thanks again for joining us here on the inform fitness podcast, where we discuss slow motion high intensity strength training in a safe and effective manner. I'm Tim Edwards, the founder of the inbound podcasting network, and a client of inform fitness. And in just a moment, we'll have the founder of inform fitness and New York Times best selling author himself, Adam Zickerman who will lead the show along with the GM of the Manhattan location, Mike Rogers, and co owner of the Toluca Lake Burbank location. Sheila Melody. The voice you heard at the top of the show belongs to professional bodybuilder Doug Brignole. Now listen, if you're not interested in bodybuilding, don't go anywhere, because you are really going to enjoy our time with doug. Not only does he have a really big and fun personality, but he's chock full of valuable information that would be both interesting and useful for anybody interested in strength training safely. Doug's going to share his deep knowledge of biomechanics and training principles, including compound movements versus isolation movements, exercise versus recreation, the pros and cons to adding variety to your workouts, static versus dynamic exercises, the proper form of exercise to improve your balance and core strength. And finally, intensity, and recovery. And we'll touch on all those topics and more, which means that this episode might last a few of your commutes. If you're listening in the car, or several walks around the block, if you're walking the dog, however, you might be listening. We hope you enjoy our time with Doug Brignole.
Adam 02:28
So glad to have you with us.
Doug Brignole 02:30
Thank you. It's great to be here.
Adam 02:32
It's a real honor to talk to somebody with your experience and expertise in this field. So So Doug is a bodybuilder right doug?
Doug Brignole 02:43
Yes, I guess you could say that. Although that's sort of like a small piece of what I do a lot of body builders that don't do what I do
Adam 02:49
So what makes Doug so unique is that Doug is an intellectual bodybuilder, I guess you can call it and he that he hasn't really fallen prey to all the cultural and mythological aspects of bodybuilding that have existed for, I don't know, 50 years, 60 years, 70 years and beyond.
Doug Brignole 02:58
100 years, actually. Yeah
Adam 03:10
there you go. What I like about your doug is as a bodybuilder, you debunk a lot of the myths that people have, have had about bodybuilding. Like, for example, we're gonna get into a lot of things about this. But like, for example, you say, which is unusual for the bodybuilding community, you say that bearing exercises for the same body part is really not essential for muscle growth. So many popular exercises in bodybuilding are just downright dangerous. And at the very least, and inefficient. You talk about why it's impossible that to isolate your lower abs for example, and the myths go on and on that, that that you talk about, that we've been talking about, too. So it's nice, but but no one listens to me really sometimes because let's, you know, I'm not big and muscular
03:57
you're not a titleholder that ends up getting more attention than a PhD.
Adam 04:01
Yeah, so what do I know? Right? I mean, look at you, you're a skinny little, you know, nine to five foot nine Jew and come on. So, so thing is, this is why I like talking to guys like you because you are not following the culture and still you've been a competitive and very successful bodybuilder. So can you just give us a little brief synopsis of your bodybuilding history and some of your accomplishments not just the bodybuilding, but also as succinctly as possible talk about your career as well.
04:33
Alright, well, I started weight training when I was 14, because I was very skinny. And I just wanted to gain some muscle. And I was fortunate enough to be living about five blocks away from a gym that was owned by 4 times Mr. Universe winner Bill Pearl. And I went there I had no money essentially, and we struck a deal and I would go into every Saturday and scrub the showers and do janitorial work in exchange for membership and I started competing within a year 16 years old was my first contest. By the time I was 19, I had won teenage California teenage America, at 22, I won Mr. California, at 26, I won my division of Mr. American Mr. Universe. And I continued competing on and off until I was 56, which is a 40 year span of competitions, longer than most people for sure who've been in that sport. So along the way, of all these years of competing, I was very analytical about you know, what it is that constitutes a good exercise, or a bad exercise, there has to be mechanical components. And whatever those mechanical components are, that could be deemed good or bad, would naturally be consistent across the board. If incomplete range of motion is bad, in one exercise would be bad in all of them, for example, and bench presses one example of that, right? When you finish a bench press, your hands are far away from the center of your body. So if that's an incomplete range of motion anywhere else, why wouldn't it be there? So a lot of the things that I was realizing were very profound, and have names, technical names, and I would later discover them as I would go to cadaver dissections, and read University textbooks and, and, and just sort of ponder sort of the correlation between the physics, the anatomy, the sociology, the brainwashing that has, you know, been happening through all these years that have led people to believe that certain things are just to be not questioned, like compound movements, and people will say, Oh, you need a foundation in the power lifts to bodybuild? Well, there's just no logic in that, really, I mean, a muscle doesn't know if it's working alone, or if it's working at the same time other muscles are working. So I came up with this book about a year ago called the physics of fitness, which basically explains, biomechanics and explains what works and what doesn't work, and why and how physics and anatomy sort of joined forces. And it's, I guess, you could say it's rocking, making waves because it goes against conventional wisdom.
Adam 07:19
You know, as far as I see it, I always see approaching exercise and and how to build a program for yourself as coming at it from two fronts. One, you have the biomechanics front, then you have the physiology front, right. Alright, so what I like to focus on, initially, because I do want to get into both fronts, but initially, I want to get into this biomechanics front. And when I was first introduced to you, you had sent me a chapter of one of your books, basically talking about compound movements versus isolation movements, which, which is really fascinating because I when we're talking about beliefs before, and all these beliefs that exists in exercise culture, one that can be traced back hundreds of years, like you said, is that is the belief that compound movements, otherwise known as multi joint, multi muscle type movements are generally better than simple isolation movements, single joint single muscle fragments. Now, I want to talk about how this belief got started. But before I do just for people listening that don't know the terminology, quickly explain the difference between a compound movement and a simple movement.
Doug Brignole 08:28
Yeah, as you said, a compound movement is a multi joint multi muscle movement that some people refer to as functional, which is absurd, because it suggests that something that isn't compound is dysfunctional. Right. But that would almost suggest that if you do isolation exercises, somehow your body isn't going to be able to coordinate all of its various muscle strains at the same time. It's absurd. I mean, yes, it's true that if you're doing Dead Hand cleans, you get skilled at doing dead head cleans, right. So that doesn't necessarily mean that you can cross that over into something that doesn't look anything like a dead hand clean, just means you're learning the skill you're learning to coordinate, all of the muscles are participate in that movement, in a particular event, but the idea that, that it's a compound movement will then make you better able to use those participating muscles, as as compared to isolation exercises, has no logic in whatsoever.
Adam 09:28
So how did this get started? I mean, like, where did this fascination and this reverence of compound movements get started?
09:35
Well, it started in fact, in my book, I talked about how, you know, once upon a time, without superior strength. As a man, you were in big trouble, right? You couldn't provide food for yourself. You couldn't protect yourself in battle. You can provide for your family, you can provide for your offspring.
Adam 09:57
It's a good thing I live now.
Doug Brignole 09:59
That's the whole point. In my book, I talk about how today, you know, survival is about having knowledge, skills, you know, earning ability, this is how we survive today in a civilized society, but back then, none of that mattered what mattered was literally your physical strength. And so what ended up happening was that they would, there would be like, you know, stories of her whether it's Hercules, or, you know, any of these people that has superior strength, Milo cretin, you know, that, you know, he would carry a ball every day on his shoulders, his daily exercise. And so it became this sort of like fabled thing where exhibitions of strength were really, really, really respected. And so what what ended up happening was eventually became circus acts, there would be people that would hold a platform up with 16 people standing on the platform, or a man lifting an elephant. And so nobody cared how strong each individual muscle was, what he cared was how much total the lift was. And so, but when bodybuilding came along, and by the way, in the early years of bodybuilding, it was considered vain. It was considered dishonorable to pursue aesthetics.
Adam 11:12
Yeah, I remember you saying that isolation exercises were regarded as vanity exercises. Well, yeah, it was, it was only focusing on one's appearance.
Doug Brignole 11:21
Right? If there's a magazine that was actually several issues, had a banner at the bottom that said, weakness, a crime Don't be a criminal. Well, what it might as well have said is, a lot of failing to exhibit strength is a crime. So if you did a variety of exercises that were isolation exercises, you can be deemed a criminal because you weren't exhibiting a large lift at one time. Never mind that each individual muscle that's working in isolation, might actually be working harder than it would be in a compound lift. So it just became that this sort of conventional wisdom that if you wanted to body build, you have to start off with deadlifts and heavy squats and bent over barbell rows and overhead presses. But if you look at the body is just a machine with of pulleys and levers and pivots. And then you realize that it's just a mechanism. And the idea that you can I mean, it, you wouldn't, you would never, let's say, look at an actual machine made out of steel and pulleys and, and somehow come to the conclusion that that machine would work better if it had multiple things working at one time than one I mean, the machine is the machine, right in the body as a machine. And so if you really want to train as efficiently as possible, meaning the lowest risk of injury and the maximum amount of loading for the energy and amount of weight used, isolation are actually better.
Adam 12:52
Yes. So are you telling me then that in your career as a bodybuilder, you avoided compound movements? Or, or in most of your training was done with isolation movements? Or are you mixed it up?
13:07
Well, I will tell you this, that I had a very, very good sense from the very beginning of what, what felt natural or what didn't feel natural. Okay, so a squat, for example, is a compound exercise, but it involves basically two natural movements, hip extension and knee extension. Now, we can talk about how efficient that is in just a moment. But at least each of those two joints are doing what those joints do best.
Adam 13:33
Right.
Doug Brignole 13:33
Now, let's look at an upright row. That is absolutely not true for an upright grown up try to do is a very contorted exercise. Yeah. Which makes you twist your wrist sideways.
Adam 13:42
Yep.
Doug Brignole 13:43
Your deltoid does not end up where the deltoid would end up if you were doing a lateral abduction. And so I always tell people, like if you look at someone doing an upright row, and you imagine the straightening their arms, when they're on top, you go, Oh, guess what, that pretty much ends where a side raise would end. The only thing you've done now is is bent the elbow and inverted it forward.
Adam 14:04
Yeah,
Doug Brignole 14:04
and there's there's no benefit to the deltoid for doing that. It's just a less comfortable movement. So I avoided the compound movements that seemed unnatural.
Adam 14:15
Sure
Doug Brignole 14:15
but I did do the compound movements like squat that seemed natural, without joint distortion. But then you can get into things like, like, if you look at a let me just get into a little tiny bit of physics here. I won't dwell on it too much. But in physics, any lever that is parallel to the direction of resistance, and right away, people are glazing over. Right? As I say that, like a lamppost is vertical, because a lamppost is vertical to gravity. And so it's balanced over its base. But if you tried to anchor that lamppost at a 45 degree angle, you have to bolt it down to the ground with a lot more force a lot more bolts, because now it wants to fall. Okay, so uh, lever that is parallel to gravity or whatever resistance is going to be a zero neutral lever and one that is perpendicular to gravity or whatever you happen to be using for resistance is going to be what I call a 100% lever, a maximally active lever. So when you look at a squat, and you realize that the lower leg is the operating lever of the quadricep, and you realize it doesn't even reach a 45 degree angle, you say, Well, it's actually closer to neutral than it is to fully active.
Adam 15:31
It's more of a more of a glute exercise, and then a quad exercise.
15:34
So let's look at that in just a moment. So what I want to say is, you know, if you're doing, let's say, a 200 pound squat, you got 200 pounds pressing down on your spine, that's the cost, right? And the benefit is 30% of that is going on your quad. That's not a good trade off. 30% benefit in all the spinal compression,
Adam 15:57
right? So as opposed to, let's say, a knee extension,
16:00
right, so So then someone would say, Well, yeah, okay, maybe the lower leg does actually only go to about a 30 degree angle from neutral, but the femur does get vertical, I mean, does get horizontal, right? It does get perpendicular, and I go yes, but look what's happening. With the lower leg, the lower leg is doubling under the femur, right? It's doubling back under the femur, which is effectively shortening the femur. Right? So when we talk about mechanics, there's a thing called the moment arm. And the moment arm happens when you draw a vertical line, straight up from the, say, the heel straight up and straight up through the hip joint. And you realize instead of being the length of a regular femur, it's about half the length of a regular femur. So yes, you're getting an active femur, but a very shortened femur. And someone says, Well, how can we make that better? Well, ironically, the way you make the femur more effective is by taking that lower leg. And instead of having it be an inward angle, having it straight it straight down, and then you've eliminated the quad. Right? So that's the irony is by working both, you're compromising both.
Adam 17:11
Right
Doug Brignole 17:12
That's a good argument for why it's better to isolate because as soon as you try to combine a glute and a quad exercise, you literally compromise both, you got a percentage. And this is all about percentages. By the way, when someone says, you know, what is your what is your method all about? I basically say, well, it's about efficiency
Mike 17:31
in the context of how we use our muscles in our life, when people talk about functional training, muscles work together, the quadriceps, the glutes, the hamstrings, the hips, and should we be thinking about how to train these muscles in the context of working together,
17:48
the first thing we should probably do is define what a natural movement is. Okay? So if we go by the the, the fact that all muscles pull toward their origins, okay, that is an absolute fact that muscle can do nothing other than pull towards its origin. If you are if you are a pectoral muscle, fiber origin, standing on a sternum, and you're holding that pectoral fiber that goes across the chest crosses the shoulder joint ties into the upper end of the humerus, the only thing you can do is pull toward you, you're going to pull that humerus toward you now whether that humerus actually does come toward you depends on whether or not other pectoral fibers are also pulling. And so maybe collectively, we'll pull in a slightly different direction. But I can only pull toward me, right, so. So the most natural movement would be taking a limb towards directly toward its origin, muscle origin. The other way of looking at natural movement is to say, how have our joints evolved, and for what reason that they've evolved that way. So once upon a time, we were quadrupeds, we walked on all fours. Little by little, we started walking slightly more upright, which meant that we when we were quandra, pets, we were pushing straight down with our pecs. And as we got more and more upright, we were pushing progressively more downward, right, but we never had to push upward. It was never a reason it was never a need to push toward an incline angle. There were no incline benches in the early days of hominids, right, and the only way to create an incline angle would have been to elevate your upper body so that your head was much lower than your feet. And there would have been no functional, purposeful reason to do that. So our shoulder joint nor our musculature has evolved to perform an incline movement. It has evolved to perform forward and downward decline movements. So this is how I typically say, let's start off by saying what is a natural movement something that we have evolved to do an overhead tricep extension is not something that we have to do with that shoulder joint on a regular basis. If the objective is to work the triceps You can work it with the shoulder joint in a much more natural position, that being with your upper arm alongside your, your, your torso. Anyway. So what I say is this is, you know, since my background and my focus is bodybuilding, what I try to do is I say, how can we get the most bang for the buck in terms of muscle development? Well, the best way we do that is by be working in as pure a form as possible, maybe by making that lever go directly to an exclusively to the origin of that muscle.
Adam 20:30
So the most efficient way of using that muscle
20:32
yeah, now, if you do that, the strength you gain in that those petrol fibers can be applied anyway, they can be applied when you're washing dishes, they can be applied when you're juggling, they can be applied in a million different ways. It would be ridiculous to assume that it would only work for exercises that were similar to the ones you did in the gym. So it is functional, right? There's no way that a muscle can get stronger and then not coordinate with other muscles when the time comes. But when someone says So are you saying that we should never do compound exercise? I say no. Because if you combine, let's say, let's say you're doing a curling with a step up, okay, you're stepping up and at the same time, you're curling. Okay, well, you've got more muscles working, you've got more oxygen demand, you've got more cardiovascular stimulation, there's benefit there, if you're working only in isolation, you know, let's say if you're trying to combine some strength training with some cardiovascular and some proprioception training, which is basically coordination, right? That's a good thing to do. But if your goal is to is to build muscle, and you're going to care less about proprioception.
Adam 21:41
Yeah, well, that's why that's why we do both. That's why when we program most most of our clients workouts, and when we recommend people how to work out, we like mixing both in we like we like the efficiency of the isolation movements and really working on muscle to its truest function to is tracking it's true as function. And like you said, I mean, there's no, there's no doubt that doing a knee extension tracks that function of the quadriceps a lot better than a squat would or even a leg press would. But I also take in consideration what you were mentioning before also, I mean, compound movement is metabolically much more demanding. And you go from exercise to exercise doing compound.
Doug Brignole 22:23
And it's more athletic. Right? There's, there's more athletic system that is required. And there's a, that's a coordination advantage.
Adam 22:31
Yeah, and I see physiological benefits from pushing the energy systems drastically. And the best way to push energy systems
Doug Brignole 22:38
yes
Adam 22:39
to their max is through is through compound movements. So as long as those compound movements are generally safe, and I'm not putting I'm not putting barbells on or recommending people put barbells over their shoulders to do a compound type movement. Like, like you mentioned, I know, you mentioned this stuff, there are other ways of doing squats or, or compound leg movements without putting huge levers on your shoulders with lots of weight on
23:07
and putting a metal barbell on the very top of your spinal column is not a good idea. I mean, the spine is a lever, right? So you put a load the top lever, and I was talking to the Leaning Tower of Pisa has its greatest stress at the base opposite the lean, yes, the lower back. So there's no way you're going to be able to put a wheel jump and not strain the lower back. A purist, someone like let's say me, who just says, you know, I want to get from point A to point B, as forcefully and dramatically and as quickly as I possibly can, then I'm going to exclude the stuff that is maximally productive, right. But when we're dealing with the public, as trainers, we also have to realize that there's a compliance issue. There's a motivation issue, there's a fun enjoyment issue, right. So if
Adam 24:02
screw that
Doug Brignole 24:03
if we're too, if we're too monotonous, monotonous, by the way, is certainly productive. But it makes it less fun. And there are some people with a psychology psychological profile that just absolutely need some variety, or else they will get so bored, they will end up quitting. And so for those people are better off to just keep things a little interesting, even if it means that what you're trading away is 5% 8% productivity, but you're bringing more enjoyment to the program. And so it helps them with their compliance. If you were to lay out in the sun every day for 30 minutes. And after doing this for two months, you think you're plateauing and so you think you need variety. So you decide that you're going to go try some incandescent light instead, or you decide you're going to try some fluorescent light or infrared light or neon lights, right? And you realize, no, because these aren't all equal forms of stimulation. Right? So if you've plateaued from being in the sun, it doesn't mean that sunlight or UVB light, or UV light, isn't the best way to tan, it just means that you need a little break, take three days to six days off, and then when you come back, everything's fresh again. Right? So now, let's compare that to exercise. Let's say someone says, you know, I've been doing these tricep pushdowns. With the cable for the last three months, I think I'm going to switch to parallel bar dips. Well, guess what, the tricep is still doing the exact same thing. The tricep extends the elbow. That's all it does
Adam 25:40
just not as efficiently, far from it actually
Doug Brignole 25:42
far from it.
Adam 25:43
So it's more it's more stress on your anterior delts. And your triceps. So why do it
Doug Brignole 25:48
and this is this is what I explained to people is getting back to what we were talking about before about parallel levers versus perpendicular levers. When you see someone doing a bench dip, or a parallel bar dip, and you notice that their forearm is almost vertical, it only breaks from the neutral vertical position by about 11 degrees,
Adam 26:09
which is it, which means your triceps is
26:13
only getting about 11%. Right, right. So here's the math I do on that, as I say, if you're 180 pound guy, and you want to figure out how much load each tricep is going to get. You say, Okay, I'm 180 pounds, I'm gonna divide that by two arms, that's 90, the length of your forearm is about a 12 to one ratio, so you have a magnification of 12 say 90 times 12 times 11% active lever gives you about 119 pounds of load per tricep, at a cost of 180 pounds of effort. But if that same person would rely on a flat bench with a pair of 20 pound dumbbells scope, with a pair for him does actually cross gravity at 100%. You do the same math, you say 20 pounds times 12 times 100% is 240 pounds of load per tricep, at a total cost of 40 pounds. Right? So this is efficiency? Why would you bother doing an exercise that cost you 180 pounds of effort, but only load your tricep with 119 pounds when you can do 40 pounds of cost and 240 pounds of load. And it's not like it's working a different head of the tricep
Adam 27:24
Right
Doug Brignole 27:25
All three heads are working in both ways. It's just that they're they have drastically different efficiencies.
Adam 27:30
So let me let me let me translate that for somebody, for example, because you know, they're gonna be like most of our listeners that don't understand a word you just said, listen, the bottom line, this is the bottom line. The bottom line is this that that what you're saying is we're trying to work the triceps and the triceps don't function as well. For that barbell dip as it does for the other exercise that you talked about the skull crushers. And the thing is this, let's make an analogy. Just so you understand this. We we use word processors nowadays to write letters. And just for variety sake, we're getting bored with a word processor, we decide to dust off old Corona. Right, that's a much less efficient system. But we're just doing it because what the hell, I'm nostalgic, and I want to go back to the old days and using a typewriter, but it's not going to do the job as well
Doug Brignole 28:21
Right
Adam 28:21
It's not it can still do the job, right? Yeah, it does the job much less efficiently. So the question is,
Doug Brignole 28:29
if you're doing it for fun, and you understand that you're trading down, and you you're willing to accept that trade down, great or equal,
Adam 28:38
right, and I want to add one more thing to that. Now, in the case of the typewriter and the word processor, you're not taking any risk to get injured, you're just wasting your time. And if you want to have fun and go back to the old krona days, have fun and type a letter and all Corona and kind of go down memory lane. But in the case of what you're talking about choosing an inferior exercise is not only less than less efficient sometimes. But it's also much more dangerous because in the case of parallel dips, right? You are putting undue stress on the anterior delt, right and the pecs for that matter, because they're being stretched in an unnatural position
Doug Brignole 29:12
Right
Adam 29:12
All right, and they're being they're not You're not they're not bringing the humerus towards your middle of your torso or the sternum, right? They're going up. So So not only is your deltoids, you enter your delts taking a strain that's unnecessary. So as your pecs off, are very inefficient way of working. You're Delts your your triceps doesn't make sense. Why do you do it?
29:31
if you ask the average person, why are you doing parallel bar dips, they would say for pecs and triceps. But ironically, as you said, the pecs and triceps are getting far less work than the front deltoids. And that's not the objective of the exercise. And there are far better front delt exercises.
Adam 29:46
Yeah, exactly. Alright, so let's move on that that that covers that. Alright. So just choose your exercises carefully. We've been saying this forever. We've been saying it's over. I want to talk to you about a couple other things. I've read something that you wrote that reminded me of something that we also always talk about, you know, we say there's a big difference between what we say Ken Hutchins came up with is you know, you're familiar with Ken Hutchins work and super slow technique right. Alright so So Ken Hutchins came up with I consider one of the seminal articles in exercise history, which is the exercise versus recreation. And I know you agree with this because I, you know, I'm gonna, I'm gonna quote something you wrote actually, if you don't mind, alright, it says this is this is a you, it is important to understand the difference between the goal of muscular development, bodybuilding in general fitness, and the goals, which also involve the use of weights but are not intended for the purpose of muscular development to general fitness, for example, powerlifting and Olympic lifting are sports that incorporate the use of weights but are fundamentally different from the goals of getting stronger. The goal of a power lifter is to lift maximum amount of weight in specific lifts. The goal of the bodybuilder or the person that's generally trying to get into good shape and get real strong, is to develop the physique to gain a reasonable amount of useful strength to improve one's health and remain injury free. So you're right there. So, you know, it's kind of reminds me of, of all the things that the brand's CrossFit is doing and trying to make those sports and recreational activities into some kind of fitness program.
Doug Brignole 31:21
Well, and then what I tell people is, it is very naive to assume that the heavier weight you're moving, the more you're loading a muscle, right, you can actually load a muscle more with less weight based on the kind of physics you're using. So if you're using a longer lever, you're Magnum, magnifying the weight that you're using much more, if you have better alignment, you're magnifying the weight much more,
Adam 31:46
which means you don't have to use as much weight if you're if you're taking those things into account.,
31:49
And in fact, in fact, let's go one step farther, I'll go so far to say that if you are able to loot to use a lot of weight, it means that you're using inefficient mechanics, it means basically, you're lifting something up with a crowbar. Right? The heavier the weight feels, the more efficient the mechanic says, if you can load your side deltoid maximally with 30 or 40 pounds, and you think it might be better to overhead press 150 pounds, then you're just missing the point. The point is, is to overload the muscle, again, a lot of weight
Adam 32:22
again, now you're involving rotator cuff muscles, they just can't handle that kind of strain, we add all that extra weight.
Doug Brignole 32:27
Right
Adam 32:27
right, good. All right. Another question for you. static versus dynamic dynamic exercises? Ah, some people add static contractions into their routine to increase strength and break plateaus. That's what that's the thought process. Do you see static exercise as a viable technique? Or is it is its application Limited?
32:48
I think it's extremely limited. Look, there have been a number of studies that have shown that isometric exercise is far less productive, both from the perspective of developing a muscle enlarging the muscle. And from the perspective of gaining strength through a muscles entire range of motion, it gains strength, right where you're holding it. It does it gains a little strength in the other parts of the range of motion, but not nearly as much. So if you want strength, if you want what, let's use the word functional strength, strength through muscles entire range of motion, you're better off using range of motion. Right? So is there a place for isometric? Sure, if you have an injured joint rehab, then you use as part of your rehabilitation. But this idea that we're going to do planks, as the best exercise for the ABS would be like saying, well, let's just do static everything, then let's just do static wall squat where you just hold the squat position. Let's just do static barbell hold. Let's just do static petrol. I mean, if it's good for one, it's good for all if it's not good for one, it's not good for All right, so the idea that you're going to people like the idea of doing planks because they think that, you know, if you're a bot, if you're a boxer, and you're trying to improve the rigidity of your spine, against an opposing boxer hitting you in the gut, okay, fine. That's a very specific application. But dynamic tension, the abdominal muscle is going to be more productive for the same reason that it's more productive than any other muscle in the body. So opening and closing the spine. I mean, if you look at the the function of your rectus abdominus, it is spinal flexion. That's its job. So there are certain closer together.
Adam 34:30
Yeah. And you're you're you're citing studies that have shown that doing dynamic exercises for a muscle group is more effective for strengthening than doing the static version of that, right, that muscle group. It's interesting because, you know, statics are done all the time. And people think, you know, I mean, there's there some equipment being made, you know, what about negative onlys. What do you think about negative onlys?
34:54
You know, I won't, I don't know enough about that. Again, this is this is physiology, and my specialty is mechanics.
Adam 35:00
Right
Doug Brignole 35:00
I would have to refer to studies that were done to to know about that. I mean, I know there's benefit to E centric motion, II centric tension. And so I would be far less critical of that. And I would be ecstatic.
Adam 35:13
Sure, absolutely.
Doug Brignole 35:14
But but the reason why static is popular right now is because the industry has declared it to be popular right now, the industry needs to keep everyone with something new. Right? Otherwise, how do you bring trainers back every year to a new convention? Right, they need you to keep coming back, they need you to keep coming to New seminars, you know, it's not like the body changes from one year to the next, it's like, what's good for the body this year is going to be good for the body next year.
Adam 35:42
That's true
Mike 35:43
I think, like a part of what creates debate is that people are different, they react to stimulus very differently. I mean, I know that the muscle is going to act the same way if it's flexed or if it's holding a static position. But observationally, I have plenty of clients who would I try to do an ab crunch and an ABS machine or, you know, where they actually have to actually flex the abdominal muscles. And they feel it and they get a decent they feel like they stimulated the muscle, but they don't feel like they quote unquote, worked out versus then all I say, okay, holding a plank for, let's say, 60 seconds, they like, Man, that was like, 50,000 times harder than doing what he told me to do before. And I feel it in my abs so much more,
36:22
you know, you make a good point. And part of the game that we have as trainers is to again, keep the workouts interesting for people and make them feel gratified by the workout they got. I will say, however, that when someone says you know, well, I'm surprised that parallel bar dips only load my triceps with 119 pounds of load. It feels like I'm working so much harder. Yeah, well, you're working so much harder, but the triceps aren't. Right? So getting back to the plank, you might be working harder, because now you've got quadricep working, you've got hip flexor working, but
Adam 36:55
if at all your spinal stabilizer muscles were rectus muscle.
36:59
Right? So the question is, you know, for all the work in our job, to some degree is to educate these people and say, Well, you work hard, but only 20% of what you were doing was actually something that is useful to you. The other percent of the effort, you know, the isometric quadriceps, the isometric, hip flexor is not going to be as productive as the dynamic if flexor or the dynamic quadricep. So, you know, let's let's not let ourselves be dictated entirely by the false impression we get by this quote, unquote, I'm working harder thing. And because we're talking about plants, we're talking about hip flexor. And so what I want to say is that any time that you involve the hip flexor, as part of an ab exercise, you already have a conflict. And the reason I say that is because the hip flexor, the primary reflector, as you know, is the so as in the so as originates on the lumbar spine. So when you activate the so as when you activate the hip flexors, you are pulling forward on that lumbar spine, well, the objective of an abdominal exercise is the opposite. It is to pull forward on the pelvis on the tailbone, to curve the spine under. So anytime you're trying to do a leg raise, you have one muscle that's trying to arch the spine, and one muscle that's trying to curve the spine
Adam 38:17
very unsafe, very unproductive for the abs,
38:20
you end up getting a conflict of interest where neither muscle gets what it wants to do very well.
Mike 38:26
Even if you can create up a posterior pelvic tilt, and by maintain that position with that, you know what I'm saying?
38:33
Well yeah I mean, look like if you're doing let's say, you know, like a Roman chair, knee tuck, where you're bringing your knees up and you're deliberately trying to pull your tailbone up under so that you can bring your pelvis forward the ribcage, okay, the
Adam 38:46
legs, they were Yeah, but the best way to do that then is you know, just keep your legs up, and then just keep just very, very short range of motion of that tuck. And that's all you have, is that tuck, you don't have that legs going up and down. So far.
38:58
But here's what I was gonna say is whether you intended or not, you're still activating the hip flexor.
Adam 39:03
Absolutely
Doug Brignole 39:04
And that hip flexor is pulling forward on that lumbar spine.
Adam 39:07
Yeah
Doug Brignole 39:07
And so it is actually making the movement less successful. It is it is literally preventing the abdominal muscle from fully contracting because it has something that's actually blocking that from happening,
Mike 39:21
maybe even also causing strain on the back. Oh, yes.
39:24
Now, here's the thing as to like, you know, I don't know if you've ever noticed this, but if you ask yourself, okay. Any book that you look at an anatomy book will say here's the origin. Here's the insertion, right? Well, guess what? There's a pattern here. The pattern is whoever the anatomist were, that first designated which to call the origin and the insertion, you'll notice that whatever is the origin is the more stable. The insertion is the more mobile right, the assertion of the bicep moves toward the origin. It's not the other way around. We don't bring the origin toward the insertion. Same for the pectoral. We don't bring our sternum toward our humerus, we bring the humerus toward the sternum. Well guess what the origin of the rectus. abdominus is the pubic bone
Adam 40:08
Yep
Doug Brignole 40:08
The origin is the insertion is on the ribcage. So the ribcage is meant to go down toward the pelvis, not the pelvis toward the origin. And either way, the muscle doesn't know the difference, because it's just shortening. So the idea that you would try to tuck, you would try to bring the pelvis up toward the ribcage, thinking that somehow it's going to create a different effect. All you've done is just eight made an exercise more difficult than it needs to be with the same outcome or less outcome.
Adam 40:37
Alright, so you know, you we veered off a little bit because you were going to talk about the lower abs not not the hip flexors. Alright, so So can you work the lower abs?
Doug Brignole 40:45
Well, no, I mean
Adam 40:46
can you just isolate the lower abs.
Doug Brignole 40:47
The reason the reason I even mentioned lower abs is because the the exercise it's always given, as the one to improve your lower abs is the is the leg raise, right? From the time it connects to the legs?
Adam 41:01
Exactly right.
Doug Brignole 41:02
So the idea that you're raising the legs to work, a muscle that is even connected to it is ridiculous, right? So the only thing you can sort of imagine is that, oh, yeah, well, I'm bringing my legs up with a different set of muscles. I'm also bringing my tailbone my pubic bone up toward my ribcage. But if you have two guys on a tug of war, and first the guy on the right are winning, then the guy on the left is winning, that tension is going to be even throughout the whole rope doesn't matter who's winning, doesn't matter which end is moving toward a wedge in tension is always even throughout.
Adam 41:33
So you cannot isolate the lower abs
Doug Brignole 41:35
you cannot preferentially low. Now, here's what's interesting. They did an EMG study on about eight different exercises, and the connecting electrode to the top row of AMS, the next row, the next row. And by the way, for those people that are listening, that don't understand the genetics of this sort of thing, the dividers between those rows of ABS are called tendinous. intersections. Those are essentially tendons,
Adam 42:01
so it separates your your six packs from each other.
Doug Brignole 42:03
They've been there since birth, you can never add another tendon. So if you've already gotten super lean, and you know that when you're lean, you have a four pack, you can never get a six pack or an eight pack, you cannot have tendons. Right, what do you have is what you have, right. But what I was gonna say is the muscle fibers, that stretch between the tendinous intersections have a very, very slightly different contractile ability. So what this EMG study discovered was that always, regardless of the exercise, regardless of whether it's a cable crunch, a machine crunch, a leg raise, or whatever it is, you you're always going to get slightly more contraction in the upper rows, second most contraction in the next row, third most contraction in the next row. And the reason for that is logical, again, mechanical, the ones that contract with most fours are straight across from the place of your spine that bends most.
Adam 42:59
Right
Doug Brignole 42:59
That's why you will no matter what you do, you can do a leg raise from here until the day you die, you will never get more contraction in the lower fibers than the upper fibers because that is again, genetically predetermined.
Adam 43:11
The all or nothing principle,
Doug Brignole 43:12
well, it's all or nothing. The ABS are slightly different, except it's still not variable, you're always going to get more in the upper than in the lower regardless of what you do. But the fact that the rectus abdominus is anchored at the ribcage and the pelvis for that muscle to do its job. It has to contract in its entirety.
Sheila 43:35
I'm, I'm chiming in here for the first time, because I've been listening, paying attention, but the abs are a big, big thing with obviously everybody that we train. So um, what is the best ab exercise that you recommend?
Doug Brignole 43:53
Well, okay, there's two things you said right now that are buzzwords. One is the abs are a big, big thing.
Sheila 43:58
Yes
Doug Brignole 44:00
that's absolutely not true.
Sheila 44:01
Okay. Well, I mean, for clients, it's a concern.
Doug Brignole 44:04
Oh, no, they know, I know, I know, that is what they come to us and complain about. But the reason I say it's a buzz is because what they're really saying is I want to get rid of the fat that's covering my abs
Sheila 44:14
right. We tell them that
Doug Brignole 44:16
we say they're calling it the abs, but they're not saying that their abdominal muscle is, you know, only a form pack and not a six pack or weak, right? They're saying I want to work on my abs, which is code for our fat there that I want to spot reduce. Yeah, part of the problem and then the next part of the problem is that, you know, people come like we know we've all been in this ready, they come to us the first thing you say is I want to work on this. And I want to work on this and I want to work on this and I want to work on this and everything. They're pointing to our fatty deposits. Suggesting that I want to remove these localized areas with some spot exercise, right we'll leave that as we know the fat let's the fight last switch. Is he They're on or it's off. Right if our body and for those people that are not that are listening that don't know how this process works, let's just say that you're writing a stationary bike, right, and your legs are doing the pedaling, your legs are doing the work your quadriceps, your hip flexors, your calves, your glutes. And let's just say that you haven't eaten enough fuel. So you have a fuel shortage that you and your muscles are hoping will be fixed accommodated by releasing fat cells, right? That fat isn't going to come off the legs. It doesn't come off the muscle, or the or the fatty deposit that's nearest the working muscle. And there's two reasons for that. One is because body fat is called adipose tissue, it is a form of fat storage, that in and of itself is not usable yet, it needs to be converted to a free fatty acid before it's actually a usable fuel. And that conversion process doesn't happen locally. It happens systemically. So if I'm a quadricep muscle, and I'm pedaling these, this bike
Adam 46:06
has to go through the liver, first
Doug Brignole 46:08
it has to go, I'm going to send out a systemic signal to the body for tiny little amounts of free fatty of adipose tissue, to convert to free fatty acid, and then eventually enter the bloodstream and come to the working muscle. Which is why we lose fat everywhere on our bodies. When we're doing a stationary bike or anything, we lose it on our face. Even though we're not pedaling with our face.
Adam 46:30
I was just thinking, you know, think about how many times when somebody starts losing weight, and everyone says to them, oh, look at you lost weight. Oh, really? Thanks for noticing. Yeah, your face looks so thin. Yeah, like they're working out with their face, like you said, right? Please, you notice that
Doug Brignole 46:43
it comes off in the reverse sort of came on, you can't do it, you can't. And I always tell people, you can't choose where to put fat on. Right. So you certainly can't choose where to check it off, all you can do is either put yourself in fat loss mode
Sheila 46:54
right
Doug Brignole 46:55
Or not,
Mike 46:56
we should start using our face then.
Doug Brignole 47:03
When someone says to us, I really want to focus on my abs. What I tell people is look, we're going to focus on all the muscles of your body, including the abdominal muscles, but we're going to get more fat loss results in your midsection. By doing leg exercises and stationary bike and the abdominal exercises are not very metabolically active, you're not going to burn a lot of calories doing abs, right? So you're certainly not gonna get a lot of localized fat loss doing abs.
Adam 47:29
Suffice it to say, if you want to lose, you want a six pack abs just watch what you eat. Anyway, uh, we talked about dynamic or static movements and right. Dynamic. When you when you talk about dynamic movies, you going through a range of motion. When you when you talk about dynamic movies, it's hard to have that conversation without also talking about speed of movement, how quick these reps should be momentum. So there have been arguments in the annals of exercise, of course, as you know, is that some people say that explosive movements are using speed and momentum to help you train for certain movements in real life in sports. In other words, if you are an athlete, and you are required to play basketball, for example, and be very quick on the court, or a boxer that needs to be quick, that you should train quick and when you lift weight lifting weights, you should be lifting weights explosively to to mimic that, that that sports movement or to improve your your quickness. Would you agree with that?
Doug Brignole 48:36
Yes, I would say if you're sports conditioning, you want to mimic your sport as much as possible. The problem is that a lot of people fantasize about being a sportsman of some sort. And then in the real world, they don't actually do it. In other words, they'll train like a boxer, but they're never really gonna box. Right? They just like the idea that the training like a boxer, right? Okay, if you're, if your idea of working out is mostly fun, then that's great. But if you're let's say you're lying on your flat on your back with a pair of 20 pound dumbbells and you're going to explode with those 20 pound dumbbells up, you're going to basically catapult those 20 pound dumbbells up, right? And that's going to pull your arms up. So, if your objective is to gain strength, basic, usable strength, I would say always use a deliberate speed, not an explosive speed. Control it up, control it down. If your goal if your niche is so specific that you want to compete in boxing, you want to compete in tennis, then you do want to actually mimic what you're doing. But my observation has been that especially in men, we have this fantasy and they want to be a 400 pound bench presser, they want to be a boxer. They want to be a swimmer. They want to be you know a surfer and they want to and there's only so many hours in the day. You can't spend three hours You got to work, you got to sleep, you probably have a job and family and, you know, you got to pick and choose you can't do it. All right,
Adam 50:07
true. But like you're not saying however, I mean, there's let me just make sure I'm clear on what you're saying. Because if you we have clients that are our true athletes, you know, okay, they're amateur athletes. And let's say you have a tennis player, you're not suggesting that we kind of mimic with weights in the weight room, a tennis stroke, just to just to improve their their tennis stroke, are you?
Doug Brignole 50:32
I would say that that could be part of what you do, not all of what you do. But I would definitely, if I had a tennis of competitive tennis athlete, I would definitely work specifically on let's say, a backhand, trying to mimic some resistance on the backhand. So he's getting an improvement of power on the backhand, or on an overhand. I mean, you don't want these people to go out on the court or wherever they're going, and then
Adam 50:54
willing to strengthen their warranty to strengthen their deltoids that are involved in this and either the posterior delts, anterior delts, congruently, you know, according to muscle and joint function that then let them go out on a tennis court and start playing tennis
Doug Brignole 51:07
that would work also. But I'm just saying that if I had a tennis athlete, it wouldn't hurt to also incorporate some very, very present, I would say maybe 10% 15%, of how I would train them might be mimicking certain sport, especially if they have a weakness in a particular part of their game. But it because it couldn't hurt to do it. Right. But if you didn't do it, there are so going to improve on the tennis court, just because they've worked the muscles that are involved in that stroke but I certainly would not, I certainly would not do it, if they're just pretending to be competitive, I would try to talk some sense into them. And I would say Yeah, but you know, the cost benefit, the amount of investment of time and the reward you're going to get for that. I mean, look, I see people spending hours and hours and hours in the gym, hitting their fists on rubber mats, you know, hitting their shins against plastic surfaces, you know, purpose, hoping that someday when they punch, some guy in the face or hand isn't going to break. The reality of them ever having to punch some guy in the face are astronomically small. But in the meantime, they're developing arthritis,
Adam 51:35
Okay
Sheila 52:10
they're probably attracted to them, right. So
Mike 52:13
like, more practical, more practical for like our situation is, for example, like a lot of golfers, for example, do a lot of resistance, they you know, there's things with medicine balls, and all sorts of things where like, you know, like, resistance, backwards resistance for an Adam's point is about like, you know, oftentimes, with too many repetitions of that, you know, you're taking them out of, you know, proper muscle and joint function and perhaps injuring them while training before they even get to where they want us.
Doug Brignole 52:40
And I agree with that, there are some things that you could actually argue are more damaging to you along the way, like if you're a pitcher, and you're doing a lot of repetitive pitching in the gym. And that's already a stressful thing to do
Adam 52:51
exactly
Doug Brignole 52:52
All you're doing is adding to the stress.
Adam 52:54
Yeah, that's how I see it. Moving on, I want to talk about balance and core training, which is another, you know, we started this whole talk, you know, talking about myths and belief systems. And here, here's another topic where that's fraught with a lot of different belief systems, right. So I think you'd agree that many physical therapists and trainers misuse the word balance when they refer to doing specific type of exercises that improve balance, right? Aren't they really referring to improving proprioception rather than balance? And isn't proprioception and balance two different things?
Doug Brignole 53:29
Yes, absolutely balances equilibrium. Balance is an inner ear. Also, the bottoms of your feet and your eyes are the sensors that basically inform you, whether you're standing upright, or leaning to the right or about to fall, whether the ground you're standing on is flat or not. The that is actually balanced. Right. And as people get older, their senses start to deteriorate their eyes, they're they're there, they have neuropathy. So they don't feel their feet as much, right. So when someone says, you know, I lose my balance, well, they could have inner ear problems, he could have visual problems, they could have, you know, neuropathy problems, and those things are contributing to them. Not understanding not being informed as to whether or not their upright or not, but if you put that person on a BOSU ball, which is basically proprioceptive training, it's not helping their sensors. They need to see a specialist, an ear, nose and throat specialist, an eye doctor, you know, someone is going to address their neuropathy in order to really fix their equilibrium issue. But what bothers me about the fitness industry is that it has sold proprioception as balance, because balance seems to have more value as a buzzword than proprioception. And so people don't want to argue with fixing their balance, they might argue with improving their proprioception, which is basically a skill. Right? It's coordination Add a particular skill, they might say, well, that's fine. But you know, if it's going to compromise and it always does, by the way, if it's going to compromise, the resistance exercise portion of that, when I'm combining it, then I'd rather not trade it off.
Adam 55:14
So, so, so doing doing unstable exercises, you know, doing, let's say, a set of squats on on a BOSU ball or wobble board or something like that, that you don't feel that that improves balance, for some
Doug Brignole 55:29
No, what, what it what it improves, it improves your ability to coordinate yourself on that Bosu ball. Right? You will eventually get very good at that,
Adam 55:38
of course, we all know is very important in life to be able to do that circus trick, right?
Doug Brignole 55:43
No, it is a circus trick. And that's exactly what it's gonna say is once you get off of that Bosu ball, you're no longer in that environment to which you have adapted. Right? So it's essentially worthless. Right now, I had a client who said, you know, I had a trainer who had me standing on BOSU balls, and I didn't find myself any any more easy to stand on one leg when I'm washing one foot in the shower. Well, that's because when you're standing in the shower, that's not the same thing as standing on a BOSU ball. You got good at the BOSU bat coordination trick. So good. It's like It's like learning how to juggle.
Sheila 56:13
So when you're talking about balance and strength, I mean, I find that I have some of those exercises in yoga, you know, yoga standing on two feet bouncing, saying I one foot, whatever. And I really like doing those and I definitely, yeah, it's it's a skill, but you don't feel that that to me, I guess it has a it has an impact on my confidence, maybe you know, my my ability to
Doug Brignole 56:41
Here's where we can't ignore the sociological aspect of fitness
Sheila 56:44
Right
Doug Brignole 56:45
Right. People pick certain types of exercise for identity based reasons
Sheila 56:50
Okay, okay.
Doug Brignole 56:51
So they'll pick yoga, because it appeals to their sense of identity, or their pick martial arts. Or they'll pick bodybuilding because something about that label appeals to them, they want to be known as holistic or they want to be, they want they want to, they want a certain, you know
Adam 57:09
image
Doug Brignole 57:10
belief system, right? And it's all part of like, you show up with your rolled up yoga mat, you say you're a master, you know, it's part of
Sheila 57:17
true and I love it
Doug Brignole 57:19
It's part of the but it is it means very few people say, you know, from a mechanical standpoint and a physiological standpoint, here's how I've improved in yoga, what they say is doing I look good in this particular pose. Here's a picture of me on a beach.
Sheila 57:33
Well, it also helps I feel like it also helps with release of stress and and my hips are tight, and it definitely helps me
Doug Brignole 57:43
Listen, I'm not Pooh poohing yoga. Okay, let me just explain. What I'm saying is that we have to understand that there are certain aspects of anything that we select, right, that are based on our ideals and our our sense of self
Sheila 58:00
selection bias.
Doug Brignole 58:02
so when in part of what happens when we do this proprioceptive training, this BOSU, ball training, yoga training, standing on one leg, part of what happens is that we we improve at that thing, and when we improve at that thing, we feel successful. Right? And that feeling of success may or may not be misplaced. In other words, yes, you can be proud of the fact that you've gotten better and standing on one leg, how useful that is in day to day life, whether or not that's actually lowered your cardiac risk factors, word or whether or not you know, it's going to make you live longer,
Adam 58:38
well, maybe maybe, maybe you get an acting position where you have to be a stork.
Sheila 58:43
It helps with your focus
Mike 58:46
for practical purposes. And, and thinking about it from a training perspective, like the idea of like, just forget, like a wobble board, or a Bosu ball, but just the idea of standing on one leg, practicing doing that. I mean, clearly, for I would assume, for most people standing on two legs is more stable than standing on one leg just because of the nature of awareness bodies are in general, okay, in life, going back to training people, let's say the elderly population who need to who are very concerned about falling all the time being knocked into tripping over a crack in the sidewalk or something like that, and being able to sort of catch themselves or put all of their weight onto one leg for a split second, just to prevent them from falling. That's it. I mean, I understand we're talking about skills here, but I feel like I feel that actually standing on one leg, not necessarily for yoga necessarily, but for the sake of just being able to do so, you know, with with in various positions with with the, with the with the leg that's in the air of the front to the side to the back. You're asking the leg to actually develop the skill of how to actually stand on one leg. And I think it seems to me that for training purposes, People develop confidence to stand better, you know, or to be able to catch themselves. If they have actually practiced something like I know it's not it's not the same thing as being pushed or shoved or tripping. Like, I mean, you can practice training doing those things. But I feel like it's a step in the direction of being able to have
Adam 1:00:19
Hey Mike, trip me see how I do.
Mike 1:00:22
more stability when you're confronted with a time in your life where you want to be,
Sheila 1:00:27
or going up and down stairs.
Adam 1:00:30
Now, I bet you can't trip me now, I've been practicing my tripping.
Mike 1:00:34
But that's I mean, hey, I guess that's what you train for that. All right, well just sneak up the behind.
Adam 1:00:40
Let me kind of do like the Pink Panther, you know.
Doug Brignole 1:00:42
So let me let me parse that out for you. Okay, first of all, we're talking about actually sort of vastly different things. All right, what happens is, as we get older, we narrow our movements down to straightforward. When we're young, and we're playful, and we're playing in the in the beach, on the sand, we're playing volleyball, we're doing lateral movement, we're doing backward movement, we're jumping up and down. And as we get older, we pretty much move straightforward, right? So we lose our ability to move laterally, we lose our ability to coordinate our brain with these automatic leg movements, right. So let's just say that you are in a party, and somebody has put their purse down, right next to your right foot. And all of a sudden, you realize that as you started to move to your right, something blocked your foot, by this point, you've already leaned your bodyweight, so far over to the right, that you are going to fall, having stood on one leg will not help you. What will help you is having practiced lateral movement, repositioning that foot. So if I were training you, I would say okay, here's what we're gonna do, I'm going to throw this basketball to you, you're going to shuffle to three stops to the right, you're going to catch it, throw it back, you're going to shuffle it to the right, and maybe I won't tell you where it's gonna go, it won't be right left, you'll have to think with and then all of a sudden, your feet will start to become automatic, again. Because preventing falling is more about coordination. It's more about having your legs work in autopilot, right? It's not about standing on one leg, literally, when you're standing on one leg, you will not prevent a fall. It makes you it may give you the false sense that you will prevent a fall. But a fall happens when you lead your body way too far over. And the only that'll save you is lifting that leg and moving it somewhere else. And that has to have happened time and time again, in some kind of exercise program. Where you actually learning, basically athletic coordination.
Mike 1:02:45
That makes complete sense to me to evolve into that, I guess I'm saying when you're dealing with an elderly person, I feel like I would in my mind, I was thinking step one could be starting with getting the muscles like activate I know that your your skill of standing on one leg is not the same thing as being pushed, shoved, or tripping over something and having to catch yourself
Doug Brignole 1:03:08
well I train seniors and I have a lady that's about 78 years old. And and this is exactly what we do. I have her shuffled. I started off having her two steps left two steps, right, catch the ball, throw it back. She's thinking about the ball. She's not thinking about her feet. The other day we were in the gym, guess what happened? She got her foot snagged, she lifted it reposition and said, Oh my god, I did it. Well, that's exactly what you trained to do when your foot snags, right, you have to have auto autopilot auto reaction, right to left and replant. And that is very different than standing on one leg.
Mike 1:03:39
Right Right. Right
Doug Brignole 1:03:40
Okay, that's number one. Number two is the muscles that you're talking about, that are activated on one leg. Do work with two legs, right? When you're squatting, when you're doing calf raises when you're doing leg extension, hip extensions, hip flexion, those muscles will be strong. If and when you have to lift that leg and reposition it.
Adam 1:04:00
Yeah, I've always said I agree with you 100% on that
Doug Brignole 1:04:04
but here's what happens is, if someone says, you know, I like the way I feel when I'm standing on one leg on a BOSU ball. I like what that does, whether it's right or wrong. I see. Okay, great. But, but try not to do it at the same time that you're doing your dumbbell curls, because you'll compromise the dumbbell curls
Sheila 1:04:21
Right True
Doug Brignole 1:04:23
Now, if you're, if you're if you're okay with that, then I would say Okay, so the actual question would be is how much am I losing? In terms of the compromises number then how much am I gaining in terms of the one legged, whatever you want to call it stability? And I would venture to say that you're going to gain maybe two 5% benefit on the on the leg part and lose 10 or 12% on the dumbbell part. You're going to lose more than you're going to gain but if you want to do with them, I would suggest doing them separately.
Adam 1:04:51
I would I would want to add one thing and this is a kind of it's not too common but but it's something to consider anyway, when you're doing this one legged exercises to improve proprioception balance call while you will, you have to also take into account the person you're doing with because I have a couple of clients, for example, have knee that have knee issues and their little bow legged. And when you're standing on one leg, you actually strain the knee and you can actually, you can actually hurt the knee by standing on one leg. So here you're working on balance, but you're actually going to screw up the knee or lower back for that matter. So yeah, right careful with that person.
Doug Brignole 1:05:25
Even even if they don't have that, that's exactly what happens in all cases. So for those who are listening, here's what happens, you're standing on two legs, you basically have a foot under a knee under a hip, right? Now, if you were to just lift one leg up off the ground, you're going to fall to the side, you lifted unless you reposition the standing leg so that it's straight in the center of your body. Right, so that means instead of having two parallel legs, your one remaining standing leg is actually now turn sideways, that changes what's called the cue angle at the hip. And in order to compensate for that cue angle of the hip, the lower leg goes the other direction, which is called valgus, which is what you're talking about is which is that knee valgus having to compensate. So you get this person was standing with a pair of 20 or 30 pound dumbbells. So now he's added a load to the cue angle in the valgus. And you've got more hip strain and more knee strain and damage in the in him you can end at the same time he's compromised his ability to coordinate the curling movement in exchange for what he thinks is going to be better equilibrium
Sheila 1:06:32
Yeah
Doug Brignole 1:06:32
no, maybe better proprioception in that one specific thing. But how often will that be necessary?
Adam 1:06:40
It becomes riskier when you have older people because they are the ones who have the knee and knee problems, the instability in the knee, you're much better off probably just doing some knee extensions with them and really just strengthen your quads.
Doug Brignole 1:06:51
So So while we're talking about one legged things, let's let's talk about one legged squats, right, we see people doing these one legged squats. And again, this this delves into this sociological issue, which is a guy's in the gym, he sees a guy doing it. And right away, he feels challenged. Hey, I bet I can do that. Well, you know, that isn't the reason why we should do things. It's not like, you know, we're not kids anymore. I mean, when you're 12 and 14 years old, you want to keep up with the kids. But you know, when you're 40 years old, 50 years old, you know, you want to make sure that you're getting nothing but reward and very little risk, right? So the guy goes over there and he starts maybe he has a conversation with the guy that's doing the one legged squat. Why are you doing that he goes, Oh, I'm improving my core, I'm improving my balance, I'm doubling up the load on one leg, instead of using, you know, my body weight on two legs, I'm using my body weight on one leg. So I would say okay, let's, let's parse all of this out. If it's just a matter of load, you can actually hold weight dumbbells in your hand and compensate for that load factor. Use two legs, maintain your balance, maintain your neutral spine. Right and get that aspect of it. What about the balance? Well, again, we're not talking balance, we're talking proprioception. But more importantly than that, in the cue angle, and the button, the valgus. And all this is what I'm going to say right now, if you see a person doing a regular two legged squat with good form, you'll notice that their back is slightly arched, right, they're holding a neutral spine, you will never see a neutral spine on a one legged squat.
Adam 1:08:21
It's rounded
Doug Brignole 1:08:22
it's rounded. And there's a very, very good reason why it's rounded. Not that it's beneficial to it's a very clear reason. But here's what happens is and we haven't talked about this, but I know you know about reciprocal innervation. For people that don't know what reciprocal innervation is, is basically the body has a system that involves the central nervous system so that you won't compete with yourself. If you're doing a bicep curl. The central nervous. Yeah, the tricep shuts off. Okay, well, the same thing happens by the way when we stretch, right? That's why I lying leg curl is harder because when you stretch the quadricep, the hamstring loses power. Alright, so what happens is when you when you go down into a one legged squat, you obviously have to have one leg in front of you. Well, the fact that that leg is on front of you means that you are actually stretching your hamstrings. Right, and the lower you go, the more you have to lift that leg up. And the more you lift that leg up, the more of a quarter of a hamstring stretch you get. Well that hamstring stretch is trying to shut off the hip flexor in the quadricep which is holding the leg up. Right. So what would end up happening is if you had a neutral spine, the hamstring stretch would increase completely shutting off the hip flexor in the quadricep. So in order to have that not happen, the spine gets rounded to diminish the hamstring stretch to allow the hip flexor and the quadricep to hold the leg up. So you end up with basically a risk of herniating a disc because As you descending into the squat with a rounded spine, and all you had to do was a two legged squat, maybe holding a pair of dumbbells to compensate for the resistance difference, and eliminate the valgus. Eliminate the cue angle, eliminate the rounding of the back. You know, a lot of what we use as deciding factors is whether or not it's hard, like a guy will hang upside down by the ankles and do his abdominal exercise hanging upside down. Well, that's because it's hard. It's not because it's good stuff, because it's productive. It's because it's hard, it's because he's going to get a lot of admiration by his peers in the gym, is because other people don't want to dare it or maybe can't do it. But that is it a good healthy way to strengthen the abdominal muscles, obviously, you're gonna have a major hip flexor component in there, which creates that lower back strain because you have your abdominal muscles pulling forward on the tailbone, and the soul is pulling forward on the lumbar spine. So, you know, we have to be smart. I mean, we should be smart in how we select exercises, we shouldn't do them just on the basis that it's hard to do
Adam 1:11:08
or its impressive
Doug Brignole 1:11:09
or its impressive. Yeah, we should be it's hard to sever that. But a lot of people are completely ruled by showing off in the gym.
Mike 1:11:16
I honestly, I think a lot I think that's the great majority of people who walk in our door and walk into gyms everywhere is they and they, when they feel, quote unquote, the workout, it means really, it's that that's what dictates that they got a good workout. Right? Fortunately, you don't see the results that day you see them over time, or you don't. But there's also a reason why a lot of people don't stick to their workouts because they don't get results over.
Doug Brignole 1:11:41
and you know, the fitness magazines. And by the way, you know, there's a reason for everything, right. And fitness magazines have a good function in our society, right, but, but let's face it, if you were the publisher of a magazine, a lot of the exercise that we know, our best, are not very interesting to look at or photograph the ones that are more dramatic. The ones where you're hanging from your ankles, that were the ones where you're doing a one legged, something, those are more dramatic. Right, so you make a better visual
Adam 1:12:14
one arm push ups
Mike 1:12:17
No, yeah, I was gonna say that. The physical therapists have people doing one legged stuff all the time, you know, and that's not that's not Fitness magazine, that's medical rehab type of stuff, you know
Doug Brignole 1:12:29
if I can make this one comment about physical therapist, and again, there's a there's a time and a place for everything. And there's a good way and a wrong way to do everything. But I remember one time, I saw like a five point method of physical therapy. And one was, you know, assessment, and then this and this and this. And the fifth thing was return the patient to the thing that injured them. In other words, if overhead presses are what injured you, the goal is to be able to get that person to be doing what they were doing before. It's like, no, no, no, no. How about re educating people and saying you shouldn't be doing overhead presses to begin with.
Adam 1:13:06
But like doing overhead presses is natural?
Doug Brignole 1:13:10
Well, I got a funny story about that. But I was gonna say is if you're a pitcher, and you have to if you're going to make a million dollars, or $10 million dollars, because you are one of the greatest pitchers in the in the country. All right, well, maybe the wrist, the shoulder joint is worth the risk, right is worth the amount of money you're making. But for people that are not making millions of dollars, you know, it's just not a sensible thing. What I was gonna say was, I actually heard someone say, What happens if you get stuck in a basement, and something heavy lands on the trap door above you. And the only way for you to escape is for you to push that trapdoor up and out. And you haven't done overhead presses. And I thought, Oh, you've got to be kidding me.
Adam 1:13:51
You're screwed, man.
Doug Brignole 1:13:52
Does anybody have a basement anymore?
Adam 1:13:56
With that type of door?
Doug Brignole 1:14:00
by the way, I never do overhead presses, by the way, I haven't done them in 20 years
Adam 1:14:06
your shoulders look a little...
Doug Brignole 1:14:11
I found myself in that situation, I'd be able to push that trapdoor up just fine. I mean, it's not the healthiest thing to do, as you said on a repetitive basis.
Adam 1:14:19
But you know, anyway, moving on. We're moving. We're moving right now. Where are we doing our house and we're redoing the floors. So we had to move all this furniture off our main floor into another into the upstairs. And my wife and I actually carried a small couch upstairs. And she works out with us. I mean, credit to my wife, by the way, a little aside here just to kind of plug my wife a little bit. You know, we've been married 10 years now and she's been working out with me ever since we met
Doug Brignole 1:14:46
wonderful
Adam 1:14:47
Yes, she has been doing high intensity exercise ever since we met
Doug Brignole 1:14:50
and she wasn't doing it before he before she met you
Adam 1:14:53
no, she wasn't she wasn't doing the conventional stuff. And anyway, that's a whole other story. But yes, she's been around me ever since. And I'm very proud of her. She's, she's very dedicated to it. We were carrying his couch up the stairs, and it was heavy. And you know, it's awkward, right? You have to kind of, if you're at the bottom, you got to lift it up. So, you know, level up way and, and she she handled it like a trooper and she's really strong and but what's really funny about this is is we never prac when she trains with me, we never do that particular movement. Somehow, however, she got that couch up the stairs, it's amazing.
Doug Brignole 1:15:34
The point I made earlier was the muscles are stronger through isolation exercise, they'll know what to do when the time comes.
Adam 1:15:40
You know, we've been doing low back, extend her low back held up I mean, she she she struggled with this a long staircase, but she did it. And this case in point that, you know, you don't have to do that actually, you have to carry, you have to join, you know, join a moving company to to
Doug Brignole 1:15:55
be strong and moving one day.
Sheila 1:15:56
I also think like doing our exercise, you know, because we are always when you're lifting the heavy weights very slowly when perfect form and you're being guided to do that you do that for years and years. Whenever you're doing a movement, you're more mindful of it. You're more mindful of your movement.
Doug Brignole 1:16:14
what's doing the work. Yeah.
Adam 1:16:15
That's an excellent point, Sheila. Because you know, let me think about those Tai Chi misses that move so slowly, but I wouldn't want to throw a punch at those guys. Yeah, we're running out of time, Doug. And I do want to, I mean, I can talk to you all day, actually. But I don't know how our listeners are going to feel about that. But But I do have one more thing I'd love to talk to you about. And that and that is the topic of intensity. Right? We talked about, you know, which is different from just working out hard, right? I mean, and you know, this, this comes up recently in the New York Times article, because they were talking about they had an article about Rhabdo. Or, technically, technically speaking, rhabdomyolysis will always Yeah, yeah. My Is that how you say it. Myameiosis? Yeah, I guess. So. Anyway, Rhabdo for short. And that's a condition in which damaged skeletal muscle breaks down very rapidly. And it can really lead to kidney damage as a very bad condition. It's been getting a lot of press lately, because you know, high intensity workouts, you know, have definitely come into vogue, you know, the brand, CrossFit comes to mind all these boot camps, and in the high intensity spin classes, which, which is what this article kind of talks about this woman who is doing a spin class, she ended up with a case of Rhabdo, which is a very serious medical condition that sometimes is not reversible, and you can actually have long lasting effects from that.
Doug Brignole 1:17:38
Right, because because the muscle releases toxins that affect the liver.
Adam 1:17:41
Exactly. So, uh, you know, extremes excite is that that's an extreme case. And they are relatively rare. And I think some people have a genetic predisposition to reaching that. But aside from those extremes, many people do believe though, that going too deep muscle failure, will lead to maximum muscle gains. The harder you workout, the deeper you erode a muscle, the better your gains. So in regards to intensity recovery, do you agree with me? Is it Is there a right amount of intensity? How do you measure intensity? Do you think the harder the more intense and exercise, the better?
Doug Brignole 1:18:24
Absolutely not. There is a right level of intensity. In my book, I have a chart where I show what happens if the intensity level is too low. What happens if it's too high? And what happens if it's just right, and clearly just right has nothing but benefit. But if it's too low, you won't get the benefit? If it's too high, it's like getting a sunburn. In other words, instead of giving you stimulation, you get injury. And when you have an injury, you actually basically have to heal. So some people think, hey, if I workout super intensely, and I just work a body part once a week, in other words, take a longer amount of time between workouts, I can compensate for the high intensity, no, you cannot it doesn't work that way. You can't. It's unlike recovery time is the great equalizer like if you do more frequency, you can do super low intensity. Or if you do super high intensity, just take a little extra time and everything will be fine. No, pretty much the way the body works is when you work a muscle, you're going to have somewhere between a two day and four day amount of recovery, after which comes what they call super compensation. That's when the muscle is getting stronger. Right. So the goal is to not work then muscle again, assuming you've worked and relatively hard to not work and until you've passed recovery, and have gotten into super compensation.
Adam 1:19:40
So this is good, I'm sorry,
Doug Brignole 1:19:43
compensation then goes up and then back down. So your goal ideally is to get that muscle worked again, when it's at the top of super compensation before it comes down to the baseline again. So if you wait, let's say 7 8 9 days before you work that body part again regarding of how hard you worked it, you're basically always going back to your baseline. That's why ideally, you want to work on myself no more frequently than every other day, and no less frequently than once every four or five days.
Adam 1:20:12
So how do you how do you? How do you find the right? I mean, like, you know, one, one rationale for working out to full intensity until till muscle failure is that you know, where you're at, you can be consistent without time after time, once you reach muscle failure, you're done. But how do you? How do you stop short muscle failure consistently? And how do you find that sweet spot of intensity? I assume, you know, obviously, it differs for each individual. And there's a lot of other factors involved. But how do you go about as as, as a technician, training people or training itself? How do you know where to find that sweet spot for intensity?
Doug Brignole 1:20:48
Well, there there are people who have thought that a muscle will not grow unless you take it to failure. And that has been completely disproven in research. They've shown that not only is it not necessary, it's actually less productive than if you go to a 90 95% effort. Sorry, how do you find it?
Adam 1:21:08
Yeah
Doug Brignole 1:21:08
the only way you can find it, is experimentation. And experimentation only happens with really, really, really good consistency. So when a person comes into the gym, and they're sporadic in their workouts, you'll never find it, you have to be intimately familiar, intimately familiar with about how many repetitions you can probably get with this weight on your fourth set. You have to know that right? And the only way you're going to know that is if you haven't missed a workout for the last three months. Right then and only then will you know, what 90% is what 95% is what I know exactly where my 95% Mark is, I know that I can that I can get the next rep or that I can't get the next rep, whether the next rep will be, you know, beyond the amount of effort that I want that I want to use. And so that's why I always tell people, before we even start talking about how much intensity is right we nd we need to get you absolutely 100% consistent, you need to be really, really, really on track so that you are very familiar with what you can predict will be your level of failure with this weight with this rep with the set, then you can then you can start to say okay, I'm going to get better results doing let's say, eight sets of 95% effort, then I will with four sets of 100% effort. Now that takes more time, right. But for muscle growth, that has been proven to be the point, you will get better growth with a little bit more volume and a little less intensity. And by a little less intensity. And basically just mean less than max.
Adam 1:22:40
don't wimp out. Yeah, it's not an excuse to wimp out. Oh, Doug said you don't have to work out.
Doug Brignole 1:22:47
Yeah, that's why I made it clear. You know, I'm not saying less intensity in that sense. But I am saying you don't have to go to 100%.
Sheila 1:22:53
Well for what purpose are you talking about here? Because it's like what we do is we we do one set to? Well, we call it temporary muscle failure. But it's usually just I would think that most of our clients are only doing about 95% You know, because they can't go that intense.
Doug Brignole 1:23:13
we don't have the psychological makeup
Sheila 1:23:15
Yeah. So we we do time under load. So we're timing it, we're we're checking their time and different things.
Doug Brignole 1:23:22
I mean, my context, usually is bodybuilding, but your context or the context of people that are basically doing their three or four day a week workout. And they're doing fewer sets because they're trying to get in and out. Yeah, you can go or just 5% maximum effort for one set. Your fine.
Adam 1:23:39
Yeah, and stay very strong and weigh into O life. But yeah, bodybuilding is a whole other ballgame. You know, obviously volume and varying intensity and being you got to be so exactly when it comes to maximizing muscle hypertrophy. And you have to have the genetics to I mean, well, I'm noticing that some people do better. Like you were saying, though, you know, some people do better at this level of intensity and this amount of reps versus somebody else. I mean, there's so many just genetic components alone, that that can affect all this not to mention, the what else they do in their life, their stress levels, their age, their sleep, it goes on and on.
Doug Brignole 1:24:15
Yeah, I was gonna mention that, you know, when you talk about intensity, you have to take into consideration their age, their hormone levels, their nutrition, how much sleep they're getting their other activities that are requiring calories, you know, all of that factors into how much intensity is appropriate for that person today.
Adam 1:24:31
Yeah, but you also said something that's very key and that is, you know, the starting the starting point for all this is consistency. And I can't tell you how much I implore that to all my clients that you know, you have to be consistent with it.
Doug Brignole 1:24:47
Yeah, the most. I always tell people intensity and frequency are far less important than consistency. Consistency and frequency and regularity matter much more than intensity.
Adam 1:24:57
Amen brother. Thank you very much. Well, this has been great. I really appreciate all the time.
Doug Brignole 1:25:03
We will have to do it again some time. My pleasure.
Adam 1:25:06
Oh God. All right, I'll take you up on that.
Doug Brignole 1:25:08
All right its a deal
Tim Edwards 1:25:12
thanks again to professional bodybuilder trainer and biomechanics expert, Doug Brignole for joining us here on the inform fitness podcast. We will have links in the show notes to Amazon for you to pick up Doug's book, million dollar muscle, a historical and sociological perspective of the fitness industry. And also in the show notes as always, will be a link to grab Adams book power of 10. The once a week slow motion fitness revolution included an atom's book or several exercises that support this protocol you can actually perform on your own if you are not currently near one of our seven inform fitness locations across the US. And to find out if you are lucky enough to be near an inform fitness. Click on over to informfitness.com. There you'll find blog posts from Adam we have several videos and of course, bios and photos of all the trainers that you're hearing here on the inform fitness podcast. We really do appreciate you inform nation for joining us each and every week. And until next time for Sheila Melody Mike Rogers and Adam Zickerman of inform fitness. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting Network.
Six months since launch, 34 informative and thought provoking episodes, and over 10,000 downloads!
In celebration, Episode 35 is a re-release our very first episode, "Adam, You Look Like Crap!" Hear what inspired Adam Zickerman to build InForm Nation up from a small basement studio in Long Island, with just a few machines, to the growing force we are today.
For those of you who joined us late and have not had a chance to hear how Adam Zickerman started InForm Fitness, we are re-releasing our very first episode titled, Adam, You Look Like Crap!
Subscribe now for future episodes that will teach you how to reboot your metabolism, burn fat, and build muscle with the revolutionary Power of 10, the high intensity, slow motion, strength training system that’s so effective, you’ll get a week’s worth of exercise in just one 20-minute session.
Your hosts for the show are Adam Zickerman, the founder of Inform Fitness, Mike Rogers, trainer and GM of Inform Fitness in Manhattan, Sheila Melody, co-owner and trainer of Inform Fitness in Los Angeles, and Tim Edwards, founder of the InBound Podcasting Network and client of Inform Fitness in Los Angeles.
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon: http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
If you would like to produce a podcast of your own just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
The transcription to this episode is below:
01 Adam You Look Like Crap - Transcript
Intro: You’re listening to the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with New York Times, best-selling author, Adam Zickerman and friends. Brought to you by InForm Fitness, life changing personal training with several locations across the US. Reboot your metabolism and experience the revolutionary Power of 10, the high intensity, slow motion, strength training system that’s so effective, you’d get a week’s worth of exercise in just one 20-minute session, which by no coincidence is about the length of this podcast. So, get ready InForm Nation, your 20 minutes of high intensity strength training information begins in 3, 2, 1.
Tim: And with that we welcome you to the maiden voyage of the InForm Fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman. How about that guys? We're finally here. [cheering] Yeah. [laughs] You're hearing several voices in the background and of course we're going to get to know each and every one of them here in the next few minutes.
After about, what, two months of planning and scheduling and equipment troubleshooting? Now finally recording and excited about passing this valuable information onto those who are looking to build muscle, lose fat, maintain cardiovascular health and maybe even improve your golf game or whatever it is that you love to do. I'm certainly on board.
My name is Tim Edwards and I'm the founder of Inbound Podcasting Network and we are very proud to add the InForm Fitness podcast to our stable of shows. Not only because we've assembled a knowledgeable and entertaining team to present this information but I am also a client of InForm Fitness. I've
been training, using the system for close to about four months I believe and very pleased with the progress I'm making and I certainly have become a believer in the Power of 10 in which we will describe in great detail later in this and in future episodes.
So, let's get started by going around the room or the various rooms that we're all recording from via the magic of Skype and formally introduce each member of the podcast team to our listeners. Of course we'll start with the founder of InForm Fitness Studios and the author of the New York Times, best-seller, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution, Adam Zickerman. Adam, it's a pleasure to finally launch this podcast and get started with you.
Adam: Longtime coming. I'm so happy we're doing this.
Tim: And I believe joining us from the Manhattan location of InForm Fitness, from across the hall from Adam, is Mike Rogers. Mike's been training at InForm Fitness for about 13 years and has served as a general manager for the New York City location for the past five. Mike, glad to have you in.
Thank you. It's great to be a part of it.
And finally, joining us from the Los Angeles area is Sheila Melody. Sheila became a Power of 10 personal trainer in 2010 and in 2012 helped Adam expand to the west coast by opening the first InForm Fitness Studio just outside of Los Angeles in beautiful Toluca Lake and has since instructed hundreds of clients through the years, myself included. Sheila, this was your idea to launch the podcast. We're finally here doing it. Good to see you.
I'm so excited to do this, to bring -- to introduce Adam and Mike and the Power of 10 to everybody out there and let's go.
Let's go. Alright. So, there's the team, Adam, Mike, Sheila and myself, Tim. And we're all looking forward to diving deep into the content. But Adam, before we do, remind us of that very sophisticated title you came up with, for our very first and ever so important episode of --
[laughs] The InForm Fitness podcast. That title of the show again, Adam, is what? You Look Like Crap.
[laughs] Very interesting title and in addition to the story behind that title, tell us -- before we get into that, tell us a little bit about your background. What led you to launching InForm Fitness and writing the book, Power of 10?
Well, exercise has always an interest of mine, since I was a kid. I was a jock. My father's a jock. So, I became a jock and, you know, I had trainers and people telling me how to train and I read books on it [inaudible 04:06] magazines and I did it the way everyone was doing it, the way my trainer just wanted me to do, the way my coaches were telling me to do it and it was the conventional biometric type stuff. It was the free weights.
When I was in high school, they didn't even have Nautilus yet. [Inaudible 04:25] Nautilus had just started. We had a universal machine in our gym. Those are -- but it was the first introduction to machines that I had. You know, looking back on it, it was kind of primitive but, the bottom line is, you know, you have -- you worked out hard. You worked out often and you got hurt a lot. [laughs]
Did you get hurt sometime in that progress, in leading towards InForm Fitness, did you suffer an injury?
I had plenty of tweaks up until the point I had my major injury during a deadlifting program but way before that I was -- and what led to the title of this, was way before my major injury, what led to the title of this, was when a boss told me that I looked like crap even though I exercised all the time.
Well let's -- let me stop you there. So, you said you looked like crap. Did you in your mind?
Oh, no. No, I thought I was a stud.
[laughs]
And nothing's changed.
[laughs] And you could see Adam for yourself if you go to informfitness.com and [laughs] see if he really does.
Confidence is important in life, you know?
[laughs] Yes, it is.
And you got to fake it too sometimes.
So, you were an exercise guy, you were doing it all the time and he knew that you were exercising. What is it that led him to tell you that you looked like crap?
As you can imagine, I was working in the laboratory at the -- that I was working and as you can imagine from Scientific Laboratories, there aren't too many jocks hanging around Scientific Laboratories. I was -- [inaudible 05:49]. What Mike? I see you want to say something.
A lot of studs are hanging out with [inaudible 05:57].
Yeah, exactly. There are always too many. You know. So, I kind of -- and I was new on the team and I was probably -- I would -- I'm an over -- when it comes to scientific inquiry and research I was over my head. I'm an overachiever with that. It was such a passion of mine that -- but I had to work ten times as hard to get where I was in that laboratory, where all my colleagues, you know they read it once and they got it, you know, and I had to spend hours into the middle of the night trying to figure out what we were doing in the lab.
So, the one thing I had on everybody because I didn't have brains on them and I had brawn them and I had my so called experience in exercise and I tried to [profitize 06:33] how they should be exercising. Again, it was like lots of hardcore stuff, everyday working out. You got to do a cardio, you got to do at least a couple mile runs every day. You got to do three weight training programs.
Mhm [affirmative].
I was working out with this guy, Ken [Licener 06:48], maybe he'll be a guest one day on our podcast. He's a real pioneer in this and he used to work out -- he was a chiropractor that worked out of the basement of his house. And when you puked, you had to puke in this bucket.
Oh jeez.
And then, you can't just leave your puke there and you had to walk out with your bag of puke in your hand and everyone would see you and they'd clap if you had a bag of puke in your hand.
Oh my God. [laughs]
And you'd have to throw the puke, the bag of puke, into a garbage pail on the corner of his house.
Oh my God.
Oh.
And by the end of the night there were like 30 bags in this thing.
[laughs]
You know, I can imagine the guys picking up this stuff, you know, in the morning --
[laughs]
So, Tim, that was the best. That's the type of workout that I'm trying to explain to these exercise -- these scientists in my lab and so my boss, he was kind of tired of hearing it all and it didn't make sense to him at all and he's a smart guy, obviously.
And so he said to me, he says, you know, Adam, someone who knows so much about exercise and works out all the time, I have to say, you look like crap. That's where it came from.
Tim: Did that piss you off a little bit or did you maybe kind of step back and go, “Hey, well maybe he's right. Maybe I am taking the wrong approach.”
Adam: At the time, I paused. It was a seed that was planted and it didn't start germinating for many years later and it was through other experiences, other injuries, and all the comments from friends that said, this can't be good for you and then there was the epiphany, when I read the Ken Hutchins manual which basically put into words things I was questioning and he kind of answered a lot of those questions for me.
Tim: So, tell us a little bit about Ken Hutchins. Who was he and what's in his manual?
Adam: Ken Hutchings. [laughs] He's an eccentric guy. Ken questions all the things that I couldn't articulate and he made -- he point -- he made the point about how exercise is your stimulus and then you let it -- then you leave it alone. It's not about more is better.
He also brought home the point that exercise has to be safe and it's not just the acute injuries that he was talking about. It's not the torn muscle here and there, or the sprain here and there, it was the insidious effects of over training that are much more serious than a strain or a sprain. The kind of insidious things that lead to osteoarthritis, hip replacements, lowered immune systems and therefor susceptibility to disease and those types of problems associated with chronic overtraining.
My father ran marathons his whole life, didn't eat very well. In his early 70s he had quadruple bypass surgery and this man ran many, many miles and you know so that -- all this, all this experience and then reading this manual, you know, that -- it blew me away. I mean, honestly it changed everything for me.
Then I started seeking out people that were already kind of gathering around Ken Hutchings that also were touched by what he had to say, that also I guess were feeling the same things I was feeling leading up to that moment. And it kind of reminds me of the movie Close Encounters of the Third Kind, where, you know, like, the aliens kind of shone that light on them and the people that had that light shown on them all of the sudden were compelled to go to Devils Tower. They didn't understand, you know, but they would just -- they just couldn't help themselves. They were driven.
And I felt, you know, you read this manual and all of the sudden -- and somebody else reads this manual and all of us, these people that read this manual like zombies being led to the Devils Tower to you know congregate and talk about this and that's what the original super slow exercise guild was about. I mean it was a bunch of exercise nerds now, you know, that were touched by these ideas and our mission, the power phrase was to you know change perception of exercise and change the way people look at exercise and why we exercise and how we exercise.
Tim: So, Adam, with this new mission of changing the perception of why and how to exercise, tell us how InForm Fitness came to be.
Adam: So, it was 1997. 1997 where Rob Serraino actually sold me some of his original equipment. He was upgrading his equipment and I bought his, his original [inaudible 11:28] five pieces of equipment [inaudible 11:30] MedX leg press and new MedX [inaudible 11:32]. So, I spent about, I don't six grand initially to start my business and I opened it up in a client's basement. A client of mine said I can have his basement, rent free, as I perfect my trade. I was like, thank you very much. I went to his basement and it was like 300 square feet and it was musty and there was another tenant down there that was a chain smoker.
Tim: And you learned why it was rent free. [laughs]
Adam: Now I realized why it was rent free. Exactly. So, that's where I started. I didn't have paying clients right away at that moment. That's where I had this equipment and I trained myself and my clients who owned the building and a handful of friends.
Tim: Well --
Adam: And from there I started trying to get as many people as I can to come to this basement and it's a testament to the workout that I was able to build a solid client base in a very inconvenient part of Long Island, by the way. Not to mention the fact that it was in a basement that smelled like smoke but it was also not easy to get to this place because all my connections were on the north shore of Long Island and this place that I was talking about was on the south shore of Long Island and I didn't know anybody on the south shore of Long Island. So, I wasn't getting clients from my -- from the neighborhood. I was getting clients where I'm from, my network.
I mean, listen, I was passionate about it. I was and I had the war wounds and I, you know, I was licking my wounds and I told a story about -- and people, you know, as you know people were able to relate to my story because I'm not -- I'm not like this gifted athlete or with this, no matter what I do my physique is perfect. You know, I mean, I have to work maintaining my -- I'm not a natural like that. So, I am a regular guy. You know, I'm a five foot nine and a half Jew. You know, I mean [laughs] You know, I had some things to overcome. [laughter] Giant among us Jews though. [laughter]
So, you were mentioning earlier, you know, you wanted to test to see if this had any staying power and here we are about 19, 20 years later almost. So, mission accomplished.
I couldn't be prouder to be associated with these two people. Mike Rogers I've know him now -- how long, Mike? It's so long, it's like --
[Inaudible 14:00] 14 years. Like, we grew up together at this point. 14 years.
I'm always attracted by something that's a little counterintuitive, that something that seems -- I mean, that's -- I’m just -- I find interest in that and I like to just sort of look deeper into it. I wasn't sure what we were doing was right or wrong. It just felt like it made sense and then it was very hard.
And you know, I had a shoulder injury. I still have it. It's a separated clavicle, separated shoulder from when I was 20 years old, a snowboarding accident and it always kind of nagged me. It was fine. It was okay but like, I couldn't lift boxes without it bothering me. I couldn't do a lot of things without it bothering me.
And the big thing that made me really believe that this is like "the thing" is my shoulder stopped bothering me after about seven weeks of doing Power of 10 and I couldn't believe it. I was just like, “Oh my God, that injury just -- it just went completely away.” That nagged me for at the time like nine years, nine or ten years and then I couldn't -- I saw -- I felt and saw and felt incredible results with my own body within -- with less than two months.
And so, and Adam, you know, I think, you know, we liked each other and I thought we could help each other and I literally -- I was working at Citi Bank and I literally one day I just quit my job and I became a trainer and it was that, that was it and 14 years later and it's by far the best job I've ever had in my entire life.
I've trained, you know, over 2,000 people. I don't know how many and I've seen magnificent triumphs over the years. I have a lot of experience with questions and stuff and it's been, just the most unbelievable experience for me to everyday, look forward to helping people and to work with the team that we have here and to the expanding global team as well, so --
Well, and you mentioned the global team and I think that would include Sheila Melody over here on the Westcoast. Adam, tell me about how you and Sheila met and how that came to be.
First time I met Sheila was through a course, a little certification, a little class that I had out in LA. It was my first time -- it was actually my first time in LA.
I had been introduced to the Power of 10 or the super slow technique by an ex- boyfriend and he brought me to a guy here in Calabasas, California --
[Oh, that's nice 16:17].
Named Greg Burns and Greg Burns is known to all of us super slow people. He's real old school and he works out of his garage and he's got about six pieces of equipment. So, I learned kind of the old school way and I loved it immediately. I was like, “Wow, this is so cool. I get to --” I felt strong and, you know, I had always worked out just typical workout. Go to the gym three times a week and then a few years later as Adam said, this is where Adam comes into the picture, I had been given his book, Power of 10 and saw his picture on the back and, "Oh, look at this cool guy. You know, he looks so cool." [laughs]
[Crosstalk 16:59].
Yeah a cute guy because it's hot guy on the back of this book, you know, and Greg Burns actually gave me that book. So, I was training with a girlfriend of mine who had been certified by Adam and she started her own place and then after a few years, I was like, “You know what? Maybe I should get certified and just kind of do this on the side. I really like it.” And so that's how I got introduced to Adam and first of all just over the phone doing, you know, we had conference calls weekly and just, you know, fell in love with him right away. I mean, I mean that in the most, you know, brotherly sense really [laughs] --
Every sense of the word.
We just definitely hit it off and he -- mostly because of Adam's style. He is very -- not only is he knowledgeable about all of this but I just -- he's such a great teacher and he knows what he's talking about. He has great integrity and he, you know,
makes sure that all the people he certifies are -- he will not pass you unless he believes that you really get this and you really know what you're doing and so, he's got great integrity when he does that.
And I was so proud -- when I did that first certification it was one of the best things I've ever done, like, what Mike is saying. I'm definitely drinking am drinking the Kool-Aid here. It's one of the best things I've ever done. So, I called him up and said, "Hey, you want to start an InForm Fitness in LA?" And we worked it out and next thing you know, three years later -- it's three-year anniversary today actually.
Really? No, shit. Yes. Wow. Very cool.
Three years. I was looking at Facebook posts things and it was saying, oh, two years ago today, Adam, you were in town and we were doing our one-year anniversary, so.
Cool.
Three years ago and, as I said, the best thing I've ever done and love all these people that are involved with -- the clients and trainers and, you know, that's my story. [laughs]
So, we're getting kind of close to the end of the very first episode of the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with Adam Zickerman and friends. The name of the book is Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution. It can be picked up at several bookstores across the country and through amazon.com. Adam, before we put the wraps on the show, if you would please, tell us what your vision is for this podcast and what you hope to accomplish in upcoming episodes.
I want to inform people of current exercise ideas and I want to push things forward and there's a lot of things that we need to talk about to push things forward. We're finding out -- I want to talk about genetics and its role in how we progress and exercise. I want to talk about the physiology we're learning about and the kinds of great things that happen from high intensity exercise that no one's talking about. You'd think by reading what's out there, that we'd have it down.
That we've got it. We got the secret to exercise. That just do this, just do that and you're fine but we are so far from fine. The injury rate for exercise is huge. Obesity is through the roof.
I mean, we're resting on our laurels and I want people to realize that there's so much more to this than meets the eye and I want to bring on the experts that are going to bring this new stuff to light. I want to bring out some really good pioneers in this and talk about the science that's out there, talk about the successes that we've had. You know, and educate and inform. I mean that's the, you know, the mission of my company and the name of my company and I want to continue that.
Tim: And we will. So, there it is. Episode one is in the books and by the way, we have hit the 20-minute mark in the show, which means, if you began your slow motion high intensity training at the start of the show, you'd be finished by now for the entire week. Intrigued or perhaps skeptical? We understand. I was until I tried it for myself. Just a couple months in and I have already shed several pounds and I'm getting stronger every week. If you'd like to try it for yourself, check out informfitness.com for all of the InForm Fitness locations and phone numbers throughout the country and please tell them you heard about it from the podcast.
In future episodes we will introduce the interview segment of the podcast. Our goal is to schedule interviews with experts, authors and other podcasters, as Adam mentioned earlier, who's specialties land somewhere within the three pillars of high intensity exercise, nutrition and recovery as discussed in Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution. As our listenership grows and our community, we call InForm Nation starts to build, we'll have some swag available in the form of t-shirts and whatnot so stay tuned for that.
And, hey, if you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. It's very simple. Just shoot us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com. You can even give us a call at 888-983-5020, Ext. 3. That's 888-983-5020, Ext. 3 to leave your comment, question or even a suggestion on a topic you'd like covered here. Or perhaps you have a guest in mind you'd like to hear on the show. All feedback is welcome and chances are pretty good your comment or question will end up right here on the show.
And finally, the best way to support this show and to keep it free for you to learn from and enjoy, subscribe to the podcast right here in iTunes, SoundCloud, Stitcher Radio, Acast, YouTube or wherever you might be listening. Of course, again, it is absolutely free and please rate the show and leave us a review. That is vital to the success of this program. I'm Tim Edwards reminding you to join us for our next episode, Can Recreation Really Be Considered Exercise? For Adam Mike and Sheila, thanks for joining us on the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with Adam Zickerman and friends, right here on the Inbound Podcasting Network.
Adam Zickerman and Mike Rogers discuss a recent USA Today article citing The American Heart Association’s report advising against the use of coconut oil (http://bit.ly/USAToday_CoconutOil_AHA).
However, could this study contain some flaws? Could the trusted, highly respected AHA actually be skewing the results of their study? Adam and Mike breakdown the data behind the recent AHA study and point out the obvious flaws that could be misleading the population to eliminate natural oils (such as coconut oil) for unnatural oils (such as canola oil).
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon: http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
34 Is the American Heart Association Misleading Us About Coconut Oil? Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
studies, saturated fat, people, trials, american heart association, podcast, eating, saturated, aha, bad, rejected, cardiovascular disease, adam, diet, inform, read, sheila, fat, fitness, coconut oil
SPEAKERS
Tim Edwards, Mike, Adam
Adam 00:05
Interestingly, however, the AHA experts do not make the same efforts at all to scrutinize the trials, I do support their hypothesis. If I'm going to error, it's going to be saturated fat, a natural substance that human beings have been living with and evolving with since the beginning of time. People listen to this, I mean, and they're acting like juveniles. They have this idea that they can't let go of and damn it. I'm right. And I'm going to I'm going to skew it to show that I'm right. But you know what, this isn't a game. They're not cheating in a game right now. All right, that people's lives are at stake here and people and industries are at stake here. Millions and millions of people's health are at stake here. They're telling people to get rid of what is seemingly natural to human beings. Instead, eating things that are not natural that is not something we evolved I mean, like, we don't know we don't know but like God if we don't know don't make those kinds of huge recommendations like that. It's it's, it's scary.
Tim Edwards 01:19
Hey, inform nation Welcome to episode number 34 of the inform fitness podcast 20 minutes with New York Times bestselling author, Adam Zickerman and friends and I really think today, this episode might be the first 20 minute episode we've had in quite a long time. And there are many reasons for that. One of them is the fact that Sheila Melody is actually off gallivanting around France as we speak, so she will not be joining us here.
Mike 01:45
Yeah, she's such a windbag. Anyway, she just like keeps on rambling and rambling around. That's why we're going like over 45 minutes
Tim Edwards 01:51
I know poor Sheila, she's she just keeps talking and she won't let us get a word in edgewise. She's throwing things at us that her radio right now listening to this.
Adam 02:02
listen to Mike, putting down Sheila without her being here to defend herself.
Mike 02:09
It was supposed to be like really ironic, because we all know that. I got nothing to say keep talking.
Tim Edwards 02:17
And Sheila always jumps in
Adam 02:18
Mike didn't think I was being sarcastic.
Tim Edwards 02:22
Well, of course, for those of you who are new to the podcast voices you are hearing,
Mike 02:27
Well, I wasn't prepared to defend myself. So that's why...
Tim Edwards 02:33
you're hearing the voice of Mike Rogers, the general manager of inform fitness there at inform fitness headquarters.
Adam 02:40
The real windbag of this podcast.
Tim Edwards 02:43
I just can't keep my mouth shut. Also, of course, the man you just heard is the founder of inform fitness, Adam Zickerman and Adam. You know, a few episodes ago we were we spent a lot of time talking about your ketogenic diet, that 90 day journey that you embarked upon right towards the beginning of 2017. And you had tremendous results with this new diet plan. And we've yet to see your bloodwork results. I'm assuming that's coming pretty soon, but the items that you mentioned that you the food that you were eating on this diet, were some items that we've been told for decades, to stay away from saturated fats and such. And that is the title or the topic for today's podcast.
Adam 03:25
Yes, yes. So saturated fat, is has been vilified for the last 50 years and continues to this day to be vilified by the American Heart Association with a recent advisor they put out can't be more than a couple of weeks ago at this point. And I remember when it came out, Mike ran to me and said, Adam, did you see this? Right, Mike?
Mike 03:53
Yeah, yes, I was like, Adam, you see this? No, I Oh, yes. I think the just like that like Atos like Adam comma, pause. Did you see this?
Tim Edwards 04:05
just for effect right
Mike 04:06
Well, here's the deal. You know, something, you know, we're always bringing things to each other's attention. You know, when we see something published online, and frankly, the first thing I saw as about two weeks ago, was a headline that says, it turns out coconut oil is bad for you.
Tim Edwards 04:22
I saw the same thing
Mike 04:23
says the AHA and I was like, whoa, okay. All right. Well, I cannot wait to read this because,
Adam 04:30
ah, a American Heart Association as revered
Mike 04:34
right.
Adam 04:34
That's an institution.
Mike 04:36
That's what I get very excited about it. I've been excited to to actually read studies. I'm not just articles ever since I read good calories, bad calories by Gary Taubes about I don't know, like about 12 or 13 years ago. And because I mean, that was I don't know why whatever. Who knows. It was a long time ago. It seems like Um, but uh, anyway, it You know, he, he wrote a fantastic book. And through the research in that book, which really really was talking about this, it was talking about carbohydrates and, and fats and proteins and everything. But the thing is, through his research, you learn and he brings attention to the idea of studies themselves that get published and and the articles on the studies. And so ever since then, when we get access to an article that says carbs are good for your proteins, bad for your fat is bad for your whatever we want to we want to actually read them see what the what they're saying. And oftentimes, we're finding that only four people were involved in the study, or that there was only observational research, or only 25,000, people were interviewed on paper, and they sent it in through the mail So really, basically, the scientific method wasn't really, really used. And, and but the thing is, when the American Heart Association, a very, very reputable organization that is respected by your physicians who are giving you advice, and, and all sorts of stuff, it just, it's a shame to see that oftentimes this stuff is, is much more questionable than it is substantive. And so anyway, I saw this article. And it's funny, because a couple months ago, and you know, you know, I get clients who send me articles that are just like it's sit with similar type of headlines like Mike, you see, you see this, like, yeah, this came out of Tufts University by the, you know, the American Dietetic Association or so and so now, it's like, well, it was also sponsored, but you're trying to tell you that whole grains are good for you. But the study was sponsored by or paid for by General Mills, and the Department of Agriculture, 2 organizations that want you to eat more Cheerios, I would say, I mean, like, and then you look at the study itself, and it actually has almost nothing to do with the headline, sometimes things are interpreted in such ways. Anyway, so Adam prepared a little, you know, he wrote out a nice little commentary, and I think this is gonna be a little bit of a unique podcast, because it may seem a little lecturey, but we're gonna hopefully have a little discussion about it, but we're gonna keep it short and sweet. And he'll explain why.
Adam 05:50
with no follow up. So when I Mike brought this to me, and I had already heard about it, but but I had or I was rolling my eyes about it before I even read read it. When he brought it to me. I said, Yes, Mike, I did hear about, but I haven't actually read it yet. So of course, I ended up reading it that evening. It's, it's like 30 pages long. And well, quite honestly, it's, it's a complete, rehashing of what the AHA has been saying in arguing for 50 years now. And there was nothing Believe it or not, in it that was new. And I don't want to sound conspiratorial. But for whatever reason, the American Heart Association continues to cherry pick studies, old flawed studies, by the way, that support their hypothesis. They can't get over the fact that they believe and will do anything to support this belief that saturated fat causes heart disease. Now, again, this has been going on for like 50 years. And unfortunately, they're using pretty shady techniques to come to these conclusions, techniques that are basically, you know, cherry picking the studies that support their argument. Now, the big travesty here to me is that I don't understand why the whole scientific community and the press for that matter, media aren't screaming dirty pool. It baffles me that they're not saying, Hey, you're rehashing the same old crap that you've been rehashing for the last 50 years? Maybe because most people feel that saturated fat must be bad. Or maybe everyone believes that saturated fat must be bad for after all, that we've been hearing it for the last three generations. Anyway. So I have to say, first and foremost that I don't know whether saturated fatty acids or SFAs or saturated fat is bad for you. I don't know. I don't think they are. But I don't know for sure. Because we don't have enough evidence to say that. With all the studies that have been done, we still can't definitively say that saturated fatty acids are bad for us and cause cardiovascular disease and kill us early. No studies have shown that yet. No good studies anyway. But the thing is, the AHA doesn't know this either. But they want so badly to believe that saturated fat is bad that they talk themselves into it and manipulate the facts to fit their belief. Therefore the AJ included only the research has supported what they know must be true and that is saturated fat is bad. Now, the aaj concluded that only four trials for clinical trials have ever been done with what they say, sufficiently reliable methodology to allow them to assess the value of replacing saturated fats with polyunsaturated fat. And they've concluded by the way, that this replacement, will reduce heart attacks by 30% 30%. That is such a huge number to say, and advise people and tell people based on such horrible and selective clinical trials. Now, the AHA experts have systematically picked through all the other studies and found reasons to reject all the studies that didn't find such a large positive effect, meaning that 30% reduction in heart disease, including a significant number of studies that happen to suggest the opposite. That saturated fat definitely does not cause heart disease. For those trials. They rejected them and told you why they rejected them that they were flawed for this reason. And that reason by is not blind studies, the sample sizes are too small. And that's fair enough, they're correct. Interestingly, however, the HD experts do not make the same efforts at all, to scrutinize the trials that do support their hypothesis. Included in some of those studies that they rejected to include in their hypothesis are the Minnesota coronary survey, the Sydney Heart Study, and the largest single study ever conducted so far called the Women's Health Initiative, all rejected because they had flaws in their research. And by the way, these studies happen to all refute the hypothesis that saturated fat causes cardiovascular disease. Coincidence? I don't think so. Now, the four studies, the four, the measly four studies that they did use as a port, that hypothesis that saturated fat is bad. First of all, old studies, they were all conducted in the 60s. One of them, for instance, is called the Oslo Diet Heart Study. So I did some digging about this Oslo diet, Heart Study, and lo and behold, Gary Taubes, who Mike just mentioned, did the digging for us. Gary's the author, like we said, of good calories, bad calories, and it's pretty much the national face, maybe even the worldwide face for pointing out how poorly these studies have all been done and how we have this worldwide bias against saturated fat. Anyway, what he found about the Oslo Diet Heart Study, are the following. First of all the subjects of the Oslo Heart Study, were high risk of heart disease, or had already had some kind of heart attack or episode. Alright, so all subjects had heart disease. The subjects were randomly put into two groups, half of the patients ate a low saturated fat and high polyunsaturated fat diet, with intensive counseling for years, continuous instruction and supervision. The control group ate whatever they were supposed to eat. This is a Norwegian diet back in the 60s with no counseling, no counseling, I repeat, no counseling. The control group at no counseling, but the high polyunsaturated fat and and hot and low saturated fat diets had intensive, their words intensive counseling. It wasn't a blind study. All the physicians involved also knew whether their patients were assigned to the either the intervention group or the control group. And the intervention group by the way, it turns out, thank you to Gary Taubes uncovering this, the intervention group also ate half the amount of sugar of the control group half the amount of sugar and by the way, the intervention group for eating less than 50 grams of sugar a day. That's practically a ketogenic diet, by the way to have that low. Now. One group gets a healthy diet and intensive counseling for years, the other group gets nothing. In science, this is called performance bias. And you have to watch out for performance bias and it's the equivalent of doing a drug trial without a placebo. It is literally an uncontrolled Trial, despite the randomization, it was an uncontrolled trial based on these facts. And we would never accept a trial like this for a drug. But we are for diet. Now, not only that, but the variables were more than one, there was more than one variable changed here. If we found out that half, they were eating half the sugar. Now, we don't know if it's the fact that they're eating or not eating saturated fats, that causes drop. Or maybe it was the fact that they stopped eating sugar that causes drop in cardiovascular disease. So we don't know, this study needs to be rejected. And they rejected all the other studies, for for reasons. Less than that, but they didn't reject the Oslo study, and it needs to be rejected. Now, there was another study that they use out of the four. what's called the Preity Med trial. Yeah. Excuse me. All right. That's a big trial. Obviously, I got ready med trial, a truck liked it. Probably the most famous study that made the Mediterranean diet so popular. This was also included by the AHA. And guess what, I'm not going to get into all the details, you can look it up yourself. But the same issues existed as, as the Oslo study the same kind of problems associated with that as well. Alright, must reject same problems, no intervention for the control group, etc, etc, must reject. So here's the kicker, the AHA experts actually acknowledge that they're discussing the same decade old trials, and that these trials cannot resolve this controversy. And this is what they say in this advisory that just came out.
Mike 16:55
They actually said it in the advisory
Adam 16:56
and I'm gonna read it. I'm gonna read this from the study. Which is funny because again, the press doesn't talk about this comment. They talk about how they just said 30% reduction is necessary in saturated fats and coconut oil is, since it's 82%, saturated fat, that is the number one thing that should go coconut oil. Alright, this is what they wrote. The core trials reviewed in this section were started in the late 1950s and early 1960s. readers may wonder why at least one definitive clinical trial has not been completed. Since then. reasons include the high costs of a trial having upwards of 20,000 to 30,000 participants needed to achieve satisfactory statistical power. The feasibility of delivering the dietary intervention to such a large study population and technical difficulties in establishing food distribution centers necessary to maintain high adherence for at least five years and declining CVD incidence rates caused by improved lifestyle and better medical treatment. These linked issues must be managed to obtain a definitive result, remain the central considerations with dietary trials on cardiovascular disease, and indeed, are the overarching reason why few of these trials have ever been done. So they're basically saying, all right,
Mike 18:22
basically, negating any conclusions that they have from the study that gets published?
Adam 18:26
Basically, they're basically saying that a study to really definitively prove that saturated fats are bad or good, can't be done, that they quit, they quit. They are saying it can't be done. So why are they including the trials that support their argument because they aren't even close to those kinds of standards. And of course, by the way, I talked about the women the Women's Health Initiative study that was rejected by them. They were that was rejected by them because they didn't have the the numbers of participants so that's why they rejected that. Really, it's probably because it didn't prove their point, their belief. Okay, one last point. If I'm going to err it's going to be a saturated fat, a natural substance that human beings have been living with and evolving with since the beginning of time. The polyunsaturated oils other than olive oil, of course, are man made foreign objects, in essence to our body. So before I subscribe to these weak ha recommendations, I am going to need a lot more compelling evidence to accept a foreign object as more as healthier for me, as opposed to saturated fat, which is something that we've been eating as humans for our whole lives. So I'm not going to just jump ship now. Especially since I had such great success personally, with eating saturated fat. And that's true, I haven't had my bloodwork done. But you know, all signs say that I am actually in better shape right now than I was I lost weight, my back problems went away. I'm definitely not as inflamed basically. And again, this inflammation I'm talking about, is because our bodies are finding these foreign objects that they're not meant to eat. And I'm sorry, you told me to choose between coconut oil and canola oil. I'm going coconut baby, bring it on.
Mike 20:30
Yeah. And makes it's I mean, it's very, I mean, in defense of what they're saying what AHA is saying, it is very, very difficult to isolate variables over a statistical, you know, a significant amount of statistics statistically significant amount of people. But, you know, Adams was just mentioning, he's like, if I'm going to err towards one thing, based on what we see, and what we can, you know, infer from from, from what's in front of us, it makes a lot more sense to at least go towards something like that. And I mean, it, that's what basically they're showing us in this study is that they haven't successfully been able to isolate this variable and show the ramifications of it, you know, they they can create all sorts of correlative evidence. But really, that's what they should be saying is AHA has found some correlations, that saturated fat may be bad for you, but we have not proven it. And in fact, there are certain situations where people have had a ketogenic diets with high saturated fat and have had very successful results in improving their cardiovascular system,
Adam 21:40
but they rejected those. They rejected those Yes, even though because they were flawed.
Mike 21:44
Yes
Adam 21:45
Their studies aren't flawed, the ones they're using, they're not flawed, but the other ones are, yeah, right.
Mike 21:49
I'm just saying it says it's like there really, there is just no proof and to actually prescribe that type of thing. And we're, you know, like to be such a highly respected organization, which most doctors are, are they they tell their patients based on this type of evidence, or whatever is published if they've who knows how many of them actually read these studies.
Adam 22:12
that's the real, that's the real crime here. I mean, people listen to this, I mean, and they're acting like juveniles, they have this idea that they can let go of and damn it, I'm right. And I'm gonna, I'm going to skew it to show that I'm right. But you know what, this isn't a game. They're not cheating in a game right now. All right, that people's lives are at stake here. And people and industries are at stake here. Millions and millions of people's health are at stake here. They're telling people to get rid of what is seemingly natural to human beings. Instead, eating things that are not natural, that is not something we've all been like. We don't know. We don't know. But But God, if we don't know, don't make those kinds of huge recommendations like that. It's, it's, it's scary. And it really scares me.
Mike 23:05
And the thing is they these could the it's the conclusions. There are there's a context, for example, saturated fat, actually could be bad for your cardiovascular system. If it is in the context of eating a lot of carbohydrates, you know, it seriously,
Adam 23:24
I don't know if it's bad because it's in the context of carbohydrate. It was just a carbohydrate, some stuff or I don't know, I don't know, changing all these variable. That's the point. We don't know. I mean, who knows? If it's bad, I don't think it is bad for us. All right. The onus is to prove that saturated fats are bad for us before you tell us not to eat.
Tim Edwards 23:41
So where are those studies? Where are those studies as to whether or not the kind of the combination of various foods and
Adam 23:46
they are right they are right by saying that it would take a huge, huge effort. I mean, Gary Taubes started NuSI to really try to raise money to do a study, though, once and for all, you know, try to get to the bottom of this. But it's it's it's an it's nearly an impossible task.
Tim Edwards 24:05
I just to get it funded.
Adam 24:06
I think it's gonna happen. Yeah, funded and done. But hopefully, who knows,
Mike 24:09
I personally think it will happen in the future, because you want to get volunteers to participate in studies. And the thing is, if if saturated fat has been vilified historically, for, you know, a long enough time, it's literally I think there's some people who think that there's an ethical dilemma in saying, hey, let's see, have we stuffed some people with saturated fat and see how they're going to do? The thing is, it's kind of like, hey, let's see how heroin is gonna be for some people and how not heroin is going to be for the end. I think sometimes, because of the history that saturated fat has become, there may be a somewhat of an ethical dilemma in actually trying to recruit those people to be
Adam 24:45
so maybe they're not just bed infantile, that they're afraid I bruise their ego maybe just because they're afraid that if they said that saturated fat is not so bad, then maybe they're afraid that we're gonna start all of a sudden eating bacon for breakfast every single day. But you know what? Well, that might be okay. I mean, compared to eating boxes of cereal every day, more and
Mike 25:04
more and more every day, there are more and more people having Palio style light lifestyle or a ketogenic lifestyle, and we're seeing a lot more people who are doing these, quote unquote, alternative diets that are, that are actually people are are having incredible health benefits from it. And so I think we're
Adam 25:23
going to be one of those people, by the way. Annie
Mike 25:28
Oh, yeah, one of our one of our clients, it'll be on one of the podcasts coming up
Adam 25:32
worked with a dietitian, not just a hack like us, she worked with a real dietitian, well, our trainers telling her to just eat fat or she's used to, you know, and she had great results with a low carbohydrate, relatively high saturated fat diet
Tim Edwards 25:47
Well, let's get her on relatively quickly if we can't, too, because, you know, we in this podcast, the life of this podcast, we're looking at about 34 35 episodes, and the lion's share of the episodes are about exercise and intensity. That's pillar one. But know what today we're talking about pillar two, and nutrition. And so I think this is an area of your three pillars, Adam, with exercise, rest and recovery and nutrition, when we need to really spend more time on to help our audience really embrace power of 10
Mike 26:15
Yeah, it's, it's great to, you know, hit all the pillars and everything but for you know, it's we're just we want to have credibility for what we're trying to say we don't we don't make like, like conclusive claims until we really really know
Adam 26:28
or the AHA does
Mike 26:29
is that it's a thing and thats the thing is like and but it's great to see people who are doing some of these quote unquote, alternative diets against what the American Heart Association is, as prescribed, and have had incredible success with their fitness goals and, and their health goals as well. So and Adams is another exhibit and we know we're going to get the scientific results soon, I'm sure, but it's, uh, anyway. But I think this podcast is very, very important because and we hope it just brings to attention just that we don't just read the headlines. See if you can click on the actual study, see if you can understand it the best you can consult somebody who you know, bring it to your doctor say, hey, what about this? What about that, or, or, or someone who you think might have a better idea what they're talking about, but we do need to be a little dubious of some of these organizations that that the medical world has put a lot of stock in.
Tim Edwards 27:27
Mike and Adam, thanks for a great discussion here on the inform fitness podcast. Now inform nation we invite you to read that USA Today article titled, coconut oil isn't healthy. It's never been healthy. Then review the American Heart Association study for yourself titled aaj presidential advisory on dietary fats and cardiovascular disease. And of course, for your convenience, we'll have a link to the article and that study in the show notes. You might remember we were hoping to have special guest bodybuilder and biomechanics expert Doug Brignole on the show this week, but we had some Skype issues that we hope to have resolved here in the next couple of weeks. So looking forward to having Doug on the show with us very soon. If you are an exercise enthusiast and maybe you found this podcast via search through iTunes, I Heart Radio stitcher tune in or even on YouTube, but you haven't yet given this power of 10 Slow Motion high intensity strength training a try for yourself. What are you waiting for, click on over to informfitness.com for locations across the US. Now if you're not near an inform fitness location, you can click the link in the show notes. And that will direct you to Amazon so you can pick up Adams book power of 10 the once a week slow motion fitness revolution. Because inside the book, you'll find several demonstrations of exercises that you can perform in the comfort of your own home or even at a local gym. Thanks again for listening, the inform fitness podcast and for Adam Zickerman. Mike Rogers and Sheila Melody of inform fitness. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting network.
Joining us in Episode 33 - The Women of InForm Fitness are Sheila Melody and Ann Webb Kirkland from the InForm Fitness, Burbank/Toluca Lake location and Nicole Gustavson from the Leesburg and Reston, Virginia InForm Fitness Locations. This one’s for the girls and Sheila, Ann, and Nicole discuss:
Learn more about Sheila Melody, Ann Webb Kirkland, and Nicole Gustavson:
Sheila Melody https://informfitness.com/staff/sheila-melody/
Ann Webb Kirklandhttps://informfitness.com/staff/ann-webb-kirkland/
Nicole Gustavson https://informfitness.com/staff/nicole-gustavson/
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon: http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
33 The Women of InForm Fitness Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
women, muscle, workout, client, trainer, adam, week, inform, ann, people, strength training, fitness, nicole, sheila, training, life, gym, strong, introduced, gave
SPEAKERS
Sheila, Mike, Tim Edwards, Ann, Adam, Nicole
Nicole 00:05
For me, it was all about whatever I can do to to be thin, right? I'd never thought about muscle. I had never even given it any thought until until I needed it. But even then, it was ingrained in my head still, that muscle was masculine, it was macho. I didn't even know what the goal was. That's the point. And so now when I talk to women, and they're talking about how much they weigh, and I say, let's talk in terms of body composition, right, and we have the conversations about bulking up. And all they want to do is is really they want to lose weight. And of course they want to be healthy, but that's second to looking good, right? The real sell is that muscle is your avenue to reach those goals, whatever they be, whether it's looking good naked in the mirror, or you know, I want to you know, live as long as possible and I want my quality of life to be as optimal and superior as possible.
Tim Edwards 01:07
Inform nation Welcome to Episode 33 of the inform fitness podcast 20 minutes or more with Adam Zickerman and friends I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting network and client of inform fitness and today we have a very special edition of the inform fitness podcast because we said it's Adam Zickerman and friends. But Adam, why don't you go ahead and introduce the friends that are joining us today,
Adam 01:30
friends and every every sense of the word friends. So today, we have with us three of my favorite women. Aside from my wife, we have Sheila with us, which we all know she has been with us from the beginning. And we have Ann Kirkland, who is our senior trainer over at Burbank, and she's a rock star. And, again, sexy you know, just all around amazing person. And of course, we have Nicole Gustavson, my partner in crime in our Virginia location. And again, she's my muse. She's one of the most honorable and beautiful people I've ever met in my life, quite honestly. And we're here today, I'm going to take I'm going to take a backseat to these fabulous women and listen to them talk about everything about women and exercise. And of course, we have Mike also is gonna sit down with us and kind of take a backseat, which is very hard for him.
Mike 02:32
Well, I could dress up like a woman but you guys don't want to see it.
Tim Edwards 02:38
So sheila
Mike 02:39
I look like Sarah Jessica Parker when
Tim Edwards 02:42
It's her ugly cousin. So Sheila this episodes for the girls. And this is something that you and I have talked about for quite some time that you're getting a lot of feedback from your your clients had inform fitness. And sometimes this this podcast because there's three men on the show, and you
Sheila 03:00
three men and a woman
Tim Edwards 03:01
that's a little testosterone heavy at times, right? So this one's for the girls.
Sheila 03:05
And I'm always trying to get my opinion in there and try to be the voice of those women. But I thought, you know, I'm so excited about today because I have you know, Adam has a lot of women involved with inform fitness. And these two are the most the strongest women in literally and figuratively, and they're very dynamic. And I cannot wait to have this conversation because we're gonna just talk about how we all got involved in this. And what are some of the main issues that we encounter with our women clients. So I just want to kind of reiterate or refresh everybody's memory how I got involved with this. I was introduced to this workout in 2005, where I was introduced to Greg burns, who's one of the old school guys he's in Calabasas I used to work out with him. He gave me a book The Power of 10 by Adam Zuckerman. So I was aware of Adam and then Greg kept telling me you need to you should get certified you should get certified. You have good genetics, you should get certified. So I finally decided to get certified.
Adam 04:17
Everyone knows
Sheila 04:20
Greg's is always talking about genetics, which you know, another one like Ryan Hall, but um, I so I decided to do that in 2010. And that's when I met Adam. And it was literally one of the best things I've ever decided to do went through the whole certification course, just felt like this whole new world opened for me. And then in 2012, the opportunity came up for us to open the inform fitness in Burbank, California. So now it's my whole world. And I want to introduce now one of the second women that got involved like just maybe a few months after we opened The inform fitness in Burbank, we heard okay, there's another one location opening in Virginia. So I would like to introduce everybody in the podcast to Nicole Gustavson, who now owns not one, but two inform fitness locations. So Nicole, welcome. Well, thank you And why don't you explain to us how you got into this workout? How did you find out about this workout? How did you get involved with how to meet Adam? How did this whole all come about? For you?
Nicole 05:29
I would say that, that even being involved in the industry, the health and wellness industry, the fitness industry was the furthest thing from my agenda. I studied economics in college, I went on to get a master's in economics and business management. My whole focus was foreign exchange, investment management, and, and I went on to law school. And in the fall of 2008, I had twin girls. And the three months prior to the delivery of my girls, um, I was in pretty poor shape. And without getting into too much too far into it, I had been told that I was not going to have kids, then I could not have kids. Wow, then, much surprise to me, I was pregnant, pregnant, and then even a bigger prize, when my doctor said that I was having twins. So I was, um, you know, I had to take some precautions. I was in horrible physical shape. By the time that my girls came, not mentioned that I now had two newborn kids. And my doctor said to me, this is gonna sound nuts. But as soon as you can, you have to go see my personal strength trainer in downtown San Francisco, which is where I lived. And he said, You have got to do this workout because you have no time. You have no tolerance for injury, and and you have no strength, and you're in pretty bad shape. And he said to me, then he said, the good news is that it's only 20 minutes once a week, the bad news is that it's going to be the worst 20 minutes of your whole week, but it's going to work. So that's how I was first. I mean, I before then I had always, I had exercised for the aesthetic side exercise for vanity, I had never considered being unhealthy. I had just been so so lucky, and had never really given any consideration to my own health, no less how I was going to take care of these two girls. So when I moved to Virginia, I found which was I moved to Virginia, when the girls were five months old, I found another trainer who did exactly this. And four years of being a client myself, I start to delve a little deeper into the research, which led me first to Ken it led me to a handful of books that I devoured, Adams was included, and I actually I got on planes, and went out and met the authors of those books, Adam included. When I met Adam. I said, You're it.
Sheila 08:21
Exactly. So when you when you talk about Ken, you're talking about Ken Hutchins, who was the founder of this super slow movement, and thats who Adam learned from
Adam 08:33
among others. Yeah, absolutely.
Nicole 08:35
So So while I said, I mean, this was this was not my plan at all. What I actually found was, I mean, you know, as a new business owner for years, everyone asks me my why. And this has just changed the game for me in every way, this has changed my life. And it was just out of necessity. I was a complete cynic. But I tried it because I didn't really have a better plan. And it was just the product of what happened to me physically and mentally, in the course of five years of being a client, that when I decided I decided to open up my own business before I knew what my product was, and there was
Sheila 08:40
wow
Nicole 08:53
it was it was the game changer, a life changer for me when people asked my why, you know, I say this is just completely changed my life. And I can't imagine, you know, standing behind anything else.
Sheila 09:34
Wow, Nicole, that is a really powerful story and all of your clients must be that's, you know, I mean, if I were coming in and attempting to try out the workout, if I heard that story, I'd be like, Wow, it's I'm, I'm in, you know, without even trying it. So. Yeah, exactly. So now I'd like to introduce one of my favorite people of all time to Miss Annie, Ann Kirkland. She is our senior trainer, as Adam said in LA, and she was a personal friend of mine, and I brought her in on this. So welcome to the podcast, I would I would like you to tell everybody Ann, is first of all your journey with strength training, and bodybuilding. And then how we got into all this?
Ann 10:27
Alright, I guess it could. I guess it could take it way back. When I was probably in grade school. I used to watch one of my three brothers on the back patio with all of his buddies lifting weights, you know, in over a period of time, I'd watch their bodies change. And I'm like, dang, he's getting pretty. He's getting a pretty sizey, you know, he started getting into bodybuilding. And watching on the sidelines going, that's pretty cool. And then moving on with my day, but then it stuck with me. I hated PE it throughout my entire life in school, I would do anything to avoid group sports. Then I discovered weightlifting on my own, I always had this fascination with it after being you know, just visually introduced to it, I guess what was wanted to do it, but never wanted to do it the wrong way. So I put it off until I had a chance to learn it correctly. So I picked up what I could with whatever information I had way back in what 1984 When I started my first journey with a pair of dumbbells, and then I get involved with a guy who happened to be a certified trainer wasn't practicing as a trainer, but he had a lot of knowledge. And he said, let me bring you into a gym and you know, train you the proper way. And I said, Oh God, please don't take me into a gym. There are people in there. I don't want to be around people. So reluctantly, I went in. He literally dragged me in there basically by the ear lobe and then took me through a workout and I said where do I sign up? I never looked back. That was a long time ago. What was that 1991 When I joined my first gym, and it was a kind of gym where Cory Everson trained there. So it was like it was off the beaten track. It wasn't a popular scene jam, it was a place out in Woodland Hills, California. So I fell in love with with the whole. Because I had him introduce it to me the proper way. He taught me how to split routine, he taught me how to you taught me proper form. speed was never allowed. He overall to this day. I mean, I was introduced to it very well. So I stuck with it, he created a monster. And, you know
Adam 12:33
and you dumped his ass.
Ann 12:35
I had to that's another that's another podcast, okay. Don't even get me started on that. But I always will thank him for giving me the gift of proper strength training. So anyway,
Adam 12:47
you know, still dumped his ass. Now I did. I did
Tim Edwards 12:50
a good thing too, because she has a winner sitting behind it right here.
Adam 12:54
I do. So I went on with it. And I was remained an enthusiast and a hobbyist, you know, working full time jobs and going to the gym after the way you know, like most of us do. Then it just I got involved with going to a nutritionist out in Venice Beach, who was introduced to me by the guy who was the vice president of the company at which I worked at the time. And his name is Matt Behold, he's at new performance nutrition. And he changed my life. He was my game changer. So after a period of time of going to him on a weekly basis. First of all, in 30 days, he changed my body just by simply having the eat differently. And it was done on a very individualized basis. You don't go in there and get a book here eat this, these foods, this is a diet of one should do. That's not how it's done. Not for me, not for anybody. So that's that's a big obstacle for a lot of people, women, especially, needless to say, after, you know, number of months of going to him on a regular basis. And my body composition went into almost pre competition shape. It was like amazing what, as long as I did what he said, it was amazing. And he sat me down one day. And he said what are you doing working in a cubicle, please go get a certification and work for me. And I said How am I going to ever survive earning? I can't survive on that kind of thing. There's no way I can make a living. He said you want to bet. Go get certified and work for me and you'll never go hungry. And he was right. So I started out as a personal trainer full time in March of 2003 when the company I was working for was going under and I was I was going down with the ship and I got the phone call right in time before the Titanic went down. He said that's it I need a trainer he didn't even say hello when I answered the phone. I said so I need a trainer. And so that was my cue to jump ship. Go full time leave behind my benefits my predictable income. My 401k Everything that I was familiar with my regular hours
Sheila 14:57
then you got thrown into the fire
Ann 14:58
I got thrown into And yes, he threw he gave me a list of clients that were not easy. Not at all. I had a lot of challenging clients and that, you know, here I was green, I had been certified a year but never had practiced really. So that was other than training my friends after work. Alright, so that changed my life. That is when things got serious. I got very busy and became pretty successful actually. But you know, and then time goes on. And here we are, and Sheila keeps talking about this. So I got this thing that I'm doing I'm liking like, Nicole how skeptical I'm like, once a week come on, slow. Okay, whatever.
Sheila 15:34
Well and was my trainer. Yeah, I did I use her before I met Adam before I got into all this and was
Adam 15:39
yeah, she was she was one of my in home clients. She lived about 90 seconds away from where Jean and I used to live. So you know, I he she caught me. Finally we were we were across town. And we found each other in the drugstore, it just by chance. And she says, Hey, I've been I've been meaning to look for you. I gotta call you I got to talk to you. I need a trainer. And that was at a point in my life where I was, I was just so exhausted from from trying to do the grind. I really did hit a wall I burned out. And so I said, All right, I'm listening. Tell me about this again. So she said better. You just come to the studio and let me work you out. I said, Okay. And so in I went, and I got my first workout and head was blown. Right off my shoulders. I had never experienced that kind of depth of muscle activation, as I did with that one workout she gave me and I'm like, Alright, who do what do I do? What? How do I do this?
Sheila 16:31
And then and then we had her talk to Adam.
Ann 16:34
Yep, got on the phone.
Sheila 16:35
I was, you know,
Adam 16:37
he gave me some. He was he was sort of vetting me over the phone, asking me questions like, you know, when when you train abs? Do you do it? Do you wait for the end? Or do you What did you ask me Adam? it was funny. It was no idea.
Ann 16:49
You asked me, you asked me. If I were going to train somebody and I was gonna deliver, you know, an abdominal exercise what I do at the beginning, middle or end? And I said, Well, typically the end because we utilize the abs to help support all the other work we're doing. And that goes one over because he wanted to talk to me after that.
Adam 17:09
light is green. Let's go. Ask me you asked me my belief system about cardio too. So you had me at Aerosmith.
Ann 17:16
Yeah, yes, we all did Aerosmith. That's all good.
Sheila 17:22
So Nicole up, you know, when you first started doing this workout, tell us a little bit about your experience physically, like what what happened with you and what you started noticing and those kinds of things and, and your continual experience with this? Because for me, it's been something like that continues to be refined and continued to be refined over the years, you know?
Adam 17:43
And the question, the big question is, for me is doesn't matter? Does it matter? That you're a woman? Is there anything special about these workouts specific to a woman? Or it doesn't matter what sex you are?
Nicole 17:54
Yes, my answer will hit both of your questions. I don't recall ever given any consideration to body composition before I recall all of my efforts, and in exercise and Penzance to be completely about about vanity, it was about burning calories. I mean, that's what I was told. And I behaved like, the typical person, um, you know, I was gung ho for a month here, and I'd burn out there, I hurt myself in between and, but for me, it was all about whatever I can do to to be thin, right? I had never thought about muscle. I had never even given it any thought until until I needed it. But even then, it was ingrained in my head still, that muscle was masculine, it was macho, I didn't, you know, lift weights. And what's that for me? I mean, I didn't even know what the goal was. That's the point. I think that when you're young, and, you know, I'm thinking like, pre inform fitness. And now, you know, but you know, before I ever approached this, I had no concept of what my goal was, right? And so now when I talk to women, and they're talking about how much they weigh, and I say, let's talk in terms of body composition
Sheila 19:14
right
Nicole 19:14
and we have the conversations about bulking up. And all they want to do is it's really they want to lose weight. And of course, they want to be healthy. But you know, that's second to looking good, right?
Sheila 19:25
Yeah
Nicole 19:26
And when I can make a real case for muscle, I'm being there avenue to all of their goals. It doesn't matter how they prioritize them, their priorities don't have to align with mine. The real sell is that muscle is your avenue to reach those goals, whatever they be, whether it's looking good naked in the mirror, or, you know, I want to you know, live as long as possible and I want my quality of life to be as optimal and superior as possible. Um, you know, so my goals have changed, but it doesn't really matter when I talk to people And then I can sell them on muscle. And I can, you know, change their reverse thinking about, you know, um, you know, much of this same thinking that I had, that muscle was going to be unattractive that, you know, that was meaningless to, to me. You know, I just, you know, as I said, if I stand behind this, um, because I've experienced it, um, you know, I remember times, you know, where I did something physically and said, Well, how, you know, how did I do that, and, or, you know, the times that I started to see the definition in my body, the first time, I started to think that sex, you know, that muscle was sexy, and sexier. And, and, and now, for me, I mean, will always be sexier than being thin, you know, being strong and feeling empowered. And that carrying on into, it's like a domino effect into so many other decisions in your life, when you are doing something so beneficial and empowering, as strength training. You know, it's not a hard sell, and women just, they can identify with me because I shared their thinking, right at one time,
Adam 21:16
are women still worried about bulking about you, you still meeting meeting women that come into the gym and saying, I don't want to bulk up? Or, or you find that they're a little bit more aware of the benefits of building muscle?
Nicole 21:29
I think I have found more often that when women say I don't want to bulk up, what they are saying is it's their polite way of saying strength training isn't for me, let's not waste our time on that. Because what I need is cardio, I need to burn calories. That's their way of saying, I'm going to tell you how to train me.
Sheila 21:51
Yeah, well and brought something up yesterday, we were talking about this, the expectations that we have to kind of change those expectations. And sometimes they've never really thought of it that way. Just like we never thought of it that way. Before we kind of were introduced to this and experienced it. Never thought of why you would want to have muscle or what? And that tone. toning up is actually muscle. So Ann you were saying yesterday about you know, when you have somebody new come in a woman come in and they they basically what was the woman that came in the other day?
Ann 22:27
Well, she she just you know, stated very firmly, I need to look and feel different in four workouts. I said, Okay
Sheila 22:35
30 days
Ann 22:36
well, you might feel different, I don't know how you're going to look in four workouts, because that's that's basically a month depending on how you're eating and what your genetics dictate, you know, it's going to be a lot of factors going on how much sleep you're getting? Are you doing all the right things? I can't control what people do once they leave the studio. But, you know, trying to get people to understand, you know, is well, realistically as I can? How on earth? Do we get it into everybody's minds? To settle in enjoy the journey and stop looking for that overnight? Change? It's it's not something that, you know, may or may, it may or may not happen quickly. For some it'll happen faster than others. What is it? Define it, it could be for them? Like Nicole says weight loss? Usually that's generally the premise that when people come in, I just want to lose weight. How long will it take? It's really tough question to answer, because there's a lot of things you have to factor in. But when the one thing I will tell everybody who comes in with that accelerated timeline in their head is I'm going to say, look, you're going to be stronger next week than you were this week. I'll tell you that. And if you do this every week, your strength gains will be very measurable. And a time period that's probably sooner than you can imagine. You're going to get very strong and then oh, that then yeah, then we get into the Oh, but I don't want to get you know, bulky. I'm like no, no, no strength and size are not not necessarily synonymous.
Adam 24:02
What I do consult with a woman, they always say they want to bulk up. And my answer to them actually is yes, you do. And of course they're like what, and then I go into the whole benefit of muscle. But I say you know, you should be so lucky that you would bulk up so quickly that that's a dream to be able to bulk up again, that can only mean well just work out less if you have that tendency, but most women don't have that tendency. So I like I say it for the kind of like the shock value to kind of wake them up a little
Sheila 24:29
but then you to have to explain to them why why do they want to be strong? You know, because they might not have ever put those two things together. Why do I want to be strong and then as you get older? That's why I think some of our, the majority of our clients are middle aged to older women because they start to finally go well, you know, I want to just be able to know that I'm not going to injure myself. I want to be able to do the same things that I was doing before you feel more energetic. You're able to lift things carry things, you're more autonomous, you don't have to have help from people.
Adam 25:04
we have a ninety year old woman client who fell down a flight of stairs. And literally a week later, she came in all bruised up on her face and everything. But she actually was able to work out. And her doctor said, asked her like, well, you know, how did you do that? Like, how did you not get seriously hurt? And she said, Well, I've been strength, strength training with high intensity exercise. He said, well, that saved your life. So you know that I'll never forget that story. And, you know, for women and men I mean to be ninety years old and fall down a flight of stairs, again, that's usually a very serious situation.
Nicole 25:49
And how long had she been a client? Adam?
Adam 25:51
Good question. At that point, she'd been she was a client for several years. And, you know, when she she used to add another point about her, actually, now that you bring it up. So when she first started working out with us, you know, she was unstable on our feet, she had she used the cane and a walker, to stabilize herself. And towards the end of her tenure with us, she moved, she moved out of state eventually. But towards the end of her tenure with us, she didn't need to walk around the gym or the walking stick anymore, she just felt fine on our own two feet. And, you know, again, she just felt so much more secure, with her walking and her balance. And a lot of people think they have to stand on some unstable surface in the gym to work on their balance. But of course, really balanced comes from just getting stronger. And that's what happened with her.
Ann 26:45
Here's a little story I can share. All right, if that helps anybody that might be listening. I'm 51 years old. I had a tonsillectomy on March 30, just a few months ago. And that surgery, I was told was going to be Hell's hay ride, which it was, I'm not gonna lie, it was not easy to wake up in the, in the recovery room with your tonsils freshly cut out. But I was back at work in two weeks. And I was told, I would be out of work a minimum of two weeks. And by week three, maybe I'd be out of my pajamas. So my recovery, I, I think, I truly believe with every fiber of my being, I think that my recovery turn around had a lot to do with the fact that I had been tending my muscle garden for all the years I've been tending it. And it's never too late to start working on the, you know, you're the center point of your body's economy, the very structural tissue that matters, that that dictates so much so much as far as how well other subservient systems are going to be up to snuff. So I believe I made a great turnaround on a help basis, I could have been in much worse shape than I was, and I and I was like, Nope, I'm back. Get out of my way. Given give me my stop watch.
Sheila 27:55
People may look at Ann and go, Oh, well, you look great, you know, you're you're you've been training for a long time. But when she came to inform fitness, when when we first started working together at inform fitness, she looked great, but she was exhausted, she was exhausted, and she was not strong.
Ann 28:14
Nope
Sheila 28:14
You know, and so now she's like, not only is she not exhausted? Well, I can't speak for that sometimes we are so exhausted, but she's so my stronger, you know,
Ann 28:26
yeah. so different,
Nicole 28:27
I think Ann brings up such an important point. And, and, Ann went into a surgery in in excellent shape now. But the majority when they when their pre existing condition is, you know, deficiency of muscle, you know, any sort of trauma or critical illness. I mean, we can't control these things
Sheila 28:52
right
Nicole 28:52
you set yourself up for, you know, maybe your normal function to never recover. I mean, if you go into if you I mean, I kind of think of strength training, as you know, I'm arming myself for the uncontrollable, the unpredictable, you know, I could get really sick, I could get hit by a car tomorrow, my kids could attack me any minute. You know, and, and, you know, I want to make sure that I'm going into, you know, life, I'm trying to contribute to one of the factors that I can control
Sheila 29:24
Yeah, exactly
Nicole 29:26
You can recover from those things.
Sheila 29:27
you gotta have reserves, and not to mention the bone density, that is a huge thing. And especially it, it accelerates for women, you know, after menopause, it accelerates. And so if you're doing this strength training, you're going to be continually as Ann said tending that garden of strength with your bones and your tendons and your muscle and every you know, and then it becomes, you are, you're much more vital and we have clients and I know they have them in New York too, that are you know, 60 over we have I have a 79 year old client, she just came in yesterday. And she she's been coming for four years. And she's, you know, still very vital and very driving around and doing everything and she said, you know, she doesn't want to be that hunched over, you know, you start to get hunched over, you start to shuffle a little bit and you know, it's, it makes all the difference in your quality of life.
Ann 30:25
It does. And now I have a lot of women that that in with more women than men, they have a fear of falling. And some of them aren't even they're not even in their golden years yet. They're just afraid of it because they know someone that it's happened to, and they're terrified of the you know, the repercussions when you don't have a body that's you know, you have weak bone density, you have, you know, reduced muscle strength, you don't have the ability to catch a fall because you don't have you know, how many reflexes you know, when you're Yeah, you're stabilizing muscles are trashed, you know, yeah, because
Sheila 30:58
women are always trying to be skinny, you know, lose the weight, and then they, so they end up getting older, and then they're just frail.
Ann 31:05
And that's a problem here in Hollywood specifically in this, the celebrity crowd, we have a lot of a lot of people who want to get as tiny as they can, they don't care what they're made of, they don't care that their tiny weight is comprised of bone and skin, they just want to have a certain number on the scale. They don't care, they don't care. And it's it's that's been a battle of mine as a trainer for years, is trying to understand and then they'll turn around and say to me, but I want to look more like you and I'm like, well, you're never straight, you better start lifting like a man. Because that's, I mean, my genetics are not
Adam 31:39
that was terribly sexist.
Ann 31:41
It's good. Whatever. So, but it's true. I mean, I deal with a lot of a lot of that in my in my past where Oh, I don't want to, you know, they'll do they'll do two or three workouts with me. And this is not this is not, you know, not a power of 10 workout, but just generally personal training prior to coming into the studio and doing this with Sheila. I would run into that a lot. Oh, I think my thighs were getting too big already. I'm like, I've trained you for two weeks. Oh my gosh, what is this?
Nicole 32:11
Well, I've heard that in two weeks time, too.
Ann 32:13
I my pants don't fit. I think I don't think this good for me, like. Okay. Just really?
Sheila 32:19
Yeah, it's a constant battle, but maybe with Wonder Woman out now. Yeah, more younger girls will start to get into this a little sooner. Yeah. A little stronger.
Ann 32:27
Take a look at Robin Wright's shoulders and go Yeah, yeah.
Sheila 32:31
She looks hot.
Ann 32:33
Yeah, nothing wrong with the way she looks.
Nicole 32:36
There's definitely a seed change happening.
Ann 32:39
Yeah
Nicole 32:39
I think
Ann 32:40
I hope so
Mike 32:41
what are the obstacles in making that transition in thinking, you know, the ladies here over 40 50, I'm saying, if you're communicating to women in their, in their 20s, or in their early 30s, where, I guess the the pursuit to be really, really skinny is kind of always there or, you know, to be attractive and sexy or whatever. Obviously, things change as we get older hormones and stuff like that. But the thing is, you know, you know, you all have profound stories of getting a sense of vitality of that sense of strength, where strength became more important to you than maintaining a certain image. And maybe some of you were able to maintain the image while in the pursuit of being strong. But I guess, you know, my, you know, as a trainer, I trained lots of men and women, and I did battle a lot of these questions as a man and trying to be empathetic and understanding to a woman. And basically, I guess, going back to the original question is, is this is the transition like, what are the obstacles of that transition in thinking? And what are the breakthrough moments? Like, when they when they do actually happen from from going vanity or being the thin sexy thing to really valuing strength?
Nicole 34:04
You know, I think they have to feel it, Mike. I mean, the biggest challenge in my experience with this age group of women, you know, 30 to 35, who are, you know, where I've seen the light bulb go off, it's after they have tried it, and they've actually, they physically feel different for the first time in a long time. I mean, granted, they have looked how they have wanted to look for some time, but have probably felt like crap the whole time. You know, a few workouts in whether they're still questioning whether this is for them or not. The light bulb happens when they start to feel different. Physically, they don't feel exhausted and sick and run down. And I think the physical empowerment comes first. The mental empowerment comes second and And that's been my experience. But I've definitely seen that switch flipped.
Sheila 35:05
Yeah, I think the, one of the big things too, and I always tell women, this when they first start younger women, especially, when you come in here, you're going to lift these heavyweight, you're going to do something every week that you didn't think you could do before, you're going to be lifting 100 pounds on the chest press, which I you know, it's like amazing, and we give out these little awards kind of, but it's It literally makes you feel mentally stronger, and emotionally stronger. I think these these women come out of here, like, even you know, all the women, older women just kind of celebrate the fact like Mike, if you're trying to celebrate that fact that they have just achieved something that they probably never thought they could do. And they're strong, and now they can go into their life and deal with whatever, you know, they're dealing with, with that knowledge.
Ann 35:58
I had a client not too long ago, before we began our workout, she was in our lobby or waiting area. And she said, Wait, before we get started, check this out. And she she stood up out of the out of her chair. She said, did you see what I just did. I said I do. Because she came in with really, really tough knees. She said I have not been able to get up out of a chair without an arm without armrests or anything like that in a long time. She said she said I'm gonna do it again, watch. Yeah, and I was that's that's one of the one of her breakthrough moments that sometimes it resonates with them, when they, they have a victory like that when they're coming in, because they hurt, they got a compromised joint. And it's getting in their way of just doing the things that make them happy recreational hiking, cycling, whatever they like to do, and they can't do it anymore. So they have to come in, and they finally have to face face the music, which is let's get your muscles strong. Let's get you strong. And then things will fall into place.
Sheila 36:56
And I also think that women take on a lot of you know, obviously, we're raising the children and not that the men don't. But it's you know, we traditionally are more nurturing, we give more, we take on more. And so this is something that can fit into our schedule that we can do just for us, that will help us really feel good and feel really strong, you know, and to help with all those other areas. So
Ann 37:23
it's very sustainable. That's another thing.
Sheila 37:25
Yeah
Ann 37:25
women especially know when if they're busy in their lives. And they're dealing with that that three ring circus life that they often have, which is the full time job, the kids the thing, the husband, again, not that husbands don't have that role to but from a woman's standpoint, they the people that we retain the longest, or those who can't stand working out, and those who really don't have time for it, of course, the once a week deep dose is something that they're willing to go through so that they can have the liberty to go off and take care of life. And that's what keeps them coming back. Because then a week later, they're coming in and they're doing more weight than they did a week prior in most cases, and they're starting to make serious progress. The journey is, is amazing for them. And it's amazing for me as an instructor to watch it happen. I see it time and time again. You know, you know, oftentimes, I'll take somebody back to the first day of their visit. And I'm like, This is what you did on the leg press that first day. Look what you did today. Look how much time has gone by, it's not even been that long. And they are completely thrilled that they were not tethered to a gym four or five days a week and stuck on a hamster wheel doing tons of cardio. And then again, if that's what you like to do, you know, I'm just I'm just saying this is this is not something that we focus on, we focus on getting you as strong as possible, so that you can actually take care of life take care of the things that you are dealing with as a woman.
Mike 38:49
That's a fun demonstration. Because usually when people come here for the first time and you're baselining them on a relatively lower weight and then they they still feel thrashed by it. And then you bring them back to it. It feels like a you know, like a pillow. Yes. Yeah, bring it back to like, oh my god, I can't believe I remember that first day what it was impossible to do this. And now it's like, a piece of cake
Ann 39:10
Yep
Mike 39:10
It's a it's an awesome demo to see.
Ann 39:12
It is I did 100 pounds. My first day on my Sheila brought me in that first day in 20 years of bodybuilding. She puts me under these protocols, gets me on leg press, and all I could do was 100 pounds and I tapped out in two minutes. And right before my surgery, I was just about 300 pounds on that thing. It's amazing. So and no I was I did not have quadzilla thighs. And that's what I have to remind especially the ladies, I'll ask them how much weight do you think I can lift on that thing? And I'll tell them they're like, No way. I said Do I look like a beast? You know, like, No, I'm not a beast to them, but but I am very strong. And you know, it was sexy, sexy beast.
Sheila 39:51
Well, it's just genetics to you know, like, how are you built? What's gonna you know, what are your muscles? How are they shaped? How is that gonna look? on you. And, you know, I can say for myself as well, I'm up to like 290
Ann 40:05
Very strong, very strong
Sheila 40:06
can't believe. And my, I'm still wearing the same size, ya know, sometimes I mean, my eyes, adjust my nutrition, you know, because of, but I believe that that's, you know, just as you get older, you have to constantly kind of gauge okay, what's going on now what's going on now and just, you know, learn to deal with your body as it is now. But
Nicole 40:27
I can honestly say I just had a birthday I turned 39 I don't think I have ever felt as good or looked as good. Um, and I you know, I love if I can fit in an extra workout here and there. But the truth is, I mean, 20 minutes once a week. If it weren't for that luxury, I wouldn't be doing anything. And, and, and I would not be in the shape that I am in now
Ann 40:54
It's it's a life changer incredible I just kind of want to remind the ladies, especially since this is a female bent episode, that to remind the simple fact that your cardiovascular game changes when your muscle improves, not when you get on a treadmill for several hours a week. So please, if you're hearing this, please understand that you need to target your muscle in order to become a more cardio. Vascular, efficient beast. That's got to happen. You can't skip you can't skip weight training. You can't I mean strength training specifically, you can't skip that. Please, if you're hearing that don't skip and stick to the treadmill and do nothing else. That's my one wish for this world. That's my changer.
Sheila 41:37
very good point
Ann 41:38
Yeah,
Nicole 41:38
I echo that.
Adam 41:40
Well, ladies, thank you so much. Thanks for giving me a break today and taking the floor. It was wonderful listening to and always lovely seeing you guys. Thanks,
Ann 41:53
it's been a pleasure. Thanks for having me on.
Sheila 41:56
always a pleasure, Adam. Thank you.
Tim Edwards 41:59
And we thank you on the other side of the speakers for joining us for the women of inform fitness. We'll include links in the show notes to Sheila, Ann and Nicole's bio pages, which can all be found at informfitness.com. And if you happen to be near the Leesburg or Reston, Virginia area, we invite you to pop on over and say hello to our guests Nicole Gustafson. Tour their facilities and give this power of 10 workout a try for yourself or perhaps you're out here on the west coast and in the Los Angeles area. I'm sure our very own Sheila Melody and our guest Ann Webb Kirkland would also love to show you around the Toluca Lake Burbank location. That is where I usually spend my Sunday mornings. There are several other locations across the US such as Boulder, Colorado, Denville, New Jersey, Long Island, New York and of course headquarters for the inform fitness empire, Manhattan. There you'll find Mike Rogers and inform fitness founder Adam Zickerman. You know, Adam is also the author of a New York Times best selling book power of 10 the once a week slow motion fitness revolution. Adam's book will come in handy for those who are not near an inform fitness location. Because inside the book, you'll find several demonstrations of exercises that you can perform in the comfort of your own home, or even at a local gym. We'll have a link in the show notes to pick up Adams book through Amazon. Okay, next week, our guest is Doug Brignole. A professional bodybuilder for over 30 years. Doug has deep knowledge of biomechanics and training principles. And some of Doug's training methods are very different from those that we talked about here with the power of 10 protocol. Adam, Mike and Doug will compare and contrast the various training principles for what promises to be a very interesting episode. Thanks again for listening. And for Adam Zickerman, Mike Rogers and Sheila Melody of inform fitness. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting Network.
How and why do some people respond to certain physical training protocols and others not? GENETICS! Find out how your genetics can determine the success of your workouts and how to find the most effective protocol for you.
Exercise Physiologist and Certified Master Trainer, Ryan A. Hall joins us for the conclusion of a 2 part series. Ryan has over 25 years of experience in the health and fitness industry. Ryan’s Exercise and Genetic Variability Lecture formed the basis of Chapter 8: The Genetic Factor in Body By Science by Dr Doug McGuff and John Little. He also contributed to Chapter 3: The Dose/Response Relationship of Exercise.For more information regarding Ryan A. Hall please visit http://exercisesciencellc.com
Below is a link to the article mentione bt=y Ryan Hall: Resistance Exercise Reverses Aging in Human Skeletal Musclehttps://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/27231807
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon: http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
32 Working Out According to Your Genetics with Ryan Hall Pt. 2 Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
genes, muscle, genotype, people, exercise, resistance training, ryan, oxidative, subjects, training, stronger, adam, glycolytic, interleukin, genetics, high intensity, mesomorph, person, called, fitness
SPEAKERS
Sheila, Tim Edwards, Mike, Adam, Ryan Hall
Ryan Hall 00:05
There was this one group of researchers This is in 2007. They looked at a total of 596 genes. And about half those genes decreased their protein expression with the aging process, and half increase their protein expression with the aging process when they put these older subjects and I think they define them as 65 to 72 years old, on resistance training programs, everything reversed. Also nearly 600 genes, everything reversed, and the name of the study so they took muscle biopsies and all this stuff was resistance training reverses aging and human skeletal muscle. Wow, that was so powerful. It sends it it sent chills down my spine the first several times I looked at that. So literally resistance training high intensity resistance training is the closest thing that we have to the fountain of youth.
Tim Edwards 01:05
So inform nation did you catch that? That was exercise physiologist and certified master trainer Ryan Hall. In case you missed it. He said genetically speaking, high intensity resistance training is the closest thing we have to the fountain of youth. What else do you need to hear? Well, Ryan Hall joins us again on the inform fitness podcast with the science to back that claim up here in Episode 32. For those who are new to the podcast, let me introduce myself. My name is Tim Edwards, I'm the founder of the inbound podcasting network. But more importantly, I've been a client of inform fitness for the past year and a half at the time of this recording. Now soon you'll hear from New York Times bestselling author and the founder of inform fitness himself. Adam Zickerman, his general manager from the Manhattan location Mike Rogers will be with us, as well as the co owner of the informed fitness Toluca Lake location, Sheila Melody. Now, like I said, at the top of the show, Ryan Hall is back with us for part two of working out according to your genetics. Remember last week, we discussed the genetic distinctions between those of us who might have either oxidative slow twitch muscle fibers, or glycolytic, fast twitch muscle fibers and how understanding our genetic attributes can determine the results that we experience through our high intensity strength training. Let's pick up where we left off last week with part two of working out according to your genetics, with exercise physiologist, and certified master trainer, Ryan hall here on the inform fitness podcast.
Adam 02:32
So Ryan, there are these, what they call phenotypes, the outward appearance of different individuals and they have different types of body types phenotypically, or observationally. By looking at them, you have the ectomorph, the endomorph and mesomorph.
Tim Edwards 02:51
Let's define those for audience to Adam, for those who don't know
Adam 02:54
so the ectomorph that's, that's more of the lanky, very lean type very hard to build muscle, skinny, skinny, skinny type of person
Ryan Hall 03:03
that would, I just think Woody Allen
Mike 03:05
Woody Allen meets Ichabod Crane
Adam 03:12
endomorph would be kind of more than a pear shaped person, a soft looking person, you know, carries excellent excessive body fat, not very muscular at all.
Mike 03:21
Danny DeVito Sorry,
Ryan Hall 03:22
John Candy.
Adam 03:26
And then you have the mesomorph, which is the very muscular bill like
Mike 03:29
like Mike Rogers. I'm in the middle there
Adam 03:37
so based on based on those phenotypic traits. Ryan, would you be able to say, okay, this person is more of a glycolytic type, a fast twitch type, and this person is more the, you know, slow twitch endurance type.
Ryan Hall 03:53
You know, Adam, it's that's a really interesting question, because at one point in time, yeah, I probably made that speculation. But I actually had turned out that that was wrong.
Adam 04:05
Yeah
Ryan Hall 04:06
I've since given up trying to determine someone's fiber type distribution, or the way that they're the fatigue response, metabolic response just by looking at them. And I can actually use one anecdote from, from our own clientele. We have this guy, Eric, who's still one of our clients. Now when he contacted me, maybe it was about a year ago, and he had read some of my genetics writings and whatnot, and went to the went to the website and saw what we were talking about. training people according to their genetics and responses and stuff like this. And Eric has tried unsuccessfully to add muscle through resistance training. In the past, a he's worked with other trainers and it didn't really work. fairly well. So he came in, he's one of my my Scott is one of my trainers has been training there for a long time. And we put them kind of on a standard time under load program just to see where he was going to fall. And he got a little stronger, but not a whole lot stronger, we were keeping them for maybe two minute time under loads. Um, and that's when we really started thinking he didn't put on a whole lot more muscle mass. So Scott, and I started discussing and talked about it. And we said, let's do the fatigue response test with them. So we did is one rep max and 80% did 80% of the test. And it turned out that he had much more strength based fiber, and much more that glycolytic tissue, he was on the machine for literally anywhere from 40 seconds to a minute. So we kind of kept his time under load at a minute. And when we started training in that way, also, the subjects generally require a little more recovery time in between. So you know, definitely he wasn't training any more than once per week. And over the period of the next couple of months, Eric gained 17 pounds of muscle. For the first time in his life, did he ever put on an a muscle. And that's still not with an optimized diet. His work schedule is such that he doesn't eat usually more than a meal a day and a snack or whatever. So our next goal with Eric is to really start working with them by boosting his protein and kind of getting his macronutrients under, under under control with that.
Adam 06:40
So prior to that, then he was doing conventional higher volume workouts, and that's why it wasn't seeing the results. And then when you realized who he was, so to speak, he by cutting down his TULs. And that all of a sudden, TUL means time under load. When you did that, that's when you started seeing these gains. So you don't miss training.
Ryan Hall 07:00
Yeah. Oh, absolutely. So he, he he worked with a few trainers in the past. But you know, when you don't, again, that's another example of selection or survivorship bias, right? So they were, he had worked with a few trainers in the past, and they were training him with larger volumes of exercise, okay, and more increased frequencies. And he didn't, he did not adapt to that at all. And eventually, when you if you don't, if something doesn't work for you, you usually going to stop doing it. Okay. So that's when he contacted us. And we were still, you know, I think Scott started training maybe once every five days. And, you know, he's doing a number of exercises, six to eight exercises or so for about two minutes time under loads. But he did better than he had done in the past. But it wasn't, he wasn't progressing at the same rate, we would have liked seen or put on the same amount of muscle. So yeah, that's when we tried to, okay, let's really figure out what's going on with this guy. And he was used your typical ectomorph. Okay, I mean, that's that phenotypic expression. But it wasn't until we really dialed him in. And, you know, increase the resistance kept his time under loads much shorter and increased his recovery interval that he started to gain muscle and it literally within a few months, you put on 17 pounds.
Mike 08:22
I'm sorry, and doing only one set to muscle failure.
Ryan Hall 08:25
Absolutely. Yeah, just one set to muscle failure for anywhere between 40 seconds on the machine to a minute. So we were looking for basically like three solid really slow reps from Eric.
Adam 08:37
Yeah. And conversely, I have a client who when you look at him, he's totally a mesomorph. So you're thinking this guy is going to be like, you know, strong as can be low TULs heavy weights. And it turns out, he performs much better at two minute plus failure raisins. And I'm actually doing breakdowns with him, right. So we'll do we'll do a weight and he's not happy. And so we basically pick away reaches failure in two minutes and I lower the weight by you know, 20 30% He does another three or four reps until failure and then I dropped away again by another 20 30% And that's when he feels he's getting the greatest workout and he's that's where he's getting his gains and like you look at him you like this guy is not look like a an endurance type of person. But that's, you know, again, another example of how you can't judge a book by its cover, so to speak.
Ryan Hall 09:28
Absolutely, totally
Mike 09:29
found so many exceptions to the rule. What would what you would assume is a rule like an ectomorph would be only oxidative or a mesomorph would only be a glycolytic.
Adam 09:38
One thing that I've done that helps is we have you know, as you I'm sure you have with your clients, we have these intake forms and we ask them a whole bunch of questions and a lot of the questions we ask have to do with their past experiences not only with exercise, but with sports and activities in general. And, like you said about selection bias. people gravitate to things they do well, so when I look at an intake form, and I see that this person played soccer or, or was a marathon runner, then I say to myself, well, this person is gravitating to things they're good at. So I would pretty much guess that they're probably the, you know, oxidative, slow twitch muscle fiber type, as opposed to somebody else who said that their their past time activities have been more of the, you know, strength based types of activities, maybe football or something like that. So that usually get Yes, sprinting, for example. So that that would give me a clue. And very often that that kind of helps me now or down or who I'm dealing with,
Ryan Hall 10:40
yeah, we do something very similar. The only thing is I just do an interview, I sit down, and instead of having someone fill out an intake form, just the way I prefer to do it, I ask a series of questions. And it allows me to explore a little deeper, you know, so many, and many other clients that I do now are actually rehabilitation clients, students, people that I have trouble walking back pain, neck pain, shoulder, whatever. So when I, you know, when I can kind of explore, like, what the mechanism of injury is, are or whatever the case may be. But yeah, when we're talking about that's a question I always insert is, what is your past exercise history? And I'm taking notes the entire time. And then I'll ask them, you know, what are you doing now, as I need to know, if they're doing anything now that's going to interfere with the training stimulus that we are imposing?
Mike 11:35
Yeah, our intake form is literally the same thing. It's literally a starting point for a consultation, which is essentially an interview as well, you know, with tons of notes and everything,
Ryan Hall 11:45
what I just wanted, you know, everybody's talking about all this, and you guys tend to refer to male subjects. And I'm very interested to hear it for our audience to hear is there much difference between how women and men are, you know, whether they're glycolytic, or oxidative? Or how do they train? Does it change as you get older? You know, think in both respects, does it change as you get older? That is actually an amazing question to ask. And so there's a slight tendency for women to drift more to the oxidative part of the spectrum. But that's only very, very slight. That's not in all cases, I gave you an example of this girl, Lisa, that Shelley's training, about how you know, she's so glycolytic for exercise is one minute, boom. And that's it. And I have, in my own clientele, I have some women who are extremely glycolytic. Also, now, what you asked about is, if you do we see a change with aging, and if people are untrained, okay, or we haven't, they haven't done anything to maintain that tissue. What we find over time, if we take muscle biopsies from younger subjects and compare it to muscle biopsies with older subjects, on average, older subjects actually lose their capacity for strength, at a lot faster rate than they lose the capacity for endurance. And the thing is, literally, if you don't use it, you will lose it. So if you don't do anything, like if they're normal every day doesn't require strength training, or lifting, let's say 50 pound sacks of sugar or potatoes or anything lifting heavy, the the spinal motor neurons, those fast twitch motor neurons actually die in the spinal column, you actually lose that that function, and you have those muscle fibers that were previously innervated by that motor neuron that is now atrophied and died. And the surrounding tissue will reinnervate those previous, let's say, glycolytic fibers. And an older muscle you see what's called fiber grouping or clustering, where if you take a muscle biopsy, let's say from a normal subject, you see more like a checkerboard pattern. Okay, where you know, let's say the dark tissue is going to be glycolytic. The white tissue is going to be oxidative depending upon the enzyme that they're staining for, where an older muscle you see this clustering of glycolytic tissue together and oxidative tissue together. But in younger subjects, you may have, let's say close to a 50/50 distribution, depending upon the individual obviously, and what muscles being being biopsied. But you may see let's say half and half, and in older subjects, you see a loss of that strength based tissue. So in my strong, strong opinion, it's especially important as we go through the aging process, that someone engages in high intensity resistance training, in order to maintain that strength based tissue. And that's exactly what we see in the study of sarcopenia. sarcopenia is the term for age related muscle wasting. And it's interesting because, you know, I've been training by Adam, Adam and I were talking about, we've been doing this for a very long time, I trained several people in their 80s, we even had a client as old as 96. And it's unbelievable. I mean, you really would not believe that these people are as old as they are, because they're still mentally they're all there. There's, you know, mental capacities there, you know, one of my clients, augis, 84 years old, one of my best friends, he, you know, goes and plays tennis a couple times a week, and he's literally in better condition at 84. Then my father is at 64. And, and other I train a lot of women that I've been training for a very long time. And literally, if you look, they're all I could show you photos of women that are 60, 60s, close to 70. And they're dermatologist one of one of them. This is Lady Linda, she's, she's 69 years old, she's really close to 70. And her dermatologist who I also know said that you have a better body than most women in their 30s that I see. So
Sheila 16:32
I love it.
Ryan Hall 16:33
It's pretty, it's it blows me away still, after all these years that I've been training, that I mean, I could I could go through the name Susan, Tiffany, all you
Mike 16:45
know, we have them, we have the we have the same Yeah. It's unbelievable. And, you know, you look at people who, you know, over 50, especially anybody who comes in here with bone density issues and arthritis, and they have usually had the most I mean, unbelievable testimonies. I mean, you can tell that they're the you know, because they've been lacking resistance training. And we've offered a safe way of doing it. So
Ryan Hall 17:14
totally, it's it's the right now. I mean, that's the only treatment. If they if they haven't been training, and and they start, like in their 60s, I mean, is that they're still going to benefit? Oh, absolutely. I mean, the research literature is very definitive on that not only the research literature, but obviously, Adam and I have the same experience. I mean, there's only so far that you can turn the clock back. I mean, I've I see, I see people in their 40s At my age that have totally let themselves go. And so, uh, you know, I don't know, obviously, they can improve, but they're not going to completely reverse the clock. 100%. But yeah, I mean, I've started training people in their 60s and 70s. And absolutely, and, you know, it's interesting, what the, what the research literature shows is that a healthy but untrained 50 year old subjects exhibit about the same functional capacity as trained, um, healthy 70 year old subjects. So we have about a, you know, there's like a 20 year to 30 year turning back back clock on functional capacity. And we've known this for some time, and I do want to mention one study that is just extremely significant. Okay. And the reason why I want to mention this study is the name of the study just blows me away. Normally, scientists are extremely measured in their wording, okay. So you may see a study something like this. High Intensity resistance training increases insulin like growth factor one splice variant expression, human skeletal muscle, so unless you're serious, unless you're a serious physiology geek, right? Most people aren't gonna know what that is. But there was this one group of researchers, this is in 2007. They looked at a total of 596 genes. And about half those genes decreased their protein expression with the aging process, and half increase their protein expression with the aging process. When they put these older subjects and I think they define them as 65 to 72 years old. On resistance training programs, everything reversed. Also nearly 600 genes, everything reversed, and the name of the study so they took muscle biopsies that all this stuff was resistance training reverses aging and human skeletal muscle. Wow, that was so powerful. It sends it it sent chills down my spine the first several times I looked at that So literally resistance training, high intensity resistance training is the closest thing that we have to the fountain of youth.
Adam 20:07
So to what you're saying then is that this high intensity strain training can basically start up regulating genes that were really in the decline, and all of a sudden they're being upregulated. Again,
Ryan Hall 20:20
yeah, their protein expression increases. Absolutely. And it increases to, to mimic those of younger subjects. That was Yeah, absolutely. It's um,
Adam 20:32
so this is what Ponce de Leon was looking for all the time.
Ryan Hall 20:35
Exactly.
Adam 20:42
All right. So so speaking, you know, I have another question for you. Because this is really interesting, it speaks to these genes that you're talking about. And depending on what genes you actually have. And again, part of this, this episode that we're talking about is understanding that certain genetic attributes that people have, will really determine their results in exercise and their ability to build muscle. I've heard that it's true. Because I never thought this, I always thought that if you get stronger, that your muscles are going to get bigger, that there's a linear relationship between the two, you get stronger, you're going to hypertrophy, you're going to get bigger. But actually, research has been shown that depending upon your genetic profile, that you could actually gain strength, but not muscle size. And vice versa, that you can gain muscle size, but actually not much strength. Is that actually true?
Ryan Hall 21:38
That is actually regulated by a gene called interleukin 15. genotype and interleukins are a component of the inflammatory response or the immune system, the inflammatory system is part of the immune system. And there was this when I first really, really started digging into the research literature. This is one of the first studies that blew my mind. So interleukin 15, we generally have three states of a gene, if you remember Adam, back to high school biology, there were dominant recessive, right? Like eye color. Okay. So Brown,
Adam 22:22
right, so if you're both parents, if both parents have recessive, like, big B, small b for blue eyes, then there's a 25% chance you'll have blue eyes and that kind of matrix that you do.
Ryan Hall 22:33
Exactly. That's called the Punnett. Square.
Adam 22:35
Right, right.
Ryan Hall 22:37
Yeah, and so um, that's dominant, recessive. Not Most genes in the body don't necessarily express ourselves as dominant recessive like that. But there's co dominance or shared dominance. Yeah. Which is a blending of the two traits. Okay, so, so we have these three states of a gene, one is called the homozygote. wild type, okay, the blending of the two traits is called a heterozygous condition. And then if it's less than 20, or 18%, of a population, it's known as a mutation. Okay. So what these researchers did was that they took a large group of subjects, and they divided them up by genotype. And then they put them on a resistance training program. And what was really interesting about this is the genotype that gained the most amount of strength gained the least amount of muscle, and the genotype that gain the most amount of muscle gained the least amount of strength. And that was purely dictated by this one gene. So, you know, it's funny, because the mutated condition was the group that, or the less frequent condition was the was the group that the genotype that gained a lot of muscle per unit of strength gain. But if you think about this, sort of from an evolutionary efficiency, survival ship isn't your survival aspect. You're because muscle is metabolically active tissue, it needs calories, it needs protein to keep that alive. Okay? Your body would want to add as little muscle mass per unit of strength gain as possible. And so for most individuals, it's very difficult to add a lot a lot of muscle. And but it makes sense from an evolutionary perspective, and that you have a survival advantage if you are stronger without getting bigger. Right? Yeah.
Adam 24:39
So how is that? How is that possible? Because, I mean, I'm playing devil's advocate here because I think I know the answer, but like, explain then because you know, somebody is getting bigger. That means that the myofibrils, the, the the, the cells that make up a muscle fiber, they start building and growing. So if someone's getting stronger, and they're building myofibrils, how are they not getting bigger?
Ryan Hall 25:04
So I mean, those people do get bigger, but they don't get as big as the mutated genotype, condition
Adam 25:11
so the structure of them myofibrils might be smaller, for example, they don't get as puffy. Maybe their their structures slightly different.
Ryan Hall 25:18
Yeah. And they also have greater at neurological adaptations and biochemical adaptations. Okay. So the exact conclusion from these researchers, this individual study was, hypertrophy has been considered the ideal response to resistance training and cellular studies of muscle growth. But muscle quality has been examined recently to reflect a measure of mass to performance efficiency, if neurological and biochemical adaptations are not sufficient to respond to the overload, stimulus hypertrophy, or increasing muscle size may be a compensating adaptation.
Adam 26:02
Hmm.
Ryan Hall 26:04
So yeah, you have we have others
Adam 26:06
I have so many frustrated clients that, you know, they're getting stronger, I'm showing them you are getting stronger, you're lifting more and more weight. And they're like, Yeah, but I'm not I'm not getting bigger. And, like, I don't give a crap about how strong I am I want I want to get the girls, you know, I want I want to get bigger, you know, so it's so can I, can I actually take a muscle biopsy of these people and see, see if they have which genotype of interleukin 15 they have.
Ryan Hall 26:32
So there's various labs that test for these genes. Okay? Would it be possible to do so yes, it's possible, finding a lab that will do it for you is going to be more difficult. You know, when I first gave this lecture was in 2006, the genetics lecture, and that's when right right around 2004 2005, all the genes were starting to just, you know, be discovered for this high variability. This is when 23andme Kind of just got up and rolling, I actually had approached them and wanted to come up with a genetic test, to give me sort of an idea of where somebody would fit. There's like a swab prescribed method of exercise. And there's a lot of genes that I wanted to look at, and they were just getting up and rolling, they the genetic test was more expensive at the time. And they were not necessarily really interested in testing for these specific genes. So 23andme only test for one of these genes. And that doesn't really tell me a whole lot of information. There's a few other laboratories in the United States that test for, again, you know, one or two genes, and that doesn't really tell me a whole lot. So I'm hoping at some point in time, there will be a lab that does a more comprehensive genetic test. And I think interleukin 15 would be one of those more important genotypes to test, at least from the prospect of what we do for a living for our industry. Because if we could do a swab prescribed method of exercise, if this guy comes in and says, Man, I want to get really, really big, well, unless you have the mute mutated condition for interleukin 15, it's probably not going to happen. I mean, yeah, you're going to get stronger, you're going to add some muscle mass, but that person's probably never going to be a bodybuilder.
Adam 28:32
And genes work together. Like if you just pick out one gene like interleukin 15, they work with other genes, and depending on what those other genes are, will also depend on the effect of the interleukin 15 I imagine because you know, there's so much unknown about how genes actually interact with each other. And there are so many other genes, I kind of feel like, you know, there are so many different, uh, you know, factors, genetic factors, that that determine whether you can get strong or and hypertrophy. That, you know, just just isolating one gene, like you might mention isn't isn't really going to tell the whole story. Oh, are we close to knowing how they all interact with each other, you know, and know, there's a manner that you know, it doesn't matter. I mean, like, and the other thing is also, I mean, you might be testing for you might do a muscle biopsy in the thigh, for example. But that doesn't mean that's the same profile that's in your bicep or your chest muscle. You know, so
Ryan Hall 29:42
thats fiber type distribution
Adam 29:44
Yeah, fiber type distribution. Yeah. And even maybe for interleukin 15. Would that vary between muscle group and muscle group or is that going to be consistent throughout the body? You think
Ryan Hall 29:54
Na, thats gonna be consistent throughout your genetics but but you're right though, that there's A lot of different genes that have been discovered that have some influence on, you know, are aspects from adaptation to exercise. And what we don't know, is how all of these genes interact with each other, or have some have a more, you know, controlling mechanism than than another gene. This is something that we don't know yet. But, you know, this is the thing with sciences in science answers, questions, we always get more questions. There's, I mean, this is, this is stuff literally, when I was in school for Exercise Physiology I didn't, I never imagined we'd have questions for. So we have those questions, we have some answers. We don't have all the answers. And that just leads to more questions. So what I'm looking forward to in the future is to seeing how these various genotypes really interact with each other. But until then, what we have now is what you and I am Mike do on an everyday basis, which is initiate a stimulus, and then make an observation. And so I think that may be even more important than knowing what the genotype is, because it all comes down to how does this person respond to the exercise stimulus, that's the bottom line,
Mike 31:20
if you took like a profile of the genes of someone like LeBron James, for example, like muscle biopsy of a profile, all of their of the the genes that are that we know are likely involved with performance, you know, with sprinting, or jumping or whatever, or people who exhibit a skill that we know is great, and you, you biopsy their glutes and their quads and their chest and their shoulders and all that stuff. And then you can actually identify that among kids in there when they're 5 6 7 8 years old, and say, oh, you know, something, you're meant for hockey, you have the exact same profile, or very close to the same profile as Alex Ovechkin or LeBron James, or whoever.
Ryan Hall 32:03
Well, you know, yeah, Mike, that's a big push right now, actually, one of the genes that that they're testing for is called Alpha actin three. And there's it's a, it's a protein that's found in fast twitch or fast glycolytic muscle fibers. But some people completely lacked this protein, some humans, where it's thought to be, well, one point in time, it was thought to be functionally redundant. And that alpha actin two did the same, basically did the same function. But what we found if you is, they actually perform biopsies, it just what you're saying, from high level sprinters, like World Class sprinters and then perform biopsies from World Class and Class endurance athletes. And what they found is that the endurance athletes, for the most part, lack Alpha actin three, and the sprinters and the power athletes actually, were much higher percentage of those athletes that contained Alpha actin three. So that's one of the genes that actually is measured by 23andme. That's the one gene and that's little one gene that's most strongly being done by the other genetics testing labs. And so yeah, it's interesting that that's one gene that really strongly influences that type of activity. But again, it's only one gene, other factors that come into play. And I'm really interested in seeing in the future, how these genes interplay with each other, or if some of these genes are clustered with each other. That stuff we don't know right now. Can you touch upon the epigenetics and how that could affect you know, all this stuff? Let's say you don't want people to say, Oh, I only have this. So now I can only do that. How does that epigenetics come into play here? So I mean, as sort of we were discussing before with that study that looked at a total of 600 genes and reverses aging and whatnot like that. So the study of epigenetics, we can't change our genotype, but we can we, most genotypes are not, most I say most phenotypes, which are traits, right? Adam was talking about phenotype phenotypic phenotypes are just known as traits. Okay, most traits in the human body are most phenotypes are determined by a genotype environmental interactions. Okay. So obviously, personality can be one of those, right? I mean, the stuff that we go through in our life, our life experiences, but another environmental stimulus could be diet and exercise. Okay. So yes, so epigenetics tells us that we can change the expression of certain genes, but that Change is ultimately going to be limited by the genotype. But that doesn't mean that we can't improve or make, you know, differences in expression. For example, when we're talking about interleukin 15, this person gets stronger, but they didn't get as large. They didn't add as much muscle mass, but they still do add muscle mass. So yes, um, genes can be upregulated or downregulated, their protein expression, depending upon the environmental stimulus. And just because someone may not have the genetics to be a world class bodybuilder, doesn't mean that high intensity resistance training isn't extremely beneficial for them.
Adam 35:41
And this can be passed down generationally.
Ryan Hall 35:43
Yeah, what we're finding is that changes through epigenetics. Small changes like that are eventually passed down to the offspring of those people. So, Adam, I don't have any children. I don't know if you plan on having kids, but our kids are ultimately going to be stronger than us if they continue to do high intensity training.
Adam 36:10
Yeah, my kids beat me up regularly. They're nine and six and they kill me every day.
Mike 36:19
My mind do high intensity mind games
Ryan Hall 36:25
just like my ex wife.
Mike 36:28
My daughter's like my ex wife.
Tim Edwards 36:33
well Ryan, this has been a fascinating, fun and very educational episode. Certainly appreciate you taking the time to join us here at the inform fitness podcast.
Ryan Hall 36:41
Thank you, guys. I really enjoy talking to you. Yeah, love you at any other time. Oh, nice to meet you. Even though we can't really see you. But that's very nice.
Tim Edwards 36:50
For though, and let's just let our audience know, you know, we record these episodes via Skype, Adam and Mike are in New York City. Sheila and I are here in the Los Angeles area. And Ryan is in New Orleans. But all we see on Ryan's Skype side of our interface here is just a silhouette. I wonder if that's by design?
Sheila 37:09
Serious?
Ryan Hall 37:10
I will try to...
Adam 37:13
for all you ladies out there Ryan is a man of mystery.
Tim Edwards 37:16
yes that's right. And Ryan, you are located in the New Orleans area. Tell us a little bit about your facility and how folks can find you down there.
Ryan Hall 37:25
So um, my business is down here is called Exercise Science LLC. Probably the easiest way to find us, it's just to go to exercisesciencellc.com. And that'll give you links to all of our social media accounts, phone numbers, emails, whatever the case may be.
Tim Edwards 37:44
Many thanks to exercise physiologist and certified master trainer Ryan Hall. In case you're listening while you're driving, or you didn't get a chance to jot down Ryan's information. If interested, we will include all of his contact information and the links in the show notes. And if you're listening down in New Orleans, please be sure to let him know that you heard about him right here on the inform fitness podcast. In this episode, you learned about the science behind the claim that the closest thing us humans have to the fountain of youth is high intensity resistance strength training. To find that fountain of youth nearest you simply visit the inform fitness website at informfitness.com for a list of their seven locations across the US. You'll also find Adams blogs, several videos. And if you're curious what Adam Mike and Sheila look like. You can even find their photos and bios here as well. If you're not near an inform fitness location, you can always pick up Adams book power of 10 the once a week slow motion fitness revolution. Included in Adams book are several exercises that support this protocol. And you can actually perform on your own at home or in a gym near you. We'll have a link to purchase Adams book in Amazon in the show notes as well. Finally, if you wouldn't mind, we would love a review of the podcast. We want to know what you think. What do you like, what don't you like or even if you have some topic suggestions. This is your show and we would love to hear what you think you can do so in iTunes or whichever platform you might be listening from. You can always just shoot us an email if you like. Or maybe if you'd like to appear on the podcast. You can record a voice memo on your phone and send your comments questions and suggestions to podcast at informfitness.com A thanks for listening. We really do appreciate it. And for Sheila melody Mike Rogers and Adam Zickerman of inform Fitness, Im Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting Network.
Joining The InForm Fitness Podcast is Exercise Physiologist and Certified Master Trainer, Ryan A. Hall. Ryan has over 25 years of experience in the health and fitness industry. Ryan’s Exercise and Genetic Variability Lecture formed the basis of Chapter 8: The Genetic Factor in Body By Science by Dr Doug McGuff and John Little. He also contributed to Chapter 3: The Dose/Response Relationship of Exercise. This is part one of a two-part series titled: Working Out According to Your Genetics
For more information regarding Ryan A. Hall please visit http://exercisesciencellc.com
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon: http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
31 Working Out According to Your Genetics with Ryan Hall Pt. 1 Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
people, oxidative, exercise, training, glycolytic, subjects, sessions, pounds, person, intensity, adam, seconds, repetition, increase, inform, clients, fibers, rep max, ryan, fitness
Ryan Hall 00:06
So I mean, our number one goal with resistance training, right is to have that person get stronger, and that's our objective measurement of improvement. And over time as that load increases, and that absolute intensity increases, it's going to affect them eventually metabolic, but our main our main goal is to get them stronger in that muscle.
Tim Edwards 00:34
This is episode 31 of the inform fitness podcast 20 minutes with New York Times bestselling author, Adam Zickerman. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting network and client of inform fitness at the Toluca Lake location, which is CO owned by our very own Sheila Melody who will be with us shortly. Also joining us as always, is Mike Rogers, the general manager of the Manhattan location of inform fitness. Alright, so we're about to kick off a two part series talking about genetics. Now hold on. For those of you who might be scientifically challenged like me, don't think that this information is going to sell right over your head, because joining us is exercise physiologist and certified master trainer, Ryan A. Hall, Ryan does a terrific job of explaining how our individual genetic makeup affects the results from our high intensity strength training. Are you oxidative? Or glycolytic? I have no idea what that means. Neither did I. Until Ryan explained it. I guarantee as a listener of this podcast, I know that you're going to find this information not only entertaining, but very helpful. Ryan has over 25 years of experience in the health and fitness industry. As a matter of fact, he contributed the chapters three and eight in Dr. Doug macguff book Body by science, which is an absolute staple for this protocol. Oh, and one final note before we begin, for those of you who participated in our month long contest to receive Adams autograph inside his New York Times best selling book, power of 10, the slow motion fitness revolution, and to receive inform fitness apparel, and an Amazon Echo. We will announce our winner at the end of the episode. In the meantime, let's talk genetics with Mike Rogers, Sheila Melody, Adam Zickerman and our guest for the next two episodes. Ryan Hall.
Adam 02:23
Ryan, you and I go back a while now we've been we've been in this game. You said you started this at 18 years old? Correct?
Ryan Hall 02:30
Yeah, it's like 1989. Yeah. When I started.
Adam 02:34
Yeah How old are you now?
Ryan Hall 02:36
Sheila 02:37
He's a baby.
Adam 02:39
25 years, 26 years of doing this?
Ryan Hall 02:42
Yeah, longtime man, longtime
Adam 02:44
how many sessions have you overseen in these 25 years would you estimate.
Ryan Hall 02:48
So at one time at one to one I was training between 100 and 120 sessions a week. And I mean, sometimes I've trained a lot less. But I averaged it out to maybe about 80 training sessions a week. And I gave myself a margin of error to say maybe 75 a week. And so I multiplied that out by about 50 weeks a year. And I'm coming clocking in around 100,000 sessions.
Adam 03:18
So I guess that means Yeah, I'm doing is 20 years. So I'm probably you know, I'm probably just about 20,000 less than you.
Ryan Hall 03:25
Yeah. And I would say probably around that. Yeah.
Adam 03:28
Mike is averaging that amount of sessions per week now. 90 to 100. A week now. And he's been doing is like 12 years. 15 years. Excuse me. So I mean, between the three of us alone, we got we got quite a number of sessions under our belt. So Ryan, like me, you're you're an exercise geek. And isn't it true that for fun that you dig around for relevant and quality research studies? Just for fun
Ryan Hall 03:55
all the time. I mean, I pretty much keep my nose in the research literature every day
Adam 04:00
and talk about you have a couple of college degrees Correct. Like what are they?
Ryan Hall 04:04
So both my undergraduate and graduate degrees are in exercise physiology. I had gotten accepted. Before I opened one to one, I had gotten accepted into the Ph. D. program in Baton Rouge LSU for exercise phys, but I decided to open a business instead. So I said I'm not going to continue getting myself in debt. And that's when we opened one to one in 1996. But my education didn't stop. Oh, you know, when I stopped going to school, I mean now it just gave me the freedom to research and read exactly what I wanted. So I didn't have to follow any syllabus or anything like that. And I learned most of what I learned honestly, by doing experimentations of my own clientele and actually writing my own research papers that way I could you know That way I could target indirectly I wanted what I wanted to study.
Adam 05:04
So like, yeah, so So between all the 100,000 sessions that you've overseen, not to mention your background in exercise physiology, and all the research you've been doing and all the digging, you know, is into all the current research you've discovered, then you've noticed a couple of things I would say. And today's discussion is really about genetics. So what have you discovered regarding genetics and people's response to exercise? Generally speaking, right?
Ryan Hall 05:38
Well, I mean, first of all, genetics are extremely, extremely powerful. I think the last estimate I read, it was about 60% of all of your results from exercise are pretty much to knit genetically predetermined, or at least limited. And so there's a, by looking at my own clientele that I've done, and my trainers, and the research literature, there's, there's a huge amount of inter individual variability between results from exercise. And so, you know, there's people very few, these are really far outliers that gain let's say, a lot of muscle mass, you know, from normal, it's, I shouldn't say normal research protocols, but higher volumes of resistance training, okay, like three days per week, multiple sets, there's only a few people who actually adapt really, really well to that. And also, there's people who lose muscle mass and strength on such programs. Depending upon the stimulus that we initiate, right, we can observe or maybe make some observations on how those clients respond. And depending on those observations, or how I'm going to structure their routine going forward. But the thing is, is, as that client continues to adapt, you know, the stimulus is going to have to be changed a little bit more to fit their new adaptation levels. So that's what I've been doing a lot of work on lately.
Tim Edwards 07:10
Ryan, how do you know when a client has adapted is it a plateau? How would you define adaptation
Ryan Hall 07:16
in science, we usually want to have an objective measurement of improvement. And for me, our one objective measurement of improvement are consistent strength gains. And so that's the first adaptation that I'm looking at that we can measure from workout to workout. Okay. Um, so that's what I'm mostly looking for. Now, as they continue to adapt as they continue to get stronger, they may, for example, hit a plateau at some point in time. And the thing is, is you need to figure out what you need to do to get that past that plateau. Okay. So, when I was in grad school, I conducted a study and there's, there is a link on my website. It's a, it's an article, it's called Exercise results curve. And by this time, I had already trained, you know, several 100 people, a few 100 people, I should say, handful, and, you know, some of these for multiple years. And what I started to do, I had to do a project for exercises for my exercise phys classes. And what I did was look at all this neat data that I had on the workout charts, so I started entering everything into Microsoft Excel with the statistics package, and, you know, trying to analyze this data, and what I really wanted to see was that if we correctly manipulated stimulus and recovery, um, how long did it approximate these individuals to, to come close to their genetic potential? Okay. Um, but there was something, there was an anomaly that appeared in the data that I wasn't necessarily expecting right away. And the anomaly that appeared in the data is that the people that I started training twice per week, made results faster, but they hit an artificial plateau Much, much sooner. And it was almost 100% It was 97% of my subject population. When I reduced the frequency of training from twice a week to once every five days or once a week, there was almost an immediate improvement in strength where they continued gaining strength. And again, I said this is 97% of my subject population. So there was a small percentage of people who did not do better changing from once a week, they didn't necessarily do any worse, but they didn't do any better. And so, but most people did, and that was the number one aspect that stood out in my mind. As the most significant,
Adam 10:01
that's 97%. So you'd say for the most part, on on the bell curve, most people do well, with a once a week workout working out one set to failure in general, right? Is that what you find with your population of clients over the years?
Ryan Hall 10:18
Adam, I would say so with my subject population. Now, I mean, I'm real specific to say that because we have selection bias, in just about everything, and I don't even know if we can have a true random sample in exercise research.
Adam 10:34
Okay. Okay. Why don't you explain for us what selection or survivorship bias? It's also known as explain that a little bit. What is selection bias?
Ryan Hall 10:42
Sure. Okay. That's a great question, too. So, naturally, we gravitate towards things we do well, at, okay. If we don't do well, at something, we're probably not going to continue with it, or at least not try. So I mean, it can be in any type of sport, any type of activity could be like, if I don't, if I don't do well, at playing chess, I'm probably not going to be very competitive. I'm not going to continue playing chess, if I'm not large enough to be a football lineman, I'm simply never going to get selected or ever be a football linemen. So you know, that's, there's some genetic dictation with that also, um, and the, the latest statistics I looked at is that maybe about, I think it was 10% of the US population actually participates in strength training. So in order to even, you know, want to participate in strength training, that's something that you have to be interested in, I'm not going to say everybody has to do that very well. But that you have to be interested in that. Now. There's guys that are genetic freaks, right? That tend to just go to any gym and pick up weights and start throwing them around. And those people are far and few between, but they make great results. I mean, my, one of my, one of my tagline statements is there's guys that just have great genetics, I could probably throw tomatoes at them, and they'd still get big.
Adam 12:10
I use a similar I say, if somebody just looks at a barbell, they start getting bigger.
Ryan Hall 12:14
Yeah, absolutely. They take it, they smell it, or what I smell a gym and they get big. So you know, but for otherwise. So, you know, we look at people that are going to seek out a trainer, we're likely to get people with average to below average genetic potential, because these are people that did not do well on their own. Okay. But even in the research literature, it shows that those people that do well, it's there's a positive skew. And what that what that means is, is that there's a few individuals that do really, really well, that throw off the average result. And some of these people do exceedingly well. Well, as some of the research I've looked at is that, literally, with a fairly short term resistance training program, it was relatively high volume, that there's people that a few guys that gained up to 60% increase in muscle mass, but there was only like two people that did that. The rest of the people made average results. And some people even lost muscle mass and strength.
Adam 13:18
I agree with you. I mean, again, you know, both of us have a lot of experience of people and given the selection bias. And I agree with you, I think most people that seek out our services are baby boomers in general, their affluence, and they are the average type when I getting to many professional athletes in our gym, because, you know, again, like you said about selection bias. I think people that do really well with strength training, naturally. They don't need a trainer. They they they go they smell a gym, and they get bigger, and, you know, they move on it, why do they have to sport or they have to pay the money, even if they can afford it? They they're doing fine all by themselves?
Ryan Hall 13:57
Absolutely. 100% agreement.
Adam 13:59
So So yeah, so when we start training people, they they they do, I would say most of our clients, and we've been doing this for a long time, we have lots of clients, and I would say they are average genetics. Yeah. So let's dig deeper into this genetics for a second. All right. So one of the big, big determined determining factors of somebody seeing results, or how they should train is based on their blend, if you will, of fast twitch versus slow twitch. And then to me, even the intermediate twitch muscle fibers. And I would assume that if somebody possesses a large amount of one of the other or a blend of one or the other their their training protocol might might vary accordingly. So before we get into that, why don't we Why don't you speak to explain to our listeners about what exactly is fast twitch and slow twitch muscle fibers because there's a lot of confusion around that.
Ryan Hall 15:02
Okay. And so this is actually, I mean, it can be a difficult topic to discuss. It can be technical. But, um, so we don't normally Yes,
Adam 15:14
that's why I asked you the question and said, I'd rather you answer that question than me.
Ryan Hall 15:20
So let me think how to describe this. So you know, it's funny because I have like visuals of this that are easier. But this is the audio format. So the deal is that we can think of, we use the term Twitch to describe the motor neuron or the neuron, which is in the spinal column, and all of the muscle fibers innervated by that neuron, that's called a motor unit, okay? And the motor neuron is what twitches. So when we call when we specifically talking about fast twitch or slow twitch, you're actually talking about the motor neuron or the motor unit. The muscle fibers themselves are usually stained for enzymes. And that's why we normally use the term fast glycolytic or slow oxidative, or what's called fast oxidative glycolytic. And oxidative enzymes are going to really be more specific to endurance type training, okay, or longer times under load. Okay, so they're fatigue resistant. They make, think about I love automobile analogies, it makes a lot of sense. Think about the slow oxidative fibers as a Honda Civic. You know, or one of those Fiat 500, right? It's a small engine, it doesn't make a lot of horsepower, right? But it gets great gas mileage. Okay. Now think of those really large, fast glycolytic fibers, they're very strength base, that's more strength tissue, okay. So think of a Hemi V eight in the quarter mile running off a nitrous oxide, right, makes a lot of power, a ton of horsepower, but done in you know, 10 to 12 seconds or whatever the case, boom, it's out.
Adam 17:05
Runs out of gas quickly.
Ryan Hall 17:06
yeah. Now these classifications are convenient teaching tools for students. But a fiber can lie anywhere on that oxidative to glycolytic spectrum, okay. And muscle has a high degree of adaptability. So depending upon how it's used, it can adapt and change. Its ends aromatics, or enzymes properties, either oxidative or glycolytic. The way it's being trained, however, there's only so much adaptation that occur can that can occur through normal exercise a normal exercise stimulus. So where you are born on that oxidative glycolytic spectrum, and that muscle is how it's going to generally perform best. Okay, so glycolytic, fast glycolytic, those are strength based fibers and everyone's going to have, some people may have a little more of that than others, okay. And if someone has a lot of oxidative fibers, and they're going to be better at a longer time, when they train right or more endurance based activities, not strength based, they're going to get great gas mileage, but not put out a lot, a lot of horsepower. And so here's another analogy, I use Adam. Let's say, Tim, is more oxidative. And I'm more glycolytic. Okay, if we're both sled dogs, if we're pulling the same load, Tim could pull it farther than I could, right. But if the sled weighed a certain amount, he couldn't pull it at all. And I still could, is that a nice analogy kind of makes sense
Tim Edwards 18:46
I do like that, especially since you made me go really far really fast.
Ryan Hall 18:51
Now, most people are gonna fit in the middle. Okay, so with most people, we don't have to make severe adaptations in the training response. But what I find most interesting to me are the people, the individuals that fall outside of that are the outliers. And so those are the people I will love. I have a saying you probably know this too. I love difficult cases, because it makes me think a lot more and work a lot harder. I don't necessarily like difficult people. But I like the difficult cases because it really makes me work and use my brain a lot more in order to get those subjects that are the outliers that lie to the outside of the glycolytic oxidative spectrum. Those are the people that make me think the hardest I have to work harder to get those subjects optimal results from exercise. And that's what I enjoy doing. I enjoy challenges.
Sheila 19:52
Is there a way that you can assess what a person is on that spectrum or what they are, what their tendency is toward
Ryan Hall 19:59
absolutely Um, so there's a way to do that. And, you know, and Adam can probably tell you from his experience, also, we can do something called a one repetition maximum test, that's the maximal amount of weight that that individual can lift at one point in time. I'm not necessarily a huge fan of doing that, because there's a certain injury potential that comes with doing that. Okay, so I'll only do this test with clients that have more experience that are well trained, that have relatively perfect form. You know, there's no slop in the form, and there's no jerking, there's no heaving or anything like that. So you can do this one repetition, maximum test, and then take a percentage, generally 75 to 80% of that one repetition maximum. But you have to make sure that these clients are training with perfect form, if they're not training with perfect form, then that pretty much kills the test, okay. And I like to pick exercises that are not as easily as easy to cheat with, okay, for example, something like the medics chest press, um, rather than a seated dip, if you're doing a seated dip, people can rock back and forth, you know, they're, they, you know, it love it, leverage and all this other stuff, so that I don't like doing that test necessarily, but if you're doing something like chest press, or overhead press to kind of give you a little bit of idea of what the upper body does. And then I generally pick leg extension. You know, just because again, that's a little bit more difficult to cheat on, if you're, there's less movement of the body that's gonna come into play, and you could do other exercises, but they're more likely to cheat on those, like, let's say, you do, you know, use the medics bicep, right, people are gonna, they can, they can lean back into it, right, I mean, arch their back, stick their belly forward, you know, they try to cheat with it, if you're doing lateral raises, it's an independent movement arm, right. And they might not be doing full range, or whatever the case may be. But if you take this 80% on some specific exercises, and you have that client go to failure, again, with imperfect form, you're going to see a variety of responses between individuals. And people that have more strength based fiber or more glycolytic fibers, fast glycolytic are going to lift a heavier load, but they're going to get less repetitions and be on the machine for a lower time. On the other hand, people with oxidative fibers, the more endurance based tissue, they don't have enough of those strength based fibers to lift a very heavy load, but they can go for a very long period of time. And so those people are the outliers again, and so they're more difficult to get results with. But they're more interesting, in my opinion, at least to work with, because it requires some more thought process and some more skill for the trainer in order to get those particular clients great results from exercise,
Adam 23:20
you know, so So let's use an example for seconds just to make sure it's clear if everybody listening so the one repetition Max, meaning the most you can lift in one repetition. So let's say the most a person can lift on a leg extension machine for one repetition is 100 pounds. So what you do is you take 75% Of that number, so 75 pounds, you start putting them through a set at 75 pounds, and you're doing an imperfect form. So let's say a slow protocol like 10 seconds up 10 seconds down nice turnarounds not jabbing at it not not resting at the bottom turnaround or anything like that. And they end up lasting let's say 60 seconds until failure versus somebody else that can also do a 100 pound repetition max. And then they do 75 pounds and then lasting for let's say three minutes. So you'd be able to say alright, the person that lasts three minutes is more of the slow twitch oxidative muscle fiber type whereas the person that lasted only 60 seconds is more of the fast twitch glycolytic type. True?
Ryan Hall 24:32
absolutely. Yes that is true.
Adam 24:34
so here we are so that we got that straight. So now how do you train each person? So you discovered alright, this person has glycolytic fast twitch muscle fiber type and then you have another person here who's definitely you know, the the endurance type. So, how do you design the protocol accordingly.
Ryan Hall 24:52
So, you know, what I would do is that basically that time under load that repetition scheme is going to be What I'm going to use to train them. Now what I found, though, in working with these subjects that sort of lie to the outliers is that fast glycolytic subjects, they tend to increase on resistance more rapidly. So you can jump the weight at a faster pace. Where what we're looking for with the slow oxidative subjects, they increase on time, much better. So if you one of the things you'll see with oxidative subjects, when you try to increase the weight significantly, it drops their time way down. And that's an observation you can actually make without even doing the one rep, you know, the 75, or 80%, or one rep max test is that you'll see those subjects wind up improving on time. So let's say I have someone that needs to be on three minutes or over three minutes. If I go up a little bit on weight, let's say two to four pounds, right? So I go up from 100 to 100 200, for that time, under load is going to be knocked down. They may be you know, two minutes, 20 seconds, or somewhere around there.
Adam 26:09
Some cases, I found that, you know, you even increase the four pounds, they can't lift it at all. And I think I'm like, Yeah, ma and you get mad at them? Because you really don't you think they're totally faking it?
Ryan Hall 26:18
Right.
Adam 26:19
But it's not true. No,
Mike 26:20
I think I think the you know, we don't do the one rep max test, as you know, and I think we find our answer, or we get close to our answer within just a trend. After a few sessions, you know, you see how they adapt over, like a little increase or a lot increase. And you can see, it just takes I think the answer the question that a real assessment takes, you know, a handful of sessions or maybe a little bit more even sometimes, you know,
Ryan Hall 26:46
yeah, and you know, honestly, that's the way I prefer to do it. That's the way we normally do it. So and there's some things that you can watch for, there's some responses you can watch for, usually you'll see oxidative subjects, they don't get very winded or make a very, very intense cardiovascular sponsor metabolic response from the training stimulus. It's not, it's not quite as high. I've done things like measure heart rate, and they just don't get all that high, unless you're doing some really large exercises for like time under load. Like we have that squat machine Adam that, you know, for something like Leg Press Right?
Adam 27:29
Where you like, put me on? Yeah
Ryan Hall 27:30
yeah, it's right. Where, where the the fast twitch glycolytic more strength based subjects is that their metabolic responses, their heart rate, their chest is, you know, the hearts pounding of their chest with a short time under load. And so, yeah,
Mike 27:51
I'm sorry, it's a good point. Because we you, you observe lots of different people in the gym, we have several trainers in there, and people are constantly judging ahead of that person working hard. And we know that we I know that that person's going to muscle failure, but a little bit differently, but they display it. Some people are very, very visually, in an intense situation, whereas other people, they're, they're going to muscle failure, but it just doesn't like doesn't visually or audibly look like a very intense situation. But we know that they are, you know
Adam 28:23
so let's get back to that. So so let's talk, let's continue to talk about this oxidative person, right, who after they go to failure doesn't even seem like they had any experience at all, yet. We know they want to muscle failure. So so how are you training this person, you're just kind of keeping the weight the same for a while and let the letting them keep increasing in time until they reach failure. So let's say using that 75 pounds, and they last three minutes, and then you do it again, at 75 pounds, the next time they come in, and they last three minutes and 10 seconds or 15 seconds and you do it again with not changing the way and they start to maybe even get towards four minutes. And then you finally maybe raised the way to let's say 78 pounds. And then you see all of a sudden their time drops back down to like two minutes or something. So you keep it there for a while until they get back up to like four minutes. Would you say that would be a good approach to somebody like that.
Ryan Hall 29:19
That's exactly what we do. Adam totally matter of fact, there's a number you know, sometimes like you said, you takes a handful of sessions to sort of figure this out. Sometimes you can almost figure it out in the first session. There was this there was this woman who her name is Mary Lee, and she trained at another high intensity training facility in in the new uptown New Orleans area. And well, that's what we actually turned out that way there were not she was not being trained nearly as intense as we train people. Okay. But the first time she came in, I put her on the medics right Oh, and I'm figuring Okay, she's been doing this for several years now, she should at least be able to handle but 100, maybe 140 pounds. So I put her at 140 pounds and she couldn't budge it. So 140 pounds was not even her one repetition maximum. Okay, I put her on 120 pounds. And she stayed on for over four minutes. So that is a definite example of someone who is extremely oxidative, extremely enduring. So I mean, you know, let's say you could guess that her one rep max might be 130 pounds, whatever the case may be. But so her ideal training protocol was to keep her on until she was over four minutes and then bump the weight up. And what you found is when you bump the weight up even a little bit, her time under loads came way back down. But you just like you said, they improve on time. And sometimes they'll improve, you know, I don't know, 40 seconds a minute at a time. You know, sometimes it's a big, big difference.
Adam 31:01
Yeah, and then the only other spec on the other on the other side of the spectrum, then you have these people that the glycolytic fast twitch muscle fiber types, you know, you pick a weight, and they last a minute to failure that, like you said, they're breathing like a freight train, their chest is pounding out that their heart's pounding out of their chest. And then the next time you raise the weight, 10 15 20 pounds, and they they still last 60 seconds. They don't drop in time. And but but you can improve, you can keep increasing the weight. And they're always metabolically devastated.
Ryan Hall 31:34
Right? Absolutely. And I've also found out that, and you probably noticed the same thing is that over time, because those people are giving, you know, they're they're having these extremely deep metabolic responses. Those are the people that we have to sort of reduce the number of exercises, so the total because their intensity winds up being so high, they can't do as many exercises and they can't do it as long we had one real outlier with that one of my trainers, Shelley's training this girl, Lisa, and Lisa is in her early 30s. And she's gonna be getting married pretty soon. I'm really sorry to hear for that man. But she's a nice lady. But anyway,
Adam 32:24
Better hope Kelly's not listening to this episode.
Ryan Hall 32:28
She's extremely, she's so far on the glycolytic spectrum. That her first workout, she worked so hard. She literally went to vomit after like four exercises, okay, only the second shoe didn't vomit on the second. And then she didn't on the third. I told Shelly look for this girl, she doesn't stay on the machine any more than a minute. That's it one minute, boom, four exercises, okay, well, she doesn't have the problem with the nausea anymore, right. But her resistance has increased rapidly. And she's only made a few alterations to her diet really just by an increase in the protein content and reducing carbohydrate. And she dropped 12 pounds in a relatively short period of time. It's unbelievable how quickly she responded to it. But if we tried to train her the other way, you know, for more time under load. Literally, her metabolism just couldn't handle it. I mean, she doesn't adapt well to endurance training at all, but she's literally a high intensity superstar.
Adam 33:37
Yeah, it's it's astounding how much variation exists between people. And you know how, like Mike said, some people will be observing other clients working out and say that person, they've been breathing hard. Are they even working out hard? And vice versa? It's like, they'd look at the person after three exercises, you know, crawling on the floor, out of breath. And they think, Oh, they're just faking it. There's no way you know, like they're being the being
Mike 34:03
or they are they judge themselves and think, like, why am I not? What Why am I thought I was working hard? Obviously, I'm not working that hard. And it's what's amazing as some people could, they literally could come in here. Every session is slotted for 30 minutes, and they can be out and eight minutes.
Ryan Hall 34:21
Right
Adam 34:21
Yeah, that would be the glycolytic side. But you know, I have a question for you now, which comes to mind when you have that oxidative person that you do nine exercises with them. And at the end, they look like they just you know basically got you know that they didn't do anything they just got out of bed. You know they're fresh as a daisy. Is your goal as a trainer to somehow push their energy systems to the point when they do pants and get their heart rate up at no matter what you know, at all costs. Are you trying to do that? Or do you just accept the fact that they're never going to get to that point? But they're still gonna be gaining muscle because what's the point of all we're trying to whether they're oxidative or glycolytic? Whether they're somebody that has, you know, slow twitch muscle fibers and endurance type fibers? Or glycolytic? Isn't the goal to ultimately build muscle for that person? And do you have to get them to that point of exhaustion where they're panting? To help them build that muscle? Or do you accept the fact that they're never going to be breathing like a freight train, but they're still going to get stronger.
Ryan Hall 35:29
So I mean, our number one goal with resistance training, right is to have that person get stronger, and that's our objective measurement of improvement. And over time, as that load increases and the absolute intensity increases, it's going to affect them eventually, metabolically, but our main our main goal is to get them stronger and add muscle. Okay? Now, it depends on what the client's goal is, for example, I recently I had this lady Leslie, I've been training her for a number of years, and her and her husband, they went to on a biking trip in Europe. Okay. So she wanted to increase her cardio respiratory a little more. And for those people that that is their goal. We will offer, you know, the high intensity interval training on a cycle ergometer. So it really depends upon what their goals are, in the long term just for people that just want to function in their day to day everyday life. I don't necessarily think that's necessary. But again, it all depends on what their goals are. And so if you can, if you can get that person stronger, that oxidated subject stronger, that's all that really matters. Now, let me take a step back one, we, we often use the term intensity, and I write this, I wrote this a long time ago, and that I use three different types of intensity to define intensity. Okay, if you look in the research literature, they're going to define intensity as a percentage of the one repetition maximum. So that's what they use in the research. And I call that just intensity of load, meaning for them doing 80% of a one rep max is higher than doing 50% of a one rep max. That's not the type of intensity that you and I think of you and I think of intensity as the degree of momentary effort. Okay, and I call that either relative intensity or intensity of effort. But then there's another intensity, and I don't think a lot of people look at this, which I call absolute intensity, okay. And what I mean by absolute intensity, is the total stress that the body can tolerate, at one time, or at least over time. Okay, so let's say you have any subject, let's say they start out, they come in really weak, I'm sure you've seen people like this, right? Let's say they start out chest press. And literally, they can only do 30 pounds, before they reach failure on chest press. I mean, I've had, you and I probably have both had have had people who've never exercised in their entire life, okay. But you train that that person over a certain amount of time. And they literally over triple their strength, they're doing more than 90 96 pounds 100, their absolute intensity has effectively tripled. So the total stress that their body is tolerating, at that point in time has really gone up. And I think what we want to see, when we say we want to see someone stronger, we want to, we want to see their absolute intensity increase. And when we increase their absolute intensity, if they're doing much more of a workload, right, or for that specific time that they're working, then eventually it is going to have a pretty big effect on on their metabolism on their metabolic system and the cardiovascular system. So for everyone, as they get stronger, they're going to be increasing that absolute intensity.
Adam 39:02
You recommend doing intervals for people that are that you notice are primarily a slow twitch muscle fiber type versus the strength train, do you feel mixing that in is helpful to get their heart rate up and to push their their metabolism?
Ryan Hall 39:17
You know, again it all depends on what that person wants. I mean, there's some people that just don't want to do that. There's some people you know, I mean, New Orleans is a is an interesting place as you know, and our number one activity is probably drinking alcohol for most people that live here. Pretty much can't do anything in the city unless it involves alcohol. So
Adam 39:40
Food, and music
Ryan Hall 39:42
exactly totally. So um, you know, there's not a lot of so you know, selling what we do actually sells pretty well because many people don't want to do more than 30 minutes, one day a week. Okay. Now, you know if they want to if that is part of their Goal and they want to really increase that. Yeah, that's an additional service that we offer. But again, that person might not want to pay for that service, they might not want to pay for it, they may not be interested, and might not be able to afford it, they might not want to come back a second time of the week to do that, or even you know, and not have enough time to dedicate to it, and that training session, or whatever the case may be. So I have found that for oxidative subjects, incorporating intervals, depending upon their goal, it does help them I've had some clients tell me over again, very small handful, this is what I felt like I've been missing by just doing the resistance training. So even though they've gotten stronger, they, some people want to feel that, you know, that type of that push then, and some people don't. And again, we all go back to the individual client and what their goals are.
Mike 40:57
And here's an observation, you know, like, we have clients who, if they do the MEDEX, chest press, and they do it to muscle failure, but it doesn't display, like they don't feel like they got that cardiovascular push. And then I'll have them do like, on that same day later in the session or on a different session, slow push ups, like five seconds down very, very slowly and five seconds up. And and when they go to muscle failure in that exercise, which obviously is not just a chest exercise. They are much more metabolically challenged and actually feel that there is like their heart really was working and that the intensity that they saw somebody else do want a machine, they actually did beat when they held a plank, did some wall squats, or did like a bodyweight exercise versus a machine based on that observation and pushing the like, what what do you say about that in regards to what's going on with the body right there?
Ryan Hall 42:06
I would say I'd have the same observation as you exactly, totally, those people can not only tolerate a longer time under load, but can usually do more exercises. And in the workout. And I mentioned before some of the early work that Arthur Jones did before he started MedX. They this stuff was never made available to the public. He was doing some testing with servo powered Nautilus isokinetic devices. And he he saw
Mike 42:41
Everybody got that?
Tim Edwards 42:45
For those listening to the podcast, hit the 15 second button to go back 15 seconds to absorb that,
Adam 42:49
Hey Ryan Ryan, here real fast explain what an isokinetic machine is.
Mike 42:56
Because it's all ball bearings these days.
Ryan Hall 42:57
So what an isokinetic machine does is it these were servo powered. So what they do is it limits it limits movement at a specific speed. So you can literally try to lift it as hard and as fast as you can, and you're simply not going to be able to go any faster. And what Jones was doing is it was a it was a it was a nautilus leg extension machine, which he limited to 25 degrees per second. And a leg extension machine is basically about 110 seconds. I mean, I'm sorry, 110 degrees. So they were finishing each positive and negative stroke and a little over four seconds. So their reps were lasting about eight seconds. And what he noticed was, there was again, this huge amount of variability even with the same percentage to 75% of the one repetition maximum. Some people failed in as little as three repetitions, right. So that would be like as little as 24 seconds. And other people there was some one subject that needed a total of 34 repetitions in order to feel so that would be another a much higher time under load. So you know what was cool about that is he wasn't just observing this, but he was actually testing it and documenting it. And I mean, later they started doing this the something similar with MedX, where they used 50% of the static tests or the isometric test, which is you know, basically as much force as you can exert without moving right, that would be isometric. And that was about the same as that dynamic test or with the movement test with the isokinetic at but he lot he noticed this large variability and so that would be that would literally be exactly reflected in what we're discussing here today. And what he noticed though, is that with the oxidative subjects, they don't inroad, or they don't create, they create a very shallow fatigue, where glycolytic subjects create a very deep level of fatigue. So for someone who is oxidative not only do they need to stay on the machine more time, but they can actually tolerate more exercise. And so I'm just like you were saying that if you put another exercise in there or two, whether you're doing push ups or if you wanted to do like a pre exhaust type protocol where let's say we did leg curls, leg extension for legs, but then you put them on leg press afterwards, or then you can really get that metabolic demand without doing anything interval training.
Tim Edwards 45:50
That was part one of our two part interview with exercise physiologist and certified master trainer Ryan Hall. We''ll continue our conversation in next week's episode. And if you happen to be listening down in the Big Easy hit Ryan up at exercise science, LLC, personal training and physical rehabilitation for New Orleans, Louisiana, check out his website at exercisesciencellc.com. For inform fitness locations across the US check out informfitness.com To find the location nearest you and to pick up Adams book, visit Amazon then add power of 10 the slow motion fitness revolution to your shopping cart. In the book Adam discusses the three pillars necessary to burn fat build muscle and reboot your metabolism, as well as exercises you can perform if you are not near an inform fitness location. Or how about a free copy of Adam's book personally autographed by the guru himself, and perhaps an inform fitness hat, t shirt and a hoodie jacket. And for good measure. How about an Amazon Echo to listen to Amazon music, audio books and audible and even this podcast through the tune in app. Well if your name is Sandy dairy, Hamburg, it's all yours, courtesy of Adam Zickerman and the entire team at inform fitness. Congratulations, Sandy. And thank you and all of inform nation for participating in our contest. And for being a member of the inform fitness family. Look, we have a lot more fun stuff like that planned in the near future. So don't forget to subscribe to the podcast in whichever platform you might be listening from. Until next time for Sheila melody Mike Rogers and Adam Zickerman of inform fitness. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting Network.
Best-selling author and longtime InForm Fitness client Gretchen Rubin joins us for Part 2 of our discussion regarding the process of developing healthy habits.
If you are interested in losing some weight, gaining muscle, eating healthier, or even strengthening your relationships, Gretchen’s got ya covered with brilliant suggestions as to how and when is the best time to change a habit's trajectory.
To purchase Gretchen's books, listen to The Happier Podcast with Gretchen Rubin, and to take the quiz to learn more your tendency visit http://gretchenrubin.com.
To find Gretchen's audio books in Audible click here: http://bit.ly/AUDIBLE_GretchenRubin
It's the LAST WEEK to earn one FREE SESSION when you leave a review for InForm Fitness in iTunes, Yelp, Google+, Facebook, & Amazon! Simply write a review and send a screenshot to podcast@informfitness.com - that's it! For each review you leave, you will receive and entry for the GRAND PRIZE!
One lucky listener will receive a personally autographed copy of Adam Zickerman's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution. That listener will also get decked out in InForm Fitness apparel including an InForm Fitness T-shirt, hat, and a hoody jacket. And we’ll top off the prize pack with an Amazon Echo! Click here to see the Amazon Echo in action:http://bit.ly/2InFormFItnessGrandPrize
Contest ends May 31st, 2017. Listen for more details!
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon: http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
If you would like to produce a podcast of your own just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
30 Gretchen Rubin Discusses Improving Your Habits_Pt 2 Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
people, habits, clean slate, eat, feel, week, lover, abundance, easier, podcast, gretchen, book, exercise, work, read, fitness, rule, cookies, questions, abstain
SPEAKERS
Gretchen Rubin, Tim Edwards, Sheila, Adam, Mike
Gretchen Rubin 00:05
To like an uncanny degree, we're very, very influenced just by how easy something is. And so for something like working out, you want to make it as easy as possible. And I've heard from many people who say that they sleep in their workout clothes, so they don't have to get dressed in the morning. Just one thing that you can do. But again, like if it's much easier for you and your schedule to work out at a time, that's something we're thinking about, like the idea that you should do it first thing in the morning, it's like, well, if it's easier for you to do it at lunchtime, then you should do what works for you because it's like you'll stick to it better if it's convenient.
Tim Edwards 00:42
Inform nation. Welcome to Episode 30 of the inform fitness podcast, and part two of our interview with Best Selling Author Gretchen Rubin. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting network and a client of inform fitness for the past year and a half or so at the time of this recording. And in less than a minute, we will be joined by the founder of inform fitness himself, Adam Zickerman will also be joined by the co owner of the Toluca Lake Burbank location, Sheila melody and the GM of the Manhattan location. Mike Rogers. All right, so who's in for developing better habits that result in positive outcomes? Well, we all are, you wouldn't have subscribed to this podcast if you weren't. However, as we all know, sometimes it's difficult to perhaps kick a bad habit, or to start a healthy new one. Whether you want to lose some weight or gain some muscle, eat healthier and even strengthen your relationships. Gretchen Rubins got you covered with some brilliant suggestions as to how and equally is important when to change your habits trajectory. And this episode is about twice as long as our normal episode. So let's get right to it. Here's part two of our interview with Best Selling Author Gretchen Rubin.
Adam 01:53
So Gretchen you talk about these tendencies, these four tendencies. And then you start talking about if you're going to start somewhere, you might as well start with some of the big ones. Yeah, the big habits, I guess, like almost like a like a Maslow's hierarchy type of thing. You know, the basic foundation, you say, if you're going to start working on some, some habits, some foundation, you call them the foundational habits, it's best to start with a couple of the key ones like like dealing with your sleep. Alright, dealing with moving exercise, you call it move? And then also what you eat and drink.
Gretchen Rubin 02:27
Yeah,
Adam 02:28
getting control of your nutrition. And then of course, another one, the fourth one that you call unclutter.
Gretchen Rubin 02:33
Yeah.
Adam 02:34
Which seems to be the big that to me, that was a big one for me, because I you know, I would love to deal with my my tendency to clutter. But I when I was when I was reading that section, it, it just jumped out at me that the three pillars of our exercise program, high intensity exercise is very similar. We say, you know, to really, the foundation of a fitness plan should deal with exercise, it should deal with rest, like you say sleep and nutrition. So three out of your four foundational habits are very parallel to each other. Yeah. So I found that to be pretty interesting. And I agree. I mean, like, God, if you can only get a handle on sleep, right?
Gretchen Rubin 03:13
Yeah Yeah. Well, I mean, I think that you're exactly right. I think there's a lot of agreement on the fact that these are like the foundations because because they are, you know, just just super, super important so that they come up over and over again. And the reason that they come up, I think is that they are what they're important to haven't changed generally is they're sort of, if you don't have control of these areas of your life, you it's very hard to have self command. It's very hard to just have the energy and the kind of self mastery that you need to make other kinds of changes. So you might say to yourself, Well, what I really need to do is to start this side business, but if you're exhausted all the time, and you know, and you just feel like it's sluggish and you have to take a nap every day three, and you're surrounded by a mess. It just feels harder to do that. Because you but once you get enough sleep you get some exercise you're eating and drinking. Right and you kind of and then the unclutter. I have to say most people don't point to unclutter as part of these foundations. They just talk about the three. But I have found that over and over people say that they do feel the sense of kind of energy and possibility that comes from just getting rid of junk always does something there's some tie I don't understand it really it doesn't really seem rational but over and over people say they feel that way. And then once you have that, then it's easier to do these other habits like if it's something like you know, I want to you know, call my parents once a week or I want to write a novel in my free time or I want to start meditating or I want to get back into speaking Italian it all just feels so much easier to build off of they're all built up the that's why the foundation are the pillars because everything comes from there. And one of the things I think people sometimes do is they forget about the body. And the fact is your physical experience is always going to be part of your emotional experience. You can never leave your body behind and and so if you take care of Your body, that is just going to make it much easier to do other things.
Adam 05:04
I see all the time when people are having trouble losing weight, and they start this workout and not that this is a weight loss program. But because they're doing this and they've committed to this next thing, you know, they say, you know, I'm now I'm going to start with all of a sudden it feeds off, and now they want to take care of their eating.
Sheila 05:18
Yeah, right
Gretchen Rubin 05:19
now there's definitely something where when people start making one kind of positive change, it feels like it's easier to make other kinds of positive changes. Because sometimes people start with like, very strange things, like somebody will start by saying, like, I'm going to give up chewing gum, or I'm going to, you know, I'm going to drink more water. And I'm like, Oh, my gosh, you only have so much effort in you to change a habit. Get more sleep, dude, don't worry about drinking more water.
Adam 05:42
And speaking of sleep, I remember reading an article in The New York Times Magazine several years ago, it was about the stigma of people that are, as you would call in your book, owls, people that wake up late and stay up late. They may still get plenty of sleep. Yeah, as long as they wake up at 11 in the morning. And the stigma was that, you know, we live in a society where you're supposed to wake up early, get to work, do your job. And if you don't, if you're not that person, if you're not a lark, as you refer to it as then you are lazy. And I see that with people that come to work out. And a lot of people ask me, Well, when's the best time to work out? And I always respond with another question. I say, well, when are you at your best? Or are you a morning person, No, then you're not going to work out in the morning. But I was told that you're supposed to work out in the morning, you're supposed to eat breakfast in the morning. And those rules don't apply.
Gretchen Rubin 06:34
It's always what works for you. I completely agree. I think it's a big mistake to say like, What's the best thing to do? It's always what's the best thing for you? And it's interesting, because you're absolutely right. Some people are just naturally night people. And that's largely genetically determined and a function of age. That's something that you can change by sort of changing your bedtime. And it's true that when they do the research suggests that people who are owls are less happy. And they think it's because really our culture is set up right for for for larks. And school starts early. So children have to be up and run early children are naturally Lark ish, as many parents will say,
Tim Edwards 07:15
young children, not teenagers.
Gretchen Rubin 07:17
But I think increasingly, there's an awareness of this. And like, there's a lot of movements to try to get school to start later. And I mean, and I often say to people, like maybe at work, if there's like an 8:30am meeting that's just crushing you maybe say, Hey, can we move it till 1130? Because half of the people in that room are like barely conscious. Sometimes you can't change things. But sometimes you can't. And certainly like when you work out this idea that you should get up early and work out for a lot of people that's just setting themselves up for failure, because they're at their most energetic later in the day. So you're I think it's such good advice to say to people, well, let's talk about what works for you, not what works, like in theory, or like what works for your brother in law, what works for Steve Jobs,
Sheila 07:55
I'll you know, ask people to try, you know, let's try an appointment in the morning. Let's try one in the, you know, mid afternoon, evening. Some people do that. And then it's very clear, you know, where they're performing better. I've had clients Oh, they normally come at 10am. And then she had a meeting. And so she had to come at four. And she just did not work out well. And she said, That's it, I'm not I'm not coming at for anymore. It's just not worth it.
Gretchen Rubin 08:20
Well, the other thing, the other strategy that's that comes into play is the strategy of convenience. Because to like an uncanny degree, we're very, very influenced just by how easy something is. And so for something like working out, you want to make it as easy as possible. And I've heard from many people who say that they sleep in their workout clothes, so they don't have to get dressed in the morning, just one thing that you can do. But again, like if it's much easier for you and your schedule to work out at a time, that's something we're thinking about, like the idea that you should do it first thing in the morning, it's like, well, if it's easier for you to do it at lunchtime, then you should do what works for you. Because it's like, you'll stick to it better if it's convenient.
Adam 08:55
I'm trying to put things together a little bit as I read your book was you have that you have these tendencies, these four tendencies, and then you have the foundational habits that you should maybe if you want to start somewhere, start with those, those four, and then you start talking about all kinds of different traits that people have. Yeah, whether you're a lark or an hour, you also talk about abundance lovers, for example, versus a minimalist or simplistic person, right? Simplicity lover, right. So, and many more like that. So how does how do those tie into our tendencies?
Gretchen Rubin 09:27
they don't, the tendency is just a bit? That's a great question. The tendency is a very, very narrow aspect of your personality. So like one of the one of the big distinctions is abstain or and moderator which has to do with how you you deal with strong temptation. So I'm an upholder, and I'm an abstainer. But many upholders are moderators. And so you can be a simplicity lover and a questioner like they don't they're not all correlated that again, it's like because the the tendency is just one very narrow aspect and then there are these other aspects that also come into play. Because like, say something like an abundance lover, they're often attracted choice so they might prefer to go to a gym It has many, many classes and many, many options because they like that they like abundance and profusion and choice and collections and a lot going on. And then a simplicity lover, I think I'm a simplicity lover. And that's one of the things I like about this place is it's quiet, it's limited, there are no choices. It's kind of a very clean, simplified, streamlined experience. Some people don't like that some people prefer a different kind of out, you know, they want like, people talking and lots of music. And you know, it's like, whatever works for you. different environments are more appealing to different people.
Adam 10:30
I also realized, however, when I was reading this about abundance lovers, you know, it's like abundance lovers, you hear what I just said, Now that abundance of lovers and abundance lover, a little freudian slip there, maybe I don't know. So we have all kinds of people coming in to try this in high intensity workout. And part of the job of a trainer that's doing an intake of a new person is to try to figure out who this person is and what appeals to them, and what aspects of this workout might appeal to them. So it's obvious that a simplistic lover
Gretchen Rubin 11:04
simplicity lover
Adam 11:05
simplicity lover, thank you would really like this because like you said, it's simple. It's quick, its efficient, move on, it's not cluttered in some way. Then I then you mentioned the abundance lover, and I'm saying, Well, does that mean abundance lover would just not like this workout, because the abundance lover intellectually will read about this and say, Wow, that makes sense. That's logical. So when I find that I might be with an abundance lover, somebody that's telling me their history of exercise in a workout, they do this, they do that they do this, I still realize that I have to point something out to them. And that is, you can have all that, by the way.
Gretchen Rubin 11:42
Yeah
Adam 11:42
we just want to really include this. And understand that there's a balance between intensity, and moderation. So all those other programs that you're doing as long as they're in moderation, and not taxing a system too much enjoy them. So if you like bike riding, if you like yoga, pilates, that's all well and good. And we're not saying we're not saying do high intensity exercise, but in the, at the exclusion of those things. What I do want to balance however, if you're going to do a high intensity exercise for 20 minutes, once a week, leave it at that as far as the intensity is concerned and enjoy the rest of all those activities. You know, so So in other words, an abundance lover doesn't necessarily have to say, that's not for me, because I like doing all these things,
Sheila 12:26
Is there some way that we could simplify, I would love to, I'm intrigued now by revisiting all this, we could maybe change our intake form to put certain questions on there, you know, that would help us to see the tendencies of our clients not not like the full quiz, but you know, like some kind of, you know, maybe just these things, do you like simplicity? Or do you like abundance? I don't know, those kinds of things?
Adam 12:51
Well, we have in a way we do we have some questions, like our intake form will ask questions like, why is this important to you? Why is this important to you now? Or, you know, what? How would you describe your your personal trainer? The idea? How would you describe the ideal personal trainer, right? Uh, things like that, which gives you insight into some of these things. But you're right, I think maybe there can be some key questions, maybe the maybe the questions that you ask on your quiz. Yeah. Or some version of that would be a good idea.
Gretchen Rubin 13:20
No, I mean, I think you really could tailor thing your your conversation very differently depending on what the person's tendency is. Because it would what will resonate with them will be very different.
Adam 13:31
If I notice, I'm talking to an upholder, my tone might be a little bit more direct and say, you know, this is what we're gonna do. Yeah. And do this, you're gonna be in there. 20 minutes, you're going to work out really hard, it's going to be very safe. And you're on your way, like, Okay, let's get started. They don't even they don't need the old explanations. They don't have all those controversial questions that that were normally ask
Gretchen Rubin 13:50
well. And so what you find often is that, so questioners have so many more questions than other people, they can often drain people. Yeah. Because they ask you any questions, or they'll feel like their questions haven't been answered sufficiently. But then sometimes you get into a situation where some people are like, well, you're just explaining too much. I don't need to know all of this. So you might say to somebody, like, I'm happy to keep I'm happy to go deeper into the research if you want, or if you feel like you know enough to proceed, we can go and kind of give the people an option whether to go in or go out. Because a lot of times, that's a tension, where, like a questioner will want to really, really, really explain and then other people are like, you know, I don't really need to sit through that. Or like, you know, or the question is like, I'm not ready to buy into this because my questions haven't been answered in someone else's like one sorry, because your time is up, I need to move on. I can't answer questions for three hours, but it's like, but you need to answer you have to answer those questioners question. So I think it really is something that can could change, just communication in subtle ways that would make it easier for people to stick to it.
Adam 14:48
The rebels is kind of interesting one, because when I work with a rebel, I can't tell them something like during the workout, I can say to them, you know, don't hold your breath or don't lock out your knees. I'll say you Read freely, I try to breathe more freely, instead of saying don't do something, you tell somebody, you know, rebel not to do something. Yeah. So, you know, so you have to reframe what you want them to do and not make it so much of a command like that.
Gretchen Rubin 15:12
Well, and one thing that works, that's a great, that's so interesting to hear in it. Another thing that works with rebels is information consequences choice. So you give them the information they need to make the, to make the choice that is gonna work for them. So you might say, like, people who breathe during this exercise tend to be able to complete more, right? That's just information, the consequences, like they'll may be able to be more successful at it, that's up to them, you know? Or, you know, we find that when people, you know, come once a week, we see much quicker progress than people who come more sporadically. That's just information up to you, you know, what you want, rather than saying, but you could see, someone could say something like, Listen, I'm telling you right now, I want to see you here every week. And then they're like, You know what, you're not the boss of me, I'm not gonna come, you know. And so I think you really you and like you say, people sort of some kind of, like, intuitively, sometimes it can change. But I think if you understand, like, what's triggering it, but somebody might say, like, well, if you really want to get if you really want to work out, you have to commit to a time it's like, no, you don't know if that's not going to work for you to get back to your point, Adam, do what works for you, let's think about you what works for you. Let's set things up. So it's gonna feel like the right thing for you. Um, what a great question to ask people is, is there a time when you've succeeded in the past? Because a lot of times people will say like, oh, yeah, that I did that. Like when I was living in this group house after college, I was really good about doing X, Y, or Z. And you're like, Okay, well, let's think about what was it about that time? Or like, oh, as soon as XYZ happened, I stopped. Okay. Well, what was really changing, cuz sometimes people think it's one thing, but it's really something totally different. That's disrupted a habit. So it's really helpful to think about the past.
Mike 16:51
I honestly, I'm, I always say like, you know, like, if you think about anything that you've been successful in the past, what did you do, and it sort of even echoes one of the other points you have on your book about, you manage what you monitor, you know, and like, and if you don't schedule things and monitor them, you're really your, your, your, your recipe for success is gonna be very limited. You know
Adam 17:11
this is unbelievable, and for me, I almost feel like better than before should be a handbook for new trainers out there. Understanding all this, and people can only help communicate better with them. But a lot of people listen to our episodes of this podcast that aren't trainers
Gretchen Rubin 17:30
right
Adam 17:31
And you're listening to this, and you're just a enthusiast about high intensity training, and you want to learn more about it. What can the trainee get out of better than before as far as understanding themselves? I guess, and how they should approach the value of high intensity exercise for them?
Gretchen Rubin 17:47
Well, I think it's really about how do you get yourself to stick to it? Because the fact is, like, the best workout X, you know, theory in the world is going to do nobody any good if you don't actually do it, you know, so and this is the thing where people get hung up, like, they'll do research, like, Oh, I'm questioners, we'll do this, I'm going to do research, research research, to find out what's the best way and then they never actually get into the gym, because they're so busy researching it. So I think part of it is, is just figuring out, first of all, how are you going to get yourself to exercise? And second of all, what is that exercise gonna be? And so what what would you pick that would make sense for you. And so that's, that's what I think is
Adam 18:25
if you are somebody that needs accountability, in the sense that so some of this accountability, so if you're an obliger, for example, if you're noticing yourself as an obliger, and you want to really stick to this program, maybe you well, you have the appointments here, but also maybe you do with a friend, right? Yeah, you talked about having accountability to a friend and a partner in this type of thing. You also talk, you know, again, if you're a lark or an owl, and to understand, hey, you don't have to work out in the morning, if you're an out, you know, so these are the kind of tips for people to kind of ask themselves, like almost like a, like a questionnaire for themselves, to to kind of help them establish when and how they should do this, and how they're going to stick to it. So if you're somebody that needs to do with a friend, then go find a friend, recruit a friend, and then maybe book your appointments right next to each other, or workout together. If you're not going to a train, or maybe you one person trains, you train each other, you learn how to train each other, and you do that. Are there other types of
Gretchen Rubin 19:24
distinctions like that?
Adam 19:25
Yeah
Gretchen Rubin 19:25
how are people are different from each other?
Adam 19:26
Yeah
Gretchen Rubin 19:27
Well, one of the big ones that's been the most helpful for people is abstaining and moderating
Adam 19:31
Oh right.
Gretchen Rubin 19:32
So the strategy of abstaining is one of the 21 strategies and this is the and this has to do with how you most successfully face a strong temptation. We can all be moderate in the face of weak temptation. And abstainers or people who are kind of all or nothing people like they can have none pretty easily, but once they start, they're gonna go all the way. So like, I can have no cookies, or I can have 11 cookies, but it's I can't have one cookie. And that's because I'm an abstainer and for an abstainer is just easier like not to get started. And for moderators, they get kind of panicky and rebellious if they're told they can never have something. So they do better when they have a little bit, they have it sometimes. So like, these are the people who have the bar of fine chocolate in their drawer. And then like every two days, they have one square fine chocolate, that's all they need
Mike 20:14
I could never do that.
Gretchen Rubin 20:15
Yeah, I could never do that. I'm an abstainer. And I have a tremendous sweet tooth. And I mean, I have talked a lot about how I gave up sugar basically gave up carbs. And it was just such a relief to me, because I'm like, all that just went away, because it used to spend so much time like 1 2 3 4. Now later, it's my birthday, it's raining, I deserve it, I need it. And now I just like I just don't eat that stuff. So it doesn't bother me and I can sit, I could sit here with a plate of cookies in front of me. And it just I don't need it. So it does so because I'm an abstainer. And this isn't just for food, it's also for technology. And like on the happier podcast, Elizabeth has talked several times about her problem with Candy Crush. And, you know, it was affecting her career, it was affecting her physical health, her son, her like young son was like mommy I have to delete it from your phone. I mean, I'm like, your son is trying to do an intervention. And she just can't play a little candy crush, she's tried and she just can't play Candy Crush. And so you know, so I know, guys, that World of Warcraft meant that it took him an extra year to write his PhD thesis, I mean, something, you know, somebody's like, I can't go on. Like, I can't read a little bit of political stuff. You know, like, once I'm reading, I'm starting down that rabbit hole, and it's gonna be three hours, I just can't I just can't go online and read political commentary. So one of the things though, is that we're often taught like back to your point, Adam, about like, you're told how you should do it. We're often told, like moderation is the best way and like you should do you know, have a little bit you follow the 80 20 rule. And it's not healthy to be too rigid. But what I found is that for a lot of people, it's easier to have none. It's it sounds harder, but it's actually easier. And so if you are having trouble being moderate, try abstaining, because so many people have said to me, oh my gosh, I never thought I could give up flour, or I never thought you know, I never thought I could give up sugar. And I realized once I gave it up, it's just not that hard. But that's not true for everyone. Because for moderators, they get kind of panicky and weird if they try to give up something altogether. So it's not that one way is right, one way is wrong, or one way is better. It's or one way is the right way. It's just that for some people one way works better. And for other people the other way works better. And so figure out what you aren't.
Mike 22:24
I like achieving things, you know, like, like, for example, if I say I'm not going to have sugar all week for six and a half days of the week,
Adam 22:34
that's that blast thing you're talking about, like, you can use Where do you call that?
Gretchen Rubin 22:38
A blast start
Adam 22:39
Yeah, so So Mike's great blast starting? Yeah. Alright, he's easy to commit to doing something for like 60 days, 90 days, 100 days, you know, he will he'll be like, dead on never never viewing.
Mike 22:50
but I but the thing is, I love earning a day where I can have my pizza, you know, or have whatever it whatever it is, and, and I feel like that's, like that gratification came with it the hard work, and I and it gets me it motivates me to go back on to the whole thing, you know, immediately afterwards. So that four hour diet thing. I mean, I, you know, like the Tim Ferriss thing that I you know, of course try that out. And I think it's probably I look back on my life. It's for me what works for me is a model like that, which is highly structured. And then after I feel like I've earned it, like let's say after a week or two weeks, and I let myself have the things I love like chocolate chip cookies or pizza
Gretchen Rubin 23:33
I would I would reframe that. Instead of saying it's a reward. I would say it's a planned exception. So you're growing up, you can do what you want. You might say like, you know, I'm not going out with my buddies, I'm gonna drink. I'm gonna drink beer, I'm gonna eat pizza, I'm gonna like have ice cream or whatever it is. Um nachos. And t's a planned exception, which means I plan it in advance. I anticipate it with pleasure. I follow my rules for myself. In the moments I'm showing self control, and I look back on it with pleasure. That was a great night, I had so much fun with the guys. What happens mostly with people is they're like, oh, my gosh, I'm being so good for a month I'm quitting sugar. But oh, here I am in a restaurant with my husband. And it's a lovely night and they're having a third special dessert. How can I not have tiramisu? Life's too short to deny myself I don't want to miss out on this special occasion. I don't you know, after the day I've had I've earned it. I'm going to have it. So they have you don't and then you leave and you're like oh my gosh, I did not keep my I didn't keep my I didn't keep my word to myself and then you feel out of control. So the plan exception I think is good. I would not. I mean, in my view, I have a lot in better than before about rewards. I think it's very dangerous to start getting into this business of reward. Because inevitably, people start giving themselves lots of rewards for things they haven't even earned and then you get it then you're not making a habit because you're always deciding did I earn it? Did I justify it? I think it's just like, the way I think is more helpful is just like this is the way I want to eat. This is or this is what I want to do this is what I've decided is the right thing. If I want to take some time off, or if I want to change the rules for myself, that's I can do that. And, and I'm going to enjoy it. But I'm going to I'm going to do it in a deliberate, thoughtful way. I have a friend who's totally, totally not low carb, yoga instructor. And he was going to Montana, he was staying near this place that was famous for their pies, and he loves pies. So he made a rule for himself. That was every day when he was on vacation. He could have pie at every meal, he could only have one piece of pie, he couldn't have whipped cream or ice cream, and he couldn't buy a pie and take it back to his hotel room. In the restaurant. He had a pie at every meal for like a week. So that's a lot of pie. But he loved it. He loved it. He was looking forward to it. Love it. He got what he wanted. And he came home and he went right back to low carb because it wasn't like oh, right. Well, I've been home for a week. I've been so good for a week. I deserve a piece of pie now. It's like that was that was Montana. That was high time right now I'm back to the way I think
Mike 26:00
you say you say plan exception. And I mean, in a simpler term, I actually talk to people and say, Hey, listen, make an appointment, make it like, make an appointment.
Adam 26:08
Talk about that
Mike 26:08
you know, and that's the thing. I'm like, if you know, like, you're going to dinner next Thursday, and it's at a great restaurant, and you know, they have the best pop over in New York City, then it's like, okay, well, you know, earn that. But plan it. So it's like you you own that decision it doesn't own you. Yeah, you know, as versus like, you know, you're in the office, and there's a big cook.
Gretchen Rubin 26:28
Yeah. And then and then it's like, at the end of the day, you're like, did I even eat those cookies? You get no pleasure. Yeah, just makes you good. And also, sometimes people would like try to give themselves something to make themselves feel better. But then in the end, it just makes them feel worse, like that cookie plate in the office, like, yeah, it feels good for a minute, but then you're like, What did I do. Whereas if you're looking forward to the special dessert, it's part of a whole celebration. I have to say, though, for me, it's easier never to have, like, I don't ever break the rules, because once I start breaking them, then it just reignites my sweet tooth and then that I have to deal with that buzziness that I don't like. So I don't make exceptions. But I'm very rare. Like, I'm friends with Gary Taubes. I'm like more strict than Gary Taubes. Because,
Adam 27:09
just so you know, Gary Taubes is the author of good calories, bad calories, or why we get fat. And he's done a lot of research against sugar in the case against sugar. Yeah,
Gretchen Rubin 27:17
yeah. So he is really a leader. And he's the person who converted me, I read why we get fat. And that was like, overnight, I just changed everything. The way I eat. So I look to him is like my, the leader of my, like, my own in my own life of, of going low carb. But again, it's like there's no right way or wrong way. For you, Mike a planned exception. Everyone's like, you're very, very strict, you get a kick out of being very, very strict, like very hard. Yeah, you get into that, and then you're like, No, I'm gonna have the day off. That works for you. Um, doesn't work for me.
Mike 27:50
It doesn't work for a lot of people. I've learned that from communicating this because people ask me, How do you do it? How do you enjoy life so much, but you also know how to stay on your plan. And the thing is, you know, and I mean, I do have my times of weakness like Gary Taubes, apparently. But it's but, um, but I needed something. And it does. I think for my better self, for what I really want, it probably would be to my probably better if I did completely abstain, but I would I have to reconcile in my mind is that life is short. I want to suck up the marrow of all these experiences where and trying to sort of like
Gretchen Rubin 27:52
that's how most people feel
Mike 28:29
Yeah, exactly.
Gretchen Rubin 28:30
Yeah, that's how most people feel most of you will like my father who's kind of like you. So he has sort of what I would call the grandchild exception, which is if there's a grandchild around, he's making pancakes, he's going to the ice cream shop. You know, he's like, like, let's stop for a giant cookie. Let's have a corn dog.
Adam 28:47
Is that was visiting your kids all the time?
Gretchen Rubin 28:51
It's like, it makes that time more special. Again, it's a celebration, it makes it more fun for him because he's like, wow, we're gonna stop for ice cream. But it's limited because the fact is, he does. He's not with a grandchild all that much. And so it's a way to enjoy life and those treats in a way that then leaves regular life, kind of, because the fact is, if Basically, most of the time you're really healthy. That's good enough what you do most of the time matters more than what you do every once in a while. But for a lot of people, the once in a while starts encroaching it builds and builds and builds the exceptions build and pretty soon they're right back where they started. Question is, how do you maintain most of the time? For me, most of the time is easier when it's all the time but for most people most of the time, you know, but then also it's like the holiday exception. I mean, this is bad people go nuts on vacation, you know,
Mike 29:44
guilty
Gretchen Rubin 29:45
You know, it's sort of like it's fine if you go away for like four days but you know, if you if you can, if you're like, oh, this summer, you know, it's a holiday you know, like if you're like Oh, Christmas Day I you know, even if it's like if it's from like November 15 to January Third, that's a lot of time.
Mike 30:02
I just got back from my vacation, I made rules that I was gonna let my dinners be like, very, very like, unregulated. Exactly. And but I was very, very compliant for the early part of the day. And you know, and I said, that made me feel good for vacation. I was like
Gretchen Rubin 30:16
So my sister's rule is that she's very, very good at work, because she's a TV writer. And they're notorious that I'm seeing it with my own eyes, like the food that they have in these places, they'll get anything you want. There's every every kind of every kind of junk food, every kind of health food, any kind of anything, just spilling out everywhere.
Adam 30:32
And a lot of cigarettes too. Yeah. I don't suppose. No more,
Gretchen Rubin 30:39
I'll ask her. But, and then like, the studio will send like special cupcakes. So there's a bit of work. So her rule is, she's very, very diligent and conscientious about what she eats at work. And of course, she's a type two diabetic, being a type one diabetic. So it's, it's more serious for her. So she's really really scrupulous at work. And then she, when she's home, it's, it's like, it's family time. It's looser. And that works for her. Because it's like, if she, she has to figure out some kind of boundaries for work, because otherwise it just would be totally out of control. And I think we're habit forming, a lot of times people do need to think about, okay, what are my weekday habits, and what are my weekend habits, and to really accommodate the fact that for some people, the week and the weekend are very, very different and pose different challenges and different, different temptations. Now, I know some people who like to exercise one or two times during the week, and both days during the weekend, I know people who exercise four times during the week and never exercise on the weekend, you know, it's like, again, back to Adams point, there's no right way or wrong way. It's just whatever works for you. But you might have to think about, okay, this is what works for me when I'm basically at work or like putting my kids to bed and you know, going to sleep myself, but then on Saturday and Sunday, when things are looser, I need to rethink what my habits are gonna look like. So that that time is I feel good about how I'm spending that time.
Mike 31:12
Well, the thing is that, you know, I think that's probably easier for most people, because generally, most people's work days, most people are predictable. Yeah. So they're like, it's a certain time they get there, they wake up a certain time, blah, blah, but not with their kids, which may have been such Variable schedules on the weekend. And I we have a lot of clients who actually say the same thing, they actually have a lot of discipline with whatever they're doing during Monday through Friday, but Saturday, and Sunday is always a struggle because of that. Yeah. Yeah. Because of the unpredictability of their schedule.
Sheila 32:24
Yeah, I think I'm one of those, like, I stay in the in the schedule during the week. And then on the weekend, I make it more of a recreational exercise, if I want to do it, do it with somebody or with a family member. And you know, It's same with meals too, like I try to stay really on, on count, you know, like on the point in a good day. And, and then on the weekends, I just kind of relax a little bit more, but I still don't, you know, but I also go through phases, I think to, like, I'll go through a phase of where I'm doing really good, you know, 100% of the time, even on the weekends and everything as far as the diet is concerned. And I think that's related to, to like, moods or something. You know, you go through a phase where you're like, you can really take on that diet. It's like what Adam said in the beginning, a lot of people they start the exercise and we try to not you have to be in the right mood to go on a diet or to like change your eating habits.
Adam 33:25
Or start,
Gretchen Rubin 33:26
yeah, I think that's one of the reasons why habits can be really valuable. Because once something's a habit, it's on autopilot. So you don't have to worry about your mood. You don't have to worry about how you feel about something. It's like it doesn't matter how you feel. Are you gonna get up and go? Like, do I feel like going to inform fitness, it doesn't matter how you feel? It doesn't matter.
Adam 33:45
That's a habit.
Gretchen Rubin 33:45
Yeah, it's just the habit of doing it. It's like do you ask yourself like, oh, do I feel? Do I feel like cheerful enough to brush my teeth?
Adam 33:53
So Gretchen, I had a client this morning. We're just talking. And he just overcame food poisoning.
Gretchen Rubin 33:59
Oh, bad.
Adam 34:01
And it made me think immediately what you talked about in your book about a clean slate.
Gretchen Rubin 34:07
Ah, yeah.
Adam 34:08
So we're going to talk about the Clean Slate and then I'll tell you about this conversation.
Gretchen Rubin 34:11
Ah, well, the clean slate is that. So basically, when you're trying to think about when to change a habit, the best time is always now like if you're ready to begin begin now. But there are times that feel more auspicious or that are are really good times and one is the clean slate and that is after we go through a major transition. Old habits are wiped away. And so it's easier for new habits to form. So if you've got have a new job, if you switch schools, if you have a new puppy, if you have a new car, all these things can like make it easier to change your habits. And in fact, in one study of people who made a significant habit change, moving like moving from one apartment or house to another was a time when people were able to make big habit changes like when they quit smoking. People always say if you're moving, that is a great time to quit smoking. And so it could be clean slate I mean, you really kind of like that. That is such a violent kind of attack on the body and you feel so kind of probably washed clean, but that might be a good clean slate because it's sort of like sort of sugar cravings or whatever, it's you're back down to zero.
Adam 35:14
So three days later, after the food poisoning subsided, he realized because he's always he needs to lose 20 pounds, the guy is going back and forth up and down with his 20 pounds and the food poisoning happens. And now he's down like five pounds in three days, six pounds in three days.
Gretchen Rubin 35:28
Oh my god
Adam 35:28
I just reading the book, I was like, Hey, this is this is a perfect clean slate for you. This is this is a perfect opportunity. Good Jumpstart.
Gretchen Rubin 35:31
Yeah
Adam 35:33
for you to just stay on your no sugar die, which I've been. He's been on and off for a while. So he was really excited about this. And I was really excited that I asked some good advice to give to him.
Gretchen Rubin 35:46
And and
Adam 35:47
thanks to you
Gretchen Rubin 35:48
And I think there is something about like an illness like that where it does wipe away. Like I think there is sort of this idea that you have kind of these cravings are great. Like, every time you have something sweet, it just kicks in that you're going to want more and more. And after something like that, that's all blown out. I remember my mother got food poisoning and she lost her she'd always had had a lot of diet soda. And when she came back from it, she completely lost your taste for diet soda, like something had just kind of been killed off in her.
Adam 36:14
I lost my taste for southern comfort for the same reason.
Gretchen Rubin 36:21
But I think but what's great is that one of the problems with clean slate is that you have to notice that you're going through a transition and take advantage of it. Because it is a really excellent time. And habit change can be easier. But you have to realize like, oh, this could be a good time for me. And I heard this funny story from a guy who he said he was like totally addicted to junk food, and would eat fast food on his way home from work and he just couldn't resist it. He said it was literally like his car. It was like, you know, HERBIE, the lovebug magically turning into the driveway, because he would go down this highway was lined with fast food and he couldn't resist couldn't resist. And then, and then he got a new car. And you know how cars, they just smell so clean. They're so pristine. And he said, I'm never going to get fast food in this car. And so, and he said it was never a temptation for him. Okay, this is just like, this is like food poisoning. This is a new car, this is a clean slate for me. Am I going to take advantage of it because even a week later, it's sort of too late because those old habits rushing so quickly. And then they quickly like lock you in. We've all felt to have it lock in after two or three times. So that's great. Oh, well, that's like a positive like talk about a silver lining,
Adam 37:27
which is, again, why I want everyone that works. As a trainer in high intensity training, I really highly suggest all trainers read this book to give you some real, some really good tools to help understand people and to help motivate them to create good habits.
Gretchen Rubin 37:44
Yeah.
Mike 37:44
Is there any way because if you recognized it, or recognize that you've been motivated in the past, from having a clean slate time in your life? Yeah, is there a way to manufacture it and you know, like to just like artificially create a clean slate.
Gretchen Rubin 37:59
So one way you can do it is by redecorating your environment. So you could paint a room or like rearrange the furniture. I think partly that's part you know, we were talking earlier about the decluttering and like kind of the weird power of decluttering I think sometimes like if you do a really deep clean that feels like literally like a clean slate like I know somebody who said to me she said I cleaned out my fridge and suddenly I felt like I could switch careers and somebody else I know who every now but again but you get it right and somebody else who every January 1 empties out her refrigerator entirely the mustard, the pickles everything. She just goes down. And there's something about just like physically cleaning. Or if you could even do like this guy with the with the problem with the with the fast food. It's like well, why don't you drive home a different way? Because part of it is you're driving down the highway and you're seeing the Taco Bell in the McDonald's and you're thinking about
Mike 38:54
there's just other way to go. right some other people on the podcast or just like oh great, gonna go buy yourself a new car or give me something I was like buying a new car.
Adam 39:09
I got an idea if you want to get into intimate fasting I know it works for me is when I want to start intimate fast I get my teeth cleaned
Gretchen Rubin 39:15
that's interesting, or you might you might kind of give yourself like even like, like a full body cleansing or like a facial like you're right. actually thought about the clean aspect of the Clean Slate but maybe that's something it is like something clean not sullying a clean environment with sort of like whatever the bad habit is. So I think when things have metaphoric power like that, it's especially powerful so that's a great thing.
Adam 39:46
It might be what you also said about brushed you know, almost very similarly, the brushing your teeth at night so you don't eat again. It's just a snack at night if that happens to be one of your bad habits.
Gretchen Rubin 39:57
I mean, I couldn't. I was like when I heard that Advice cuz you hear it from time to time I was like that is too easy. Like, there's no way that's gonna work. And I'm like, it really, really works. Brushing your teeth, you just feel like there's part of your brain that says like, Okay, well, our work here is done tomorrow. Yeah, it really, really works.
Mike 40:14
I have a couple of owl clients who I think would work for many people. But I have a couple of owl clients that just, I suggested that once and, and she was like, I couldn't do it. I couldn't do it.
Gretchen Rubin 40:18
But do they start eating very late in the day?
Mike 40:27
Yeah, I mean, one in particular, just just really horrible habit. She tries we every week, it's a whole reset, you know, like I try, but I fell off the wagon again. It's tumbly, when she has an owl type of lifestyle,
Adam 40:41
I have an idea for her maybe. Because, for example, i for i intermittent fast, probably two or three times a week.
Gretchen Rubin 40:50
And what does that mean?
Adam 40:51
It means I go 16 hours, approximately without eating two or three times a week.
Gretchen Rubin 40:56
So from when to when?
Adam 40:57
So that's what I'm about to talk about. Because it can be any 16 hour window for me. Yeah, what were the window is not eating breakfast, and having a late lunch, and then having a dinner, an early dinner. What wouldn't work for me is if I ate breakfast, had a lunch, and then stopped eating until the following breakfast because I can not go at night without eating. Alright. And if you're an owl, probably it's best to really, if you're going to intimate and fast if you're an owl, it's better for her abstain eating during the day and not then she can eat at night that she's staying up late. So maybe she should like maybe do all her good behavior during the day, which might easier for her. And then at night as an owl. When she wants to eat. She's okay because you know, she's supposed to be eating.
Mike 41:43
The problem with this particular client. It's accompanied with a lot of television watching, like watch it, you know, I mean, I'm just saying that if you're busy doing something like writing a book or something like that, I think you're a little bit but it's a little bit
Adam 41:52
but that's very general. It could be
Mike 41:55
I actually we I have discussed the idea as an option for her through all the trials we've gone through. And she's had times of success and times of failure. It's always up and down to have very typical story, actually. But um, yeah, I mean, I think that's an interesting
Adam 42:10
the wheels are turning though, thats the point this book deals with these people.
Mike 42:15
some people. I think it's it's it does you're not you're making not the what you're reading, but when you're reading the the focus, and some people have that rule, if you could focus on that rule, as opposed to, you know, sometimes you could just Okay, I just got to get to whatever it is 12 o'clock tomorrow and then I'll and then I'll concern myself with it.
Gretchen Rubin 42:34
See, I think I would do better eating breakfast and lunch and like, very like, like something in the afternoon. But the problem with just like with life, is it's very hard not to eat dinner, like just one thing or another. You're expected to eat dinner. So it's much easier to skip breakfast.
Adam 42:48
and if you have the habit of eating dinner with your family. And that's important to you.
Gretchen Rubin 42:51
Or if go out with friends. It's just you just, I think it's much more socially challenging,
Adam 42:56
Right, yeah, absolutely. We could go all day talking about all these things in your book, it we only scratched the surface. So I highly recommend the name of the book is better than before. I highly recommend if you're trying to get into an exercise habit and haven't been able to figure it out whether it's high intensity exercise or otherwise, this is a great place to to really start helping yourself, I think
Mike 43:26
Gretchen, when's your new book coming out?
Gretchen Rubin 43:28
So the four tendencies is out in September 2017. And it's all about the four tendencies.
Tim Edwards 43:33
Well, Gretchen like we said at the beginning of the show, when we began this podcast planning it about a year and a half ago, you were one of the first names that came up and so I'm glad I finally took us 28 episodes to get you on. And it's been an absolute delight. We hope that you'll join us again another time.
Gretchen Rubin 43:47
Oh, I'm so happy to be here.
Adam 43:49
We'll have you back on when you come out with it. Yeah, the four tendancies excellent. I would love that.
Tim Edwards 43:53
Boy isn't she fun. Hey, please check out the show notes in whatever platform you might be listening from for a link to Gretchen's website. Gretchenrubin.com. There you can purchase hardback copies of all of her books and listen and subscribe to her wildly popular podcast, happier with Gretchen Rubin. And for those of you who like me love to listen to your books. We have a link to Gretchen's books in audible as well. Okay, so here we are in the final week of our month long contest here in May of 2017. We want to thank all of you who have left inform fitness a review in Yelp, Facebook, Google Plus, Amazon and in iTunes. Each of you will receive a free training session at an inform fitness location nearest you, and all of you are in the drawing for the grand prize which includes a personally autographed copy of Adams book power of 10 the once a week slow motion fitness revolution. You'll also receive in form fitness apparel, in the form of a hat, a t shirt and a hoodie jacket. And we'll top off the grand prize with a device to listen to all of the inform fitness podcasts, Amazon music, audio books from Audible and more using the Alexa voice service with your very own Amazon Echo. If you haven't seen the Amazon Echo, check out a link in the show notes for a full description and videos explaining what it does and how it works. It's very cool. For those of you who have not yet left to review, you're running out of time so you better get on it. Once you do screenshot that review and email it to podcast at informfitness.com to claim your free training session and to qualify for the grand prize. And you can only receive one free training session for your reviews however, you get an entry into the grand prize drawing for each review that you submit. For instance, if you leave us a review in say Yelp, iTunes and Facebook, you still get just one free training session but three entries into the grand prize. Now again, leave a review, screenshot it, email it to podcast at informfitness.com by 11:59pm. Eastern Time on Wednesday, May 31 2017. To claim that free training session and to qualify for the grand prize. The winner is going to be announced in next week's episode right here on the inform fitness podcast. So good luck. Until then for Adam Zickerman, Sheila Melody and Mike Rogers. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting Network.
Best-selling author and longtime InForm Fitness client Gretchen Rubin talks about her forthcoming book titled The Four Tendencies, Learn how to understand yourself better—and also how to influence others more effectively.
In this episode, we will discuss what those four tendencies are, how you can find out what your tenancies happen to be and how those tendencies might affect how clients of InForm Fitness approach their workout.
To purchase Gretchen's books, listen to The Happier Podcast with Gretchen Rubin, and to take the quiz to learn more your tendency visit http://gretchenrubin.com
________________________________________________________________
Earn one FREE SESSION when you leave a review for InForm Fitness in iTunes, Yelp, Google+, Facebook, & Amazon! Simply write a review and send a screenshot to podcast@informfitness.com - that's it! For each review you leave, you will receive and entry for the GRAND PRIZE!
One lucky listener will receive a personally autographed copy of Adam Zickerman's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution. That listener will also get decked out in InForm Fitness apparel including an InForm Fitness T-shirt, hat, and a hoody jacket. And we’ll top off the prize pack with an Amazon Echo! Click here to see the Amazon Echo in action:http://bit.ly/2InFormFItnessGrandPrize
Contest ends May 31st, 2017. Listen for more details!
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon: http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
If you would like to produce a podcast of your own just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
029 Gretchen Rubin Discusses Improving Your Habits Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
podcast, fitness, people, inform, tendencies, rebel, gretchen, questioner, books, habits, read, gretchen rubin, expectations, sheila, happier, writing, audio, work, accountability, fun
SPEAKERS
Gretchen Rubin, Tim Edwards, Mike, Sheila, Adam
Gretchen Rubin 00:06
You know, rebels want to do things in an unconventional way. And so also something about inform fitness that appeals to rebels is like, Oh, everybody else is on the treadmill for 90 minutes and like they're pedaling away and doing the Stairmaster and like we know the secret way we've figured it out like we're doing it this unconventional way and everybody tells you you have to do this and we're telling you no you don't you don't have to listen to all of them because we know the like the secret arcane way to fitness and like you know, even your doctor doesn't you know, your doctors workers, they don't know what they're talking about. We figured it out.
Tim Edwards 00:45
Hey inform nation that was best selling author and award winning podcaster Gretchen Rubin, who was our guest for the next two episodes here on the inform fitness podcast. 20 minutes with New York Times bestselling author, Adam Zickerman and friends. Thanks again for joining us. I'm Tim Edwards, the founder of the inbound podcasting network and a client of inform fitness. Now, in just a minute, the founder of inform fitness himself Adam Zickerman will be joined by Sheila melody who is the co owner of the inform fitness in Toluca, Lake, California, Mike Rogers, the general manager of inform Fitness in New York City, and of course, our guest, Gretchen Rubin. Gretchen has a very popular weekly podcast titled happier with Gretchen Rubin, where she discusses good habits and happiness with their sister Elizabeth Craft. Her podcast was named in iTunes lists of best podcasts of 2015 and was also named in the Academy of podcasters best podcasts of 2016. So we're delighted to have her today. Gretchen Rubin is also the author of several books, including the blockbuster New York Times bestsellers, better than before the Happiness Project, Happier at home, and her forthcoming book to be released later this summer titled The four tendencies, learn how to understand yourself better, and also how to influence others more effectively. Now here in this episode, we will be discussing what those four tendencies are, how you can find out what your tendencies are, and how those tendencies might affect how clients of inform fitness could approach their workout. And this is pretty cool. Gretchen Rubin has been interviewed by Oprah, eaten dinner with Nobel Prize winner Daniel Kahneman, and has actually walked arm and arm with the Dalai Lama, and now is interviewed by Adam Zickerman looks like Adams in good company. Let's get to it. Here is Gretchen Rubin on the inform fitness podcast.
Adam 02:35
Gretchen, thank you so much for coming on our show. It's been a long time coming. And so, Mike, since you're the one who's working with Gretchen all these time, all these years, why don't you introduce her a little bit?
Mike 02:48
Okay, well, I just looked through our database, and I just found out that she's on her 498 session, wow. 12 years, 11 11 years, like 2005, so almost almost 12 years. She is by far our biggest refer she's consistent, except when she's on her book tour and vacation or something like that. But it's been such a pleasure to have Gretchen as a client here. She's become a great friend. Her husband works out here her father in law, her mother in law, her children. So we're very, very grateful to have you as a client and a friend and and to have you on the podcast as well. It's such a pleasure to see her every week because, first of all, she is very easy to train because she's always on time. She works very, very hard. She follows directions. She really goes.
Adam 03:41
She's an upholder. Yeah, exactly.
Mike 03:42
Classic upholder which we'll talk about later, you know, in the in the time, the 30 minutes we have together we are really able to get out the very intense workout. I always look forward to it because we have the most engaging conversations about sugar and fitness and psychology and I look forward to it all the time. It really doesn't feel like work to me. I just wanted to welcome you to the podcast and it's so happy to so great to have you.
Gretchen Rubin 04:09
It's so fun to be here. And it's been as I was walking I was like it's so fun to be coming and having getting to talk to you without actually having to work out
Mike 04:19
I thought you enjoyed it.
Gretchen Rubin 04:21
I enjoy the talking part. I don't enjoy the weightlifting part is is less enjoyable than the conversation. Yeah, right. Oh, by the time I'm ready for it to be over it's over. And thats the great advantage of inform fitness. I guess.
Adam 04:35
I did some quick math by the way and 12 years. 498 workouts in 12 years. That's 41 workouts a year. So that is as consistent as it can get.
Gretchen Rubin 04:44
Oh, that's great.
Mike 04:45
It's fantastic.
Adam 04:47
So think about that. 41 That's that's 20 hours of work. That's it. That's 20 hours a year working.
Gretchen Rubin 04:54
That is that is the thing that whenever I am trying to sell inform fitness on people, I always say it's 20 minutes, like, do you have 20 minutes a week, and there's no music, no mirror, no sweating, no waiting. And like, if you know now the 20 it's not gonna get better than that. Yeah, I'm not gonna find something that you're gonna like better than that.
Tim Edwards 05:13
Gretchen, you were one of the first people that we talked to, we wanted to have on this show, because Sheila has been listening to your podcast for quite some time. And of course, with your relationship there at inform fitness the whole time. And it ties in nicely with what you're doing. But if you could, before we dive into your workout, tell us about what you do. And what led you to inform fitness.
Gretchen Rubin 05:33
Well, I'm a writer, principally that I I've written books about happiness and good habits and human nature. So I'm probably best known for my book, The Happiness Project, I have a podcast called happier that I do with my sister, Liz Kraft. And I found out about inform fitness because basically, a friend told me, she was describing her workout to me, and I thought, this is fantastic. I had been reading a lot of research about why people were increasingly thinking that high intensity workouts were more effective than kind of, you know that, because I always thought it was like, you're supposed to do like, three sets of 12 repetitions at a medium weight, you know? And this was like, no, no, no, that's, that's not the way to really like work out efficiently. Um, so I was intrigued by it. And then, you know, one of my favorite sayings is a Zen saying that when the when the student is read, ready, the teacher will appear. And it was like, I was out to lunch with this friend, and she was describing her workout to me, and I'm like, bang, I'm in like, Where is this place? And I find out, it's a long walk. But it's actually a walk from my apartment. So that's part of my exercises to walk here. It was exactly what I was looking for. Because I had become so convinced about the logic and the research behind high intensity workouts.
Tim Edwards 06:37
alright now sheila, when you and I very first met, we were talking about podcasting. You brought up Gretchen, because you've been listening, like you said since the beginning.
Sheila 06:43
Well, first of all, Gretchen, I just want to, you know, say I am a huge fan. But I also want to thank you for being so you're so open, you know, you're on your, you know, you reveal a lot about yourself. It's a courageous thing, in my opinion, you reveal a lot about yourself and your personal life and everything. And it helps people you know, whenever I read your books, I start to get all like, oh, my gosh, this is so you know, there's a guidelines, guidelines to getting to know yourself, and how do you do that? And how is that going to then lead to good habits or changing your habits or making your life better happier? So
Gretchen Rubin 07:22
well, that's so nice to hear. Thank you.
Sheila 07:23
Yes. Thank you so much. And yeah, I just wanted to say that thank you so much for being courageous about revealing a lot of yourself in this in all your work.
Adam 07:34
Well, it's powerful. It's powerful to hear somebody talk that way.
Gretchen Rubin 07:37
Well, you know, I think what it is, is that sometimes people you can read about a study or you can read great advice, anything, you're sort of nodding your head anything. Yeah, like that seems right, that seems true. But when you read how somebody else's sort of put it into, into their own life, how they put it into action sometimes then it's easier to imagine how you would put it into your life, maybe you would do something differently. But you can sort of imagine how to concretely apply it more easily. Because you don't have to make that jump from sort of the theoretical to the practical, because I'm all about like, how do you actually do something tomorrow morning, like exact night? You know, because we can all read stuff? That sounds great. But then what do people actually do differently? And that's what's hard. So I think sometimes just an example is,
Adam 08:18
that's great talk about the book name of the book is called better than before.
Gretchen Rubin 08:21
Yeah, so better. So I've been writing about happiness. And I found that when people were talking about a happiness challenge they face a lot of times, it was a problem with a habit, like I'm exhausted all the time, because like, I'm in the habit of not going to bed on time. So better than before was an attempt to try to help people understand how to change their habits, like how do you actually change a habit. And what I found is there actually 21 strategies that people can use to make or break their habits and 21 sounds like a lot. But the fact is, some of these strategies work for some people and not for other people. And some strategies are available to us at some times in our lives, and not at other times in our life. So it's good that there's so many because you can really pick and choose the ones that are going to work for you. Because some like absolutely do not work for some people. And this is important, because a lot of times when people are trying to help other people change their habits, or when you're trying to change your own habits, you think like well, what's the best way, I'm going to start small, I'm going to do it for 30 days, I'm going to give myself a cheat day. I'm going to do it first thing in the morning. And these can work for some people, but they don't work for everybody all the time. And so it's good to know all the options and so that you can really begin by saying what is the right thing for you? So I tried to really lay out the whole framework so that people could start saying like, yeah, I remember when I was in college, I did that. And that worked really well or Oh, yeah, I remember you know, when I tried it that way, didn't work last time. Maybe it's not gonna work that way. This time. Maybe I should try a different way.
Adam 09:46
And to help figure out which habits are best and will work best for you. You came up with the four tendencies.
Gretchen Rubin 09:54
yes. So I stumbled across this this four tendencies framework when I was writing better than before because I was variable struck by these different patterns that I saw on how people could successfully make or break habits or like particular challenges they faced. And actually, my next book is called The Four tendencies because since since I've introduced it, people have been just been deluging me with questions about it. So I thought, Okay, I'm gonna write a book about the four tendencies, and like, figure it all out for myself. So the four tendencies and Mike, you and I have talked about this endlessly, because I'm always picking your brain and the 4 tendencies are upholder, questioner obliger and rebel. And I argue that everybody is one of these their whole life, you know, in all contexts, and it has to do with how you deal with an expectation. So there are outer expectations, like work deadlines, or a request from a spouse. And then there's their inner expectations, like your own desire to keep a New Year's resolution, your own desire to start meditating. So upholders readily meet outer and inner expectations. So they meet the work deadline, they keep the New Year's resolution without that much fuss. Questioners question all expectations, they'll do something if they think it makes sense. So they hate anything arbitrary or inefficient or irrational. Their first question is, why should I listen to you? Um, so essentially, they make everything an inner expectation, because if it meets their criteria, they'll do it. And if it doesn't meet their criteria, they will resist it. Then they're obligers obligers readily meet outer expectations, but they struggle to meet inner expectations. And I grasped this when a friend of mine said, I don't understand it. I know I would be happier if I exercised. And when I was in high school, I was on the track team, and I never missed track practice. So why can't I go running now? Well, I would say when she had a team and a coach waiting for her, she had no trouble. But when it's just her own desire to run, she struggles. And then there are rebels, rebels resist all expectations, outer and inner, like they want to do what they want to do in their own way in their own time. If you ask or tell them to do something, they're very likely to resist and they don't even like to tell themselves what to do. So these now I know what I know that Mike is a questioner, because he has proved this to me over and over and over in my conversations, but I don't know.
Tim Edwards 12:01
You've been analyzed.
Sheila 12:03
Yes, we all took the quiz. Oh, good.
Adam 12:05
Okay. Um, definitely a question. I think anyone that knows me also would agree with that. Oh, yeah. But I do feel myself kind of in a gray area of rebel, I do find myself being very kind of, because you told me to do it. Yeah, I'm gonna question it. Which makes me a questioning rebel. I don't know.
Mike 12:25
nobody who creates the power of 10 or develops this type of weight training is not a rebel a little bit, I think,
Adam 12:32
well, I didn't develop it. I kind of I kind of popularized it, if anything, which is what we're doing on this podcast. So Sheila, what are you?
Sheila 12:40
Well, I'm an obliger. And, you know, I knew I wasn't obliger when I first heard the tendencies, but I've taken the test several times, please let me not be an obliger. Because I read, I reread the chapter, just the other day. And I was like, it's so true, as you say, obligers don't really like their tendency, because they get over, you know, like, kind of tend to get overwhelmed because they're meeting other people's expectations and not their own. You know,
Gretchen Rubin 13:10
so I would say this about the obligers. First of all, it's the largest tendency is the one the most people belong belong to. So you're in good company, because like 40% of the world, men and women is obliger. Um, they're the ones that pair up the most easily. So like, they get along with other people the best. And also, I think the advantage of the obliger tendency is that so all of the tendencies have strengths and weaknesses. The oblige the weakness of the obliger tendency is the easiest to fix. It's the easiest kind of buttress to put in because all they need is outer accountability. If they have outer accountability, they can meet an inner expectation. That's very easy. The limitations and weaknesses of my my tendency, upholder tendency, it's very abstract. It's a very kind of abstract, difficult to put your finger on thing to fix. And so it's much harder to offset it. Whereas I feel like with obligers, it's just plain as day. So I feel like God, they have this, they have this thing they have to deal with, but it's easy for them to deal with. But it's like with a questioner or a rebel or an upholder. It's like, that's trickier. It's trickier to handle the weakness.
Sheila 14:15
But one thing I read, and I'm so excited about this now, because I read rereading this and thinking that obligers pair up really well with rebels.
Gretchen Rubin 14:24
Yes.
Sheila 14:25
And so I'm like,
Adam 14:26
That's easy for you.
Gretchen Rubin 14:27
You want to meet a rebel.
Sheila 14:29
Well, I'm not, but now I know what to look for
Tim Edwards 14:34
She likes the bad boys.
Sheila 14:35
Yeah, yeah. You know, so I think maybe Aren't your friends rebels. Yeah. I mean, I actually yes, but as far as a personal relationship, that's what I think I'm going to start looking for now. You know, so
Mike 14:49
when you sit back when you sit back and think about all the tendencies, I think, when you think about the virtues of all of them, to me, I actually Like the idea of the obliger, because I feel like the biggest trait that accompanies that is people pleasing. And I mean, obviously, that's that sometimes that can be very, very bad sometimes, but I feel like just as a in the world that we live in, to have that sort of Outlook, that you want to help other people. You know, I think the fact that we're fitness practitioners, health practitioners, I feel like it, it's fitting, you know, and sometimes when I, when I realized that I am an obliger, I am I'm actually, I don't hate that trait. Because I think also because I think I know that I fit into other categories as well. But I don't know, that's what I think,
Gretchen Rubin 14:54
Well, it's interesting, because I've had several people say to me, that they wanted only hire obligers, you know, because they're like, we're company like, our culture is client first, you know, customer always and we want you to, and we're gonna bring this, like, this outer expectation is going to be, you know, is going to be paramount to them. Because the fact is with an upholder, they're kind of like, well, you know, what, I got my own problems. Like, I know, the client wants to talk to me at 8pm on a Friday, but I've got to be like, in my son's recital, and like, I'm just, he's just gonna have to wait. And some places that works. And in some places, they're like, No, we really need you. And now it's not to say that other tendencies can't, can't accommodate that culture, because everybody can learn to deal with it. But it's certainly true that for obligers, several people have said to me, they think like, oh, in my profession, it's a big advantage to have an obliger. Outlook,
Mike 16:27
I think, especially if you're a new employee somewhere, because you know, when you're new, you always want to do more, impress more, be more available. And I think like when you're especially when you're starting a job or starting something like that, I think that I think that's what an employer wants to see after they hire you is that you are that type of person
Adam 16:45
or an upholder?
Gretchen Rubin 16:47
Well, it's interesting, because it all goes one of the things I should say about the tendency is is this is just one aspect of somebody's personality. So what some problems I have with some personality frameworks as they tried to explain too much about you like, your these 15 things. And I'm like, Well, no, I'm not. This is one tiny thing. So we could take 50 questioners and line them up. And they would look very different depending on how ambitious they were, how intellectual they were, how curious they were, how considerate they were, how extroverted they were, um, and so that would be very different. But in this way, how did they respond to an expectation they would be the same, and so it doesn't explain everything about you. But it does explain this one thing. And by the way, if somebody doesn't know what they are from this, this, this discussion, Sheila, you mentioned the quiz, you can take the quiz at happier cast.com/quiz. It's a short quiz that will tell you what you are. But a lot of times people can just tell what they are from the description,
Adam 17:36
can you repeat that again, where they can find it
Gretchen Rubin 17:37
it's happier. cast.com/quiz
Sheila 17:42
I'm gonna have all my trainers take the quiz Well, I am because I want to know, you know, how to, it'll help me to managing them and then relating to their clients.
Gretchen Rubin 17:52
I think it has huge implications for things like like, I think a lot about like, if I were, you know, like, if I were training somebody, what would I think what, what would I think about? And I think one of the things that working out this way gives is it does give accountability, like somebody has an appointment with you. And like, I know if I don't show up, it's like, Mike, I've wasted Mike's time because I'm, you know, I've taken that slot. Now one thing I've proposed, because to up the accountability,
Mike 18:20
I know what she's gonna say,
Gretchen Rubin 18:21
Yeah, I proposed this before, see what you think. I think a lot of people know a lot of obligers know, they need accountability. I think if I were you, I would offer people the option to say, if you choose, we will charge you triple. If you do not show oh my gosh, within a day of canceling, you can choose to opt into that. I would bet some people would choose that. Wow. Because they would want to make the accountability greater.
Sheila 18:49
That's hard core.
Adam 18:50
But we would never have to do that.
Sheila 18:52
Yeah, I would never have to do it.
Gretchen Rubin 18:53
Yeah, that's what people would want. Accountability. Like this is something that is very important for obligers. This kind of accountability. There's other aspects, I think of inform that suited to other tendencies that are not, but for an upholder and a questioner outer accountability doesn't matter that much. We don't need a lot of outer accountability because we have our inner expectations. But so for like a questioner, one of the things that is true about questioners, they love to customize. And they love for things to be efficient and rational. And so like one of the things that like my father's a questioner and he's, he lives in Kansas City. He's working out with a trainer now. And he loves talking about why are we working out this way? Why is this muscle important? Why why are you shifting the chair this way? Why are you repositioning my arms? And like the idea I'm customizing it for you? These are your strengths. These are your weaknesses. These are your former injuries. This is like where you want to improve performance. It's customized, it's efficient. It's like the it's like the cutting edge research. And that is what is compelling to a questioner more than the accountability because they can make themselves do anything they decide is what should be done. What they need is to really be convinced they I need to be convinced this is what I should be doing. I trust your judgment, I trust your your, your your knowledge. And this is like the right thing for me right now. And so that's like a different message. And then for the rebel, you know, rebels want to do things. Like they often will do things in an unconventional way like so they quit smoking, they don't join a usual cessation program to do in some like bizarre way, or they do some unusual form of yoga. And so also think about that I was thinking that about inform fitness that appeals to rebels is like, Oh, everybody else is on the treadmill for 90 minutes. And like they're pedaling away and doing the Stairmaster and like, we know the secret way. We've figured it out. Like we're doing it this unconventional way. And everybody tells you, you have to do this. And we're telling you, no, you don't. You don't have to listen to all of them. Because we know the like the secret arcane way to fitness. And like, you know, even your doctor doesn't you know, your doctor's orders, they don't know what they're talking about. So that's a very kind of rebel, or also rebels can do anything. Yeah. They can do anything they want to do. And I know Mike, one of the things that you mentioned is fun for people, when they start working out is like, they'll go skiing, and they'll be like, Oh, my gosh, I'm skiing so much better, like their performance is so effective. Well, a rebel like a rebel might be like, well, I want to do it because I want to be stronger. I want to feel younger and more energetic. I want to be I want my, my skiing, or my golf game, or my tennis game to improve. That's what I want. I can do anything I want. I choose to do this, because this is gonna get me what I want. And so there's like, you can see though how different messages will resonate with people, depending on what their tendency is. So as an upholder, you probably don't. I don't need that question. You just just tell me what to do. And I'll do it. Yeah, well one of the things I love about Inform, as an upholder, I realized is like one of the things that's very striking about this gym, is there's nothing else to do. There's no like options of going on the treadmill or having a bike there's nothing else that you can do. You come in, you work out with a trainer, you leave, and you can't like you can't opt to work out for two hours. It's like, you're gonna do this and then you're out. You can't Can you do it three days a week. Now, we won't train you three days. Like it's very, it's very
Mike 22:04
You don't get many choices.
Gretchen Rubin 22:05
Yeah. And so it's like, for me, it's very satisfying, because like, it's like, I come in, I do it. It's done. I have a feeling of like, total fulfillment, and like, I've absolutely done everything that I can do. I've earned my gold star
Adam 22:17
check that box
Gretchen Rubin 22:18
checked that box, it's done. And like there's no lingering feeling of, should I be doing more, or whatever. It's like, you've done the most that you can do.
Tim Edwards 22:27
For those members of our audience who might be hearing you for the first time. Gretchen, if you would just give us a little history on what led you to your award winning podcast I saw you picked up an award at Podcast Movement in Chicago last year. And that had to be thrilling. And you've been doing this for just a couple of years. Just lead us into what led you to the podcast did you write your books first. And you figured that it'd be a good idea to support it with your podcast, tell us about your journey with your with your podcast.
Gretchen Rubin 22:52
So I've been writing and talking to people about happiness and good habits for years. And then I had the opportunity to start a podcast. And I thought this would be great, because, first of all, I've always wanted to collaborate with my sister Elizabeth craft. She's a TV writer and producer living in LA. So I'm very far away from her and, but i She's one of the most important people in my life. And we've always wanted to collaborate together. So this seemed like a great opportunity. And it was a different way to connect with my audience. You know, I wrote books, I have a daily blog. Um, but this is like the podcast is a very different medium. It's a very intimate medium, because you're talking right into people's heads. It's conversational. And so one of the things I love about writing is you can get the words exactly right. But then you lose kind of the spontaneity and sort of the fun that comes from conversation. And it's been fantastic because we've engaged with a whole new group of people. And because I'm always trying to understand human nature better. That's great, because I learned so much from our listeners who like get in touch all the time. And it's just been really, really fun to explore happiness and good habits and human nature. And to you know, every week hang out, you know, over Yeah, in an audio way. Yeah. With my sister.
Tim Edwards 24:05
You're spearheading a community.
Gretchen Rubin 24:07
Yeah. No, it's it's really fun. It's really fun.
Tim Edwards 24:10
Tell us about how about a plug for for Liz's new podcast. Oh, get off of yours. Right.
Gretchen Rubin 24:15
Right. Yeah. So Liz is having a, is starting a podcast called happier in Hollywood, which she is CO hosting with her writing partner, Sarah Fein, who's her longtime writing partner, and also one of her good friends from high school. So she's known her forever, and they are doing a podcast that's all about how to be happier in Hollywood. Which is all about like the crazy crazy show business. We're gonna live at it I have to say I've heard the first couple episodes preview and it is so great. They have some crazy crazy stories and it's it's it's it's interesting stuff even if you're not a Hollywood person,
Adam 24:51
it's interesting. You know, I can't help I have all these habits and techniques in my head now after reading your book and what you just saying what led to the podcast, I have a whole new audience. So in other words, There are some people that read your blog. Yeah, there might be some people that read your books. There's some people that listen to your podcast, they might not be doing all three, right? Yeah, some people, there are some tendencies to listen to politics easier for people to listen to podcasts. Yeah, some people, it's easier for them to read your blog. Yeah. So it's really interesting. So you're expanding a universe. And however they find you, they find you.
Gretchen Rubin 25:21
I think that's really important because different different media work for different people. And like you say, like a podcast you can listen to while you're walking your dog, and you can't read a book or watch a video. But then, you know, if you want to mark something up, you need you want a written version. So it all like you want to have, it's good, I think to have a lot of different forms of ways for people to connect, because then they can choose what works for them.
Mike 25:41
And more and more people nowadays. I mean, like, I love reading books, but sometimes I catch myself reading like four or five at a time. Yeah, getting very slowly through some and very quickly through others. And just yeah, sometimes it's like, just Alright, well, I got I got the podcasts. So that's, I guess, I just don't have time. Yeah, you know, to read another book, or whatever
Gretchen Rubin 25:59
it is, you're doing dishes, or you're driving, you can listen to podcasts,
Mike 26:03
I never would have gotten through the biography of Alexander Hamilton without the audio. And I had bought the book and the iPad had the audio. But literally, I probably did 75% of it in the car.
Adam 26:16
I tried all your books, I couldn't stand the voice, no matter whose voice it is. I didn't want to hear this person anymore.
Mike 26:22
Even if it was like Christopher Walken.
Sheila 26:24
We live on audiobooks.
Tim Edwards 26:27
I mean, out here, I'm in the car all the time. And so I'm pleased to know that your books are also available on Audible so I can now
Sheila 26:33
did you narrate the books on audible?
Gretchen Rubin 26:36
Is that an interesting question because I did the Happiness Project and better than before, and I'm going in in a month to do the four tendencies. I did not do happier at home because a friend of mine, who are actually an acquaintance who I later found out had a husband, who's an actor, had argued in a group very persuasively, that you really owed it to your listening audience to have a professional actor record your book, because they were the ones who could really read. And I believe I was like, wow, she's right. And so thinking that that was serving my audience better. I had somebody else do it, even though I like doing the audio. And boy, I have heard from so many people to the point where I'm almost thinking of asking if I could rerecord the audio for half your time because yeah, I really do not like it agree, right? If it's a first person narrative, and you're not reading it, they really really feel like that, that that is not what they want
Adam 27:26
its a disconnect.
Gretchen Rubin 27:27
It is a disconnect. And so I I learned my lesson and so from now on, I always do read the audio. And it's fun. It's actually a very, it's a it's a kind of a cool when I read one of my books when I read better than before. I Jim Dale had just been there recording Harry Potter and they were telling me about all the security measures they had had to put into place for dealing with the Harry Potter file. So it's fun. It's like a whole different world to be part of it. So I do I do record them now.
Tim Edwards 27:55
Thank you, Gretchen Rubin for joining us here on the informed fitness podcast. Hey in the shownotes we will include a link to all of Gretchen's books in audible just like she mentioned. And of course to her website, Gretchenrubin.com. There you can purchase hardback copies of all of her books, listen to her podcast, and even take the online quiz that we all took to discover which of the four tendencies rings true with you. Gretchen joins us again next week as we continue discussing the framework for the four tendencies. We'll also be chatting about managing four foundational habits that we all share, so make sure you join us for that. Also, we are winding down our month long contest here in May of 2017. Remember, we want to reward all of you for listening to the inform fitness podcast by offering a free training session at an inform fitness location nearest you. All you have to do is leave inform fitness a review on Yelp, Google, Facebook, Amazon or iTunes, screenshot that review and email it to podcast at informfitness.com to claim your free session and qualify for the grand prize, which includes a personally autographed copy of Adam's book power of 10 the once a week slow motion fitness revolution. You'll also receive an inform fitness t shirt hat and a hoodie jacket. And we'll top off the prize pack with a device to listen to all of the inform fitness podcast, Amazon music, audio books from Audible and more using the Alexa voice service with your very own Amazon Echo. If you haven't seen the Amazon Echo yet, check out the link in the show notes for a full description and videos explaining what it does and how it works. And here are the rules you can only receive one free training session for your reviews, however, you get an entry into the grand prize drawing for each review that you submit. For instance, if you leave us a review and say Yelp, iTunes and Facebook, you still get one free training session overall but three entries into the grand prize. So again, submit those reviews, screenshot it and email them to podcast at informfitness.com You must get those emails to us by 11:59pm Eastern Time on Wednesday, May 31 2017. To qualify for the free session and the grand prize drawing the winner will be announced on our Monday June 5 episode right here on the informed business podcast. Alright, I'm done yappin until next week, thanks so much for listening and for Adam Zickerman, Sheila Melody and Mike Rogers. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting Network.
Inform Fitness Founder, Adam Zickerman, welcomes Clinical Psychologist and InForm Fitness Strength Training Instructor, Joshua Cagney to discuss the varied psychological and emotional aspects encountered by both clients and trainers and how high-intensity strength training can be a cathartic experience.
We want to reward you for listening to the InForm Fitness Podcast by offering a free training session at an InForm Fitness location nearest you plus an opportunity to qualify for an InForm Fitness Prize Pack.
Earn one FREE SESSION when you leave a review for InForm Fitness in iTunes, Yelp, Google+, Facebook, & Amazon! Simply write a review and send a screenshot to podcast@informfitness.com - that's it! For each review you leave, you will receive and entry for the GRAND PRIZE!
One lucky listener will receive a personally autographed copy of Adam Zickerman's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution. That listener will also get decked out in InForm Fitness apparel including an InForm Fitness T-shirt, hat, and a hoody jacket. And we’ll top off the prize pack with an Amazon Echo! Click here to see the Amazon Echo in action:http://bit.ly/2InFormFItnessGrandPrize
Contest ends May 31st, 2017. Listen for more details!
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon: http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
If you would like to produce a podcast of your own just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
28 The Psychology of the Trainer/Client Relationship
Josh: The truth is that if we’re doing our jobs effectively as instructors, that’s entirely placing the clients’ needs ahead of our own. We each have an innate need to want to sympathize, to want to offer our sympathies whenever someone suffers a loss or a stressful period of time emotionally, but the longterm consequence of that is we blur those lines. The goal is making sure that you know the client well enough to understand what is going to be most conducive to getting her through a really productive workout. That’s when an instructor is really showing his or her metal, when they’re able to put the clients’ needs ahead of their own.
Tim: Hey InForm Nation, can you believe it? We are already at episode 28 of the InForm Fitness Podcast: Twenty Minutes with New York Times bestselling author, Adam Zickerman and friends. I’m Tim Edwards with the InBound Podcasting Network and I’m a client of InForm Fitness, and in just a moment, we’ll hear from the founder of InForm Fitness, Adam Zickerman. Sheila Melody, the co-owner of the Toluca Lake location is back with us, and still on vacation is Mike Rogers. Looking forward to having Mike back with us next week, as we interview one of his clients from the Manhattan location, Gretchen Rubin. Next week’s episode is bound to be one of our most popular episodes, and I’ll explain that at the end of this one. Also at the end of the show, I will remind you of our May 2017, exclusively for InForm Nation. We have a really cool prize pack, valued at over two hundred bucks, but let’s not get ahead of yourselves. Remember that voice you heard at the top of the show? That was InForm Fitness trainer/instructor, Joshua Cagney from the Restin, Virginia location. Joshua also happens to be a clinical psychologist, which is why Adam invited him to join us here on The Psychology of the Trainer/Client
Relationship. Sometimes after a period of time, those who are being trained become so comfortable with their trainers, they might start to share some intimate details of their life, and the trainer, in essence, becomes their therapist. So where do we draw the line? Can this type of relationship actually help, or hurt the progress of your strength training? Let’s join the conversation with Joshua Cagney, Adam Zickerman, Sheila Melody, and myself, with The Psychology of the Trainer/Client Relationship.
Adam: So first of all, I’ve had this conversation with Josh in person, a resident clinical psychologist/exercise instructor. I was talking about — I was there giving a certification course, and many times when I’m talking with trainers, we talk about how to motivate, how to inspire, how to keep people on track. How to make them feel that, I know this is hard but you can do it anyway and stick with it. During that conversation, we were talking about the relationships that develop over time and that there is a definitely a psychology involved in maintaining these relationships and motivating your client. Then lines start getting blurred, and I hear very often, it’s kind of a pet peeve of mind, and maybe it’s a pet peeve of mine because I’ve been doing this for twenty years now and I’ve seen the damage, I guess. The pet peeve is when I hear that you’re more like my therapist, the client would say. I come here and it’s like a therapy session, or the trainer would say, I feel like I’m a therapist sometimes or I act like a therapist. People come to me, they talk about their problems, they lay it all on me, they can tell me things that they can’t tell anybody else, and I get all that, but when I hear that, the hair on the back of my neck goes up a little bit. Maybe because it’s my twenty years experience, and the reason that the hair goes up on my neck is just because there’s a psychology involved in motivating and working with your clients, doesn’t mean that we’re psychologists, and that’s when Josh said, unless you are a psychologist. I realized that Josh is not only an exercise instructor, which was what I was talking to him as, but I then realized that he’s actually a clinical psychologist. So I guess that doesn’t apply to him, he is a psychologist when he’s dealing with psychology of training clients, and we have to be careful, both as clients and trainer, to make sure we’re not blurring those lines, and the instructor doesn’t get all full of himself or herself, thinking that they can actually solve these people’s problems. I think that the client themselves needs to know what their boundaries are as well, and as much as you connect with your trainer, as much as you appreciate your trainer, as much as this trainer builds you up, not just physically but mentally, as much as all of that happens, they’re not their therapist. The reason this is important to me and the reason the hair goes up on the back of my neck is because we end up, both client and instructor, we end up not doing our jobs. What we find happens during the exercise session is a lot of chit-chat going on, there’s a lot of wasted time, and the workout suffered. It’s a twenty-minute workout, and there’s no way you can be a therapist and a trainer in twenty minutes. So then you lose a client, and this is where my twenty years experience comes in. What ends up happening is one day, the client wakes up and says, what the hell am I going there for. I’m getting bored, I’m not feeling the results, I’m feeling a plateau. It’s becoming a chore to go there. Maybe the time before that, the quote unquote therapist trainer said something they didn’t like, the way therapists sometimes do, and then you’ve got your patient not wanting to come back anymore, when they weren’t your patient in the first place. They were your client, the person you were supposed to train, and now that they don’t like you as their therapist anymore, they don’t want to come back. So it’s a slippery slope, and if you’ve been a trainer long enough, you’ve been there. If you’re listening to this and you’re not a trainer but you’re a client of a trainer, and if you’ve been doing this for any amount of time, you might also relate to this trap that we tend to fall into. If you’re listening to this and you’ve never hired a trainer, when you do, or if you do, this is an important thing to keep in mind. So Joshua, being both an instructor and a clinical psychologist, am I making sense? Am I right?
Josh: I think you are absolutely right. From a clinical perspective, one of the things that’s important for a therapist to understand is that we each specialize in something that’s unique. So if I specialize in trauma based therapy, it does not mean that I’m a good marriage counselor, doesn’t make me a good family counselor, and the inverse is true. So when we look at what the specific goal is for any kind of relationship that we have with a client, we need to keep that goal premiere in mind when we develop that relationship. There’s blurred lines that come to play when, based on vulnerability and the relationship that you’ve built, and this is something that you commonly see in a clinical environment when you’re dealing with long-term therapy, where clients will be opening themselves up in ways that make them vulnerable, exposed, and it’s very easy to misassociate or misassign feelings that a client will have towards a therapist based on that vulnerability. Being in the studio isn’t a whole lot different in that regard. You’re in physically compromising positions, you’re in incredibly intense situations under a lot of physical and emotional stress, so you feel incredibly vulnerable for those twenty, thirty minutes at a time. So the net result is, people tend to feel, when they’re working out, open and extremely emotional and extremely anxious and stressed at different points, and the one person that they have contact with is their strength trainer, their instructor. So it’s easy for those lines to get very blurry and it’s absolutely critical for the strength training instructor to be in a position where they have clear boundaries and clear guidelines about what’s appropriate, what’s not, and leading that relationship. I think that you’re actually really on target, I think that’s pretty insightful. Whether it’s twenty years of experience or whether it’s something you’re able to impart to people, it’s important.
Tim: Speaking from the client’s perspective, as a client of InForm Fitness, as you mentioned Josh, it’s a very intimate relationship and connection with that trainer. As you said, we’re vulnerable, we’re hitting muscle failure, but also the environment at InForm Fitness is conducive to building that relationship with your trainer because it’s not a crowded gym. It’s a very private, one-on-one situation so I guess it’s incumbent on the trainer to manage where those lines are, where that blurred line stops.
Josh: It is important, and those boundaries again, they’re not always very clear, and there are certainly things that are critical for the client and the trainer to both bare in mind. Ultimately that is what is contributory and what is conducive to achieving the goal that my client is here for in the first place. If you have a client who walks in after having been thrown out by their spouse the night before, they’re not going to be in a position, chances are, to exercise. So that may be an appropriate time to say, you’re just not ready for today, and that’s alright. Take a day, take as much time as you need to be able to put yourself in a position where you’re ready to focus, but that’s part of the boundary. Not saying, please talk to me about what it is that is going on and how can I help, but instead, staying focused on the goal and supporting the client back to what the real mission is.
Sheila: Yes, people come in and they may have gone through something or they may have just received a very disturbing email or phone call or something like that, but they want to continue on their schedule because it helps them to stay feeling normal. I have had people come in and they’re not revealing to me what happened, but then in the middle of the workout, you’re in that really intense position, and after a couple times of exerting that, they can’t hold it in anymore and they start crying because they cannot hold that emotion in anymore, because you’re letting all of that energy go.
Adam: This workout definitely brings out, for me and I’ve seen it with others, it definitely brings out your emotions. It’s an emotional experience with such intensity, and if you have something going on in your life like you just mentioned Sheila, that’s going to pull right on out.
Sheila: We do need to be prepared to deal with situations like that, and understanding the difference between being a therapist and just being encouraging or being able to tell the difference of this person shouldn’t be working out right now. Sometimes just quietly allowing them to move to the next exercise and get through it, we’ve had people say, thank you so much. For instance, after the last election, it was very emotional for a lot of people, and some people came in the day after. Especially in L.A, and it was like, we just took people through. They were all saying thank you, thank you for helping me to do something good for myself even though I’m really upset right now, but maybe because in L.A, everybody already has a therapist.
Josh: That’s different than Washington D.C. where everybody needs a therapist.
Tim: For somebody who has been working out at InForm Fitness for quite some time, say with one trainer in particular. You can’t help but have that relationship build. You’re seeing that person every single week, you’re vulnerable with them. There is a little bit of time between some of the machines and the exercises, and a good trainer, I believe, will find their client’s interests and use those interests to motivate them through those exercises, so there’s a connection that’s made there. As in any relationship, it grows, there’s ebb and flow, but do you think after a certain period of time, where it gets too comfortable, maybe it’s okay or you should shift to a different trainer to kind of mix it up a little bit or start over again? What do you think about that?
Josh: I think that’s a healthy question to ask, but I think there is no one size fits all answer. This is really entirely dependent upon what the client is like, what their disposition is, what their needs and goals are, and then what the trainer is able to give them. So when we’re talking about someone who is developing a relationship and a degree of trust, that’s not really something that is easily transferable to another trainer, because we personalize that. So outside of that, when you’re looking for something that’s ultimately going to be most enhancing component of a relationship for a specific client, maybe it is breaking away from that personal relationship and creating something that’s much more concrete and core.
Adam: When you’re a sole practitioner and you don’t work for a company like InForm Fitness and you’re the trainer, it’s hard to give them to somebody else, one of your colleagues, and kind of swap out. So that’s not even always an option.
Josh: Particularly if your income is based on client retention.
Adam: That’s what you mentioned earlier before, Josh, the mindfulness of knowing when to speak, when not to speak. Knowing what to say, what not to say. They’re coming in in a very emotional state. It reminded me of a client that I have whose sister passed away, and she’s a client for a year. When I first met her, her dog had passed away, and I remembered how as soon as it brought it up with her, how are you doing with the dog, she’d get all teary eyed and the workout kind of suffered. Now her sister passed away about a year later, and I knew better this time. So it was interesting how I didn’t say anything to her. Now here’s somebody whose sister died, she comes to her workout, and I don’t even give her a hug like hey, sorry, because I just know how that sets her off. It might have seemed insensitive but I think she really appreciates it because she comes in, we go in there, we work out. I don’t say much, and she leaves and every once in a while, we’ll talk after the workout, and I’ll say next week, we’ll talk about the future of her plans and stuff like that because we are friendly, and she says I’m not quite ready for this or that, she’ll say. I’ve had a tough year. She knows I know what she’s talking about, yet I’ve never even sent her a condolence. I know when I see it in her eyes, she looks at me when we talk about these things, that she appreciates the fact that I’m not talking about it.
Sheila: I know I can be like that.
Adam: This is one of those cases where you just don’t bring it up. She knows you know, she knows you care, and because you care, she knows this is why you’re acting this way.
Tim: Well that’s because of the relationship that you’ve build with her through the last year or so, but there might be some others that think how insensitive for them to act as though nothing has happened.
Adam: Including me. I’m listening to this conversation with us right now, and I’m finally — this is like therapy for me, because I’m realizing I’m even judging myself. Like I can’t believe I didn’t say anything, but I just didn’t feel right to say something, I don’t know. Maybe it’s just my own discomfort that I didn’t say anything and my own avoidance. So if you’re listening to this and you just listen to this podcast because you want to learn about techniques of training and health, and how exercise is related to that, so why this conversation? How is this going to help me, you might ask yourself, if I’m not a trainer or I don’t have a trainer. At first, I think Josh hit on something, and that is knowing whether you should work out or not. We have somebody come in here after some kind of bad news or tragedy, and it might be too soon. I know they want to keep their schedule, I know they want to keep their routine, maybe but maybe not, you have to make that judgment as a trainer, to say to somebody, maybe today is not the day. Let’s sit down, let’s have a cup of coffee, no charge, let’s just sit down and talk for a second and I’ll see you next week. Other times, you might say to yourself as an instructor who is confronted with this particular person, say you know what, let’s go in there, let’s workout, let’s not talk, let’s just get this thing over with and do it. Let’s just focus on the workout, that’d be the best thing for you. Let’s face it, this is meditation. A high-intensity workout done properly — I had one client who I loved to death, he’s definitely somebody I admire and has influenced me in a lot of ways. Very successful business man, has a great mental fortitude, discipline, and he knows himself, a guy I admire, and I remember him saying to me, I love this workout because it’s the only time in my week that I’m concentrating on just one thing for twenty minutes, it’s amazing. It’s freeing for him, and I was like wow! Here’s a guy who is very disciplined in his life always. He always has his stuff together, and he’s saying that this is the thing that he has that keeps him totally focused on one thing and one thing only. So coming from him, that was like a big statement. So I get sometimes you might want to just do that with somebody who has all this stuff going on. I remember during a financial crisis, especially in Manhattan, I had guys that worked for
[Inaudible: 00:18:53], guys that worked for Bear Sterns, coming in and I’m thinking these guys are going to cancel left and right, and gals for that matter, and they weren’t. Matter of fact, they looked crappy, they looked beat up, but they came in and said, thank god I have this.
Sheila: I also think it’s very important to maintain — to remember that it’s good to make people laugh and to feel like they’re having a good time. That’s how we kind of — we’re like a family environment in Toluca Lake, and make people have a good time because I’ve recently heard, even in that Secret Life of Fat book and in some things that Gretchen Rubin’s podcast and things they’ve done, studies that they’ve done about people who watch a funny movie or laugh about something, and they actually become stronger. They can maintain a little longer, so I think it’s important to keep that mood fun and happy, and that’s kind of what we try to do, and then the clients are competing with each other and things like that. So we try to keep that environment like a fun place so that they want to come in and they know they’ll be uplifted.
Adam: Good point. Levity in the face of a very intense workout can be very helpful, just not while they’re in the middle of a set.
Tim: Agreed. When I’m in failure, I do not need to laugh.
Adam: I’m guilty of that. I think we might all be guilty of that. I am so guilty of like saying something to a client when in the middle of a set, it cracks them up and they laugh and I’m like, why did I just say that, that was the dumbest thing I just did.
Tim: Agreed though. As a client coming in, I love the levity, I love the family atmosphere, that can only be achieved through connection. That’s one of the reasons that I like to keep coming back, is because of that connection, those friends, that community that you instill over there at Toluca Lake and I’m sure at all of the other locations as well.
Adam: Well it’s important, but it’s a bit of irony because it is a very intense, serious workout. Twenty minutes in and out, we’re not wasting your time. It’s not necessarily a coddling thing, but at the same time, we should all be excited that — first of all, as instructors we’re doing incredible work and for me, it’s very fulfilling to do this kind of work, very rewarding, but also it’s fun. In a way, even though it’s a serious workout, we’re rejoicing in this fact, this idea, that we’re getting incredibly strong and healthy from a twenty-minute thing. Whether it’s InForm Fitness or any of the other great practitioners out there who are understanding brief intense workouts are where it’s at. There is joy in that, that there is rejoicing, there is fun. We have lightening in a bottle and I almost feel like to a lot of people, it’s still a secret in a way and I don’t want to it to be this way, I want the whole mainstream to be understanding. In the mean time, I feel like I’m in an exclusive club, that we know something that nobody else does, but there’s too much at stake to keep this a secret. So many people are not working out at all because they think they have to do everything. There’s people working out too much, and listening to your advice that intensity at all costs and more is better and you got all those problems. So not only are we helping one person at a time, but wouldn’t it be unbelievable if all of a sudden, as a society, the paradigm shift is what we’re doing and everyone understands less is more? That would be fantastic. For the person who is listening to this that doesn’t have a trainer, who is not a trainer, your emotions are important. Your emotions when you go into a workout are really important and it’s okay to miss a workout if you’re just not mentally up for it, that’s okay. It’s a once or a twice a week thing anyways, so it’s not like you’re not going to lose all your gain so to speak if you miss your Monday workout. As a matter of a fact, if you’re an emotional wreck and you try to do it, you might lose focus, you might get hurt because you don’t have the focus. It’ll be a sub-par workout, it’s just not something that you necessarily have to do just because it’s your day and you want to keep your routine, and you don’t want to think about it.
Tim: So how much of this do you bring into your training when people are being certified, this component of managing the relationship.
Adam: I end up talking about this stuff a lot, sometimes to the detriment of what it needs to be taught also. Sometimes two days of the workout will go by and I’ll find that we talked a lot about these types of things, and then I realize oh darn, I didn’t go over glycolysis with you guys did I?
Sheila: One of the number one things you tell us —
Adam: And that’s on the test, so you need to know glycolysis here.
Sheila: One of the number one things you tell us and teach us is to connect with that client. We have to connect with the client in order to understand what their needs are and to be able to design the workout for them, to make it work for them.
Tim: The client, I can just speak for myself, we don’t want a robotic experience so again, that’s where the lines come in, the blurred lines. How close are the InForm Fitness trainers supposed to get to the clients? Would you encourage outside activities between the trainer and the client, is that something that shouldn’t be approached, or is there a definite yes or no answer to something like that?
Josh: I think honestly that one of the most critical things that we have to embrace at InForm Fitness, and I think this is more true than it is for conventional exercise personal trainers, is that I work with every client to teach them about mindfulness and self-awareness. This isn’t just about a philosophical abstract idea of mindfulness, it is about being conscious of what is going on so that your mind controls the pattern of thought, throughout a stressful situation. So that there is judgment removed from what’s going on associated with pain or discomfort, and instead, the mind is able to be focused purely on breathing. Focused on what muscles are being used, focused on the position of the shoulders relative to the hips. The goal ultimately is to create maximized performance. There’s just a tremendous amount of research that’s been done in the last 30 years or so about mindfulness training for top performance and top athletes. The relationship between the head and the body is overwhelming. That’s something that I think we commonly understand to be true, but the mental gain, the metal component, the mental skill set of what we’re trying to help InForm Fitness clients achieve is the level of awareness of what their body is doing, and a level of calm, devoid of anxiety, when they start to feel the anxiety build. When they start to feel the tension to build in their body, to be calm in the moment, to focus on letting go of the results and instead, let the results be what they are, and instead just be calm and focused on breathing, presence, and that’s about it. So outside of that, I would suggest that the relationship that we build and the sort of contact that we build with our clients as Adam talks about is something that is being very conscious of the fact that we are instructors. I sort of pull back a bit when somebody refers back to me as a trainer. I’m not training anyone, I’m instructing someone on how to be calm in a time of high stress and tension. Outside of that piece, the physical benefits follow, but the mental piece has to be there at least at a basic level in order for them to build to a point, because without that, intensity can’t come. In every consultation, I encourage clients to follow what I have found, and that is, this is a purely meditative and monastic time. You’re in a very intimate environment where it’s very calm and very peaceful, so to connect yourself with the environment such that you are focused entirely on just a handful of things, the phone, the iPad, the computer, the children, the family, the job, the dead car, all the things that are bothering us emotionally when we walk into the door, they stay at the door of the studio. They do not come in, they’re not allowed. Everything in the studio is purely the relationship between the instructor and the client, and what the client is focused on doing at any given exercise.
Adam: The idea of staying focused, the idea of working out when the conditions are good. Don’t use the excuse not to work out every time you have a little bit of strife, then you can very easily say, I’m not in the mood today and Adam said it’s okay if you’re not in the mood, if you’re emotionally — and then use it as an excuse not to work out. Obviously, sometimes you have to kick yourself in the pants and pull yourself from the bootstraps and say Adam, go work out. Right now. Do it, and focus, and try to be meditative. Try to block out all of that stuff, which is exactly what meditation is supposed to be also. You’re focusing on one thing, and understanding that while you’re working out or while you’re meditating, things break through that you don’t want to have break through. Acknowledge it, move on, and keep going. Bring it back, bring it back to what you’re there for. Sometimes, as a trainer, we have to understand that the best thing we can do is get out of our client’s way and I think sometimes we are too empathetic. We try to be more empathetic, and we end up not giving them what they need which is a really good, kick butt workout that doesn’t allow all these distractions to come in, and helping them to really focus.
Josh: Adam, I think you hit the nail on the head. I think what we’re really looking at when we look at the example you spoke about earlier with the client who had suffered a death in the family, where you were judging yourself by not being more empathetic, not offering your sympathies for the loss. The truth is that if we’re doing our jobs effectively as instructors, that’s entirely placing the client’s needs ahead of our own. We each have an innate need to want to sympathize, to want to offer our sympathies whenever someone suffers a loss or a stressful period of time emotionally, but the long term consequence of that is we blur those lines. When those lines and those boundaries stay clear is when I’m placing the client’s needs ahead of my own, as you did by recognizing that your client is going to most benefit from not talking about something, that she talks about probably the other twenty-three and a half hours out of the day.
Adam: My wife has to know this. I have to put somebody else’s needs ahead of mine.
Josh: The goal is making sure that you know the client well enough to understand what is going to be most conducive to getting her through a really productive workout. That’s when an instructor is really showing his or her metal, when they’re able to put the clients’ needs ahead of their own.
Sheila: And luckily, our workout is only the twenty minutes or the thirty minutes, so you can completely focus, you don’t have to think about — I have to go in there for an hour and not think about this or not think about that email, phone call, or terrible thing that just happened. So that’s what’s so great about our workout for anybody who is listening and want to give it a try. It’s just as effective and yes, it’s a very cathartic thing to just say okay, for the next twenty minutes, I’m just going to focus on me.
Josh: The truth is that when we talk about — rest is a good segway — when you talk to clients that you only have to work out once or twice a week, I actually suggest to clients that you may only work out once or twice a week. It’s not that you don’t have to do it once a week, you may not do it more than once or twice a week. So then when they walk in with any kind of emotional stress or whatever it is that’s bothering them when they walk in the door, I tell them you may not bring it in here with you. This is your opportunity to not think about it, I am absolutely demanding of you that you leave this at the door. You can pick it up on the way back out, but for the thirty minutes that you’re here, you’re focused solely on what it is that we’re doing together.
Adam: Question that comes up very often with me and clients of ours. When we talk about how you shouldn’t be working out so often, like once or twice a week, and each workout is twenty or thirty minutes. How do you respond to the client that says, but I need exercise for stress relief and I’m afraid once a week for that purpose is not enough. How do you respond to that saying, I want to come three, four times a week but you’re telling me not to. Part of it for me anyway, they’ll say, I need more exercise for stress relief. You’re telling me that I shouldn’t do anything else, and I can’t come here more than once and it’s only twenty minutes. I don’t know if this is for me.
Josh: I think a that’s healthy question to ask, but I think that the simple answer is something that we preach very heavily at InForm Fitness and that is creating a very clear line between constitutes exercise versus what constitutes recreation. With every client, I encourage them to walk, run, bike, swim, whatever it is that they enjoy doing that provides them some physical benefits, but that’s not the primary purpose behind why they do it in the first place. People who run regularly, at some point, they cease to do it purely for the physical benefits, they do it for the endorphin rush, they do it for the stress management, they do it because they disconnect from the world around them. That’s good stress management, so stress management from the physical manifestations, how it builds up our blood pressure, how it builds up muscle tension. Those are all things that we can address concretely here at InForm Fitness, but recreationally, those are the things I encourage clients to deal with. If they really want to do some good stress management techniques, get outside. Go for a walk, take your dog out, take your kids out to a park. Do something that is going to provide stress management and be recreational in the process, that’s good mental health.
Adam: Josh, do you have trouble separating the different hats you wear? Do you find yourself acting like a psychologist with your clients from time to time, do you catch yourself?
Josh: Well yes, but having said that, I think it’s more of an asset for me in the long run, simply because I’m relying on my clinical expertise and education to be able to keep clients focused on what it is that I want them to do. I let my expertise and my experience influence the way that I navigate a relationship with a client, but I never sit down and say, step into my office and tell me about your mother. That’s not what we’re trying to do here, but I think that the point simply is in any environment, when you’re working as a therapist or as an instructor, the goal is going to be to keep the client focused on the specific set of goals. In the studio with InForm Fitness, that specific set of goals is entirely about getting the absolute best performance that I can get out of the client for a thirty minute stretch at a time, so that they’re deeply fatiguing the muscles and achieving a level of intensity that is appropriate for what it is that I’m asking them to do. That environment is totally different in a correctional setting or in a therapist’s office or something like that, but ultimately the drive to achieving those goals, whatever those goals may be, is the same.
Adam: Like I’ve always said, there’s definitely a technology involved in training people. Like Sheila pointed out, it’s so important as an instructor to make that connection. I know plenty of instructors that are technically very good, they can put somebody through an incredible workout, but the experience overall for the client is left flat. They don’t feel a connection to the person that may just seem like they’re just dialing it in. As good as they are. So you can be the greatest technical instructor in the world, if you’re not making that connection, if you’re not figuring out how to motivate, to inspire this person to do what is arguably a very, very hard thing to do, even for just twenty minutes, you’re not going to succeed. You’re not going to be able to really help these people because they’re not going to stick with it, they’re not going to want to see you. So there’s definitely that psychology that’s really important, so I don’t want people to misunderstand that psychology isn’t involved in being a good instructor. Knowing people listening, being a good listener and hearing what they’re saying, but also knowing what not to say sometimes is also very important, and just to be a listener. Not to be so full of yourself, and think that you’re going to be able to solve all of their problems. The best thing you can do for them, the best thing that I think I can do for them in times is like that is to really, even more so, double down on the quality of the workout at that moment, and even pull back more from a friend position. Almost like a tough love type of thing saying hey, let’s go there. This is for you right now, let’s just go in there and do it. Even if you’re training yourself to maybe have that same attitude sometimes and let it go. When you sit down at that machine or you pick up that barbell, take a deep breath, visualize, let it go, and do the job, be in the moment and do the job.
Tim: Many thanks to InForm Fitness trainer and clinical psychologist Joshua Cagney for joining us here on the InForm Fitness podcast. Hey, if you’re in or around the Washington D.C. area and would like to have Joshua as your high-intensity strength trainer, head on over to informfitness.com, click on the Restin, Virginia location, and request Josh. You’ll also find six other InForm Fitness locations across the country, and you’ll see Adam’s blog, InForm Fitness Videos, and every single episode of the InForm podcast there at informfitness.com. Okay, next week: author, award-winning podcaster, and happiness expert, Gretchen Rubin joins us here on the show. Gretchen has a new book coming out titled The Four Tendencies: Learn How to Understand Yourself Better, and Also How Influence Others More Effectively. Utilizing the Four Tendencies framework as mentioned in Gretchen’s book, we’ll discuss how those tendencies might affect how you approach your workout, and why exercise is an important component to happiness. And one last thing before I let you go. Remember, here in May 2017, we are giving away a personally autographed copy of Adam’s book, Power of Ten: The Once a Week Fitness Revolution, InForm Fitness apparel in the form of a hat, T-Shirt, and a hoodie jacket, and a device to listen to all the InForm Fitness podcasts, Amazon books, Audiobooks and more, using the Alexa voice service. I’m talking about the Amazon Echo, and if you haven’t seen the Amazon Echo yet, check out the link in the show notes for a full description and even videos explaining what it does and how it works. This is a really cool prize pack, worth over two hundred bucks. Okay, so what do you have to do? Step one, leave InForm Fitness a review here in iTunes or on Facebook, Google Plus, Yelp, and even Amazon. If you do, you’ll receive a free training session at an InForm Fitness location nearest you. Step two, take a screenshot and email your review to podcast@informfitness.com. That will be your entry into the grand prize drawing for the all the items I just mentioned, so here are the rules. You can only receive one free training session for your review, however, you can get an entry into the grand prize drawing for each review that you submit, thereby dramatically increasing your chances to win. For instance, if you leave us a review here in iTunes and then one in Yelp and Facebook, you only get one free training session, but three free entires into the grand prize, but you better get on it. You must emails to us by 11:59PM Eastern Time on Wednesday, May 31st to qualify for the free session and the grand prize. The winner will be announced on our Monday, June 5th episode here on the InForm Fitness podcast. So good luck, and thanks again for joining us. For Sheila Melody, Mike Rogers, and Adam Zickerman of InForm Fitness, I’m Tim Edwards with the InBound Podcasting Network.
We want to reward you for listening to the InForm Fitness Podcast by offering a free training session at an InForm Fitness location nearest you plus an opportunity to qualify for an InForm Fitness Prize Pack.
Earn one FREE SESSION when you leave a review for InForm Fitness in iTunes, Yelp, Google+, Facebook, & Amazon! Simply write a review and send a screenshot to podcast@informfitness.com - that's it! For each review you leave, you will receive and entry for the GRAND PRIZE!
One lucky listener will receive a personally autographed copy of Adam Zickerman's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution. That listener will also get decked out in InForm Fitness apparel including an InForm Fitness T-shirt, hat, and a hoody jacket. And we’ll top off the prize pack with an Amazon Echo! Click here to see the Amazon Echo in action:http://bit.ly/2InFormFItnessGrandPrize
Contest ends May 31st, 2017. Listen for more details!
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon: http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
If you would like to produce a podcast of your own just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
_______________________________________________________________
Tim Edwards: InformNation Hello and welcome to a very quick bonus episode of the Informed Fitness Podcast. 20 minutes with New York Times Bestselling author, Adam Zickerman and friends. Well Like I just said, this is just a quick bonus episode, so just a couple of minutes today. I'm Tim Edwards with the Inbound Podcasting Network and a client of Informed Fitness. Adam Zickerman, Mike Rogers, and Sheila Melody are taking some much deserved time off. Just for one week. Then we'll be back at it again next week. I'll get to some of the topics that we have in store for you coming up in just a minute. But first, we want to reward all of you for listening to Inform Fitness Podcast by offering a free training session at an Inform Fitness location nearest you. Plus, an opportunity to qualify for an Inform Fitness prize pack.
Now, this is cool, listen up. One lucky listener will receive a personally autographed copy of Adam's book Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Evolution. That listener will also be decked out in Inform Fitness apparel, including an Inform Fitness T-shirt, hat, and a hoodie jacket. And we'll top off the prize pack with a device to listen to all of the Inform Fitness podcast, Amazon music, audio books from Audible, and more using the Alexa voice service. I'm talkin' about the Amazon Echo. Now, if you haven't seen the Amazon Echo yet check out the link in the show notes for a full description and videos explaining what it does and how it works.
Okay, so what do you have to do? First and foremost, if you would be so kind, we would love to hear from you in the form of a review of either the podcast here in iTunes or a review of Adam's book on Amazon. We would also appreciate a review on the Inform Fitness Facebook page and, of course, a review in Google+ or in Yelp of your experience at one of our seven Inform Fitness locations across the US. We have them in Manhattan, Long Island, Port Washington, Denville, Burbank, Boulder, Leesburg, and in Reston. So, leave a review, take a screenshot of that review, and email it podcast@informfitness.com and you will receive one free training session at one of our seven locations. Plus, you'll qualify for the grand prize of the personally autographed copy of Adam's book, inform fitness apparel, and the Amazon Echo. And this prize is valued at over $200.
So here are the rules. You can only receive one free training session for your reviews. However, you get an entry into the grand prize drawing for each review that you submit. For instance, if you leave us a review in iTunes, Yelp, and Facebook you get one free training session, but three entries into the grand prize. Got it? Okay, so get on it. Submit those reviews, screenshot it, and email 'em to podcast@informfitness.com. You must get those emails to us by 11:59 PM on Wednesday May 31st to qualify for the free session and grand prize entry. Now, the winner will be announced on our Monday, June 5th episode here on the Inform Fitness podcast.
Now, like I said, we have some terrific topics lined up for you over the next few weeks. We'll be joined by clinical psychologist Joshua Cagney with an episode titled Blurred Lines. Adam, Joshua, and Sheila will have a discussion about the trainer to client relationship and maintaining proper boundaries. We'll also be discussing genetics and exercise response with exercise physiologist Ryan Hall. And an episode with long-time Inform Fitness client and author Gretchen Rubin. Gretchen will be discussing how by regularly participating in an exercise program, such as the one we do at Inform Fitness, can actually contribute to your overall happiness. You see, Gretchen is a happiness expert and has authored several books and has sold more than 2 million copies in 30 different languages.
So, we have a lot in store for you coming up here in the next few weeks. Get those reviews submitted in iTunes, Facebook, Amazon, Google+, and Yelp. Send them to podcast@informfitness.com, grab that free training session, and qualify for the grand prize of an autographed book, Inform Fitness apparel, and an Amazon Echo to be announced on Monday June 5th. Until next time, thanks for listening. For Sheila Melody, Mike Rogers, and Adam Zickerman at Inform Fitness, I'm Tim Edwards with the Inbound Podcasting Network.
Our guest here in Episode 26 is Dr. Martin Gibala, the author of the book, The One-Minute Workout, Science Shows a Way to Get Fit, Smarter, Faster, Shorter.
Martin Gibala, Ph.D., is also a professor and chair of the kinesiology department at McMaster University in Hamilton, Ontario. His research on the physiological and health benefits of high-intensity interval training has attracted immense scientific attention and worldwide media coverage.
Dr. Gibala and Adam Zickerman compare and contrast the high-intensity interval training as Dr. Giballa explains in his book with high-intensity strength training performed at all 7 InForm Fitness locations across the US.
For The One-Minute Workout audio book in Audible click here: http://bit.ly/OneMinuteWorkout
To purchase The One-Minute Workout in Amazon click here: http://bit.ly/IFF_TheOneMinuteWorkout
Don’t forget Adam's Zickerman’s book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution. You can buy it from Amazon by clicking here: http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you to give this workout a try, please visit www.InformFitness.com. At the time of this recording, we have locations in Manhattan, Port Washington, Denville, Burbank, Boulder, Leesburg and Resten
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
For information regarding the production of your own podcast just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
The transcription for the entire episode is below:
26 Life is an Interval Training Workout
InForm Fitness - The One Minute Workout
Adam: Dr. Gibala, you have this book with an eye-raising title called the One Minute Workout, and the argument, if I may, is this. That what you’re saying is the benefits we gain from traditional two and a half hours of recommended a week exercise with moderately intense exercise, also known as steady state exercise, can also be obtained with just one minute of extremely intense exercise. Now for many this sounds too good to be true, and I’ll allow you to explain how these exercise benefits can be obtained in just one minute. Now before you do that, maybe we should start with what are the benefits of exercise that we’re looking for?
Dr. Gibala: We’re mainly interested in three primary outcomes, one being cardiorespiratory
fitness so, of course, that’s the cardio health that everybody normally thinks about. The ability of the heart, lungs, blood vessels to deliver oxygen to muscle. We know that’s a really important measure for athletes, but it’s equally important for health. We also look at skeletal muscle health, so we’ll take biopsies and look at the capacities of muscles to use the oxygen to produce energy, so we like to think of that as a measure of muscle health, and we’ll also measure health-related parameters like insulin sensitivity, as well as things like blood pressure. So we’re looking at a range of physiological markers that translate into improved health outcomes, and we know that any type of exercise is beneficial for all of those parameters. We’re of course interested in time efficient versions to produce those benefits.
Adam: Exactly. So speaking of those time efficient ways, you have termed it high-intensity interval training and would you agree with that? That’s the official term for the protocol?
Dr. Gibala: Absolutely. Why I just raised my eyebrows a little bit, it’s been around of course since the turn of the century so high-intensity interval training is rediscovered every decade or so and that was my only reason for doing that.
Adam: Got you, you’re right. So how can these benefits be obtained in one minute, using the sensory old protocol?
Dr. Gibala: So where the title of the book comes from is work in our lab where we’ve had people do as little as three twenty second hard bursts of exercise, so that’s the quote unquote, one-minute workout. Now typically that’s set within a timeframe of about ten minutes, so you have a little bit of warmups, cool downs, and recovery in between, but as you alluded to in your intro, we’ve shown that that type of training program so one minute of workout done three times a week can confer at least over several months, many of the benefits that we associate with the more traditional approach to fitness. So in our recent study where we directly compared that type of protocol to the hundred and fifty minutes a week of moderate-intensity training, the improvement in cardiorespiratory fitness was the same over three months of training. The improvement in markers of muscle health was the same, and the improvement of insulin sensitivity was the same as well. So in our lab when we made these head to head comparisons, we have some pretty compelling evidence I think at last over a couple of months, you can reap the benefits that we associate with a more traditional approach with these short, intense workouts.
Adam: Let’s talk a little bit more about these intense workouts. I’d like you if you will to take us back to turn of the century, 2004, when you were brainstorming with your grad students. Can you please tell us about that first experiment, and what did those muscle biopsies show? Since your first study, as a follow-up, have the results been repeated in similar studies and with other independent labs as well?
Dr. Gibala: Yeah, so I guess our work at the turn of this century was influenced by work from a hundred years prior and part of my interest in this topic was I teach a course in the integrated physiology of human performance, and my students are always interested in the training regimes of elite athletes. They would wonder why do these elite endurance athletes, world champions, Olympic distance medal winners, train using these short, hard sprints. So in short, how can short, hard sprints confer endurance capacity. So that really influenced our thinking, and we wanted to ask the question well how quickly can you get these benefits, and how low can you go? We’ve subsequently gone lower, but at the time, there was a very common test and physiology known as the Wingate test, I’m sure you’re familiar with it. It’s a test that involves thirty seconds of all-out exercise on a cycle odometer, and we knew that Wingate training was effective from some other studies, but we said okay, let’s have people do just six training sessions over a period of two weeks. So we argued back and forth about the number of Wingates, and how long we would have the training program last, but we settled on this very simple design; a two-week study with six sessions of interval training over the two weeks, and our primary outcomes were endurance capacity, so basically how long subjects could ride a bike until they fatigued, and muscle biopsies to look at those measures of muscle health. Lo and behold after just two weeks of training, we found a doubling of endurance capacity in the recreationally trained students, and so it was a very dramatic illustration of the potency of these short, hard workouts, to confer endurances like benefits. Since then, we’ve continued to push the envelope I guess in terms of how low can you go, and our work has extended out to less healthy individuals, so we’ve done work on people with type two diabetes, and of course have been very pleased to see other laboratories around the world replicating and extending these findings as well.
Adam: We’re going to get to that, what you’re referring to now, with Catarina Myers work for example, that you mentioned in later chapters. What I wanted to ask you was when you said, what I want to point out right now, what you said is that you’re seeing these incredible improvements and you said that study lasted two weeks. That is mind blowing. Two weeks to have those changes occur? So first of all, I want to point out number one that that is mind blowing, secondly have you done other studies where you would do it for longer than two weeks and have those changes gotten better even after two weeks, or do they just basically stabilize at just being fantastically endurance but you’re not seeing it continually — like a straight line, maybe it’s more of — obviously it plateaus a little bit eventually, but anyway what do you think?
Dr. Gibala: Our longest studies have gone out to a couple of months, so I think you continue to see improvements but the rate of improvement starts to decline. So in some ways it’s a microcosm of what happens with any training program, the longer you do it, there’s points of diminishing returns and of course, that can be very frustrating to people and it leads to periodization and all these techniques that we use. In short, you get a lot of benefit early on, so there’s a tremendous boost of fitness early on, and like I said, a point of diminishing returns after that so it’s not a continuous straight line. I think that’s one of the benefits of interval training is you can get a boost in fitness very very quickly, and in some ways that helps with lots of other sports and events that you might want to take on after that, but you get this rapid boost in a very short period of time.
Adam: Great, so now let’s get to who I just mentioned a little bit earlier, Catarina Myers. The German cardiovascular physiologist who did some important research trying to answer this question: what sort of exercise can substantially slow and possibly even reverse the age-related loss of our cardiovascular function?
Dr. Gibala: Catarina Myer, and actually the history there is fascinating because some of her training dates back to other classic German researchers. The Germans have had an interest in this since at least the late 1950s. Catarina Myers worked in the late 80s and early 90s — what was particularly unique about her work is she was applying interval training to patients with cardiovascular disease. So in a cardiac rehabilitation setting, these individuals who had had a heart attack and what was the best way to train these individuals to improve their function,
improve their heart capacity. So it was quite revolutionary at the time because it’ll go back 30 or 40 years, if an individual had a heart attack, they were basically told to take it easy, right? Lie on the couch, don’t challenge past your system because you were worried about subsequent adverse events, and so Myers’ work, she had cardiac patients exercise at about 90% of their maximum heart rate for typically about one minute at a time, with a minute of recovery, and she showed very profound improvements in their health outcomes and cardiovascular parameters. So she was a real pioneer I think in applying interval training to disease populations, and in particularindividuals who have cardiovascular disease, and since then, her work has expanded. In Norway for example, there’s another large research center that’s doing a lot of this work. It’s quite common to incorporate interval training in cardiac rehabilitation settings now.
Adam: It’s breaking major paradigms there, to think that you could apply high-intensity exercise to somebody that just had a heart attack. It’s fantastic. I’m familiar with Dr. Myers work actually. One of her papers in particular was this paper that she published in 1997. This paper was showing that of three groups, only the group that performed very intense exercise at 80% of their max were able to improve their cardiovascular function. So she had another group at 60% of their max and the control group didn’t do anything, and neither one of them showed the kind of the improvements. These kinds of improvements I’m talking about is increased venus return, decreased systemic vascular resistance, an increase in cardiac index, and an increase in stroke vine. Now these are consistent with her other research that you were talking about because she did a lot of these, and what struck me about this particular one is that these cardiovascular improvements in function were done on a leg press. They weren’t done on a bicycle, they were done on a leg press, so my question is do you think high-intensity resistance training can also be used to change our physiology? That it can improve our endurance, our VO2 max, and citrate synthase for example, if you were to do a muscle biopsy. The same way as say a bicycle or a treadmill.
Dr. Gibala: I don’t think you get the same effects, but it’s going to depend on the protocol there. I think without question, high-intensity resistance exercise can be applied in an interval training manner, especially if you keep recovery durations short, and you can see some aerobic improvement. There’s research to show that interval style resistance training can improve cardiorespiratory fitness, can boost some mitochondrial enzymes, can improve other health-related indices as you alluded to. My personal opinion is that a varied approach to fitness is always going to be best, and I don’t think you’re going to see the same cardiovascular fitness improvement with interval based cycling as you might see with high-intensity resistance exercise, but of course, the gains in strength or hypertrophy that you might see with the bike protocol are going to be markedly lower as well. So I think high-intensity resistance training applied in an interval based manner can sort of provide multiple benefits. You can get a cardiovascular boost and obviously get muscular strengthening, and some hypertrophy benefits as well.
Adam: So you think the high-intensity strength training protocol is really a separate and distinct program?
Dr. Gibala: I do. I think the resistance exercise element is different there, and so the stimulus for adaptation is not going to be exactly the same.
Adam: Has that been tested? Have you compared let’s say a Wingate type of protocol with say somebody doing a high-intensity strength training program where you’re doing one set to failure with major compound movements. You’re going from machine to machine with the heart rate staying elevated, and each rate is going to at least 20 seconds of what you would probably consider an interval. Like a twenty-second sprint, those last twenty seconds on the leg press ,for example, are pretty darn intense as well. Do you think it would be worthy of comparing those two types of protocols to see if you get the same benefits and improvements in citrate synthase that way, VO2 max, etc?
Dr. Gibala: Yeah, I think without question it would be. Of course,we can come up with all of these comparisons that we would like and there are only so many ways that you can do it in the laboratory. When you do a Wingate test for example, we know that there’s no stimulation of growth pathways, so if we look at [Inaudible: 00:13:35] signaling and some of these pathways that we know lead to skeletal muscle hypertrophy, even though Wingate test is perceived as very demanding, the relative resistance on the leg, or the relative stress on the leg is quite low as compared to heavy resistance exercise. So with most forms of cardio based, high-intensity interval training, you’re not seeing growth of muscle fibers because the stimulus is just not sufficient to provide the hypertrophy stimulus. Now when you do high-intensity resistance training, as you alluded to, especially with short recovery periods, you maintain the heart rate so it’s elevated, you can see improvements in cardiorespiratory fitness in addition to the strengthening and hypertrophy elements as well.
Adam: I’m with you on that. I think you’re right. What would you think for example, we don’t know everything yet about how low we can go and the style, what tools we use for these things. I’m wondering, knowing what we know at this point, what would you think would be the perfect — for somebody who is pressed for time and doesn’t have the time to put the recommended 150 minutes a week into it. What do you think would be perfect, do you think maybe two interval training workout sessions a week with some high-intensity strength training? Like what are you doing, what do you recommend to a relative of yours that just wants to get it all, and what do I need to do?
Dr. Gibala: Obviously an open ended question and it depends a lot on the specific goals of the individual, but I’ll sort of take the question at —
Adam: Not an elite athlete. I know you work with a lot of elite athletes, we also have the population that Myers works with. Your typical person, your middle aged —
Mike: Busy professional who just wants to be in shape and have the markers that you were talking about before.
Dr. Gibala: If they want the time efficiency aspect — you alluded earlier, what do I do. I’m someone who trains typically every day, rarely are my workouts more than thirty minutes, and I typically go back and forth between cardio style interval training, my go to exercise is a bike. I can’t run anymore because of osteoarthritis in my knee, so typically three days a week I’m doing cardio cycling. As the weather starts to get nicer it’s outside, but typically in long Canadian winters, it’s down in my basement. 20-25 minutes of interval based work for primary cardiovascular conditioning. The other days are largely body weight style interval training, I sort of have the classic garage set up in the basement. I’ve got a weight rack, I do large compound movements to failure, pushups, pull-ups, and so that’s typically the other three days of the week. Usually a rest day a week, or I’ll play some ice hockey as well. That’s something that works really well for me, so I think for individuals, I would recommend that style of approach. If you’re someone that can mentally tolerate the demanding nature of intervals, because let’s be realistic here, there’s no free lunch at the end of the day, but if you want that time efficiency, high quality workout, then I would recommend that alternating pattern of some sort of cardio style interval training with some sort of full body resistance style training. If you’re really pressed for time and you have maybe three sessions a week, then using all interval based — maybe two resistance sessions and one cardio or vice versa. Obviously a lot of the work that you advocate is showing tremendous benefits with even one session a week, and maybe even two sessions a week in terms of that quality of style training.
Adam: The search continues. Like you said, it depends on a lot of things, goals, and body types, genetics, response to exercise, and even somebody’s neurological efficiency. So I get that, and the question always is when we work with thousands of individuals on a monthly basis, do you mix intervals with their strength training, how much of it, balancing all of this with their schedules, with their schedule, with their lifestyle. Are they stressed out, max type A people, do they get enough sleep. So that’s why it’s so valuable to talk to you, you’re on the cutting edge of doing a lot of this stuff and trying to incorporate research into somebody’s every day life is the art and trick to all of this I think. Until we keep learning more and more.
Dr. Gibala: Absolutely, and sometimes the most fundamental questions science still doesn’t have the answers to which is quite ironic, but you’re right. The book was written really as an effort to translate the science around time-efficient exercise. As you all know, the number on cited reason for why people don’t exercise is lack of time. Nothing wrong with the public health guidelines, based on really good science, but 80% of us aren’t listening and the number one barrier is time. So if we can find time-efficient options so that people can implement this style of training into their every day life, we think that’s a good thing. The more menu choices, the better. The more exercise options the better, because then ideally, people can find something that works for them, and there’s no ‘one size fits all’ approach.
Adam: That brings me exactly to the next thing that I wanted to talk about. It’s this idea that we’re being told we need 150 minutes. That’s two and a half hours a week to work out, and you make a very interesting point in chapter five of the One Minute Workout. You say despite knowing that exercise has all these near magical qualities, approximately 80% of the people from America, Canada, and the United Kingdom don’t get the recommended 150 minutes that they need, and you say that’s a problem. You point out something very interesting, I didn’t know this, it’s very cool. You point out that lifespan has jumped ahead of our health span, and I’d love for you to tell us what the difference is between lifespan and health span and what that means.
Dr. Gibala: Yeah sure. So lifespan is just that, how long you’re going to live, but health span encompasses — I call it how close to the ceiling you can work. So basically you want to live a long life, but ideally, you want a long, healthy life as well so you can think of it as functional capacity in addition to longevity. I think most of us, you want to live as long as you can and as my grandmother would say, you sort of fall off the perch right at the very end. In a high standard of living, a high quality of living, so that you can do all the things that you like as long as possible and so exercise I think is a tremendous way to do that. You bring up a good point, that as we age, perhaps there’s a little shift there. Obviously, strength is important and cardiorespiratory fitness is important, but especially as we start to get older, functional strength is really important. If you look at what’s going to keep people out of assisted living, it’s basically can you squat down and go the toilet and get up from that.
Mike: It’s getting off the floor, exactly.
Dr. Gibala: So functional training to maintain lower body strength, that’s what we’re talking about in terms of health span. You may be living a long time but if you need all this assistance in order to get by, that’s not necessarily a high standard or quality of living. So that’s what we’re really talking about here and improving both of them.
Adam: So think about this. Despite knowing how important it is to put those 150 minutes in because you’re going to have this life of misery and your health span is going to be horrible, people don’t do it. You quote this guy Allen Batterham from Teesside University in the United Kingdom, who says that we have, I’m quoting him — actually quoting you quoting him, that we have this perverse relationship with exercise. So here we are, we know what we have to do but we don’t, and this is where high-intensity training is so cool because — well first of all, why do we have this perverse relationship with exercise?
Dr. Gibala: There’s a multifaceted answer. I think Allen made the observation that we have hunger pains to get us to eat, so there’s that innate biological drive. For reproduction, there’s a sex drive, but there’s not necessarily this innate biological drive to be physically active and that was the perversity that Allen was making the point, that even though it’s so good for us.
Obviously, you can take the evolutionary perspective and for the vast majority of human civilization, we had to be physically active to survive. We had to either sprint and hunt down an animal and kill it and eat it, or you had to spend a long time gathering food. Especially over the last hundred years or so, we’ve done a great job of engineering physical activity out of our lives through the ways we designed cities and — so now we basically have to make time to be doing this activity that’s so good for us, and ironically we seemingly don’t have time to do it. Clearly an excuse for a lot of people, you just look at time spent on social media, but a lot of lead very busy, time pressed lives so we’re looking for more efficient options to be able to fit all of that other stuff into our day, and I think this is where intervals can play a really big role.
Adam: Exactly, it’s fascinating. So keeping this exercise avoidance issue mind, what has your friend and exercise psychologist, Mary — how does she pronounce her last name — Jung, I’m assuming there’s no relationship to the psychiatrist Carl Jung. What did she discover and what was her advice, because you talk about that she has these five tips for starting an exercise program.
Dr. Gibala: Sure, and I’m not a psychologist — what I tried to do in the book was consult with some other experts, and there’s a real rift right now, as we make the point in the book, around the potential application of high-intensity interval training for public health, there’s sort of two schools of thought. The traditional school of thought would be that people aren’t going to do this because if exercise is intense, they find it uncomfortable, they’re unlikely to do it and stick with it, but there’s a whole new school of thought and Mary epitomizes this. We’re saying wait a minute, continuous vigorous exercise is very different from vigorous exercise where we give people breaks, and especially if they don’t have to do very much of it. So Mary is very interested in issues of motivation, mood, adherence; what keeps people to stick with healthy behaviors, and her research is showing that a large number of people actually rate the enjoyment of interval exercise higher, and they would prefer this type of training and they’re more than willing to make this type of tradeoff between volume and intensity. So if they have to do less total work, they’re more willing to work hard for short periods of time. We get this habit, Mary makes the point that if people can’t do 30-45 minutes of continuous exercise, they consider themselves a failure, they might beat themselves up a little bit. She’s like wait a minute, even if you can do a few minutes of exercise, take a break, do it again, let’s celebrate that. So rather than beat yourself up, view it as I’m an interval training, I’m doing this type of training that elite athletes have used for a long time. It’s sort of turning a negative into a great message.
Mike: For us, failure is the only option.
Adam: When you were talking about this in your book and talking about her work, I was screaming amen, because for twenty years that I’ve been in the high-intensity business myself, I’m seeing the same thing. So many people would much rather do this, in a much briefer time and get it over with than drag it out all week long. I remember when I told my mom twenty years ago that I was going to do this for a living, and she knew that I was a little nutty when it came to high-intensity work and she said Adam, people are not going to workout that hard, you’re nuts. I would never workout the way you workout. Granted I was doing crazy like Crossfit stuff, high force, dangerous stuff. I’ve created a more gentler, kinder way of doing that but nonetheless, it was really intense but much shorter. I said mom, I don’t know, I think if someone thinks they’re going to be — number one safe, and getting it over with even though it’s more intense, I think they’re going to do it. I said wish me look, because I’m going for it, and by the way I’m moving back into the house because I have no money. Anyway I moved out a year later. I didn’t know about Mary Jung’s work, and I was reading in your chapter I was like see mom, I told you there’s proof now.
Dr. Gibala: In some ways science plays catch up a little bit. You alluded to the fact that you’ve been doing it for twenty years, so people are seeing this in real life and again the book was really just an effort to say there’s some gaps in the science, but here’s science to hopefully validate what a number of individuals are already doing, but they can point to this and say see it is backed up by science. So it was really an effort to translate that science into a message, that hopefully people can find in an accessible read, and hopefully in a compelling manner as well.
Adam: So without getting into every single work that you describe because you get into a whole different number of variations, maybe you can just give us two typical ones that you would recommend for someone who really has never done intervals before, and how would you get them started?
Dr. Gibala: As crazy as it sounds, we have a workout that’s called the beginner which is just. So if we have people who are completely new to interval training, we’ll just say just get out of your comfort zone. Don’t try to go from zero to a hundred overnight, but just push the pace a little bit and back off. It’s based on research that shows that even interval walking is better for people at improving their blood sugar, improving their fitness, improving their body composition, as compared to steady state walking. So that’s about as simple as it gets, interval based walking, but it can really effective. One of my favorites is the 10x1 which is workouts based on Katarina Myers’ work, so it’s twenty minutes start to finish. Not super time efficient but it’s not a 45 minute jog either, and I like that workout — so this workout involves ten one minute efforts at about 85 or 90% of your maximum heart rate, so you’re pushing it pretty good but you’re not going all out, and that workout has been applied to cardiovascular patients, diabetics, highly trained athletes as well, so it’s a type of workout that can be scaled seemingly to almost any starting level of fitness. It’s also then I think the type of workout that can be scaled to other approaches as well, so if you want to bring in resistance type exercise, it’s a little more suited to that type of protocol as well, and then, of course I love the one minute workout as well because it’s so effective and so efficient. We’ve had people do the one-minute workout on stairs now, just three twenty second bursts of stair climbing. Again, you can do it anywhere, in your apartment, in your office complex, showing that you get a big boost in fitness with that type of workout as well. So those lower volume workouts I think, they’re in your wheelhouse I’m sure and really resonate with some of the stuff that you’ve been applying for a long time now.
Adam: Yes, and I’m so glad that your research has been making me realize that my life decision twenty years ago, my instincts weren’t so off, so thank you so much.
Dr. Gibal: To go back to this idea that the public health guidelines, only 20% are listening. For those folks who say people won’t do this, I would point at the ACSM, worldwide fitness trends for the last couple of years. Interval training and body weight style training, on the top, two or three many years running now, so I think there is a lot of interest in this type of training, if only to provide people with more options number one, and on those days when they are time pressed and might otherwise blow off their workout, no. Even if you’ve got fifteen minutes, you can get in a quality training session.
Mike: Everybody sees the trends, the New York Times with the seven-minute workouts, the bootcamps, you can see all the chatter. Fitting Room is one of the things that they have in New York City, I don’t know if it’s beyond New York City but what we’re trying to present is a safe option for creating that exact same stimulus in the same time.
Adam: Especially when the safety is around weight training. So all the weight training injuries, so it becomes even more important when you have weights attached to your body to make that intensity safer.
Dr. Gibala: Absolutely and you’re spot on there. I think maybe it’s a little bit easier for some people to apply these cardio style workouts on their own, but getting qualified instruction from people who know what they’re doing is really important, especially when it comes to the resistance based stuff.
Adam: So now, you end your book with a nutrition chapter and I don’t know, weight loss. I’ve never really put too much credence in exercise for weight loss, it’s generally a diet thing, but there’s definitely a synergy if you will, an approach. If weight loss is part of your goal, and I always joke around, only half joking around because there is truth to this, that a lot of people that do these high intensity workouts and workout in general, they always that I’m concerned about my cardiorespiratory health, but if I told them that it doesn’t help your cardiorespiratory health — or actually if I told them that it doesn’t help them lose weight, they just wouldn’t do it. They say they care about their heart, but really if they found out that they’re not going to lose any weight doing this, they walk out the door. So let’s face it, we all care about losing weight and what is the contribution of high-intensity interval training to weight loss and is there a one-two punch with high-intensity interval training and diet. And sorry if the sirens in New York City are overpowering me.
Dr. Gibala: It’s fine, and I agree with you, whether it’s 90/10, whether it’s 80/20, clearly the energy inside of the equation is much more important. Controlling body size, body composition through diet is the primary driver there. Exercise can play a role with weight loss maintenance I think over time. High-intensity interval training just like it’s a time efficient way to boost fitness, it’s a time efficient way to burn calories, but the primary driver is still going to be nutrition, and so we’ve shown in our lab that a twenty minute session of intervals can result in the same calorie burn as a 55 minute of continuous exercise, so again, if you’re looking for time-efficient ways to burn calories, intervals can be a good strategy there. Personal trainers talk about the after burn effect, this idea of a heightened rate of metabolism in recovery. It’s often overstated but it’s real, we’ve measured it and demonstrated it in the lab, but again, they’re small. As you all know, the key controlling variable there is the nutrition side and you use the exercise side to help maintain that over time, and it’s mainly important about cardiorespiratory fitness but you’re right, the people are still interested with how they look in the mirror, absolutely, all of us are.
Adam: I’m sorry, it’s not going to be in your exercise camp. Exercise does a lot for us, but we put too many attributes on exercise’s shoulders if you will. Let’s leave that one off please. It does enough, you don’t have to also ask it to lose thirty pounds.
Dr. Gibala: People think you exercise to lose weight and that’s what confers all the fitness benefits. We like to just remind them, there’s that straight line between exercise and fitness, regardless of the number on the scale, and if you want to attack that number on the scale, you’ve got to make changes on the diet side.
Adam: I appreciate all your time, and I’ve been monopolizing the whole conversation. I’m just curious if Tim or Sheila or Mike had any other questions or comments they’d like to make before we wrap this up?
Tim: Sure. If you don’t mind Dr. Gibala, one of the questions that I had was for somebody middle aged to pick up this high-intensity interval training, HIIT, what are some of the risks involved for somebody that says look, I haven’t worked out in years, I want to get started. You mentioned earlier a beginner program but what are some of the risks you’d be looking out for?
Dr. Gibala: The first one is our standard advice is always that if you’re thinking about starting or changing your exercise routine, you want to check with your physician. We’re doing a study right now with interval training in people with type two diabetes, and most of these individuals are fifty, sixty years old, many of them are overweight. So the first thing is they go through a full, exercise stress test cardiac screening. Now that’s obviously in a research setting, but I think checking with your doctor is always good advice on the individual level, because that’s going to potentially catch something, or maybe there’s an underling reason that you might not be cleared to engage in vigorous exercise so let’s get that out of the way. That being said, interval training has been applied broadly, in many different ways, to all of these people that we were talking about. Cardiovascular disease, type two diabetes, metabolic syndrome, elderly individuals, and so I think there’s a type of program interval training that’s suitable for just about anyone. I go back to my earlier comments, you want to start out easier, so don’t go from being on the couch to the one-minute workout of sprinting up stairs as hard as you can. Progress to that beginner workout or maybe the 10x1 or some of these other workouts that we star in the book. Again, it sounds like common sense and it is. Start out slow, build, progress from there. So the risks, exercise carries a transient risk. Let’s be realistic about that and so when you’re engaged in exercise, your risk of having a cardiac event is slightly higher, but the other 23 and a half hours of the day when you’re not exercising, your risk is markedly lower. So if the choice is even a single weekly bout of high-intensity exercise or nothing, you’re much better off doing the exercise. Here in Canada, you read the high-profile reports of the ice hockey player skates on a Friday night in a beer league with his buddies, and occasionally there’s these one off tragic events were someone has a heart attack and dies on the ice. Very tragic for this individual and people get scared of exercise and it’s like no on the big picture level, if you look at the epidemiological studies they will tell you that single weekly bout of exercise is protective in terms of reducing your risk of dying, but again, at the individual level, you want to make sure that you’re probably screened and cleared to begin with.
Adam: That was a point you made in your book and I thought it was great.
Dr. Gibala: We talk to some of these people who write the exercise guidelines, who deal every day — we talked to Paul Thompson, who is an expert exercise cardiologist and that’s the point that he made. He said that if your choices are remaining sedentary or doing HIIT, do HIIT. If you’re an older individual with some risk factors who is not time pressed, then maybe consider the moderate approach, but that message doesn’t resonate with a lot of individuals so I think as an individual, get checked by your physician, but people don’t need to be afraid of interval training. It comes in lots of different flavors, and there’s a flavor in my mind that’s suitable for just about anyone.
Mike: Right. Are there any known cardiac conditions where you have to be concerned about it that we know about? Valve or something?
Dr. Gibala: I’m not a cardiologist but certainly some schemas, some unstable anginas, things like this where those are really high-risk individuals that need to be carefully monitored, but I point to the fact that there’s a lot of cardiac rehabilitation programs now that are incorporating interval exercise and resistance exercise on a regular basis.
Mike: You spoke before about how you get a new boost. Like if you’re doing intervals for the first time you get a boost, and after a while, it goes up and then there’s some diminishing returns after a while. With your studies, with your experiments there, if you vary the stimulus, like say you do the beginner for a while, and then you find that you plateau. Have you shown that you just do a different interval workout and a new boost will happen?
Dr. Gibala: I think a varied approach is always going to be best. I think there were take some clues from the athletes again. Periodized training over the course of a season really is just about changing up workouts, hitting the body in different ways, and it’s just a common sense strategy that even average, recreational based people can incorporate. So yes, stick with a program for a bit of time, and then vary it up, or if you want, change the interval workouts every week, but the body thrives on variety. After a while, anyone is going to get a stale doing the same thing, so that’s why I think that varied approach to fitness is always going to be best.
Sheila: Adam actually asked the question that I was going to ask. It’s the question that most girls usually want to know about is burning fat. What I have a question about is are there any apps that you know of or do you have an app? Like I love apps, like you go outside and you have your phone and your headphones, like is there an app to do these different types of interval training?
Dr. Gibala: There are, a ton of them. Personally, I don’t use a specific one, but even recently I’ve gotten this question on Twitter so I’ve answered it a number of times and just pointed to a few sites that have the top ten best interval training apps. I think you can find a lot of them out there and it makes it easy. You sort of short your brain off and you just go when it says to go, and you back off when it says to stop. There’s lots of options out there.
Sheila: Exactly, great. So I’ll check that out and maybe we’ll list them in the show notes here.
Tim: How about rest and recovery, Dr. Gibala? Here at InForm Fitness, we go and workout once a week, we workout hard for 20-30 minutes, and then we take that week off to recover and prepare for that next workout. With this interval training, do you have any recommended rest and recovery periods
Dr. Gibala: I think it comes back to the intensity interval, so the more intense the nature of the training, the longer the recovery needs to be. It depends a little bit on if you’re talking about training for performance, training for health, so there’s all those variables but I think as a general rule of thumb, the more intense the interval, the longer the period of recovery that you’re going to need, and the more intense the interval training session, the longer the recovery days in between you might need. Again, it’s really individual then in terms of what you’re specifically looking for, especially if it’s just general health or if it’s performance.
Tim: So if somebody is near an InForm Fitness or decides to do this somewhere else perhaps, they can just listen to their body if they don’t have a trainer.
Dr. Gibala: Again, lots of common sense stuff but it’s common sense for a reason. It makes a lot of sense.
Adam: That’s a great way we can wrap it up I think, that says it all right there. This whole workout just makes sense, this whole idea that it’s the intensity over duration.
Dr. Gibala: The other moniker we’ve come up with is life is an interval training workout. We don’t just sort of plod through life like this, you run to catch the subway or whatever, so I think this alternating pattern, alternating energy demands, interval training rewards that.
Adam: Well thank you so much, I really enjoyed this talk. I appreciate your work so much. Don’t retire anytime soon please, keep going, there’s still a lot to find out, and I hope we can stay in touch.
Dr. Gibala: Pleasure to speak with all of you, I really appreciate the opportunity to be on the show and the great, insightful questions. Thanks for this opportunity.
Adam Zickerman discusses his 90-day journey of religiously dedicating himself to following a ketogenic diet here in Episode 25 of the InForm Fitness Podcast. Adam reveals the challenges of sticking to the ketogenic diet along with some misconceptions and the dramatic results.
Here is a link to the website Adam mentions in this episode: http://eatingacademy.com/nutrition/ketosis-advantaged-or-misunderstood-state-part-i
Don’t forget Adam's Zickerman’s book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution. You can buy it in Amazon by clicking here: http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you to give this workout a try, please visit www.InformFitness.com. At the time of this recording we have locations in Manhattan, Port Washington, Denville, Burbank, Boulder, Leesburg and Reston.
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
For information regarding the production of your own podcast just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
The transcript to the entire episode is below:
Adam: You know when you’re wearing clothes, my lean muscular build, it’s hard to know that I was getting a little bit of a spare tire underneath them, but I was getting a little bit of a spare tire, but besides that, there were two things. One, my chronic back problems which you covered last episode, and I wanted to do whatever I could to ameliorate these back issues. Consistent and safe back exercises are one of them, and the other thought I had was maybe my diet is affecting my back, because I was reading a lot about the typical American diet and it’s inflammatory. I’m thinking I might have an inflammation issue going, my back keeps going into spasm, it’s probably chronically inflamed. If I can not only exercise my back properly but maybe reduce my chronic inflammation, that might be my answer.
Tim: InForm Nation, welcome to episode 25 of the InForm Fitness podcast. Twenty minutes with New York Times bestselling author, Adam Zickerman and friends. I’m Tim Edwards with the InBound Podcasting Network and a client of InForm Fitness. Joined as always by Sheila Melody, Mike Rogers, and of course Adam Zickerman. Okay team, at the time of this recording, spring has just sprung, summer is just a few months away, and I’m sure a good portion of InForm nation is already thinking about summer which means they’re thinking about slimming down a little or in some cases a lot, so dieting is on their minds. We’ve all heard of, and I’m sure participated, in at least a few nutrition plans, like the paleo diet, the Atkin’s diet, or the one that I really enjoyed a few years ago was the slow carb diet from Tim Ferris. Most recently I had tremendous success by just eating cleanly as you describe Adam in chapter three of your book, Power of Ten: The Slow Motion Fitness Revolution.
So Adam, you visited LA. just a few months ago when we recorded the Adam in LaLa Land episode and frankly, you looked extremely fit. So in the last episode, you mentioned that we’re going to talk about a diet that you’ve been on for the last X amount of days, and my question is why did you even consider going on a diet in the first place because you don’t look like you need to go on one.
Adam: I picked up a few lessons from my female friends and I know how to dress to hide it.
Tim: You wear Spanx, that’s what you’re telling me?
Mike: Spanx and New York black. Everyone in New York knows how to hide it.
Adam: Hide our emotions.
Tim: You don’t hide your emotions in New York, come on.
Adam: The people in L.A want to hide their emotions.
Tim: We’re the passive aggressive ones.
Sheila: Oh no, we want to talk about our emotions.
Tim: That’s down in the south where they’re passive aggressive, but anyway, we digress. You mentioned the diet, and here’s a guy, the guru, the InForm Fitness and you’re fit. So what prompted you to go on a diet?
Adam: I’m so glad you asked me that question, because you know the other question I get asked in a similar vein is why do you work out Adam, you look great.
Sheila: You say because I never want to look like you.
Adam: That just reminded me of something Yogi Bear once said. Nobody goes to that restaurant anymore, it’s always too crowded. So listen, why did I go on this diet. Well first of all, diets are not always about weight loss, fat loss. Diets are about health, or they should be. Now I know that anyone who goes on a diet, their number one concern is I want to lose body fat, which is a noble goal because being overweight has health problems associated with it. Now I did want to lose a little weight first of all, because I always said that I hide it well half-jokingly, because the other half, I did need to lose a couple of pounds and it is true that when you’re wearing clothes, my lean muscular build, it’s hard to know that I was getting a little bit of a spare tire underneath them, but I was getting a little bit of a spare tire, but besides that, there were two things. One, my chronic back problems which you covered last episode, and I wanted to do whatever I could to ameliorate these back issues. Consistent and safe back exercises are one of them, and the other thought I had was maybe my diet is affecting my back, because I was reading a lot about the typical American diet and it’s inflammatory. I’m thinking I might have an inflammation issue going, my back keeps going into spasm, it’s probably chronically inflamed. If I can not only exercise my back properly but maybe reduce my chronic inflammation, that might be my answer. So for years, I’ve been reading about the ketogenic diet, and for years I was poo-pooing it.
Tim: Why?
Adam: Because I had a vast misunderstanding about what a ketogenic diet was. Basically using ketones for fuel. I’ll get into what a ketone is a little bit later, but my understanding of ketones was when your body is using ketones for fuel, or if you’re producing a lot of ketones, I always understood that to be very dangerous. In my mind without realizing it, I was really thinking about what they call ketoacidosis, which is much different than nutritional ketosis, using ketones for fuel from a nutritional point of view, as opposed to something very dangerous called ketoacidosis. That was where the confusion comes in. Whenever you talk to a doctor or a nutritionist and say I want to go into ketosis, they say it’s dangerous, and being in ketoacidosis is very dangerous but you cannot go into ketoacidosis just by eliminating carbohydrates or going to what they call nutritional ketosis. Ketoacidosis, let me explain what that it is. It usually afflicts people with Type I diabetes. Type I diabetics cannot produce insulin, and when you cannot produce insulin, when you eat carbohydrates, the sugar starts building up and building up, and what happens is the body can’t utilize that sugar, because the insulin is not there to use that sugar and bring it into the fat cells and the muscle cells, or bring it into any cell that needs that for energy. So the body, if it can’t get glucose for energy, it starts metabolizing fat for fuel. That’s where it’s going to get it’s energy from, and it starts going crazy producing these ketones. You see ketones come from fat, the metabolism of fat. An alternative sense of energy for the body are ketones, fat gets broken down into ketones, carbohydrates get broken down into glucose and when the body breaks down carbohydrates for glucose and those glucose molecules can’t be used, the body will say okay, let me go break down some body fat, get some ketones out of it, and utilize that for fuel. So it’s another source of currency if you will, and if you’re a Type I diabetic, your body goes crazy producing these ketones and you end up having so many ketones that you go into an acidic state, a dangerously acidic state where basically all functions of the body cannot produce and cannot function when you’re in such a high acidic state. In other words, we have to have a pH level that’s very, very stable, like about normal, about 7. Our pH is about 7, that’s the normal functioning pH of the human body. When you start having all these ketones that start going through the roof — ketones are acidic by the way, and ketones that are not being checked or regulated, start going through the roof and you are in a very dangerous state. So a Type I diabetic can very often go into ketoacidosis and they have to go the hospital, they have to get the injections, and usually it’s a diabetic that’s not taking care of themselves. You cannot go into that acidic state being in what I have been in the last ninety days which is called nutritional ketosis. Nutritional ketosis is a state in where you body instead of using glucose for fuel, not because there’s no insulin, but because you’re not eating anything that’s going to produce a lot of glucose, your body says well I need energy, so I’m going to start using fat for fuel. Every cell cannot use actual fat for energy, they have to break down the fat. Just like we have break down carbohydrates for glucose, we have to break down fat, and we’re breaking them down into fat and these ketone bodies are being used for fuel. Well there’s a lot of evidence right now that’s showing that these ketogenic diets which are to break it down into macronutrients about 70-75% fat, about 10% protein, maybe 15% protein, and then the rest which is about 5% carbohydrates.
Tim: Now immediately, red flags are flying all over when you say the diet is made up of 75% fat. Now let’s drill down on that a little bit more. We’re not talking cheeseburgers.
Adam: Well we’re not talking cheeseburgers with the bread, but we are talking cheeseburgers. I will have red meat, I will have cheese. Red meat has to be grass fed, not this factory raised cow. So the quality of the foods that you’re eating is also very important, so I eat grass fed beef and beef, the fat in the beef is very good for you. What you have to be careful of, this is what I realized and this is a very common mistake that people make on ketogenic diets, that they think it’s a high fat, high protein diet, but it’s not really high protein. Having too much protein can actually produce an insulin response or produce sugar, because protein can be converted into glucose, it’s called gluconeogenesis, and it can be almost as bad as actually eating carbohydrates. A lot of people will eliminate their carbohydrates and they’ll end up having tons of red meat, which is a lot of protein.
Tim: That sounds like the Atkin’s diet to me.
Sheila: That’s what I was just going to say.
Adam: The Atkin’s diet, in essence, a ketogenic diet and the misinterpretation of the Atkin’s diet of a ketogenic diet is that the image is like a bunch of caveman sitting around gnawing on a dead animal or something like that and just eating fat and bacon and protein all day long. It’s not like that, it’s mostly vegetables that are saturated in fat like olive oil, or coconut oil or avocado oil. Salads that are doused in that kind of fat, so getting vegetables or other types of oils and avocados in general, grass fed meat, pasture raised chickens, eggs, and of course wild fish. That is my diet, and it’s not like I’m eating tons of meat. I’m eating six ounces of a steak, I’m eating tons of brussel sprouts that have been roasted in coconut oil.
Tim: All sounds good to me so far.
Sheila: Probably 85% of the time I eat exactly what you just described.
Adam: I committed to eating this way without exception for ninety days. I started at the beginning of this year. Here we are.
Tim: Where are you now at the time of this recording?
Adam: It’s a coincidence but I am literally, today, on my 90th day. It started January 3rd, which is a Tuesday. So I don’t know if it’s the 90th day, but I just finished my twelfth week starting January 3 and this is a Tuesday. So today is the last day of my twelfth week.
Mike: I don’t think 90 is divisible by seven.
Tim: Well he’s close.
Mike: I’ve got my advocates in the corner there.
Tim: So nonetheless, let’s review.
Adam: By the way, at the beginning I said why I did this. I thought it’d help my back, anti inflammatory. Ketogenic diets are well suspected to be anti-inflammatory. The second reason why I wanted to do this diet was because I had my annual checkup and I’m in my early 50s now, but 50s nonetheless, and my blood work is creeping the wrong way. They’re starting to get on the high side of normal.
Tim: Let me ask you, is that prior to going on the diet?
Adam: Prior to going on the diet, I had my annual checkup and the results came in and he said to me hey, nothing to be alarmed about at this point but you’re trending the wrong way. You’re C-reactive protein is creeping which is an inflammatory marker, and he said your cholesterol is creeping up, it’s not too high per se but it’s on the higher side of normal. My A1C which is an indicator of your blood sugar was creeping up again on a high side of normal. I was like wow. These are all things that indicate that I’m going towards what many Americans go towards which is metabolic syndrome. It reminded me the same situation that Dr. Peter Attia, his story when he started his quest on ketogenic diets, and he was in the same situation. He worked out all the time, he thought he ate well most of the time. We think eating well is eating whole grain breads, and fruits, and occasionally what’s so bad about having a beer here and there, and next thing you know, in a day you’re still ingesting 250 grams of carbohydrates without even thinking about it. So he started taking control of it as well, and when I saw that my blood numbers were going up and then I read what Dr. Attia went through as well, I was like holy cow that’s me. So that also prompted me, I wanted to see if going on a ketogenic diet would change these numbers. Well this is the 90th day so I’m about to get those numbers checked, so I’m going to report back on this but when I can talk about now is how I feel.
Tim: Let’s start with your back.
Adam: And what has happened. First of all my back, in combination with what I’ve been doing with my lower back exercises and staying consistent with that, my back has never felt better. I can sit for hours in a car, or I can sit for hours at my desk, and get up sideways.
Tim: And you’re giving this ketogenic diet credit for assisting with that.
Adam: First of all, I’m a sample size of one, so this is scientific at all, but I am giving it credit. That in conjunction with taking care of my back with the exercises. So I don’t know where the cause and effect is because I’ve been doing a couple of things at once, but the big teller is going to be obviously the blood work that I get done soon. Besides that and besides the fact that my back feels better, I’ve lost fifteen pounds of weight that you didn’t think that I needed to lose. So I look a lot better naked now, so I don’t have to wear clothes anymore. I don’t have to wear a T-Shirt to the pool anymore.
Mike: You know when your body gets a little bit smaller, it gives the illusion that other things are bigger.
Adam: You have that as well. Big thing that I noticed was my digestion. My digestion changed dramatically. I don’t have upset stomach, my elimination if you know what I’m talking about has been undramatic, it’s been beautiful.
Sheila: It’s a beautiful thing.
Tim: Well your good friend Dr. Oz would be proud of that.
Mike: Maybe this will get edited out, maybe it won’t, but I’m just curious. What does beautiful mean?
Tim: That actually is so it will not be edited out, so describe beautiful? You mean like one clean long —
Adam: Exactly, tapered on both ends, perfect.
Tim: Dr. Oz was his thing right?
Adam: It’s embarrassing, especially since you’re talking about me.
Mike: You don’t sound like you’re embarrassed.
Adam: I am. You’ve got to remember that this is someone who is too shy to urinate in front of his wife.
Mike: I’m going to remind you that you’re the one who is talking about himself right now.
Tim: So nonetheless there’s a lot of fiber in this diet and it’s really helping Adam a lot, so good.
Sheila: That’s really, really very interesting and I want to ask a question about is there a difference in how women react to this diet as opposed to how men react to this diet? Coming off that interview we had a few weeks ago with Dr. Sylvia Tera and The Secret Life of Fat, and how different men and womens’ makeup is and how we process fat and everything. It sounds like something I’d like to try, and I feel like I’ve been kind of doing this for the most part.
Tim: I think she’s committing, I think she should jump on 90 days.
Adam: I’m not sitting here saying everyone should jump on the ketogenic diet bandwagon first of all. I need to make that disclaimer. First of all, women are different and we’re all different. I’m different from another man, and women certainly have their issues. When you talk about nutrient partitioning and that no matter what you eat, some of it is going to be partitioned to fat.
Hormonal issues with women as they get older, all kinds of things. Genetics for men and women are different amongst ourselves and all these things play into it for sure, but having said that, sugar is bad. Sugar is bad, sugar is inflammatory. There is nothing good that comes out of sugar and excessive carbohydrates. I don’t believe being in ketosis is dangerous anymore, and this idea of eating a lot of fat, even if it’s saturated fat, especially if it’s saturated fat, is not bad for you. It’s been shown over and over again that dietary fat does not raise your cholesterol, so just check that box off. It’s not true, it is just not true that eating egg yolks and eating red meat raises your cholesterol, that is not what is raising your cholesterol. The last ten, fifteen years have been really showing that. My blood work will show this, if I go to my blood work and my cholesterol is through the roof I’m going to have to eat my words. It might even be another cause of it, but the thing is if all my triglycerides are good and inflammatory makers are lowered and my cholesterol happens to stay on a higher side, and everything else is really, really good, I’m not going to worry about high cholesterol. High cholesterol, high LDLs are not a very good marker on heart disease.
Mike: On its own.
Adam: On its own. Now there’s this other test that Dr. Attia actually told me to get which is an NMR, nuclear magnetic resonance test, to test for your LDLP. See when you go to the doctor and you get your cholesterol and blood work done, you’re getting blood work for your LDLC. LDLC is how much cholesterol, low density cholesterol is in your blood, whereas the LDLP is showing you how many LDL proteins are in your blood. I’m getting technical right now, but it’s a different marker and a much better marker and indicator of potential heart disease, this LDLP. So I’m going to get that done, and see if my LDLP is nice and low, and if that is, regardless of what my LDLC is or total cholesterol is, I’m not going to be worrying about it. Again, my A1C, my C reactive protein, these markers, if they stat going down after ninety days of eating, I’m not kidding you, 70% of my diet being fat, I’ll be pretty convinced. At least for myself. Let me tell you about my experience psychologically.
Tim: I’m curious how you managed this, because it seemed like a lot of drastic changes.
Adam: This is why I’m not necessarily telling people to just go on this ketogenic diet. First of all, I’m not a nutritionist, I just play one on TV. So I’m a nutritionist, secondly, I’m not going to lie, it's not easy to adjust to this type of diet. If you’re used to eating grains and carbohydrates — I’m essentially a vegetarian that is saturating their vegetables with saturated fat and all kinds of fats, and having small portions of animal protein, whether it be a chicken or a fish or a cow, all well raised, but they’re small quantities. I’m not eating a lot. I’m also intermittent fasting. I’ll go at least two or three times a week, I’ll go anywhere from eighteen to twenty four hours without eating. I’ll be drinking lots of liquids, I’ll be drinking homemade beef broth or chicken broth, and that’s it. So that’s all I eat, one meal all day.
Tim: So tell us your schedule Adam. So with this intermittent fasting, what time are you stopping eating at the end of the day?
Adam: I’ll eat dinner.
Tim: At what time?
Adam: Anywhere between five and seven most days. So let’s say I finish eating seven. I won’t eat again until at least two or three o’clock the next day. On some cases I won’t eat again until dinner the next day.
Mike: When you work as much as we do, I’ve got to be honest with you, time flies and you sometimes forget about food. I’m not as strict as Adam is, but I’m probably doing about 85% or 90% of what he is doing in regards to the ketogenic model, and the fasting model without even trying to.
Adam: We work a lot and that speaks to one of the techniques that people recommend to help you through these intermittent fasts and that’s distraction techniques. So when your mind keeps saying eat, eat, eat, distract yourself, pick up your guitar, write a letter, do something else. Distract yourself. A lot of this hunger by the way, is psychological, we’re just not used to it mentally, but besides that, at the beginning, your body is physically wanting that food but once you start utilizing your fat for fuel and you become what they call keto-adapted where your body is primed to really use fat for fuel, and that takes a couple of weeks. Three weeks, four weeks sometimes. The first there or four weeks was the toughest because I was not adapted yet, so I was very hungry. Now, well it’s 4:30 and I haven’t eaten yet today. Last time I ate was dinner time around five yesterday.
Mike: That’s a lie, he had two celery sticks from me.
Adam: That’s true, it’s two celery sticks so I broke my fast. Honestly I grabbed them because they were there, it was not because I was dying to eat something, and if I was dying to eat something, I certainly wouldn’t have picked that.
Sheila: When you say you’re fasting, so you mentioned the broth though. So you have that when you’re fasting, or you just have nothing, you have water.
Adam: I have water mostly, but yeah, we serve bone broth here, we’re making our own bone broth now. We can talk about that at a later date, but yeah, that doesn’t count as cheating. It’s 99.9% water, it just has the minerals and the amino acids in it. So I don’t consider that really cheating, but come on. Even if I was to have a small meal, the gist of it is going long periods of time without eating, and that from my understanding is the real anti-inflammatory aspect. I mean sugar causes inflammation, and eating a lot also causes inflammation because you’re breaking down all this stuff and getting all these free radicals and all this oxidative work going on, and that’s what causes a lot of the inflammation. Now I’m reading and I’m learning that intermittent fasting forces the body to regenerate its cells at a lot faster of a rate. There’s something to that.
Sheila: I also read that an easier way to do the intermittent — well, for a sixteen hour fast that you can basically do is just stop eating at seven, and then don’t eat again until eleven AM. That’s sixteen hours.
Adam: Basically skipping breakfast.
Tim: A lot of people do that anyway.
Adam: But this is the problem with intermittent fasting. When I go 24 hours, I’m hungry by then. A lot of people say they can go days without eating and these are people that are really and truly keto-adapted, maybe they’ve been doing it for a year or more. I don’t know, but so far, I haven’t been able to go more than seventeen hours without all of a sudden having all those hunger pains, and at that point I just deal with it for another few hours. At that point, when I do eat, this is the hard part. You have to eat a regular, small meal.
Tim: No binging.
Adam: It’s so easy when you’re famished like that and you’ve gone all day without eating, it’s like you want to eat lunch, breakfast, dinner, and snacks all at one time in one sitting. You have to stop yourself from doing that.
Mike: That’s probably one of the differences to what was going on even before you did this 90-day thing. Our lifestyle really lent itself to — none of us eat that many carbohydrates ever. Adam hasn’t for a while, but when you were, you probably — I’m just guessing because you’re like me, I do these all day fasts also. If I don’t have some snacks or prepare my food throughout the day as I did this week, I will come home and I will eat like seven pieces of chicken and I’m not proud of it afterwards. Unless you can control that voracious urge, you’re not going to get what Adam is talking about here.
Tim: So Adam, as we come to end of this episode, I really would love you to encourage you to get those tests done quickly, and if you don’t mind, share some of them with our audience so that we can gauge your success. The question that I have for you right now as we put the wraps on this is okay, we’re close to or at day 90. Are you going to continue and forge ahead with the exact same plan that you’ve had for the last three months or so, are you going to augment it a little bit, what are your plans?
Adam: I’m going to continue, I’m going to stay on this. I might eat a little bit more often at this point, because I don’t really need to lose anymore body fat. I’ve got the six pack going for the summer, that’s all good.
Tim: Look at you, he’s in his 50s and he has a six pack, that’s impressive.
Sheila: Do you drink coffee, can I ask that?
Adam: I drink coffee. Let me speak to something Mike just said. He was saying that we’re generally very good about not eating carbs, and that’s partially true, with me anyway. What I mean by that is I have two young kids and I grab the M&Ms. My wife buys five-pound bags of them so she can make pancakes for the kids. Don’t get me started, my wife will not let me put my kids on a ketogenic diet.
Mike: My wife is a nutritionist and she would never let it happen either.
Adam: Because they’re afraid of ketoacidosis, but anyway what I wanted to say was this. My diet before I started this, yes, I’d go three or four days really good, and then I’ll eat a whole pizza. I would never really string along many consistent weeks or days. I’d eat well one day, not very much the other day, summers come, barbecue, hotdogs, hamburgers, I just went for it. I can get away with it. You said at the beginning of this piece, Adam you don’t look like you need to lose weight, why’d you start this diet? I was creeping up, and even though it appears that I eat very well, and I obviously eat well most of the time. I certainly eat good foods but I also supplement them with not such good stuff. This last 90 days, I made a commitment not to deviate from that, to be really consistent with it. Yes it’s higher fat than I would normally do when I did eat well. Less protein than I would normally — that’s what I learned about a ketogenic diet, that most people make the primary mistake of eating too much protein on a ketogenic diet, and so this has been the first time in my life that I’ve been this disciplined in my eating. I’m older now, I can’t get away with what I used to get away with. The other thing that I want to say before we wrap this up is about cravings. I always hear about how you go on these low carb diets and when your body starts getting used to and primed for utilizing fat for fuel, they say you eliminate all your cravings. Bullshit. To me anyway. Maybe the physical cravings aren’t there and I told you I could go all day and not really be hungry, but the truth of the matter is, I’m craving the foods that I’ve been giving up nonstop. To this day, 90 days into it give or take, I still crave the pizza. I still see my kids eating the pizza, I still see the buns on the hamburgers and I want it, I want it bad. I say no, the cravings are there. Maybe the physical cravings aren’t there as much.
Tim: What do you mean by physical cravings, define that.
Adam: My stomach growling and saying man you’re hungry, you’ve got to eat. Or feeling a little lightheaded, or physically feeling the effects of hunger. Now that I’m keto-adapted I don’t have those physical — when I’m 24 hours in I start to feel them, but eighteen hours fasts, it’s a no-brainer for me, it’s as easy as it could be. Even though those physical things aren’t there, I pass a pizza place, I pass chicken wings at the Superbowl, hot dogs at the baseball game. Beer, alcohol, I want it all, those cravings have not subsidized. I don’t look at them and say ew. I want it badly, but I don’t do it.
Sheila: It’s easier to not do it.
Adam: So going forward, I’m going to continue my strict ketogenic diet for at least another 30 days. I might eat a little bit more food, but not the foods I’m not supposed to be having on a
ketogenic diet. The foods I can have, add a little bit to my portions, but that’s the extent of it for the next thirty days. By that point, I’ll have my blood work done and we’ll talk about this some more.
Mike: I just think before we wrap up, I think blood tests aside, that’s data that we all need. It’s great to get all that stuff, but the bottom line is you’ve taken an educated approach to selfexperimentation and troubleshooting your body to figure out how to improve it, and your back has felt better. Do we know it’s because of the ketogenic diet, maybe it did, maybe it didn’t, but regardless you’re in a trend where you feel so much better. Your body feels better, your back feels better. You like the way you look, you feel, it’s like I almost want to say — if the tests are completely negative or there’s no improvement or any markers have been changed, who cares. Looking at someone who looks healthy also. They say that they feel great but they don’t look healthy, but this is not the case.
Adam: Like vegans. First of all, I want to say that this is not a ringing endorsement or a push for people to go ketogenic. I’m not going to be that bull at this point to say something like that. It’s definitely a viable option, and before you go into something like this, check with your doctor and do a lot of research, because compared to the recommendations by the ADA, the American Diet Association, this is not what’s recommended. I want to make this disclaimer. Look into it for sure, do your research. If it sounds like you, if I sounded like you, definitely look into it. Like Mike just said, I’m very well researched. I have a background in biochemistry, I know how to read these things. I’m a little bit different than your average bear when it comes to this type of thing. If you’re not in that world, you should get advice when you do something like this.
Sheila: Can you give us a starting point?
Adam: Yeah, I do, I recommend the doctor that I mentioned earlier. Dr. Peter Attia, and his website is called the eating academy. Read everything this guy writes, and he also refers you to other things he reads so that is a great start. The eating academy by Dr. Peter Attia. So if you're interested in possibly doing this for yourself, well pay attention to our podcast, we’re going to be reporting back on this in a little while when I get my blood work back and we’ll take it from there. Good luck.
Tim: Okay. So don’t forget to check out the show notes for a link to the website that Adam referenced, spotlighting the research done by Dr. Peter Attia. That’s eatingacademy.com.
Looking forward to the results of Adam’s blood work to gauge the success of his three-month ketogenic dietary journey, and we should have that for you coming up in the next few weeks. Also on the way, we have a couple of interviews that we’re really excited about here at the
InForm Fitness Podcast. In two weeks, we’ll be speaking with happiness expert, Gretchen Rubin. Gretchen has authored several books and has sold more than two million copies in thirty different languages. She has been a client of InForm Fitness for many years, and she has a popular podcast of her own, titled Happier with Gretchen Rubin. So give it a listen and even subscribe to her podcast so you can become more familiar with Gretchen before she joins us here on the show, and in the process, pick up some valuable tips on being, well, happier. Next week, we’ll be talking to Dr. Martin Gaballa, the author of the One Minute Workout. Adam and Dr. Gaballa will contrast and compare high-intensity strength training like we do here at InForm Fitness, and high-intensity interval training, as described in Dr. Gaballa’s book, The One Minute Workout. If you’d like to find an InForm Fitness location nearest you so you can give this high-intensity strength training workout a try for yourself, please visit informfitness.com and at the time of this recording, we have locations in Manhattan, Port Washington, Danville, Burbank, Boulder, Leesburg, and in Restin. If you aren’t near an InForm Fitness location, you can always pick up Adam’s book via Amazon: Power of Ten, The Once a Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution. Included in the book are several exercises that support this protocol that you can
If you aren’t near an InForm Fitness location, you can always pick up Adam’s book via Amazon: Power of Ten, The Once a Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution. Included in the book are several exercises that support this protocol that you can actually perform on your own at a gym nearest you. We’ll have a link to Adam’s book in the show notes as well. Thanks again for listening, and for Sheila Melody, Mike Rogers, and Adam Zickerman of InForm Fitness, I’m Tim Edwards with the InBound Podcasting Network.
Thanks again for listening, and for Sheila Melody, Mike Rogers, and Adam Zickerman of InForm Fitness, I’m Tim Edwards with the InBound Podcasting Network.
You might recall in our last episode, Adam shared the very intimate details of his lifelong struggle with lower back pain and how he’s conquering it by combing slow motion, high-intensity strength training with a positive attitude.
Here in episode 24, we get into some of the psychological aspects of a negative diagnosis, such as a lower back problem, and how that diagnosis alone can prolong an illness or injury.
Conversely, we’ll share some interesting data that supports the notion that a simple attitude adjustment can change the course of your rehabilitation towards a faster recovery.
Dr. Louis Fierro who is a chiropractor and works with the InForm Fitness Active Rehabilitation program joins Adam Zickerman to offer up his suggestions and solutions for those experiencing back pain.
Below is a link to the book Adam mentioned in this episode: Foundation: Redefine You Core, Conquer Back Pain, and Move with Confidence: Below is a link to the article Adam mentioned in this episode:
http://bit.ly/FoundationRedefineYourCore
A Rational Approach to the Treatment of Low Back Pain by Brian W. Nelson, MD http://www.medxonline.com/pdf/rationalapproachtotreatment.pdf
Don’t forget Adam's Zickerman’s book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution. You can purchase Adam's book in Amazon by clicking here: http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you to give this workout a try, please visit www.InformFitness.com. At the time of this recording we have locations in Manhattan, Port Washington, Denville, Burbank, Boulder, Leesburg and Resten.
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
For information regarding the production of your own podcast just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
Transcription to this episode is below:
Motion is Great Joint Lotion
Louis: People get diagnosed, and then they go into this sick syndrome if you will as Adam described and their anxiety levels go through the roof. They’re told to take [Inaudible] and medication and immobilize, rest, don’t actively engage and really here at InForm Fitness, it’s the opposite. The patients are clients with the clients and taught to enthusiastically actively engage in not only an exercise program of high-intensity, but a healthy lifestyle.
Tim: InForm Nation, good to have you back with us here on the InForm Nation podcast. 20 minutes with New York Times bestselling author, Adam Zickerman, and friends. I’m Tim Edwards with the InBound Podcasting Network and a client of InForm Fitness. You just heard the voice of Dr. Louis Fierro, he’s a chiropractor who works with Adam in the InForm Fitness Active Rehabilitation program. Now in this episode, Dr. Lou as he’s affectionally called, will offer up his suggestions and solutions for those experiencing back pain, much like Adam has. You might recall on the last episode, Adam shared the very intimate details of his lifelong struggle with lower back pain, and how he’s conquering it by combing slow motion, high-intensity strength training with his attitude. Here on episode 24, we get into some of the psychological aspects of a negative diagnoses such as a back problem, and how that alone can prolong an illness or injury. Conversely, we’ll share some interesting data that supports the notion that a simple attitude adjustment can change the course of your rehabilitation towards a faster recovery. Joined as always by Sheila Melody, the co-owner and general manager of the Burbank location, and Mike Rogers, the general manager of the Manhattan location. Here is the founder of InForm Fitness, Adam Zickerman.
Adam: I read this article a couple of years ago which really resonated with me, written by some doctors that treat lower back problems, non-surgically, the way we’re actually doing it here and the way we recommend people do it, but it’s not just a physical program of exercise that he was talking about. There was another aspect about people getting better, and that was the mental side of it which I found really interesting. For years and years and years, people kept telling me you’ve got to do something about your back. Every so often you’re getting these spasms, you’ve got to get some MRIs and some interventions, like surgical type of interventions. At the very least, get injections into the facets of your spine, all these techniques that I was very resistant to because in my mind, my back problem was a temporary thing that I had to solve. I didn’t really believe that I had a back problem, I thought that there were some muscular things that weren’t being dealt with and putting me into spasm, it wasn’t a structural thing with my back, I was convinced of that, and therefore I never accepted the fact that I was somebody with back problems. Obviously when I had a spasm I had to accept the fact that I had a back problem, but the chronic pain that came and went from a one to a four, back to a one, I was just saying I need to do something in a nonsurgical way, I just haven’t figured it out yet, and then the article talked about that. He was saying that a lot of patients, they fall into this sick role when they’re told they have a back problem and it becomes a self-fulfilling prophecy and now they have a back problem, and they just accept the fact that they have this back problem, and there’s a huge psychological component to this. I realized that one of the reasons why I wasn’t debilitated long term is because I never accepted the fact that I had this back problem and it’s because of that nonacceptance if you will that I am where I am right now, but my attitude towards this whole thing is what I’m saying is what got me through this and there are a lot of people that kind of feel when they have a back problem, that’s it and you rely on these surgical methodologies because there’s no other way to fix it. Even though they have MRIs that are less remarkable than mine, so Dr. Lou Fierro, chiropractor that works out of our studio here in Manhattan and is involved in our active rehabilitation program and uses some of our equipment to help patients, is here with us today and I want him to talk about this idea that people play this sick role when all of a sudden they’re told by a doctor that they have a back problem. Do you find that to be true?
Lou: Absolutely, and you shared this article with me several months ago, and I thought the title said a lot [Inaudible: 00:05:10].
Adam: Brian Nelson, exactly.
Lou: A rational approach to the treatment of lower back pain, and after I read it, I said this is really a proactive approach and that’s the model we’ve always taken. Whether we had an elite level athlete, a professional athlete, a weekend warrior, the de-conditioned mother that’s caring for kids that have so much anxiety when they’re given an MRI and shown the results of a herniation, and the reality is if we took 100% of the population and gave them an MRI, specifically in the lumbar region, about 82% studies show, there would some shape or form of a degenerative change or a herniation between the ages of 22 and 65. Only about 30% of that population has a subjective complaint to follow and mirror that objective finding, so people get diagnosed and then they get into this sick syndrome, if you will as Adam described, and their anxiety levels go through the roof. They’re told take [Inaudible: 00:06:02], take medication, immobilize, rest, don’t actively engage, and really here at InForm Fitness, it’s the opposite. The patients are educated, the clients are taught to enthusiastically actively engage, not only in an exercise program of high-intensity, but a healthy lifestyle. Once they’re shown that I can BLT, bend, lift, and twist, and not exacerbate my condition, now I can walk up a flight of stairs. I can care for my children, I can be a good spouse. They just really decrease in their pain threshold, and inflammation in their body, because there have been studies to show that inflammation is not only caused by poor diet, overactive activities, but by stress levels. Cortisol —
Adam: Lack of sleep.
Lou: Side effects of medication, so I don’t know the exact date that I first met Adam, but once I really saw the program that they were doing here, I kind of had to look twice at it and I realized wow, he’s onto something. He’s onto something more than most medical doctors have doing for the last twenty-five years.
Tim: He’s the guru, I keep telling you.
Lou: I think as recently as last week in [Inaudible: 00:07:56], I said Adam you’ve got to come in here, I’ve got a patient that actually had a three level laminectomy and she’s got rotational scoliosis in her back, and she has had nagging, nagging pain. I cannot remember [Inaudible: 00:08:13] may be the medication she’s on, but without that medication, it’s hard for her to function. I said you know what, we’re going to throw her on the MedEx machine here, lumbar extension machine. This is after I did a little bit of what I call white knuckling, trigger point release into one of her spinal muscles that was contracted. Put her on that machine, she stood up, and she said I’m pain-free. Holy crap, I’m pain-free.
Adam: It’s like one of those evangelists that touch you.
Lou: I said to her listen, marching orders are go leave now, live your life, don’t do anything out of the ordinary, and she says I’m going to see my trainer tonight that’s going to come to my house. I said you never told me you had a home trainer, what do you do with the trainer? She started demonstrating rotational chops, high force activities, high load activities, high back torque, loading the spine in ways that really aren’t necessary. So she said do you mind talking to my trainer, I said not a problem. So I spoke to her and I have a patient the person and trainer may listen to this podcast, which is all cool but anyway. I spoke to the trainer, and I said let’s just remove certain of those BLTs for right now, no bent over single arm rows and just keep it very linear, very static if you will. She was feeling good and I didn’t want to say don’t train at all because I didn’t want to impede on her lifestyle. She came back in today, and she had discomfort, and I said when did the discomfort start? She said from the time I left you guys all the way up until I had my training session, I was pain-free, and then after my training session, it started to exacerbate again. I’m going to give a little bit of a time out, I don’t know how comfortable I am giving this admission from her testimonial today because I don’t want to offend her trainer.
Anyway we put her back on that machine today, and once again she felt phenomenal. So this machine, essentially what is allows someone to do that is in an active back spasm or even or has a neurological deficit from a disc compression, locks down the pelvis in such a way that when you actively extend, the only muscles being engaged and being recruited are the lumbar and rector, and even some of the deep spinal rotators have to engage in straight extension. So it allows for a term that I like to use, instead of traction it’s called decoaptation, where it’s a joint segment that’s being lengthened without cavitation of the joint.
Adam: So for those of you that don’t speak science, what he’s saying here is that by fixing the hips in place and by doing a back extension but pushing yourself back, you’re actually opening up the spaces of the vertebrae which gives you relief.
Lou: On the note, it also gives kind of a self-massage into those spinal segments. The only time — I’m starting to question some of the traditional medical research, the only time where they say don’t put a patient into extension is if they have facet arthrosis or facet arthritis, degeneration of the joints. Lately, I’ve kind of taken Adam’s approach a little bit and said I’m going to test this, and I’m put a patient or two on there with facet arthrossi as diagnosed by a radiologist and confirmed by a surgeon, and they came out of it feeling better. So it goes back to my principle of motion is great joint lotion, and if we can actively engage a patient, not passively. The difference there is passively is the therapist is moving the patient, actively is them moving themselves and us assisting as a coach, making sure they’re in the bio mechanical correct position. They feel better, not only from a physiological point of view, but from an emotional and social wellbeing. I can do this, I can exercise. Guess what, we do that for two or three sessions and then we move them to a leg press. As you mentioned earlier, I don’t remember who said that they were struggling with it but then you just altered your position and you were pain-free.
Adam: The leg press actually — I don’t want to give the leg press a bad name, the leg press is actually very good for the lower back because it’s strengthening your hip extensors which are your glutes. Those primary moves are also very important to work, matter of fact one of my mentors, Rob Francis told me that it’s very important. Once you start doing some lower back extensions and you’re starting to feel that relief, that it’s important to start doing some of the major hip movements like leg press.
Mike: Dr. Lou you can add onto this. There are probably sometimes, like if you wanted to do a leg press, there may be some conditions or just a status that a person is in, a client is in, where they’re just not ready to perform a certain movement pattern and I guess the low back machine can prepare you for a leg press, or manual therapy of some kind. Is that what’s necessary sometimes?
Lou: Absolutely. Even when we had the patient in today, she was saying that she was getting some burn in her quads while doing the back extension.
Adam: There’s some static contraction in there.
Lou: Exactly, but it’s just a progression physiologically but it’s also a progression mentally where hey, I just did that pain-free. Not only pain-free, I’m not in pain anymore therefore I’m going to do something else, and there have been many times where I’ve had a patient that’s gotten acute lower back exacerbation. We get them through the back extension pain-free, and you say you know what, you’re going to do one of the safe chest presses here. I’m going to add that in, what does that have to do with their back? Maybe not a lot but everything to do with their psychological profile about themselves, and years ago, I’m trying to remember the first time. I don’t think I’ve ever shared this with Adam, but he actually probably knew. In 2002, I had opened up a rehab facility as part of my practice, and around that time I had a really bad, acute lower back condition and it was in the summer, and mine came — it was actually on a tractor. I was cutting my lawn, and the tractor went into an old kind of stump hole, it went down, I went up, and we met somewhere in the middle. It created an avulsion fracture on my left hip, and some secondary lower back issues. I went to see a doctor and they said take an epidural, have these pills, I didn’t want to do that. I wanted to let my body heal, and I was in such excruciating back pain one morning that I said I’m going to get up and do some deep knee bends, and I did and it immediately increased my range of motion. So I started testing on patients, I started having patients who had acute lower back pain doing kind of wall squats if you will. We were loading the muscles, strengthening and opening up the spinal segments, and now that I really think about it, probably as Adam just said, it had a lot to do with the mental approach of them actually being able to exercise. After being told immobilize, bed rest, don’t do anything and I was doing the opposite. Fast forward to now, I’ve met Adam and he’s created this circuit where I look at InForm Fitness and in my mind, people ask me how to describe it and I say it’s probably one of the hardest forms of exercise that I’ve ever come across, while being the safest form of exercise.
Adam: That sums it up pretty well.
Lou: It really does. Recently I had the pleasure of bringing in what I consider an elite level
athlete. Not a professional yet but an elite level athlete who just finished his two years of junior hockey and he’s going own to play at a high level one collegiate hockey. This guy is about as conditioned as anyone that I know. I had him do the protocol here, and he said that was by far the hardest twenty-five minutes of exercise I’ve ever done. I just don’t understand why it was only twenty-five because he was so mind conditioned that it has to an hour, or hour and a half. As opposed to being able to get it done in what I call short duration, high intensity.
Mike: Real quick, we’ve had a few pro athletes here over the years and they’ve all made the same comment in regards to this strength training program, as opposed to any other strength training they’ve been a part of.
Adam: I want to bring it back to first of all, I want to summarize on kind of what we just said. So these passive modalities of back treatment, taking medication, inactivity, some of these things that physical therapists do on a passive level such as electric stem, heat packs, so the thing about those is they’re all well and good for acute situations but they’re not going to help an overall situation for long term. I think the takeaway from this is one, inactivity is not what you should be doing if you have some back problems. First of all, don’t accept your back problems, and know that most people, if they don’t have something really serious going on like a spinal tumor or some kind of neurological deficiency, you have to move that joint, but you have to do it safely. There are ways of doing it safely, I don’t want people just running out there now and just doing all this crazy stuff because they listened to this episode of our podcast and they just said move, so all of your sudden you’re doing all these crazy things like doing Crossfit or some of the things we were talking about with Lou’s patient. It has to be controlled, but this idea that you have to immobilize and not do anything, and be very, very careful, you have a back problem. That has not been working.
Lou: No, and on that point Adam, this article by Dr. Nelson does a great job about utilize the science that’s there, utilize the diagnostic studies, the MRIs. If there’s a space occupying a spinal tumor, something that needs surgical intervention, you go for it, but what Adam is saying is very similar to this article is go through the correct markers and then actively engage and take an active role in getting your body mobile.
Adam: The second thing besides just knowing that you should not be inactive just because you have a back problem, and not give up life, is doing some very specific things for your lower back. Dr. Lou is mentioning our program here, and we have some very special equipment. It does, it fixes the hips in place and allows somebody to go into a type of back extension that you cannot do without a machine like this, without something that can actually keep the hips fixed. So to plug InForm Fitness, we all have these machines in our gyms at InForm Fitness, so if you’re fortunate enough to be near to one of our locations, it’d be great to try one of these machines. These MedEx, lumbar extension machines. Having said that, and knowing that most people listening to this episode are not going to have access to these machines, all is not lost, and I want Mike, since he does a lot of work with people on these types of movements, I want Mike to talk about some of the things that you can do should you not have access to this type of machine.
Mike: It starts with a few mobility exercises, and they don’t take long at all to do, and the first thing I would recommend people to do is just to get down on all fours on a mat and get into a little child pose. You sit on your heels with your feet tucked underneath, and you tilt your body all the way over as if you’re bowing towards the sun. Just stay there for about twenty seconds or so, and for a lot of people who are dealing with acute pain or just some ordinary tightness, that often times gives some simple relief. After that, Adam mentioned before, pelvic tilts. They can be done from many different positions, from all fours once again to on your back, to standing up. Basically from an all fours position, you are doing what’s called an anterior pelvic tilt and a posterior pelvic tilt. The posterior sort of feels like you’re, while being on all fours, you arch your lower back up a little bit and you’re creating what feels like an ab crunch, and then the anterior tilt is when you do the exact opposite movement. After that, I usually guide people through doing another child’s pose for about twenty seconds, and then come back to all fours, and then a more extended version of what that last pose was which is cat cow, which is recommended by every chiropractor and physical therapist. It’s a full tilt of spine, the whole thoracic spine to the lumbar spine, and then a full arch as well. Followed by that a bird dog, so once again, being on all fours and where you extend your left arm forward in front of you, and then the opposing leg, the right leg back, and hold the position for ten to twenty seconds and then switch off. After that, some glute bridges, which are just lying on your back with your feet placed down on the mat, and your hips will come off the floor, and you just do some very, very light bridging off the floor and then coming back down to the floor. So these can all be demonstrated online, it’s a little difficult sometimes to say them without a visual, but it starts with simple stuff like that, and then a few more beyond that. I think if someone is dealing with some back tightness, it’s generally safe. Without any diagnosis, it’s probably safe to go down and give these little things a try. Obviously, if you’re dealing with some acute pain while trying these very simple movements, then you definitely some advice from a professional.
Adam: There’s a good book on the subject. There’s a lot of books on the subject, but a good one that I like, it’s well written and has great pictures, it’s called Foundation, subtitle Redefine Your Core, Conquer Back Pain, and Move With Confidence. I like the subtitle because we were just talking about moving with confidence, this confidence thing keeps coming up doesn’t it. It’s by Dr. Eric Goodman and Peter Park. Not Peter Parker. Foundation.
Tim: We’ll have links to that in the show notes as well.
Mike: I personally loved this book and there are a lot of different exercises. It gives a great
explanation of the anatomy of the low back, some of the common problems that can happen to the low back, and it goes into several different exercises but it revolves around one fundamental exercise which they call the founder, which is essentially a back extension, and they show you how to do it in that book.
Adam: So my final thoughts are, and the takeaway I’d like you to have and I mentioned this, is one, don’t accept your back pain, and use surgical methodology really as a last resort, and really try some of these — hire somebody or try some of these movements, therapies if you will, to help with this. Movement is so important, movement is really important, and I can tell you from my own experience that I’ve never thought of somebody who has back problems. I always thought of myself as somebody who had muscular problems in my lower back, and I think I might be right. What I’d like to do is come back to this in six months to a year, and let you know how I’m doing. I’m going to continue doing what I’ve been doing, and I’ll let you know because let me tell you something. If it doesn’t come back after another six months and I’ve been doing what I started doing six months ago, almost a year ago actually, and I don’t have these episodes going forward for the next six months or a year, I think my conclusion is going to be right because nothing else ever worked, short of doing surgical types of things which I’m not going to do. So stay tuned. The other thing that we’re going to be talking about on our next episode is the second thing I did which I feel contributed to a lot of the alleviation of my lower back problems, and that is my diet. That is what we’re going to be talking about in our next episode, the diet that I undertook in the last ninety days and how it’s changed me forever.
Tim: So there you have it. In next week’s episode as Adam just mentioned, we will be talking about a diet plan that Adam has been participating in for the last three months. A plan that Adam credits for assisting with successfully managing the lower back issues that he’s been dealing with for most of his life. Coming back in the next couple of weeks, we will be speaking with Gretchen Rubin. Gretchen’s books have sold more than two million copies in thirty different languages. She has a popular podcast of her own, it’s called Happier with Gretchen Rubin, and she’s also a client and has been for many years of InForm Fitness. Also on the way we have a terrific conversation with Dr. Martin Gaballa, author of The One Minute Workout. We will contrast and compare high-intensity strength training with high-intensity interval training. Looking forward to this one. Hey if you’d like to find an InForm Fitness location nearest you to give this workout a try for yourself, please visit informfitness.com. At this time of this recording we have locations in Manhattan, Port Washington, Denville, Burbank, Boulder, Leesburg, and Restin. If you are not near an InForm Fitness location, you can always pick up Adam’s book, Power of Ten, the Once a Week Slow Motion Revolution. Included in Adam’s book are several exercises that support this protocol that you can actually perform on your own. We’ll have a link to Adam’s book here in the show notes. For Sheila Melody, Mike Rogers, and Adam Zickerman, I’m Tim Edwards, with the InBound Podcasting Network.
As the Founder of InForm Fitness’ Power-of-10 Workout, Adam Zickerman makes the claim every day that InForm Fitness offers the safest, most efficient strength training program around. But Adam has a confession for InForm Nation.
Adam suffered an injury while exercising that resulted in acute, knock-you-on-your-butt, back muscle spasms. You can imagine Adam’s dilemma as to whether or not he should fess up or cover up his recent injury.
Hear the whole story in Episode 23 beginning with the surgery he experienced as a child, the details of his injury, and how he seems to have found a cure for his lifelong ailment.
Click this link to read Adam's story at INFORM INSIGHTS: https://informfitness.com/back-spasms-exercise/
Pick up Adam's Zickerman’s book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution. You can buy it in Amazon by clicking here: http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you to give this workout a try, please visit www.InformFitness.com. At the time of this recording we have locations in Manhattan, Port Washington, Denville, Burbank, Boulder, Leesburg and Resten.
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
For information regarding the production of your own podcast just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
The complete transcriptions for this episode is below:
Tim: And we’re back, InForm Nation! Glad you’re doing us once again here for episode 23, on the InForm Fitness Podcast. Twenty minutes with Adam Zickerman and friends. For those joining us for the very first time, let’s go around the horn and introduce everybody. I’m Tim Edwards with the InBound Podcasting Network, and a client of InForm Fitness, and joining me here in person at the InBound Studio is co-owner and general manager of the Burbank InForm Fitness location, Sheila Melody. Sheila, nice to see you three dimensionally instead of 2D via Skype nowadays, thanks for joining me.
Sheila: Yeah, this is fun!
Tim: And still in boring old 2D through the magic of Skype is general manager of the Manhattan location, Mike Rogers, and the founder of InForm Fitness, New York Times bestselling author, Power of Ten: The Once a Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution, also affectionally known as the guru, Adam Zickerman. What’s up fellas?
Adam: Hey.
Mike: I’ve never called him the guru.
Tim: No, ever?
Mike: I’m going to start calling you that now, matter of fact, the guru.
Adam: Mike was booking some guests on one of our podcast episodes, in his letters he writes, and he refers to me as his boss. I meant to talk to Mike about that, saying boss. Refer to me as your — I don’t know —
Tim: Your superior. The boss, the founder, Adam.
Adam: Your colleague and the founder of InForm Fitness.
Mike: You’re going to go there, okay. You’re going to wish I said boss next time.
Tim: Alright well the boss has been having problems with his back, or at least he has in the past, and here in episode 23, we’re going to refer back to a blog post of yours Adam from June of last year, 2016: Back Spasms From Exercise, which we’ll have a link to in the show notes of course if you’d like to read them. In the blog post Adam, you offer up a confession, and you mention a back injury that you suffered as a kid. Now we’ll get to that confession in just a moment, but let’s start with the injury you suffered; what caused the injury, back many, many decades ago?
Adam: Yeah I was a teenager, and I don’t know exactly what caused the injury. I think it was a combination of sports and being active, but I also had this weird obsession about jumping staircases, and when I think back on my childhood life, I really think that my back injury was from trying to jump down ten stairs or fifteen stairs. I started to keep increasing the amounts of stairs I could jump.
Tim: I did the same stuff, I really did.
Mike: You probably hit your head one time and that’s why your memory is —
Adam: I do remember where it manifested itself. It could have been the stairs — when the back problem happened, I didn’t feel it right away. It was during actually a basketball game, I was a point guard, and up until that point I was a pretty good point guard. At this particular game, I couldn’t cut to my left. There was no pain, I was just very slow cutting to the left, and the ball kept getting stolen from me at mid court, and my father who was watching the game was like, and my coach and everybody was like, that’s very unusual for Adam to get the ball just taken from him like that, every time he brings the ball up. It was that night that all of the sudden the back pain started. Now I’ve been saying for years that I think it was the basketball game that hurt my back, but very likely it was probably something before that that led up to it, and I’m thinking that crazy idea I had about jumping off of staircases.
Tim: So 35, 40 years ago is when this probably began.
Adam: Yeah, the symptoms were numbness in my right leg, radiating down my leg. I couldn’t bend at all, I couldn’t bend at my waist at all. I couldn’t sit for more then a couple of minutes without the pain, I had to stand or lie down.
Tim: As a kid.
Adam: I was a kid, and the back of my leg was in a lot of pain and numb at the same time, my calf was numb. To this day, there is slight numbness to my slight calf compared to my left calf. I can feel some sensation, but it’s definitely dulled; to this day, it’s never recovered, so there’s probably a little bit of nerve damage back then.
Mike: So did you go to the doctor and find out what exactly happened?
Adam: So we go to a doctor and remember I’m eleven, and when you have these symptoms as an adult, right away they say let’s look at the back, but as a child, the last thing they were thinking about was a nerve compression of a herniated disc. So they were looking for everything else, including tumors of the spine. So there was a point there where I was meeting with oncologists and getting tests at NYU at New York University Medical Center. The tests for everything but a herniated disc, and when they eliminated all those things, they said could this kid have a herniated disc, and they performed a procedure called a myelogram. Which is a crazy procedure where they inject a dye into your spinal column, and they turn you upside down on a table, literally upside down, and let the dye kind of go down the spine or really up the spine, and when they see the fluid, this dye that they inject into your spinal column. When they see that dye deviate to the right or the left, that’s where the herniation is, and that’s how they were able to determine disc herniations back in the day, in the 70s. They still do that procedure but much less so now. So a myelogram is more or less an archaic methodology now, MRIs have pretty much taken over that. So when they saw the fact that I had a disc herniation, they were like holy cow, and I had surgery. I had surgery by a neurosurgeon, the surgery is called a laminectomy, and in part of the spine vertebrae, there’s something called lamina, and the lamina was removed to pretty much reduce the pressure that was being pushed against it by the disc, pushing a nerve into the lamina. So they took away the lamina, no more pressure against the nerve, and the pain went away, but there was a compromise there. There was a structural compromise done when you remove structure from your vertebrae. So ever since that surgery, I’ve been able to bend and I’ve been able to play all my sports, and I’ve lived a fairly normal life. However, probably ten years into post surgery, I would start getting back spasms. These horrible, horrible, bring you down to your knees, can’t move, and if you move, you go into another spasm. It’s almost like being hooked up to a car battery and every time — you sit and you’re kidnapped, and every time you say something wrong, they hit the switch and you’re shocked. That’s what a back spasm is, where there is sometimes I would be suffering spasms and if I tried to move out of my position, I would go right back into position. It was just nonstop spasm after spasm after spasm, and this can go on for hours. They’re excruciating, it’s literally like being shocked.
Sheila: It sounds like torture.
Adam: It’s very painful.
Tim: And this is something you experienced in your twenties now? These back spasms.
Adam: I’ve been experiencing those from my twenties up until now.
Mike: I’ve seen Adam over the years about half a dozen times, during the workday, they kind of come out of nowhere. I don’t know if he worked out earlier that day or whatever, but I’ve seen him have to go down to the ground and put a tennis ball, just lay down on a tennis ball and stuff like that.
Adam: Those are for the good ones. Sometimes they got so bad that I would literally get nauseated and want to vomit, and it’s just relentless, it doesn’t go away. The only thing that makes it better is time. A couple days on my back, it finally starts to subside. I also take Flexeril, which is a muscle relaxant, and that seems to take the edge off when things are really bad. Alright so that’s the history.
Tim: Let’s fast forward a few years now, right, because Adam, let’s jump to the confession now. I’ll tell you, if I’m listening to this and I’m hearing you, Adam Zickerman, the founder of InForm Fitness, suffering from back spasms, my first question honestly is, well did that happen as a result of high-intensity strength training?
Adam: No, definitely not. Although I’ve tweaked it during workouts, the confession that you’re referring to, this blog that I wrote, I was doing leg press, and I was pushing myself. I set a new weight, it was a new seat setting that put a little bit more strain on my back apparently. I was training myself and probably my thought went somewhere else, and my hips lifted a little bit, and all they have to do is lift a millimeter, and bam, I felt something. It wasn’t the spasm, but I felt something, I was like oh boy. Usually, you feel something and it just progressively gets worse, and I know I’m in for it. Sometimes you feel that pain, I’ve been dealing with this for so long in my life, you feel that initial pain and you say to yourself, okay, five more hours from now, I’m going to be on my back. I’ve got to get my ass home, put that ice pack on, and hope for the best. Of course, it comes, it does come, and it came this last time, and this was less than a year ago.
Tim: I remember we recording some podcasts last year, and you were really struggling with your back during one of those episodes that we had. So this happened, that’s your confession Adam, in your blog post was —
Adam: The confession is here I am, exercises quote unquote guru with a bad back. It’s like being an obese nutritionist or something.
Mike: They’re out there.
Adam: I interviewed one, not to change the subject, but somebody came looking for — making some nutrition referrals and she was overweight, I was like come on.
Tim: So here you are, again like we said, founder of InForm Fitness, on one of your machines. You just lost focus, and maybe one of the mistakes you made I guess was training yourself, and someone not watching you as closely as all of the trainers at InForm Fitness do with their clients, and this happened. So there’s that confession. So since this incident Adam that you mentioned in your blog post, have you had any back spasms?
Adam: No I haven’t, and I think there are a couple of reasons for it. One reason we’ll talk about now, and another reason we’ll talk about in another episode of our podcast.
Mike: Real quick Adam, is this the longest period you’ve gone without a back spasm?
Adam: This is — I’m approaching the longest period I’ve gone without a back spasm right now. The last five years, I’ve been getting about maybe two or three back spasms a year, now it’s been about a year since I had one. When I was in my twenties, I only got one a year. The difference between when I was in my twenties and recently was they came more often, and they healed a lot slower when I got older. When I was in my twenties and thirties, I would get one, a couple of days later, back to new. Now, been lingering, my wife has been saying, wow Adam, it just seems like your back is always hurting now, always crooked. Even when I wasn’t in spasm, my posture was just off, and there was always this like — I would say, I would give it a 4/10 in terms of pain, just ongoing. So I was always feeling something in my back at a level four, spasms are a ten plus. When I’m about to go into spasm, sometimes there’s an eight and seven, and I can work. I can go into work with an eight and deal with it, and I kept saying this is muscular, this is neuromuscular, this is not structural. I know my body, I know an MRI is going to be what they say in medicine as remarkable, it’s not going to show much of anything, but of course, because they were lasting longer and becoming more frequent, I was like what do I have to do lose? Go get an MRI, what’s the big deal? So I got it, and I got it about a year ago, and it showed some slight herniations, grade one vertebrate slippage, but there are MRIs out there that show a lot worse, and the patient is asymptomatic and they don't have any back problems. And there are people that don’t show anything that have severe back problems, so my MRI was basically unremarkable, and it didn’t indicate anything major that would be causing all of these spasms, let’s put it that way. So I was frustrated, I trained people day in and day out with safe exercise, and I strengthened their lower back, and there’s that expression that cobblers’ children don’t have any shoes. I have to — here’s another confession, I was not doing my back exercises that I keep imploring my patients or clients to do, to do that regular back extension, back strengthening exercise, and I wasn’t doing any follow up type of work like pelvic tilts, hip thrusts, things that could create movement of that hip and lower back area. I was working all the time, I was sitting, I was commuting long commutes, and I really wasn’t doing what I thought I should be doing. I just couldn’t take it anymore, after the MRI came back and showed that there was nothing to really write home about, I said you know what, I’ve just got to start taking care of myself. I was doing all of the major exercises, the leg presses and the chest presses and all of the things that guys like to do, but I was ignoring the lower back. So I’ve been doing that regularly now, absolutely regularly for the last year, and I have to say especially in the last four or five months, I am, well, for the first time since I was in my twenties, I can say that I don’t feel my back anymore. I don’t feel that thing there that’s been following me around like a black cloud. I have literally no pain in my lower back, and it hasn’t been this way for quite a while now, knock on wood, because it can come at any time, but I don’t remember the last time that I could say that I have no pain in my lower back.
Sheila: And would you say consistently?
Adam: I was at a three or four for months at a time, I can keep it at a three or four. The one long airplane ride or car ride and I’m back to a five and six, or funny enough, when I would do sports, it would feel better. So there’s something to that movement that would make it feel better. I remember going to skiing and thinking to myself, I don’t know if this is a good idea dude. I know you love skiing, but maybe it’s time to hang up the bindings, and well I went, and I’m telling you, it felt batter. My back would feel better after something like that, or long bike rides, my back would feel better. So there was something to that movement, and all these things together made me say let’s take care of your back finally. Get on that lower back extension machine on a regular basis, do your pelvic tilts. Ice, I would ice my back on a regular basis. I would get massages on a regular basis, and now here I am.
Sheila: You say on a regular basis, are you talking weekly, weekly you’re doing a routine that supports your back?
Adam: Yes, weekly and daily. The weekly thing is the high intense, lower back extensions. The daily is the icing it once a day for twenty minutes or so. I would do pelvic tilts, I would do some light stretches, and I would also on a weekly basis, I’d have some manual therapy. Some deep tissue massage, and the combination thereof — I’ve been doing a lot of things, so it’s hard to know which one of those things is the answer. It’s probably the combination, and the reason we’re doing this podcast, this episode of the podcast right now is because I think I’m onto something.
Tim: You see a very dramatic change.
Adam: Mike has also been doing a lot of this stuff recently with his patients or clients.
Mike: The thing is, I think all around health, this is from my experience and I’ve talked to chiropractors, physical therapists, orthopedists, and we’ve read lots of books on the matter, and I’ve taken other courses in fitness, and what I’ve learned is there is our weekly exercise that we need to do for our strength, and we’ve found a nice, safe, efficient way of doing that, but Adam mentioned some daily exercises, and I’ve prescribed very, very simple little things that take about five minutes on a daily basis, and people who are compliant to these little things — and these are just mobility exercises, activation of the muscles, nothing intense at all, and they involve little pelvic tilts. Whether you’re laying down on your back or you can be on all fours, like a child pose, bird, dog, some little glute bridge leg raises type of things, and very light stretches of the hamstrings and calves, and I’ve found unbelievable results from people, in addition to their workouts that they come for once a week. The ones that are compliant, doing it three, four or more times a week, within two weeks they’re feeling a lot better. So I think the formula involves some small daily exercises as well.
Tim: In addition to that Mike too, I’ll just speak for myself. I had some lower back issues and when I first started at InForm Fitness, the leg press was really giving me some problems, and Anne Kirkland, one of the trainers at the Burbank location, went in and made some adjustments to how I was sitting in the leg press. She put something behind my back I believe.
Sheila: A lumbar pad. Anne has additional certification in low back.
Tim: And immediately fixed whatever issues I was having with the leg press, so you do the same thing there I’m sure as well in New York.
Mike: I’m sorry to interrupt — if you’re in the wrong position, things are not going to be good no matter where you are, and I think that’s the benefit to being here is it’s one on one, it’s slow motion. We have time to sort of assess and see where we are, first of all, to make sure that the seat position is correct, and then to monitor your form throughout the set.
Tim: That’s right, and that’s what happened to me as I mentioned a few moments ago. I was on the leg press, having a few issues with my back, just a few minor adjustments from my trainer and the back pain went away. Hey guys, as you can tell by the music, our twenty minutes allotted for this episode is up, so it’s time for us to wrap it up. It also means that for you, on the other side of the speakers, if you began your high-intensity strength training workout at an InForm Fitness when we began this episode, you too, would be wrapping it up. For the entire week, now you’ll be wiped out, but you’ll be done, and you can begin enjoying your rest and recovery, to prepare for next week’s workout. We’ll do the same here at the InForm Fitness Podcast, we are going to continue our talk regarding back pain. We’ll also be joined by Dr. Louis Fierro, a chiropractor who works with Adam in the InForm Fitness Active Rehabilitation program. Dr. Lou will offer up his suggestions and solutions for those experiencing back pain of their own, plus we’ll dive into the psychological aspects of a negative diagnosis, such as a back problem, and how that alone can prolong an illness or an injury. We’ll share some interesting data that supports the notion that a simple attitude adjustment can change the course of your rehabilitation.
If you’d like to give this workout a try for yourself, to find an InForm Fitness location nearest you, just visit informfitness.com. At the time of this recording, we have locations in Manhattan, Port Washington, Denville, Burbank, Boulder, Leesburg, and Reston. If you’re not near an InForm Fitness location, you can always pick up Adam’s book: Power of Ten, the Once a Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution. Included in Adam’s book are several exercises that support this protocol, that you can actually perform on your own at a gym nearest you.
Hey we have a lot planned here at the InForm Fitness Podcast that we can’t wait to share with you. In the next few weeks, we’ll be speaking with Gretchen Rubin from the award winning Happier podcast. We’ll also be talking to Dr. Martin Gibala, author of the One Minute Workout, and in another episode, Adam will be discussing a diet plan that, in his words, has changed his life, and of course as I mentioned earlier, chiropractor Dr. Lou Fierro joins us next week. For Sheila Melody, Mike Rogers, and Adam Zickerman of InForm Fitness, I’m Tim Edwards, with the InBound Podcasting Network.
The secret to losing 20 pounds? You have to work with your fat, not against it. Here in Episode 22 on The Inform Fitness Podcast, Adam Zickerman and his team are joined by biochemist and author of The Secret Life of Fat, Dr. Sylvia Tara.
Dr. Tara explains how you can outsmart your body fat, with cutting-edge research and historical perspectives to reveal fat’s true identity. Once you understand it…you can beat it.
For The Secret Life of Fat audio book in Audible click here: http://bit.ly/TheSecretLifeofFat_IFF_Podcast
To purchase The Secret Life of Fat in Amazon click here: http://bit.ly/TheSecretLifeofFat_Amazon
Don’t forget Adam's Zickerman’s book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution. You can buy it from Amazon by clicking here: http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you to give this workout a try, please visit www.InformFitness.com. At the time of this recording, we have locations in Manhattan, Port Washington, Denville, Burbank, Boulder, Leesburg and Resten
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
For information regarding the production of your own podcast just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
The Transcriptions for the entire episode is below:
22 The Secret Life of Fat
Tim: Hey InForm Nation, thanks for joining us once again here for episode 22 of the InForm Fitness Podcast, twenty minutes with New York Times bestselling author, Adam Zickerman and friends. I’m Tim Edwards with the InBound Podcasting network, and a client of InForm Fitness, and after some time off, excited to finally get back behind the mic with our team. Let’s start with Sheila Melody, the co-owner and general manager of the Burbank location. Sheila, nice to see you again.
Sheila: Hey Tim, great to be back with everybody again!
Tim: It’s been a while, and the rest of our team as always, still joining us via Skype from the Manhattan location in New York City headquarters for the InForm fitness empire. General manager Mike Rogers and the founder of InForm Fitness, Adam Zickerman. What’s up gents, good to see you again!
Adam: Hey guys.
Mike: All is good.
Tim: Adam, in your book Power of Ten: The Once a Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution, you described the three pillars necessary to achieve maximum success with the slow motion, high-intensity strength training system. For those who are just joining us for the first time, Adam please remind us of those three pillars.
Adam: Exercise, rest, and nutrition.
Tim: And nutrition. We spent a lot of time on this podcast discussing pillar one, exercise, and our special guest today also joining us via Skype, will allow us to dive deeper into pillar number two, which as you just mentioned Adam, is nutrition. We’re pleased to welcome our guest who has a PhD in biochemistry and is the author of The Secret Life of Fat, Dr. Sylvia Tara. Glad to have you with us today.
Sylvia: Great, thank you. It’s terrific to be here.
Tim: All four of us have spent the last couple of weeks digesting this book. I think Adam and Mike read the book, and Sheila, we listened to the book via Audible. It really helped us all change the way we look at fat, which I know is the point of the whole thing, but before we get started, Adam, I know you were the one who introduced this topic to the team here. What is it Adam that made you want to bring Sylvia on, to discuss The Secret Life of Fat?
Adam: Well it was back in 2007 that I read this Scientific American article, that was called, if I remember correctly, What Fuels Fat, and it was then that I saw that Scientific American article that I realized how complicated fat is, and how complex it is. It was the first time that somebody had referred to fat as an organ, and then, recently, I’m listening to NPR and there’s Dr. Tara talking about this book, which I thought the title was amazing. The Secret Life of Fat, and it reminded me of back in 2007, ten years ago, about this article I had read in Scientific American, and I was like oh my god. I had forgotten all about that, I’ve got to get this book and read it. You did such a great job, Dr. Tara, as far as breaking down such a complex subject and making us understand, quite honestly, how difficult it is to understand fat and we’re in the personal training business, high-intensity exercise business, and all of our clients, most of them, are struggling with fat loss. I thought maybe we can use your book to prompt conversation and be honest with our clients and basically tell them what the facts are. What to expect when it comes to battling the bulge.
Mike: What they’re up against.
Sylvia: That’s a great idea, and that’s also why I decided to go and do all this research, because I’m one of those people who has a lot of trouble managing weight. I always gain weight very easily, even as a child, I packed on pounds much easier than my friends who ate candy and ice cream all day long, and as I got older, it just got worse. Some of my old tricks stopped working, I had all these tricks in my twenties where I could take weight off pretty quickly if I had to, but then after having two kids, after launching a career and getting very busy, being stretched and traveling, my old tricks weren’t working anymore. I went on a number of diets, there’s always this new diet, and I tried a number of them every year, and sometimes they would work, they would work temporarily. Sometimes I could even gain weight on some of these diets, and I’d worked with personal trainers too, and they’re all really — just [Inaudible: 00:03:59] their dogma, they have a certain philosophy they follow and one of them is you have to eat enough calories to lose weight. They were always stunned at how little I actually had to eat, and even then, I wasn’t skinny, so I was about to go on yet another diet; I think paleo was all the rage and I said let me try this, and I started reading about just how complicated it was and I thought you know what, forget it. I said before I go on even one more diet, I’m going to understand everything there is to know about fat. I’m a biochemist by training, and if anyone can understand fat, I can. So I read everything, I think I pulled over a thousand articles out of the scientific literature, I read them all, and I talked to over fifty thought leaders, leading researchers around the world about this, their cutting edge research on fat. What I was finding out, which was so interesting, so astounding; it turned out that fat wasn’t anything I thought it was, it’s not just a reserve of calories, it’s not just holding energy, waiting for us to use it. It has a whole life of its own underneath there. It can fight back when we try to lose it, it controls our thoughts about food, it controls metabolism. It can divert blood supply to itself, it’s doing all these really strange things. It’s as if it’s another person inside of you, and if you’re not equipped, if you don’t understand what fat really is, you’re just about bound to keep going on diets and regaining and regaining. The diet industry tends to make you think you’re doing something wrong. If this diet doesn’t work for you, it’s really simple to follow, and then it’s your fault; surely you’re not staying on it, surely you’re not adhering, and that’s not the case. Having people feel that guilt isn’t helping them, it’s causing frustration and then it’s leading to binging, it’s leading to depressed feelings and things like that. So I think once we just educate ourselves on fat, what it is exactly, why it’s so hard to lose, the better equipped we are to stay very persistent. So knowledge is power, and in this case in particular, I think just having that knowledge helped me stay on something. It also helped me not just follow siren songs, like with the new diet fad of the year, let me try that. It’s like now I’ve got it, I know what works for me now, I can tailor my own diet. I really just felt empowered, and hopefully, some of that is what I’m trying to do with people. You don’t have to follow my diet that worked for me, and I did something pretty extreme in my own experience to get off weight, but you can tailor something to work for you, depending on what you need psychologically, biologically, and for your lifestyle as well.
Adam: That’s a great introduction, and so while we’re talking about your quest to find out exactly what fat is, why don’t you explain what exactly is fat, and why is it called an organ?
Sheila: Like I said, fat, the way we think of it is like this blubber. It’s like this excess, greasy yellow stuff, and it’s funny because I have this plastic model of fat, and when I show it to people, their first reaction is like ew, that’s disgusting. We just have this whole image of what it is, but it’s doing so much more tha n just sitting there as this greasy, yellow substance. It actually produces hormones that our body depends on, and these are hormones, mostly only produced by fat. So you can think of fat as not just a reserve of calories, it’s an endocrine organ, like your adrenal cortex, it’s like your thyroid gland, it’s like any other endocrine organ we have. One of these hormones is leptin, and leptin has vast influence all over our body, I mean you’d be shocked at how much we defend on our fat for this hormone. Our brain size is linked to healthy fat, our brain size and the way we think, cognitive abilities even, is linked to an adequate supply of leptin which comes from fat. Our reproductive organs, particularly in women; if we get too low levels of fat, or if we have defective fat that’s not producing leptin, we can’t reproduce. Then there’s bones, bone strength is reliant on fat as well. Even wound healing, this was really interesting, that leptin binds within our veins and so people that have anorexia or, again, defective fat, they don’t heal as quickly. We’re just at the tip of this, I think leptin was really in the 90s when it came out, and we’re just discovering more and more how important it is in our body, and how much we’re dependent on our fat for good health. One of the things too, is that leptin, because it does control our mind to some extent and it controls appetite, when we lose a lot of fat, like say 10% of our body weight, it has a big effect on us. Actually, our appetite will go through the roof, so leptin is released from fat cells, it goes into the blood, and it binds to the hypothalamus region of our brain, and there’s an appetite center there. So with lower levels of leptin after losing quite a bit of weight, we actually get very, very hungry, we’re driven to eat. So our fat in a way is controlling itself, it’s driving us to actually come back. It will also lower our metabolism, so skeletal muscle during exercise, 25% fewer calories is what we’ll end up using, and 15% fewer during rest. So overall, you need 22% fewer calories after you’ve lost about 10% of your weight or more, compared to someone who has never lost weight. So to make that a little clearer for people, if someone is 150 pounds and they’ve been at that weight naturally for a good part of life, compared to someone who has lost 20 pounds, who was 170 pounds and lost 20 pounds to get to 150 pounds; the person who has lost weight to get to 150 will have 22% fewer calories than someone who is naturally there, and that’s because of the effect of lowering leptin, and the reduction in metabolism we get. So a diet is not just for six months, this effect I just talked about, higher appetite and lower metabolism, it’s been studied for six years, it’s seemed to last for six years. I think it can even last longer, I’ve talked to some people who have lost weight and they say they still feel like this, they still have to eat a lot less. So don’t pick a diet for six months, pick a diet that you’re going to stay on for years and years, that you like. It works with you, works with your lifestyle, works with what you like to eat, and in having its effect, it’s helping you lose weight. Just knowing that I think has helped people a lot. I know my editor, when he read my manuscript for the book, he actually lost 15 pounds because he actually understood fat. He knew what was going on, he understood why he was hungry at night and all these other things, biochemically what fat was doing, and it’s just helped us all persist a little bit more.
Tim: Dr. Tara, for our audience, of course, they’re listening to the InForm Fitness Podcast because they participate with this high intensity, strength training system through Power of Ten. Let’s talk about exercise for a minute, and tell us how fat is affected with high-intensity strength training, like we do at InForm Fitness.
Sylvia: There’s a bunch of things, so what we can do really to get smarter about fat and how we manage it, is it’s one thing to not just manage it and be able to persist for long periods of time because we now understand fat, but you can start using hormones to your advantage. One of the hormones that’s been talked about all the time is insulin, lots of books on insulin and fat, and making sure we have low sugar. We’re not provoking too much insulin because insulin helps store calories into fat tissue, and that’s all good and fine. Two other hormones to know about, one is growth hormone, that’s a great fat burning hormone, and we get less of it, we have less of it as we age, and so one thing is that it peaks at night. So what you can do is extend that overnight fasting part, and that will actually extend the release of growth hormone, really important as we age. Testosterone is another great fat burning hormone, and that also decreases as we age. Now high intensity interval training is good for a number of things: one is that is associated, exercise in general is associated with the release of growth hormone and testosterone, so some strength building exercise is good for growth hormone and testosterone, and even jogging is good for both hormones. Then [Inaudible: 00:11:32] is another hormone fat releases, and this is a hormone made by fat, and it actually helps clear our blood of triglycerides and put fat, circulating fat into fat tissue where it belongs. High-intensity interval training three times a week is associated with some of these hormones as well, and it decreases visceral fat, and so how I think of it is that you’re really affecting your hormones when you do HIIT. You’re increasing some of these fat-busting hormones, you’re helping get adiponectin, and you’re reducing your visceral fat. I think it’s one of the reasons that works very well, because when you think about it, you’re not exercising for long, you’re doing it for a short period of time but extremely intensely, and that’s affecting your hormones and how your body is reacting to it. It’s a great trick, I think, to just help remove stubborn fat.
Sheila: I was so inspired by your book Dr. Tara because I totally related to your personal story, and I’m middle-aged, and I’m suddenly going what in the hell is going on here? So it was really nice, even being in the fitness business, being a personal trainer, being involved in all of this for my entire life basically, so I was very encouraged by your story, to make some changes and to understand why you want to add certain exercises in. The diet thing is one thing, but for me, what was a real a-ha moment was when you described why you would exercise. The hormones are listening, your fat is listening to you, so can you talk a little bit more about how your fat listens to you, and the messages you send to it. It’s way more important than just the calories you’re going to burn by doing that cardio or whatever exercise you’re doing.
Sylvia: That’s exactly right. So your fat can talk and it can listen, so it’ll talk by sending out hormones. It can talk to your brain and tell you how to think about food, and it can talk to your muscles and have it lower metabolism, so it’s a way of communicating, and a lot of different organs in our body will emit hormones, and it has a whole communication system inside that you’ve never even considered and thought about. So it can talk by releasing leptin, adiponectin, and even other hormones. It can also listen, our fat, it can listen to other hormones coming from other organs. It has receptors for estrogen and testosterone on them, a number of other receptors too, so when other parts of our body starts releasing those hormones, our fat grabs it, it listens to it. It has ears if you will, and those hormones will tell fat what to do. So testosterone will help fat liquidate itself, even estrogen will, growth hormone certainly will. So when we’re exercising, we’re changing the communication signals in our body in a number of ways. Not only is our fat listening, but our muscles, our bones, we have a lot of different communications between these different organs, and so I think that’s the smart way to fight fat. Calories do matter, I wouldn’t say they don’t, but more importantly is what are you doing with your hormone levels, and very small changes can actually have a pretty good effect. That’s shown, I do a little writing about hormone replacement therapy which is really big here, especially in California, and it works wonders for people. I’m not ready for that yet, I wasn’t ready to get external hormones injected in, but I did really work hard at ways to naturally increase some of these hormones that decline with age, including growth hormone and testosterone in particular, and adiponectin, just releasing that from fat. You did bring up women, and women in particular, we battle fat much more. I don’t think there’s a single woman in the world who wouldn’t agree that men have an easier time losing weight than women do.
Sheila: That’s the other thing I got from this book, I was like oh my god, it’s true! It’s just the hard truth though, it’s the way it is, and understanding that helps us to — what about even the way that we eat and the nutrition partitioning? Also if you could speak a little bit about the cardio, when you said women exercise and when it goes over beyond 4-600 calories, how it’s different between men and women.
Sylvia: Sure. Just to make everyone feel better, women are fatter, we think even in utero, compared to — from the time they exist, girl babies have more fat than boy babies, and the single best predictor is gender when it comes to fat in infants. It’s not age, it’s not length, not any of those things, it’s gender, so many reasons for why women do gain more weight than men, but we can go over a few of them. One of them is nutrient partitioning, so when we eat something, say like a hundred calories or so, we’ll actually partition more of those nutrients into fat, compared to what men will do. So as an example, if we eat about a hundred calories, we’ll put about thirty calories say, for example, compared to men who might put 15 calories of those into their fat, compared to their lean tissue. So we put more in, and women actually utilize their fat differently as well. So after a time of energy depletion, like after an overnight fast, after we’ve slept for a long time, or after we’ve exercised intensely and we’ve depleted some energy, women’s bodies will reach for fat as a source of energy, whereas men will reach more for glycogen and for protein. You would think this was a great thing because we’re using our fat and we’re going to lose all this weight now. The issue is that after we’ve replenished and after we went to energy depletion, we’re actually storing fat much more efficiently than the men, two to three times more efficiently than men do. So for the one hour we’re exercising or whatever, yeah, we’re burning more fat off, but the rest of the day, we’re packing more fat away. There’s some good news for women in all of this, that even though we tend to be a little bit softer, a little bit fatter than men, the good part is that we are clearing those triglycerides out of our blood and putting it into some subcutaneous fat tissue where it belongs. So subcutaneous fat tissue is that fat tissue right underneath our skin, compared to visceral fat, which is fat underneath the stomach wall, which is less healthy. Women are very good at clearing triglycerides, fats, out of our blood and putting it into subcutaneous fat, and that keeps us more safe from cardiovascular disease, from metabolic issues, that tend to run a little bit higher in men. Men actually are not as efficient at this, and it’s one of the reasons why they have more visceral fat, and more cardiac disease as well. So just take some solace in that, although we’re softer, we don’t fit into jeans as well, we can’t eat as much, overall our bodies are doing what they’re supposed to do, which is putting fat into our blood and storing it into safe deposits where it belongs. So when we burn off, say, around six hundred calories, so a really good bout of exercise, we release more ghrelin, 33% more ghrelin than men do, and ghrelin is a hunger hormone that comes out of the stomach. So we respond more to exercise, and then it also leads to more compensation. If you put a buffet out in front of us after we’ve done that exercise, we’ll eat more than men do, and the interesting part is even after we eat more, we still have 25% higher ghrelin, and so that’s a lesson learned for women I think. Either keep the exercise a little bit more moderate, or really distract yourself after you exercise. Go watch TV or go shopping, in fact go shopping for jeans and you’ll see how much you don’t want to eat. Just do something, be aware that you’re hungrier and you have to really control the reaction to want to fill yourself up.
Sheila: Does it pass after a certain amount of time?
Sylvia: I haven’t seen research on it but I can tell you my experience, no, it’ll be all day. My own little trick is I exercise at night, so I’ll exercise between 7, even up to 10 o’clock, and I’ll just go to bed. If I sleep on it, it’ll disappear, I’m not as hungry the next day as I am during the day.
Adam: Dr. Tara, to change the subject a little bit, because there’s so much in your book that you touch on, and one of the most fascinating things about fat and how we retain fat is this biome in our stomachs. It turns out, as you say, people have different biomes in their stomach, and depending upon their bacterial content if you will, the types of bacteria that make up their biome, that will depend on whether you’re obese or not, or whether you’re thin or not.
Sylvia: That’s a really interesting field, and a quickly changing field, I feel like they’re learning new things all the time. The thinking, the standard thinking was that if you have a higher proportion of [Inaudible: 00:19:59] in your gut compared to [Inaudible: 00:20:02], that those people tended to extract more calories out of food, they tended to be heavier, and it’s a cycle. So what we eat also affects the bacteria that we have, so people who are eating higher fats, higher carbohydrates, they were having the type of phyla associated more with extracting calories and having a heavier body type. People who were eating more fruits and vegetables had a different phyla, they had more diversity, and so I think what they’re seeing now, there’s a little bit of movement away from that type of thinking of [Inaudible: 00:20:33] and more thinking about diversity in our gut. People who have higher diversities of bacteria tend to have a leaner body type, and it’s all really interesting because another observation was that the bacteria we have in our gut, it tends to run in families. So they’re wondering if this is how obesity is growing, because once somebody has someone’s bacteria that is associated with a thicker body type, is it spreading to children, is it having something to do with childhood obesity? This is moving, so there are things we can do though. One is what I just said, when you eat more fruits and vegetables, it’s tougher to digest those. So one way bacteria works is that it helps us digest foods that our normal body could not, things like polysaccharides and fibrous foods, plants. It helps turn all those starches into glucose, something we can easily absorb. It also helps with fat storage as well, so the more we’re giving our microbiome a run for the money, really nice tough salads and things like that, more is passing into waste than would be getting absorbed into our gut. Also just keeping your gut healthy, I think some of these probiotics and like artichokes, bananas, legumes, also keep a nice gut lining, a healthy mucous lining, that also fosters a good diversity of bacteria. So there’s a lot of diet books on this in no field alone, but it is a quickly changing field scientifically. I think the best advice we can take from it right now is just try to eat more fruits and vegetables; it’s very trite advice, I’m aware of that, but part of it is that I just wanted to understand how the microbiome was working. It’s viruses too that do have an effect, and I write about being able to catch fat in a way. There’s some viruses associated with higher weight gain and obesity, and I write about that pretty much at length in the book, but I think it’s not all bad news. We just have to work harder, so if you have a microbiome that’s tilted towards gaining weight, you will have to work harder, you'll have to eat a little less, you’ll have to eat more salads versus more fats and high carbohydrates. If you have the virus, I mean that’s tough too, and I write about one patient who did have the virus and he gained weight excessively easily. He just has to eat less, it’s harder for him, he’ll eat about 1200 calories a day and he’s 6’1”, he’s a big guy. It’s just the way it is, and I think part of what I want to do in my book is let’s just face facts. Let’s not pretend this is easy, let’s not say it’s the simple diet of 1, 2, 3, and you’ll lose weight. For some of us it’s just harder, and at least know why it is harder, and then there are some small tweaks you can make that will help you fight your fat in a smarter way.
Tim: Dr. Terra, I’ve got to tell you one of the many things I enjoyed about your book is how you not only provided all of us with a very detailed science lesson regarding fat, but how you describe both the harm fat can cause, and its usefulness in the form of the patient stories, one of which you just referred to right now. So it’s a great read, it’s very informative, I think it’s changed the four of our lives in how we look at fat and it’ll do the same thing for our audience as well too. I know we’re short on time but I do want to, if we can, add one more element to this. You mentioned genetics. We’re all victims of our genetics, but exercise can help us fight what we’ve inherited negatively through our genetics.
Sylvia: That’s right. So for genetics, what they do find is that exercise can attenuate some of the effect of these genetics, so if you increase exercise by six times or more over resting metabolism, which is achieved by running four to six miles an hour, or cycling about twelve to sixteen miles per hour, it actually attenuates some of the effects of those genes. It’s like even at some point your genes have to just give up and give in, and admit that you’re using a lot of energy and it can’t hold on anymore. Again, it’s one of these instances where we just have to work a little bit harder, there’s one gene, FTO, that actually causes a higher desire to eat energy dense foods, so things like cookies and brownies, and with kids who have this variation, when we test them, they’ll actually go to a buffet and compare them to normal kids who don’t have this FTO variation, they found that kids with the FTO variation, they actually will load up much more on things like chips and cookies, compared to the other kids. It affects appetite as well, so it still gets down to the things that we can do, and that includes food, it includes eating smart, eating for your hormones, exercising for your hormones. Just being a little smarter about it, don’t quite think of it as calorie in, calorie out. There’s certain times of the day that you can eat or not eat and it’ll help you release more of that growth hormone, more of those fat busting hormones. Certain types of things that you can eat that will affect your hormones, and I’m not just talking about insulin, but growth hormone and testosterone too. So think very holistically about it. There are some treatments coming out in the future that I’m hopeful will help people lose weight. One of them is leptin injections, if that will ever get approved. So like I said, we lose leptin when we lose fat, and what they’ve done is actually inject leptin back into people who have lost 10% of their fat or more, and they find that their metabolism improves, and their quest to eat is not as strong anymore. So it helps them maintain the lower weight, but that’s way off in the future I’m sorry to say; that’s going to be another ten years, minimum, before that would ever reach consumers. There’s other things too, there’s injecting brown fat, brown fat is a type of fat which will actually burn calories versus white fat, which the main function is to store, and that will is also far into the future. In the meantime what we can do is just be smart, customize a diet that works for you. Really keep a log of what you eat, when, what type of food it is, and then weigh yourself every day, and you’ll start to see where the correlation is. Everybody is really different, and in The Secret Life of Fat, I write about this research from Israel actually, where they’ve studied a large number of people and they look at their blood sugar after they eat various foods. What they noticed is that some people can eat chocolate and they can have alcohol and they don’t get a blood sugar spike; other people can’t, they react, and so they’re storing more fat as well because the blood sugar spike leads to insulin, that will help store all of that into fat. So we’re all really different, and it varies based on a lot of things that we talked about, like the genetics, microbiome, gender, etc. So some things will work for you that don’t work for your neighbor and vice versa, so just be very attentive. Watch what you can eat versus can’t, I know there’s some things I can’t believe I can get away with, everyone will tell me I’m crazy for eating this but it doesn’t make me gain weight. I can have small amounts of chocolate in the middle of the day, nothing bad happens to me, thank god because I really can’t live without it.
Tim: You just made a lot of people mad, Dr. Tara.
Mike: And happy. They’ll have to troubleshoot for themselves. I have one last quick question, Sylvia. We talked about nutrition, we talked about fitness and the troubleshooting processes with regulation of your fat, to either gain or to lose. I know you mentioned in your book a little bit about cortisol and stress management, and what we know about as far as weight gain or weight loss. I know we have a lot of clients who are under stressful times in their life, and I’m not sure if the correlation is directly related to that or other things or whatever, but I’ve seen people gain a lot of weight or lose a lot of weight as a result of stress.
Sylvia: I know there’s news about cortisol, I actually think too much might be made out of cortisol. Cortisol has a link to abdominal fat, so when we’re stressed out, we have more cortisol which is linked to some amounts of fat. I think more the issue is how we psychologically react to stress. So being on a diet, maintaining a good, healthy regimen, it actually takes an application of willpower, and when people have stress in their lives, like even during the recession or a bad economic time, or they lose a job or are going through a divorce, they are less able to stay with something else that requires stress. It’s like all the stress is being focused on this one event, and they can’t absorb more. So in a way, our willpower is like a muscle and it can be depleted. In fact, in the recession that we had more recently around 2008, candy sales soared. So people didn’t feel like being on a diet, they just want to indulge, they’re stressed out, so I think psychological factors are more of it than even cortisol. Those are things that are important to note because we never get rid of stress in our lives, I mean I get stressed out just sitting in traffic. There’s stress all around us, so one thing is if you’re going through a really stressful time, it’s not a great time to start a diet honestly. You’ll just feel like a failure if you do try because it gets hard. So choose a diet at the right time and then manage to stay on it. Two important things to know when you’re staying on a diet and really giving a good effort is that you actually need to reward yourself. Our willpower gets depleted at times, and they find that hospital workers who are told to wash their hands all day, towards the end of the day, they’ll just stop. They just don’t feel like doing it, but if they give them longer breaks between their shifts, they’ll continue to wash their hands during the day. So there’s something around being depleted, feeling like you’ve had enough of a break in between that you can stay on a regimen. So give yourself a break either by going off your diet every once in a while, or going off and doing something fun, but make sure that you’re entering in some happiness. Another study I talk about is people who have a hand exerciser for a long time, a hand gripper, and they divide them into two: they have one watch a sad movie for a while and then another group watch a happy movie, and then they give them the hand exerciser back, the hand gripper back. They find the people who watched the happy movie can stick with that hand gripper a long time, so scientifically, you actually need to recharge, you need to come off and have some fun. The important thing is to get right back on, and this is where dichotomous thinking can come on. So people sometimes when they go off a diet, they go down this slippery slope where they can’t get back on. Like I’ve had ice cream, I’ve completely failed, and now I’m just going to go off, it doesn’t matter. That’s called dichotomous thinking, and people who have that problem are actually more prone to depression, they’re more prone to eating disorders, so it’s a really bad thing to have, and women have it much more than men do. I’ve read about that in studies —
Adam: Add that to the list.
Sylvia: So the self love element is really important, and it’s funny, I write it about in the book. There’s one researcher from Mayo who said that women get something out of food that men don’t; when men come off their diet, they’re like yeah I had a beer, so what? I’m going to get back on and women are going to be like I had all these problems and I gave up, and I feel really badly now. The successful weight coaches or weight loss coaches, they’re very good at coaching people back on. So if you can do that for yourself, you’ll have so much more success than if you just beat yourself up every time you come off. You’re going to have come off, you can’t stay on, you need to recharge yourself, and then be forgiving. You came off, but you had 30 great days ahead of that, so now you’re just going to have another 30 great days going forward. So tons of advice in the book, and as you can see from all my talking, there’s a lot of research in it, a lot of points to know.
Tim: The book is The Secret Life of Fat, it brings together cutting edge research with historical perspectives to reveal fat’s true identity, and this episode, like you just said, we’ve just scratched the surface of all of the valuable information contained in this book, which is available Walmart, Barnes and Noble, Amazon, Audible, and other locations as well. Dr. Sylvia Tara, thanks so much for joining us here at the InForm Fitness Podcast. We certainly wish you the best of luck with your book, and really appreciate you being with us, thank you.
Sylvia: Great, thank you so much. It was great to be here.
Tim: We’ll include links in the show notes to Dr. Sylvia Tara’s book, The Secret Life of Fat. Just scroll down past the description in your podcast app, and you’ll find links to purchase the hard copy of her book in Amazon, or if you’re like me and you like to listen to your books, we’ll have a link to the book in Audible. You’ll also find the link to pick up Adam’s book, Power of Ten: The Once a Week, Slow Motion Fitness Revolution. Included in Adam’s book are several exercises that support this protocol that you can actually perform on your own if you don’t happen to live near an InForm Fitness location. For those that do live in Manhattan, Port Washington, Denville, Burbank, Boulder, Leesburg, and Reston, good news, there’s an InForm Fitness to you. Pop on over to informfitness.com to get a glimpse of each location. Better yet, set up a consultation to begin your own journey with the Power of Ten. Be sure to join us next week, because Adam has a confession he would like to make to all of us who are a part of InForm Nation. I’ll tell you this much, it’s something that he’s been struggling with most of his life, and something that a lot of us might have in common with him. To guarantee that you don’t accidentally miss an upcoming episode of the InForm Fitness Podcast, just subscribe, it’s very simple. Hit the subscribe button and every single Monday morning, we’ll have a new episode waiting for you. For Sheila Melody, Mike Rogers, and Adam Zickerman of InForm Fitness, I’m Tim Edwards, with the InBound Podcasting network.
After 9 years of slow motion, high intensity, strength training at InForm Fitness in Manhattan, client Hence Orme decided to change up his workout and leave InForm Fitness. After a year and a half away Hence decided to come back.
Why did Hence leave Inform Fitness in the first place, what type of exercise program did he do, and why did he come back.?
Join InForm Fitness founder, Adam Zickerman and Hence’s trainer Mike Rogers for their interview with The Prodigal InForm Fitness Client.
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you to give this workout a try, please visit www.InformFitness.com. InForm Fitness has locations located in Manhattan, Port Washington, Denville, Burbank, Boulder, Leesburg, and Resten.
If you aren’t currently near an InForm Fitness grab a copy of Adam’s book, Power of 10, The Once a Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution, click this link to visit Amazon: http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen Adam breaks down the three pillars necessary to achieve maximum benefits of this workout along with simple to follow exercises you can do at home or in a gym near you.
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com. You can also call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To produce a podcast of your own just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards a tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
The transcription for Episode 21 - Return of the Prodigal Client is below:
__________________________________________________________________
Adam: Well Hence, welcome to our show. I’m very excited to have you here.
Hence: Thank you, it’s great to be here.
Adam: The reason that I’m excited to have Hence here is because he is a client that started here many years ago —Hence: 2006.
Adam: 2006, was here for many years. He’s experimented his whole life with exercise, and then he took a hiatus and he started experimenting with some more things after here, and now he has come back. Then Mike said to me, guess what Adam, Hence is back and I said oh great, and Mike started to tell me what you’ve been doing Hence, and then what led you to come back. I was like wait, wait, don’t tell me yet, let’s get this fresh on our podcast, because I think a lot of our listeners would appreciate to hear about your journey. How you came full circle so to speak.
Mike: I was enormously excited when Hence came back — I think it was about three months ago. He started in 2006, in September, and ten years, we’re enormously proud to have clients have been here for that long, and I just looked on the system, 351 sessions you’ve done with us over that time.
Hence: Is that right, wow.
Mike: That’s an incredible thing, and once a week, it’s actually — it averages, over the eight and a half years, it’s about forty-one sessions per year, which is… that’s pretty good, it takes into account vacations, time away for business trips or something like that, but yeah, it’s been really exciting.
Adam: Let’s start the beginning, like what brought you here in the first place, back in 2006.
Hence: Sure, I think to start off with, Adam is right that I’ve been interested in exercise and fitness and health for a very long time, and have been training since I was a teenager, mostly weight lifting and running, and along the way, have done a fair amount of reading and research, and going back to 2006, at that point in time, I was doing a lot of running. Or at least a lot of running for me, somewhere in the range of 25-35 miles a week, and I had ramped up to that level pretty quickly, and what I was finding was that, at the age of, I guess at that time 42, 41 actually, a lot of little things were starting to break down. Nothing major, but the running was starting to take a toll, and I was starting to notice, for example, that I was having trouble walking the stairs up out of the subway. It was starting to bug me, so my family and I were on vacation in San Diego, so I was out of New York, I was out of the routine, and I could get a little time to think. At the time, I happened to just be leafing through the local San Diego magazine, and they profiled some local trainers. One of whom focused on high-intensity training, and I called her up and just said tell me about what you do and can I come train, and she did, but said I’m sorry, I can’t train you while you’re here, where do you live? So I told her that my family and I lived in New York City, and she practically jumped through the phone at me and said oh wow, well Adam Zickerman is the one that I follow. You should read his book and you should go talk to him.
Adam: I forgot that story.
Mike: I looked it up on the sheet, I was like oh San Diego.
Hence: It was a really random occurrence, so I read the book, it made sense, and at this point I really started to say to myself look, I’ve been pushing running for me, in my context, fairly aggressively, and it’s having some negative results that I didn’t anticipate and I certainly don’t want. At the end of the day, I don’t want to run so much I can’t walk.
Mike: Did you have a goal in mind when you decided to start running aggressively, 35, 40 miles a week? Were you going to do a marathon or something?
Hence: I was never really thinking about doing a marathon, I was thinking about being able to run maybe a fast 10k or maybe a half marathon.
Mike: Did you feel like you had to lose weight at the time, or you wanted to lose weight at the time?
Hence: No, not particularly, that wasn’t really in the parameters at that point, but the negative effects were really starting to pile up and so I said alright, I’m going to do something different. I’m going to go cold turkey, I’m going to stop running. I talked with Adam, we had a great conversation, what he said made a ton of sense and so I made a big leap, a big experimental leap and said alright. I’m done with running for now, and I’m just going to train once a week at
InForm. The results were fantastic.
Adam: I remember you telling me that you just gave up running cold turkey.
Mike: I remember it too.
Hence: I did, and I like running, I’m not somebody for whom running was — or even is a chore, I still like it, but I had to balance that versus the wear and tear that I was accruing. So I stopped, and started training once a week, very high intensity. It required something completely different of me which is to be highly focused for a short period of time and with really no possibility of oh okay, if I don’t give a hundred percent, I’m going to train in another couple days anyway so it really doesn’t matter. I really had to focus, and over the next several months, all my running aches and pains went away, which is fairly predictable. If I just stopped running, I’m sure a lot of those aches and pains and issues would have resolved themselves, but I did get stronger…
Mike: Did it make sense to you immediately that the idea of a once a week workout was going to be effective, or did you actually have to take a leap of faith into that?
Hence: There was definitely a leap of faith. I had done enough reading, not just Adam’s book, but some other authors, to have the seed planted that maybe we all have been taught about high frequency exercise is really not the whole story. There’s a lot of damage that can be built up over time that is understated from higher frequency methods of exercise, but I still had to make that leap, and again, I came to InForm as an experiment.
Adam: How long did that experiment last?
Hence: The initial phase of the experiment really started in September of ’06, ran for about nine months where I really did nothing other then train once a week at InForm. I did no running, I did no weight lifting.
Adam: What was your conclusion after the nine months?
Hence: My conclusion was that it was just shockingly effective. The aches and pains from
running went away, my ability to climb stairs came right back, I got a spring in my step again. Certainly got stronger, and sort of the most counterintuitive finding for me was that I lost weight. Now when I was running, I wasn’t thinking about my weight, I hadn’t weighed myself in a long time, but I did what I think happens to many other runners which is because I was running, call it 30 miles a week, I thought I could eat everything. When I finally stepped on the scales, I was pretty shocked at how heavy I had gotten. What happened over the next nine months is because I was only training once a week, I couldn’t deceive myself that oh you’re going to click off six miles tomorrow so you can go ahead and eat that extra piece of pizza or cake. I couldn’t fool myself that way, so my diet improved and I don’t remember the numbers right off the hand, but I did start to steadily lose weight. Which was an unanticipated benefit, and clearly just all around felt better.
Mike: I was looking at his consult form, and what he put down for his regular dinner was PB&J sandwich and ice cream.
Adam: Did that change too, did you change your eating when you started working out?
Mike: Well first of all, this is New York so it’s a very glamorous lifestyle, so this is dinner in New York.
Mike: Hence is a portfolio manager, pretty busy, schedule.
Hence: Pretty busy, not unlike most people, but pretty exotic and elaborate meals. Certainly, my diet changed, and I attribute it to finally, in my early 40’s, coming to understand that you cannot out train a bad diet, and by decreasing the frequency of training, I couldn’t deceive myself that I could just eat all I wanted. So that was an unanticipated benefit of moving to a high frequency, or high intensity, lower frequency form of training.
Adam: Okay, so you had the nine-month experiment and then you were here for many years after that, so the experiment was over. You were kind of convinced and you stuck this out, you did it for once or twice a week, so I’m dying to know. When you left, what did you do?
Hence: I didn’t just say I’m out. I continued to do a fair amount of reading and research. What I was really doing was experimenting with something else, so reading McGuff, very helpful, learned a lot. I also learned to start to read some of what people had been writing about regular, old school weight lifting. The power lifts, dead lift, back squat, bench press. I though their claims were interesting —
Adam: You’re talking all free weights?
Hence: Exactly, so Olympic bars, and I thought the claims of the school of thought were interesting. That these exercises are very functional, and if you think about it, there really isn’t very little that doesn’t revolve around a squat or a deadlift, or an overhead press or a bench press in one way or another. So I thought well this is interesting, and it seems to make some sense. Going in, I thought there were some issues that I would have difficulty with, such as barbell on your back, or lifting a barbell off the ground, and there’s also just the time involved, because this method of exercise, the free weight training method of exercise does demand several days a week. So these were issues that I knew going in, but I was interested in the so-called functional benefits of this form of exercise. For some period of time, period of weeks I believe, I did some weight training away from InForm. Then I’d come to InForm and do my normal workout.
Mike: I remember, you were splitting it up a little bit.
Hence: I was splitting it up, and I was not going to learn what I wanted to learn by doing that, so I said alright. Let me take a break from InForm, let me see what I can learn in the free weight world and so I did. I was cognizant of the risks, so I made sure to learn how to do the more dangerous exercises the right way, really did invest quite a bit of time.
Mike: I remember that I didn’t even discourage Hence. I loved our conversations, I loved the exploration. It really forced me to even evaluate and think about all the other ways of doing things, and I remember just encouraging you to just be very mindful to what you were doing in regards to range of motion… I remember when we were working together and you were doing your workouts independently and coming into InForm, and you were showing me how you were doing some squats with weights, and you were going really deep into it. I said I’d be very careful about going that far down, almost where his butt was below the level of his knees.
Hence: Like sumo wrestler low.
Mike: Exactly, and I was like I need you to be very mindful about doing that because it could be — you’re going to an extreme range of motion with a lot of resistance and those are usually what causes those breaking points.
Adam: It’s hard to bite your tongue, because when you hear somebody say that they’re going to do a dangerous exercise safely, that’s like — you know what I hear when I hear that? When someone says that, to me, it’s like saying I’m going to play Russian Roulette safely. There is no safe way to play Russian Roulette, you are eventually, or could eventually, get hurt and regardless of how careful you are — only because, the nature of let’s say a barbell squat is you have this long lever with weights at the end of it, being supported by a structure, a skeletal structure, a spine in particular. If you go to the left or right a little bit too much, it’s all over and it’s just hard to defend against that long term that you can get away with that. There’s no reason to do it if you can get the same effect of an exercise like that from a leg press or something where you don’t take those kind of spinal risks, but I’m digressing.
Hence: Right, well what I found from switching over to free weights is that the exercises are very effective. I felt like I definitely got stronger in some really basic movements, I learned how to squat, I think about as safely as one can, and I learned how to deadlift actually quite safely, and I enjoyed the movement of those exercises. They were pleasant to do, but — and I was able to progress and move the weight up and all that, but over a period of — I guess it was a total of about eighteen months, I got to the point where I had gotten more capable of lifting heavier weight, but to the point where I really believed that I was starting to get to a tipping point. Where yeah, I had gotten stronger and yes my technique was pretty good, but if I were going to get stronger from there, I was going to be taking some risks. It really took me that long also to really understand that even as the weight got heavier and even as my technique stayed pretty solid, that I could not generate the intensity safely that I wanted to achieve. I would feel like maybe I have another —
Adam: What happens when you have a barbell on your shoulders and you’re reaching muscle failure?
Mike: Or after you’ve failed on let’s say, doing dumbbell flys, how do you safely put those weight down? There’s a lot of different scenarios.
Adam: So you didn’t have a trainer Hence?
Hence: Well I did early on just to get the technique right, but then I was really training myself. It became really clear that there were times when I might have, let’s say, half a rep left in me but I had to rack the weight, just for safety’s sake. After getting — I never really got injured, I got a little tweaked once in a while, but I never got truly injured. Certainly witnessed a couple things in the gym that were a little disconcerting, but never myself got hurt, but after I got to a certain level at the major exercises, it was just really clear that I just couldn’t safely progress.
Mike: Like an intense stimulus, to go forward with it.
Hence: Right, just could not generate the intensity with the safety that I wanted.
Adam: It makes total sense. So I guess that’s when you started thinking about InForm again.
Hence: Right, so I went back, I reread the Power of Ten, I reread McGuff, and I think as with any discipline, it’s one thing to read the book once or twice. It’s another thing to read the book and then go experiment, try something, live it, and then go back and reread it and say oh, that’s what McGuff meant. Now I understand what he’s talking about, or that’s what Adam meant.
Mike: Real understandings, I think is a process like that often times. To read it you get the information, but as you said, to live it and then to go back and look at the text and what it’s all about, that’s when it really seeps in when you’ve done that a little bit.
Hence: The time I spent training with free weights is absolutely not wasted at all, I learned a lot from doing it, I’m glad I did it. I saw some tremendous athletes workout, and I got a sense of what that world was all about but there’s a difference between training for a particular sport, whether it’s Olympic weight lifting, whether it’s power lifting, versus training for health and strength and general well being. I think one of the things that comes through in McGuff and that Adam tried to tell me ten years ago and I wasn’t really ready to understand it, is the difference between fitness for a particular activity — whether that’s a big bench press or whether that’s a fast 10K, and health. The two really are quite different, and I certainly have known people who are tremendously fit at a given activity, marathon running be a prime example.
Mike: Or football players, they are extremely fit and being able to run and jump and sprint and tackle, but they’re dealing with a tremendous amount of pain.
Hence: Health issues —
Adam: Well that’s the thing, fitness is not — being really fit does not guarantee being very healthy. You can become fit and not undermine your health, or based on how you determine the choice of how you get fit, the whole reason I chose to practice a form of safe, high intensity training is because why in the name of fitness, or really why in the name of health should your — I mean it’s ironic that a fitness program would undermine your health in the long run. Sports are one thing, if you want to play a sport and excel at a certain skill and activity, recreational pursuit, and it happens to make you strong and fit, so be it, but do it because you love the sport. Not because you think it’s going to make you fit. The idea of choosing a sport to get fit is a little bit backwards. You should choose a sport because you love that sport and some sports, depending upon the sport of course, and the intensity of that sport, can get you very fit, can get you strong. But if your idea is just to get strong to live a healthy, long, strong life, choosing a sport for that purpose is probably not the best idea. Choosing an exercise program that is going to make you strong and is going to delay that aging process, truly delay that aging process, and not at the same time undermine your health in the process and the things that I’m talking about is that you were talking about before. The arthritis, the pain in the joints, all those kinds of overtraining injuries that can occur. It’s not worth it. Sports are worth it if you love sports, but if you just want to get fit, again, sports are not necessarily the best choice.
Mike: It’s tough because often times those things are insidious. They don’t happen on day one, they happen on day 400, and you’re like oh wow. That little tweak which you can tolerate on the 20th day of doing something, and even on the 80th day, all of a sudden comes something that’s like wow, now my shoulder is really bothering me. Those are the type of things that kind of sneak up on you. One of the things that I really admire and I try to continue to apply to my life as a trainer and everything is the idea to explore and to try things out. I feel like that’s how everything, even the power of ten evolved, is seeing what else out there. Obviously you want to have a good head on your shoulders and make sure you’re trying to take relative precautions and just reasonable sense over whatever you’re trying to do. Going back to power of ten, you can achieve the intensity, we know that the intense stimulus on the muscles is really what makes the adaptation a meaningful adaptation, and if you can do that in a safe way, then why wouldn’t you try.
Adam: Consistently.
Hence: I mean I think the — whether it’s running, the weight lifting, both of which I’ve experimented with to quite an extent, they don’t generate the intensity that we get through this form of exercise, and if you read through McGuff, there are tremendous metabolic benefits that come from achieving that level of intensity.
Adam: McGuff is talking about a lot of research that has been going on out there about how intensity is what is driving these health benefits, these physiological adaptations. It’s the intensity, it’s not the duration of the exercise. You can eventually get these adaptations with slow, steady state activities, but the risks to do so add up. For the same adaptations, you don’t need to take those risks by just increasing the intensity and shortening the time of the workout, and doing it in a safe manner.
Mike: And also the time in-between workouts. It seems like it is still very contrary to what people think about exercise. Like more is better, but if you do things intensely, whatever the activity is, whether it’s boxing or running, weight training, yoga. The more intense the stimulus, the more time your body needs to recover in order for it to actually adapt and change.
Hence: I thought the number that you mentioned earlier was interesting. So you said that I’ve logged, what 341?
Mike: 351, yeah.
Hence: So 351 — over eight and a half total years. So 351 sounds like a large number, and I think it should be actually to be considered a large number but if you’re doing a conventional type of workout, you would triple that workout.
Mike: Well you think about if it’s —
Adam: Well how many workouts a year does that turn out to be?
Mike: It was 41 a year on the average.
Adam: There are people that think you should do that in two months.
Mike: Well the prescription and like the American Heart Association says three moderate or two high-intensity a week, or actually, some people prescribe even more than that. They say four or five days a week, but let’s say three days a week, over three years, you do 350.
Hence: I think also there is a psychology there too that I’ve found, that I have trouble with. If you believe that you have to run four or five days a week, at first it’s kind of a cool challenge. It’s like oh I’m going to go do this, it’s going to be awesome, but then you start to realize okay, what am I having to not do. I’m having to — I’m not able to help my family the way I should, I’m not able to — it really takes a lot of time.
Adam: We’ve got lives to live.
Hence: And then that understanding of effectively the opportunity cost of what I am not able to do because I’m doing this, it starts to erode at least my willingness to do that exercise, whereas here, look, training once a week is great. Going back to when I first started training with Adam ten years ago, I asked the question a lot of clients ask which is well what should I do on vacation, and Adam said nothing. I’m as Type A as anyone and I was like, what do you mean nothing? I took him at his word and I actually did go away for a week and did nothing, and was shocked to then come back and find that that extra rest resulted in my strength that following workout being quite a bit better.
Mike: It’s consistent almost in every case when people take — when people come back from their vacation. They make their personal best or they make a jump, just by having that extra rest, it’s amazing how counterintuitive that is.
Adam: That’s why I always like to tell people to not do anything on vacation, just enjoy your
vacation. Don’t stress out about where you’re going to exercise. Besides usually the gyms at the hotel suck anyway. So that was great, Hence, you know, I learned a lot, it was great to hear that story. I’m glad you’re back, and I hope — and Mike you did a great job, you two as a team did a great job over the years, and I love the communication. So kudos to you Mike, and to you guys, and how you work through that. There’s no defensiveness, it was truly an attempt to discover what was best and it’s a great story. I hope for those listening out there, whether you exercise all the time and used to do what Hence does, or want to experiment with free weights or realize that maybe less is more, there’s something for everybody in this I think. So thank you very much Hence for joining us. It’s been a great help.
Mike: It’s great Hence that you were on the podcast. Thank you very much for being here.
Adam Zickerman and Mike Rogers interview author, weight lifter, and personal trainer Bill DeSimone.
Bill penned the book Congruent Exercise: How To Make Weight Training Easier On Your Joints
Bill is well known for his approach to weight lifting which, focuses on correct biomechanics to build strength without undue collateral damage to connective tissue and the rest of the body.
So, whether you are an aspiring trainer, serious weight lifter, or even an Inform Fitness client who invests just 20-30 minutes a week at one of their seven locations this episode is chock full of valuable information regarding safety in your high-intensity strength training. A paramount platform of which the Power of Ten resides at all InForm Fitness locations across the country.
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam Zickerman's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon:
http://bit.ly/ThePowerofTen
To purchase Bill DeSimone's book Congruent Exercise: How To Make Weight Training Easier On Your Joints click this link to visit Amazon:
http://bit.ly/CongruentExercise
If you would like to produce a podcast of your own just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
Below is the transcription for Episode 20 - Author Bill DeSimone - Congruent Exercise
20 Author Bill DeSimone - Congruent Exercise
Adam: So there’s not a day that goes by that I don’t think by the way that I don’t think of something Bill has said to me when I’m training people. Bill is basically my reference guide, he’s my Grey’s Anatomy. When I try an exercise with somebody, I often find myself asking myself, what would Bill do and I take it from there. Without further ado, this is Bill, and we’re going to talk about all good stuff. Joint friendly exercises, what Bill calls it now, you started out with congruent exercises, technical manual for joint friendly exercise, and now you’re rephrasing it.
Bill: Well actually the first thing I did was [Inaudible: 00:00:43] exercise, but the thing is I didn’t write [Inaudible: 00:00:45] exercise with the idea that anybody other than me was going to read it. I was just getting my own ideas down, taking my own notes, and just to flesh it out and tie it up in a nice package, I actually wrote it and had it bound it up and sent it off to Greg Anderson and McGuff and a couple others, and it hit a wave of interest.
Adam: A wave, they were probably blown away.
Bill: Yeah well, a lot of those guys went out of their way to call me to say boy, a lot of what I suspected, you explained here. But when I read it now, it’s pretty technical, it’s a challenge.
Mike: There’s a lot of, I think, common sense with an experienced trainer when you think about levers in general, and I think what you did in that manual was make it very succinct and very clear. I think it’s something that maybe we didn’t have the full story on, but I think we had some — if you have some experience and you care about safety as a trainer, I think you are kind of looking at it and you saw it observationally, and then I think when we read this we were like ah, finally, this has crystalized what I think some of us were thinking.
Adam: Exactly. You know what I just realized, let’s explain, first and foremost. You wrote something called Moment Arm Exercise, so the name itself shows you have technical — that it probably is inside, right? So moment arm is a very technical term, a very specific term in physics, but now you’re calling it joint friendly exercise, and you called it also congruent exercise at one point. All synonymous with each other, so please explain, what is joint friendly exercise or fitness?
Bill: It’s based more on anatomy and biomechanics than sports performance. So unlike a lot of the fitness fads that the attitude and the verbiage comes out of say football practice or a competitive sport, what I’m doing is I’m filtering all my exercise instruction through the anatomy and biomechanics books, to try to avoid the vulnerable — putting your joints in
vulnerable positions, and that’s so complicated which is why I struggled with so much to make it clearer. So I started with moment arm exercise, and then I wrote Congruent Exercise, which is a little broader but obviously the title still requires some explanation. And then — how it happened, as for my personal training in the studio, I would use all this stuff but I wouldn’t explain it because I was only dealing with clients, I wasn’t dealing with peers. Since it’s a private studio and not a big gym, I don’t have to explain the difference between what I’m doing and what somebody else is doing, but in effect, I’ve been doing this every day for fifteen years.
Adam: I have to say, when you say that, that you didn’t explain it to clients, I actually use this information as a selling point. I actually explain to my clients why we’re doing it this way, as opposed to the conventional way, because this is joint friendly. I don’t get too technical necessarily, but I let them know that there is a difference of why we’re doing it this way, versus the conventional way. So they understand that we are actually a cut above everybody else in how we apply exercise, so they feel very secure in the fact that they’re doing what they’re supposed to be doing, but I digress.
Bill: Generally what I do is any signage I have, a business card, website, Facebook presence, all lays out joint friendly and defines it and kind of explains itself. I would say most of the clients I have aren’t coming from being heavily engaged in another form of fitness. They’re people who start and drop out programs or they join a health club in January and drop out. It’s not like I’m getting somebody who is really intensely into Crossfit, or intensely into Zumba or bodybuilding, and now they’re banged up and need to do something different. The joint friendly phrasing is what connects me with people that need that, I just find that they don’t need the technical explanation as to why we’re not over stretching the joint capsule in the shoulder. Why we’re not getting that extra range of motion on the bench press, because again, they haven’t seen anybody doing otherwise, so I don’t have to explain why I’m doing it this way.
Adam: Yeah but they might have had experience doing it themselves. Let’s take an overhead press for example, having your arms externally rotating and abducted, versus having them in front of you. There’s an easy explanation to a client why we won’t do one versus the other.
Bill: But I have to say I do not get people who do not even know what a behind the neck press is. Now in Manhattan is a little bit different, more denser.
Adam: So for this conversation, let’s assume some people know, or understand in a way what the conventional is, but we can kind of get into it. What is conventional and what’s not conventional. So it’s joint friendly, how is it joint friendly, what are you actually doing to make it joint friendly?
Bill: Well the short answer is that I use a lot less range of motion than we’ve got accustomed to, when we used to use an extreme range of motion. If bodybuilders in the 60s were doing pumping motions, and then you wanted to expand that range of motion, for good reason, and then that gets bastardized and we take more of a range of motion and turn it into an extreme range of motion — just because going from partial motions to a normal range of motion was good, doesn’t make a normal range of motion to an extreme range of motion better. And in fact —
Adam: What’s wrong with extreme range of motion?
Bill: Well because —
Adam: Don’t say that you want to improve flexibility.
Bill: Well the HIIT guys who would say that you’re going to improve flexibility by using —
Adam: HIIT guys means the high intensity training sect of our business.
Bill: So the line about, you’re going to use the extreme range of motion with a weight training exercise to increase flexibility. First of all, either flexibility is important or it’s not, and that’s one of those things where HIIT has a little bit of an inconsistency, and they’ll argue that it’s not important, but then they’ll say that you can get it with the weights. That’s number one. Number two, a lot of the joint positions that machines and free weight exercises put us in, or can put us in, are very vulnerable to the joints, and if you go to an anatomy and biomechanics textbook, that is painfully obvious what those vulnerable positions are. Just because we walk into a gym or a studio and call it exercise instead of manual labor or instead of — instead of calling it submission wrestling and putting our joints or opponents’ joints in an externally rotated abduct and extended position, we call it a pec fly, it’s still the same shoulder. It’s still a vulnerable
position whether it’s a pec fly stretching you back there, or a jiujitsu guy putting you in a paintbrush, but I don’t know, for most of the pop fitness books though, if anybody else is really looking at this. Maybe not in pop fitness, maybe Tom Pervis —
Adam: What’s pop fitness?
Bill: If you walk into a bookstore and look in the fitness section for instance, any of those types. No offense, but celebrity books, glossy celebrity fitness books, but I don’t know that anybody — and the feedback that I’ve gotten from experienced guys like [Inaudible: 00:08:26] or the guys we know personally, is — even McGuff said yeah, I never associated the joint stuff with the exercise stuff.
Adam: Let’s talk about these vulnerabilities that you’re talking about and extreme ranges of motion. So we have to understand a little bit about muscle anatomy to understand what we mean by the dangers of these extreme ranges of motion. So muscles are weaker in certain positions and they’re stronger in other positions. Maybe talk about that, because that’s where you start getting into why we do what we do, like understanding that muscles don’t generate the same amount of force through a range of motion. They have different torque potentials.
Mike: And is there a very clear and concise way of communicating that to a lay person too, like we have practice at it, but in here, we’re over the radio or over the podcast, so it’s like describing pictures with words.
Bill: The easiest way to show it to a client who may not understand what muscle torque is, is to have them lock out in an exercise. Take a safe exercise, the barbell curl, where clearly if you allow your elbows to come forward and be vertically under the weight, at the top of the repetition, clearly all of a sudden the effort’s gone. There’s no resistance, but if you let your elbows drop back to rib height, if you pin your elbows to the sides through the whole curl, now all of a sudden your effort feels even. Instead of feeling like — instead of having effort and then a lockout, or having a sticky point and then a lockout, now it just feels like effort.
Adam: Or a chest press where your elbows are straight and the weights are sitting on those elbows, you’re not really working too hard there either.
Bill: Same thing. If you have a lockout — what’s easy to demonstrate is when the resistance torque that the machine or exercise provides doesn’t match your muscle torque. So if your muscle torque pattern changes in the course of a movement, if you feel a lockout or a sticking point, then it’s not a line. If all you feel is effort, now it matches pretty evenly. Now here’s the thing, all that really means, and part of what I got away for a moment on — all that really means is that that set is going to be very efficient. Like for instance, the whole length of the reputation you’re working. It’s not like you work and lockout and rest, all that means is that it’s going to be a very efficient set. You can’t change a muscle torque curve, so if you were just to do some kind of weird angled exercise, you wouldn’t get stronger in that angle. All you would do is use a relatively lower weight. Nobody does like a scott bench curl, nobody curls more than a standing curl. You can’t change the muscle torque curve, you might change the angle, which means the amount of weight that your hand has change, to accommodate the different torque at that joint angle, but you’re not changing where you’re strongest. If you could, you would never know you had a bad [Inaudible: 00:11:36], because if the pattern — if the muscle torque pattern could change with a good [Inaudible: 00:11:44], it would also change with a bad [Inaudible: 00:11:47], and then you would never know. Take a dumbbell side raise, everybody on the planet knows it’s hardest when your arms are horizontal. Your muscle torque curve can never change to accommodate what the resistance is asking. Now if you go from a machine side raise, which has more even — like where those two curves match, that set feels harder because you don’t have to break. You do a set of side raises with dumbbells to failure, if it feels — if it’s a difficulty level of ten, of force out of ten, and then you go to a machine side raise and go to failure, it’s like a ten, because you didn’t have that break built into the actual rep. So the moment arms, knowing how to match the resistance required by the exercise and the muscle torque expressed by your limbs, that makes for a more efficient exercise. In terms of safety, it’s all about knowing what the vulnerable positions of the joints are and cutting the exercise short, so that you're not loading the joint into an impingement, or into like an overstretched position.
Mike: How different are these…. like thinking about limitation and range of motion on them, we mentioned that before and I think it’s kind of adjacent to what you’re talking about is — we also want to help people understand that if they’re on their own exercising or there are other trainers who want to help their clients, and for our trainers to help our clients… troubleshooting, we know generally how the joints work, where the strength curves exist, but how to discern where those limitations are. Like you said before, that one of the things you do is you limit range of motion and get much more stimulus and muscle.
Bill: I’m saying limit range of motion because that might be the verbiage that we understand and maybe listeners would understand, but it’s really a lot more complicated than just saying, use this range of motion. So for instance, in a lower back exercise, say a stiff leg or dead lift, which, when I used to misinterpret that by using a full range of motion, I’d be standing on a bench with a barbell, and the barbell would be at shoe level. My knees would be locked, my lower back would be rounded, my shoulders would be up my ears as I’m trying to get the bar off the ground, and so yes, I was using a full range of motion.
Adam: That’s for sure.
Mike: That can be painted for that description.
Bill: It’s also pretty much a disaster on your lower back waiting to happen, at least on your lower back.
Adam: I’ve got to go to a chiropractor just listening to that.
Bill: Exactly, but you still see it all the time. You see it all the time on people using kettle bells, you see that exact posture. The kettle bell is between their legs, their knees are locked, their lower back is rounded, and now they’re doing a speed lift. At least I was doing them slow, they’re doing speed dead lifts, so if I was going to do an exercise like that, it wouldn’t be an extreme range of motion, I’d be looking to use a correct range of motion. So for instance, I wouldn’t lock the knees, and I would only lower the person’s torso so that they could keep the curve in the lower back. Which might require a rep or two to see where that is, but once you see where that is, that’s what I would limit them to.
Mike: Do you do it at first with no weight with the client?
Bill: That’d be one way of lining it up.
Mike: Just sort of seeing what they can just do, make sure they understand the position and stuff.
Bill: So for instance, the chest press machine I have in the studio is a Nitro —
Adam: [Inaudible: 00:15:37] Nitro.
Bill: And it doesn’t — the seat doesn’t adjust enough for my preference, so the person’s elbows come too far back. So for instance, to get the first rep off the ground, the person’s elbows have to come way behind the plane of their back, which —
Adam: So you’ve come to weigh stack them
Bill: Weigh stack, right.
Mike: It’s like our pull over, you know how we had to pull it over at one point?
Bill: So what I’ll do is I’ll help the person out of the first repetition, help them out of the bottom, and then I’ll have my hand to the clipboard where I want their elbow to stop. So as soon as they touch my hand with their elbow, they start to go the other way.
Adam: So they’re not stretching their pecs too far.
Bill: Well more specifically, they’re not rotating their shoulder capsule. So that’s another thing we tend to do, we tend to think of everything in terms of the big, superficial muscles — right, those are the ones that don’t get hurt, it’s the joints that [do]. That was one thing of all the stuff I read, whether it was CSCS or Darton’s stuff or Jones’ stuff, there was always a little murkiness between what was the joint and what was the muscle. That stuff was always written from the point of view of the muscle.
Adam: What’s a joint capsule, for those that don’t know what a joint capsule is. A shoulder capsule.
Bill: It’s part of the structure of what holds your shoulder together, and so if the old [Inaudible: 00:17:06] machines, 1980 vintage, that bragged about getting such an extreme range of motion, some of them… it really took your shoulder to the limit of where it could go to start the exercise, and we were encouraged to go that far.
Adam: And what would happen?
Bill: Eventually it just adds to the wear and tear that you were going to have in your shoulder anyway. And that’s if people stayed with it, I think a lot of people ended up dropping out.
Mike: Often times exacerbating what was going on.
Bill: You rarely see, it’s occasional that we have that sort of catastrophic event in the gym, it’s occasional —
Mike: Almost never happens.
Bill: A lot of the grief that I take for my material is well, that never happens, people do this
exercise all the time, people never explode their spine. Well a) that’s not true, they do, just not in that persons’ awareness, and b) but the real problem is unnecessarily adding to life’s wear and tear on your joints. So it’s not just what we do in the gym that counts, if somebody plays tennis or somebody has a desk job or manual labor job — let’s say a plumber or some other manual
labor guy has to go over his head with his arms a lot, that wear and tear on his shoulder counts, and just because they walk into your gym, and you ask them about their health history, do you have any orthopedic problems and they say no, yes. I’m on the verge of an orthopedic problem that I don’t know about, and I’ve worn this joint out because of work, but no I have no orthopedic problems at the moment. So my thing is, the exercise I’m prescribing isn’t going to make that worse.
Adam: Well you don’t want to make it worse, and that’s why you’re limiting range of motion, that’s why you’re matching the strength curve of the muscle with the resistance curve of the tool you’re using, whether it’s free weight or machine or the cam.
Bill: Yeah, we’re supposed to be doing this for the benefits of exercise. I do not — I truly do not understand crippling yourself over the magical benefit of exercise. I mean there’s no — in 2014, there was a lot of negative publicity with Crossfit, with some of the really catastrophic injuries coming about. There’s no magic benefits just because you risk your life, you either benefit from exercise or you don’t, but you don’t get extra magic benefit because you pushed something to the brink of cracking your spine or tearing your shoulder apart.
Adam: Well they talk about them being functional or natural movements, that they do encourage these full ranges of motion because that’s what you do in life.
Bill: Where?
Mike: Well I mean like in sports for example, you’re extending your body into a range of motion — and also there are things in life, like for example, like I was saying to Adam, for example, sometimes you have to lift something that’s heavy and you have to reach over a boundary in front of you to do so.
Bill: Like… putting in the trunk of a car, for example.
Mike: Things like that, or even —
Adam: So shouldn’t you exercise that way if that’s what you’re doing in every day life?
Mike: If your daily life does involve occasional extreme ranges of motion, which that’s the
reason why your joints of kind of wearing and tearing anyway, is there something you can do to assist in training that without hurting it? Or exacerbating it?
Bill: You know it’s interesting, 25 years ago, there was a movement in physical therapy and they would have back schools, and they would — it was sort of like an occupational oriented thing, where they would teach you how to lift, and at the time, I thought that was so frivolous. I just thought, get stronger, but lifting it right in the first place is really the first step to not getting injured.
Mike: Don’t life that into the trunk unless —
Bill: Well unless you have to, right? For instance, practicing bad movements doesn’t make you invulnerable to the bad movements, you’re just wearing out your free passes. Now sport is a
different animal, yes you’re going to be — again, I don’t think anyone is doing this, but there’s enough wear and tear just in your sport, whether it’s football, martial arts, running, why add more wear and tear from your workout that’s there to support the sport. The original [Inaudible: 00:21:52] marketing pitch was look how efficient we made weight training, you can spend more time practicing. You don’t have to spend four hours a day in the gym, you can spend a half hour twice a week or three times a week in the gym, and get back to practicing.
Adam: I remember Greg [Inaudible: 22:06] said to a basketball coach that if his team is in his gym more than 20 minutes or so a week, that he’s turning them into weight lifters and not basketball players.
Bill: Well there you go. Now —
Mike: The thing is the training and the performance goals in getting people stronger, faster, all that kind of stuff, is like unbelievable now a days, but I’ve never seen more injuries in sports in my entire life than right now.
Bill: It’s unbelievably bogus though is what it is. You see a lot of pec tears in NFL training rooms.
Adam: So why aren’t they learning? Why is it so hard to get across then?
Bill: Well for starters, you’re going to churn out — first of all you’re dealing with twenty year olds.
Adam: So what, what are you saying about twenty year olds?
Bill: I was a lot more invincible at twenty than I am at sixty.
Mike: Physically and psychologically.
Bill: The other thing for instance. Let’s say you’ve got a college level, this is not my experience, I’m repeating this, but if you have a weight room that’s empty, or, and you’re the strength and conditioning coach, because you’re intensely working people out, briefly, every day. Versus the time they’re idle, they’re off doing their own thing. Or, every day the administrators and the coaches see people running hoops and doing drills, running parachutes and every day there is an activity going. What looks better? What is more job security for that strength and conditioning coach?
Adam: Wait a second. What is Jim the strength training coach doing? He’s working one day a week and what’s he doing the rest of the week?
Mike: And what’s the team doing the rest of the week?
Bill: But again, don’t forget, if you’re talking about twenty something year old athletes, who knows what that’s going to bring on later.
Adam: You are seeing more injuries though.
Bill: Right. A couple of years ago, ESPN had a story on a guy. He had gotten injured doing a barbell step up, so a barbell step up, you put a barbell on your back, you step onto a bench, bring the other foot up. Step back off the bench, four repetitions. Classic sports conditioning exercise, in this guys case either he stepped back and twisted his ankle and fell with the bar on his back, or when he went to turn to put the bar back on the rack, when he turned, it spun on him and he damaged his back that way. Either way, he put his ability to walk at risk, so the ESPN story was, oh look how great that is he’s back to playing. Yes, but he put his ability to walk at risk, to do an exercise that is really not significantly — it’s more dangerous than other ways of working your legs, but it’s not better.
Adam: The coaches here, the physical trainers, they don’t have evidence that doing step ups is any more effective in the performance of their sport, or even just pure strength gains. Then lets say doing a safe version of a leg press or even squats for that matter.
Bill: And even if you wanted to go for a more endurance thing, running stadium steps was a classic exercise, but stadium steps are what, three or four inches, they made them very flat. Even that’s safer because there’s no bar on your back. So on the barbell step up, which I think is still currently in the NSCA textbooks, the bar is on your back. If the bench is too high, you have to bend over in order to get your center of gravity over the bench, otherwise you can’t get off the floor. So now you’re bent over with one foot in front of you, so now you don’t even have two feet under you like in a barbell squat to be more stable. You have your feet in line, with the weight extending sideways, and now you do your twenty repetitions or whatever and you’re on top of the bench, and your legs are burning and you’re breathing heavy, and now you’ve got to get off. How do you get off that bench when your legs are gassed, you’re going to break and lock your knee, and the floor is going to come up — nobody steps forward, they all step backwards where you can’t see.
Mike: Even after doing an exercise, let’s say you did it okay or whatever and whether it was congruent or not congruent, sometimes, if it’s a free weight type of thing, just getting the weight back on the floor or on the rack. After you’ve gone to muscle failure or close to muscle failure —
Adam: So are these things common now, like still in the NFL they’re doing these types of training techniques?
Bill: I don’t really know what’s happening in the NFL or the college level, because frankly I stopped my NSCA membership because I couldn’t use any material with my population anyway. So I don’t really know what they are — I do know that that was a classic one, and as recently as 2014 — in fact one other athlete actually did lose his ability to walk getting injured in that exercise.
Adam: It’s cost benefit, like how much more benefit are you getting —
Bill: It’s cost. My point is that the benefit is — it’s either or.
Mike: That’s the thing, people don’t know it though, they think the benefit is there. That’s the problem.
Bill: They think that for double the risk, you’re going to get quadruple the benefit. What, what benefit? What magic benefit comes out of putting your ability to walk at risk?
Mike: One of my clients has a daughter who was recruited to row at Lehigh which is a really good school for that, and she, in the training program, she was recruited to go. She was a great student but she was recruited to row, and in the training program, she hurt her back in the weight room in the fall, and never, ever was with the team. This was a very, very good program —
Bill: Very good program, so it’s rowing, so a) it’s rough on your lower back period, and b) I’m completely guessing here, but at one time they used to have their athletes doing [Inaudible: 00:28:22] and other things —
Adam: Explain what a clean is —
Bill: Barbells on the floor and you either pull it straight up and squat under the bar, which would be like an olympic clean, or you’re a little more upright and you just sort of drag the bar up to your collarbones, and get your elbows underneath it. Either way it’s hard on the back, but at one time, rowing conditioning featured a lot of exercises like that to get their back stronger, that they’re already wearing out in the boat. They didn’t ask me, but if I was coaching them, I would not train their lower backs in the off season. I would let the rowing take care of that, I would train everything around their back, and give their back a break, but they didn’t ask.
Adam: I don’t know why they didn’t ask you, didn’t they know that you’re a congruent exerciser?
Bill: You’ve got to go to a receptive audience.
Mike: I think because there are things we do in our lives that are outside, occasionally outside our range of motion or outside — that are just incongruent or not joint friendly, whether it’s in sports or not. The thing is, I’m wondering are there exercises that go like — say for example you have to go — your sport asks for range of motion from one to ten, and you need to be prepared to do that, if you want to do that, the person desires to do that. Are there exercises where you go — can you be more prepared for that movement if you are doing it with a load or just a body weight load, whatever, up to say level four. Are there situations where it’s okay to do that, where you’re going a slight increase into that range where it’s not comprising joint safety, and it’s getting you a little bit more prepared to handle something that is going on.
Adam: So for example, for a golf swing, when you do a golf swing, you’re targeting the back probably more than you should in a safe range of motion in an exercise. I would never [Inaudible: 00:30:32] somebody’s back in the exercise room to the level that you have to [Inaudible: 00:30:34] your back to play golf. So I guess what Mike is asking is is there an exercise that would be safe to [Inaudible: 00:30:41] the back, almost as much as you would have to in golf.
Bill: I would say no. I would say, and golf is a good example. Now if you notice, nobody has their feet planted and tries to swing with their upper body.
Mike: A lot of people do, that’s how you hurt yourself.
Bill: But any sport, tennis, throwing a baseball, throwing a punch. Get your hips into it, it’s like standard coaching cliche, get your hips into it. What that does is it keeps you from twisting your back too much. In golf, even Tiger who was in shape for quite a while couldn’t help but over twist and then he’s out for quite a while with back problems.
Mike: Yeah, his story is really interesting and complicated. He did get into kind of navy seal training and also you should see the ESPN article on that which really — after I read that I thought that was the big thing with his problems. Going with what you just said about putting your hips into it, I’m a golfer, I try to play golf, and I did the TPI certification. Are you familiar with that? I thought it was really wonderful, I thought I learned a lot. I wasn't like the gospel according to the world of biomechanics, but I felt like it was a big step in the right direction with helping with sports performance and understanding strength and mobility. One of the bases of, the foundation of it, they — the computer analysis over the body and the best golfers, the ones that do it very very efficiently, powerfully and consistently, and they showed what they called a [Inaudible: 00:32:38] sequence, and it’s actually very similar, as you said, in all sports. Tennis, golf, throwing a punch, there’s a sequence where they see that the people who do it really, really well, and in a panfry way, it goes hip first, then torso, then arm, then club. In a very measured sequence, despite a lot of people who have different looking golf swings, like Jim [Inaudible: 00:32:52], Tiger Woods, John Daley, completely different body types, completely different golf swings, but they all have the — if you look at them on the screen in slow motion with all the sensors all over their body, their [Inaudible: 00:33:04] sequence is identical. It leads to a very powerful and consistent and efficient swing, but if you say like if you have limitations in you mobility between your hips and your lumbar spine, or your lumbar spine and your torso, and it’s all kind of going together. It throws timing off, and if you don’t have those types of things, very slowly, or quickly, you’re going to get to an injury, quicker than another person would get to an injury. The thing is, at the same time, you don’t want to stop someone who really wants to be a good golfer. We have to give the information and this is a — people have to learn the biomechanics and the basic swing mechanics of a golf swing, and then there’s a fitness element to it all. Are you strong enough, do you have the range of motion, is there a proper mobility between the segments of your body in order to do this without hurting yourself over time, and if there isn’t, golf professionals and fitness professionals are struggling. How do I teach you how to do this, even though it’s probably going to lead you to an injury down the line anyway. It’s a puzzle but the final question is, what — I'm trying to safely help people who have goals with sports performance and without hurting them.
Bill: First of all, any time you go from exercise in air quotes to sports, with sports, there’s almost an assumption of risk. The person playing golf assumes they’re going to hurt a rotator cuff or a back, or they at least know it’s a possibility. It’s just part of the game. Football player knows they could have a knee injury, maybe now they know they could have a concussion, but they just accept it by accepting it on the court or the turf. They walk into our studio, I don’t think that expectation — they may expect it also, but I don’t think it really belongs there. I don’t think you’re doing something to prepare for the risky thing. The thing you’re doing to prepare for the risky thing shouldn’t also be risky, and besides, let them get hurt on that guy’s time, not on your time. I’m being a little facetious there, I don’t buy the macho bullshit attitude that in order to challenge myself physically, I have to do something so reckless I could get hurt. That’s just simply not necessary. If somebody says I want to be an Olympic weightlifter, I want to be a power lifter, just like if they want to be a mixed martial artist, well then you’re accepting the fact that that activity is your priority. Not your joint health, not your safety. That activity is your priority, and again, nobody in professional sports is asking me, but I would so make the exercise as safe as possible. As safe as possible at first, then as vigorous as possible, and then let them take that conditioning and apply it to their sport.
Adam: If a sport requires that scapulary traction at a certain time in a swing or whatever they’re asking for, I don’t really think that there’s a way in the exercise room of working on just that. Scapular traction, and even if you can, it doesn’t mean it’s going to translate to the biomechanics and the neuro conditioning and the motor skill conditioning to put it all together.
Bill: You can’t think that much —
Adam: I’m just thinking once and for all, if strong hips are what’s important for this sport, a strong neck is what’s important for this. If being able to rotate the spine is important and you need your rotation muscles for the spine, work your spine rotationally but in a very safe range of motion. Tax those muscles, let them recover and get strong so when you do go play your sport, lets say a golf swing, it’s watching the videos and perfecting your biomechanics, but there’s nothing I think you can do in the gym that is going to help you really coordinate all those skills, because you’re trying to isolate the hip abductor or a shoulder retractor.
Mike: Well I was going to say, I think isolating the muscles in the gym is fine, because it allows you to control what happens, you don’t have too many moving parts, and this is kind of leading up to the conversational on functional training.
Adam: Which is good even if you can do that. You might notice there’s a weakness —
Mike: Yeah but if you’re going to punch, you don’t think okay flex the shoulder, extend at the —
Adam: There are a lot of boxers that didn’t make it because they were called arm punchers.
Bill: So at some point you can’t train it. You need to realize gee that guy has good hip movement, let me direct him to this sport.
Adam: So I think what Mike’s asking is is there some kind of exercise you can do to turn an arm puncher, let’s use this as an example, turn an arm puncher into a hip puncher? If you can maybe do something —
Bill: I think it’s practice though.
Mike: I think there’s a practice part of it. Going back to the golf swing, one of the things that they were making a big deal out of is, and it goes back to what we mentioned before, sitting at a desk and what’s going on with our bodies. Our backs, our hips, our hamstrings. As a result of the amount of time that most of us in our lives have, and we’re trainers, we’re up on our feet all day, but a lot of people are in a seated position all the time.
Adam: Hunched over, going forward.
Mike: Their lower back is —
Bill: Hamstrings are shortened, yeah.
Mike: What is going on in the body if your body is — if you’re under those conditions, eight to ten hours a day, five days a week. Not to mention every time you sit down in your car, on the train, have a meal, if you’re in a fetal position. My point is, they made a big thing at TPI about how we spend 18-20 hours a day in hip flexion, and what’s going on. How does that affect your gluten if you’re in hip flexion 20 hours a day. They were discussing the term called reciprocal inhibition, which is — you know what I mean by that?
Bill: The muscle that’s contracting, the opposite muscle has to relax.
Mike: Exactly, so if the hip is flexed, so as the antagonist muscle of the glue which is being shut off, and therefore —
Bill: Then when you go to hip henge, your glutes aren’t strong enough to do the hip henge so you’re going to get into a bad thing.
Mike: Exactly, and the thing as I said before —
Adam: What are they recommending you do though?
Mike: Well the thing is they’re saying do several different exercises to activate the gluten
specifically and —
Adam: How is that different than just doing a leg press that will activate them?
Mike: Adam, that’s a good question and the thing is it comes back to some of the testimonials. When you deal with clients, often times if you put them on a leg press, they’ll say I’m not feeling it in my glutes, I’m only feeling it in my quads, and other people will say, I’m feeling it a lot in my glutes and my hamstrings, and a little bit in my quads.
Adam: But if they don’t feel it in their glutes, it doesn’t mean that their glutes aren’t activated, for sure.
Mike: Bill, what do you think about that?
Bill: I think feel is very overrated in our line of work. I can get you to feel something but it’s not — you can do a concentration curl, tricep kickback, or donkey kicks with a cuff, and you’ll feel something because you’re not — you’re making the muscle about to cramp, but that’s not necessarily a positive. As far as activating the glutes go, if they don’t feel it on the leg press, I would go to the abductor machine.
Mike: I mean okay, whether it’s feel it’s overrated, that’s the thing that as a trainer, I really want the client to actually really make the connection with the muscle part.
Bill: Well yeah, you have to steer it though. For instance, if you put somebody on the abductor machine and they feel the sides of their glutes burn, in that case, the feel matches what you’re trying to do. If you have somebody doing these glute bridging exercises where their shoulders are on a chair and their hips are on the ground, knees are bent, and they’re kind of just driving their hips up. You feel that but it’s irrelevant, you’re feeling it because you’re trying to get the glutes to contract at the end of where — away from their strongest point. You’re not taxing the glutes, you’re getting a feeling, but it’s not really challenging the strength of the glutes. So I think what happens with a lot of the approaches like you’re describing, where they have half a dozen exercises to wake up the glutes, or engage them or whatever the phrase is.
Mike: Activate, yeah.
Bill: There’s kind of a continuity there, so it should be more of a progression rather than all of these exercises are valid. If you’ve got a hip abductor machine, the progression is there already.
Mike: The thing is, it’s also a big emphasis, it’s going back to TPI and golf and stuff, is the mobility factor. So I think that’s the — the strength is there often times, but there’s a mobility issue every once in a while, and I think that is — if something is, like for example if you’re very, very tight and if your glutes are supposed to go first, so says TPI through their [Inaudible: 00:42:57] sequence, but because you’re so tight that it’s going together, and therefore it’s causing a whole mess of other things which might make your club hit the ground first, and then tension in the arms, tension in the back, and all sorts of things. I’m thinking maybe there are other points, maybe the mobility thing has to be addressed in relation to a golf swing, more so than are the glutes actually working or not.
Bill: Well the answer is it all could be. So getting back to a broader point, the way we train
people takes half an hour, twice a week maybe. That leaves plenty of time for this person to do mobility work or flexibility work, if they have a specific activity that they think they need the work in.
Mike: Or golf practice.
Bill: Well that’s what I’m saying, even if it’s golf and even if — if you’re training for strength once or twice a week, that leaves a lot of time that you can do some of these mobility things, if the person needs them. That type of program, NASM has a very elaborate personal trainer
program, but they tend to equally weight every possible — some people work at a desk and they’re not — their posture is fine. Maybe they just intuitively stretch during the day, so I think a lot of those programs try to give you a recipe for every possible eventuality, and then there’s a continuum within that recipe. First we’re going to do one leg bridges, then we’re going to do two leg bridges, now we’re going to do two leg bridges on a ball, now we’re going to do leg bridges with an extra weight, now we’re going to do two leg bridges with an elastic band. Some of those things are just progressions, there’s no magic to any one of those exercises, but I think that’s on a case by case basis. If the person says I’m having trouble doing the swing the way the instructor is teaching me, then you can pick it apart, but the answer is not necessarily weight training.
Mike: The limitation could be weakness but it could be a mobility thing, it could be a whole bunch of things, it could be just that their mechanics are off.
Bill: And it could just be that it’s a bad sport for them. The other thing with postural issues, is if you get them when a person’s young, you might be able to correct them. You get a person 60, 70, it may have settled into the actual joints. The joints have may have changed shape.
Adam: We’ve got people with kyphosis all the time. We’re going to not reverse that kyphosis. You have these women, I find it a lot with tall women. They grow up taller than everyone else in their class and they’re shy so they end up being kyphotic because they’re shy to stand up tall. You can prevent further degeneration and further kyphosis.
Bill: Maybe at 20 or 25, if you catch that, maybe they can train out of it, but if you get it when it’s already locked in, all you can do is not do more damage.
Adam: So a lot of people feel and argue that machines are great if you want to just do really high intensity, get really deep and go to failure, but if you want to really learn how to use your body in space, then free weights and body weight movements need to be incorporated, and both are
important. Going to failure with machines in a safe manner, that might be cammed properly, but that in and of itself is not enough. That a lot of people for full fitness or conditioning if you will, you need to use free weights or body weight movements —
Mike: Some people even think that machines are bad and only body weights should be done.
Adam: Do you have an opinion about if one is better than the other, or they both serve different purposes and they’re both important, or if you just use either one of them correctly, you’re good.
Bill: Let’s talk about the idea that free weights are more functional than machines. I personally think it’s what you do with your body that makes it functional or not, and by functional, that’s —
Adam: Let’s talk about that, let’s talk about functional training.
Bill: I’m half mocking that phrase.
Adam: So before you even go into the question I just asked, maybe we can talk about this idea, because people are throwing around the expression functional training nowadays. So Crossfit is apparently functional training, so what exactly was functional training and what has it become?
Bill: I don’t know what they’re talking about, because frankly if I’ve got to move a tire from point A to point B, I’m rolling it, I’m not flipping it.
Adam: That would be more functional, wouldn’t it.
Bill: If I have to lift something, if I have a child or a bag of groceries that I have to lift, I’m not going to lift a kettle bell or dumbbell awkwardly to prepare for that awkward lift. In other words, I would rather train my muscles safely and then if I have to do something awkward, hopefully I’m strong enough to get through it, to withstand it. My thought was, when I started in 1982 or so, 84, 83, somewhere in the early 80s I started to train, most of us at the time were very influenced by the muscle magazines. So it was either muscle magazines, or the [Inaudible: 00:48:24] one set to failure type training, but the people that we were training in the early 80s, especially in Manhattan, they weren’t body builders and they weren’t necessarily athletes. So to train business people and celebrities and actors etc, like you would train an athlete seemed like a bad idea. Plus how many times did I hear, oh I don’t want to get big, or I’m not going out for the Olympics. Okay fine, but then getting to what Mike said before, if someone has a hunched over shoulder or whatever, now you’re tailoring the training to what the person is in front of you, to what is relevant to their life. 20 inch arms didn’t fascinate them, why are you training them to get 20 inch arms? Maybe a trimmer waist was more their priority, so to my eye, functional training and personal training, back in the 80s, was synonymous. Somewhere since the 80s, functional training turned into this anti machine approach and functional training for sport was [Inaudible: 00:49:32] by a guy named Mike Boyle. His main point in there is, and I’m paraphrasing so if I get it wrong, don’t blame him, but his point was as an athlete, you don’t necessarily need to bench heavy or squat heavy or deadlift heavy, although it might be helpful, but you do need the muscles that hold your joints together to be in better shape. So all of his exercises were designed around rotator cuff, around the muscles around the spine, the muscles around the hips, the muscles around the ankles. So in his eye it was functional for sport, he was training people, doing exercises, so they would hold their posture together so that that wouldn’t cause a problem on the field. That material was pretty good, went a little overboard I think in some ways, but generally it was pretty good, but then it kind of got bastardized as it got caught into the commercial fitness industry, and it just became an excuse for sequencing like a lunge with a curl with a row with a pushup, to another lunge, to a squat. It just became sort of a random collection of movements, justified as being functional, functional for what? At least Boyle was functional for sport, his point was to cut injuries down in sport. Where is the function in stringing together, again, a curl, to a press, to a pushup, to a squat, back to the curl, like one rep of each, those are more like stunts or feats of strength than they are, to me, exercise,
Adam: So when you’re talking about the muscles around the spine or the rotator cuffs, they’re commonly known as stabilizer muscles, and when we talk about free weights versus machines, a lot of times we’ll say something like, well if you want to work your stabilizer muscles, you need to use free weights, because that’s how you work the stabilizer muscles. What would you say to that?
Bill: I would say that if they’re stabilizing while they’re using the free weights, then they’re using the stabilizer muscles, right?
Adam: And if they’re stabilizing while using a machine?
Bill: They’re using their stabilizer muscles.
Adam: Could you work out those stabilizer muscles of the shoulder on a machine chest press, the same way you can use strength in stabilizer muscles of the shoulder on a free weight bench press?
Bill: Yes, it’s what your body is doing that counts, not the tool. So if someone is on a free weight…
Mike: Is it the same though, is it doing it the same way? So you can do it both ways, but is it the same?
Bill: If you want to — skill is very specific, so if you want to barbell bench press, you have to barbell bench press.
Adam: Is there an advantage to your stabilizer muscles to do it with a free weight bench press, as opposed to a machine?
Bill: I don’t see it, other than to help the ability to free weight bench press, but if that’s not why the person is training, if the person is just training for the health benefits of exercise to use it broadly, I don’t think it matters — if you’re on a machine chest press and you’re keeping your shoulder blades down and back, and you’re not buckling your elbows, you’re voluntarily
controlling the range of the motion. I don’t see how that stabilization is different than if you’re on a barbell bench press, and you have to do it the same way.
Adam: You’re balancing, because both arms have to work independently in a way.
Bill: To me that just makes it risky, that doesn’t add a benefit.
Mike: What about in contrast to lets say, a pushup. A bodyweight pushup, obviously there’s a lot more going on because you’re holding into a plank position which incorporates so many more muscles of your entire body, but like Adam and I were talking the other day about the feeling — if you’re not used to doing pushups regularly, which Adam is all about machines and stuff like that, I do a little bit of everything, but slow protocol. It’s different, one of our clients is unbelievably strong on all of the machines, we’re talking like top 10% in weight on everything. Hip abduction, leg press, chest press, pull downs, everything, and this guy could barely do 8 limited range of motion squats with his body weight, and he struggles with slow pushups, like doing 5 or 6 pushups. 5 seconds down, 5 seconds up, to 90 degrees at the elbow, he’s not even going past — my point is that he’s working exponentially harder despite that he’s only dealing with his body weight, then he is on the machines, in all categories.
Bill: So here’s the thing though. Unless that’s a thing with them, that I have to be able to do 100 pushups or whatever, what’s the difference?
Mike: The difference is —
Adam: The question is why though. Why could he lift 400, 500 pounds on Medex chest press, he could hardly do a few pushups, and should he be doing pushups now because have we discovered some kind of weakness? That he needs to work on pushups?
Bill: Yes, but it’s not in his pecs and his shoulders.
Mike: I’m going to agree, exactly.
Bill: The weakness is probably in his trunk, I don’t know what the guy is built like. The weakness is in his trunk because in a pushup, you’re suspending yourself between your toes and your arms.
Adam: So somebody should probably be doing ab work and lower back extensions?
Bill: No he should be doing pushups. He should be practicing pushups, but practicing them in a way that’s right. Not doing the pushup and hyper extending his back, doing a pushup with his butt in the air. Do a perfect pushup and then if your form breaks, stop, recover. Do another perfect pushup, because we’re getting back into things that are very, very specific. So for instance, if you tell me that he was strong on every machine, and he comes back every week and he’s constantly pulling things in his back, then I would say yes, you have to address it.
Mike: This is my observations that are more or less about — I think it’s something to do with his coordination, and he’s not comfortable in his own body. For example, his hips turn out
significantly, like he can’t put his feet parallel on the leg press for example. So if I ever have him do a limited range of motion lunge, his feet go into very awkward positions. I can tell he struggles with balance, he’s an aspiring golfer as well. His coordination is — his swing is really, I hope he never listens to this, it’s horrible.
Adam: We’re not giving his name out.
Bill: Here’s the thing now. You as a trainer have to decide, am I going to reconfigure what he’s doing, at the risk of making him feel very incompetent and get him very discouraged, or do I just want to, instead of doing a machine chest press, say we’ll work on pushups. Do you just want to introduce some of these new things that he’s not good at, dribble it out to him a little bit at a time so it gives him like a new challenge for him, or is that going to demoralize him?
Mike: He’s not demoralized at all, that is not even on the table. I understand what you’re saying, I think there are other people who would look at it that way. I think he looks at it as a new challenge, I think he knows — like we’ve discussed this very, very openly. He definitely — it feels like he doesn’t have control over his body in a way. Despite his strength, I feel that — my instincts as a trainer, I want to see this guy be able to feel like he’s strong doing something that is a little bit more — incorporates his body more in space than just being on a machine. If I’m measuring his strength based on what he can do by pressing forward or pulling back or squatting down, he’s passed the test with As and great form. He does all the other exercises with pretty good form, but he’s struggling with them. He has to work a lot harder in order to do it, and to be it’s an interesting thing to see someone who lifts very heavy weights on the chest press and can barely do 4 slow pushups.
Bill: Let’s look at the pushups from a different angle. Take someone who could do pushups, who can do pushups adequately, strictly and all. Have another adult sit on their butt, all of a sudden those perfect pushups, even though probably raw strength could bench press an extra person, say, you can’t do it, because someone who is thicker in the hips, has more weight around the hips, represented by the person sitting on their back, their dimensions are such that their hips are always going to be weighing them down. So that person’s core — like a person with broader hips, in order to do a pushup, their core has to be much stronger than somebody with very narrow hips, because they have less weight in the middle of their body. So some of these things are a function of proportion.
Adam: You can’t train for it, in other words you can’t improve it.
Mike: Women in general have their center of gravity in their hips, and that’s why pushups are very, very hard.
Adam: I have an extremely strong individual, a perfect example of what you’re talking about right now. I know people that are extremely, extremely strong, but some of these very, very strong individuals can do a lot of weight on a pullover machine, they can do a lot of weight on a pulldown machine, but as soon as you put them on the chin-up bar, they can’t do it. Does that mean they’re not strong, does that mean that they can’t do chin-ups, that they should be working on chin-ups because we discovered a weakness? No, there’s people for example who might have shitty tendon insertions, like you said about body weight and center of gravity, if they have really thick lower body. I notice that people who have really big, thick lower bodies, really strong people — or if they have really long arms, the leverage is different. So it begs the question, lets start doing chin-ups, yeah but you’ll never proportionally get better at chin-ups, given your proportions, given your tendon insertions, given your length of your arms. So maybe Mike, this person is just not built to do push-ups and you’re essentially just giving him another chest and body exercise that is not necessarily going to improve or help anything, because it’s a
proportional thing, it’s a leverage thing. It’s not a strength thing, especially if you’re telling me he’s so strong and everything else.
Bill: The only way you’ll know is to try.
Mike: Well that’s the thing, and that’s what I’ve been doing. We just started it, maybe in the last month, and frankly both of us are excited by it. He’s been here for a few years, and he is also I think starving to do something a little new. I think that’s a piece of the puzzle as well, because even if you’re coming once a week and you get results, it gets a little stale, and that’s why I’ve tried to make an effort of making all the exercises we’re doing congruent. Joint friendly, very limited range of motion, and the thing is, he’s embracing the challenge, and he’s feeling it too. I know the deal with soreness and stuff like that, new stimulus.
Bill: In that case, the feeling counts, right? It doesn’t always mean something good, it doesn’t always mean something bad.
Mike: Right, it is a little bit of a marketing thing.
Adam: It’s a motivator. It’s nothing to be ashamed of for motivation. If pushups is motivating this guy, then do pushups, they’re a great exercise regardless.
Bill: Getting back to your general question about whether free weights lends itself to stabilizing the core better or not, if that’s what the person is doing on the exercise, then it is. If the person is doing the pushup and is very tight, yes, he’s exercising his core. If the person is doing the pushup and it’s sloppy, one shoulder is rising up, one elbow to the side, it doesn’t matter that it’s a pushup —
Adam: He’s still not doing it right and he’s still not working his core.
Bill: Right, so it’s really how the person is using their body that determines whether they’re training their core appropriately, not the source of the resistance.
Adam: I’m sorry, I’ve done compound rows with free weights in all kinds of ways over the years, and now I’m doing compound row with a retrofitted Medex machine, with a CAM that really represents pretty good CAM design and I challenge anyone to think that they’re not working everything they need to work on that machine, because you’ve still got to keep your shoulders down. You’ve still got to keep your chest up, you still have to not hunch over your shoulders when you’re lowering a weight. I mean there’s a lot of things you’ve got to do right on a compound machine, just like if you’re using free weights. I don’t personally, I’ve never noticed that much of a benefit, and how do you measure that benefit anyway? How would you be able to prove that free weights is helping in one way that a machine is not, how do you actually prove something like that? I hear it all the time, you need to do it because you need to be able to —
Mike: There’s one measuring thing actually, but Bill —
Bill: I was going to say, a lot of claims of exercise, a lot of the chain of thought goes like this. You make the claim, the result, and there’s this big black box in the middle that — there’s no explanation of why doing this leads to this.
Mike: If you made the claim and the result turns out, then yes it’s correlated and therefore —
Bill: I was going to say getting to Crossfit and bootcamp type things, and even following along with a DVD program, whatever brand name you choose. The problem I have with that from a joint friendly perspective is you have too many moving parts for you to be managing your
posture and taking care of your joints. Especially if you’re trying to keep up with the kettle bell class. I imagine it’s possible that you can do certain kettle bell exercises to protect your lower back and protect your shoulders. It’s possible, but what the user has to decide is how likely is it? So I know for me personally, I can be as meticulous as I want with a kettle bell or with a barbell deadlift, and at some point, I’m going to hurt myself. Not from being over ambitious, not from sloppy form, something is going to go wrong. Somebody else might look at those two exercises and say no, I’m very confident I can get this. You pay your money, you take your chance.
Mike: As a measuring tool, sometimes you never know if one is better or worse but sometimes — every once in a while, even when we have clients come into our gym and you have been
doing everything very carefully with them, very, very modest weight, and sometimes people say, you know Mike, I’ve never had any knee problems and my knees are bothering me a little bit. I think it’s the leg press that’s been doing it, ever since we started doing that, I’m feeling like a
little bit of a tweak in my knee, I’m feeling it when I go up stairs. Something like that, and then one of the first things I’ll do is like when did it start, interview them, try to draw some lines or some hypotheses as to what’s going on. Obviously there might be some wear and tear in their life, almost definitely was, and maybe something about their alignment on the leg press is not right. Maybe they’re right, maybe they’re completely wrong, but one of the things I’ll do first is say okay, we still want to work your legs. We still want to work your quads, your hamstrings, your glutes, let’s try doing some limited range of motions squats against the wall or with the TRX or something like that, and then like hey, how are your knees feeling over the past couple weeks? Actually you know, much much better, ever since we stopped doing the leg press.
Bill: Sometimes some movements just don’t agree with some joints.
Adam: There’s a [Inaudible: 01:05:32] tricep machine that I used to use, and it was like kind of like —
Bill: The one up here? Yeah.
Adam: You karate chop right, and your elbows are stabilized on the pad, you karate chop down. It was an old, [Inaudible: 01:05:45] machine, and I got these sharp pains on my elbows. Nobody else that I trained on that machine ever had that sharp pain in their elbows, but it bothered the hell out of my elbows. So I would do other tricep extensions and they weren’t ever a problem, so does that make that a bad exercise? For me it did.
Bill: For you it did, but if you notice, certain machine designs have disappeared. There’s a reason why those machine designs disappeared, so there’s a reason why, I think in the Nitro line, I know what machine you’re talking about. They used to call it multi tricep, right, okay, and your upper arms were held basically parallel, and you had to kind of karate chop down.
Adam: It wasn’t accounting for the carrying angle.
Bill: I’ll get to that. So your elbows were slightly above your shoulders, and you had to move your elbows into a parallel. Later designs, they moved it out here. They gave them independent axises, that’s not an accident. A certain amount of ligament binding happens, and then —
Adam: So my ligaments just were not coping with that very well.
Bill: That’s right. So for instance, exactly what joint angle your ligaments bind at is individual, but if you’re going in this direction, there is a point where the shoulder ligaments bind and you have to do this. Well that machine forced us in the bound position, so when movement has to happen, it can’t happen at the shoulder because you’re pinned in the seat. It was happening in your elbow. It might not be the same with everybody, but that is how the model works.
Adam: So getting back to your client on the leg press, like for instance — you can play with different positions too.
Mike: Well the thing is, I’m trying to decipher some of — trying to find where the issues may be. A lot of times I think that the client probably just — maybe there’s some alignment issues, IT bands are tight or something like that, or maybe there’s a weak — there can be a lot of different little things, but the machines are perfect and symmetrical, but you aren’t. You’re trying to put your body that’s not through a pattern, a movement pattern that has to be fixed in this plane, when your body kind of wants to go a little to the right, a little to the left, or something like that. It just wants to do that even though you’re still extending and flexing. In my mind and through some of the literature that I’ve explored, it has made me think I don't have the answer but I’m thinking something along the lines of, we’re working with this person’s issues. I still want them to be able to do a squat or a leg press in this fashion or that fashion. This is where they got some knee pain, this is where they didn’t, I don’t know exactly what the cause is or whatever, but no pain, exercise, okay. Pain, exercise, not okay, and that’s kind of where I’ve directed those types of things.
Bill: I think that’s where a lot of attempts at franchising one right way to exercise, where it fails. Whether it was Curves, where the attendees had to fit into those machines or they couldn’t exercise, or go back to the 80s when you had all these fitness centers all over the place, but it was one set to failure, no rest, it was cookie cutter. It doesn’t really catch because nobody has perfectly fluid joints that can fit into everything. In our type of environment where ultimately it’s personal training, we feature machines, but it’s personal training. At least we have the option to say if this hurts, we’re going to try an alternative, we’re going to work the same muscles in the same joint, we’ll just find the way it doesn’t work. I don’t see that you’re losing anything from it. I’m also not selling the equipment. That is what I’m selling though, that service of saying okay, this hurts, we have an alternative that maybe doesn’t hurt, and we can get the same benefit.
Mike: With my experience, that’s the thing with our business and what we all do quite well is understanding that we have basic movements. We know what we want to do to strengthen the quads, strengthen chest, strengthen the shoulders, but there are some customizations and things that we have to consider when we take a new client or an existing client over time and work with what’s going on. Psychologically, there’s so many different things to take in.
Bill: I do think though that one thing that was better in the early 80s, is because we had all these novice fitness centers around with the one right way to work out, even though that didn’t catch, I noticed the trainers who came through that system, you had a common vocabulary that you could work off of. At Sports Training Institute, which was around that time, we would get trainers from those types of novice fitness centers, and it was like that was sort of like the default workout. One set to failure, full range of motion on this machine, but if the client didn’t like going to
failure or if the machine didn’t agree with them, it would take us — we had the option of doing what we do now. Trainers today, people coming out of school today or even with multiple
certifications, there’s a definite — to me, there’s a lack of — it’s like the anything goes school of exercise. If I call it an exercise, it’s an exercise. There’s no common vocabulary, so a young trainer will come into the studio and see that I have a kettle bell. He’ll say great, I’m going to do… no you’re not, no, no no. Kettle bells hold the door open, that was for experimentation only and I was the guinea pig. No, we do not do that with clients. There’s too much of an anything goes mentality, just because some physical labor you did makes you breathless, makes you sweat, makes your muscles burn and pumps you up, doesn’t necessarily make it a good idea. That I think is very common among newer trainers, and again I definitely sound like an old —
Mike: I think you’re definitely right. I think younger, newer trainers, they get high off of selling themselves as someone who is going to kill you, and they want their client to tell their friends, oh my god you’ve got to meet my trainer, he just beat the shit out of me, oh my god.
Bill: Personally I think that that is more of a turnoff than they realize. There’s a reason why, I don’t know about the city, but there’s Planet Fitnesses all over the place by me, and I judicially ride by them during some peak hours, and the parking lots are all full. It’s a much more low key, now granted maybe the quality of — I don’t really know what they’re doing inside, I’m going to assume it’s not too highly intensely vigorous based on their marketing.
Mike: Spend the ten bucks and find out.
Bill: The thing is, there’s a reason why people join health clubs in January and drop out the rest of the year. Something isn’t connecting, and I really think that hard ass presentation is part of it.
Adam: It was a great discussion. We’re in Manhattan right now, and Bill came all the way from New Jersey.
Bill: Central New Jersey as a matter of fact.
Adam: Where?
Bill: Cranberry, New Jersey.
Mike: Where is that?
Bill: Exit 8 off the turnpike.
Mike: It’s one mile off that exit.
Bill: As a matter of fact it is, but smaller than you guys have. 800 square feet, approximately a [Inaudible: 01:13:43], with other things, a couple cardio pieces. Mainly to say I have it, and if I can do one worthwhile thing with it, I’ll use it. Like a heavy rope, that’s kind of a silly piece of exercise equipment to be blunt, but I figured out one exercise I could do that’s not going to hurt people, that seems to work, so just to have it for variety and novelty, we have it. I have a Swiss ball, medicine ball, and various items, again, just for the novelty.
Adam: So do we by the way.
Bill: So the difference between what we do is virtually nothing compared to what we do — what any of us do compared to the bootcamps and —
Mike: The key is time efficient and safe.
Adam: Maybe we should invite some of those people on our podcast, people who think what we’re doing is bullshit and see what they have to say. They dare walk into our space.
Bill: It is interesting because the exercise industry has created this structure that I don’t think — I kind of think is a house of cards. It appears to have a lot of substance to it, but if you can’t apply it to most people who walk in your door, what good is it? That’s kind of why I got away from NCA type stuff and heavy industry stuff.
Adam: Let me tell you, you say that, but Crossfit is very popular from what I understand, and various bootcamps —
Mike: There’s a lot of boutique fitness centers.
Adam: I know a private equity company bought out Barry’s bootcamp —
Bill: Listen, I’m not giving investment advice, but I’m talking about as far as —
Mike: So you’re shorting it is what you’re saying.
Bill: No, but if you talk to people at any bootcamp by us, everybody is banged up.
Mike: All the physical therapists that we have here, they say that their business is fantastic because of Crossfit and bootcamps.
Bill: See those things, things like that normalize getting injured in exercise, but it’s just like
politics. If you say something outrageous, everything up to outrageous gets normalized, even if that stuff is outrageous.
Adam: Like a low carb diet, I’m eating 100 grams of carbs a day and that’s considered a low carb diet, well yeah. Compared to the average American diet of 500 carbs a day, but 100 grams of carb is not that low.
Mike: Jamie, my 630 on Tuesday morning, he said a girl in his office is hurt, her lower back is hurt, and she can’t wait to get back to Crossfit when her back feels better. It’s unbelievable, it’s like what!
Bill: Again, it normalizes getting injures as a part of exercise.
Adam: Well forever, it’s been no pain no gain, forever.
Bill: I think [Inaudible: 01:16:36] in the early days… granted there was some excessive — we overtrained and trained too hard, stuff like that, but there was a little more of a — [Inaudible: 01:16:47] and stuff like that, there’s a little more awareness of the exercise itself not causing new problems.
Mike: At the time, you said in your books, in your pamphlets, it was all about body builders at the time. People now, like everybody thinks, I’ve got to go to the gym, I’ve got to get fit. My cardio, my heart disease, I’ve got to make sure I’m healthy for my kids and all that kind of stuff. I think it’s everywhere now, and everyone feels that they have to participate in getting exercise, whether they do it or not.
Bill: See that person really can’t justify getting hurt at exercise. I’ve got to stay healthy for my kids, so I’m going to trash my back and lower rotator cuff in my workout.
Mike: That’s a separate thing, but the thing is the Crossfit thing, it’s amazing how the community and they just can’t wait to be back at their next session, which was yesterday. Tomorrow. The relatively, very intense classes or sessions —
Adam: I haven’t met too many people that have been doing Crossfit for years. I’ve been doing Crossfit for two years, three years —
Mike: I have a client right now who does it every weekend, and he’s got a lot of problems by the way. Shoulder problems, back problems —
Bill: See I can not relate to that guys’ thinking at all.
Mike: Honestly, here’s the thing going back to connecting with the — every time someone tells me they’re going to do their bootcamps or whatever, I’m like listen, be very mindful about what you’re doing. I never want to say don’t do it because — I used to do that and I saw that people stopped listening to me immediately.
Bill: Or worse, they stop coming to you.
Mike: I’ve wrestled with that for many years, and now I just try to encourage mindfulness and some people, they listen and other people just keep on going. Mike you’re going to kill me man, I went to the fitting room again, and man it was crazy.
Adam: We also get misrepresented and misunderstood when, for example, I’ve heard recently even, like some people were like I like that InForm Fitness, I like that concept of the once a week, high intensity workout, but I like working out every single day. So I don’t know if that’s for me, because I’d rather workout every single day, as if it’s a mutually exclusive decision. What I like to say, and that’s where we stand, that’s not what we say. We don’t say if you do this, don’t do anything else in your life. What we’re saying is all you need is one really highly intense workout per week, and then do all your other things if you like doing all your other things. If you’d like to get on a treadmill and burn off some steam every single day, then do so, but do so in moderation and do so carefully, and understand the risks associated with that. You don’t have to not do it. What you need to be careful of is overdoing too many really super duper intense workouts, that’s what we’re really saying.
Mike: Exactly. If you’re doing intense yoga or intense boxing, there needs to be more space in between weight training and those types of things.
Bill: Well I probably, especially over the summers, quote workout every day. I’m still only using weights once a week, but every day I’m either on a bike or I’m doing a fast walk with the dog.
Adam: You’re recreating man, you’re living. Nothing wrong with getting your heart pumping.
Mike: Honestly I’ve been encouraging, and I do this with myself. I use the cross ball — I really have no pains on my body, but I do a little of the cross ball stuff on my hips and my lower back, like foam roller type of things, and then some mobility exercises. Some pelvic tilts, I like some glute bridges and [Inaudible: 01:20:37], that type of thing. With some of my clients who are very, very tight on a regular basis or feel their lower back tightness, I just say try these things. They’re relatively innocuous, it doesn’t feel like much, but I teach them how to do it. Almost all of them are reporting, you know Mike, I’ve been doing that for a few weeks and I feel a little bit better. A little relief from the general strain, and that’s the kind of stuff I like to encourage on a daily basis. Keep their mind on their body —
Bill: I notice you have like pilates on the door. I really think once a week, high intensity, whether it’s machines or free weights, and the discipline like a pilates or yoga, or even if you want to use a non branded term, mobilization exercises, I think that’s an exactly right combination. As far as staying healthy and being physically capable as we get older, that’s the exact right combination. The days of heavy lifting, five times a week —
Adam: So there you go. If I was anti — if we stood for — we wouldn’t have an acupuncturist here, pilates instructor here, we wouldn’t have a massage therapist here. It’s not one size fits all number one, and they’re two different things. This is high intensity exercise to get you strong as hell in the safest manner possible, and then like you said, mix it in with some of these more body aware things.
Mike: The pilates instructor thinks what we do here is fantastic. We have a lot of clients between both of us, it’s fantastic.
Adam: Bill, thank you so much for coming here, I hope you come back. There’s so much more to talk about, will you come back for some more?
Bill: Of course I will, very good.
Mike: Thank you very much Bill, we appreciate it.
In Episode 19 Adam discusses his biggest surprise in how the fitness industry has changed since starting InForm Fitness almost 20 years ago. Following the IForm Fitness protocol, Adam, Mike, and Sheila share some of their individual techniques for accessing their clients' goals and motivational factors.
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon:
https://www.amazon.com/Power-10-Once-Week-Revolution/dp/B00034P80K/ref=pd_bbs_sr_1?ie=UTF8&s=books&qid=1205178760&sr=8-1
If you would like to produce a podcast of your own just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
019 Training Styles and Motivational Factors
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
people, trainer, clients, reps, fitness, workout, adam, podcast, motivation, work, mike, week, motivated, minutes, years, high intensity training, lose, failure, exercise, talking
Tim Edwards 00:00
This episode of the inform fitness podcast is brought to you by Thrive Market. Thrive Market is on a mission to make healthy living easy and affordable for everyone to receive a special discount code for 15% off of your first order, email Tim at inbound podcasting.com. Hey inform nation thanks for joining us here once again on the inform fitness podcast. 20 minutes with New York Times bestselling author Adam Zickerman and friends brought to you by inform fitness and thrive market.com My name is Tim Edwards of the inbound podcasting network. And joining the show, as always is Sheila melody, Mike Rogers and the founder of inform fitness. Adam Zickerman. Hey team
Adam 00:47
hey, hello
Tim Edwards 00:53
That's gonna be a running theme with every show will begin the English accent. Well, here in this podcast, we discuss high intensity slow motion strength training system that's so effective, you'll get a week's worth of exercise in just 1, 20 to 30 minute session, which is about the length of each of these podcast episodes. Now in this episode team, we want to share some of the wisdom that all of you have accrued over the many years and just talk about what it's like in the life of a personal trainer at inform fitness. This is a very non-conventional type of workout for for some. And so, I want to learn from you how things have changed over the last 20 years or so, Adam, when you began this revolution,
Adam 01:33
when I thought about what we're going to talk about for this episode. Because I was asked a question not too long ago by one of my mentors, who I've known for a long time. And he said to me, so Adam, now you're doing this almost almost 20 years, what's the biggest surprise? You remember how you thought about all this 20 years ago? And now, where you are now where the state of the industry is now? What's the biggest surprise? What surprises me the most is something that appeared so logical. And so kind of like an epiphany, aha type of moment. 20 years ago, for me, I was a little surprised, quite honestly, that it hasn't been an aha moment for the for the whole society.
Tim Edwards 02:23
Or you mentioned in previous episodes with with Doug macguff. It's like why isn't everybody talking about this?
Adam 02:29
Well, that was I think that episode we were talking specifically about the anti aging properties of Yeah, well, yeah. When that news came out, when that research came out, just one more thing that you think that's going to be the tipping point. That is what's going to get people to say, hey, but it wasn't,
Mike 02:47
you know, Adam, I keep talking about like, you're surprised that nobody or like, it hasn't become like a national a wave of like, have an epiphany for everybody, as it has been for you or me are all of us on who you know, who've been doing this and do teach it. I actually think I have the answer. I think it is. I think everybody wants results. Now in a day. I think the reality is for almost all things that are worthwhile. It just it's time to do it no matter what you're trying to do. Whenever anyone tries any new exercise regimen, they usually feel the initial gains of whatever they do a new Pilates class, a new Bikram yoga class, a new slow weight training, and their body feels like a new thing. And it's and I think they get wrapped up into it. Anyway. That's what I think I think people just aren't patient enough to let something like this settle in. And that's the reason why.
Adam 03:46
I remember when we used to drive these gas guzzling cars back in the 70s during the gas crisis I'm aging myself when I was a kid in a big car
Tim Edwards 03:55
waiting in those long lines to get gas remember
Adam 03:58
Escalon remember that I do? I was a kid.
Mike 04:01
I don't
Adam 04:02
Yeah, I'm a little bit older than you is right before your time. Anyway, I just remember the expression being coined from that period is that every time our car passes a gas station it burps has that desire just goes with gas like crazy. And I I remember I apply that that same type of joke, if you will to, to genetically gifted individuals. Every time they walk past a dumbbell, they get bigger.
Tim Edwards 04:34
I hate those people I really do.
Adam 04:38
They don't need to do much. No. And
Mike 04:41
it I can see that that is discouraging, encouraging and discouraging for people. You know, I think about it. I mean, there's some people, you know, they they're like, how come she looks so good. You know, and they wonder, you know, like I saw this girl at the gym. She has this incredible body and I'm like running on the treadmill. I'm like, Well, did she look that way before she was on the treadmill?
Sheila 05:05
yeah, it's hard to get people to understand that. The reasons why you want to do this not just, you know, to have this perfect body to there's so many other good reasons, and I'm constantly trying to remind people have those, you know, just your overall health and wellness. And, you know, it's like what Adam has often, you know, said, it's like brushing your teeth, you're gonna Are you gonna stop brushing your teeth, because you don't see, you know, immediate results or whatever is gonna continue to breastfeed.
Mike 05:37
I think a lot of people though, that when it comes to fitness, I think they do give up quickly, I think if they haven't, they, you know, the, you lose weight, maybe you know, how people, they do a new thing, like, whatever, like this, or running or something, and they lose, and they become very disciplined with their nutrition for two weeks, and then all of a sudden, they fall off. And next thing, you know, it's like, it's just, everybody has like, two weeks of, of motivation, and that sort of fall off, or the or they're there to stick with it. And they're, you know, unfortunately, you know, we sell packages, you know, in like, 6 12 24. So people, you know, they're invested in what they're doing, and then they have to show up for their appointments. So, I think you know, why a lot of people after they start our program, they stay with our program, whether they've lost weight or not, they realize that they definitely have gotten stronger over the course of six weeks or 12 weeks and and I think that's one of the reasons why people do stick with us after they come through our door.
Tim Edwards 06:34
So Mike, you're saying that you think it's the lack of instant gratification is why this isn't being screamed from the rooftops or, or wasn't when Adam first came upon this, this this revolution,
Mike 06:47
goals are ever people come in here with various goals all the time. And I mean, the most popular one is I want to lose 10 pounds, I want to lose 15 pounds, I want to lose 20 pounds, and that is something that, you know, we are, we are superstars at getting people to be stronger at manage, you know, getting them to reduce their chronic pain, to increase their bone density over time, and a lot of different things. You know, the list goes on and on. But, you know, with with things like fat loss, which is a is a number one priority for a lot of people who walk into any sort of fitness facility, that doesn't come without any without really having some compliance towards changing nutrition. And we sometimes, you know, we I think we're very good at encouraging and motivating and, and helping and counseling in that in that department. But it's, you know, we're not with you. We're not We're not with them. Seven days a week, you know,
Tim Edwards 07:39
I'm a testament to that, Mike, because I began his workout at the time of this recording about 50 weeks ago, I'm almost at my one year point. And, and in that cool and then in, it took me several months to finally adhere to pillar number two in Adams book power of 10, which is nutrition. I really got serious about my nutrition a few months ago really and and because of the nutrition combined with what I've done in the gym at the Toluca Lake location, I'm now down 18 pounds, because yeah, I've lost a lot of weight here in the last few months, because I finally started to combine those two getting my exercise in line solely with what I'm doing it inform fitness and then clean eating and following Adams protocol inside inside his book. So like you said, you're not working 24 hours a day, but if somebody just applies a little bit, just a few minor changes is eat clean, you will see those results. It's been pretty dramatic.
Mike 08:37
Just yesterday, I had two clients out of nowhere, without any solicitation actually tell me one of them is 61 years old just turned 61 The other one, they're both male, the other one is 53. And they both told me that they've never been stronger in their entire lives in their entire lives. Okay. Both of them, you know, have some fat to lose, you know, they don't have perfect bodies at all. But, but they told me they I mean, one of them, Golf has a priority in his life. The other one just wants to really feel strong and, and and youthful, both of them do you know, and, and that was that was one of those moments where, you know, I was thinking, you know, the gratification of being a trainer is going back to why you know what we're talking about today. What makes me excited about my job you know, is to hear that type of thing. You know, I mean, they weren't worried about me, they both want to lose a few pounds, but they were so excited about how strong they were and comparing themselves at their at their 61 and 53 years to any time in their life. Either one of them was comparing it to the time we played baseball in college and I feel stronger than I did then. You know, I mean, you know, we when we talked about yeah, sometimes like you know you don't those little you know, if you twist your elbow or something like that and when you're 21 that goes away in a day and now it lingers a little bit.
Adam 09:58
This is what I'm surprised about. We hear stories like this day in, day out. It's been covered in the press. And still, it's not accepted still, it's it's still people like, what is that technique? You do? I mean, still only like, I don't know, is it? I don't know what the statistics are. But I bet it's like, one out of 100 people, if not one out of 1000 people really know about this high intensity training thing and and forget about the high intensity training thing. One out of 1000, or some minority people even understand how profoundly important is to build and maintain muscle mass outside of just how good you may look, you know, so when we hear at 61, 71 year old people saying, I've never felt stronger, and more functional in my life, youd think, after 20 years of having people say that and feel that way, for such little time invested, by the way, you think, like everyone else be going out of business?
Tim Edwards 10:59
Well, there's no doubt that the this podcast will certainly help spread the word,
Adam 11:03
Thats why we're doing it.
Sheila 11:05
part of it, you know, to me, it's like the people who get old, the older people, you know, not older, but you know, maybe middle aged shoulder when they really start to think, Oh, I got to start doing something, right. And then they come in, and this is a doable, you know, exercise for them. Even though it's tough, it's the time management is important to them. But I also think that as you get older, you're you have more endurance, as far as like, sticking to something, you know, I just really feel that, you know, people who are younger, they're just like, Okay, I'm just gonna do this, and then I don't really have to do this. But I think as you get older, you're just like, more inclined to just stick to something and you have more endurance than you, like Adam was talking about earlier, you know, in a few podcasts ago about how women work out harder, just something, you know, it's just like, you really have that endurance to give it your all that 20 minutes, and you consistently come in every week, you know, whereas when you're younger, you're kind of like, you know, I could take it or leave it.
Adam 12:11
You know, there's a lot of reasons why. But what you're alluding to, I think, is I just think older people are just smarter, they've been there, done that. And they've made the mistakes, and now, now they understand things with better young people. They don't realize how resilient they are and the risks that they're taking and the exercise programs that they choose. They're they're infallible, right.
Mike 12:29
Wisdom comes with experience.
Adam 12:31
wisdom comes with getting hurt. Unfortunately, a lot of times, wisdom comes from, you know, not seeing the results. But the end, they don't see the ramifications, necessarily what they're doing until later on when it's too late. You don't realize how bad getting sunburned all the time is when you're when you're 18 years old. It's when you're when it's when you're 40. Or the real, shouldn't have stayed in the sun so long. So you know, as I don't know who said this, maybe you can help me, but youth is wasted on the young. Yes.
Tim Edwards 13:00
It's in the movie. It's a Wonderful Life, right?
Adam 13:05
Was it Mark Twain? That's it? I don't know. But But whoever said, genius? Yeah, it's so so true. Mike makes a good point about this idea that people are looking for some gratification and don't see the results right away. And it's not just necessarily even fat loss. That's a big part of it. That's actually an easier kind of pivot, if you will, because then you can really blame the nutrition part on it. Don't even put the exercise, even as as responsible for that at all. So it's not even what you're doing here has nothing at home, this has nothing to do with your weight loss. Other things that that I'm trying to figure out why this hasn't become like this national sensation. And every all the other gyms and treadmills companies are going out of business. People are not turning into fitness models. And these buff specimens, not just because they're not losing the body weight, just because their muscles are not going to get beautiful and big and structured and cut the way we see on the magazines or the athletes. And again, just because that doesn't happen to you, doesn't mean something's not happening. You know, something really good isn't happening as a matter of fact, but you're just not going to look ever like that guy or girl on the magazine cover with or without Photoshop.
Tim Edwards 14:24
You know, I think it'd be interesting to go around the room and ask the three trainers here. We're looking for motivation, right, so So Mike, you mentioned that and I think you're I have to agree with you. I think the fact that the results aren't instant as maybe that's why people aren't screaming it from the rooftops like if someone were to jump on an Atkins diet or say for example, and all of a sudden they they stay away from carbs completely lose a lot of weight quickly. What do you use for motivation? How do you motivate your clients? I'm sure there are different methods of motivation to keep people stay on course, if the results take six to eight weeks,
Mike 14:59
you know it's up It
Tim Edwards 15:00
whips?
Mike 15:01
Yeah, exactly. You know, the thing is, first of all, with the people that come in our door, everyone's motivated by the fact that their this, this workout only takes like 20 minutes. All right, that's one thing. And I think that's one thing that they they want to
Adam 15:16
if thats not motivation enough Get the hell out here.
Mike 15:19
kind of is. And the thing is, that's the motivation that gets them through doing something that's hard. It's really, really hard. And it lets them know that, hey, they can get back to what they have to do in their own life and stuff for with anything that you're successful at life. What's the process? You know, do you just sort of wing it? Or do you actually, you know, it, you know, like, if you're trying to, say, for example, if you're trying to lose fat, you have to think about what your plan is, you have to write it down at first, you have to get into a routine, you might need some accountability and some help from some friends or, or me as the trainer or someone to sort of help keep you in line. And usually, it's, it requires a lot of, I don't want to use word obsession, but you have to be highly focused on what you're doing at first, and then eventually, it becomes something that you can probably not be as regimented with, as over time, you know, where you don't have to write it down and stuff like that. So the idea of going to muscle failure, it might happen in 75 seconds, or two minutes and 17 seconds or three minutes, you know, we don't want it to be too long. But the thing is, when it's nebulous, it's very difficult for some people, and sometimes I'll have to say, hey, you know, something, give me four reps, make that clear, I want you to still 10 seconds up, 10 seconds down. But you know, last time you did it for a minute and 35 seconds, and I'm going to raise it 10 pounds. And that should get me a time that's going to be a, you know, what we want in order to show some progress for the client. So that's a little bit specific to performance to when I'm motivating someone to you know, when I want them to perform better on the machine.
Tim Edwards 16:55
So have a plan, and then you you verbally walk them through their time on the machines.
Adam 17:00
Yeah, I mean, that's interesting what you just said, because it is a very specific example of motivation, because it's a very small population of people that need to have that carrot, or that they need to see the light at the end of the tunnel. Sometimes you got to say, Yes, I'm target at the post is just some random failure rate, which is in some range, that mean, just going to failure is not enough for them. Because how long is this going to last? I need to know how many more reps I have. And no matter how many times you say it doesn't matter, just go to failure, just go until you can't go anymore. Some people are not motivated by that, or they're not, were not inspired to do that. So like Mike said, Alright, So Mike, an experienced trainer. So he knows the set of weights a certain weight. So he they he knows that if they can get four reps out there pretty much where they need, they need to be failure wise. So you say, just give me four perfect reps. Now, if it's if you set the right weight correctly, they're going to reach failure for perfect reps. So Mike got what he wanted, and client got what they wanted. And that's a motivation technique to get them to perform to a level that's very uncomfortable and very challenging. A lot of people have mental problems getting there. And that's, that's so so even though there's a very specific example, in the more general sense, what Mike's talking about is different techniques of motivating people to get to the goal. How what do certain clients need? And when you're, if you're training yourself, by the way, ask yourself, what do i What's going to motivate me to work to this level of discomfort? Do I need to have a stopwatch around my neck and just have a certain time is it amount, a certain number of reps? That kind of thing, whatever it takes that to allow you to get to that level of failure is what you should be trying to do.
Mike 18:48
You know, as in our environment, as far as the clients are concerned, I think we are very personal with our clients. In general, when we're working with clients, the nature of our sessions, it's one on one, it's a quiet environment. Without music, there's no mirrors, we're giving directions that are very, very clear verbal instructions, sometimes we have to demonstrate. But for the most part, I think the client is motivated by this unique experience, which is unlike most personal training experiences that people have if they didn't work with another personal trainer at a gym. And maybe that was a good experience. But this is a unique experience. And I think that in itself is something that really gets people. I think people are drawn to this environment when they're here. It's it's different. And they really, they realize that it's it's not the distractions are not, they're not there, they don't want to be distracted. They want to be focused, they want to get their workout and they want to leave, you know, I mean, you know, they want to go back to whatever is going on in their own life.
Tim Edwards 19:45
I agree with that personal aspect of it as somebody who's experienced this for now close to a year and I've had Sheila as my trainer who's terrific, and my latest trainer is Joe over in Toluca Lake, and Joe knows me personally and he knows what motivates me and I love playing softball. So as I'm getting close to failure. He's like we're stretching those singles and the doubles. Now the doubles and triples the triples into homeruns. And He almost hit it out last week, you're gonna hit it out this week. And he really knows what buttons to push with me, the more he gets to learn about my family and my activities, and I really enjoy that relationship with with my trainer because he's able to say what I want to hear to get me to get me to failure.
Mike 20:22
Yeah. It's funny. I have clients who forever reason you deserve to be I have a client who what he's working out, he yells it himself, he calls himself the king. I do sometimes. I mean, I can't help it, but sometimes it does. I go, you're the Prime Minister. You're our president.
Sheila 20:49
Not Donald Trump is it?
Mike 20:56
He's actually did not vote for Donald Trump. It's very interesting how
Adam 21:01
he was asking if the guy's saying I'm the king. Yeah.
Tim Edwards 21:08
You're not, you're not too far from Trump Tower.
Mike 21:11
Voted voted last door. He said, Yeah, he
Sheila 21:15
needs he needs inform fitness. He's out of shape.
Adam 21:21
Fitness, you need to clue?
Sheila 21:23
Well, for each, I, I like having that we all have that personal relationship. And I was gonna say the same thing. It's like, I get to know your client, you get to know what's going on in their life. And you kind of have to psychologically, you know, just say, hey, you know, you're gonna, you're gonna feel so much better when you get out of here, just do. And I do that to what Mike was saying, Just Just give me two more, you know, what, and just try to guide them and coach them through to get that to that muscle failure to get their dose, you know, the clients end up wanting to come in for that, you know, what I mean, they come in, even though they're not feeling that well, or they're not feeling that motivated. And they, they expect us to do that, you know, thats why they come in.
Tim Edwards 22:11
Well, and I imagine too the motivation is different for each client. You know, sheila, like I mentioned earlier that when I first started at inform fitness, you were my trainer, and you have a very calming approach to go, Alright, you're almost there. You know, and so some people might need to be screamed at or screaming that they're the king or the prince, depending upon their performance.
Adam 22:30
that's Tell, tell me I'm wrong.
Mike 22:32
That's a joke. But yeah, that's and that's an outlying type of situation. But for honestly, most situations, you can talk just like this when you're getting and I think when they when you say when you tap them on their shoulder gently, and you let them know that while they're going through their while they're going through the repetition that they need to, you know, bring their elbow down a little bit they're feeling that motivation they're feeling that connection, because you're attentive to everything that's going on in that moment. Absolutely. Give me 10 reps you know, it's it's a bunch of different thing and it doesn't require screaming and I feel like they're dealing with over a very intense situation when they're breathing heavily and getting to that last rep it still doesn't require and I think like communicating like this while they're in that state keeps them you know, as Adam said Yeah, focused and stoic and being able to actually perform the the
Sheila 23:25
it calms them down to their thinking.
Adam 23:28
Yeah, we literally Mike and I were just having this conversation with a client not too long ago. One of my mentors told me the same mentor by the way, you asked me the question about what surprises me in the last 20 years. He said to me a long time ago, he said a trainer that has to raise their voice above a whisper is not a very good trainer.
Sheila 23:46
Interesting.
Tim Edwards 23:47
I like that. I think in this situation as someone who goes through your exercise I prefer that approach not being screamed at and motivated though one time ADAM You did say to me, but you whispered it you said when Adam train you said if you don't finish this rep I'm gonna call your son and tell him what a wimp you are but he didn't say the word when he says something else.
Adam 24:06
I whispered it
Tim Edwards 24:07
you did whisper it
Adam 24:11
well, you know the motivation technique for you shaming. But going I just want to finish a thought that I had because about this whispering thing. When somebody is in the throes of their of the last rep, and they're really getting deep into intensity. It's it's I think, it's seems logical to start raising your voice and say, Come on, come on, come on and start raising the energy because their energy is like being expended so much, and I actually take the opposite tack very often, just when they are like almost in a panic mode. That's when I say them very quietly. Alright, calm down. Calm down, relax, relax, which is really ironic and they want to punch me because like, I hate they are reaching muscle failure and a leg press. Relax, like you fucking relax. Im on the leg press for crying out loud.
Mike 25:05
you know, it's oftentimes a moment when shoulder works and you know, hyperextension of the neck and their shoulders come up and stuff like that. Anyway, you kids, what do you have an opportunity to say, okay, hold it right there, try to drop your shoulders right now hold it, hold it, give me five more seconds. 3 2 1 That's like,
Sheila 25:23
when they hate, you know, when they get mad at you, you know, you're doing your job. Well,
Tim Edwards 25:29
but I'm the opposite of that. I like it when it's calm. And I need that moment I used to my breathing starts to change a little bit, and I do everything I can just to finish that rep. And I know that I fit failure. I like that calm approach. If there was yelling, it would distract me.
Mike 25:44
But that's what I'm saying, that I think they're more focused, and they're more, they're more, they're able to retain a correction that you're that you're giving them in that type of voice, you know, and, and so I thought maybe I know it during many years. And going back to the big topic about motivation, I think that's under the umbrella of motivation is that style of talking to people, while they're going through a relatively intense and stressful thing for a short amount of time? We know it's a worthwhile stimulus, but it's, but it's, it's stressful. And and
Adam 26:19
so for those of you listening to this, don't have a trainer, especially trainer that is steeped in high intensity training, and you want to do this, what's the takeaway for you, I think it would be do this in as a relaxed environment as possible. Don't stress out about things. And, you know, in my, in my book I talk about, I do a q&a in my book, and one of the questions in my q&a is, which is the most important rep of the set? And a lot of people, you know, guess, oh, the first one, or a lot of people guess really, the last one is the most important set of the rep. And of course, it's a trick question, really? Because my answer is the one you're doing. It's kind of like a zen like approach to the whole, it'd be in the moment, you know, and not so and the whole workout should be approached that way. Don't be thinking about what you did last week, how well you're doing now, just do it. Just be in the moment, do the workout efficiently, calmly, work out hard, move on, if you have that approach, you're not going to dread, you know, put those thoughts of dreading the upcoming workout, I didn't do as well as it did last week, got it, you got to kind of meditate that stuff out of your head, let those demons out and just be in the moment and do your job. And that's probably the best advice I can give. Because, like, I have the demons in my head too, I say shit, I gotta work out now. And I have all the thoughts of the pain, you know, creep in, and I'm like, you know, block it out, do it you got to do is once a week, 20 minutes, there was a client that used to walk in, he had a mantra, it was Mike's client. He used to walk in front the door of the gym, and he'd look around and say I can do anything for 20 minutes. Let's go
Tim Edwards 28:05
love it. I love it.
Adam 28:08
Every single there was a mantra.
Mike 28:10
All right, for 20 minutes, let's get over it.
Adam 28:13
We all have our ways of calming ourselves down. Some people might want to meditate, I have a client actually, that goes into an empty room in our office. She can. And she'll meditate for 15 20 minutes until the workout ready to start. So so the what's the common thread here? I mean, you know, relax, be in the moment.
Sheila 28:34
If you do get better at at just handling that intensity, you do get better at it, you just get okay, I can handle this. And you know, you can handle it. And then the next time it's, you know, the more you do it, the more you're like, Okay, I can do this. And then you try a little harder. And some days, yeah, you might have an off day here or there. But you know, overall, it'll just keep going forward if you just stick to it.
Tim Edwards 28:57
So we're getting a little short on time, I definitely want to ask all three of you. If you would just remind our audience how long each of you has been a trainer? And how have you changed from the time you began? As a trainer with the power of 10 and how you are now what have you learned and how have you changed? And this time, we'll start with guru. How about you, Adam?
Adam 29:17
How have I changed as a trainer? Let me count the ways. The thing that pops in my head the most because I started 20 years ago and 20 years ago when I started this I just finished reading Ken Hutchins, super slow manual, and I had been talking to some of his devotees about it. Some of the original devotees and what an intense bunch and it was either do it this way, or you're an idiot. Do this workout like this because everybody else is a fraud out there and You know, and they basically made me feel like, you know, mall made me feel like I picked up on it to be honest with you. I bought into it. And at the beginning of my career, I was a little bit of a jerk. You know, I, I think I was a born again. We don't do it this way, you're an asshole.
Tim Edwards 30:25
I did it wrong, right.
Adam 30:27
Yeah, early. I certainly did it a little bit more diplomatically than that. But basically, that was my message, you know. And thing is, as diplomatic as I was, I turned people off, I turned a lot of people off. And that will that's not I mean, if I'm, if I'm going to try to influence people, and educate people, I can't I can't be that way. And as as time went on, I was much more open and accepting of all kinds of ideas and views. And I might not still agree with a lot of modalities of exercise out there, certainly for the purposes that they purport these modalities before. But I understand a lot more about why, you know, you know, we talked in our other podcasts about intense workouts versus moderate exercise, and the virtue of both the value of both, and when I used to, I used to throw the baby out with the bathwater, so to speak. And it's not a high intensity training. It's not it's not worth doing. And I don't I don't really feel that way anymore. And I certainly don't portray that with my clients anymore.
Tim Edwards 31:33
Sheila, how about you?
Sheila 31:35
Well, I've only I got certified in 2010. So it's been about six years for me. So I'm still consider myself a newbie, to tell you the truth.
Adam 31:45
She was never a jerk.
Sheila 31:48
Because I can't be
Tim Edwards 31:49
I don't think she has it in her to be honest.
Sheila 31:51
But I could say that, how I've changed because in the beginning, you know, I think I was a little more maybe empathetic with people. And, you know, as I've been doing this workout now for about 10 or 11 years, myself, I have grown in how my experience of doing the workout. So that has affected the way that I train clients and just being around like our, our trainer here, Ann who is a very experienced trainer, she's been a trainer for like 14 years. So bringing her on board and having her uh, you know, open this place with me. And seeing how she wasn't afraid to put the weight up. You know what I mean? I used to be a little more like, gentle with people. I guess I wouldn't like just, okay, let's add 40 pounds here, you know, I'd be like, Oh, no, we can't. And I now I'm much more confident in challenging people a little more.
Adam 32:51
You're a little bit more detached in a good way, I think.
Sheila 32:54
Yeah. It's like, I know that people and then John has said this to a lot with his clients. He's like I because he has a love hate relationship with several several his clients, although they love him. They're like, Oh, are you he makes me do this. And he's like, because I know you can do it. I know, your body can do I know you can do it, you know. And so you kind of have to be that way. And I've gotten much more that way with, you know, not feeling like, you know, because people will be the first time they try this, especially women, I guess, because they're not used to lifting really heavy weights. They'll be like, Oh, this is too heavy, you know? And I'll be like, no, keep going. I used to like say, Okay, let me change this weight a little bit to start. And then No, now I go, nope. Keep going. Keep going. Tell me after three reps. If it's too, you know, after three reps, you're still going guess what you just did like over two minutes on that it's not too heavy for you. So giving them that experience of it has been a way that I've developed, you know, into a better trainer, I think.
Adam 33:57
Yeah. So in other words, you you're just not as empathetic anymore.
Sheila 34:00
Exactly. Yeah, yeah.
Adam 34:04
No, it's a good thing. I mean, like doctors have to be that way doctors, when they give injections, or they do a procedure that hurts. You know, they can't they have to be they have to do with authority. They have to just do it. And they can't go Oh, I'm sorry. I'm sorry. You know, right. Sure. Yeah, you got, you got to do it. And that's part of being professional. So Mike, on to you.
Mike 34:24
I've, I have been here for 14 years. And I it's been the best job of my entire life. I've done a lot of different things before that. So but uh, um, when I first got when I first learned about this technique, and wanted to become a trainer, I mean, I was I was just blown away by everything about it. The intensity of it, it's just I've always been attracted to intense things. But I was amazed at how you know, I had a shoulder injury
Adam 34:54
his favorite band is the Ramones.
Tim Edwards 34:56
Good choice
Mike 34:58
One of them, but yeah, But you know, something, the thing that I've, you know, you, when you, when you become a trainer in the beginning, you know you that science is thrown at you, and you're really, really drawn into it. And it makes a lot of sense and you want to teach it and you want to get better at it. And but I gotta tell you, you know, it's, it's interesting, you know, you see new trainers now, after I've been doing this this long, and I think about how I was way back then. And it's amazing. You know, the science is the science, but there's an art form to training people and getting to really know them as people the psychology of how to how to motivate. But you know, what I think I'm most proud of, which just comes with experience and, you know, anybody who's been doing this a long time and cares about their clients, you know, you know, when you deal with a person who comes in with a rotator cuff tear, or herniated cervical disc, or a torn meniscus or something like that, I'd become, you know, I'm really, really proud of how I've been able to help people with special like medical problems and still be able to get them to train very, very hard and, and help them with their rehabilitation work with orthopedist, or their physical therapists and stuff. And it's, it's, it's interesting, because that's just something that even though like a person could get certified, they can do it become a trainer tomorrow, and they could be great things like that just take time and and to really be have intuitive answers and or directions to give to people when you're training them. And, you know, I I'm, I'm very happy to have had that experience and to know that, you know, if someone comes in the door that they're going to be taken care of, by me. And if, and if there's an inexperienced trainer, I can help them understand a little bit more about things like that as well.
Tim Edwards 36:48
Well, you can tell by listening to Mike and Sheila and Adam hires the best when it comes to who he's going to trust with power of 10 and the inform fitness locations. In closing, Adam, we've been talking about how the three of you have changed over the last 18 to 20 years or so as trainers what the industry's perception is of this type of workout over the last almost two decades. I'd like to know what you think the perception is of those of us who are coming to an inform fitness to work out how that might have changed over the last 20 years. And where would you like to see this go?
Adam 37:26
Well, I think this might be wishful thinking. And, but but I really think our vision is starting to come true where people are realizing that that less is more intensity is the king and the real stimulus for fitness and balancing that intensity with rest and recovery, I would have to say more people now are realizing that and are not taking up these long endurance type of activities. Instead, they are saving time saving their knees and starting to accept this idea that you know, maybe I can have quality over quantity and that's whether it's my competition, perpetuating these new ideas or us you know, all all boats rise with the rising tide. And you know, I'm surprised it didn't happen fast enough, but maybe the second half. Last quarter, we might we might see some kind of tipping point occur. And you know, and, and save a lot of people quite honestly so, so I'm hopeful and my fingers are crossed. And you know this podcast, with any with any luck can help with that.
Tim Edwards 38:34
Why don't you give the workout a try for yourself just like I did about a year ago. Visit informfitness.com For list of locations across the US. If you don't happen to live near one of the locations, jump on over to Amazon and pick up Adams book power of 10 the once a week slow motion fitness revolution. Inside you'll find some easy to follow instructions to perform this workout at just about any gym, or even at home. And back here on the podcast. Adam Mike and Sheila can answer a question or respond to a comment you might have regarding the power of 10. Just shoot us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast at informfitness.com. You can also give us a call at 888-983-5020 extension three to leave your comment for questions. You might even have a suggestion on some topics we should cover here on the show or might have a guest in mind you'd like for us to interview all feedback is welcome. Thanks again for joining us here at the inform fitness podcast for Adam Mike and Sheila I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting Network.
Here in Episode 18 Adam, Mike, Sheila, and Tim discuss the Time Magazine article titled, The New Science of Exercise. Does the information shared in this article line up with the high intensity training that is offered at Inform Fitness? Perhaps the truth is in the science. Click here for the link to the Time Magazine article: http://time.com/4475628/the-new-science-of-exercise/?iid=toc_080116
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon: https://www.amazon.com/Power-10-Once-Week-Revolution/dp/B00034P80K/ref=pd_bbs_sr_1?ie=UTF8&s=books&qid=1205178760&sr=8-1
If you would like to produce a podcast of your own just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
018 Exercise: The Truth is in the Science Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
exercise, article, intense, people, minutes, aerobic, week, steady state, study, work, adam, intense exercise, anaerobic, workout, walking, intensity, inform, fitness, age, mice
SPEAKERS
Sheila, Tim Edwards, Mike, Adam
Tim Edwards 00:00
This episode of the inform fitness podcast is brought to you by Thrive Market. Thrive Market is on a mission to make healthy living easy and affordable for everyone to receive a special discount code for 15% off of your first order, email Tim at inbound podcasting.com. Inform nation welcome in you're listening to the inform fitness podcast 20 minutes with Adam Zickerman and friends. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting network and joining us from the Toluca Lake inform fitness studio here in Los Angeles is Sheila melody Hey Sheila
Sheila 00:38
Hey guys
Tim Edwards 00:39
and across the country in New York City the GM in the from the Manhattan location is Mike Rogers. So Mike
Mike 00:46
hello
Tim Edwards 00:46
and and joining us right next from I can't do that accent I'm just gonna move forward and next up Mike is the founder of inform fitness. New York Times bestselling author of power of 10 the once a week slow motion fitness revolution. Adam Zickerman What's up guru?
Adam 01:07
Hey, I don't I don't do English as my was that English I don't do any of that
Mike 01:15
maybe we can all talk like this for the rest of the podcast
Tim Edwards 01:23
Adams not participating
Adam 01:24
I might try to do an accent i just sound like I'm coming from like New Delhi or wherever
Tim Edwards 01:28
Why don't you try
Mike 01:30
that's really good. Give us give us an Italian accent now let's see how New Delhi in that look.
Adam 01:38
I don't even want to try it out alright, try to do a few Saxon now I sound like an Indian.
Tim Edwards 01:59
So you know there's no way we can let you go any further without trying so why don't you just give us a couple of sentences on the power of 10 in your Italian accent
Sheila 02:12
Okay, yeah that is New Delhi
Mike 02:16
You don't sound like youre from Boston right?
Adam 02:18
That was that's an Indian that lives in Boston.
Tim Edwards 02:20
There it is. Yes.
Sheila 02:24
Okay, Adam don't do
Mike 02:27
I really didn't expect that I
Adam 02:28
stopped doing it. That's gonna hurt.
Mike 02:31
I didn't expect that to actually be true. But it is kind of is
Tim Edwards 02:35
it's kind of spot on. So one day while Adam was in a New Delhi restaurant in Boston, he ran across this time magazines
Adam 02:45
as I was eating chicken McNee. alone so I figured I'd grab right
Mike 02:54
across from Paul Reveres house acting on his midnight ride. Later, chicken curry, chicken masala.
Adam 03:08
And I can't and I see I see. Literally, I see the cover of the Time magazine article that came out in September of this year. And right on the cover, it says the exercise cure.
Tim Edwards 03:19
So you were hooked immediately
Adam 03:21
and the subtitle was the surprising science of a life changing workout.
Mike 03:26
We're like wait a second, we do exercise seconds maybe relevant.
Adam 03:30
Second, I have the life changing workout let's see ever contacted me when they wrote this article. So of course, I threw away my chicken McNew.
Tim Edwards 03:42
Good, cleaned off your fingers
Adam 03:44
right into this article. And it's such a perfect article for a couple of reasons. One, it cites some of the research recent research about exercise and and how powerful exercise can be for our health.
Tim Edwards 04:01
Adam, you mentioned the McMaster University Studies several times in previous episodes,
Adam 04:07
and they mentioned it too, so I was so super excited. But I was also somewhat Well I wouldn't say disappointed, because it's kind of expected. But I was also like, they had to say that right? They just had to go and say this or that and go back to the normal dogmatic belief system and contradicting in a way. What the rest of the article was kind of touting and talking about.
Mike 04:38
Were they contradictions or were they just reporting
Adam 04:42
they were reporting. I mean, listen the person writing this article is not a scientist, right? So and so. And even scientists use the word for example. I mean, we're not ready to get into this part of it yet. I rather talk about some of the other things but but I'm just saying like for example they use they use the term aerobic and anaerobic and In my opinion wrong again, as most even doctors and exercise physiologist refer to him wrong, because we have this idea of what anaerobic exercise and aerobic exercise is, but it's kind of misconstrued.
Tim Edwards 05:15
Well, let's not jump ahead. And actually, let's go ahead and jump. And please note that you mentioned the name of the article, and they interviewed Dr. Tarnopolsky, who is his he's
Adam 05:23
one of the researchers at McMaster University.
Tim Edwards 05:27
And so let's go into what the article had to say a little bit first about what you agreed with, then we'll go into a little bit of maybe some of the contradictions slash reportings and findings.
Adam 05:37
yeah. somewhat confusing. Yeah. So. So the good stuff, the stuff I'm really excited about. And I'm mostly excited than I am somewhat disappointed for sure. Yeah,
Tim Edwards 05:50
some of the research that's going to be taking place, as mentioned. So article is very exciting, and really supports what we're doing here at inform fitness.
Mike 05:57
You know, it's kind of interesting Adam, Adam told me, I read the article also independently, but uh, he, you know, Adam recommended the article to a few clients to read, and they were like, Why did you ask me to read this article, you know, cuz it's kind of
Adam 06:11
so we are jumping ahead again. So so because, again, the article talks about a lot of things we were talking about, and we tell our clients, which is this and let's get into this study that you just mentioned from Mark torno, Paul, ski Tarnopolsky, it's a hard name to pronounce, Tarnopolsky. So so this doctor did a really cool study. So there are these mice that have this genetic disease, that ages them extremely fast. So like, if the normal lifespan of a mouse is like, seven years, these mice get old and die of old age, and the diseases associated with old age, within like a year, or maybe sooner, and I believe other animals and and I think even human, there's disease for humans to that age them very, very rapidly. It's kind of the opposite of that movie with Brad Pitt. Yeah, he starts getting younger. So there are there are these metabolic genetic diseases that actually age you and accelerated rate. So these mice are a perfect type of subject to to test whether exercise is truly, as I've said, very often, the fountain of youth. So what they did was they took half the group of mice that had this disease and as the control group and didn't do anything with them, and the other half of the of the group actually exercised. And the progression of the genetic disease to the bottom line here is the progression of the genetic disease was delayed substantially significantly. I mean, this was a double blind study. In other words, the the researchers had no idea which mice were the control group, and which mice were exercising the experiment, right mental group, and what ended up happening was they they without even without even looking at the, you know, which was which, at the end, they knew, the group of mice that were actually exercising, looked practically as good as mice that didn't have this disease. So I've always been saying that, you know, when you do intense exercise, especially, there are physiological changes that are occurring, that that truly keep you from aging, as, you know, even at an old pace. So it's this. It's profound, it's profound. And that's why the name of this article is called the exercise cure. And now, obviously, it's not making us immortal. But like these mice, we suspect that exercise can really delay the aging process or delay entropy, as I like to say, this breaking down this eventual breaking down of our bodies. So that that that's exciting. That was really exciting. Now, obviously, that's good news for mice. As your article says, right, and of course, we we be, you know, wrong to extrapolate that to human beings at this point, but it definitely warrants further study, and it's very promising.
Mike 09:23
Yeah, there's a couple of things in that I'm just gonna quote real quick. I thought were interesting. First of all, from before, these this study that's coming up and said next year, the NIH will launch its six year $170 million study with a group of about 3000 sedentary people ranging in age from children to the elderly, they will start an exercise program, and then donate blood fat and muscle before and after. They exercise. Scientists will then examine samples for clues of how the body changes with physical activity. The control group that doesn't exercise also be tracked for comparison. So that's the general thing but
Adam 09:56
so we're discovering all these new proteins and we're Looking at markers now that we never looked at before, markers that are a little bit more accurate to determining whether we're really truly getting a benefit. And like the article talks about, you know, we've always been, we've always known in a observational sense, that exercise is good for us. What the article is talking about now, it's as we really start narrowing down on on what is actually happening when we exercise and why it's good for us. And what's happening that makes it good for us, what is actually happening? What are the mechanisms happening that make us younger, we're finding these things out now. So instead of doctors or even trainers, telling their patients or clients well, exercise is good for you, we can narrow down exactly how it's good for you, and exactly the kind of dosage you will need. For this result, kinda like we know what kind of dosage of medicine to give somebody for some kind of ailment that they have. So it's going to get very, very specific, instead of just like this, just exercise, well, we can tell somebody, you need to do this type of exercise, based on your genetic composition and your lifestyle and your age. And you another person, you need this type of exercise,
Tim Edwards 11:14
it's not just some broad stroke, prescription of exercise
Adam 11:17
exactly not some broad Stroke of Exercise,
Mike 11:20
the real hardcore, exact answers are still a long way away, even after this study is completed, you're just gonna get much closer to whatever that prescription could be like medicine as well, like, you know, they have a basic dosage for what a man and a woman should take, if they need to go to sleep of Ambien, for example, or whatever, you know, the units could actually be different for lots of different men or lots of different women despite getting the same prescription. And I think some of that stuff isn't really known until you've actually done the program a little bit. And same way we, when we do our Think about exercise, we actually don't know everything about the clients when they come in, on day one, either, you know, when they do their exercise, we put them through it and modest baseline weights. And people say, Well, how long is it going to take for for this to happen, or should I be working out once a week or twice a week. And the thing is, sometimes we don't know exactly until we've seen them do it for a little while and see how their body adapts to, to the exercise. And until they tell us, you know, they they feel energized and they don't feel tired or something like that. And we have to and we have to work with those types of those types of areas.
Adam 12:30
It's not practical for us to do muscle biopsies for these people to really narrow it down like like Mike said, we are getting closer. So there is another study that they mentioned that that speaks to this idea of getting closer to narrowing down what we need to do for exersize. So this other study that McMaster did was they compared steady state activity to high intensity activity, steady state to remind our listeners in case you don't know the expression steady state is working out at a level of intensity that you that you can sustain for quite a while for 30 minutes, 45 minutes an hour or more and not totally bonk and drop. And steady state exercise is considered cardio. So they compare this cardio steady state exercise to a group of people that just did really high intense short bursts of exercise, similar to what we do at inform fitness. And there are markers that we test to see if there has been an improvement in our endurance Alright, so you can do muscle biopsies and you can do kind of you can do all kinds of blood tests you can do what they call O2 Max testing, which is an art, how much oxygen you consuming. And, you know, some of these markers include the increase in certain enzymes that are known to rise when your endurance rises. So one of the ways we know that certain exercises improve our endurance, besides being able to run a longer period of time or jog, or bike a longer period of time, we can actually validate that with a blood test to say hey, look, when somebody endurance is improving, we also noticed that this enzyme is improving and that makes sense because this enzyme is an enzyme that's used in cellular respiration. So therefore, we can say pretty confidently that this exercise program builds endurance because this enzyme goes up that we know but we have markers like when we when people say how do you know yes you have to do cardio or steady state exercise to to get healthier. And people say well we there are tests that we've done, you know be your VO to max test has improved as a result of you jogging, you're certain enzymes have gone up as a result of you. Jogging your glucose sensitivity to the test for that. Alright glucose test, where you drink this really crappy tasting sugar Water and then you take your blood over time. And you see how quickly your body utilizes that glucose, the faster your body can utilize that glucose, the better shape urine, so to speak. So these are all tests that we can use to say, Yes, you are getting in better shape, you are more fit, that kind of stuff. So what they were doing was they took these two, these two groups, one did steady state exercise, which consisted about six hours of steady state exercise a week. And they took another group, which consisted of like, I think, three or four minutes of exercise, but really intense exercise per week. And they tested for these markers before the test, right before the experiment started. Then they subjected them to their respective exercise programs. And then they were tested again. Now, what we're doing is we're testing for the same markers. In one group that exercise six days a week, at a steady state level, versus a group of people that hardly worked out at all timewise. But their workouts are much, much more intense when they looked at these markers. I think even the researchers were shocked at McMaster when they noticed that these markers improved in both groups equally. Turns out both groups had identical improvements in both heart function and blood sugar control. And this is a quote from one of the researchers. So one of the researchers, Martin Gibala, said after the study was concluded that if you're willing and able to really push yourself very hard, then you can get away with surprisingly little exercise. And I'm like, hey, that's what we say,
Tim Edwards 16:44
Where have I heard that before? Right?
Sheila 16:47
Is this the same study that we learn when we go through our certification that you talk about? Okay, good. And they brought this same study in this recent article, right?
Adam 16:57
I mean, I remember Dr. Doug macguff, who also talks about this study a lot. I remember him saying, he can't believe how this is not major news. On every single major media platform that exists. You know, this, this, this is like, you know, profound, Game Changing type of evidence that, and nobody's talking about it
Tim Edwards 17:20
until now.
Adam 17:21
And this study was done years ago, or maybe five years ago. So to see it in this time magazine article, when Dr. Dr. macguff, and myself were saying, Why isn't anyone talking about this? The see of finally being talked about? God Almighty, maybe in my lifetime, I will see a seed change in the way people view exercise, maybe I always thought that, you know, future generations will finally see the fruits of us pioneers out there.
Mike 17:51
is though, like, I think with the advent of things like I mean, dare I say, like CrossFit, and boot camps with a seven minute workout it I think the news is getting out there very slowly, but still people, they still have this idea. First of all, I mean, it goes, it goes in most people's minds to the idea of weight loss, and people still get stuck on calories. And if the in versus calories out, and more time spent doing something is more calories, you know, expended. So that's, I think it there's a lot of psychology, that still has to be sort of understood in regards to you know, exercise, weight loss, health, fitness, everything. And I think that's what just adds to the confusion. But I mean, I get you know, Doug macguff You know, complaint and he's it he is right, but it's just it's still slow going. You know,
Sheila 18:44
psychology is a good point because I really feel that it's in a lot of people's head like I know for me, yes, I understand. I love this workout. I do it every week, but I still need to do something just for my head. You know, like I need to go hike I need to go walk I need to take a yoga class once in a while I need to do other things. And that I know it makes me feel you know, more positive better I eat better you know all those things. And so regardless of all these tests, that's what the thing is. There's so much psychology to exercise
Tim Edwards 19:18
and the psychology that a lot of people and myself included really wrestle with is you know, all of that science is great and time seems to be the biggest issue for people the old traditional way we were taught to do exercise that Adam was talking about with all of this running and you know, get get your 30 minutes in a day or whatever it might be, is time people. Do people really have the time to go to the gym, do what they need to do three four times a week the answer for me was no I've been doing this this this exercise with you Sheila at Toluca Lake for now right at 11 months. So almost a year and it is and it's because it's doable, and it's effective. I wouldn't keep going if it weren't effective
Mike 20:00
I think what I was trying to say before and I, this, this is where you really feel it is, you want to make sure that everyone out there knows that the option is available, you know, I'm saying like that they don't just because they can't exercise 150 minutes a week, you know, or whatever is prescribed by, you know, like, by the the powers that be, um, I said, Hey, wait a second, you do have this option, it's 20 minutes long, yes, you have to push really, really hard. It's not easy to do, if you have a good trainer, and a nice environment to do it, and it's going to be safe, and etc, etc. And I think that's the thing people need to know that an option is available that is very intense, but extremely safe. And I think that's where the complaint is,
Sheila 20:43
and effective and effective.
Adam 20:46
Well, when Martin Gibala made the quote, the key thing to me is when he said, If somebody is willing and able to work out this hard, so this is a thing talking. So you have options. Alright, we noticed that if you exercise long enough, that 150 minutes a week of steady state exercise, we've noticed that these that you can improve, you can improve your health. But it takes a lot of time. And like we just said, since you didn't have the time, a lot of people don't have the time. So if you're willing to push a little bit harder, or a lot harder, actually, even though it's it's really, really intense, it's only going to take you you know, 10 15 20 minutes, you know, you have to be willing to put yourself that hard. So it's a trade off. Do you want to spend the time to get to good shape? Or do you want to? Or you rather not spend the time but up the intensity?
Mike 21:45
It's also the that's one piece of the puzzle. But it's also when you're doing the 150 minutes a week of exercise? Are you aware of a lot of the liabilities that are associated with all that time spent doing the exercise? And that's exactly Another thing that's sometimes it's not even addressed? You know, I looked at the I don't know, I don't know if it's the most recent study, but the last study done by American Heart Association when they prescribed exercise, they actually said, I wish I had the the the text with me but they actually said because I printed it out. And it was cited in body by science. Also, in the actual article, they said that the exercises that were being prescribed, many of them were not certified as safe. You know, I forget exactly how it was, it was turned, but it was I was surprised that
Adam 22:31
in other words they're saying yes, you have to do 150 minutes of exercise a week of this type, but just know that there are...
Mike 22:37
they said the likelihood of getting injured is high, right.
Adam 22:40
So there's a higher risk. So it's kind of like, so it's just like those commercials on TV, those drug commercials on TV, they say it's going to cure this, but then they give this whole disclaimer at the end that it might have all these horrible side effects. And that's the same thing that the Heart Association is saying about all this exercise. Yes, you need to do all this exercise, you should do all this exercise. But just remember, there are all these side effects, mostly orthopedic injuries and things like that
Tim Edwards 23:02
when you're injured, you can't continue to work out. So that's a problem. It's scattered.
Adam 23:07
So it's kind of weird. And it's like when you listen to these drug commercials, like wait a second, I think I'd rather have a disease than the side effects to be honest with you. So you know, and the FDA is supposed to kind of control for this, the FDA was saying, Listen, the side effects are worse than the cure. So you can even put this drug on the market in some cases.
Tim Edwards 23:24
so you mentioned Adam, to that, you know, we're taught we've talked about this throughout the entire life of the podcast is do you want to give the 150 minutes a week elsewhere for the same results, you're going to get for 20 to 30 minutes a week at an inform fitness. And somebody who's older might think, Well, gosh, I can't I can't do that I can't work out that intensely anymore. And that's just plain not true. And I know that because of the people that we have interviewed, both at your location in New York, and here until Lucca lake, there are people in their 70s 80s 90s Working out.
Adam 23:54
yes , there's a very safe way of playing high intensity exercise. And that's obviously with low force movements and doing it according to muscle and joint function. And that's what we do, and continue to do. This is the thing about this 150 minutes of exercise. And this is where the article gets a little confusing or convoluted. And that is in one sentence they say let me read there's a sidebar in the article that says this, The World Health Organization and US Center for Disease Control, say that you need 100 and fit that's where we got this 150 minutes of exercise from from from the World Health Organization and the Center for Disease Control. And they say that you need about 150 minutes of aerobic activity per week and strength training twice a week. So yeah, is the key word there right and strength training twice a week. All right, and then further down on the same sidebar. They continue to say that you should do aerobic for endurance exercise, and anaerobic for strength.
Tim Edwards 24:58
So that's where the pushback...
Adam 25:00
In the article, they just said that the McMaster studies Right? Kind of showed that maybe you don't need to do both. Alright, so they don't even listen, they're not even reading their own research, the authors of this article, the editors of this article, right? That's number one. Number two, they also say that this 150 minutes of aerobic exercise consists is can consist of walking the dog, gardening, brisk walking, and even care house. Housing carrying groceries can so if you're doing all those things, those counts for the 150 minutes. And this is what this is why when I gave this article to all my clients to read, they came back and said to me, wait a second, and why do you give me this article to read? I'm like, What do you mean says, Well, it definitely supported your argument. You know, that high intensity exercise has these profound effects, health effects, I get that and they and they cited that from those studies. But then they also say you need to do cardio, and you tell me, I don't have to do cardio. So which one is it? And why would you send me this article? Because like, you're telling me, I all I needed to do this? And I said, Well, not exactly. And I said, and the article doesn't really contradict me, as much as you might think. And let me explain. Because 150 minutes of what they call cardio consists of just basically, living your life. And, and being active...
Tim Edwards 26:32
carrying in the groceries, kind of have to do that
Adam 26:34
so be it then then what because I've always said, what you need. So instead of in other words, what shift has to happen in people's minds, is not a balance between aerobic exercise and anaerobic exercise, or strength training, which is considered anaerobic, because it was completely without getting into the biochemistry right now, those are those are misuses of the words aerobic and anaerobic.
Mike 27:00
And it shouldn't be an contract. Like, they're not opposites, either. Like,
Adam 27:05
they're connected. I mean, from a biochemical point of view, from biochemistry point of view, you can't separate the two and each of you can separate it to why is the aerobic part so damn important. I mean, but you can't separate. But that's, that's maybe a discussion for a whole other podcast to get into the weeds in the biochemistry of cellular respiration. But this is thing. If they're saying that the aerobic consists of gardening and walking your dog, then we're in we're in line. Alright, because this is what I'm saying, instead of making a distinction between exercises, being anaerobic and aerobic, as McMaster studies just pointed out, that the things that should be more like this, this, the distinction should be between choosing between intense exercise and not intense exercise. So what I'm saying is, and why in my response to my clients was this, the article saying that intense workouts can give you the same benefits as these long steady state workouts. So let's do this the intense, alright, and you can move on with your day. And they're saying also that you have to do this aerobic and I put aerobic in quotes. So all I'm saying is, and I've always said this, listen, do this once a week or twice a week, and then go out and be active, live your life, don't be a couch potato, go walk your dog go garden. So I'm telling people to do that anyway, because that is there are benefits all these things. Alright. So we're on the same page, except they're calling it aerobic. I'm not calling it aerobic. I'm calling it non intense. I'm calling it moderate intensity exercise. So what I'm saying to my clients is do all you need is one really intense bout of exercise a week, and then you need about 115 minutes, the rest of the week. For moderate intensity exercise, don't call it aerobic, because that's really not accurate. It's just not really intense. So you can call what you want, you can call it aerobic, you can call it moderate intensity. The point is, live your life. Walk your dog garden, and make sure once a week you get to a gym, where you're pushing yourself to the max and you pushing your energy systems to the max and that's where all these profound, youthful, all these profound Fountain of Youth property started kicking in.
Mike 29:32
I think the big state of confusion in that whole thing is just the and I think we addressed it before on previous podcasts is the confusion between the words cardio and aerobic, and that center and how they're used. synonymously. And I think that's, I think those that's where I think everything is that's one of the many things that is drawing a lot of confusion and why this writer who just talked about the McMaster study and then sort of ah
Adam 30:01
Then sort of tells you you need to still do aerobic.
Mike 30:03
Yeah. Because I don't, the thing is, it's it's misleading. But there's, I think there's truth and false to it all,
Adam 30:11
you know what the most aerobic state of our lives are when we're sleeping, by the way, are sitting, that is when we're being most aerobic. Alright, so like, again, it's a complete misunderstanding of biochemistry, which we really can't get into in a 20 minute podcast right now, what we can address right now is the idea that there is a difference between intense exercise and non intense exercise, and non intense exercise has benefits. According to this article, right? The thing you have to do aerobic exercise, which really means not intense exercise, just moderate intensity. And so again, it's just living your life and being active, if you are walking to work, or if you're walking a dog, and you're gardening, and if you're not just sitting on a couch, all day long, every single day, you are exercising, aerobically, you know, and that's the argument anymore, because like, you know, we can get into nitty gritty between aerobic and anaerobic, but like, it doesn't matter. The bottom line is, you have to do something really intense once a week or twice a week for a brief period of time. And then you have to be active, just be lead an active live, and you can choose whatever activity you want, you're doing your cardio,
Mike 31:26
intent, intensity, there's a lot of discussions here, like it, you just made me think I was just thinking about my dad who's 77. And who is very sedentary at the moment, and you know, trying to encourage him to be a little bit more active, and the thing is getting up for him and walking to the mailbox is as intense as power of 10 is to me right now, you know, I'm saying, that's why I don't even try to tell them to do anything except get up and walk to the mailbox a few times a day or not that you know, but to do it at least why it's not the same as a power of 10. But it's, it's a enormous effort for him. You know,
Adam 32:00
intensity is relative to the person. I mean, what's intense for one person might not be intense for somebody else. Exactly. So like my dad also has problems walking right now, some neurological thing going on, we haven't really figured it out. I say, Dad, get on, get on the Get on that recumbent bike and the bike basement and push yourself for a couple minutes on that thing. Now, to somebody that doesn't really understand the differences of all these, all his biochemistry might say, Adam, you just said that's not really going to do much for him. But that's really be intense exercise. And what Mike just said, my father, getting on a recumbent bike for five minutes will be a very intense experience for him. So it's not contradicting my viewpoint. Yeah, I mean, my father couldn't do a leg press right now you can hardly walk. So even doing a bicycle is really intense. And then you progress from there.
Mike 32:52
You know, macguff Actually, he, I think made it more clear, when you'd when you try to like take recreation or little activities like gardening or whatever and exercise he was referring to it oftentimes is mechanical work. When you put a demand on the muscle, like to do anything, walk upstairs, walk down the street, lift a weight, carry a brick, whatever it is, it's you might be you're doing some sort of mechanical work, you're asking your muscles to do something. Is it intense? Like God? Is it is it not intense, like gardening or walking to the you know, carrying a little grocery bag in? No, but you're moving, you're using your body to do something that's aerobic. You know, Adam was just the beginning, like sleeping as aerobics, you know, and then there's high intensity stuff that is relative, which could be walking to the mailbox for my dad, or doing power of 10. For us. And I think this is where the conversation what's great about this article, and I think why Adam picked it out is because it gets this conversation going, where we can really start to once again, you know, like get a you know, help people understand when they hear the word aerobic what it really means what when they hear the word strength, anaerobic and strength training, what what that really entails and how much it really needs to be. So that's the that's what is great about this article, with even its misleading comments is that it's getting the conversation going in the right direction. Still,
Sheila 34:17
I wanted to talk about how in here, they say that to build muscle and strengthen bones, you really only need to use your body weight as resistance. You don't have to go to the gym and lift weights and do things, you know, the difference between us doing power of 10 really intensely and they're saying here we try to think of muscle strength and power as a 65 year old lady picking up a gallon of milk and you know, to us that's like, Oh my God, that's nothing but you know, to me, it's like if you come in and you do a safe exercise like this, what we do, you know, for whatever age and whatever level then you make it makes all those little things like walking to the mailbox and doing the you know, makes Those better eventually, do you ever get to the point where you're like, it's dangerous to come and try to push yourself very safely with heavier weights, they're saying in here, you don't need to do that in order to build bone and muscle strength.
Adam 35:15
Well, they're saying you don't need to you can do but you don't need machines, you need to hire expensive trainers and stuff like that intensity. I mean, I've always said that, you know, machines that we have here, as ergonomic as they are, and especially as special as they are for the technique of lifting weights slowly, I mean, the safest things around. But let's make no mistakes. We're still just fatiguing muscle. And you can do that in a lot of ways. And you can do it safely a lot of ways and using your bodyweight, especially if you're not very strong. I mean, bodyweight exercises can be extremely intense. And maybe it action in a lot of cases too intense. I mean, like, for example, you know, it's funny, they say, do bodyweight exercise there were there are a lot of people that can't do bodyweight. There are people out there that can't even do one single pushup, there are people out there that can't do one single chin up. So I mean, I have to use sometimes machines to be able to start at at a lower intensity or lower weight, that is still intense for somebody else. So again, they're talking about the tools. It's irrelevant, body weight machines, milk jugs, that's all relevant. It's about intensity, not not, not the tools that you use. That's a whole discussion, what are the best tools? Well, we can talk about what the best tools and why we have our why we go to such great lengths of redesign our equipment, but there's still just tools like my father once told me, a good craftsman never blames his tools. So if I had to be stuck on a desert island, which, you know, sometimes very appealing actually. Like, why, if I was stuck on a desert island, and I didn't have all my fancy medics retrofitted equipment here, I'd still know what to do, I still know how to give myself an intense workout. And I don't need all this stuff. To be really, really strong, I can do a set of chin ups on the tree. And I can do a wall squat against that tree, and do that for the rest of my life and stay extremely strong. So that's one of these confusing elements that the media naive or misinformed trainers often project, they don't realize that you know, like, like aerobic in general, the word aerobic, alright, if you're doing something on a treadmill, that's aerobic. If you're working out really intensely on a treadmill, if you're pushing yourself, if you're doing intervals on the treadmill, for example, and pushing yourself until exhaustion that, you know, doing sprints, you know, maybe you're running a quarter mile, you know, on a treadmill as fast as you can, maybe running a mile as fast as you can on a treadmill. So the whole thing, you know, if you're running a mile and eight minutes or seven minutes, that's a really intense miles seven minute mile or six minute mile, depending on the person, if you were to do something really intense for a minute, or two minutes on a leg, press or do a whole workout that's really intense like that, in a gym with machines. The body doesn't know the difference. body responds to intensity. So the tools you're using to get to this intensity doesn't matter. That's what I'm saying. Our distinction should be me should be between is the activity intense? Or is it moderate, you should have one or two intense workouts a week and you should have the rest of your workouts rest of your 150 required minutes to be moderate. So the real question going forward, when you finish this article, an article like this, to me, the real question is this. And this is where I think science needs to go. And these are the questions I think science needs to be asking. That is, what is the proper balance between moderate work and intense work, and what unique benefits to each bring? Because maybe there are unique benefits a moderate exercise gives to us not because it's a treadmill, but it's just not intense. So there may be benefits that walking and gardening give you that high intensity strength training doesn't. And vice versa, high intensity strength training, we know brings out benefits that steady state, moderate exercise can't. So the question is, do we need both? Does high intensity exercise satisfy all of it? Or do we still need to do some moderate exercise on the side? Or if we do, how much of it? And what are the different benefits of each? These are things that need to be explored? And they should be talked about that way not aerobic verse anaerobic. Because that's that's a false, you know, assertion. I mean, there's no such thing as anaerobic versus aerobic exercise. I want us to change from that. Those that verbiage and talk about how much exercise do you need it? How much moderate exercise do you need and go from there. So all in all, the takeaway from this article is, first of all very positive, and supports what my impression was 18 years ago when I started in this business, and it just fuels my my enthusiasm to go in this direction. And the overarching message of this article says, Guess what, you can actually spend much less time doing it more intensely, and get pretty much the same results. So that doesn't have to be an excuse anymore. That takes away a huge obstacle for people that you could get a lot of exercise a lot of bang for your buck, just from working out 20 minutes, 40 minutes a week of intense work. We all think that we need to do this steady state cardio type exercise to burn calories and strengthen our heart. And one of the big obstacles to doing that is that people don't have all that time to do that. And really, what this new science is showing us is we can get those benefits. Without spending all that time, you just have to increase the intensity. So if you increase the intensity, your body will burn more calories, you will raise your metabolism, you will get stronger and you will build endurance. And it doesn't require 150 200 300 400 minutes a week. It can just take about 20 minutes. And that's it. No more excuses.
Tim Edwards 41:34
Why don't you give the workout a try for yourself just like I did about a year ago. Visit informfitness.com For list of locations across the US. If you don't happen to live near one of the locations, jump on over to Amazon and pick up Adams book power of 10 the once a week slow motion fitness revolution. Inside you'll find some easy to follow instructions to perform this workout at just about any gym, or even at home. And back here on the podcast. Adam Mike and Sheila can answer a question or respond to a comment you might have regarding the power of 10. Just shoot us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast at informfitness.com. You can also give us a call at 888-983-5020 extension three to leave your comment for question. You might even have a suggestion on some topics we should cover here on the show or might have a guest in mind you'd like for us to interview all feedback is welcome. Thanks again for joining us here at the inform fitness podcast for Adam Mike and Sheila, I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting Network.
What do you mean "failure is the ONLY option"? It's a hard concept to grasp, but we are talking about muscle failure. Reaching muscle failure safely is scientifically proven to build muscle, burn fat, and to assist in rebooting your metabolism.
In this episode, Adam Zickerman, Mike Rodgers, Sheila Melody, and Tim Edwards define muscle failure and how the expert trainers at all Inform Fitness locations can get you there safely.
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon:
https://www.amazon.com/Power-10-Once-Week-Revolution/dp/B00034P80K/ref=pd_bbs_sr_1?ie=UTF8&s=books&qid=1205178760&sr=8-1
If you would like to produce a podcast of your own just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
017 Failure is the Only Option Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
workout, people, failure, machines, clients, muscle, sheila, weight, week, trainer, fitness, exercise, mike, lifting, feel, minutes, adam, talking, podcast, reach
Tim Edwards 00:00
This episode of the inform fitness podcast is brought to you by Thrive Market. Thrive Market is on a mission to make healthy living easy and affordable for everyone to receive a special discount code for 15% off of your first order, email Tim at inbound podcasting.com. Hi friends, thanks again for joining us once again here at the inform fitness podcast. 20 minutes with Adam Zickerman and friends. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting network and a client of inform fitness. I've been working out at the Toluca Lake location here in the Los Angeles area for about 10 months now. And I love it. I love the results. I love the environment. I love the trainers who are not only experts in their field, but they're really really great people in it become good friends of mine, including the nice lady whose idea was to produce this podcast in the first place. Sheila melody. Welcome to the show, Sheila.
Sheila 00:56
Hey, Tim, how you doing? Good.
Tim Edwards 00:59
You had a nice trip you just returned from
Sheila 01:02
Yes, I was in Illinois visiting family and it was awesome. We had a big old farmhouse and we all just partied. And it was the best
Tim Edwards 01:09
very different from from Los Angeles. I'm sure
Sheila 01:12
very different. Fun
Tim Edwards 01:14
saw the faces the pictures on Facebook. Looks like you guys had a really great time. And Adam, you've you've taken we've taken a couple weeks off Adam, I liked what you did. There was this one time at band camp. Didn't you go there? Is that right? Did you bring your flute with you? Or what did you learn to play at bandcamp?
Adam 01:33
Yeah, well, I am always trying to learn how to play the guitar. So but I actually got to meet and listen to small little talks given by Steve Vai. Wow. Eric Johnson,
Tim Edwards 01:46
you're kidding. Wow.
Adam 01:47
So you know every time I do I'm Alex. Alex Alex Skolnick played in Testaments. So heavy metal bit awesome. There you go heavy metal band from the 80s Testament. And, and a guy named Mike Keneally, who's also a monster guitar player who played for Frank Zappa as well. I don't know if you know, Steve Vai. His first job out of Berklee College of Music was to play with Frank Zappa. I mean, talking about being gay is working for Frank Zappa. Incredible, you know, which is, you know, he's like the Paganini of rock. I mean, like he, the stuff that he wrote is, you don't have to be a massive musician, even attempt to play his stuff. So yeah, so Mike O'Neill is another Zappa band member, and he, he's also amazing. So um, so we had these jam sessions, at the end of the day, and at night, you know, and here I was jamming with a group of guys, and we didn't have a drummer at the point. At that point. It was a bass player. We had like three guitar players. And now awesome, Mike Neely walks into our jam room and like, we're like you play drums. And so you're there. I was playing cocaine by Eric Clapton. Actually, JJ Cale wrote that but we had Mike Neely on drums. Wow, man in my head. I was like, I felt like a kid in a candy store in your elements. Definitely a highlight of the band camp actually. Having Mike Keneally Listen to me play guitar while he's backing me on drums.
Tim Edwards 03:23
That's That's a dream. Fantastic. Well, Mike top that would you do during your time off?
Mike 03:28
Yeah, everything's great. It's all family stuff. I mean, like, I got baby, so I'm not going anywhere. You know, Alaska or anything I try. I told my, one of my clients told me he went to Alaska recently, and I was like, show me photographs, you know, glaciers and dogsledding and I was like, oh my god, this is incredible. And like I got to do this I went home and I was like, Hey honey, next June I'm thinking maybe guys trip to Alaska. You think I could do that? And she's like Alaska?
Tim Edwards 04:03
for the next 10 years
Mike 04:07
I was like, Okay, I was shot down fast I got my three year old is awesome. He's like a divine Angel one day and then he's like al Qaeda the next it's interesting.
Tim Edwards 04:18
We'll wait till he turns into a teenager
Mike 04:20
classic toddler I'm told. But yeah, everything's good. I just had my eighth wedding anniversary yesterday so all is great. Yeah,
Tim Edwards 04:28
congratulations I just celebrated on my 18th. The day before yesterday so
04:33
anniversary lucky number among the Jews you know that's Hi.
Tim Edwards 04:38
So sheilas has been on vacation Adams been talking about Mike has been hanging out with his family and here we are diving back into the content so guys as we move forward, right now where we stand word about 16 different episodes with the inform fitness podcast certainly want to thank all of inform nation for subscribing and and becoming members of this community that we dearly love. And before we move any further, what do you think of my swag guys, my new my new hat. I'm rocking here. Good and good Sheila.
Adam 05:04
I love that hat. Yeah, I've actually gotten compliments like I wore the hat out to like, my kids, you know, baseball games. I'm hanging out with the parents and everything like a nice hat, man. Where does that from? It's terrific
Sheila 05:16
black, or the orange
Tim Edwards 05:23
I've got the black informed fitness swag hat that Sheila has on display there in Toluca Lake. I'm out there in Manhattan guys. You got them out there. And we haven't displayed
Adam 05:31
him yet. They're still in boxes, because
Sheila 05:34
the mesh hat Tim is wearing. And that's when Adam wanted to get a love. And then there's the regular cotton hat. And I got the orange and the black mash as well.
Tim Edwards 05:44
It's rust. Really, right. It's black and rust, right and rust color. Now, I noticed on my on perkville There, I've got a I've got a shirt coming to me, I've earned enough points by coming to enough sessions. I've got an inform fitness shirt. So I'll wear that next time instead of my Dodger shirt that I'm wearing now to celebrate the fact that we clinched the West. So if you baseball fans are on the West Coast. You guys go see Carol adulation? Thank you. I got anything to do.
Mike 06:09
And I'm happy for them.
Adam 06:12
I am taking my son to Yankee game on Friday. Awesome that they're they're like, I don't think they're mathematically eliminated yet,
Tim Edwards 06:18
but they're there. They're trying to get the division that the wildcard there. Yeah, I don't know. That's gonna happen. Yeah. Well, you say that's a great place had a chance to visit there when I was at in New York a couple years ago.
Adam 06:28
But did you want huh? What's the new one?
Tim Edwards 06:30
I did? Well, it wasn't baseball season. But I actually attended a game at the old Yankee Stadium, which was glorious. Truly, it was an amazing experience several years ago. And, and I like the old one better. But I had a chance to tour the new one, about three and a half years ago with my son. And that was a memorable day for sure. It's still still legendary, even though it's new, really great place to go. Alright, guys, let's dive into the content. Let's get into working out again, it's been a few weeks, good to be back behind the mic with you. And, you know, in the last several episodes, you know, for those that have been listening for any length of time, they know what the power of 10 is, we know that it's an exercise method. We know that it's weight training, we know that it's slow motion, high intensity weight training. And we know the goal is to reach muscle failure in our once a week 20 to 30 minute workout session. Today, let's let's talk about what it's like when a new client arrives at an inform fitness studio. Let's let's walk through their experience their process, what they what they experience when they walk into it for fitness, and then what you do. On the back end, they fill out a really comprehensive intake form. What goes into the initial assessment of a new client? How do you determine what their needs are?
Sheila 07:39
Well, I would just say the first thing we do and we all learn this from Adam is connect with that person and find out what it is that they're looking for what brought them in, so we connect, and then we try to explain to them how this will help them how this can be designed specifically for them. And we also get to know their experience there. If they have any issues, injuries, special need, you know, things like that, that they can't do? Or, you know, you get to know them first, because it's different for everybody.
Tim Edwards 08:16
So Adam, the the power of 10 workout, it's not the same for every client, I'm assuming?
Adam 08:20
No, it's not. And when we talk about power of 10, or high intensity training in general, very often people think it's a one of the criticisms and misunderstandings of high intensity training, especially the way we do it is they think that it's a one size fit all type of approach, like you know, they think it's that they think that we feel it's a mutually exclusive decision. First of all, like if you do this, you can't or shouldn't do anything else, which is not true. And the technique of lifting weights slowly and working the muscle failure, going 10 seconds up, 10 seconds down, breathing properly. These are certain principles that we that we go by. But that's where the workouts similarity between person to person kind of ends. There's so many other it's so multifactorial, what goes into a program for somebody who's working on what they're doing, how they're doing it there. When I say multifactorial, that there are so many like Sheila was saying we find out not only what their goals are, which is of course, important and to find out, you know what their belief system is about exercise and where they're coming from and their experiences with exercise. So all that's important to know also, but besides that there's their genetic factors, their age, the stress levels they have in their life, how much sleep they're getting in their in their daily routine, how much activity is in their life. At that moment. What are they doing now for exercise? What are they doing recreationally The list goes on and on. their their their tolerance for most of the burn?
Tim Edwards 10:03
How do you determine their tolerance for muscle burn until you get them in the gym?
Adam 10:07
Well, I take a match. And I you know, obviously you don't know that by looking at this, you know, and some of the things that I'm telling you about, present themselves over time. Some things, you know, right away. I mean, when you have experience as a trainer, you can kind of size somebody up to an extent, you know, there's all these experiences that give you a look at somebody now I have to training somebody for 19 20 years, like I've been there a couple of, I don't even know how I make these decisions. It's kind of like Malcolm Gladwell blink, you know, you just kind of in a month in a split second, you figure it all out, and you don't even know how you did it. But it's all your experience that kind of tells you, but you're wrong. You know, you're not always right when it comes to that. And so what you do is you do a generic workout, basic generic workout and you test the waters, and you see how it goes, you have something to go by you have that you you've done an intake, you know, their their life story to an extent, you know, if they've exercised before. I mean, one question I always asked somebody when they first started, have you ever done a high intensity workout before? If I always tell you, and if they've explained workout? To me, it's okay, that workout you just said you do from one to 10, 10 being the most intense experience you've ever had in your life, one being not intense at all? How would you describe the workout you've been doing? And, and that gives me a clue if they've ever even had a really intense workout before. And if they've ever even pushed themselves to what we call muscle failure. And then you see, oh, this person does not do well, when they approach muscle failure, they have great form. But as soon as the burn really starts setting in, they start to freak out a little bit. Well, there's ways to work around that. So they get something out of this workout. For example, we always say that 90 seconds is the window that somebody should reach muscle failure. And within if you pick a weight and somebody reaches muscle failure in less than 60 seconds, then it's probably too heavy. And it's lasting over two minutes. It's probably a little bit too light. Having said that, and this is one of the reasons why we get boxed into a theory. And you know, and we're misperceived, because we always say yeah, about a minute and a half to failure, muscle failure. But you have people that if you picked a weight, where they would actually reach failure in 90 seconds, it would be too heavy for a lot of people say, Oh, this is too heavy, I can't move. And then they're psyched that right from the beginning. Because it goes to reach muscle failure where the weight in 90 seconds, the weight starts out pretty heavy right from the beginning. It's not impossible from the beginning, but it feels heavy. And the Some people, if it feels heavy, right from the start, psychologically, they just give up, something doesn't click with them that the heavier the way it is, the sooner they'll reach muscle failure. And that's actually a good thing, right? We look at it as a good thing. For some people, if they don't get three or four reps in, before that burn really starts to come. They give up before they even start. That's it. That's just one example, you know, of how you change the workout, you know, for so in other words, so just to finish that thought, for example. So does that mean that person can't work out high intensity and reach most of it? No, actually, it doesn't, not to say there are some people here that I've trained over the year and very few that that really just cannot handle going the muscle. In the case, like I just describe for most people that are like that, you lower the weight and you reach muscle failure in about two minutes. It's amazing how all of a sudden, they're willing to go to muscle failure, as long as it comes at around the two minute mark, not the minute and a half mark. So there's an adjustment right there. So we're not married to a minute and a half, we're not married to one minute, we're not married to any time zone really just a range, of course. And we really do have to get the muscle failure. I think that's just one that's like one of a million different types of scenarios.
Mike 14:04
Yeah. And when someone comes in on day one, we baseline people when they come in, and you never know exactly, if they're gonna be able to lift a lot of weight or a little bit of weight. We've seen big guys not be able to lift, you know, very, very, you know, modest weights. And we've seen, you know, small people lift a lot of weight. So it's just you never know. So that's why we have to baseline low to always be safe.
Tim Edwards 14:27
So Mike with what you just said, and I've got a question for you. Are there general customizations for maybe just men versus women, regardless of size?
Adam 14:36
Now that you know of all the factors that we consider, genders, probably not one of them. Now that you asked that question. I joke sometimes because I have we train a lot of couples. And some couples are competitive, some joking, the competitive, some truly competitive. And I have to admit that I find and this is totally anecdotal. And I'm doing this 18 years practically, I kind of find that women very often workout harder than men, they have their better discipline, they have better control. You know, they listen better. They This is an interesting point, people equate the weight their lifting with whether they're good or not at this
Tim Edwards 15:19
Its the way we people have been conditioned for all these years, though, with how they've lifted weights in the past.
Adam 15:23
Like, it's funny, like when I when I correct a woman's form. So I said, Yeah, I know, I'm not as strong as so and so like, your form and working the muscles, it has nothing to do with your strength, you know, your strength is adjusted for by just what weights we use. But if if I pick a weight that's appropriate for you, your form and you go into muscle failure should look exactly the same as somebody that's lifting much heavier weight than you. It has nothing to do with that. So that's interesting. So I don't want to feel that because they're weaker, that they're not as good at this. And that has nothing to do their form going to muscle failure, the stoicism involved in working out like this.
Sheila 16:02
I think women can deal with this because we we give birth. We can stand this intensity for you know, like periods of time. I'm serious.
Adam 16:14
No, that makes sense. You take an intake, you know, when you're interviewing a woman who wants to work out, and we talk about things like this. And it's the a lot of very often when I talk about how intense the workout is, and if they don't have any experience with a very intense workout, but they have had children. I say that listen, if you were able to give birth, you can do this. Epidural, no epidural.
Mike 16:39
Yeah, it is an interesting question. I have to explore that. But like, as far as gender is concerned, I think I would almost agree most recently, I don't know about all my history as a trainer, but most recently, I can actually think of a couple,
Adam 16:55
Are you in the bathroom, sounds like you are going to the bathroom.
Tim Edwards 16:56
Okay, sounds like you're talking underwater. Right now. Just your connection. That's all right. We're happy to have a good Skype connection today. So we'll just move forward, finally. So what were you saying like? It's a double flush, I would say to.
Sheila 17:25
Small, just a small little ones.
Mike 17:29
I was gonna say, you know, we have different gender thing is is I don't know if I have a conclusive answer about that, from all my experience. But it's interesting. The, in New York, you know, we had a lot of Wall Street and stuff like that. And we have a lot, even if they're not on wall street, we have a lot of type A personalities. And when you introduce them to this concept of going to failure, it is actually something that is difficult for people to accept, you know, and I think I find more men have that, that that psychological shift to accept that this is the goal. Like in an innate sense, is it I think they find it more challenging.
Tim Edwards 18:08
Well, we talked about Adam a minute ago. And Sheila, you mentioned a minute ago that if you can give birth, then you can do this workout Sheila have, do you adjust the workout for pregnant clients?
Sheila 18:22
Oh, absolutely. I mean, you have to, you know, take one of our biggest things is the safety, you know, because you're going so slow, you're guiding them through, you're watching their every move, basically making sure they're doing it in the right form. Because we go so slow, there's very little chance of injury. But if your clients are usually tensed up, they're usually like errrr, you know, and you got to try to tell them constantly, relax, breathe, breathe, breathe through it, until they learn how to do that, how to be an in that intensity and breathing. And, you know, I often say, you know, relaxed and they're like, I can't relax. It's like, you can't, I don't really mean relax, what I mean is just, it's gonna be tough breathe, and just try and just attempt to keep going. That's all you got to do is attempt to keep going. But on the note about men and women, I definitely see there is it's harder for men to go to the failure, that's an especially I guess, maybe with a female trainer too. They definitely do not like to failure, you know, with a female trainer or something. They're they're just like, they can't they just keep trying and trying, you know, so
Tim Edwards 19:35
I completely agree with that, Sheila, as a matter of fact, you are my first trainer and I don't want to fail in front of you. Like failing in front of Joe, my new trainer, but But I can tell you after doing
Mike 19:45
the opposite, actually, and that says because a lot of men, they don't want to feel inadequate in front of a woman, so therefore they're going to actually go beyond should go work harder. That's a stupid, typical guy.
Adam 19:58
we are talking about two different things here. Let me let me explain what I'm saying. And see, there's two types of failure. We're talking about. What Tim is saying that he didn't want to go to failure in front of Sheila is not that he want to go to muscle failure in front shields, because he's still at that point, being new at this didn't realize that going to failure is what's going to impress you, in his mind at that moment was failing meant that he didn't want to, like not be able to finish that last rep. Right? Yeah. Which in his mind was failure, like, not like personal failure, like, Oh, when I when I didn't get 10 reps, like I usually do. Whereas the failure that we're talking about is success. I mean, not finishing that last rep is muscle failure. And that is success. I always like to make sure that the people who remember don't let reaching muscle failure become a frustrating experience.
Tim Edwards 20:47
Well, Adam, I gotta tell you, there is the goal, it is the goal. But that takes time for I believe people have been conditioned for years, or they've been working out, I can tell you, I've been doing this now for 10 months. And without a doubt, I believe that reaching muscle failure is a learned behavior. I know it's physical, because you actually hit failure. But now what I know what it's like I'm approaching failure, and I can experience failure. And I understand when I, when I hit it now, but that was not the case when Sheila was training me eight months ago,
Mike 21:15
Yeah, in the beginning, connection, we I can tell that person to the same Wall Street guy for the first 10 weeks, and it sometimes still doesn't seep and even though he knows he has to go to the point of physical muscular failure, it's like there's there's a there's a disconnect in his brain about accepting it still. And it's like, it's something that does take time to really, for some people to really make that connection.
Adam 21:40
and I'm not saying I'm not saying it's a fault of a trainer, not explaining it right to somebody, I do know there's a, you can explain this to somebody until they're blue in a face. And sometimes some people just never get it. I have a I have a male client that if he doesn't reach failure, if he doesn't last for more than two minutes, he doesn't think he did well. He just doesn't think he did. Well, if I pick a weight where he reaches muscle failure in 90 seconds, he gets off the machine. And he says, I sucked at that. That was horrible. I was horrible. What's my problem? What's my problem, like you reach muscle failure, you did it, then I the same machine. The next week, I lower the weight a little bit. He reaches muscle failure. Again, he reaches absolute muscle failure. But this time, it took him two minutes of each muscle. Oh, that was good. That was good. That felt by me lowering the weight for this person. So he can reach failure in two minutes, instead of one and a half minutes. There's no difference physiologically, whether we reach failure in a minute and a half or two minutes, he's gonna have the same good response, as long as he rest enough in between. That's another factor, by the way, of course, but no, there's no difference. The difference is that now we have somebody who is happy, and and motivated, and not feeling frustrated every single I mean, obviously, if you have a client that's frustrated after every single exercise, chances are they're not going to last this very long. If they're, if it's a if this becomes a frustrating experience every single time they come to work out. But if they come to this workout, every time they come to work, and they're finished with work, and they feel like they had a great workout. That's a good thing.
Tim Edwards 23:14
But this isn't trickery,
Adam 23:15
I don't care. I don't care if they reach muscle failure to minutes, as long as they feel that they had a good workout. And they actually reached muscle failure.
Mike 23:24
That he just happened to be motivated by the number to two minutes. You know, it's like that with like, motivated meaning like the sense of achievement came, you're there for some reason.
Adam 23:33
Now. Like I was talking about, like, like you were talking earlier about there's like Mike said that there's a mental switch that happens when you finally accept muscle fair. But no matter how many times you explain to somebody it might take time for them to make that for that process. In this guy's case, by the way, he's been working with me for years. And he never made that mental connection. No matter how many times I told him failing a minute and a half is fine. You're okay. bubbeleh You know, he just couldn't get over. He just like was like upset. So no matter what I said, so, you know, what I said, doesn't matter. Let's just fail two minutes and this guy and we can progress that way I can raise the weight a little bit each time and still reach that two minute mark. Um, anyway,
Mike 24:16
yeah, you know, the thing is clients have all sorts of different little quirks and stuff like that. And, you know, a good trainer, whether it's here at our gyms or any other gym, you know, you got to make you got to make connections, you got to see whether the client is with you a little bit. I you know, because they can, it that might not be the reason also why for some reason, they might have you know, not gotten enough sleep, they might but there's a lot of different things, but you have to sort of connect with what you know what they're giving you and we I think all the trainers here we work really, really hard to make those connections. I mean, Adam know, reached out and said, hey, you know, like he actually I don't know, Adam, did you just sort of just lower the weight without telling him and then all of a sudden you felt good afterwards or like what was the
Adam 24:58
you know, I think I made it discovery when I made a mistake, picking the weight, I picked a weight that was lighter than it should have been. And you saw that he said it was. So he lasted like two and change, right? And he was like, Oh, that was great. I never actually heard him say that was great. And I looked at the charts. What was great about it, you know, like, what, why was this great versus every other time he's ever reached muscle failure. And I realized that he lasted longer. And I made I finally made the observation and I, I said to him, You know what? I said you'd like that. He said, Yeah, that was that was I felt good on that. I said, you know, you lasted two minutes. And I think maybe as long as you last longer than a minute half that you'll be happier. And he said, Maybe I don't know.
Tim Edwards 25:38
So that's just part of learning your clients, just learning how to motivate them.
Adam 25:41
and you know, again, this this show is not necessary. By the way, for those listening that aren't, don't have access to inform fitness. I mean, it's not this is not about the clients, trainer relationship, necessarily. This, this is also about just listening to us talk about this. If you don't have a trainer, you just training yourself, keep this in mind for yourself. You know, what, what, what do you feel good about, you know what, what feels right to you yet to listen to your own body. And we're talking about right now, muscle failure, but then then there's how much time in between workouts, the routine itself, some people can handle five, I have like, alright, I'll give you another example, if you're a really big dude. And you work out really, really hard. You know, five compound movements and a workout is like, plenty for you. As opposed to the slight build. More slow twitch muscle fiber versus high fat, high twitch muscle fiber, you can that people like that can do seven exercises to failure and not be completely metabolically devastated. So just because a big guy, for example, who has different genetic composition. After five exercises, they're completely spent. They're not a failure, because somebody else can do seven and make it and they're not a failure either. If they need 10 days recovery between workouts, as opposed to somebody else only needs five days recovery, you got to pay attention to this. So if you're working out and you're a big dude, and you're working out, majorly into muscle failure, like you're, you know, you go deep, and you're finding that we, in general, the once a week workout, like you're finding yourself not getting stronger week after week, and you can't raise weights and you feeling fatigue, don't be afraid to extend it for 10 days rest, you might need 10 days rest, others need less, you have to pay attention to all these things are the bottom line is are you progressing? Are you keeping good records? Are you seeing numbers go up? Are you feeling good? Are you feeling spent? For too long after workout? Are you? Is it taking you two weeks to recover? Until you feel right, you got to pay attention?
Mike 27:53
I think I think the feeling is that is the case to people. You know, like sometimes the numbers over time, there may be some plateaus and numbers. I mean, if that wasn't true, you'd be lifting like 5000 pounds on the leg press when you're 85 years old, you know what i'm saying, its not gonna happen. But what's most important is people they they feel like oh my I still feel as strong as I did or stronger than I did the day before, you know, picking up suitcases. So it's still easy to me all those types of things. And then of course, they're leaving their workouts and they have a sense of energy. And you know, that that type of feeling?
Tim Edwards 28:26
Is it still possible to achieve a worthwhile high intensity stimulus without hitting muscle failure for those that are really struggling with, with understanding that concept of getting to muscle failure on their own or with a trainer regardless of where they're listening to this podcast? If there's an inform fitness nearby or not? Can you still obtain a high intensity stimulus required for the power of 10 to be effective? without reaching muscle failure?
Adam 28:52
For some people? No. For some people, yes. Because muscle failure is not the only factor for growth and strength gains. There's a lot of other factors genetics, primarily. So you if you have somebody who genetically responds very well to exercise, yeah, they can go to the low end of muscle failure, like just just crossing that threshold, if you will. There are other people that unless they really step over that line and go really deep, they're not going to see results. It depends on the individual. So the answer is yes, for many people, but not necessarily for all people.
Tim Edwards 29:29
Sheila, when I go into Toluca Lake for my workout once a week that the first thing Joe asks me and you used to ask me when when you were my trainer eight months ago or so, is what's your energy level today? Low, medium or high? And and so I always say medium or medium low? I don't recall ever having high energy, at least not for the last 10 years or so. But, but how do you gauge one's workout based upon what their answer is? Low, medium or high? Why do you ask that?
Sheila 29:58
Just that it's all information so that when we chart your progress, like maybe you don't make a lot of progress, or you know, maybe you even do less time on the same weight on a particular machine. But we know that there was a reason for that, you know that maybe you were tired, or you came in at a different time, what I find with some clients, it's like some clients do really well in the morning, some clients do better in the evening, or in the mid afternoon, and some clients will come in the mid afternoon, and that'll do terrible. And it's just everybody has a different energy level at a different time of day,
Adam 30:32
I like that, though if somebody tells you they have low energy when they walk in, I think it's very cool that you note that down. And you also note the time of day, because maybe you might find a trend over time, you might say, You know what, maybe this is not the time of day for you to workout after you work all day long. You know, maybe this is not time, the best time for you to workout. But aside from that, noticing trends, if somebody says to you that they are feeling really tired today, do you alter the workout? Or do you see how the workout goes,
Sheila 31:03
we see how it goes normally, because it's sometimes you surprise yourself, you might be tired, and it's just, you know, most of the time people come in and they're tired, we just say, alright, we're just going to give it a go, you know, just do the best you can. And usually they do better than they think they might. And then they end up after the workout feeling a boost of energy. Like they feel great. They feel a lot better than they did when they walked in.
Mike 31:28
I've seen that swing many, many times.
Adam 31:31
And I've also had people say they have low low energy and then like reach personal bests on a lot of exercises. So sometimes I, it doesn't always correlate, it doesn't always correlate that just because they're feeling tired, that they're going to have a bad workout. So that's why I don't really normally alter it, if somebody tells me that a shoulder is bothering them, or this is bothering them that I might alter the workout for that. But if somebody just says they're really feeling tired today, I think it's great that you noted down that they said that and what the time of day was, and maybe if you keep recording these things, week after week, like I have I have a client who sometimes she plays tennis the day before she works out, and sometimes she doesn't. So I was I always asked that specific question tennis today and no tennis. And we always find that if you didn't play tennis a day before, she has a much better workout, and things like that.
Mike 32:23
So, you know, it's interesting, I think, I was gonna say, I think it correlates a little bit too. So we were talking about before, in regards to acceptance of muscle failure, because in a way, you know, if you're, if you're tired, and you say it out loud, it's kind of like you're setting up a very low expectation for yourself. And therefore there's nothing that you know, like, you don't have to prove anything, so you just do it.
Adam 32:47
Yeah, it's like, it's like saying, Hey, he's throwing a no hitter in the eighth inning, like, Shut The Fuck up.
Mike 32:53
like a lot of people who struggle with performance, oftentimes, it's because they have such high expectations for themselves, you know, going back to the Type A personality, not able to accept failure. And and I think there's a psychology switch that I think that maybe there might be a correlation between that coming in with low energy saying it out loud, maybe maybe potentially, just having a low expectation. And I would like Adam said, I've seen that 100 times where someone said, I feel horrible today, and they've had a personal best series I've
Adam 33:23
seen, I've seen that probably 103 times.
Sheila 33:25
The only time that we might take that weight down a little is if someone's been gone for like two or three months, you know, for whatever reason, and then they're getting back into it, and then I'll take a look. But even then, you know, you just take it down a little bit. And they just and you just go okay, you just have to get used to lifting these heavy weights again, because a lot of times it's like, Oh, crap, I forgot what this was, like, you know, and it takes a one workout to get back into it to remind them, so we might take it down just a bit, and then you go right back up, you know, you know.
Adam 34:00
great. I mean, that that's for that particular individual. I know other individuals if I ever lowered their weight because they had a couple of days off or a week off that they normally don't have and I said oh, I lowered your weight. Well, I can do that. You do that? Did I tell you
Tim Edwards 34:14
I was just gonna ask Adam when you because I think the longest stretch of time I've been that I've that I missed my workouts were two weeks and I was really afraid that I would lose. No matter of fact, just the opposite. I come back much stronger that there's there's that rest component is so valuable in power of 10. And I've noticed that on from time to time I'll miss a week or almost two weeks at the most and I come back and I'm much I'm able to do the weight in a much.
Adam 34:42
What am I one of my mentors Rob Serrano in Washington DC I would love to ask him to come on our podcast but I will probably say no. Why like this. But anyway. You know, he varies intensity from workout to workout. You know, he's noted he's noticed that, you know, if somebody goes, you know, let's say goes to 10 being the most intense experience, Week Number one, he might go to eight, and seven for a couple of weeks, and then bring on the fourth week, come back up to 10. And he's noticing people progressing better when they're when he, when he does something like that, not only from a physical point of view, but actually he's noticed over the years that, you know, coming in every single week, and going all out the muscle failure can be demoralizing, a little discouraging for some people they like, they start to dread it. But if they know that, oh, this is not going to be one of those really crazy hard work, guys, it's gonna be like an eight workout or a seven, you know, it keeps them coming back, you know, and then you know, Alright, once a month, now you're gonna have that one really killer workout where you feel like throwing up at the end. I'm exaggerating. Yes, but not not completely, actually, some people
Sheila 35:57
only happen once in our studio that I know of, Wow,
Mike 36:00
you create it, you're creating a variation. I think I think the variation and I think those those are sometimes necessary, especially for clients who've been there for who've been with us for a long time, I think that every once in a while you a variant, like just setting the density a little bit lower. And sometimes, you know, you see, even when you see regular clients, and if I usually you see everything generally goes up. But every once in a while I'll see something plateau. And even, I've seen it even go down. And I'm like, What the What is going on, you look back at the charts. And then I kind of had this with several people who came twice a week, believe it or not. And I was like, you know, say, I think you need to you need more rest in between your workouts, or I think we'd only like maybe once a week for a while, right, and then we'd see a much better trend. And some some people work better that way. I've seen the other way as well, some people, you know, they're there, they get more results by coming twice a week. And it's once again, it's the customization you got to, you know, look at who you got. And then and you know, you don't know everything on day one. In fact, you don't need everything after 12 weeks. But it's all sort of a process where we're, we're all like moving, you know, it's a moving target. And we're trying to figure out exactly how to make it better every single time. You know, and I think and that's, that's how you do it, you don't know, if sometimes you need to see them not progress for a few weeks to actually see that type of trend.
Sheila 37:24
Now, one other thing that I just remembered too, is they may not progress, if they're losing weight, if they're going through a certain diet or something and, and they're losing weight. Like, even if it's five pounds, you know, 10 pounds over a period of time, I've had a couple clients that have lost like 20 30 pounds over a period of like three months, they're not going to progress,
Adam 37:50
I won't train them. Hmm, I don't even train them. If somebody comes into my studio and says, Oh, by the way, I started this water cleanse or lemon juice with Curry pepper, they start saying they're on these cleanses. And they're not like eating food for like, three, four days, and they're just drinking like water with cayenne pepper and or something like that. I'm like, well, when when this when this little circus trick that you're doing is over, let me know, and then I'll start training again. Yeah, yeah, I don't think you're talking about that.
Sheila 38:25
A really good, you know, like just a good clean eating, clean diet, you know, they're just eating right, and they're losing some weight. And it's like, then they they won't progress because your your body mass, you know, is getting less. And so you're sometimes you can't lift the same amount of weight, or even if you just hold and maintain during that time. It's great, I think.
Tim Edwards 38:48
So we're talking about the customization of workouts. And you know, one of the things that I've noticed is, in my 10 months of working out is there a lot of machines in the studio, but I don't use all of those machines. So do those machines come into play when you're customizing a client based upon their goals for the workout, because there are a lot of machines there, I've never touched.
Adam 39:09
You know, I started my business with five machines. And I've had, I had the same five machines for a year straight and my clients progress with just using those five machines. Having said that, they've progressed for a full year on the same exact machines. And they would continue to progress and stay as strong as they can for the rest of their life just doing those five machines, so they'd be adequate. Now when you own a gym, however, and you train so many people, all these variables that we've been talking about, you're limited by just five machines. If that if you happen to get a client that can't do leg press for whatever reason, you can't do one of those machines. So like now you just eliminate a major part of their whole workout. So we have a lot of machines that some people never use because they're doing fine on routine that we Have and they're getting the whole body. Other people that have tendinitis of the elbow, they have ankle surgery, they have something and now you can't do leg press. Does that mean we can't work the quads, no, we can do leg extension, we can do like curl, we can do all kinds of things, to overcome the fact that you can't use your ankle right now. Or you have a torn rotator cuff. So are there ways to work the upper body without exacerbating the rotator cuff injury? Yes, there are and you need to not only not just have a lot of different variety, as far as machines are concerned, because it's not just about machines. And this workout is not dedicated for just machines, you can do this workout with anything, you know, intense workouts are not the exclusive domain of customized machines like we have an inform fitness. You have to know how to get you have to know these workarounds. Using either free weights or to avoid exacerbating problems, and still not a lot of people use an injury or problem is a cop out to not work out at all. Oh, my back hurts. I'm not going to work out this week, no come workout, it might actually feel better if we're careful. And same thing with like, if somebody has tendinitis in the elbow, you can do a whole upper body workout without even using your elbow. If you know are you doing if you know if you have the right options? So yes, you, you're gonna see machines, you might never use it only because the machines that you are using are doing the job. And God forbid, if you got an injury, maybe you will use some of those machines as a workaround. But if it ain't broken, why fix it many times. On the other hand, changing around using different machines, just from a mental state of you know, just for variety, just to kind of make things a little bit more interesting. And to have a different feel for something, even though you're doing fine on the chest with the chest press, maybe you do want to do a set of push ups, sometimes maybe you do want to chest fly from time to time, you still work in a chest, regardless, and I'm not quite sure there's much of a material difference in changing it up all the time. As far as strength gains, I mean, going from chest press to chest fly to push ups and going back and altering I don't have there's not much evidence to show that varying it like that is better for the chest and not burying it. But if it's just a matter of keeping somebody's attention and keeping you from being bored, then then change it. No, no harm done. And again, once again, it's always about monitoring things and recording and writing things down. Alright, because unless you can record all this stuff, you don't know if these changes are making a material difference or not. And you'll find out over time, if they are.
Sheila 42:39
Yeah, like one big thing that we will often do is once they're into the workout, they're doing it well. And all that on those basic pieces of equipment, the first six or seven that we start with, then we'll change like let's say the leg press in on one week, we'll do the leg, press. Next week, we'll do leg extension leg curl. And so we change that up, that's one of the main things we'll do after a while. But it depends on the client, some clients can't do leg extension, but they can do the leg press, you know, because of a knee issue, or something like that. So, you know, we, we change those things up. And then sometimes clients, we have an ab machine and there are certain clients that just hate it, they not because they don't want to do the exercise, but then their body just does not fit into that machine, it just doesn't work right with them was that machine, you know, so we will then do, we'll maybe do some floor situps or we'll do the rotary torso, which is also a real good core workout, so, or planks or things like that, and they're still getting most of the time, if it's an AB issue. You know, during the entire workout, we're trying to remind people to use your abs, hold your abs, you know, do this. And by the time you get to the abs, you're you're halfway you know, fatigued anyway. So you know, it's just constantly reminding people that you're using by staying in that perfect form. You're using other muscles, then what are the ones the main ones that are being isolated in that particular exercise, so that anybody who wants to do this, can do this, and we can design the workout to be what you can do its best for your body. It's not just one set thing that everybody does the same thing. We're going to come in and custom design this for you. So no matter how old you are, how young you are, what issues you might have, come in, give it a try and see if you can you know if you like it because I think most people who come in love it and they're addicted right away.
Tim Edwards 44:52
Mm hmm. Mike
Mike 44:54
you know, I don't have much to say that we covered a lot during the during the actual podcast, but I just want You know, encourage it, you know, for people who are curious about trying it out that we're definitely going to take very good care of you. That's all.
Adam 45:05
And I'd like to say that for most of you that don't have access to, to place that has this type of workout. Don't let that discourage you, either the principal, you know, you get my book power of 10. But the big takeaway for this is really to start, learn how to do it, be basic with it, and then take it from there. Pay attention to your body, pay attention to how you feel, pay attention to your results, write down your results. And, and adjust accordingly and think about it. You know, think about the variables that we talked about. Are you getting sleep? What are you doing outside of the workout itself? Maybe you need some more rest, as you see yourself plateauing. So you know, obviously it helps to have an experienced trainer that that is kind of hypersensitive to these these factors and can notice them right away. But it doesn't mean that you can't do it yourself at all.
Tim Edwards 46:09
Why don't you get the workout to try for yourself just like I did about a year ago. Visit in form fitness.com For list of locations across the US. If you don't happen to live near one of the locations, jump on over to Amazon and pick up Adams book power of 10 the once a week slow motion fitness revolution. Inside you'll find some easy to follow instructions to perform this workout at just about any gym, or even at home. And back here on the podcast Adam, Mike and Sheila can answer a question or respond to a comment you might have regarding the power of 10. Just shoot us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast at informfitness.com. You can also give us a call at 888 983 5020 extension three to leave your comment or question. You might even have a suggestion on some topics we should cover here on the show or might have a guest in mind you'd like for us to interview all feedback is welcome. Thanks again for joining us here at the inform fitness podcast for Adam, Mike and Sheila. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting Network.
Want to look like a fitness model? Well, we have some bad news for you. No matter how hard or how long you workout, if you don’t have the genes, it’s not going to happen.
In this episode of the Inform Fitness Podcast, Adam Zickerman interviews Jay Vincent, who is also a high intensity trainer. Jay also happens to be a professional fitness model for popular athletic clothing lines such as Under Armor and appeared in small acting roles for Amazon.com. Jay’s MuscleTech ads have been featured in many popular fitness magazines including FLEX, Muscular Development, Muscle and Fitness, FitnessRx, Ironman and more.
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon:
https://www.amazon.com/Power-10-Once-Week-Revolution/dp/B00034P80K/ref=pd_bbs_sr_1?ie=UTF8&s=books&qid=1205178760&sr=8-1
If you would like to produce a podcast of your own just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
016 Born This Way with Jay Vincent TRANSCRIPT
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
work, fitness, inform, adam, jay, podcast, muscle, people, protocol, minutes, eat, exercise, workout, genetically, long, body fat, genetics, weight training, day, muscular failure
Tim Edwards 00:00
This episode of the Inform fitness podcast is brought to you by Thrive Market. Thrive Market is on a mission to make healthy living easy and affordable for everyone to receive a special discount code for 15% off of your first order, email Tim at inbound podcasting.com Welcome to the inform fitness podcast. 20 minutes with New York Times bestselling author Adam Zickerman.
Adam 00:26
In this podcast, we're going to discuss my original vision for how we started inform fitness and where I want him inform fitness to go and where we think exercise should go in the future. It's nice to see that my original intuition over 20 years ago has been validated by some recent science. So we're going to bring on some scientists in this industry, some great testimonials from clients and experiences and we bring in musicians and very interesting people, body builders talking about how little they actually work out. It's going to shed some light on some very important topics.
00:58
Hey, information welcome in to the inform fitness Podcast. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting network. For all of you who are joining us for the first time let's go around the room and introduce you to all of the members of the inform fitness podcast team. Of course joining us here in the Los Angeles area from the Toluca Lake location of informed fitness we have Sheila Melody across the country at inform fitness in Manhattan is the GM of the New York City location Mike Rogers, and across the hall from Mike is Adam Zickerman, the founder of inform fitness and New York Times best selling author of power of 10 the once a week slow motion fitness revolution. Hey team, welcome back to the podcast.
Sheila 01:40
Hi Tim, hi Mike.
Tim Edwards 01:44
That was Fonzie joining us on the program. I think
Mike 01:48
it's my Henry Winkler imitation.
01:51
Fonzie is getting fit here with the power of ten. Hey, before we dive into today's content, it's gonna say Adam, it was really great to see you a couple of weeks ago with your visit to Los Angeles great to finally meet you in person after all these months.
Adam 02:03
Seriously, it was great. It was a lot of fun.
Tim Edwards 02:06
We did have fun. There's a lot of work to because we did a lot while you were here.
Adam 02:09
I thought I'd go out each night. You know, I just wanted to sleep. Crazy. I can't believe how tired it was. At the end of the day. I've never felt so tired.
Sheila 02:19
mental energy really
Adam 02:21
was I was well, you know,
02:22
here's why. Let's explain because we were filming videos, we filmed a ton of videos while Adam was here, videos for certification processes, that you're incubating, and of course videos to inform information about the power of 10. And we must have filmed 20 videos while you were here. So I know that took a lot it but not nearly as much as you took out of me. When you train me. Quite frankly, you just kind of kick my ass that day. And I think maybe we did. You might have helped me with three exercises, I think three or four. But here it was my moment that way. Here's Adam Zuckerman, the guru, the founder of inform fitness training me. And he's saying to me while I'm in like the final 30 seconds, almost ready to reach failure and trying to show him all of the progress that I've made been working on it right now.
Mike 03:16
Don't apologize for what you do
03:18
and don't apologize. No, he pushed me. But But he does what he says. I'll tell you what you said to me.
Sheila 03:25
He asked for it.
Tim Edwards 03:26
Here's what he said to me as I'm in my last few seconds. He's like if you don't finish this set, I'm going to tell your son what you are.
03:41
But excited to finally have the opportunity to have you trained me Adam. That was very cool. But one of the highlights to me of your visit Adam was when you had a chance to jam with Joni Pimentel, the guest of our last few episodes here at the inform fitness podcast. Joni Of course, from the LA based band no small children. And Sheila didn't adam him look like a little kid in a candy store playing the guitar right there with Joni
Sheila 04:05
I was so excited that he got to fulfill one of his major dreams and that is, you know, playing because he plays guitar and he really loves that. And Joanie is such an excellent singer. She's such an amazing singer and it was just ear to ear grins all around watching this happen.
Mike 04:28
I wasn't there but I saw that video and Adam was like you gotta check this out. Both you guys were fantastic. It was a great, great segment.
04:38
It was of course that that music and that little jam session that one song is you know our last episode, Adam jams with Joni but you can also for those of you listening can see the video at inform fitness.com It was a thrill to film and it was a thrill to watch you perform with her. Even though you were complaining about my guitar strings on my guitar that you were using cuz they were up
Adam 05:00
for two days I was saying please somebody and get two guitar strings in places that no one would know.
Tim Edwards 05:07
My guitar never sounded so good Adam really it was really cool to watch you playing with Joni
Mike 05:12
Adam just needed an excuse just in case the performance went bad.
05:16
A good craftsman never blames his tools. I heard that from somebody here on the podcast
Mike 05:23
that's a passive aggressive way to blame the tools. Somebody tuned his guitar strings.
Tim Edwards 05:33
Those strings are 20 years old. Seriously on the guitar,
Adam 05:36
they were dead. They were good, but made them come alive. Yeah. Pine spruce tops only.
05:48
So go see that video at inform fitness.com. Alright, Adam, let's go ahead and shift gears here and talk about today's episode, you had the opportunity to interview a very interesting gentleman, Jay Vincent. Tell us a little bit more about Jay and why you decided to interview him and how he's associated with high intensity slow motion weight training.
Adam 06:08
Yeah, I'll be brief because I want I want the podcast to speak for itself interview to speak for itself. So Jay is a train up in Albany, New York, working for a studio that is of like mine in value of the inform fitness studios. Philosophy philosophically, their technique is very similar to ours. And Jay pretty much runs the place up there. For the owner. He's doing very well, he's been doing it for over a year prior to that he was also a regular trainer. But he also is a fitness model. And he called because he wants to kind of move along in his career and be part of the inform family, which I welcomed. And he he's talented, he, he's very motivated, he's smart. And the extra bonus that we get with Jay is that he has like, perfect jacked body. I mean, this guy's like, I don't know, 230 pounds of pure muscle. And his definition is unreal. You can see we have pictures up with him on the on the website, and we will have more. But now that I have this podcast on my mind, and always thinking of what we can do, is I'm like, Alright, so there's a guy that works out once a week, 20 minutes and looks like this, I can't tell you. One of the most common things I hear is when people see guys that look like him, or women for that matter that also have that cut body with with incredible definition is they they always make the assumption that he works out. Or she works out three hours a day, every single day to look like that. And he's going to tell you, that's not true. I mean, he's just he was a Delta royal flush of genetic cards, while most of us are you know, dealing with like three of a kind and, or a joker
Mike 08:07
I got a pair of threes.
Adam 08:11
Well, I just be with a pair four is fairly wild. So So in other words, to make a long story short, it's it's, it's a story about genetics and expectations and why we exercise and why we should be exercising. And that if you have the genetics, you don't have to work out like a madman to exploit them. And if you don't have the genetics, there's nothing you can do anyway. So although I am extremely jealous of this man, it was it was a great interview. And he's a really great guy. And hopefully he'll be working with us in the near future. And here's my interview with Jay Vincent. Jay Vincent, thank you so much for joining us on the inform nation.
Jay 08:54
Thank you, Adam. It's great to be here.
Adam 08:56
Okay, Jay. So let's get into it. So before we start, let's move on to give us a little bit of background on your weight training experiences.
Jay 09:04
I began weight training in order to get stronger and put on some muscle mass for football. I've been seriously weight training before heading into college, play college football, after a couple years kept getting injured, so I decided not to play any longer. But my passion for weight training was still there. So I decided I wanted to try to get into the fitness modeling industry. And to do this, I'd be in the best shape possible. So what I began was to research I researched everything How to Build Muscle how to lose fat, the most effective workout routines. After months of researching I happened to stumble upon a YouTube video of Dr. Doug McGuff at the 21 convention explaining briefly exercise science and high intensity training protocol. Soon as I watched that video, the light ball went out and after that I watched a video by Drew Bay. I bought doug mcGuffs book I read I read I read and slowly started applying this training principle to myself. And as I began to apply string principle more and more, with brief, more intense workouts, longer rest periods, my physique began to develop to its full potential. And as soon as that happened, I became a firm believer, people began asking me what I what I was doing to get in such good shape. And I would begin to explain to them this type of protocol. And as I started to teach this protocol to people who were interested, I, you know, started to enjoy teaching it and instructing it. And that's what led me to this. This point, right now I became a, a published fitness model. I'm a sponsored athlete with Muscle Tech, the supplement company, I appeared in Amazon commercials, Under Armour ads, and all due to, I believe, the high intensity training protocol, which I did not work out, you know, more than an hour a week. And now as time went on, as I get stronger, I work out less than 40 minutes a week. And I'm a firm believer believer in the protocol. And my goal is to teach it to everybody and show them that they can have the best body that their genetics will allow them to, and not spending too much time in the gym and not making too many sacrifices.
Adam 11:16
So Jay, you're a fitness model. And as we all know, from the magazine covers, and all those fitness magazines that the people they use on the covers of those magazines and people that underarmor uses for their promotions. These people are, they're jacked. I mean, they are like 3% 4%, body fat, huge muscle six pack abs, a lot of people assume that they look like that, because they spent hours and hours in the gym? Do you spend hours and hours in the gym? Or did you spend hours and hours in the gym? To get that body? And do you think he needed to spend all those hours in the gym? Because I assume that a lot of people, when they hear find out your fitness model, they must say, Well, what do you work out like three times three hours a day type of thing. And they must be shocked to hear that, you know, you're doing a very brief high intensity training program.
12:13
You see it and what a lot of people don't really understand and a lot of it is the fault of the fitness industry is that being in the gym and doing the mechanical work in the gym does not directly produce anything. The Workout is simply a stimulus to tell your body to change. And that stimulus can be made in a very short amount of time, or it can be made in a long period of time. I mean, you have to stimulate the body to make a change so that people spending three hours in the gym can only do so because they're not working out hard enough to really stimulate anything any sort of physical adaptation. So in the beginning, yeah, I did spend a lot of time in the gym I worked out six days a week. My workouts lasted about an hour and a half apiece that was three sets four sets of everything. At the time, I was working as an insurance underwriter and I thought it was suffering from sleep apnea because I would wake up every day completely exhausted. And now in hindsight, I attribute that to overtraining, I was overtrained badly, that training regimen did not get me to where I was, I was always in good shape. So no matter what I did, and no matter what a lot of the fitness models do, it almost doesn't matter the workout protocol that they choose. If they stimulate their muscle they're going to grow, they're going to get in shape. And genetically these are the people who make it in the fitness industry. So looking back now, I wish I had known more about the high intensity training protocol because I would have to would not have had to spend that much time in the gym. Now. What I do is a two way split, I do a lower body split, which probably lasts about eight to 12 minutes. And I do an upper body split, which probably last about 20 to 25 minutes and I allow at least six days of recovering between each. And I do that right now maintain and I'm still growing my physique is still improving. It has been improving for the past three years where I did this protocol and looks better than it ever has. Even though I'm getting older. I was dieting.
Adam 14:23
How old are you?
Jay 14:24
I'm 26 years old. So I was dieting like crazy. You know eating every two to three hours like all the bodybuilders advocate that you do Currently, I work at about 40 minutes a week. I eat healthy but I'm not even eating every two to three hours. I miss breakfast here. I miss have lunch there, and I'm still growing. So basically what I like to do is I like to dispel all the bodybuilding myths because I think not many of them are true. In order to grow. I think you need to stimulate your body to grow. And I think the high intensity training protocols the best way to do this and all the minutiae whether it comes to dieting, or there comes to how much protein you're taking how the supplements you're using, I think it barely matters. I think as long as you're simulating muscle to grow, your muscle will grow and your body will adapt as much as your genetics will allow.
Adam 15:17
So, Jay, tell me, what's your specific diet like?
15:21
Well, my specific diets pretty boring, really. I try to stay away from everything processed, obviously, as little sugar as possible. And I stick with pretty much the whole meat and vegetable each meal type thing. So I do eat carbohydrates, but if I do, it's going to be very low glycemic carbohydrates. Right now my carbohydrate of choice is sweet potatoes. I won't eat oats won't eat rice, nope, bread, that sort of thing. Because of its effect on insulin. Even though genetically I don't store much body fat. I think the the longevity factor, I try to stay away from this sort of thing. So typical breakfast, high fat, high protein, lunch, vegetable, meat, dinner, and vegetable and meat.
Adam 16:06
So you saying then if you ate a pint of ice cream every single night, you wouldn't gain any body fat
16:13
Over time, I would absolutely gain body fat, but the amount of body fat I would accumulate is going to be far less than your average individual just due to genetics, my body has never really stored much body fat, I've always been lean, and genetically, I just, you know, don't have as many fat cells as the average person, which means I'm not going to store as much body fat. So eating a pint of ice cream every day is not good for anybody. But when it comes to weight gain, I wouldn't gain much I'm not gonna lie,
Adam 16:41
I can tell you, You're pissing me off. And probably a lot of people listening to this because you are a rare individual indeed. And that's kind of the point of this whole interview. A lot of people think like we talked about that you have to really, really watch what you eat, you have to work out like a madman hours a day to look the way you look. But that's really not true. You basically, we dealt a very good hand of cards genetically, where you don't have to spend hours and hours to look the way you do and you don't have to eat some kind of draconian, low calorie, zero carb diet in order to look the way you do.
Jay 17:18
No, I don't. And if and if it took that much effort, you know, I don't think I'd want to you don't work that hard to look, look this good. And the truth is, a lot of people who look the way I do, many of them will follow a very strict diet. But what I found is, it doesn't matter. I mean, I stopped dieting. So strictly, like I said, I stopped eating every two to three hours, I really stopped worrying about the carbohydrate intake and just let my genetics just do what it needed to do. And, you know, there was a point in time where I did eat a bowl of ice cream every single night. And I kept that six pack. So genetically, the way your body works is determined by you know, what your parents gave you.
Adam 17:57
Some people listening to this might say, Well, what the hell, what's the point of all this? I mean, if I'm a genetically gifted, it's not gonna matter what I do. But that's not what the takeaway should be, I think what the takeaway should be, is that there's nothing you can do to be something you're not, the best you can do is just to be you and be the best you can be. And that dose of realism and acceptance goes a long way in your program to work out. I mean, it's kind of a relief to know that I can still work out just once a week, 20 minutes or so maybe twice a week. And know that I'm doing the best I can do for myself with a proper diet. And I'll reach my goals, according to, you know, some plan that's in my genes that I don't have to worry about. Is my protocol enough to get bigger and bigger and stronger and stronger? And do I need to do more? Would you mind describing a typical workout for yourself and how long it lasts?
Jay 19:08
Sure Adam, well, I sort of like to ebb and flow between different types of splits. Sometimes I'll go through a full body split, most of the time, I'm doing a two way split, and that's lower body separated by upper body. And every now and then I'll do even a three way split. But currently, I'm doing a two way split. For the reason that when I train legs, it's so neurologically destructive to my system that I don't have any energy left to train upper body, which is why I split them apart. So my upper body split will will be a row, a pull down a chest, press, the shoulder press, something for the tricep, something for the biceps. And that's about it.
Adam 19:53
So Jay, tell us how long does your workout last and what protocol exactly are you Using
Jay 20:01
my workouts last about 15 to 20 minutes, 25 minutes if I decided to take a little break in between, but usually, I go from exercise to the next with very minimal break in between, I do one set to muscular failure, when I begin the workout, I may do one very light set in order to warm up the muscles and just sort of mentally prepared to do it. So do one set to muscular failure using a slow cadence really emphasizing the negative. So it's about a five second contraction, concentric lifting phase, and about a five to 10. Second lowering essential phase. I think this is really crucial for creating optimum tension within the muscle. And as long as it's done to muscular failure. I truly believe that that is enough stimulation to get your muscles to respond and grow.
Adam 20:49
And also out of curiosity, when you're doing a particular set, how long does the actual set last?
Jay 20:55
I try to fatigue my muscles to muscular failure within about a minute and 30 seconds.
Adam 21:01
Do people believe you when you tell them that your workouts are 20 minutes, maybe 40 minutes per week, and each set only lasts about a minute and a half.
Jay 21:13
At first, absolutely not. Nobody believes me because of what we've been fed through the fitness industry that, you know, the amount of time spent in the gym correlates to your success and results, which is completely untrue. But once I take them through a workout, and show them how it's done, there have actually been a few friends of mine, which I took through my workout. My very short, brief, intense workout. And it was a little too hard for them.
Adam 21:38
Yeah, it sounds easy. When you tell somebody is a 20 Minute Workout until you do it, then you realize oh my god, it's it's, it's chock full, it's a very full workout even though it's just 20 minutes, your your peers, your other fitness model peers? How are they working out? And do they know how you're working out? And do they realize that it doesn't matter? If they're genetically gifted, they can be doing what you're doing and still look the same. Maybe even better.
Jay 22:05
My peers in the fitness industry, they follow the same bodybuilding protocol you'd find in Flex magazine or muscular development, you know, three, four sets, high volume, you know, 10 to 15 repetition. There have been a few of my peers, which I explained my workout to and they as well, it couldn't believe it, they couldn't believe it. And they'd asked me how I was getting my results, I would explain it to them. And I'd tell them to try it. And sure enough, they'd give it a shot. And they go back to their high volume thing because they simply cannot, you know, grasp the fact that it isn't the workout protocol they're doing that's making them that way they are that way just because they are that way. So I haven't had much success in convincing my peers but I've had quite a bit of success in convincing a vast majority of people.
Adam 22:55
So I tell clients all the time, when they asked me things like, hey, I want to have Michelle Obama arms. Or I want to look like Brad Pitt in Fight Club. And they're frustrated because they they try some diets. They're working out hard, and it's just not happening for them. And they're always saying well, maybe I should work out more maybe I should do some more jogging to lose this body fat. Now like you mentioned, you know, body fat is also genetically determined how you how much of it that you store where it's stored. And you said earlier that you know you don't have very many fat cells so therefore, it's hard to store fat if you don't have that many fat cells. So the point is, when I tell my clients first of all is where we're not just working out just to lose weight or to have Michelle Obama arms that would be nice. But there are so many other benefits to getting stronger than meets the eye literally. You know you have you have all these anti inflammatory responses to to building muscles strength in general can save your life just have been really strong, not only going to save you live, but it improves your the quality of your life. I can't tell you how many times people would say you know I was in an airplane and for the first time, some young gentleman did not have to help me put my bags in the overhead compartment that I was able to do it myself pain free. That is why we lift weights and that's why we try to lift weight slowly. One of the reasons anyway, endurance, joint protection, digestive improvements, glucose sensitivity. These are all things that come from building muscle. Whether you look like Brad Pitt in Fight Club or not. Whether you're losing that somewhat larger butt that you inherited from your grandmother? All right, well, you don't want that. But I get it. I get it. But does that mean you just say, I'm not going to work out? Because I can't get rid of this butt? I hope not. I hope you realize I hope people realize that strength training brings health benefits that go way, way beyond the aesthetics. And you have to accept that because as Jay has been saying, You're not going to you're not going to look like him anyway. No matter how hard you try, no matter what exercise protocol, you use. And even if you starve yourself, even if you starve yourself, you might not get to that level, because your body is genetically programmed for something else. And that's that, sorry.
Jay 25:57
Yeah, it's funny, I had a client this week. You know, he wanted to try a different workout protocol, because he wasn't getting toned, and his arms weren't getting bigger. And I said, Well, are you dieting? Well, I don't eat bad, he says, but he's not dieting, by any means. And what he really wants is he wants a big set of arms. And I said, Listen, you know, client, have you ever had big arms? No. And I said, Sorry, to break it to, you're never going to have big arms. Some people have big arms. Some people don't end will not. And I'm sure you've seen people that may not have ever lifted a weight in their life, and they have gigantic biceps. And that's just the reality of it.
Adam 26:40
This program is not supposed to be a downer. It's not supposed to all of a sudden say you don't have superduper genetics, and therefore, you know, why bother? We are who we are. I'm sitting here across from Jay now. And I'm saying Jesus Christ, look at those arms, if I had those arms, man. But then I realized, Hey, I'm okay. I'm okay. And it is what it is. And there's nothing I can do about it anyway. So okay, so you tell a client that they're not going to look like you. And that their muscle, their arms will never get as big as they want? Where do you go from there? How do you convince them to continue to train with you,
Jay 27:16
I look at fitness and exercise as a form of health care, it's going to promote longevity, it's going to give you a more fulfilling, active and healthier life. So what I like to tell my clients is, you know, you're not, you're going to look better doing this. But that's not what you're doing it for, you're doing it to signal your body through 1000s of small reactions, small responses to your body to stay healthy and stay alive and stay fit. So the main thing I like to tell clients is you're doing this in order to keep yourself off of the various medicines that are out there, you're doing this to improve heart health, cardiovascular function, at the cellular level, you're improving your metabolism. So what you're trying to do is not just affect what's happening on the outside, but what's happening on the inside from a signaling point of view of the body. So exercise, what it does, internally in the body is much more important than what it does on the outside, from the heart from heart health. So basically what you're doing is you're improving your cardiovascular system at the cellular level, which is not actually making your heart stronger. What it's doing is making your heart and lungs have to work less hard. That's very important if you want to avoid the number one cause of death in America, which is cardiac disease. Another very important thing that exercise does is it increases insulin sensitivity. Insulin, you know, is a killer driving high insulin levels is going to cause body fat storage, it's going to cause shorter lifespan and improving insulin sensitivity on the muscle cell and at the cellular level is going to improve your quality of life and it's going to increase longevity and a longer lifespan. I think that very important for a lot of people and I think that's one of the main causes of people's lack of health these days. So, you know, exercises healthcare medicine, statins, that sick care, that's when you're already six. What we're trying to do is prevent that from happening through exercise.
Tim Edwards 29:27
Special thanks to Jay Vincent for joining inform fitness founder Adam Zuckerman right here on the inform fitness podcast. Terrific information as Jay and Adam dispel the myth that you have to work out every day to get huge want to see for yourself. Click on over to the inform fitness Facebook page. And there you'll find a photo of Jay, who was also a fitness model and when you see the photo, you'll understand why. You'll also see a post announcing that Jay Vincent is in fact, the newest member of the inform fitness family, as he joins the roster of incredible instructors. In the Manhattan location of inform fitness, welcome to information, Jay. Well, normally, we like to keep the podcast at about 20 minutes or so, to give you an idea of the length of time necessary for you to burn fat and reboot your metabolism with a high intensity slow motion weight training system, hence the name 20 minutes with Adam Zuckerman and friends. Well, today, it's closer to 30 minutes or so and we certainly appreciate you sticking with us. You can join the conversation for yourself right here on the podcast, we'd love to hear from you. You can give us a call at 888-983-5020 That's 888-983-5020 extension three, to leave your comment, question, or even a suggestion for the show. You can even send us a voice memo by recording it on your phone and sending it to podcast at informfitness.com. If we use your voice on the show, you just might qualify for some really cool swag in the form of T shirts, hats and hoodies and a bunch more. I've got my hat and we'd love to send one to you. More information on that coming up in the next few episodes. One last request before we get out of here. If you enjoy the show and want more of them to magically appear on your phone as each episode is released. simply subscribe to the podcast in iTunes, Stitcher, radio, SoundCloud or from whatever platform you're getting your podcasts from. All it takes is the push of a couple of icons and you are an official member of inform nation. Thanks again for joining us. We'll catch you next week on the informed fitness podcast for Adam Zickerman. Mike Rogers and Sheila melody. I'm Tim Edwards with the inbound podcasting Network.
A couple times a year Adam visits the Burbank/Toluca Lake Inform Fitness location. During his visit to La La Land in the holiday season of 2016, we set up our podcast studio in the lobby of Inform Fitness for our first ever, live, onsite podcast recording.
Sheila Melody introduced us to all of the trainers at the Burbank location, including Tim’s personal trainer Joseph Altamirano. Joe share’s Tim’s progress after working out for an entire year at Inform Fitness. We will also hear from several Inform Fitness clients who have benefited from The Power of Ten.
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon:
https://www.amazon.com/Power-10-Once-Week-Revolution/dp/B00034P80K/ref=pd_bbs_sr_1?ie=UTF8&s=books&qid=1205178760&sr=8-1
If you would like to produce a podcast of your own just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
015 Adam in La La Land Transcript
SUMMARY KEYWORDS
trainer, workout, adam, fitness, joe, people, week, years, feel, podcast, inform, life, minutes, john, sheila, ann, laugh, susan, thought, kid
SPEAKERS
Sheila, Steve, Suzanne, Susan, Tim Edwards, Ann, Michael, Jan, Adam, John, Chelsea, Joe
Tim Edwards 00:05
inform nation. Welcome to our very first live episode here.
Adam 00:10
People Yes, there are hundreds of people here in
Sheila 00:15
the lobby. Thank you all for coming.
Tim Edwards 00:17
Yes. Thank you for being here today as he as we broadcast live with our inform fitness podcast 20 minutes with Adam Zickerman and friends Adam joining us here again today. I have friends friends on the West Coast and it's good to see you and
Sheila 00:20
we're so glad that Adam is here with us for our holiday party this year that this is a first
Adam 00:36
so to my New York friends. I want to let you know that people want to hear from from New York I say you don't seem like you're from
Tim Edwards 00:46
how did you take that Adam? So
Adam 00:48
I'm trying I'm gonna ask my New York friends how do you how do they like you don't look Jewish kinda like the same thing
Tim Edwards 01:06
well, from New York and joining us here in LA too bad Mike can't be with us today. Hi, now so Mike.
Adam 01:11
That's okay. That's okay. We can use a break from time to time. I know I'm 14 years for crying out loud. We can go a podcast without mic so
Sheila 01:20
great though.
Tim Edwards 01:21
Normally we do this you might know that three different locations in my studio. Sheila is in her studio or sometimes here and Mike and Adam are in Manhattan so we connect through Skype so it's fun to be able to actually look you on the face almost seems kind of weird, right? Love it. And we've been doing this now close to a year so Wow. It's kind of well, a year ago right about now Sheila is when I think you and I first were talking about podcasting. When we thought about hey, let's maybe do one for inform us talk to Adam and you
Adam 01:49
you got me to buy a lot of expensive shit.
Tim Edwards 01:52
I did. What you brought with you to bring with me. Like you're loving it right? Why don't you sound good with that new microphone right?
Adam 01:59
I do. I think I sound sexy.
Sheila 02:04
I said you have to hear it on the
Adam 02:05
screen if I sound sexy she works for me.
Tim Edwards 02:14
That's called job security.
Sheila 02:18
That was just someone in there on the leg press.
Tim Edwards 02:22
That's right. Because we're just steps away from from the Jimmy Ray here. I didn't for fitness until look alike. So it's been an interesting December for Adam recently. We could go today. I think it aired we received some national exposure. Tell us about your time with America's favorite Doctor.
Adam 02:42
Yes, I was on the Dr. Oz Show busting myths. They had a show of 99 myths to bus and I was one of 99 myths. So this was segment on the show. It was a segment of the show I was yeah so it was cool because I actually got to drive my mobile gym to the studio.
Tim Edwards 02:58
It's the gym in a van or a bus or something right
Adam 03:01
yeah, it's our workout is specialized equipment. Same we have in our regular places except it's just modified for to fit into a bus and it's the basic circuit it's not like you know gyms around the country. We have many many pieces of equipment for many many types of routines but the bus can handle one really good routine which is really all you need.
Tim Edwards 03:23
So tell me what do you use the bus board? Are there other offices around the city and been there in New York that's that can't quite make it down to where you are Manhattan's you bring the gym to them?
Adam 03:32
Yep. I bring it to really it's being used now for it's become so popular. We're kind of really using it now just for corporations going to a private corporation where they have a parking lot and the employees come down one after the other workout. It's become so popular that going to a single person's house isn't economic sense anymore. That's how it started going to somebody's house then they're so lazy that they can drive five minutes for a 20 minute workout and drive back that's that is way too much for them. So So let Why don't you pull in our driveway instead?
Sheila 04:10
Some more people just walked in.
Tim Edwards 04:12
people coming in. Yeah, cuz we what we fail to mention at the top of the show was that we are recording today's podcast during a holiday party that Sheila is hosting here at informed fitness in Toluca Lake area. And we'll bring some of these guests on just a moment. Before we do that. Tell us about your time with Dr. Oz What was that all about?
Adam 04:28
Basically what I covered was inside the bus, they sent a correspondent down there and they just asked me if it's necessary that you have to work is it true that you have to work out every single day, you know, an hour a day to get into shape? And so you're busting that myth? I was busting that myth? You know, and I showed them how to lift weight slowly and efficiently. And if you do it that way, you don't really need to do much more after that.
Tim Edwards 04:52
So they filmed you on the bus. You weren't in the studio at all. No, I
Adam 04:54
didn't even meet Dr. Oz. Oh really talking to me remotely? Yeah,
Sheila 04:58
you know, made him laugh. Though you made a joke that
Adam 05:01
made him laugh a little bit, you know, I'm a plebe, he doesn't want to deal with me.
Tim Edwards 05:07
Well, you helped him bust a myth. There's a myth on his show. That's right. Awesome. And so maybe we can capture the audio from that and put that here I was in the podcast as well.
Adam 05:16
You know, somebody wrote on our Facebook page that if you if you blinked you missed it. One person watched the whole show and said I didn't see you blinked. You must have blinked people are fans were a little disappointed that it wasn't like sitting on his couch doing an expo ze and really getting into it,
Tim Edwards 05:37
Nate, we're still we're help spreading the word, our door you
Adam 05:41
know, I you know, I'm friends with this producers. And I'm going to book the shit out of them. And so they gave me background that's
Tim Edwards 05:46
doing art information. I want everybody to send an email to Dr. Oz. And when he we need more and more out of them on the show. All right, we want Adam let's get that. That's job security for me as well to see.
Adam 06:01
Maybe I really don't have any friends.
Tim Edwards 06:05
Well, you've changed a lot of people's lives with with power of 10. and myself included. And pretty soon we're gonna bring on some of the trainers here at informed fitness. And we're gonna bring Joe on in a minute as well, too. And Joe is my trainer. And he's going to either embarrass me or made me feel really good about my last year here at informed fitness with some of the some of the progress that I've made, hopefully mean
Adam 06:25
that the year that you've last year that you've spent here, working out, that's correct. Not your last year coming here. No, it isn't. Tomorrow, coming back anymore, it's
Sheila 06:37
been here for a year. That's it. No, no,
Tim Edwards 06:39
no, no, no, that like a lot of people that we've interviewed, they've been doing this for years and years and years, because it is the most sustainable workout that I've ever experienced. And for them as well, too, because of the the 20 to 30 minutes a week. And the results that come
Adam 06:51
you know, I've been asked though, like, after a year or so, somebody's coming here and says, you know, I've been coming here, how long do I have to keep doing this for?
Tim Edwards 07:00
till you die? And I
Adam 07:01
said my wife just asked me the same question about our marriage. But actually, when I when someone asked me, How long do I have to do this for? It's funny, I always say, Well, how long do you have to brush your teeth for? You know, that's 20 minutes once a week deal with it, you got to keep doing it if you want to keep your muscle up. Anyway, I kind of find that funny when people ask me that question. It's almost like how long do they keep doing this for? I feel like like answering you haven't listened to a damn word I've ever said. Anything I've said gotten through you get it? You don't deserve to be taken up a seat. No, no, it's this is you know, you have you have to do whatever every once a week for 20 minutes. And it's amazing. The quality of life that you can have at pretty much any age. No question if you can maintain that. Just like if you brush your teeth and take care of your teeth. You don't not everybody that's 70 years old needs dentures, you know? Because you know, it's only it's only those that don't floss
Tim Edwards 08:01
out everybody needs a
Adam 08:03
floss. And I tell you to floss. Now you need implants. You give me $15,000 Please.
Tim Edwards 08:13
All it takes is flossing brushing your teeth and coming in here once a week to keep your teeth and your hips perhaps Exactly.
Adam 08:18
Exactly. So see the workout here again hip replacement
Tim Edwards 08:22
so Adam you come here twice a year is that yeah on average on average twice a year and you're down this time because you're going through a certification process
Adam 08:29
yes we have some new new certify ease that they were touched by this workout good something that they had an epiphany is it oh my god, I got to do this even if it means dealing with Adam for a weekend
Tim Edwards 08:43
alright, and for those of you in the room that had to deal with Adam so far so good. Yeah, all right, good thumbs up. And if somebody is listening in there and they're interested in learning how to become certified what can they do
Adam 08:55
think really long and hard about it first of all it's it's it's a commitment and it's it's a thankless process in a way because it's really hard and
Tim Edwards 09:04
he's selling him out right now they're now they're gonna call right
Adam 09:08
just try I'm just trying to weed and that's the challenge some people like that challenge. I do want to weed them out because you have to really this is not it's not for the faint of heart of the fame but it's not also for just for the money you know, and it's not the easy buck a lot of people they they going through career changes and you'd had that recession recently in 2008. And I remember reading a lot about oh new professionals to get into should you have been downsized and the recession you lost your job become a trainer become a trainer like you don't hear like hey, you lost your job in a factory why'd you become a tax attorney? No go to school for 17 years and then become it No, no. As if being a trainer is like ah, that's not a big deal. I can become a trainer take a course overnight and I'm a trainer you know, I'm not not here, not this technique. This is this is this is something that this is a calling to do this technique. It's a movement and I think You want to be a trainer, this technique for our company in particular, you have to really feel like you're being part of a movement that you that you're changing the world.
Sheila 10:07
You got to drink the Kool Aid. Yeah, that is the truth. You do.
Adam 10:12
Yeah. Or coconut water.
Tim Edwards 10:15
To healthy. Well, speaking of those who are just ketones had a chance to drink the Kool Aid or coconut water. Why don't we bring in some of the trainers here, okay,
Adam 10:25
that have gone through the paces. Maybe they can talk about how they felt going through
Sheila 10:29
all three of our wonderful trainers here at inform fitness here.
Tim Edwards 10:34
Alright, so well, so we'll bring Anne on in a few moments. And then I see John just walked in Welcome, John. And then
Adam 10:42
let's bring Joe on here. Let's bring Joe in.
Sheila 10:43
You know how to work that mic.
Tim Edwards 10:46
Joe Yeah, so we're gonna let Joe use the backup 35 year old realistic microphone. So we're gonna hold that right up on your chin
Adam 10:54
there. Joe Walter Cronkite Mike. So let me say something about Joe first before he gets started.
Tim Edwards 11:01
As Joe holds his breath.
Adam 11:02
This is no no, when I first Joe, Joe was liking a lot of posts you're making on Facebook and I didn't know who he was. And I, at first I thought he was a stalker, to be honest. You know, he just kind of liked every single post he made on Facebook. He made comments. He sent me emails, I never responded to them.
Tim Edwards 11:24
I don't feel so bad now.
Adam 11:28
This guy's kind of creepy, you know, I thought. And, but But you know, he, as time went on, I realized this guy is not crazy. I mean, like, he is really a student of this and he's reading everything you read Hutchins, he all of it. He read Mensur he, he you know, these are people pioneers in the in the in the high intensity weight training world. And you don't meet too many people like that, especially that aren't in the business. I mean, he was just reading the stuff for fun, you know? And
Sheila 11:57
when you see that, you know, he knows this. He's our resident scientist of this. So I scientist
Adam 12:05
Its true. And overtime, he won me over for sure. In a big way. I mean, it's really exciting. Because like, like I said, this is a movement. This is a calling. And it became well, it wasn't so obvious at the beginning. I thought it was creepy, but like, but but it did. It did. You know pretty soon thereafter, actually, I realize this guy, he is drinking the Kool Aid and he's a student of this and, and you when you're like that, you know that that's half the battle as far as becoming a good trainer.
Sheila 12:33
But we start talk because you were like, This is amazing. I love these this equipment. And it's so exciting to see.
Joe 12:39
Yeah, I was sort of a nerd of this. This protocol. And this was the first time I was encountering this. The machinery designed to optimally perform it. So I was like a kid in the candy store.
Sheila 12:51
Yeah, yeah. Cuz you were doing it in regular gym
Joe 12:55
24 Hour Fitness or free weight style. And so this was kind of I was a kid in a candy store. I was just like, dive into the chocolate.
Adam 13:04
Yeah, because you're reading all this theoretical stuff about how to optimize this workout. And when you lift weights slow there, biomechanical problems that you encounter by lifting weights so slowly, with free weights and conventional equipment. So we overcame and redesign machines overcome those biomechanical differences. But if you don't have access to that stuff, and you keep reading about it, it's like man, would I love to get my hands on some of that stuff? Because I, I do see the problems with the conventional leg extension machine. I do see the problems with this. Yeah, the low back machine. I wish I'd be able to do this technique on some equipment was made for this techniques. Exactly. It came in. And that's a
13:36
kidney candy store. And so when I first started my workout regimen, a year ago, Sheila was my trainer. And then I had to shift my workouts from the middle of the week to the weekend just because it just fit my schedule better. And so I was handed off to Joe and I gotten really used to Sheila and really enjoyed the way she was working me out. Well. And then, Joe, I don't know exactly when it was there's
Joe 13:57
a posted over there, Jen, is there still sit there with Tim's numbers? Oh boy. I like to whenever I like to pull up some numbers, I isolate leg press pull down and chest press. Because these days, you know, in this CrossFit generation, the sharing of your PRs or your personal records is something that's just like automatic. So I like to our our version of that is a little bit more, you know, not It's not show offI but it's more it's very telling when, like for example your leg press, I have a low here 127.5 pounds, so that was day one. Fast forward to today. Everybody's laughing Oh wow. Oh, Susan Lazar feeling great.
Adam 14:48
Actually. I think my dead grandmother started Wow.
Tim Edwards 14:50
Self esteem is plummeting. This was at the beginning. Beginning
Joe 14:56
at the time, your low back was actually giving out early on that was the reason why you were failing early so we fix that with the use of the lumbar pad cleaner tighter 10 Hut huge
Sheila 15:08
difference and and took did her magic on adjusting she's really
Joe 15:12
cute. And then so we have a high here 222.5 pounds.
Adam 15:18
Oh, that's over 100%
Joe 15:22
That's pretty ridiculous. my
Adam 15:23
math is correct.
Joe 15:24
Right. Slightly under 100%
Tim Edwards 15:27
Close. I'm going 100 110%
Adam 15:31
I guess my math was
Joe 15:34
your pull down in the early days. 190 pounds already impressive. Today 280 pounds.
Sheila 15:41
Wow.
Adam 15:42
Almost 100% again. Wow,
Sheila 15:44
gotta hit that 300 pounds. Right? That's something we got to get that 300 pounds.
Tim Edwards 15:48
This isn't this is in less than a year. Right about a year. Yeah, right. Yes, it is. So they're some of the results that we're talking about here that one cuz I'm not a big
Sheila 15:56
and you were injured for a little bit of it with the kids. He plays baseball right twice.
Tim Edwards 16:00
I was injured throughout this time. And so we had to change some of the Joe you're great, especially the upper body stuff, making some of the changes and adjustments.
Joe 16:08
He was a well, I learned that he was a he's a baseball aficionado, an athlete since high school or even
Tim Edwards 16:16
since I was a little baby boy,
Adam 16:18
and he's a Brooklyn Dodgers fan. Oh,
Tim Edwards 16:21
the roots. I'm a Dodger fan from New York.
Joe 16:26
And my goal with him was to get him from being somebody that was a base hitter or double hitter to triples and inside the park home run.
Tim Edwards 16:34
So let me tell you the story if you don't mind. So I was always going up a base hit hitter. Not a lot of power. As you can tell, I'm not a big guy. But hit. I've never felt it under there. I've never hit a home run in a game ever, ever, ever my whole life. So I'm playing. And I hit it this year, this spring. It's one of those those swings where you just don't even feel the ball. And there it goes. Sweet Spot. And there it goes right towards the fence and it hits the top of the fence and bounce back in. Nonetheless, I missed it by that much. But yeah, but but but I've never hit the ball. That's That's awesome. See, so as I'm rounding first base, I'm thinking Joe? Yeah, maybe it was really great. One of my favorite stories from earlier this
Joe 17:20
year. Good stuff. Good stuff. Congratulations.
Tim Edwards 17:22
thank you. Well, that's a long double thats what it was.
Adam 17:27
besides becoming Hank Aaron overnight, how else does this new gain strength kind of manifested itself in your life?
Tim Edwards 17:35
Well, I'll tell you right immediately. So in addition to running a podcast network, I have a video marketing company and I do a lot of the filming myself and I carry a lot of the gear myself, oftentimes up and down stairs, and I'm able to still I'm almost 50 years old, able to carry all my own gear, set it up. What are you laughing? So So yeah, I'm able to still perform my job really well. And I'm remain fairly active. So that's the biggest part of it. And that's something I want to keep doing into my second half of life. Here's hoping
Adam 18:08
no, this is a thing. You can do many exercise programs that can make you feel that way. But how many exercise programs are out there that can make you feel that way? Only spending 20 minutes? Exactly. We don't? Yeah, yeah. So that's the point that has to be kind of realized. Because you know, this is not the only workout in the world that works. It might be the most efficient, it might be the safest. But come on, you know,
Tim Edwards 18:33
20 minutes. It's a small investment. It's a very small investment. And it's one of my favorite 20 to 30 minutes every week, is when I come in here and then I feel leaving. And all of you here who work I don't you feel great when you leave like I accomplished something, it feels fantastic. And then you and then you have pillar number three, you have to just recover for the week, and then come back. And what cracks me up every time is when Joe asked What's your energy today? So we mentioned earlier, I'm almost 50. It's never high? Ever, but sometimes it's medium. And sometimes.
Sheila 19:06
Sometimes it's sometimes it's low. Yeah.
Tim Edwards 19:09
So But Joe, I have to compliment you as a trainer just understanding my life personally, and what are the things that I like and what I do with my job you use those as as motivating factors, as you alluded to earlier, to get me to where I need to be. And you do on occasion, make me laugh when I'm in failure. I'm sorry. That's right. It's not sorry.
Adam 19:35
I have another staff meeting.
Joe 19:37
Ann was my mentor making people laugh.
Tim Edwards 19:37
That's fine. Yeah, it's a great 20 to 30 minutes and I look forward to it every week with you Joe and appreciate all the help.
Joe 19:47
Thanks, brother. All right.
Tim Edwards 19:53
Sheila if you would please bring in our next guest one
Sheila 19:56
Well, this is the most very special trainer that, without this amazing woman, we would not be here. And I really mean this because
20:10
when we had the opportunity to open inform Fitness here in LA. My first thought was, I need to call Ann Kirkland. I've known and she was actually my personal trainer, before I got involved with the power of 10. And she used to live out in the boonies with where I live, but then she moved into the city. So we stopped doing that. But I actually when I found out I was going to be opening the studio, I went to the store shortly after that, and I actually ran into Ann and I feel like it was one of those moments of synchronicity and I was like, I need to talk to you, I need to talk to you. And I said, because she's a personal trainer. She's been a trainer for about 13 14 years, you know, typical going to people's houses, private trainer in gyms and things. And she. And I said, Would you be interested in learning this technique? Because I'm opening a studio, and I cannot do this on my own. I need a trainer like you. She's like, Yeah, sure. And then, shortly after that, we got on the phone with Adam. And he just wanted to kind of interview her and kind of see where she stood and how she thought about things.
Ann 21:24
Yeah, what do you think about what's your version? Are you asked me something about cardio? That was one question. Other question was when when in the workout? Should we do abs? I remember that question. That's a no brainer.
Adam 21:36
Did I say hello? First?
Ann 21:37
Yeah. You did? No, first you actually, like, question me? You interrogated me, then you said hello. That's how you're doing.
Sheila 21:46
I remember being on this call and just listening. And she was like, um, you know, like, she's trying to, like, Am I answering correctly here?
Ann 21:54
What does he want to hear? I mean, it's just facts are facts.
Sheila 21:57
Adam, just as his way of like, calmly asking questions, and you're like, oh, I don't know what the right answer is. Yes.
Ann 22:04
You asked me is why you if you do cardio, why do you do it? And I said, because it makes me feel good. No judgments. No. Like, I don't do it to manage body fat. I'm not trying to lose weight. I'm already where I want to be. I was just doing what I did to manage my psychosis.
Sheila 22:23
That's a good answer.
Adam 22:24
When you started crying,
Ann 22:25
I did I went into a fetal position and sucked my thumb.
Adam 22:41
I love a girl that can suck her thumb.
Sheila 22:44
I remember when we we like first did a workshop with Adam. It was shortly after that was before you remember you came in? I did. And we're walking down the street. And after we spent a little bit of time in there. Adam was walking with me. He goes, good decision. Like, I know, okay, you don't have to tell me that.
Ann 23:08
Yeah, it was obvious ly life changing
Adam 23:13
what it was. Yeah, for us. Yeah,
Tim Edwards 23:16
neutral. Yeah. And I believe we're going to begin a new video series Pretty soon.
Sheila 23:20
Yes, we are going to begin a new video series in 2017. And it will be online and YouTube. It will be tips and tricks with ann , and I just have to say, you know,
Ann 23:32
I heard whisperings of this,
Sheila 23:34
because she's such a character. She has all these. Like Susan was saying earlier, she makes you laugh. She's she's got all these funny analogies and you're just like, I love this. You know? She just makes it fun.
Adam 23:47
And cool. Do you mind sharing what your email address?
Ann 23:50
Oh, yeah, gotta show up@yahoo.com Gotta show up. I should make a second email address as that's named. Cuz you can't phone it in.com
Adam 24:03
Hashtag you
Tim Edwards 24:04
can't phone. I mean, you can't grab that URL. Now.
Adam 24:07
Did I say that right? Yes. hashbrown
Tim Edwards 24:11
to ask Jess Brown. Brown. Brown
Sheila 24:22
I call her Miss Annie. That's her nickname because it comes from Annie Miss Danny MC. No. Is it Annie? Trainer? Trainer, panini MC trainer pants. That's what I used to call Yeah,
Ann 24:33
it was my old one of my one of my clients not she's not old but one of my clients from my past training life coaching that one. She still calls me that to this day on Facebook Annie trainer pants.
Tim Edwards 24:43
And she's also a model here right, if I'm not mistaken. Didn't we post a photo of of an
Sheila 24:51
informed, informed flag shirt and
Tim Edwards 24:54
got a bunch of likes on Facebook? Yeah, she's
Sheila 24:58
got she she she has Showing up you can tell
Ann 25:02
showing up for a while. Yeah, since 1991, I've been showing up and changing lives.
Adam 25:07
Everyone listening to this wishes this was not just a podcast. Yeah, well, video components, you're
Sheila 25:15
gonna have to go online and find
Tim Edwards 25:16
us. Or even better just come in. Yeah, have Ann train you as well. That's
Ann 25:21
right. That could be a great possibility. And then I can show you how to do low back extensions properly. Yes, yes, I see a lot of that done incorrectly. And it makes my eyes bleed. Yeah. So that's why we're doing the test narcs with and just to say, as a liner note that I don't see that done improperly in here. I still work on the outside a little bit. And now and then, and I still see people doing stuff that makes my eyes bleed.
Tim Edwards 25:46
First of all, my favorite thing about what you just said was you call it a liner note. And I'm old enough to know exactly what that means. Well, I love that
Ann 25:52
because we all love albums, and some vinyl. We're old. Well, and
Adam 26:00
nobody young is listening to this podcast.
Tim Edwards 26:05
We'll put a link to to inform fitness in the liner notes or the show notes column here in the podcast. And thanks again for being with us, everybody. Yay. Sheila, why don't you introduce our new guest joining
Sheila 26:19
Well, I should let and introduce our new This is Susan Fallon. Hi, who has been uh, how long have you been about a couple of years? three or three or four years?
Adam 26:31
Since the hell yes.
Sheila 26:32
We met Susan because we did. Yes. How fair she works at CBS. We got to know her then. And I remember doing your consultation. It was so fun. Because you came in. And we had so much fun. Because you're a very animated. Yeah.
Adam 26:50
It's a nice way of putting it. But you also
Sheila 26:52
work super hard. Like you're very intent you had you know, you were very, we were cracking up. I just remember because after the leg press, you were like, I feel like I just had a baby.
Tim Edwards 27:04
With no epidural. Epidural, please. Yes. A new service here an epidural before you begin. Yeah,
Sheila 27:12
I don't think and did it. It was me. It was yeah, it was me. And I just remember having so much fun and going I love this woman, Susan Fallon.
Tim Edwards 27:19
Yeah. No relation to Jimmy. No.
Adam 27:22
No. That's a different networks a
Tim Edwards 27:24
different network. Right. What do you do with CBS? That's interesting.
Susan 27:28
Videotape editing. But it's not video anymore. So it's computer. Yeah, yeah. Grass Valley.
Tim Edwards 27:33
And what do you edit the news on the news? Yeah, any of those? You go home depressed every day.
Susan 27:37
I try not to watch but I have to watch what I'm doing. But no, it's what you see on the shows every day.
Tim Edwards 27:44
Tell us what led you to inform fitness. It was I know you met at a fair.
Susan 27:48
Age. It was 50 50 Did it just knowing I'm aging and knowing that if I don't keep up my muscle tone and muscle mass that I will never wear a nice fall apart. Like a sweater. All of that all of that it just age brought me and I knew that I needed to do more. We kick butt.
Tim Edwards 28:16
Yeah. So you come on Sundays, as do I. Yeah. So we probably pass each other in the hallways. Maybe Sunday morning at eight. Oh, I'm at nine 930. So from time to time, so So Ann, tell us a little bit about Susan. And her and her workout.
Ann 28:28
Well, Susan is a very eager beaver. She comes in. Usually 10 minutes early. waiting at the door. She's here often before I am because I have to open. So she shows up. And she's ready to rock we get right into it. Yeah, pull the chart. Let's go. And there's no question about aren't we going to warm up? There's none of that because she realizes the first few reps are the warm up. And she goes all the way she takes it to the limit every time on every machine. So she gets everything she I mean she knocks it out every time
Sheila 28:59
and it's always straight to the leg press. Yeah,
Tim Edwards 29:01
we know right? Yeah, mother just get it done. First. I know
Ann 29:05
Yeah. That's usually the that's the language I hear from her. It's very, very brave. Yeah, he's pretty much it's just very safe. Very.
Tim Edwards 29:20
With Mother far quad. We don't have to put an explicit rating. No, no can
Ann 29:23
say that. Family Friendly podcast.
Tim Edwards 29:27
Well, when you're in when you're approaching failure, those words do come to mind. Yeah, and sometimes they come out of my mouth, right? Yo, yeah. So I'm right there with you. I understand. So tell us a little about and as your trainer.
Susan 29:39
She always is very specific. When I ask a question when I'm not when I feel like I'm not sitting properly or if I am sitting improperly. She's quick to fix it and breathing and chest out. Ladies pointing out and Just breathe stop.
Adam 30:03
Is that a breast reference?
Susan 30:06
Ladies stop holding your breath. It just everything you know she makes me go further. When I Yeah, totally 100%
Tim Edwards 30:16
and she has I hear her because Joe works me out on Sundays and and is in there as well to enhance and like Joe they have a very quiet demeanor and how they push you, I supposei s that the right word?
Susan 30:28
Yes, they well yeah, I guess
Tim Edwards 30:30
motivation or motivate is probably a better a better term.
Susan 30:34
But push works. motivates my butt. No. What I love about and is when we're talking and sometimes she'll say something funny. And then I'm in the middle of a rep towards the end and then I'm laughing and it's not not good. No, no, no, we but we laugh we could go
Adam 30:52
Oh, no, no, no, no, no, no. After this podcast, I'd like to talk to you in my office. I think I'll shut up now.
Tim Edwards 31:00
making you laugh when you're in failure.
Ann 31:02
Sometimes I make haha on accident.
Sheila 31:05
That makes it it makes it fun. It does. Honestly. I came here and it was just droll. Right? Couldn't do it. Yeah. I have to have the companionship. Yes. Because that's actually what I feel like it's a companionship
Tim Edwards 31:19
Well, having this the relationship with our trainers. It really it's almost like a social visit. It is for me anyway, I come here and then we get the workout and we get to catch up with our trainers. It's always it's always fun and something to look forward to. Yes, it most certainly. Well, Susan from CBS. Thank you so much. Thank you. Thank you. Welcome, John into the podcast here now.
Adam 31:39
John is a stylist trainer.
Tim Edwards 31:41
John's a pretty hip dude. All right. You're gonna have to do the introduction and give us a little history with John here. Well,
Sheila 31:50
we met John. So shortly after Joe. I remember it was like we met John through another trainer that Adam had certified. Le and he was Ellie's neighbor. Right. Yep. And the first time we met John, we I was Adam was out here visiting. And I took I we met, I wanted to take them out to the Malibu wines out in the middle of Malibu Canyon. And John came with Ellie and met us there. Just talk and and John, tell them what you thought about that. Oh,
John 32:24
I thought it was the best job interview I've ever had.
Adam 32:29
Because how often you get drunk.
Sheila 32:32
And we were like, yes, we want you to be a trainer.
John 32:35
I showed up just wanting to have a drink and I left with the job. This is the greatest.
Tim Edwards 32:46
So I haven't had the chance to be trained yet by John know you've come in a few times.
John 32:50
Oh, you're lucky me. Oh, yeah. Well,
Sheila 32:53
what I hear from all of John's clients or many of them is that he he's like with a with an evil little smile on his face. He makes them you know, he pushes them to way past what they ever thought they can do.
John 33:06
Yeah, maybe people work way too hard.
Tim Edwards 33:08
Probably. Well, that they keep coming back and then see results. So that is not your love hate
Adam 33:15
Oh, he has a boyish look. Right. And everyone thinks he's probably not going to try me that hard. Look at this kid. Yeah. Behind that nice, cute smile of his he's kicking your butt. Right? That's right.
Sheila 33:26
Yeah, very knowledgeable. And he's actually on a path to become a physical therapist. Wow.
Tim Edwards 33:31
Congratulations. Thank you. How's that going?
John 33:33
Oh, it's gone real slow.
Tim Edwards 33:37
While it's going, you're here training everybody at inform fitness as well. Yeah, throughout your education.
John 33:42
Exactly. And I've learned a lot here actually, and from Adam to taking this course is pretty cool. I've done a lot of stuff over the course of time, but
Tim Edwards 33:50
like, give us some details on that about the course if you would, please.
John 33:52
Um, I mean, I started training like 10 years ago, you know, just doing normal, just working in 24, you know, LA Fitness, that kind of stuff, and then went through college, played sports in high school, college. And then that's how I really got into training a lot. And then from there, I got into the CrossFit for a little bit more to be the cool kid doing the CrossFit.
Tim Edwards 34:13
How long take to get hurt.
John 34:14
Uh, oh, I actually lasted a pretty good amount of time. But I saw more injuries during that two years that I taught CrossFit than I've ever seen playing sports in my, my entire career, like high school, college, everything. It was crazy. So part of me was like, This doesn't seem right. Like I've looked good, but I felt like shit. I mean, to be honest and worth it. Yeah, exactly. And that's how I kind of came across this. And at first, I was like, this doesn't sound right. I understand strength training and heavy lifting. I got all that. But the 30 minutes once a week, it was just like, Nah, it's not gonna happen. And my, my neighbor Ellie just repeatedly was like, You got to try this. You got to try this. And I was like, that's cool. Like, you know, I do my own thing. It's fine. And then finally, she just got me in for one time and she just destroyed me like she I mean, she worked me out hard. And I was like, this sucks. Got nauseous? That hadn't happened in a long time. Yeah, she really beat me up
Adam 35:10
by a girl to buy a girl.
John 35:15
The girls didn't think it was possible
Tim Edwards 35:22
Yeah, then
John 35:23
and then I was just like, yeah, I kinda want to know more about this. I want to try this. And I just kind of slowly started falling in love with it a little bit more. So now I've been training here three years. I
Sheila 35:31
know three years while and you were Weren't you the person that Joe used as his? For his test? Yes. Yeah. Really? Yeah. came in. John was the subject that Joe for Joe's certification test.
John 35:49
Poor Joe, Adam was so much easier on me. I felt that he wasn't
Sheila 35:53
Joe. I think John, I think Adam was tired. Yeah, David, he did yours.
John 35:58
I feel like it's like when you have a bunch of kids. It's like the last one he's don't get that much care about.
Adam 36:05
My youngest kid doesn't even know who you are. I'm your dad.
Tim Edwards 36:14
All right. Well, John, thanks so much for jumping in with us today. It's good for our audience to to get to know you. And again, if you're in the Southern California area, you got a chance to meet all the trainers here at Toluca Lake. And then so now, we're gonna have to do this in New York. Adam have to fly us out to Manhattan. Oh,
Adam 36:28
yes. Well, the cast of characters.
Sheila 36:31
Yes, yes.
Adam 36:32
All right. cast of characters. Let's get this handsome couple.
Tim Edwards 36:35
Let's bring him in.
Sheila 36:36
Yeah, bring a man.
Tim Edwards 36:37
So welcoming another guest here on the podcast today is someone that I've had a chance to spend some time with. Ah, and for those of you that have maybe visited the inform fitness website, informfitness.com might have seen her face and her working out. We have Ms. Suzanne with us here today. Suzanne was kind enough to share her story with us on video. And we're grateful to come by and talk with us here in the podcast.
Suzanne 37:03
Well, it's nice to be here.
Sheila 37:05
Yes, you're famous. Your testimonial,
Adam 37:09
very nice video for us.
Suzanne 37:11
Thank you. That was fun.
Adam 37:12
How much did we pay for that.
Tim Edwards 37:16
She, we you had a real workout too. And that was I don't think I went in there just to film you know, around. I caught you right in the middle. He was really doing
Suzanne 37:24
I was doing the workout. Yeah, it's tough.
Tim Edwards 37:27
It's tough. Tell us about your job. You have a pretty physical job and interesting job as well, too.
Suzanne 37:32
Well, I work as a costume supervisor on a television series. And so there's a lot of physical labor involved a lot of lifting of things, pulling heavy racks, lifting heavy clothes. Yeah. So it is a very physical job.
Tim Edwards 37:47
I can tell you right now everybody listening is going which television series is it is okay to share that.
Suzanne 37:51
Sure. It's two Broke Girls, but that
Adam 37:55
I heard of that show.
Suzanne 37:56
It's a fun show. It's a fun show. But it's very physical. And, you know, I've had injuries over the years, shoulder injuries, wrists surgery, all that sort of stuff. And so it's really nice. After about a little more than a year of working out here. I feel so much stronger. Wonderful. I haven't had an injury. It's a really it's really been good.
Sheila 38:20
Yeah. And Suzanne comes in like after like she she'll come in at about 615 in the evening. So it's after a
Tim Edwards 38:27
long day work.
Sheila 38:27
And she'll be tired. She'll be like, kind of tired. But then she just always gives it her all and usually, sometimes leaves feeling a lot better.
Suzanne 38:37
I always feel leaving better. Always leave feeling better. Yeah, I know that even though I'm tired, and I really don't want to go and I really don't want to work that hard. I know what I'm gonna feel like when I come out of there. And it's always better.
Sheila 38:52
Yeah. And you know that it's fast.
Suzanne 38:55
And, you know, I can do anything for 20 minutes. Right, right. You know, I can I can make it through this.
Tim Edwards 39:01
And you've been doing this for over a year now, too. So I'm going to ask you the same thing. I asked everybody else is this the most sustainable workout that you've had?
Suzanne 39:09
Yes, throughout your life? Yes, it is. I've done other things. I've worked out with personal trainers. And I've never found anything that I really stuck with for this length of time. That has actually worked. And I like it.
Tim Edwards 39:23
It's the results. It's the lack of commitment, although it's a commitment. It's the results and it's the commandment little bit of time that you have to
Suzanne 39:35
Right. It's a commitment that you can easily work into your schedule. It's not something like Oh my God, I've got to go spend two or three hours on a weekend or something, right? Yeah, you can easily fit it into your schedule.
Sheila 39:45
The people who who show up consistently, they're the ones that get the most you know, obviously you get the most out of it, but it's you know, big make it it's a habit. It's a habit and I have clients that have you know, like Suzanne and I have some other clients have you know, three years, four years now one of our first clients. It's like what Adam said, you don't stop, you know, it's something sustainable for the rest of your life. Exactly.
Tim Edwards 40:09
You're gonna have to do that forever. Now, you know that you've had the Kool Aid.
Adam 40:17
I just want you to know that when we talk about consistency, and you say that you've been consistent. Consistency means once a week for 20 minutes, right? And it's 52 weeks in a year. And if it's a half an hour workout, we're talking about consistency means working out 26 hours a year, a year
Tim Edwards 40:35
a year with these crazy awesome results, too. I mean, it's not just
Adam 40:39
consistency is Yeah, yeah. But consistently just means in this case, 26 hours a year,
Sheila 40:45
right. A little more than
Suzanne 40:48
a day. Yeah. Just got here.
Tim Edwards 40:50
Can you imagine doing this for a full day straight.
Suzanne 40:56
I can barely do it for half an hour.
Tim Edwards 40:59
Well, congratulations on the results that you've enjoyed and for sticking with it for a year. And again, thank you for participating with us.
Adam 41:06
Thank you so much.
Tim Edwards 41:10
For bringing in yet another familiar face here at the Toluca Lake location of informed fitness. Sheila
Sheila 41:15
This is Jan Tucker. She is our she's the reason why we're here because she wanted to make the investment to bring this wonderful workout that she discovered to the LA to the Burbank area. And we, Adam, and myself and Jan are all business partners, but it's because of Jan, and she's been doing this for how long now? Jan?
Jan 41:43
almost 10 years.
Sheila 41:44
10 years. She's almost. Do you want to say how old you are?
Jan 41:49
Fair enough. I my The Ancient One here, I'm 75.
Sheila 41:54
Wow. And she I gotta tell you, she comes in here. She does more weight on some of those machines. And you know, some of the younger girls. But also last year, I don't know if you want to talk about this, but you had a oh, I had cancer. She had a can a biopsy. And she had a little you know, she had to have surgery. And she had to get a course of radiation after the surgery. Jan kept coming in. I gotta tell you the treatment and everything. Yes. She kept coming in through the treatment. Everything always
Jan 42:37
I was trying to convince myself that it was all fine. And it worked. And it did work. Yes.
Tim Edwards 42:44
So it was more than just what you were benefiting physically from this workout. This was a mental boost for you as well.
Jan 42:51
Definitely. I know that and I am a psychologist. So that's I didn't know. I was gonna make it happen. And you did with help. Fun. Sheila's been begging me for quite a while.
Tim Edwards 43:04
So Sheila is your trainer then yes.
Sheila 43:08
You know what? I don't I push her. You know, I do I push her. I mean, you know, she'll come in and say, okay, the needs are talking to me a little bit, too. They're talking to me, but that's
Jan 43:18
bone on bone. Yeah, I play tennis.
Sheila 43:21
She tried. She just doesn't have so much admiration, you know, and it's like, you have to keep coming in and doing that you're gonna stay strong. And it's it's so important is for mental and physical health.
Tim Edwards 43:33
Well, Jan at 75 years old, if that isn't a reason for all of us to keep doing this. So we could be vibrant and active as you are 75 battling cancer and kicking its butt and still coming in here and doing what you do. Congratulations. Yeah, that's wonderful.
Adam 43:48
Yeah, just inspirational. Yes.
Tim Edwards 43:51
Terrific. Let's hear for Jan. All right. Thank
Adam 43:55
you, Chelsea. She's Chelsea, stoic. She's going through it right now. This is the first day we just finished our first day of the workshop after 12 grueling weeks of studying and lectures. So
Tim Edwards 44:07
let me go ahead and sorry, sorry for the interruption. So 12 weeks of lectures and study, which give us more detail on on what that includes.
Chelsea 44:17
A lot of reading material. Once a week, conference calls with the I think there was three other Well, first, there was five other participants. And then it ended with three of us.
Tim Edwards 44:31
They weighed out right about Yeah, that's right. You only want the best. So what led you to want to learn that to be certified in this style of training?
Chelsea 44:42
I kind of stumbled upon it. I was introduced to Hector, who is who I'm under and up in Northern California.
Adam 44:52
Hector owns a great studio up in Santa Rosa, Northern California. Sonoma County owns a technique. He owns a facility Very similar to ours.
Tim Edwards 45:01
Gotcha. So you're you're training under him.
Chelsea 45:04
I started in August, and I had about a month to decide if I was gonna start the certification process. Because at first, I was kind of skeptical about this whole style of training. I was like what I think everybody, so we Yeah. And I was doing like five days a week. powerlifting. I had ACL surgery a year ago yesterday, actually. Oh, wow. resolution. Thank you. So I was also going through ACL rehab. And this was just great. After probably three weeks of doing it, I was like, okay, yeah, I get it. You get,
Tim Edwards 45:41
you have to actually do it to get it, don't you? Completely? Yeah. Alright, so you did it. It while you're healing from your surgery, you were seeing the results feeling different? And you said maybe this is something that I could I could learn to do? Yes. As a as a certified trainer. Alright, so as Adam been as as difficult as he made it sound earlier, or is he actually kind of nice to work with?
Chelsea 46:02
He's very nice.
Tim Edwards 46:10
So where are you in the process? Now? We alluded earlier that you've been through 12 weeks of studying and conference calls. So where are you now in your certification process?
Chelsea 46:20
Well, I'm two days away from taking my certification test
Sheila 46:23
this final weekend. Yep.
Chelsea 46:27
So there's a ton of information. And it seems so easy in my mind, but trying to portray it to clients. And to Adam. It's very intimidating. Yeah. So.
Tim Edwards 46:40
So it's kind of like a boot camp. Really? Right. Yeah. And so you're just a couple of days away. And after this happens after you become certified, because you're gonna become certified, right? You're feeling pretty strong about this? Yeah.
Adam 46:52
If
Tim Edwards 46:53
you think positively, yes. When you become certified, what's your next step? What are you going to do?
Chelsea 46:59
I'm going to be working under Hector, Northern California. Yes, in Northern California. And hoping to build a clientele there and spread the word around Sonoma County, because it's not very popular up there.
Sheila 47:13
What is Hector's? The name of his place?
Chelsea 47:15
The strength studio.
Tim Edwards 47:17
The strength studio. Alright. Listen, if you're listening up in that area, listen to the podcast inform nation. You could have Chelsea as your trainer. Yeah. All right. So welcome to inform nation and good luck on your certification. And then we'll check back in with you maybe in a few months.
Adam 47:33
All kidding aside, Chelsea has flown through this course. And she has been always prepared. And she seems very prepared now. And she's gonna become a great trainer one day.
Tim Edwards 47:46
Some high praise from the guru. Yeah, very good. All right. Good luck to you.
Sheila 47:51
So I have to introduce this is my son, Michael Melody. And I wanted to have him on because he's been through this whole journey with me. When I first got certified, I like, oh, no, I was certified six years ago in October. And when I was going through this whole thing, and I would make Michael was my guinea pig. I made him.
Tim Edwards 48:17
Your mom says get on the machine you got on the machine.
Sheila 48:20
Basically my first client. Yeah. Tell tell us about how that was for you.
Michael 48:27
How old were you at the time? I just remember when my mom basically was like, really excited about getting into this new, you know, this new thing about the you know, inform fitness. And I just remember, like, being really excited to try it out. And is basically over at at the neighbor's house, which is Greg's and Greg burns. Yeah. And I just I wanted to start, you know, getting into fitness.
48:54
I can't remember. I think it was 23 24 or something like that. So
Adam 49:01
So you 29 Now, 30,
Tim Edwards 49:03
it's a big milestone.
Sheila 49:05
So I'm, I'm only I'm only 39. So
Michael 49:10
So basically, it was like, I wanted to get into fitness. And so she was really excited. And I was just like, let me let me be your guinea pig. I was okay with that.
Tim Edwards 49:21
Well, how great for you to find stumbled upon this or have your mom throw it upon you in your early 20s. And, and change that trajectory of your life as a young man as you enter your 30s Right. I know you probably feel totally old or not. So shut up now. Okay, good.
Adam 49:36
I'm impressed with that a young man in his early 20s. Would actually allow his mom to train him. Yeah, right. Especially in this day and age, right. Absolutely. Kids are gonna be seen with much less.
Sheila 49:50
That was for when we were kids, but that's not how we are right.
Michael 49:55
Now. That was like I always like that. It was like a joke. I love it. It was a good joke. Yeah, you know, my mom sent my Yeah, my mom was like she you know, she kicks my ass. she must be. Yeah, good way
Sheila 50:09
and then he tries to bring his friends but they're not at the point yet where they're going I need to do this you know what I mean? So
Michael 50:15
I'm the lucky one. I get to benefits,
Tim Edwards 50:18
So when you're 40 They might listen to
50:19
Yeah, they will for sure because all all have already done it 20 years
Tim Edwards 50:24
You wont have the aches and pains and
Michael 50:30
I mean, I this workout changed my whole body gave up in and out burgers. No, Whoa, yeah, that was open till 1am by my house. So I always go out going after work and a late night snack. Yeah, I get protein style. No sodium. Yeah, no, the best
Tim Edwards 50:51
No, Michael was one of them. When we first met, he was one of the first people that we interviewed for the video that we did for you. Right, two years ago now, I think I guess and and look at how buffed he is now. For the last two years, Michael, thanks for being with us.
Sheila 51:07
Thank you, honey.
Tim Edwards 51:08
You know, speaking of that video that we produced a couple years ago, I see two people here that were part of the first video that we did two years ago.
Sheila 51:15
I see Christina, and I see Steve.
Tim Edwards 51:19
her best Miss Marianne impression from Romper Room right. I'm very shy about this as LA. I love it. So you can see again, buddy, how are you? Thanks for joining us. Also been on video with us here and inform fitness with some of the testimonial videos that we've done. And I appreciate you joining us here and participating in the holiday party. Nice to be here.
Sheila 51:53
This is your third holiday party, isn't it?
Steve 51:57
We've been doing this we started November of two years ago. Yeah. So yeah. As a couple as a couple.
Sheila 52:04
They came in Yeah. On a Saturday. I remember. And we had so much fun. The same thing with Susan. You know, it was around the same time, I think. And I remember how much fun we had with you guys. Yeah, we laughed. Yes.
Tim Edwards 52:18
You know, some of the you and I've had a chance to have a few exchanges as we pass in the hallways here from time to time. And you mentioned to me that you really embraced pillar number two from Adam's book the nutrition. Yes. So tell us about some of those changes that you made to help you with your journey here with power of 10 Inform Fitness.
Steve 52:37
Starting a little over a year ago, I mainly cut down on the calories. I was eating healthy. So I couldn't understand why I was gaining weight why I was getting a stomach. But you can eat healthy. And if you're eating 3000 calories a day you're gonna get fat. So it doesn't matter if it's grass fed beef. It's so I cut it down simple math. And actually, I remember what you said 2 2 2 and to remember that I remember it very well. Do you want to explain?
Tim Edwards 53:07
Sure it was so many, many years ago, I saw my my physician. And he was huge. He was really big, which I thought was odd for a physician. So I'm six months later and he wasn't as big and I asked him what he did. And he told me that he walked two miles a day. drank two gallons of water. Wow, that's a lot and 2000 calories a day. Oh, this was no, I don't necessarily know what those two calories 2000 calories are made up of. But he lost a lot of weight. I followed that back then that had been at least 15 years ago. And I did lose a lot of weight at that time. It wasn't very sustainable for me.
Adam 53:44
Well, yeah, look great. Two gallon, two gallons of water a day. It's like yeah, it was a lot of time in the bathroom.
Steve 53:51
Yeah. 256 ounces. Is that right?
Sheila 53:55
Oh my gosh.
Tim Edwards 53:56
That's a lot. Yeah, it was a lot. So yeah, it worked for a while but again, it wasn't bigger. Even
Jan 54:01
if I'm wrong. Nobody's gonna know. Extra in the backyard. No, I get how many feet in a mile? Oh, wow. That's a lot. Yeah, it's
Tim Edwards 54:16
So I have a question. So you've been working out here with your wife for the last couple of years. You don't come together or do we always come? Yeah, really? So Saturday's workout side by side is that we grew up next to each other.
Sheila 54:29
They switch they switch trainers Joe and John. Every week, right? Yeah,
Steve 54:35
it's so painful every week like they're swingers. God I got John Damn. Oh god, I got Joe was worse. Worse. I think they're both worse.
Tim Edwards 54:40
But how much fun is that to do with your wife because you really this is this is a passion to do this and to see the results and be able to share that with your wife and to see the results that you're enjoying together. That must be great.
Steve 54:58
it's wonderful and when you know You're done. You're both done nothing 20 or 30 minutes, or in our case about three hours because I won't talk too much.
Adam 55:05
You know, I was just saying how it was great that Sheila's son was willing to be trained by her. And now I'm thinking to myself, What a great relationship you guys must have to work out side by side because not a lot of couples want to be in the same room with each other. Working out side by side with each other. So So kudos to a good relationship.
Steve 55:28
It's a new concept of marriage. We actually like each other.
Adam 55:33
How's that working out?
Tim Edwards 55:38
Well, some people take ballroom dancing you come in for 20 minutes a week. And push weights together. That's fantastic. Thanks so much.
Adam 55:46
People coming into our gym saying Don't tell my husband that I'm coming here I'm using my own credit card. Yeah, we get that doesn't want me to spend the money
Sheila 55:57
we get that here what I'm paying you in cash. So my husband is like what is up with you husband's you know?
Adam 56:08
They're very transparent, obviously.
Steve 56:10
But I will say even financially, the cost of one here is like the cost of most people train three times a week most guys. So right there. It's a third of the time. I was training before I did this an hour, three days a week. And this is easier. Obviously. It's less expensive. Obviously. I think the results if anything are better now.
Tim Edwards 56:32
That's a win win. Yeah, really. Fantastic. Wow, what a testimonial. Thank you guys. Thanks so much for being with us again. Yeah, it's a pleasure. All right. That's gonna put the wraps on this episode. We want to thank everybody for your participation.
Adam 56:47
That was fun. That was all fun. It's fun. Let's break out the coconut water.
Tim Edwards 56:57
gonna say the coconut oil
Adam 57:01
lather it on
This podcast episode includes about a 10-minute interview between Adam
and Joanie which basically recaps what we talked about in the last two episodes of
The Inform Fitness Podcast. Then at the completion of the video a little magic happened. A relatively spontaneous little jam session broke out between Adam and Joanie.
Adam pulled out a guitar and Joanie shared her voice with us and we captured it all on video. It was really great and we hope that you enjoy it as much as we did.
Click here to see the video of this episode: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GL5GaDyQDCc
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon:
https://www.amazon.com/Power-Once-Week-Revolution-Harperresource/dp/006000889X/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1485469022&sr=1-1&keywords=the+power+of+10+book
If you would like to produce a podcast of your own just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
The transcription to this episode is below:
14 Jammin with Adam and Joanie - Transcript
Intro: You’re listening to the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with New York Times,
best-selling author, Adam Zickerman and friends. Brought to you by InForm
Fitness, life changing personal training with several locations across the US.
Reboot your metabolism and experience the revolutionary Power of 10, the high
intensity, slow motion, strength training system that’s so effective, you’d get a
week’s worth of exercise in just one 20-minute session, which by no coincidence
is about the length of this podcast. So, get ready InForm Nation, your 20 minutes
of high intensity strength training information begins in 3, 2, 1.
Tim: Hey InForm Nation. Welcome into a special bonus addition of the InForm Fitness
podcast, 20 minutes with Adam Zickerman and friends. I'm Tim Edwards with the
Inbound Podcasting Network. A few things are a little different about this episode.
For one, it's definitely going to be a little shorter than 20 minutes. And Mike and
Sheila won't be making an appearance but certainly will be returning in the next
week's episode. The audio was captured from a video that my company, Inbound
Films, produced for InForm Fitness.
Now, if you listen to the podcast with any regularity you know that Sheila and I
are here in the Los Angeles area but we record the podcast from two separate
locations. Mike Rogers and InForm Fitness founder, Adam Zickerman, participate
from their Manhattan location in New York City. Well, in June of 2016 Adam
Zickerman visited the InForm Fitness location in Toluca Lake near Burbank,
California and we filmed a ton of trainer certification and marketing videos for
InForm Fitness. Some of which you'll be able to see at informfitness.com. Well,
during Adam's visit here in Los Angeles, Joanie Pimentel from the group No
Small Children and the special guest of our last two episodes here in the podcast,
Fat Loss and Face Melting, stopped by InForm Fitness to chat with Adam in one
of the videos that we were producing.
Now, this podcast episode includes about a 10-minute interview between Adam
and Joanie which basically recaps what we talked about in the last two episodes of
the podcast. Then at the completion of the video a little magic happened. A
relatively spontaneous little jam session broke out between Adam and Joanie.
Adam pulled out a guitar and Joanie shared her voice with us and we captured it
all on video. It was really great and we hope that you enjoy it as much as we did.
So, here is our bonus episode of the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with
Adam Zickerman and friends. This episode is called Jammin with Adam and
Joanie.
Adam: Hi, I'm Adam Zickerman. I'm here with Joanie Pimentel from No Small Children,
one of my favorite new bands. And she was just a recent guest on one of my
shows called 20 minutes with Adam Zickerman and friends. Joanie, I love your
band. I love No Small Children. I've met you guys. I've seen you live. Your
albums are great. You have high energy. It's really awesome. Your voices are --
your voice, it kills me. It kills me.
Joanie: Thank you so much. Thank you. Thank you.
Adam: Really. Really. So, tell me about the band a little bit. Tell everyone about that.
Joanie: Well, we are a power trio as you had mentioned.
Adam: Yes. It's a power trio.
Joanie: We play original rock music. We've been playing together about three years now. We have three albums out and we are super active on all social media, Facebook, Instagram, all those things the kids are doing nowadays. And we actually
something very exciting has just happened for us. We were -- one of our songs
was selected to be in the new Ghostbusters movie.
Adam: Oh my gosh.
Joanie: We had actually recorded a version of the Ghostbusters' theme song and
submitted it to Sony Pictures, thinking this, you know, probably nothing with ever
happen of it but it did and they actually fell in love with our version of the song at
the last minute, snuck it into the movie. So, you will hear --
Adam: It's going to be opening credits of the movie.
Joanie: It's going to be in the closing credits of the movie and over the blooper reel. Yes.
Adam: Wow.
Joanie: So, you will hear us playing that version.
Adam: Oh, right on. Congratulations.
Joanie: Yeah. It's really exciting. It's really, really exciting, so.
Adam: That's great.
Joanie: Yeah.
Adam: Yeah. Well, it couldn't happen to a better group of people.
Joanie: Why thank you so much.
Adam: You definitely deserve it.
Joanie: We are very serious about having fun.
Adam: Yeah [laughs].
Joanie: Very serious, so.
Adam: So, tell us, the reason you were on our podcast is because you went through a
transformation recently.
Joanie: I have indeed. Yes.
Adam: And you've been -- part of that transformation was using the Power of 10
workout. So, why don't you tell me a little bit about that?
Joanie: Well, over the past about a year, just over a year, I have been in the process of losing quite a bit of weight. I've lost about 120 pounds at this point. And early on I
met with Sheila through InForm Fitness. I met her through my sister who is a
longtime friend of Sheila's and I came to the open house and I have always been
one of those people who despises working out. There really is nothing that beats
relaxing on the couch. It's very hard to beat that [laughs] but --
Adam: [laughs] I'm with you.
Joanie: Yes. It feels good, right? So, I came to the open house and I was a total skeptic
and I said to Sheila, just so you know, I hate all exercise. I don't like going to the
gym. I do not like going to classes. It's not for lack of effort or willingness. I just
tried it and really disliked it. So, she said, great. I said, what do you mean great?
She says, this is going to be perfect for you. This approach it takes 20 minutes. It
speaks to the things that are very important to you. There is lots of data and
scientific information to back up its effectiveness and it's results driven. So, I said,
alright. I'll believe it when I see it.
So, I started working out with her once a week and within three weeks it was very
clear that it was working. I started to feel really strong and for me personally
that's actually very important, that part of it. I have to move a lot of equipment
and gear, often have to do it very quickly. And when you're in an all-female trio
and you're the biggest person [laughs] --
Adam: After the Ghostbusters you can have roadies soon.
Joanie: Yeah. Oh, wouldn't that be amazing? I would love that. Yes. But in the interim we manage all of our own gear and things like that. So, being able to do that's very
important. And also not getting hurt is very important because those things can
really end your career if you get seriously hurt. Not being able to jump around on
stage and perform is a big problem. So, that was always a concern.
Adam: Yeah. Well, that's our number one value principle is don't do any harm and
[crosstalk 06:41] results.
Joanie: That's right. And actually that was one of the things that appealed to me right
away, is that the emphasis was put on safety. All the equipment looked like
something you would see in a medical rehab center. Not even necessarily at your
local gym. So, and I did the workout the first time and I could barely walk to the
car. And I said, okay, this is clearly a workout. I was skeptical that you could get it
done in 20 minutes but it definitely worked for sure. And then I came back the
next week and came back the next week and like I said, after three weeks, I really
noticed a difference. And then it continued to grow from there.
Adam: [Crosstalk 07:19].
Joanie: About four years earlier I had been treated for thyroid cancer and one of the
treatments, the treatment requires that you essentially be starved of thyroid
hormone which makes you completely exhausted to the point where every muscle
in your body stops working effectively. And that was very difficult for me.
Actually, strangely enough that was the most difficult part of the entire process.
Because I have always self-identified as being very strong, physically strong
person. Being able to lift things that are heavy, more so than the average woman.
So, when that part of me was gone I felt like part of my identity had gone.
Adam: Hm [contemplative], interesting.
Joanie: So, maintaining that was very important to me. And, so that three weeks later I
said, okay, this is working and the Sheila and I continued to work out for quite
some time and then we had some trouble with our schedules and things didn't line
up and I got busy with touring and I'm also a teacher as well, music teacher. So,
that became difficult. So, I had gotten the book. The Power of 10 book early on.
My first time, the open house and --
Adam: New York Times best-seller by the way.
Joanie: Yes, and so --
Adam: For one week.
Joanie: It was -- it's -- and I'll tell you, it's not like reading through a novel. It's very
practical the way the book is laid out and written. So, what I did was after I read
it, I took pictures of the various workouts and then kept it on my phone.
Adam: That's [crosstalk 08:45] [laughs]--
Joanie: And when I couldn't meet with Sheila I would go to the gym and look at my
phone and look through all the workouts and do it at the gym. And I get a lot of
strange stares here and there.
Adam: That's interesting.
Joanie: You know, everybody's kind of going fast and putting in and I'm there --
Adam: Yeah. I know.
Joanie: One, two and then three. You know, slow and steady and the people at the gym
that I've gone to have seen me shrink over time.
Adam: Yes. That's funny. You talked about this weight loss. 100 and how many pounds?
Joanie: It was 119 as of today.
Adam: 119 pounds. So, let's talk about that because I think it's important for everyone to
understand how you lost that weight.
Joanie: Yes. It is.
Adam: That obviously no exercise program in the world can ever be responsible, solely
responsible for weight loss, fat loss. So, how'd you do it?
Joanie: Well, as you said, exercise is relatively small part of losing that much weight.
Adam: Absolutely.
Joanie: So, I did have a vertical sleeve gastrectomy in September of 2015. That's a type of
weight loss surgery. It's not as --
Adam: Bariatric surgery, mhm [affirmative].
Joanie: Yeah. It's not as -- it's not as restrictive as a gastric bypass but it is a very popular,
growing in popularity procedure. Now, the thing about weight loss surgery, what they often don't tell you going into it is that actually 50% of people who have
weight loss surgery gain all of their weight back.
Adam: Mhm [affirmative].
Joanie: And also during the process and you're losing weight very rapidly, it's very easy to lose muscle mass. And you also excess skin is a problem, especially the older you
get. So, what the Power of 10 did -- what the surgery did for helping me lose
weight, the Power of 10 helped me to actually make my body strong and fit. So,
my body does not look like it would if I had not done Power of 10. Absolutely
does not. The extra muscle not only aides in the weight loss because at a resting --
when I'm resting metabolically, I'm still burning more calories than I would if I
didn't have that added muscle mass. It prevented me from losing muscle mass
during this process which is very easy to do and it -- the added tone to my frame
helps to support excess skin. I mean, there's really not a whole lot you can do
about excess skin but you can help how it looks by supporting the skin with
muscle. And I feel stronger right now than I ever have in my entire life, ever,
hands down.
Adam: Right on.
Joanie: Yeah.
Adam: Well, congratulations.
Joanie: Thank you so much.
Adam: You look so great. You look great.
Joanie: Thank you so much.
Adam: You always looked great to me actually.
Joanie: Thank you. Thank you. And I'll tell you there is no weight loss surgery, there's no exercise program in the world that's going to change how you feel about yourself.
That way's a two stage process. I had to start with my body and then I had to work
on my head. So, the in -- that the only -- that it's a lot easier to change how your
body looks than how you feel about how your body looks so.
Adam: Right. Well, you said on our podcast that you never thought of yourself -- you
were not an insecure person. [laughs]
Joanie: No. It's very -- thankfully, music -- that's one of the gifts of music is that from a very young age my identity was more about being a musician and being on stage
and things like that. I before the surgery I was not ashamed to be an obese person.
I was -- I didn't feel like I was ugly or disgusting. Fitting in airplane seats was
kind of tricky and --
Adam: [laughs] [Crosstalk 12:04].
Joanie: Finding matching clothes was a little -- because our band we actually always wear matching dresses. So, it's much easier now find matching dressing than it used to be. You know, we don't have to worry about finding extra small, small and a
double extra-large. Now it's small, medium and large. So, or actually small, small
and medium. I am at a size eight right now.
Adam: You're a medium. You're a medium, officially.
Joanie: I wear size eight pant and I wear a size six dress. I have not been in a single digit dress or pant size in my entire adult life ever.
Adam: Now, I asked you also and you said no. And the question was, it doesn't affect
your voice losing all that weight.
Joanie: Nope. That's a misnomer. That's a very old like classical --
Adam: Mhm [affirmative]. Yeah. Can you prove that with me?
Joanie: Absolutely. Are you asking me to sing with you?
Adam: I am asking you to sing with me. Yes.
Joanie: I would love to. I would love to.
Adam: It would be a real honor because I'm a frustrated rock star. And never had the
talent for that so I went into fitness. But this would fulfill a fantasy of mine.
Joanie: Oh my gosh. Hey, you know the difference between a frustrated musician and a working musician?
Adam: Probably not much, right?
Joanie: Just getting up on the stage and doing it. Just got to get up on the stage and do it.
That's the only cure.
Adam: Alright. Alright. So, let's do it then.
Joanie: Alright.
Tim: So, there's a little backstory that I want to share with you before we get ready to
hear Jammin with Adam and Joanie. Since Adam was traveling he didn't have his
own guitar with him and Adam wasn't quite sure if Joanie would be interested in
singing when she showed up for her on camera interview. But he wanted to be
prepared just in case. Well, I have a guitar so I offered to let Adam use it. Now,
even though I have a guitar, I don't play it. It really serves as a decorative piece in
my house.
Well, many years ago I had it signed by many popular musicians and since it's
been on a shelf for close to 20 years, the strings were as Adam calls it, dead.
Nonetheless, it was all we had. So, when Joanie graciously accepted Adam's offer
to perform with him Adam made the most of my 20-year-old dead guitar strings.
My guitar truly never sounded so good. Judge for yourself. Here's Joanie Pimentel
from the group No Small Children with Adam Zickerman performing Tracy
Chapman's ”Give Me One Reason” live from the InForm Fitness studios in Toluca
Lake.
Joanie: Alright, Adam, you ready?
[“Give Me One Reason” cover by Joanie Pimentel and Adam Zickerman plays]
Adam: [laughs] [claps] I love it.
Joanie: [laughs] Nice.
Adam: Very good.
Tim: That was pretty cool. That was Joanie Pimentel from the group No Small Children and our very own Adam Zickerman with Tracy Chapman's Give Me One Reason. Remember the ladies from No Small Children will be hitting the road out in the east coast and the mid-west here in the month of August in 2016 and don't forget to head out to the movies this summer and see Ghostbusters. If you do, stick around to the closing credits and the bloopers so you can hear Joanie and her group No Small Children perform the song “Ghostbusters” over the closing redits and the bloopers. Very, very cool.
We'll be back again for another regular addition of the InForm Fitness podcast, 20
minutes with Adam Zickerman and friends. Please don't forget to subscribe right
here in iTunes, we would greatly appreciate it. Thanks again for listening to the
special addition of the InForm Fitness podcast. For Adam, Mike and Sheila, I'm
Tim Edwards with the Inbound Podcasting Network.
In this episode we'll revisit Joanie's amazing weight loss journey and of course, we'll finally explain the title of this episode, Fat Loss and Face Melting. Here at the Inform Fitness Podcast we have the great privilege of announcing a major development for Joanie's group, No Small Children. News that was received just a short time after the recording of this podcast. News that after hearing this episode you'll want to grab your friends and family and head to the movies.
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon:
https://www.amazon.com/Power-Once-Week-Revolution-Harperresource/dp/006000889X/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1485469022&sr=1-1&keywords=the+power+of+10+book
If you would like to produce a podcast of your own just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
The transcription to this episode is below:
13 Fat Loss and Face Melting Part 02 - Transcript
Intro: You’re listening to the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with New York Times, best-selling author, Adam Zickerman and friends. Brought to you by InForm Fitness, life-changing personal training with several locations across the US. Reboot your metabolism and experience the revolutionary Power of 10, the high intensity, slow motion, strength training system that’s so effective, you’d get a week’s worth of exercise in just one 20-minute session, which by no coincidence is about the length of this podcast. So, get ready InForm Nation, your 20 minutes of high-intensity strength training information begins in 3, 2, 1.
Tim: InForm Nation, thanks again for joining us here once again at the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with Adam Zickerman and friends. This is part two of Fat Loss and Face Melting. A little confused by the title? Hang on. We’ll get to that in just a second. But before that, if you didn’t have a chance to listen to part one, we recommend you go back and give it a listen first before venturing on into this episode. Of course again today we have the regular cast of characters, Mike Rogers, Sheila Melody, myself, Tim Edwards and the founder of InForm Fitness, Adam Zickerman. But our special guest joining us once again is Joanie Pimentel of the LA based all-female trio, No Small Children. Rocking chicks by night, school teachers by day.
The main reason Joanie's joining us again is because she has lost over 118 pounds over the past two years in large part through her participation in the Power of 10. In this episode we'll revisit Joanie's amazing weight loss journey and of course we'll finally explain the title of this episode, Fat Loss and Face Melting. Oh, and one more thing, I have the great privilege of announcing a major development for Joanie's group, No Small Children. News that was received just a short time after the recording of this podcast. News that I know that after hearing this episode you'll want to grab your friends and family and head to the movies here in the summer of 2016. That's enough hints for right now. What do you say we rejoin the conversation with Adam, Mike, Sheila, myself and Joanie Pimentel? Here's part two of Fat Loss and Face Melting.
You know, Joanie, one of our last few episodes was about fat loss. And it really ties into what we're doing today too because we're going to talk a little bit about your career as a musician, your career as a teacher and weight loss too but looking at your website nosmallchildren.com and I was trying to do a little research and learning a little bit about you before we had you in the program I love the very first line in the about section. It says, "Three teachers walk into a bar, onto the stage, plug their instruments in and then ... they melt your face." And [laughter] after watching all of you play through some of your videos you definitely perform some face melt-ers there. So, I love the way that all tied in perfectly.
1
13 Fat Loss and Face Melting Part 02 - Transcript
Joanie:
Adam: Joanie:
Adam: Mike: Adam: Tim: Adam: Tim: Joanie: Adam:
Tim: Joanie: Mike: Joanie:
Mike:
You know, I -- melting somebody's face is a common term used by punk rockers and metal guys. And, so, Tim you read on our website that we try to melt faces with our performance and that is true. But my face has literally been melted by doing this workout so I'm very grateful.
Joanie, what do you consider your most face melting song?
[laughs] You know, my most face melting song is the next one we're going to write, probably. I would say, it's the next one.
Ah, as in like --
That's a great answer. [laughter]
It's also a copout. [laughter]
Alright. Okay, now we're going to challenge you from this point back --
It is a great answer but just give me one.
Yeah. One you love to melt people's faces with.
There's a lot of them. It's like being asked to pick your favorite kid.
Well, you know, it's not going to be one of your ballads, right? So, come on. Narrow it down a little bit.
One you love to do. Well, you know what, that's not necessarily true. That's not necessarily true. That's not necessarily true. I'm with her on that.
Because, you know, most of my life I have been a soul singer. This is really the first project I've ever been involved in where I'm doing punky rock songs. To me the idea of melting your face is more about the intensity of your performance. And it has not so much to do with the tempo of the song but how you deliver it. And so there's been plenty times in my life when I'm singing soul music that I just pour everything I have into it in that moment. And that's for me what it means to melt someone's face, so --
It's an intensity thing, just like slow motion weight training.
That's right.
Just like our workout.
I was thinking more like Motorhead type melt.
Adam, honestly, I was thinking more about slow motion weight training which is very slow and very, very intense.
Yes, it is.
Yeah and it totally melts your face off.
That's right.
And your fat cells as well.
I totally get what you're saying regarding how you can melt your face off being a very soulful singer.
That's right.
Well, and the proof to it is if you look up Joanie's version of “Hallelujah”. My gosh, my face was melted when I heard that. It was beautiful and really depicts your amazing range as an artist.
Thank you so much. And actually that was recorded for my mother who has been --
I remember.
Yes, who asked me one year in typical Italian mother way said, I don't want any presents this year. I just want you to record this song for me. I love it so much and will you please do it. I don't want any presents. So, I --
I wish my wife would say that. Yeah. [laughter]
When I write her a poem or a song, she's like, is that it? That can't be it, is it? You can't just come in with just a poem. [laughs]
No, but I've actually gotten a lot of positive feedback about that.
Tim: Joanie:
It's gorgeous.
It's one of my very favorite songs composed ever. I really love it but the song that comes to mind right off the top of my head is the very first track on our most recent album. It's called Big Steps. It's kind of synonymous with some of the changes that have happened for me over the past year which, you know, if you’re going to do it, do it 100%. You know, I had to basically making and getting in control of my health a full time job. And, so, I went into it big. So, you know, if you get a chance to look up the lyrics of that song they're really powerful. And when I play that song I feel really powerful and Lisa sings vocals on that but, you know, I get to sing some backup vocals. I just feel really powerful when we play it. We actually, recently have been opening our set with that song.
Joanie, were you concerned when you went on your weight loss mission that when you lost the weight that it would affect your voice?
You know, that's a question I've received more than once. And that's kind of a misnomer. It doesn't actually happen with weight loss, any effect on the voice really. It used to be thought many years ago, it's kind of a throwback to a classical voice and I'm trained as a classical singer believe it or not but they used to believe that, you know, Opera singers had to be really hefty in order to project their sound effectively and that's actually not true. There's really no difference at all.
If anything you could say it might help because in order to sing properly you have to use your diaphragmatic muscles in your belly and the better developed your diaphragmatic muscles are, the better it is for your voice. It was, like I said, it's kind of a throwback to a very old fashioned premise that has been pretty much disproven but -- so, the short answer is, no. I was not worried. [laughter]
Well, that's a great concern. I'm sure there are a lot of singers that might be concerned about losing the weight that it would change their performance. So, I think it's a fantastic question. Thank you for answering that.
Just to add to that, it's beneficial because the type of music that I do requires me to be very lively on stage and I am, have always been kind of lively on stage but now it's just a little easier to get around. You know, I can jump up and down and not worry that my clothing is going to split. [laughs]
Or the stage is going to fall down.
That's right. That's right Yeah. Hopefully -- thankfully that's never happened to me. Never had any stage collapses so. [laughter]
Adam: Joanie:
Tim: And let's circle back, if you don't mind, back to the exercise and back to the Power of 10 and InForm Fitness because your story is a little bit different. Certainly your success is astounding.
Joanie: Thank you.
Tim: To have such amazing success and which I, seems to me, like a relatively short amount of time to lose that much weight but to do it in a nice, steady pace and a very healthy way to do it. But you worked out with Sheila at InForm Fitness for how long?
Joanie: I believe we did about six months. Sheila, is that right, from beginning to end.
Sheila: Yeah, I think it was at least that. Yeah.
Tim: And you have a very interesting, busy schedule. You're a musician. You're on the road. So, it doesn't necessarily work out for you to workout at one facility because you're on the road. So, what's interesting, what one of the components that's interesting about your story is that you continue to practice this Power of 10 but not at an InForm Fitness facility.
Joanie: That's correct. Yeah, so, Sheila and I had worked together for about six months and then at some point our schedules just despite our best effort just couldn't coordinate and it was primarily because of my schedule. Like you said, between travel and touring, things like that. So, at the very beginning when I attended the open house, I received the Power of 10, the book and read through it. I treat it like a bible honestly. And I've actually since loaned it to a number of other people saying, “Everything you need to know is in this book.” So, when Sheila and I could no longer meet together I was still really committed to the process and was so happy with the results I didn't want to give it up.
So, I took the book, opened it up to the workouts, took a picture of each of the various workouts with my phone and then took my phone with me to the gym and did the exercises on my own using the pictures and you can choose how many times a week that you want to do the workout. And because I'm still in some active weight loss right now I choose to do it twice a week but in the beginning I was only doing it once a week. Now I do it twice a week.And I use an app on my phone where I can log in everything that I eat and all my exercise and it allows you to create your own exercises.
Tim: What's the name of that app?
Joanie: I use MyFitnessPal.
Tim: Mhm [affirmative].
Joanie: And the exercises you can enter them in and create your own. So, I actually created the exercises, Power of 10 workout 1, Power of 10 workout 2, workout 3, [inaudible 11:16] that so forth and so on so that when I log in all of my exercise, my physical activity, I just click a button and it updates it. So, I can always keep track of the last workout I did. So, when I go, you know, on Mondays and Thursdays I can see what I last did so I know which one to do next. And it has worked out really well.
There's a couple people at the gym who have kind of watched me shrink over the last year and I know they're really curious and they really want to ask me because I am not doing the same thing that they're doing at all. You know, there'll be a person sitting next to me lifting really heavy, grunting and carrying on and you know they do fast and fast and in my mind I'm thinking slow, slow, slow. You know, go slow. And I actually one, one thousand, two and I count to ten and I do the same thing every time and I know they're very curious and I'm just waiting for the moment for somebody to ask me, “I'm just curious, what are you up to?” And then I'm going to evangelize Power of 10. There's no doubt about it.
Tim: Hey, don't forget to stick around till the end of the podcast for a major announcement for Joanie and her bandmates in her group No Small Children. An announcement that will make you want to head to the movies here in the summer of 2016. Can't wait to share all of that with you.
Right now I'm going to share with you a promo code that will save you 15% off your grocery bill. If you are here listening to this podcast, there is no doubt that you are dedicated to living a healthier lifestyle. It's not like this is a radio station and you're flipping around the dial looking for a good song. You're listening to this podcast to make some changes in your life and with your health just like our guest Joanie did to lose over 118 pounds. Let's start with your food.
Thrivemarket.com is the place you'll find InForm Fitness friendly food, wholesome food at wholesale prices. It's just that simple. I have already done the research for you. Thanks to Adam's book I now know the right foods to eat, how much I should eat and I've lost several pounds of fat and replaced that weight with new muscle thanks to the Power of 10. I've researched the prices between the grocery store and Thrive Market along with the selection and the winner hands down is Thrive Market. You heard me talk about it over the last few episodes now it's time to check it out for yourself.
Visit www.thrivemarket.com to register for your 30-day free trial, place an order and if you're happy with the service and the products, join the community. At that point it's just an annual fee of $59.95 which you'll probably save in your first order. On top of that, email me directly at tim@inboundpodcast.com and I'll send you a promo code that will shave 15% off your first order. InForm Fitness and Thrive Market are on a mission to make healthy living easy and affordable for everyone.
Speaking of healthy living, let's get back to the conversation with Joanie Pimentel who continues to fill us in on her mindset and strategies that helped her lose over 118 pounds.
[“Can’t Say No” plays]
There's another taste of Joanie and the girls from No Small Children. If you need more than just a little taste check out their website nosmallchildren.com. There you can sample all of their music and even purchase all three of their albums. They also have several tour dates up there for you to check out. Some shows here in the Los Angeles area this summer and several dates back east throughout the month of August. So, if you're in the area stop on by, say hello to Joanie and tell her you heard her right here on the InForm Fitness podcast. Joanie, in order to lose over 118 pounds, you really had to make a serious commitment to this weight loss journey. What was the mindset you adopted to tackle this, what I'm sure must have felt like an impossible task?
Even though the changes I've made have been small and incremental, I did have to change my mindset and that had to be -- that was the one dramatic thing where I basically decided I was going to make getting in control of my health a fulltime job. That was going to become my fulltime job and I had to be committed to it 100%. Now, that commitment may come in small little increments but my head really had to be in the right place for it. And then the other thing I wanted to mention, this is actually really important to me is that I have never been ashamed of being a fat person.
Right.
I felt beautiful before and I feel beautiful now. It honestly has absolutely nothing to do with the way that I looked although, I mean, I love the way that I look now but it was never about shame for me. I've never been ashamed of being a big person. It's 100% about I need to live a long time. That just wasn't going to happen if I stayed at that weight.
I wrote that down earlier when you said you want to live a long time because it's something that I think about like all the time as well. Like I even, I always joke, I say, I plan on living to 140 years old and be spry and energetic and could do anything. Even though it sounds like a ridiculous joke it actually is something that's in my mind and speaking of music and rock 'n roll and you know, I recently saw, I saw Straight Outta Compton. Did you guys see that film?
Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. It's terrific.
And the scene with Eazy-E when they tell him that he has AIDs and you know, it's right when he's about to get his band back together again and everything. And he has all these hopes and dreams and all of the sudden it kind of gets flushed, they’re like, your T-cell count is like 14 and I was -- like, I watched that and I just thought to myself and I looked at my wife and I said, man, you got to stay healthy, man. You got to [inaudible 16:55] your dreams to do everything. It just made me think do whatever it takes to be healthy. I don't know, like you just brought it back to me that whole idea and it becomes visceral for my own personal life and, you know, I don't want to evangelize, I mean, we all have to figure out what we all want for ourselves but it's to hear you say that though, I think, we all want to be healthy so we can see our children and -- Adam what was your mantra again?
Exercise you need so you can live the life you want.
Exactly. Exactly.
And Joanie, are you -- you are living the life you want. You're a teacher. You're influencing young lives and you're rocking all around the country. How has this change in your lifestyle and in your body, this has been only what, about two years or so, a year and a half, so you can notice the difference now. How you feel, how you look, is there a confidence thing? Tell me the difference between before Power of 10 and now.
I would preface this by saying even at my biggest I was not ashamed of being heavy. I felt beautiful then and I feel beautiful now. There are some practical things though that come with losing that much weight that have improved the quality of my life. I can fit airplane seats way easier now and I love to travel and I have to travel quite a bit. So, that's been a really big change. Buying clothes is a little more fun because there's more fun things for people my size. Those are more superficial things but in all honesty, the world is designed for people who are not as big as I was. So, I feel like I fit into the world around me a little better. I would also say that I feel very strong. That I don't worry about something getting hurt if I pick it up a certain way.
And as I get older, I will admit that is something that's important to me. I want to protect my body and having lean muscle mass is really the best way for me to do that. And I said this before, I want to live a long time but I also want the quality of that life to be as good as possible and I know that having a fit and strong body for me anyway is the best way for me to achieve that. I've recently actually come across a number of studies that are making really kind of remarkable connections between the health benefits -- between exercising and reduced risk of some serious diseases, in particular cancer. I was just -- I think, Sheila, I shared those with you and how important it is not only for your heart and for your body but also to reduce the health risks that threaten so many of us as we get to be older.
When you talk about benefits to cancer, you know, we're seeing the actual proteins, these myokines that we talked about in another episode. I mean, we're seeing properties of these myokines that actually have cancer-fighting properties. So, we're actually starting to learn the actual mechanisms involved in how high-intensity exercise actually helps fight cancer among other things. It's fascinating.
It is fascinating and something that drives me very much is evidence-based action. Like, if I'm going to pour myself into something, I have to really believe it and I can't really believe it unless there is evidence of its effectiveness and it's -- that's something that's followed me pretty much throughout my whole life. Not just about health and fitness but about anything. If I'm going to really buy into something, it has to be believable and I had mentioned that earlier, this system makes sense to me. It's believable. And as somebody who has a cancer history, that connection between exercise and reducing cancer risk just appeals to me a great deal. And just add that to the enormous list of reasons why it's good for you to do it.
What was the thing that made -- what was the point where you actually believed it. Because most people from our experience when the first time they hear a 30- minute workout once a week, a lot of people I find to be -- thing is, people believing that oh my God, you can't -- obviously that doesn't work 20 minutes, 30 minutes, once a week or twice a week. When was it that you actually believed it?
It was about three weeks after I started working with Sheila. And [laughs] in the interest of full disclosure, I met with Sheila because she's my friend and I felt like I -- you know, I didn't want to hurt her feelings and, you know, but honestly --
So, you didn't buy it at first when she told you.
Not at first. And, you know, she made a good sell but at first I didn't but after the first workout I was like, I was spent when I walked out of there. That's honestly -- that's a first thing. I was convinced it was going to be a workout because my legs were like jelly when I walked out of there that first time to go into my car and I think I texted you Sheila right after that and said, “Oh, my God.” [laughs]
Yeah.
It was -- I felt really like it was definitely strenuous and then about three weeks later it kind of happened of the sudden where I became very aware that I was actually stronger, physically stronger. And I think I was picking up a piece of equipment, going into a show it was an amplifier. And Lisa plays through this triple rectifier which for non-musicians it is a very heavy piece of equipment and we don't have roadies right now, I'm hoping in the near future that will come but for now we move all of our own gear.
I'll be a roadie. I'll be a roadie. Yeah.
[Laughs] You got it. you got it. But at the time I was picking up this amplifier and moving it on stage and I know the amplifier didn't get any lighter. So, it had to have been me and that was kind of the moment where I realized that it was really working. And the next week when I came in to talk to Sheila I was very excited to share that with her and told her that it's working. It's working. And then that was really the first time in my life that I had stuck with an exercise routine that long. And secondly that it produced results that were very noticeable to me. In a relatively short period of time. I mean, that was three weeks.
Yeah. You know, I don't even know, Sheila, do you have the 6, 12, 24 pack? Is that what you sell in LA?
Yeah. That's what we do sell. Mhm [affirmative].
Yeah. That's what we're doing in New York, also. And Adam and I have talked about this a long time ago about like, why 6, why 12, why 24? And it seems like from our experience, you usually make that turn around somewhere in the first, around six weeks. Like where you're like, oh my God, I really am feeling stronger right now and it's only because of this once a week work out and it makes sense that you had a hard workout after your first workout but, you know, muscle takes a little bit of time to actually adapt.
And then you get acclimated to it pretty quickly, right. Like your body starts to go, okay. You get used to having that little feeling after your workout but you recover quicker. It doesn't take me down like it did in those first few workouts, you know.
Yes. Yeah, and I think it was also I knew what to expect after that too. So, and you know, in the very beginning I had to actually experience it in order to believe it, so --
I know. I remember sitting there in the office with you and you were just like, I hate exercising. I just have to be honest with you, Sheila. I hate it. And I said, well, good. You're going to love this. And you're like, well, you seem very confident about that and I'm like, I am. [laughter]
You did.
It's also what's on the 48 hours, when we were on 48 hours Barbara Walters said that too. She goes, first thing she said was, I hate exercise.
That's true. That's true. And you know what, the other thing that really appealed to me about it was that when you're sitting down at the equipment the main focus first is always to make sure that you're doing it safely. So, nothing -- you don't hurt yourself. But secondly, you know, all the time at gyms you see trainers working with their clients and they're like come on, you can do it, you know, one more, push it, der de der [aggressive]. You know, and it's loud and it's you know in their face and come on and this and that and Sheila's like, okay Joanie. Just give me one more. Good, that's [gentle] -- and it was -- but it was -- there was a certain amount of quiet focus that made it easier for me to concentrate on exactly what I was doing. Not just to muscle through something but to really focus on the exercise so that I could do it precisely and --
That's a great point.
As somebody who is surrounded by noise and activity all day and all night, to have my focus become so much more precise, that really helped a lot. And I enjoyed the kind of quiet pace of it.
That's important for performance [inaudible 26:20] we know and what's funny is just this past week or sorry maybe last Thursday but new client who said, who literally said, it's amazing how your voice is so calm and so peaceful and so wretched. [laughter] I was like, thank you.
That's great.
So, she's lost close to 120 pounds. She's a cancer survivor. She's a teacher by day and a musician by night and a member of the LA based band, No Small Children. Joanie Pimentel, you're an amazing woman. You really are.
Thank you. Thank you so much. Yes. I appreciate that.
So, now that everybody's had a chance to get to know you through the podcast, let's let our listeners get to know you through your music. So, if you tell us about the albums. How they can find your website and where about you'll be touring in the summer and fall of 2016.
Absolutely. So, we actually have three albums. We have two full length albums and an EP. The first one is Dear You. That's our EP and then Trophy Wife is the second one and our most recent release was is called Hold Tight I'm Flying. All of our music is available online, iTunes, CD Baby, Bandcamp. But if you go to our website which is nosmallchildren.com, you can see links to all of our videos, all of our music. You can buy merchandise, all of those things and learn also about our performance dates, tour dates, things like that.
And we're super active on social media. Please like us on Facebook. [laughter] We are also going to be on tour on the east coast and in the Midwest for the entire month of August or most of the month of August. So, like I said, if you go to our website, all those dates are up there so we will -- and we post regularly. So, if people want to come out and see us, we'd love to see them.
We'll certainly put the links to your website and tour dates and everything else up on the show notes here. And so if you're listening in the Midwest or you're here in Los Angeles, go out, see Joanie and walk up and say, hey, I heard you on the podcast. And become a fan and give them a like on Facebook for sure as well. Joanie, thank you again for joining us. What a treat it's been to meet you via Skype. I can't wait to meet you in person.
Thank you so much. I appreciate you having me.
And there you have it. It's fat loss and face melting here on the InForm Fitness podcast. Now, as I mentioned at the top of the show, the ladies in No Small Children received some awesome news shortly after the recording of this episode. What's the first thing you think about when someone says, "Who you gonna call?"
Go ahead. Say it out loud, unless you're at the gym or walking the dog or something then you might get some weird looks but, who you gonna call? Ghostbusters. Well, Joanie and her cohorts in No Small Children have been asked by the folks at Sony Pictures to perform the classic Ray Parker Jr's song over the closing credits and bloopers in the July 2016 Sony Pictures remake of the 80's classic, Ghostbusters. Isn't that cool? So, head out to the theater. See Ghostbusters and stick around for the credits and listen to Joanie and the girls in No Small Children.
Hey, by the way, we have a special bonus episode coming up next week. If you've listened to the podcast with any regularity you know that all the members of the podcast team here are spread out all over the country. Sheila is in Toluca Lake. I am also here in the Los Angeles area at a different location. And then we hear from Mike and Adam across the country in New York City. Well, Adam Zickerman visited the InForm Fitness Toluca Lake location near Burbank in June of 2016 and we filmed a ton of videos that will be released shortly and you can see those at informfitness.com. Well, during Adam's visit here in LA, Joanie stopped by InForm Fitness, not only to chat with Adam on film but Adam pulled out his guitar and Joanie lent us her voice and we captured it all on video. We'll have the audio for you InForm Nation right here on the podcast. So, make sure you come on back and give it a listen. You'll be glad you did.
If you have a question or a comment for Adam, Mike or Sheila, we sure would love to hear from you. Shoot us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com. Or you can even give us a call and leave a message at 888-983-5020, Ext. 3. That's 888-983-5020, Ext. 3. All feedback is welcome. And I'm going to ask you to do one more thing before we let you go, if you like the show and want to hear more of them, please subscribe to the podcast right here in iTunes or wherever you might be enjoying your podcast. Of course it's absolutely free to subscribe and we would love it if you left us a review. Thanks again for joining us InForm Nation. We sure do appreciate you listening right here on the InForm Fitness podcast. For Adam Zickerman, Mike Rogers and Sheila Melody, I'm Tim Edwards with the Inbound Podcasting Network.
SHOW NOTES
Joanie singing Hallelujah on YouTube https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=g48SdeITejE
Two app links for Apple and android. The app mentioned was MyFitnessPal.
InForm Nation member Joanie Pimentel, from the Los Angeles based rock band No Small Children, joins the Inform Fitness Podcast here in Episode 12.
Joanie talks about her 2-year weight loss journey with Adam Zickerman's Power of 10 that resulted in her losing 118 pounds!
For more information regarding No Small Children's music and tour schedule visit www.NoSmallChildren.com
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon:
https://www.amazon.com/Power-Once-Week-Revolution-Harperresource/dp/006000889X/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1485469022&sr=1-1&keywords=the+power+of+10+book
If you would like to produce a podcast of your own just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
The transcription to this episode is below:
12 Fat Loss & Face Melting Part 1 - Transcript
Intro:
You’re listening to the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with New York Times, best-selling author, Adam Zickerman and friends. Brought to you by InForm Fitness, life-changing personal training with several locations across the US. Reboot your metabolism and experience the revolutionary Power of 10, the high intensity, slow motion, strength training system that’s so effective, you’d get a week’s worth of exercise in just one 20-minute session, which by no coincidence is about the length of this podcast. So, get ready InForm Nation, your 20 minutes of high-intensity strength training information begins in 3, 2, 1.
What's up InForm Nation? Thanks again for joining us here on a very special addition of the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with Adam Zickerman and friends. Now, why is it so special? Well, today, we have added a very talented guest to Adam's group of friends to discuss high-intensity weight training, weight loss and face melting. And we'll explain that in a minute. But first, if you are joining us for the very first time, let's roll around the room and introduce the team. I'm Tim Edwards from the Inbound Podcasting Network here in Los Angeles. And approximately 2800 miles from our LA studio is Mike Rogers and the founder of InForm Fitness, Adam Zickerman there in Manhattan. Now, back over here on the left coast is Sheila Melody. And Sheila, I'm going to go ahead and let you introduce our very special guest today.
I am so excited to have this very special guest on our show today. She is not only gorgeous and super talented but she is just an amazing person and she has a really, really inspirational story to tell us. She's in an incredible band called No Small Children. She's also a music teacher. Please welcome Joanie Pimentel. [applause]
Joanie.
Hello. Hello. Hello.
Thanks for joining us Joanie.
Unfortunately, what you're hearing at this very moment are my dogs going crazy. [laughter] I apologize.
How many dogs do you have, Joanie before we dive into the content here?
I have two small dogs that hopefully my husband can wrangle then before they cause too many problems. I apologize.
We're glad to have your dogs on the podcast right there along with us. Yeah. It's --
12 Fat Loss & Face Melting Part 1 - Transcript
That was a great introduction. Indeed. Yeah. It's a little like an ice pick in my ear but --
Joanie, before we go into the incredible success you've had with the Power of 10, please just give us a little rundown on what you do not only onstage but offstage. I think it's a terrific story.
Thank you so much. And first of all Sheila, thank you for that -- your kind words and that awesome introduction and right back at you. So, I, as Sheila mentioned, I am a professional musician. My primary instrument is voice, but I am also instrumentalist and during the day I am a music teacher and in fact, the band that I play in all three of us are teachers at the same school. So, we can get into that more a little later.
Well, I find that interesting because all of you are teachers yet the name of your band is No Small Children. Is this because you've had your fill throughout the day and you need to just kind of get away from the kids and get up on stage and rock out a little bit?
You know, there's a number of ways to interoperate that. The first being that myself and my two band mates were all female and it first came about as a kind of protest to this expectation that is made of women to somehow that we have to have kids and we have to do this and that a lot of our identity is wrapped up in being a parent and finding a way to celebrate the life of a woman outside of her role as a mother. So, that's the first part of it. Then the other part is in fact, you know, what we do during the day is all about kids but a lot of our music is not for children so -- [laughter]
Oh, I can attest to that.
Well, okay, so, in a little preparation for today's show I did go through and I'm so thankful to have discovered you and your music and your group thanks to Sheila introducing you to the team here. What fun music first of all. It's very fun and it's terrific but it's also quite funny. There were a couple of songs that I really -- and just the titles alone. One of them was FU in Any Language. Am I correct with that?
Yeah. Yeah. That's a song about world peace.
[laughs] Oh, of course it is. [laughs]
I got confused on the chorus track, right?
That's right. Sheila [crosstalk 04:33] --
Did everybody hear that? Sheila say that again for those that didn't quite catch that. I was in the FU chorus, had to sing it. [laughter]
[FU in Any Language plays]
Well, there's our first little sample of some music from our guest, Joanie Pimentel's group, No Small Children. If you listen closely you can hear Sheila singing backing vocals. Joanie, how did you and Sheila become acquainted?
My sister Lisa and Sheila are friends for many years. And Lisa's actually in the band with me. She is the lead singer and the guitar player. And she introduced me to Sheila and that's how I became familiar with InForm Fitness. She said, just come to the open house. Just come to the open house. And I said, okay, but Sheila I have to tell you this. I hate working out. I mean I hate it. I hate it with a burning passion. I really do. She said, trust me. Trust me. Just come and do the open house. I said, alright, okay I'll go. So, I did and I listened to the information about the workout and she quite honestly talked me into it. She made some really, really compelling points to me about the way that the workout is done. And I really loved that it looked super safe because as a musician, it is very important to me that my arms are not hurt.
Right.
That I can stand up on stage. That I can move heavy gear and if I'm hurt, I can't do any of those things. And that was literally the first thing that she said to me is that this is very, very safe. So, I said, alright. And then the other thing and this is how she really hooked me was that it only takes a very short amount of time. I said, alright. I'll give a try. So, I came in and I did my first session and she completely kicked my butt and I remember a couple of times saying to her, Sheila, I hate you. I love you. I hate you. I love you and then other times saying, Sheila, why do you hate me? [laughs] But truthfully it worked very quickly. I honestly, within probably about three weeks I really noticed a difference and at one point I think it, probably, Sheila and you can correct me if I'm wrong, it's probably about three months in, I honestly felt like I was physically stronger maybe than I have ever been in my life.
Well, yeah. I remember you telling me because you also had the thyroid cancer.
Yeah.
And so part of that is you get very week when you're taking the medication and when you lose your strength is when you realize, oh my gosh, how important your strength is. By this you started to realize, oh my gosh, this is a great way that I can, you know, find my strength and really get stronger safely and without taking up too much of my valuable time so --
Yes.
I remember because you were doing gigs and having to lift gear and things like that and you were like, it's so much easier for me now. [laughs]
Mhm [affirmative]. That's true and actually you brought me back to the original reason that brought me to this process. At the time when I first came to you Sheila I was close to my largest size ever and just to kind of give a little information in the past year I've lost 118 pounds.
Holy smokes. Wow. Congratulations. Oh my gosh.
Yeah and -- yes. And it was kind of serendipity that Sheila introduced this system to me when she did because as she had mentioned, I had been treated for thyroid cancer. First of all, that really spooked me. I'm very grateful that I've been, you know, haven't had any issues with it since. It is certainly one of the more treatable forms of cancer but anytime you hear that word it is terrifying. And the treatment made me very, very weak and being physically strong is something that has always been an important part of my identity that being able to lift heavy things and move heavy things and maybe even being stronger than the average woman, I guess, I will admit that. That something that has, like I said, was a big part of my identity and when I went through that treatment it really shook me. It really disturbed me because I felt like I wasn't myself.
So, it kind of set me on a trajectory because I want to live a really long time and when something like that happens to you it has a way of motivating you in a way that other things can't. So, right and I think that this particular system, why it has worked for me is because it's easier to execute. It makes sense to me. It's short. It's intense. And I can be done with it and for somebody like me it means that I'm going to comply. My mantra for the past year has been, the solution to obesity is really simple, it's just really hard to execute. And anything that I can incorporate into my life that makes it easier to execute, that's what I'm going to do. And literally this is the one and only thing any fitness system that I've ever tried in my life that A, I can stick with, and B, I have results and C, it makes sense to me.
Really enjoying getting to know Joanie Pimentel on the podcast today. And we're going to learn more about her weight loss strategy that led her to shedding about 118 pounds. And coming up on the back half of the show Joanie will be talking about pillar number two in the Power of 10, nutrition. You can't lose the weight you want to lose with exercise alone.
And our friends at Thrive Market make it easy to establish new habits with wholesome foods at wholesale prices whatever your lifestyle. Be it Paleo, gluten free, vegan or maybe you just want to eat cleaner, you'll find what you're looking for at thrivemarket.com. You'll also find great prices on all your purchases. Compare them for yourself to your local grocery store. We've been using several Thrive Market products at our house for the last few months and we love it.
Give it a shot. Visit thrivemarket.com to register for free. Once you do your 30- day free trial begins. If you love it, join the Thrive Market community. It's only $59.95 and often times you'll make that investment back within your first visit from all the savings. Tell you what, I'll add an additional 15% off your first order if you email me directly at tim@inboundpodcast.com. I'll respond with a promo code that will slice an additional 15% off your order. Thrive Market is on a mission to make healthy living easy and affordable for everyone.
[KMA plays] You're listening to No Small Children featuring our guest Joanie Pimentel here on
the InForm Fitness podcast. Joanie, what are you ladies working on now?
So, we have just released our third album and actually one of the tracks from the previous album we recorded a video for. It's called Might Get Up Slow, but I Get Up. And a segment of our video we actually shot it at InForm Fitness. You can see the logo right behind us. It was an homage to an 80s throwback video kind of, that segment. It was really fun. And Sheila was happy enough -- we were happy that Sheila agreed to let us do it there. You'll see me pumping iron there.
They were on the equipment but they were also did their little dance which was, you know, it was awesome. You have to see the video. And we'll put a link to that on the podcast page.
So, let's sample a little bit of that song. That song was called what again Joanie? I Might Get Up Slow but I Get Up. [I Might Get Up Slow but I Get Up plays]
This is us at InForm Fitness right here. There it is. By the way I made those [inaudible 13:07]. Did you? [laughter] Is that a trombone or a tuba? That is trombone. Trombone. Cool. Nice and the alarm clock getting her up but getting her up slow for sure. That's right. Very cool. No Small Children. Joanie, that's fantastic. Wow. Thank you so much.
And not only was the music terrific but the video was great and like Sheila said, we're going to put the link to the video in our show notes as well but I love the fact that you're there at InForm Fitness location Toluca Lake in your -- what, your Jane Fonda clothes, it looks like, right? [laughter]
That's right. Right. Our matching Jane Fonda outfits.
Joanie you look very different now from how you looking in the video. How long ago did you film that?
That was filmed, I want to say about two years ago. Two years ago. You look like a different person.
It was probably about six months after that, that I really things started to kick into high gear and --
What was it that made you -- what was the catalyst that made you say, alright, now, I'm going to go ahead and make this change and change my lifestyle and adopt the Power of 10 into your life? What was the one moment that made you decide I'm going to make a turn?
I wish I could say it was like an ‘aha’ moment where you know the sky's opened and I just figured it out. But it was actually more gradual than that. I think sometimes when you're really, really big, when you -- the bigger you are the more impossible it seems to reach your goal. It's like an insurmountable task and there was a time in my life where I felt like I was being asked to move a mountain with a spoon. And what I've realized is that it's more about chipping away at the mountain. The mountain will move. Even if you only chip at it with a spoon. But it will move eventually.
So, I think it started with, A, I had to make the decision that I was going to do something, like I said before, the having being treated for thyroid cancer, that was the first thing. And then it took me a little while to figure out how I was going to go about doing it and when I moved to Los Angeles from Boston -- I'm originally from the Boston area.
I couldn't tell really. No, I'm kidding. [laughter]
You should hear me with a couple drinks in me. [Inaudible 15:34] I sound like you know something you see in the movies but --
[Inaudible 15:40] from Brooklyn.
[Inaudible 15:42] you should ask my mother or my father about that. They'll tell you.
Yeah. There you go. There it is. There it was. It's -- going to go to Dunkin' Donuts and get a coffee.
Joanie, when did you start -- when did you make the decision to do -- make nutritional changes? Was it simultaneous with starting Power of 10? Was it shortly before? Was it after the cancer treatment?
It was -- that's a great question and I will say that, you know, I didn't get to be 278 pounds, yes, that's how big I was, 278 pounds because I exercised too little. I got to be that size because I ate way too much and too much of the wrong thing. So, the workout actually came first and then the eating was the thing that it kind of came in stages. The changes came in stages and once I got -- I really buckled
down and changed how I ate, that's when the weight loss really became rapid. You know, the weight loss for me has been probably 70% about the food and 30% about the exercise. I do -- it's the only weight training that I do and --
Don't ask her to take a yoga class. [laughs] Oh, man. You know, cheers to anyone who loves yoga but, man, do I hate it. She hates it.
Yeah. And it's not -- and everyone I -- and of course I'm in LA so everybody wants to sing the praises of yoga and like I said, everybody that I know that's crazy into it, they're in great shape but it is just not for me at all.
It's a classic contrarian punk rock attitude. [Inaudible 17:26]. [laughter] Yes, it is. Why do you hate it? You know, I think it's maybe the kind of --
Because everybody else in LA is doing it.
No. You know what and I tried it when I lived in the Boston area too. It's more about I don't have --
You said to me when we were -- Patience for it. I don't --
Yeah. When we were talking about it at first when you said I hate exercise and I hate yoga and I hate this and I hate that. I don't like group classes and don't ask me how I feel. [laughs]
Right. Exercise to me is something I just need to get it over with. You know, it's like to me what I've learned is that it's like going to the dentist. Right, I don't really like going to the dentist but I love having teeth. [laughter] So, exercise is the same way. I don't particularly enjoy working out but I love being strong. I love not worrying about being hurt. I love that things don't ache when I wake up in the morning.
Joanie, I like that you're very much like, hey, you know, I don't like yoga, everybody else could do yoga. It's like live and let live type of thing. And you know what I've learned is that there's so many different personality types that we train that they're out there that have the same goals or same, even situations that Joanie has but they just don't have the same personality type and there's a different approach to how that goes. I mean, I guess one of the things I would want to know, you know, like I -- your exercise stories is the classic one we hear with anybody who gets results. It's amazing.
Yes.
What I -- is there anything that you would give as advice to people who are like you or maybe even not like you personality wise for motivation for the nutrition part because that seems to be always something that, you know, we hit and miss with all the time. And often times I think it comes down to the, you know, when someone's ready to make a certain commitment that it's usually it's never an easy thing to do. I think if anybody thinks that there's an expectation that's an easy thing to lose five pounds, ten pounds, twenty pounds, a hundred pounds. It's a challenge always. And my question is, do you have any advice for people out there? Like, what's the starting point for some real motivation?
Just don't do nothing. You know, start there and I know for me that it is more dangerous for me to look at eating like every little bad decision I made it's all is lost. You know, it's like say, you know, I decide I'm going to change how I eat if I in the past when I had like one little thing that's not on my diet. I would just throw my hands up and say you know forget it. All is lost. and then I'd just go off the rails and eat whatever I wanted but that in fact is more dangerous to my long-term success than anything that I'm going to put in my mouth. That every moment is a new moment. That, you know, don't wait for the perfect time to start it. That the perfect moment is the next one whatever it is.
And then I would also recommend maybe starting off small. You know, like I said, when I know for me because I was really big that losing that much weight just seemed like almost impossible like an insurmountable task. So, I have to set small achievable goals for myself. I say okay. So, my goal was not to lose 118 pounds. My first goal was to lose five pounds and then after that to lose another five and then another ten and I might say my first, another goal would be I want to be able to do a certain amount of weight that I'm going to lift or I want to be able to drink a certain amount of water every day or to stay --
You'd set like short term targets, right. Yes.
Right. Right.
Make it because smaller achievable goals because those little things really do add up --
And when you started Joanie if you can if you can go back to the beginning of this what were some of the nutritional changes you actually made?
Well, at first -- well, let me tell you where I am right now. Mhm [affirmative].
What I do right now. And then I can break it down more incrementally. So, as of right now I don't drink soda. I stay away from caffeine. I try to eat only whole foods. You know no prepared or you know, processed food. My diet is primarily made up of vegetables and protein and fruits. I really don't eat a lot of carbohydrates but I won't say that I never do. I just don't eat refined carbohydrates. I drink a minimum of 70-100 fluid ounces of water every day. I don't eat artificial sugars. And what else -- yeah. That's primarily where I'm at right now.
Wow. It's like a -- it's a pretty large leap though for somebody who -- It's a huge leap.
Ate anything they wanted. So, did you just start that way and just cut everything off cold turkey or was it kind of gradual? How did you start?
I would did it incrementally. My largest vice has always been volume. So, I would start of saying okay, I'm going to cut out soda. I'm going to cut out bread. Or I'm going to cut out pasta or I'm going to cut any of those things and I was never really a big junk food junkie but I just ate a lot of everything. So, most of what I eat right now, I mean, I don't weigh and measure every single thing that I eat. I did for a while but now I can kind of eyeball it and know how much is a cup or things like that. But I started off with small things and then worked my way up.
Well, sounds like a perfect plan. Just get started. Start with the small things and work your way up. Well we're not done with Joanie. This was part one of our episode, Face Melting and Fat Loss. We talked a lot about the fat loss today but nothing on the face melting. That's coming up in next week's episode. The name of the podcast is 20 minutes with Adam Zickerman and friends and we have surpassed the 20-minute mark in the show which means if you began your 20-minute slow motion high-intensity workout at the beginning of the show, you'd be done by now and you wouldn't need to do it again until next week. How about that? Sound too good to be true? Well, just listen to Joanie's story and that of countless others who have come through the doors of all eight InForm Fitness locations. It just works.
Visit informfitness.com for a location nearest you. If there isn't one close by, purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion High-Intensity Fitness Revolution just like Joanie did. And follow the simple instructions. It worked for her and it will work for you. Click on the link in show notes and it will send you right to Adam's book in Amazon.
Also, don't forget to subscribe to the podcast right here in iTunes so that you don't miss a single episode and we have a lot of exciting and educational topics on the horizon. It really will help ensure the success of this podcast. And if you do subscribe we would greatly appreciate it. Thanks again for listening to the InForm Fitness podcast. For Adam, Mike, Sheila and Joanie, I'm Tim Edwards with the Inbound Podcasting Network.
SHOW NOTES:
Here is another link for your show notes. This is a link to the YouTube video that takes place in InForm Fitness. The song title is I Might Get Up Slow, But I Get Up. https://youtu.be/ VFmNbfU75Gs
The number of women clients who express their fear of “bulking up” from doing strength training at Inform Fitness grows every day. Almost all the people who train at an Inform Fitness locations want to ‘tone up’ and create “long and lean” muscles. The fact is most women won’t “bulk up” from weight lifting. After listening to Episode 10 of the Inform Fitness Podcast visit Adam's blog for even more information to debunk the myth that women will 'bulk up" from weight training:
https://informfitness.com/will-women-bulk-up-from-weight-training/
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10, send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon:
https://www.amazon.com/Power-Once-Week-Revolution-Harperresource/dp/006000889X/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1485469022&sr=1-1&keywords=the+power+of+10+book
If you would like to produce a podcast of your own just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
The transcription to this episode is below:
11 Will Women Bulk Up with the Power of 10 - Transcript
Intro:
You’re listening to the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with New York Times, best-selling author, Adam Zickerman and friends. Brought to you by InForm Fitness, life-changing personal training with several locations across the US. Reboot your metabolism and experience the revolutionary Power of 10, the high intensity, slow motion, strength training system that’s so effective, you’d get a week’s worth of exercise in just one 20-minute session, which by no coincidence is about the length of this podcast. So, get ready InForm Nation, your 20 minutes of high-intensity strength training information begins in 3, 2, 1.
Alright. Welcome back InForm Nation. Thanks again for joining us here on the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with Adam Zickerman and friends. I'm Tim Edwards with the Inbound Podcasting Network joined as always by Sheila Melody with the InForm Fitness Toluca Lake location here in Southern California with me. And across the country we have Mike Rogers from the Manhattan location and Adam Zickerman, the founder of InForm Fitness. This podcast is designed, created and produced to help you super-charge your metabolism and to increase cardiovascular endurance which will make you leaner and stronger. Just ask one of our founding members of InForm Nation, Susanne who feels that she's discovered the fountain of youth within the walls of the Toluca Lake InForm Fitness location.
I'm in my early 60s and the workouts have made me feel a whole lot, like, younger. I've been coming here for a few months and I can already see the results. Not just in having more energy but I can see the results in muscle tone. Other people are like, “Wow, you look great.” And that obviously makes you feel good so you keep coming back but I can see it when I look in the mirror. I can see the muscle tone and that's one thing I wanted to get from this workout was not only to feel more healthy and more energetic, just to look better.
I'm glad that she's looking better and aesthetics is obviously a very important thing to people but what really resonated with me was when she said she felt younger. And then went on to say that she felt stronger, improved endurance, more energy I think she used the word, energy. And that is markers of youth.
In part of Susanne's interview that you'll see in later videos that we produced for InForm Fitness, she does mention the fact that she did want to work out. She did want muscle tone but she did not want to get that bulky buffed look. Is that something that you hear from a lot of your female clients when they come in for an intake? Are they concerned about bulking up?
Every single one of them. [laughter] Really? Really?
Yeah. Exactly. I was going to say the same thing. Almost. Almost every single one.
Unless they already have, you know, a lot of experience working out. Then they don't really ask that question but most women think that they're going to, if they're building muscle, they're going to get bigger, you know, and it's just not true.
When a female tells me they're afraid to bulk up, I say, you should want to bulk up. But I don't want to bulk up, I said, you do want to bulk up. Says, but I really don't want to bulk up. No, you do want to bulk up. [laughter] We go back and forth and right before she's about to walk out of my office I finally come clean with her and I say look [laughs] you know, listen, you know, you have such little potential of getting bulky the way you're afraid of being bulky. But the reason I say you do want to bulk up because every muscle you do put on your frame is just going to be a huge benefit to you and it's not going to look bad and you really need it. So, let's hope that this will be too much for you where you bulk up so much that you don't even like all your muscles. That's a good prompt to have. We can just work out less at that point but --
Very hard to achieve. Especially for a woman. Yeah. It's like if you're going to be a bodybuilder and --
It's hard for guys for crying out loud. Yeah. It's hard for guys too. Crying out loud. Oh my gosh.
I'm one of those guys. [laughter]
It's one thing that I want to make clear too is just they say, “Oh, I want to be toned.” Well-toned is muscle. You know, when you're toning up that's what you're doing. You're building your muscle.
So, what's the difference between toning and body building? Genetics. That's the difference. Hm [contemplative].
I mean the reason those women look the way they do is they have multiple genetic cards not just one genetic card but a combination of a bunch of genetic cards that just happen to go in that direction. It's rare. That's why it's so rare because that's like a royal flush of genetics as opposed to a straight or three of a kind. You know, it's not that hard to get three of a kind but to get the kind of genetic combination like these women have, it's like a royal flush.
So many different factors have to be pointed in that direction on a genetic level. The way your body stores fat, the way your body builds muscle, the tendon lengths of your muscles, the muscle belly sizes. The list actually goes on and on. Your levels of other kinds of hormones.
There's also a lot of supplement -- in body building and especially the competitive body building there's a lot of supplementation and a lot of hormone supplementation. And it's actually very hard to do that --
True.
Naturally for a lot of the people who are involved in that.
Well, yes and no. Yes, absolutely the steroids helped but there are a lot of natural body builder competitions and those people that win those competitions or even have the chutzpah to enter those competitions are still already blessed even without the drugs and they are much different from your average joe.
Yeah. It's a genetic predisposition. Certainly. Yeah. It's like the question --
And we talk about genetics, it's also, you know, how they react to the way you eat. And we all say like, oh it's diet. It's diet. It's mostly diet. Well a lot of it is diet for them but even for them when they go on a low carb diet it works beautifully for them whereas some people that go on a low carb diet, which is supposed to work for everybody, and I say low carb loosely because I don't want to get into the whole, you know, philosophies of fat loss but, you know, the paleo type of diet has been shown to really work well for a lot of people. You know, it doesn't work well for everybody and it works particularly well for body builders for example. I mean, it's just they have all the genetic cards including how they metabolize glucose and sugar and all that stuff.
Tim: Well what about -- are the body builders are they working out more than once a week and perhaps rising injury by -- then that's how they're bulking up is because they're lifting three times a week or five times a week.
Adam: No. Not necessarily. They could actually be inhibiting some of their progress. But again, those kind of guys, they just have to look at a weight and start getting bigger. I mean, it almost doesn't matter what they do. As long as they do something they're going to get big and they are getting hurt if by overtraining. A lot of them are getting hurt overtraining and they necessarily have to do that and that's --
I'm glad you brought that up because I'm interviewing tomorrow, a person that's going to be on one of our future podcasts, a fitness model who is essentially a body builder. He has entered some competitions but he's really on the cover of a lot of fitness magazines that you see without their shirts on and completely ripped and huge. And he's going to be talking about how he just does this type of workout and that the idea that bodybuilders have some kind of magical or special workout is a fallacy. And he's going to say I look the way I look not because I work out more or better. I look the way I look because I have these type of genetics.
Tim: Alright. Certainly looking forward to hear that interview which will appear in future podcasts here at the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with Adam Zickerman. Speaking of which we're pretty close to that 20-minute mark. Any more thoughts that you'd like to add? Sheila, perhaps, being the lone female on the show [laughs] in terms of bulking up.
Sheila: I just wanted to say, you know, I get this all the time obviously but one of the questions that we discuss in the certification Adam has on his questionnaire when we're practicing is, you know, what do you do when a client says, “I want to get Michelle Obama arms.” [laughter] And you're like well, that, those are her arms, you can't get her arms. You're going to get the best version of your arms because everybody's muscles are shaped differently and everybody, you know, my arms don't look the same as Ann, who's the other trainer in our studio, because our bodies are totally different. So, you know, be the best you and as Adam said, the muscle on your body is going to benefit you in so many ways. So, bulk up, ladies.
Tim: Bulk up. Bulk up, ladies. It's a good thing. Again we invite you to head over to informfitness.com to review the blog post that we discussed today. Will women bulk up from weight training? And the answer is, of course, Adam mentioned earlier and Sheila just alluded to it again, yes, you want to bulk up and I think we've answered those questions here today. In just about a minute we have a question from another member of our InForm Nation family. Aiden in Thornton,
Colorado shot us an email and asks how old is too old to participate with the slow motion high-intensity weight training system. Adam, Mike and Sheila will give us their two cents on that in just about 60 seconds.
But right now I'd like to welcome a brand new sponsor to the InForm Fitness podcast. It's Thrive Market, wholesome products at wholesome prices. Thrive Market is an easy online shopping solution that will enable you to save some money while enjoying InForm Fitness friendly products. If you read Adam's book Power of 10, pay close attention to chapter three. It's all about the second of the three essential pillars necessary to supercharge your metabolism, burn fat and build muscle. Of course, I'm talking about nutrition. You'll be surprised at the variety of food, health and body and even baby and pet products available to keep you and your family healthy. You'll even be more surprised by the prices. Compare them for yourself at your local grocery store. I've been using several Thrive Market products for a few months now and my wife and I love it. Try it for yourself. Visit thrivemarket.com to register for free. Then you can start your 30- day free trial. If you love the convenience, the service and their products, then join us in the Thrive Market community. And it's only $59.95 to join. I saved way more than that in my first order. You can too and I'm going to save you even more money. Email me directly at tim@inboundpodcast.com and I'll send you a promo code that will cut an additional 15% off your first order. Thrive Market is on a mission to make healthy living easy and affordable for everyone.
Alright. In just a few minutes we'll get to that email from Aiden. But first let's hear from longtime InForm Nation member, Amir.
I started with InForm Fitness about two years ago and I really love it. I mean, I actually live about an hour away. So, I drive an hour to come here. Honestly, it's amazing to me that in, you know, 20, 30 minutes, you can walk out of here and I can feel like, you know, some of the workouts I had where I was going for an hour. You know, here it's like I'm getting the benefits but I'm not just completely wiped out. I feel it but it feels good afterward. It's like it feels right.
The thing I react to when I heard which is the very last thing he said, it feels right. I tell people that after a couple of workouts that they're not going to need me to sell them on this concept anymore.
That's true.
They're going to intuitively realize, “Ah, I get it.” Their body is going to understand. They're just going to intuitively understand that this is what they should be doing. And that's what I felt when he said, it just felt knew that the safety, the logic behind it, how they feel when they're done, the results later, it makes total complete sense.
Tim: It does and that's my favorite part of Amir's comment. Appreciate him participating in the program. He attends the Toluca Lake location where Sheila trains and when he said it feels right as somebody who's been training there for several months, that's exactly how I feel. I'm not wiped out after the workout but I do feel like I did something really great for my body and that lasts for several days to where I can't wait to get back in the gym the following Sunday. So, you know, I think what he was comparing his workout that he has been doing now or has been doing for the last two years at InForm Fitness with the workouts he's been doing before, years before where he was there for an hour and it would just kill him, well, he's getting that workout now in 20 minutes and consolidating his time in the gym.
Now, let's focus on those individuals who may be interested in starting the Power of 10 but have never really participated in any type of exercise regime of any kind. For instance, we have InForm Nation member, Aiden, who is in the Thornton, Colorado area, is concerned about his mother. It says:
"Adam, thanks for your podcast. I'm very interested in learning more about your Power of 10 and just ordered your book from Amazon. My mother is severely overweight and in her late 60s. I'm considering visiting your location in Boulder and want to take her with me to check it out. She says though that she's too old and fat for a workout as intense as yours. I look forward to hearing from you, Aiden."
So, here's a guy that's close to the Boulder location and wants to do it himself but Aiden wants to bring his mom in because she's overweight and in her 60s. Is she too old to start this workout and possibly a little bit too overweight, Adam?
Adam: No.
Tim: [laughs] Plain and simple.
Sheila: Never too old.
Tim: Do you suggest perhaps that she should maybe see a doctor prior to beginning her workout?
Adam: Yes.
And that's it for today's episode. That's all -- [laughter] is that a concern do you think? Do you ever get that from people that think I'm too big to do this, severely obese people?
No. It is a concern and the answer is that simple. Yes, you should check with your doctor or I'd want to know if there's any health problems associated with being obese. Some people don't have a lot of other associated health problems such as high blood pressure and things like that. It's actually amazing to me how many people can be pretty overweight and not have a lot of those dangerous markers. On the other hand, a lot of people do and we have to get clearance if they do, from a doctor, make sure that it's okay to do. On the other hand, the intensity in of itself because you're overweight or you're older, you build up the intensity to somebody that's severely out of shape. You know, you're conservative at the beginning but there’s no reason why over time that somebody that hasn't been in shape and is overweight can't work out intensely.
Sheila, don't you have a client that came to you a few years ago who was severely overweight did this protocol on their own and had some tremendous success?
Well, I wouldn't say she was severely overweight. I would say she was, you know, definitely would be considered obese. She was probably over 200 pounds and you know just an average sized girl. She was very active though. You know, musician. Not active in sports or anything. She actually came into me, she hated going to the gym. She hated group classes. She was like, literally was like, I'm not going to do that. I'm not going to do this. I said, good, you're going to love this workout and she was like intrigued by that. By my answer and my, you know, like I was confident she would love this.
So, she went and tried it and I did work out with her for several months. I showed her. She absolutely loved it. Actually, she did put a yelp review several years ago when she started. She's continued to do the workout according to the book. She looks at the book. She goes to her gym and she does it. She said, everybody's looking at her and going why is she going so slow? And she's been doing it --
And why is she holding that book in her hand?
[laughter] Well, I think she, like, took pictures of it with her phone and so she could know what she's doing. She really attributes her continued weight loss and her sticking to the program, she would not be exercising, if it wasn't for this workout.
Well, the woman of which we speak will joining us in the next two episodes of the InForm Fitness podcast. Her name is Joanie Pimentel. She's also a member of the
LA based band, No Small Children. Sheila just gave us a quick overview of what Joanie will be talking about but Joanie will go into great detail on how she shed about 118 pounds over the last two years with the Power of 10. If you're thinking about embarking on a weight loss journey, make sure you join us. I guarantee Joanie will inspire you. Plus, we might even turn you onto a great new band. Check out nosmallchildren.com to see their music videos including the one filmed at InForm Fitness in Toluca Lake.
If you'd like to participate in the conversation here on the podcast and officially join InForm Nation with a comment or question, send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com. You can even do it the old fashioned way by giving us a call at 888-983-5020, Ext. 3. That's 888-983-5020, Ext. 3. A few more reminders for you before we get out of here. If we've piqued your curiosity and you want to learn more about the Power of 10, click on the link in the show notes that will guide you to Adam's book. It's a nice easy read with a simple nutrition plan and all the exercises you need to lose fat, build muscle and supercharge your metabolism.
If you want to try the workout for yourself with one of their many cool and certified trainers, bounce on over to informfitness.com to see if there is a location near you. And finally, please subscribe to the podcast here in iTunes. It's absolutely free to subscribe and all it takes are a few simple clicks. We would greatly appreciate it. Thanks again for listening to the InForm Fitness Podcast. For Adam, Mike and Sheila, I'm Tim Edwards with the Inbound Podcasting Network.
SHOW NOTES:
This following link leads to an InForm Fitness blog post that was mentioned during the podcast. http://informfitness.com/will-women-bulk-up-from-weight-training/
It's almost sacrilegious to say you don't need to stretch before a workout or a sporting event because it's part of our culture. However, recent studies suggest that stretching does not improve performance, prevent injury or reduce soreness.
Check out Adam's blog post to the link below for Adam's Twist On Stretching:
https://informfitness.com/twist-stretching
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon:
https://www.amazon.com/Power-Once-Week-Revolution-Harperresource/dp/006000889X/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1485469022&sr=1-1&keywords=the+power+of+10+book
If you would like to produce a podcast of your own just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
The transcription to this episode is below:
10 Adam’s Twist on Stretching - Transcript
Intro:
You’re listening to the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with New York Times, best-selling author, Adam Zickerman and friends. Brought to you by InForm Fitness, life-changing personal training with several locations across the US. Reboot your metabolism and experience the revolutionary Power of 10, the high intensity, slow motion, strength training system that’s so effective, you’d get a week’s worth of exercise in just one 20-minute session, which by no coincidence is about the length of this podcast. So, get ready InForm Nation, your 20 minutes of high-intensity strength training information begins in 3, 2, 1.
Alright. Welcome back InForm Nation. And thanks again for joining us here on the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with Adam Zickerman and friends. I'm Tim Edwards with the Inbound Podcasting Network joined as always by Sheila Melody with InForm Fitness in Toluca Lake. We also have Mike Rogers from the Manhattan location and Adam Zickerman, the founder of InForm Fitness.
This show is chock full of info to help you supercharge your metabolism and increase cardiovascular endurance which will in turn make you leaner and stronger. In addition to the many health benefits from the high-intensity training you'll experience at InForm Fitness you'll also enjoy the time you spend with your trainer and other members of InForm Nation such as John.
My trainer, Sheila, very knowledgeable. Incredibly friendly and warm and conversational and, you know, when you come here, you know, obviously you feel like a client but you feel like you're coming back and just hanging out with friends. Like, “Hey, here's what we're doing this week. Cool, alright. How you been?” It's always very conversational. So, that adds a fun element while, you know, you're burning your muscles. [laughs]
[laughs] I know John is awesome. He's been coming for about a year and he takes it very seriously. And so therefore he's getting a lot of benefit from it. You know, so, he's a great client. He's achieved so much. He's doing like over 300 pounds on the pull-down. Very proud of him.
Wow. That soundbite you heard from John is just one of many soundbites that we're going to include here in the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with Adam Zickerman and friends. And that came from a series of testimonial videos that my company Inbound Films is producing for the Toluca Lake InForm Fitness location. And if you'd like to see more of John's story and maybe grab a glimpse of what this slow motion high-intensity workout looks like, jump on over to informfitness.com. We'll have a bunch of videos over there for you.
And while you're there you can also check out Adam's blog which has over 30 informative topics regarding this protocol. And one of the topics Adam tackles stretching. And, Adam, I got to tell you, at first glance, when you first look at Gumby there at the top of [laughs] the stretching blog post. You would think that your twist on stretching your muscles prior to exercise is something you should do. But after reading the article that's not necessarily the case.
It seems to -- [siren] it's almost sacrilegious to say you don't need to stretch before a workout or a sporting event because it's part of our culture. Speaking of culture. So --
[laughs] You hear that siren in the background? Just -- Yeah.
Just, you know, if you're listening to this podcast while you're in your car, you're not being chased by a police officer. They're --
Well, there's the thing, stretching is so much part of our culture, even talking about it sends the police over [laughter] to where we are.
I got to tell you. I've listened to a few of our podcasts and I do hear sirens in the background and I look in my rearview mirror and I realize that, oh, well, Adam and Mike are Skyping this podcast from New York City and they're right next to windows. So, that is a sound you hear all the time, all day long in New York City. So, but you're talking about how it's almost sacrilegious to mention that you should not stretch prior to an activity.
The bottom line is it's been looked at a lot. This is not one of those subjects that has been ignored and we don't know much about it. What we have been finding out over and over again is that all studies that talk about stretching and the efficacy of stretching have not proven out. And maybe it's still true, these ideas that we have about stretching, but we haven't proven it yet. And I don't think we will.
I think, I'm not saying we know everything there is to know about stretching the benefits or lack thereof but it's not a topic that I spend a lot of time on anymore because I'm pretty convinced. I've seen it and what are we talking about? We're talking about the idea that number one, stretching prevents injuries during sports. That has been a big reason why stretching has entered athletics because it will warm up the muscles and prevent injury. Has not been proven to be true, at all. At all.
Tim: Wow. See, every time I walk into the gym it's just natural for me to just start stretching just because you know my whole life playing sports that's just what we're taught and told to do.
Adam: Doug McGuff talks about that a little bit. Doug McGuff talks about the idea that the reason we do all that before a sporting event especially when you have teams involved --
Tim: Mhm [affirmative].
Adam: It's cultural. It's preparing for battle. It's no different from what -- Doug McGuff points it out in the movie, Gladiator where he grabs sand in the pit and rubs it in his hands before he starts the fight. What was the actors name again in Gladiator?
Tim: Russell Crowe.
Adam: Yeah, Russell Crowe. So, Russel Crowe before every fight, if you remember, he picked up some dirt and rubbed it in his hands before that. Doing that didn't give him any actual advantage from a physical point of view. Didn't add more friction to his hands for some reason that he needed. And Doug McGuff points out that the stretching before sporting events you're doing it together. You're all on the sideline. You're all doing your stretches. It's a comradery thing. It's a team thing. It feels good to do that together and prepare. Even if you're all doing your individual stretching but you're all doing it together, you're all stretching and doing -- it definitely has a sociological element to it.
Tim: But not a physiological element is what you and Dr. McGuff is saying.
Adam: No. And remember we have to differentiate, I mean, and maybe define what we're talking about when we talk about stretching. What is stretching, right? We're not talking about the kind of stretch you do in the morning or a cat or dog does when they wake up in the morning and that [stretching noise] downward dog yoga kind of just feel good stretch. There's nothing wrong with that. You know, we're not talking about and some of that stuff will straighten your spine a little bit and get you moving but it doesn't warm up your muscles. It doesn't warm up your muscles.
And one of the things that I talk about in my blog and research has shown in regards to warming up your muscles is -- what you're actually doing when you're stretching -- the kind of stretch where it's a static stretch and you're holding a position that's somewhat uncomfortable for a little while until it's not uncomfortable anymore, that kind of stretch. That kind of stretching for a cold muscle actually it's very dangerous and not only is it helpful but it's many times detrimental. To take a muscle and put it at its most vulnerable position which is the stretched position, that is when the filaments of the muscle are at their most vulnerable and weakest point where they're most vulnerable to tear and here you are going into a static stretch thinking you're warming up the muscle. Stretching actually takes blood away from the muscle. Only contraction actually brings blood to the muscle which is what you want to do.
So, warm up -- you're much better warming up just by, kind of, you know, light jog in place or, you know, walking around even. You know, just walking around if you just got out of bed and move a little bit. But actual stretching, static stretching has been shown to also make you weaker, not just maybe just tear a muscle and hurt you but if you're not hurting yourself, at the very least you're making yourself weaker after a series of static stretches. And think about this. You're making yourself weaker going into a sport that you're about to play for 60 minutes or so. Something where you need as much power and speed and endurance as possible and you are doing this ritual beforehand, making yourself weaker before you enter into it. It's not logical. It doesn’t make any sense. That's -- and this research is out there. It's not like these coaches don't know this but you're never going to see an athlete not stretching before an event.
Tim: Well, let's use -- if you don't mind, Adam, if I could interject. So, I'm a softball player and I've been playing baseball my whole life or softball and so before the game we warm up. We take the ball and we, you know, we loosen up and we play catch to warm up. And I find I certainly get much more benefit from that and I can throw harder after about maybe two, three minutes of some light toss and then we start firing it and it feels good.
Adam: Right.
Tim: Now, the other type of warm up is, you know, when you're almost 50 years old like me and your legs are like they are and I feel really tight and so maybe this is, I'm just conditioned this way but I do stretch my legs and I feel better or looser. Do you think based upon the research off some of the references, that you include at the end of your blog post, indicate that's all in my head than it is in my body and stretching my legs before I sprint down to first base and pull a hammy?
Adam: Maybe a little bit in your head but maybe it's also because you're not doing the kind of stretching I'm talking about. Again, we have to make sure we understand the kind of stretching we're talking about. Light stretching before you're about to go into a game where you're just kind of bending over a little bit and stretching your back and your hamstrings a little stretch and you're not doing it very much or very painfully. You know, it’s a little side bends here and there, throwing the ball around lightly, you know, walking around and chatting. If it's not a serious stretch,you're okay. And that's fine. Like, I said, you know, like the way a dog or a cat stretches when they wake up in the morning. That's all good.
I'm not talking about that but if you ever sat and watched a bunch of soccer players before a match or if you sat and watched a bunch of football players before a match, they are doing all those hurdle stretches where their leg's behind them and their quadricep is totally stretched and they keep it there for a while and they're bouncing and they're trying to make it looser and looser and doing the other leg and they're all these serious static hold stretches that really are damaging their joints and they don't realize it right away because they're athletes and they're flexible and --
But maybe it catches up to them later.
They don't, they don't even understand the insidious damage that they're doing and then they're going into a sport that's ballistic and then, you know, by the time they're retired or way before that actually, their careers are cut short by an injury. They never connect all that stretching to the possible injury. They actually might say, “Well, I might have got injured sooner if I hadn't done all that stretching.” I mean, all the research is not showing any of this to be true, any of it.
You're promoting ease of mobility. I think the warm up is not in the stretching itself but in a very slow progression of the movement that you're trying to do. You know, Adam --
So, there's the difference between stretching and warming up and that makes sense. I can visualize that. Having played softball where instead of, you know, getting down on the ground and doing those hurdle stretches which we were taught to do, get to the point where it hurts and then hold it for 15 seconds and then switch legs. Right, the damage that can be done there really just kind of go through the motion of the sport loosely until your muscles get warmed up. Am I understanding that correctly?
Yeah. Exactly, you are.
What about with yoga? Okay. So, let's go with the yoga. Sheila, I know that you've done yoga for many, many years and participated in Bikram yoga and other forms of yoga. How does stretching tie in with yoga and high-intensity training? How does that all fit together?
I do yoga for totally different reasons than I would do strength training and yes, it adds -- but you're doing yoga, you're specifically, kind of, trying to -- there's more of a core balancing and you're holding positions while breathing and kind of releasing, you know, tension. That's kind of how I look at it. [Crosstalk 12:06] --
Well, Tim, you just -- yeah. Tim, you just brought up a question that indicates a common misunderstanding about yoga in general which is yoga is good for your flexibility or good for stretching
Right. That's how I've always perceived it. I've never participated.
No, I mean what --
Yeah.
Yeah, what Sheila is saying is it's really more about holding certain positions and it's kind of like static weight training in a way. It’s just holding positions.
Yeah.
And sometimes they're not hard positions to stay in and that's why you do focus on your breathing and all kinds of other things. It has a meditative, I think, benefit to it. And I'm more of somebody who feels that the more the meditator breathing yoga is more beneficial than let's say some of the more physical yoga like a Bikram yoga, for example, is very physical. And that is on the continuum of exercise is getting closer to what weight training is. So, if you're going to go towards weight training you might as well just do weight training because yoga is quite inefficient than when it comes to that.
I do -- the yoga -- yeah. I mean, for me I feel like the balance is perfect to do this Power of 10 workout and then if I want to do yoga I do that separately and actually the Power of 10 helps me in my yoga. Like, if I do Bikram yoga it is an hour and a half class and it's very -- there's a lot of endurance and I'm using my muscles. As I said in a previous podcast that I do not get as sore as I used to if I, you know, miss my yoga class for a couple months because my muscles are strong.
So, just one more question as we get close to wrapping up this topic on stretching is, where does flexibility factor into the Power of 10? Of course, I imagine, like myself, most people figure that the only way to become flexible and pliable is through a rigorous stretching regime. Can flexibility be acquired through high-intensity training like you do with the Power of 10?
Yes. The flexibility will be enhanced through strength training. A lot of times our reduced flexibility comes from the fact that we're just weak. So, getting stronger will enhance your flexibility but you have to make the differentiation between enhanced flexibility and improved flexibility. Strength training or stretching for that matter will not improve your flexibility or very, very little. And anything that is improved is nominal. You know, even if you can improve your range of motion a little bit through stretching. I mean, I think the most anyone has ever really observed is like 20%. You know, and most people way below that. So, for what purpose? And --
If you're going beyond 20%, you're often times creating an injury in the connective tissue probably.
Wow.
If you're going -- yeah, I probably say, if you're going beyond 10% you're [crosstalk 14:55] --
Yeah, or whatever the number is.
You know, but it's a very low tolerance for it and then the question is, is there any benefit to that? And again there doesn't seem to be any benefit. Matter of fact studies are showing the opposite. When, you know, they went into these studies thinking they were going to prove that flexibility is good and then they find -- and then these studies end up finding out the opposite.
Wow. That flexibility, not only, isn't it good but it creates joint laxity and joint problems. And that's --
And isn't there a whole thing to about as far as the understanding of what is flexibility. Like, you're born, basically, it's just like your muscle, you know the DNA and your genetics and how you're born, some people are just a little more flexible and they always will be, right and then --
Of course.
Yeah and --
And a lot of people say they lose flexibility as they get older. Though that's not necessarily a problem either or a bad thing either. And it might not have to -- it doesn't probably have anything to do with your muscles. It has to do with your bones are changing. Your hip sockets are developing more and deeper and your femur gets larger as we get older and quite honestly you end up becoming less flexible because of that. Which is a physical thing. It's not something you can change.
I think the word flexibility sometimes is -- it's the word that everyone's used to but it's not necessarily I think how we should be thinking about it. I always think about ease of mobility to do whatever you're trying to do. The more stable you are, the less flexible you are. The more flexible you are, the less stable you are.
This is reminding me of a story I heard once about this woman who was really into yoga and she was just like, you know, really flexible and everything and then by the time she was in her, you know, I think late 50s she literally had to get hip replacement because she had totally overstretched and, you know, ruined her hips.
Mhm [affirmative].
And, you know, so what we do is protect your joints and hips with you know, this by strengthening the muscles to support them, like what Mike was saying making them stable.
So, to sum up, let me just list once again the things that we expect from stretching that we don't get. Okay, first of all, stretching does not improve your flexibility. Stretching does not warm up your muscles. Stretching makes you weak. Stretching leaves joints and ligaments vulnerable to injury and overstretching causes injury. So, those are the things that we are finding out happens from stretching. So, buyer beware.
Buyer beware. And again we invite you to head on over to informfitness.com to review the blog posts that we discussed today. It's really easy to find. Just click blog and then look for Gumby. At the bottom of the article you'll find references to additional articles that support the science behind Adam's approach to stretching. Alright. Coming up in a mere 60 seconds we're going to hear from another member of InForm Nation, Nicole, regarding the convenience of her once a week workout and we'll read an email we received from the Santa Rosa, California area with a question regarding cardio in fitness fact or fiction right here in the InForm Fitness podcast.
You know, we spent a lot of time on this podcast discussing the important of high-intensity slow motion weight training and getting the proper rest so that you're ready to jump back into the gym a week later but let's not forget the ever so important component or pillar to this lifestyle. It's nutrition. You got to feed those muscles and be very mindful over what you put in your mouth. Adam does an excellent job simplifying the nutrition system necessary to supercharge your metabolism, burn fat and build muscle in chapter 3 in his book Power of 10.
And you will find plenty of InForm Fitness friendly feed at thrivemarket.com. And at wholesale prices. If you're into the Paleo diet or perhaps you might be leaning towards being gluten free or even exploring a vegan lifestyle. You'll find everything you're looking for at thrivemarket.com. In addition to simplifying the buying process, it's much more affordable than the grocery store and they deliver your items right to your door. Plus, with all orders over $49, you get your shipping absolutely free.
You can try it for yourself, just visit thrivemarket.com. Register for free. You can start your 30-day free trial and if you're happy with the service and the products you can join the community. It's only $59.95 and most customers will save that amount in their first order. And then you can continue to save a bunch of money and grow healthier in the process. As a matter of fact, I'm going to save you some more money right off your first order. Simply email me directly at tim@inboundpodcast.com and I will send you a code that will shave 15% off your first order. Thrive Market's on a mission to make healthy living easy and affordable for everyone.
Alright. Let's get back to the show. Let's hear from InForm Nation member Nicole who absolutely loves the convenience of a once-a-week workout.
The convenience is huge. I do work a full time job. So, having, you know, only one day a week that I have to commit to a workout has made my life less stressful because the pressure of having to think you have to work out three to five times a week can kind of take a toll on you. So, the once a week it definitely works with my, you know, job, personal life, and it's been really great.
So, there you have it, the psychological benefit of this whole workout. Just the thought of working out five days a week can raise your cortisol levels. [laughter]
True.
Just at the stress of just thinking about what you have to do and the -- she said a key thing, something that I wrote in Power of 10 and that is the pressure is off. That's huge. That is so huge. Not to mention the fact that it's sustainable because you come, you do your hard workout, it's hard. I get it. You don't even want to do that one workout but it's one workout 20 minutes a week and you do it because you have to do it and it is relatively stress-free and it's sustainable. Something that you can do. You can kick yourself in the butt to say just do your 20-minute workout once a week, you wimp. And you get yourself to do it. It's not as easy to get yourself to psyche yourself up to do your five day a week workout every single Monday that you start your week.
I got to tell you, Adam, I've been trying various types of workouts my entire life, all of them required me to participate three to five times a week and I quit all of them. [laughs] And now that I've been doing the Power of 10 workout at the InForm Fitness location in Toluca Lake, I've been going since November, the middle of November and I've only missed one week because it's doable. It's easy. It's easy to fit into your schedule. If you can't fit it into your schedule, then you probably have some other time management issues you need to deal with for sure.
Alright. Time for another feature here on the InForm Fitness podcast. It's fitness fact or fiction. We've got an email here from Rachel from Santa Rose California. Rachel writes:
"Hello, InForm Fitness podcast people. I just --" [laughter] We're the "podcast people" [laughter].
"I just subscribed to your podcast and listened to the first five episodes. How come I'm not hearing anything about adding cardio to your Power of 10 workout? I've always thought that cardio is necessary for optimal health. I hope I hear my question on the show. If so, does that make me an official member of InForm Nation?"
Yes, Rachel, you are an official member of InForm Nation and we certainly appreciate you listening to the podcast. So, I guess the fitness fact or fiction question is, is cardio necessary for optimal health.
Well, that is not a very quick answer. But to give you one, no, it's not necessary, not in the conventional form that we all think of cardio.
So, give us examples. Such as? Jogging, biking, walking -- Treadmill.
The treadmill. These conventional forms of steady state cardio that we have mentioned a little bit in previous podcasts.
Tim: There are definite cardiovascular benefits through this slow motion high-intensity strength training system.
Adam: But I also have to add that it is very controversial. And if you think that the idea that you don't have to stretch is controversial, you know, that's nothing compared to the controversy that swarms around the idea that you need to do cardio.
Mike: The thing I want to emphasise is that strength training is cardio. It's not an addition to cardio. It is cardio. You're getting your cardio in it and your heart has to support your muscles in order to do that. And if you do something that is a mechanical work, that considered mechanical work that is outside its comfort zone, what's it's conditioned already to do, then which is what you are doing when you're doing high-intensity strength training big time, then your heart is going to have to work a lot harder. And until it gets conditioned to do so, you are doing cardio.
Tim: And Rachel, we dive deep into cardio in episode eight, titled the Cardio Conundrum. So, you might want to go back into iTunes and download that episode. Better yet, you can subscribe to the podcast in iTunes and that way, every new episode as it's released is instantly downloaded to your phone or whatever device you might be listening from. If you'd like to join InForm Nation like Rachel did and have a question for Adam, Mike or Sheila with fitness fact or fiction, send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com. You can even give us a call at 888-983-5020, Ext. 3. That's 888-983-5020, Ext. 3 and you can leave your comment, question or even a suggestion. All feedback is welcome.
Hey, we have three really cool episodes on the horizon here and we hope you'll join us. Next week is for the ladies. Especially for the ladies who might be concerned about bulking up with the Power of 10. Many women don't want to bulk up or have that body-builder look. Adam, Mike, and Sheila will weigh in on that very topic next week. And in two weeks we will be talking to InForm Nation member Joanie Pimentel. She is also a member of the LA-based band, No Small Children. For a glimpse of Joanie and to sample her music head on over to nosmallchildren.com. The reason we'll be talking to Joanie is she lost 118 pounds over two years with the Power of 10. She is a ton of fun, incredibly talented and can't wait to get her on the program.
You know, when Joanie's on tour with her band she takes Adam's book Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution and performs the exercises by herself in a local gym. And you can do the same if you are not near one of the several InForm Fitness locations across the US. You can order Adam's book through Amazon. To see if there is a location nearest you just click on over to informfitness.com. Hey, thanks again for listening to the InForm Fitness podcast.
We really do appreciate it. For Adam, Mike and Sheila, I'm Tim Edwards with the Inbound Podcasting Network.
Body fat is stored energy. And the body stores it because it doesn't need it at that moment. So, what you have to try to do is get your body to utilize that fat. Ther are 3 pillars to enjoy the profound benefits of Power of 10.
Adam Zickerman explains the 3 pillars of success here in Episode 9 that will assist you in supercharging your metabolism and increasing your cardiovascular endurance with slow motion, high-intensity strength training.
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon:
https://www.amazon.com/Power-Once-Week-Revolution-Harperresource/dp/006000889X/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1485469022&sr=1-1&keywords=the+power+of+10+book
Ilf you would like to produce a podcast of your own just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
The transcription to this episode is below:
09 Losing Fat Without the Treadmill - Transcript
Tim: Hey gang it's Tim from the InForm Fitness podcast. We'll get to the show in about 60 seconds but first I want to save you some money while you adopt the Power of 10 lifestyle. There are three pillars necessary to amplify your success of the Power of 10. Pillar number two is nutrition and our friends at Thrive Market are going to make following this protocol easy and affordable. At Thrive Market you'll find wholesome products that are InForm Fitness friendly at wholesale prices. Their products are much more affordable than the grocery store and they deliver the items right to your door. Plus, with all orders over $49 you get shipping absolutely free.
Try it for yourself. Visit thrivemarket.com. Register for free. Start your 30-day free trial and if you're happy with the service and their products you can join the community. It's just a one-time $59.95 fee and most customers save that amount in their first order. Then you can continue to save a bunch of money and grow healthier in the process. Want to save some cash? Simply email me directly at tim@inboundpodcasts.com and I will send you your own personal code that will shave 15% off your first order. Thrive Market is on a mission to make healthy living easy and affordable for everyone. Alright. On with the show.
Intro: You’re listening to the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with New York Times, best-selling author, Adam Zickerman and friends. Brought to you by InForm Fitness, life-changing personal training with several locations across the US. Reboot your metabolism and experience the revolutionary Power of 10, the high intensity, slow motion, strength training system that’s so effective, you’d get a week’s worth of exercise in just one 20-minute session, which by no coincidence is about the length of this podcast. So, get ready InForm Nation, your 20 minutes of high-intensity strength training information begins in 3, 2, 1.
Tim: InForm Nation, welcome back in. Thanks again for joining us here on the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with Adam Zickerman and friends. I'm Tim Edwards with the Inbound Podcasting Network and the gangs all here once again. We have Sheila Melody with InForm Fitness in the Los Angeles area, Mike Rogers from New York City and across the hall from Mike is the founder of InForm Fitness, Adam Zickerman.
This show will assist you in supercharging your metabolism. It will give you the information that you'll need to increase your cardiovascular endurance, make you leaner and stronger especially if you engage in the principals of pillar number two in the Power of 10, nutrition. And that's exactly what InForm Nation member Hayley did and she lost 35 pounds with this system.
Hayley: At one point in my life I was 35 pounds heavier and I was not happy with it. I was depressed and I didn't feel confident and I definitely didn't have the strength that I have now and so I started coming to InForm. My friend told me about it and I came and I have loved it ever since.
So, she's had some great success, lost 35 pounds but it took more than just exercise, high-intensity exercise for her to reach that goal. Right, Adam?
Oh, yeah. Definitely. I mean, listen, when you're strength training, when you're doing high-intensity exercise, you're definitely helping your cause for sure by raising metabolism a little bit, by controlling the blood sugar a little bit. And we'll get into how that happens. But she definitely had to have changed her diet to lose those 35 pounds.
I think it all comes down to another misconception which is that it all has to do with calorie expenditure versus calorie intake. And that's why I think a lot of people think that they have to do a lot of cardio because it's all down to calories. And what we realized, in short, is that that's not true and Adam you can dive a little bit deeper into this but fat regulation has very little to do if any -- to do with calorie expenditures. Isn't that correct?
But actually, the body wants those calories back. So, yes it does. The more you increase your activity level, the more it's going to actually increase your appetite. And so the more calories you burn, the body is going to try to reach some homeostasis and slow you down in other ways. You can't fool mother nature. So, activity level to burn calories have been doomed to fail since we started trying and it's not working. People are not losing massive amounts of weight by adding a lot of cardio to their routines. Alright. They're only doing it really by proper nutrition.
There's an old YouTube that we saw years ago -- do you remember? There was a couple of personal trainers --
On the treadmill? Yeah. Pizza. It was a couple of personal trainers who -- Eating the pizza. Yeah. On the treadmill. Yeah.
One trainer was going to run as fast as he could on the treadmill for as long as it took the other one to eat two slices of pizza and when it was done in eight minutes or whatever, one trainer, he burned 90 calories running and the other one consumed like 900 calories in the same amount of time. And their whole point was you can't out train a bad diet. No matter what. There are a lot of benefits to what you are doing in exercise that can get your metabolism going which will be making a fat burning machine which Adam will go into but what we do know is that it's not just sitting on the treadmill burning calories the whole time.
Tim: So, Mike, you just mentioned turning your body into a fat burning machine. And that requires all three of those pillars for the Power of 10. And we'll just reiterate again, of course, high-intensity exercise, nutrition and rest and recovery. So, Adam, if you can, dive in a little bit deeper on how to turn that body into a fat burning machine through nutrition.
Adam: Body fat is stored energy. And the body stores it because it doesn't need it at that moment. So, what you have to try to do is get your body to utilize that fat. And the only way your body is going to utilize that fat is if you don't give it anything else besides that. In other words, it's going to go to sugar first. It's easier to metabolize sugar. It's less, you know, less effort in doing it. It's kind of like when you come home and it's cold in the house you just turn on the -- you turn the dial on the thermostat and it gets warmer.
But what happens if you didn't get an oil delivery? You know, you don't have any oil. Now you have to do something else. You have to heat the house. So, now you have to go down, outside, get some firewood, start a fire, get the kindling going, you know, it's effort to actually -- and then it takes time to warm up the house that way because it's not a very efficient way of heating a house. And that's kind of what we're essentially doing when we try to burn fat. We want to try to run out of gas.
The easy way of heating a house which is the glucose, the sugar. If you can eliminate that, the body is going to say, hey, there's no sugar. There's no easy gas. I'm going to have to actually work to get my energy right now. And I'm going to have to go to fat for this food. And the body learns to metabolize efficiently the fat by finally telling the DNA to express for the enzymes that it's never had to express for because the person's blood sugar was so high all the time. But now all of the sudden blood sugar drops, now we have to metabolize fat. That needs special enzymes to do that. So, now the body says, hey, DNA we need some, you know, enzymes here that metabolize fat. There's none around. You know, make it ASAP and the body, you know, works as hard as it can to do so but it takes some time. So, there's adjustment period from going from a high sugar diet to a very low sugar diet. It's kind of like going from sea level to high altitude. The body has to adjust to that as well.
So, knowing this, I feel that the diet that we should be generally thinking about or at least as a starting point is reducing sugar in your diet and see how that goes. And there's a lot of hidden sugar in our diets and we don't realize it. Even when we're eating a lot of vegetables and fruits we are getting plenty of sugar. And if you're having more than 50 to 100 grams of sugar a day it's going to be hard for the body to really need to use fat for fuel. It's just the way it is because fat is regulated by hormones and I'm oversimplifying it for sure. But that's a good starting point. Everyone's metabolism is different. Everyone's genetics is different.
So, this 50 grams or 100 grams of sugar thing is just a guideline and there might be other considerations. You know, but that's where I usually start. Our obesity epidemic in this country is not because we're [inaudible 08:34] and we're sitting behind computers more. Alright. Our problem is because we are as a society eating way too much sugar, way too much sugar. And it really means to me, depending upon the person, anywhere from 100 grams or less per day of sugar.
And that's including fruit sugars and all kinds of sugars.
Exactly. So, if you're going to have an apple which is already 20 grams give or take.
Wow.
Alright. Which is -- who's going to say not to have an apple, you know, I mean, I know weight loss is important so you still have to count those calories as those grams of sugar. So, there's 20. Now you have either 30, you know, 30 to 80 left. So, you just take that into account and when you have your vegetables and your salad, alright and you have some nuts which have carbohydrates in it and maybe you eat some beans. That's plenty of carbohydrates in beans. I mean, that has good protein as well. All of a sudden you're like, oh, boy, that hundred comes up fast. Those hundred grams -- and then nowhere is there room for cake, pizza, bagels, bread. Even yogurts and oatmeals are going to start putting you over the top if you're eating your veggies. [laughs]
Mhm [affirmative].
Then if you want to have fruit, I mean there's some people that just don't have the fruit. There are people that are very sensitive to the spikes of sugar and those people to really lose weight really have to go really low on the sugar side. And sometimes that doesn't even work, you know.
Adam, you mentioned that high-intensity training helps in controlling blood sugar. Why don't you talk a little bit more about that?
Okay. Well, like I was saying about nutrition by not having a lot of sugar in your diet your body's going to say well there's not that much sugar in my diet I'm going to need fat for the rest of this fuel. Well, in keeping in line with that and helping control that blood sugar, high-intensity strength training does something really cool. When you work out to muscle failure and it's the whole body, you're depleting your muscles of much if not all of its glycogen stores. What are glycogen stores? Glycogen is where the muscles -- is a polymer of glucose. In other words, it's a chain of glucose molecules that is stored in the muscle. And it's stored in the muscle because the muscle needs it right away for fight and flight.
So, biology, evolution has kind of made this really nifty system where you can actually store the fuel right there at the muscle site where you need it the most. So, when you exercise and you dump your muscles of all their glycogen. To the body, that is actually having a fight and dumping all your glycogen. Fighting a bear for example. Alright, so when that happens, your body wants to put that sugar back. It wants to put that sugar back. And this is where it gets really cool because in an attempt it's put the sugar back into the muscle after high-intensity exercise. That's another usage for the sugar. That's not going to go into fat store because if your body needs it in a muscle it's going to take whatever carbohydrates you are eating and instead of storing it as fat it's going to actually try to put it back into the muscle.
Alright. So, that's just a little bonus. The reason the body wants to put it back, by the way is because -- why is it uncomfortable? Why when you dump glycogen out of the muscle does the body prioritize putting it back? It's kind of like the spare tire in our car. Alright. We don't feel comfortable striving around in a car that doesn't have a spare tire because if you get a flat somewhere in the middle of nowhere you're in trouble. Well, the body says if I don't have any glycogen stored in my muscles and I get into a fight with a bear, I'm going to lose. I'm going to probably lose anyway, glycogen or not. [laughter] You know.
The Revenant. Yes. [laughs] Yeah. [inaudible 12:13] Leonardo DiCaprio. So, we're back to that fight or flight response.
So, the body is like wants to be prepared for an emergency and it is going to prioritize replacing that glycogen in an attempt to replace that glycogen it's going to keep your blood sugar low. It's going to be taking that sugar out of your blood and putting it into the muscle instead of putting it into fat. But again, you have to eat a low glycemic diet to start with for that to actually have a benefit.
So, Adam, you were just saying that how if, you know, your muscles use this the glycogen that is stored when we do this high-intensity workout but if you're not marrying that with a good nutritional diet that has low glycemic, you know, values in it, then how is that different. When you're doing this high-intensity workout and you're not and you're say you're eating a lot of sugar, say you're not really matching it with a good diet. What's the difference?
Yeah. I say it's not going to help much if as far as fat loss is concerned. If you're still eating a lot of carbohydrates in your diet because for a average sized male that is fairly well built, you can probably only expect to store maybe 225 grams of glycogen in his muscles. In other words, you don't have to eat too much sugar to replace all that. That's, you know, if you're eating -- a lot of people eat a lot more sugar than that in a day. So, you do this workout. You deplete your muscles of 200 some odd grams of carbohydrates, [laughs] and then you eat a bagel. You just gained it back. So, it's only in conjunction with a low glycemic diet, a low sugar diet that this will actually give you some extra boost for controlling your blood sugar.
But in the same breath, are you still productively doing something? Are you still building muscle? Are you still increasing [crosstalk 14:03] but you know --
Oh, yeah. I mean, we're talking specifically about fat loss. Right.
I mean again we're trying to control the hormone insulin. Fat is regulated by hormones. Period. Alright. You have to play that right. You have to have the right hormones that you want suppressing the hormones that you don't want. You want insulin to be suppressed. So, the hormones necessary for using fat for food or have free reign to do what they have to do.
Sometimes the people start this workout and they're not really prepared yet to go on that proper diet but they're still going to do the workout and maybe it will take them a couple of months to kind of get, you know --
Well, the, yeah the workouts -- The motivation.
I see what you're saying. I mean, the workout, of course is still worth doing. Just because you're not losing fat or you're not willing or if you're not ready to engage in a rather what some people might consider a draconian type of diet. I'd rather be strong and overweight than weak and overweight. I mean, they're going to reap all the benefits that come from being really strong and from maintaining muscle mass and we've talked about all those benefits and we're going to continue to talk about profound benefits of building strength as we get older and maintaining it as we get older. That goes way beyond fat loss.
And then when they're ready, let's say they've been working out for like four months and then they finally say okay, I'm really going on this diet now, do you think it will be easier?
Well, their metabolism will be a little bit higher obviously. They'll have more muscles. So, probably. [laughs]
I think it just means the truth is everyone's very, very different and we see great results very fast. We've heard several testimonials already on this show before and what Adam and I have seen so many hundreds over the years of people losing, you know, 10 pounds to 20 pounds to 70 pounds even up to 150 pounds.
Wow.
And that readiness if different for everybody. The reality is it's a little bit of a troubleshooting process to get to the bottom of it all. There's a little bit of exercise involved which is high-intensity strength training and there's a lot of nutritional work that's involved. And it's unfortunately it's not an easy thing for most people. And as Adam said, insulin is the primary regulator of our fat but there are so many other factors involved and there's nothing lost in attacking your strength training program immediately.
And it's definitely going to have an effect, a positive effect over the course of whatever the journey is for that client. But it's -- the reality is there's nothing that happens quickly. Well, for most people. And it starts I think the usual suspects start with what Adam said is your simple carbs and then your complex carbs and then they can go into other things too depending on where allergies and sensitivities occur. It's a tough topic but an important one.
And one that is covered in great detail in Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a- Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution. Adam does a terrific job simplifying the information so that it is easy to understand. You'll find easy to follow tables and charts and descriptions in chapter 3, nutrition the second pillar. We invite you to pick it up at an InForm Fitness location or you can order it through Amazon. We have a link available to the book right here in our show notes.
We have a lot of interviews lined up for future podcasts. So, we hope that you'll stick around and continue to learn more about the Power of 10 from other experts in the field of fitness. Along with some amazing testimonials like the one we have lined up for you over the next two weeks. We will be talking to InForm Nation member, Joanie Pimentel. She is also a member of the LA-based band, No Small Children. And for a glimpse of Joanie and to sample her music, head over to nosmallchildren.com. The reason we'll be talking to Joanie, she lost 118 pounds over two years with the Power of 10, slow motion high-intensity weight training She's a lot of fun with some really great stories and highly inspirational. So, make sure you come back and join us.
And to join InForm Nation for yourself and give this workout a try, pop on over to informfitness.com to find a location nearest you. If you would like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question, maybe you have a comment regarding the Power of 10, send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com. You can even give us a call at 888-983-5020, Ext. 3. That's 888-983-5020, Ext. 3 to leave your comment, question or even a suggestion. All feedback is welcome. And speaking of feedback, please leave us a review right here in iTunes or wherever you might be listening and don't forget to subscribe. We really do appreciate you listening to the InForm Fitness podcast. For Adam, Mike and Sheila, I'm Tim Edwards with the Inbound Podcasting Network.
Can a strength training workout really take the place of a typical cardiovascular conditioning program?
Adam Zickerman, the founder of Inform Fitness and the author of the New York Times best-selling book: Power of 10, explains the difference between steady-state cardio workouts and the slow motion, high-intensity strength training workouts offered at Inform Fitness locations across the country.
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon:
https://www.amazon.com/Power-Once-Week-Revolution-Harperresource/dp/006000889X/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1485469022&sr=1-1&keywords=the+power+of+10+book
Ilf you would like to produce a podcast of your own just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
The transcription to this episode is below:
08 The Intro: Cardio Conundrum - Transcript
You’re listening to the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with New York Times, best-selling author, Adam Zickerman and friends. Brought to you by InForm Fitness, life-changing personal training with several locations across the US. Reboot your metabolism and experience the revolutionary Power of 10, the high intensity, slow motion, strength training system that’s so effective, you’d get a week’s worth of exercise in just one 20-minute session, which by no coincidence is about the length of this podcast. So, get ready InForm Nation, your 20 minutes of high-intensity strength training information begins in 3, 2, 1.
InForm Nation, welcome in. Thanks again for joining us here on the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with Adam Zickerman and friends. I'm Tim Edwards with the Inbound Podcasting Network and the gang's all here once again. We have Sheila Melody with InForm Fitness from the Los Angeles area. Mike Rogers from New York City. And the founder of InForm Fitness, New York Times best-selling author of Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution, Mr. Adam Zickerman. So, Adam, we introduced you as the New York Times best- selling author. Are you always introduced that way when you're at parties hanging out with your friends? [laughs]
Actually, no.
[laughs] You know, much like an Oscars' winner is always Academy Award Winning, Tom Hanks or Baseball Hall of Famer, Mickey Mantle, New York Times best-selling author, Adam Zickerman, has a nice ring to it.
You know, it's been on the -- it was only on the best seller list for one week by the way.
Don't diminish it. You don't need to throw that out there. [laughs] Hey, [crosstalk 01:41].
And by the way it was the publisher's list. So, in other words, the published -- what's published in the New York Times paper itself are the first ten. Fiction or nonfiction, ten of each.
Mhm [affirmative].
I was number 15 which is the publisher's top 15 list which still makes me a New York Times best seller but I wasn't actually in the paper itself.
You know what we need is like a top 15 list of how many ways Adam can de- emphasize his achievements.
[laughter] Yeah. He's so humble. [laughs] I would have that on my business cards.
I've known Adam a long time and he is a people person but for some reason he likes to -- he doesn't want to be announced about anything.
[Inaudible 02:26].
[laughs] Well, he is a New York Times bestseller and it's a fantastic book. It's the Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution and we recommend you go out and pick it up.
If you want. If you want. [laughter]. You must pick up the Power of 10 at amazon.com. [Crosstalk 02:41]. You can get it at the library. You don't have to buy it. [laughs] You're a horrible businessman, Adam. I'm surprised -- [laughter] Yeah. [Inaudible 02:50] library [inaudible 02:51]. No, it’s true [inaudible 02:53]. People still go to the library? Okay. The library's actually [crosstalk 02:55]. I don't even know what the library is anymore. Amazon's my library. That's true. Starbucks or something. I don't know what's my library but it's not the library. It's not the physical location. Do you remember the Dewey Decimal System? Yes. Those cards that you'd have to pull out -- I do.
And go -- well, you're not supposed to pull them out. You're supposed to write them down but I always cheated and snagged it [laughter] and walked around.
Did you put them back? I'm not admitting that here on our podcast. There's so many people that don't even know that.
[laughs] Yeah. Dewey Decimal System, right along with eight-tracks. Alright, we have a lot of info to cram into our 20 minutes together. So, let's get to it. This show will assist you in super charging your metabolism, increase your cardiovascular endurance and will make you leaner and stronger. Just ask James a proud member of InForm Nation.
After doing this workout for the past two, two and a half years I've gone down from a 36-inch waist to a 32 and I've gained a lot of muscle, lost a lot of fat. I have a lot of energy. I'm able to keep up with my guys on job sites and basically have been able to increase my efficiency at work.
And you'll notice he mentioned he went down in waist size with no cardio all through the Power of 10 workout at the Toluca Lake location. So, that's our topic today, is the cardio conundrum. I love that alliteration, the cardio conundrum. I had to look up conundrum, I got to be honest with you. I didn't know what a conundrum was but [laughs] I found that it means a confusing and difficult problem or a question. So, Adam, what is it about cardio that makes it so confusing?
We think that the activity itself of a steady state cardio activity is actually going to either help us burn calories and lose weight which it doesn't and there's conundrum because people get frustrated when they do it and it doesn't really work all that well. Another conundrum with cardio is that we feel that that activity is the only way to actually affect and improve the heart and that gets confusing as well because everyone's told, well, if you want to improve your endurance and your oxygen uptake, you need to do cardio. And we have to make sure when we talk about cardio that we get all of our definitions straight.
So, you know, Adam, one of the first things I noticed when I was first exposed to InForm Fitness and the high-intensity strength training workout with Sheila at the Toluca Lake location was when I toured the facility I didn't see any treadmills and I was a little taken aback when I realized that there is not a mainstream typical cardio portion of the workout. And honestly, I've been doing this for now about six months. I've loved the results and I love telling people about my results and my workout but I get asked 100% of the time, well how can that work if you're not doing any cardio?
Adam: Well, my answer, and I have to admit it's a little snarky when I say this, but I say, well, this is cardio but just not in the conventional sense and I say, you see the way the heart gets stronger is by responding to demands. The higher the demand on the heart the better it's going to respond and it's going to improve for that demand. So, if the demand is low, the heart's not really going to adjust very much or it's not going to become more efficient. It has no need to. But when the demand is really high via high-intensity exercise, doing a leg press for example to muscle failure where the demands are huge the body is going to react to that and the heart's going to get stronger.
Now, the heart doesn't differentiate between where the demand is coming from. It just knows demand. So, the demand is coming from a leg press or from a treadmill it doesn't differentiate. It has no idea what you're doing. So, when we look at studies, especially recent studies, that are actually able to show that there are improvements to the heart via high intense -- brief high-intensity exercise versus a long steady route. Now we're faced with a choice. There's no need now to spend five hours to improve the heart and the markers that show that the heart's been improved or endurance has been improved. When you can actually improve those same markers with much briefer but more intense exercise.
And I'd rather choose that not only because it saves me time but it also saves me from injury because when you're doing a lot of so-called conventional cardio, we're talking hours a week versus minutes a week and when you're spending hours doing a repetitive motion that is where we start getting into problems of injury, of energy depletion, lethargy, lowered immune system, cortisol levels going up. So, we started getting into some messy territory when we start extending our workouts too long. It's a very fine balance. So, I'd much rather do a very brief, intense, make the demand high, have the heart respond equally.
Mike: The conditioning happens when you actually work the muscles and, you know, our workout is the one that will prepare you to do any task that you need whether it's a sport, whether it's a simple task, everything seems to be better if you're building your muscles and our -- the Power of 10 is the way to do it safe and efficient.
Sheila: Yeah. And I also think there's something to be said for, you know, the quality of the stimulus. You know, you're stimulating -- it's an intense demand and then you end your exercise at InForm Fitness -- the way we do it, when you end your exercise your heart may be beating a little bit like you just did a sprint but then what happens is when you walk out of there your heart has to continue working to go repair, you know, the muscles and what you just did. It stimulates that to continue on in a productive way.
Tim: Would that fall under the third pillar with rest and recovery where your heart is still working as your body is recovering from that high-intensity strength training?
Sheila: I feel so. I feel that it's -- that's what we're doing is stimulating that. So, that then when you let your body fully recover and you let your heart get to work and deliver the nutrients all over the body and help to replace the energy that was just used and help to heal, then you come back and it's a way more efficient and productive way to build your muscle and to simulate those systems in your body.
Mike: Cardiovascular conditioning as we understand it, as the people outside the world of science, who are trying to exercise and become healthier, as I understand it they do cardio because they, A, think it's the way to lose fat and, B, it's the way because their doctor said, oh, I have to make sure my heart is healthy. Those methods have always been, oh, I should run you know, jog on a treadmill, three times a week for 20 minutes and/or bike for half an hour or do the elliptical if my knees are bad because I have to make sure all those things are going on. And I'm just following my doctor's orders because he says I need to have a very healthy heart. And --
Adam: And that would work if you had the time and your body didn't give out for that amount of time every single week for the rest of your life. That could work. And how do we know it works? Scientists look at certain markers of improvement and some of these markers for example are oxygen consumption. If your oxygen consumption has improved, the cardio is working. And aerobic enzymes are improved, that is scientific evidence that your endurance is improving.
Now, this is the interesting part about it. Compliance is a big problem. You have doctors telling people to do cardio all the time. You have people being told to go walking and then the walking programs all the time. Compliance is a big issue. People don't have the time. They don't want to do it. They get frustrated. They get hurt. Well, the good news is with these markers of health and endurance can improve with much less time if the intensity is improved and increased.
Several studies coming out of McMaster University in Canada that have actually had two groups, one doing steady state exercise and then one group doing high intense exercise similar to what we do except on bikes but they’re like interval training. Much less time spent on the bike compared to how much time the other group spent doing steady state cardio on a bike. And they measured the O2 max which is the oxygen consumption. They measured some of these enzymes. After
the study was completed, the amount of exercise that the high-intensity group did was tenfold less time. Eight minutes a week of exercise versus like six hours a week for the cardio group.
Then they measured the improvements in these markers. This is the fascinating thing. The markers improved equally for both and to me and to a lot of people, what does that say. That says that it's not how often you work out or it's not the tool in which you work out on that creates these changes, it's the demand. It's the intensity of these changes. What that means is the real winner, the real thing we should be going for in exercise is not how long or how often or how high we get our heart rate but how intense is the exercise and how safe it is. We've talked about that.
This intensity turns out to improve these markers that the cardio, the aerobics camp has always been hanging their hat on for saying hey the reason you should do this cardio is because it improves oxygen consumption this much. And if you do cardio it's going to improve these enzymes which proves that you're building endurance. That's why you should do all this cardio. Hey, guess what guys, we improve those markers equally by doing like six minutes a week of exercise. So, now what's your reason for doing all that cardio? If you could improve all those markers by just doing six minutes a week versus your whatever, what six hours a week. Is it really the treadmill that's doing this? Is it really the heartrate that's been up for an hour a day every single day that's really improving these things? No.
What's happening when you see those improvements from doing cardio is that eventually there's a lot of demand doing six hours of exercise a day. Of course your body's going to eventually respond to that but that's the scenic route. Who has time for the scenic route most times? Right? I want to improve those markers. I don't have time for that. I'm going to do one really brief, intense workout and then live my life. And those markers, my heart, my endurance will improve just as much and these studies are starting to be repeated by other places. So, there's not just one one-off study that McMaster did. Other places are starting to do similar studies like this and very similar findings are presenting themselves.
Mike: And some people they enjoy taking the scenic route but I think they need to also understand that there are costs taking the scenic route a lot more that they need to be concerned about. And there’s an alternative. And what the Power of 10 does is present that alternative.
Tim: And that alternative is an express route to get it done quickly, safely, with the same if not better results.
Adam: The scenic route is not just the scenic route. I know people like to take the scenic route but the scenic route is also fraught with potholes and dirt roads and things that can get you kind of stuck. So, as much as we like to romanticize about the scenic route, you know, unless you have a four-wheel drive you might not make it. My point is really that there are costs taking the scenic route. It's not all you know fun and games. Alright, when you're working out that much it's inevitable that you eventually get hurt.
So, yes, like Mike said, people like taking the scenic route and we don't like discouraging people from doing what they like and if you like doing cardio because it's a stress reliever or it's just in your DNA to just be active and do that, okay, so be it. Just understand the risks involved with that and that they're not necessary for health improvement. Period.
Tim: Alright guys, we're getting close to that 20-minute mark and we still have a few more elements to cover here in this episode. So, Adam, like I mentioned at the beginning of this episode, the cardio conundrum, it's going to bleed over into other episodes because there is so much content to cover. What can we look forward to in the next episode as we continue?
Adam: Well, the other confusing aspect of cardio, besides the fact that we all think it is the only way to strengthen our hearts is that cardio is the only way to lose weight or if you want to lose body fat, you have to do cardio and that's what we're going to talk about next. Do you need to do cardio to lose weight?
Tim: Alright. So, that's coming up in our next episode but on the way here still in this episode we're going to hear from another InForm Nation member who works out at InForm Fitness in the Los Angeles area with Sheila. She's a retired pediatrician and actually one of the stars of the Hallmark Channel. Plus, we received our first question via voice memo for Fitness Fact or Fiction. It's from Linda with a question that has to do with alcohol and exercise. Interesting combo. That's coming up in a mere 60 seconds. Right here on the InForm Fitness podcast.
Well, this certainly is an episode of firsts as this podcast continues to grow in popularity. We welcome in our first sponsor to the InForm Fitness podcast. It's Thrive Market. Now, I want to remind you that one of the three pillars necessary to maximize your results with the Power of 10 is nutrition. Especially if you're looking to super charge your metabolism, burn fat and build muscle which is the point of this podcast. At the time of this recording I've been working out at the Toluca Lake InForm Fitness location for about five months and in that time I've already lost a couple of inches off my waistline and I'm getting stronger every single week.
But I've done more than just my once a week workout. I've been pretty mindful of what I've been eating and where I've been buying my food. Of course you can get everything on that list at your grocery store but I found everything I need to maximize my results at thrivemarket.com. At Thrive Market you'll find wholesome products that are InForm Fitness friendly at wholesale prices. If you're into the paleo diet or perhaps you're leaning towards being gluten free or even exploring a vegan lifestyle, you'll find everything you're looking for at thrivemarket.com. In addition to simplifying the buying process it's much more affordable than the grocery store and they deliver your items right to your door. And with all orders over $49 you get shipping absolutely free.
Try it for yourself. Visit thrivemarket.com. Register for free. Start your 30-day free trial and if you're happy with their service and their products you can join the community. It's just $59.95 and most customers save that amount in their first order and then you can continue to save a bunch of money and grow healthy in the process. As a matter of fact, I'm going to save you some dough right off your first order. Simply email me directly at tim@inboundpodcast.com and I'll send you a code that will shave 15% off your first order. Thrive Market is on a mission to make healthy living easy and affordable for everyone.
Alright. Jumping back into the program let's hear from InForm Fitness member, JJ Levinstein who also happens to be the medical expert on the show, Home and Family on the Hallmark Channel.
JJ: Hi, I'm JJ Levinstein. I'm a retired pediatrician and I took care of kids for 30 years so I probably lifted several tons of children every single week. As a result of that I didn't really take good care of myself. I took great care of them but my average diet was a Diet Coke and red licorice for lunch and zero exercise. So, when I retired a few years ago I had an epiphany. I literally said to myself, “If I want to live and enjoy my retirement in a good way, I've got to start taking care of myself.” So, I found this place.
First of all, I left so many dollars at so many gyms and so many paid training hours that I never took advantage of because I didn't like the environment of gyms. Gyms are for younger people and folks who didn't really look like me or want the same things in life that I did. So, I found that it just was a really noxious experience for me. I live four blocks away. So, the fact that I can just literally get up, walk over here in whatever I'm wearing during the day, have my little workout in a half an hour, not really sweat. I swear but I don't sweat. [laughs] I can actually move on with my day and it's not a big intrusion. There's not a whole big social scene. It's not expensive for what you get and the amount of bang for your buck it has really been worth it for me.
And for me as someone who's hitting 60 next year, I think myself and all my peers we live in fear of stepping off a curb and breaking our hip. Did my homework, found out about this particular mode of exercise, was intrigued with it and here I landed 18 months ago. What's really great about this is that it's real people training other real people. There's just no bravado. It's a lot of fun. It's sincere. It's empathic and it's effective.
That's JJ Levinstein. I like how she said she doesn't sweat but she swears from time to time. [laughs] And I'm a little guilty of that as well.
I was raised on George Carlin so I can connect with that.
She also said a lot of funny things about lifting several tons of children over the years.
Yeah.
And she ended with something that always rings with me and we've pointed this out before. Once again, when she's talking about the broken hip stuff and how she can do this workout and not break a hip and not hurt herself. Again, it came down to the safety aspect of this. The intuition that doing it this way is going to allow her to have her cake and eat it too. That she can finally get stronger the right way and not get hurt in the process. Once again, what I feel is the mission of exercise is to make yourself as strong as possible and reap all the benefits of that while at the same time not undermining your health.
Well, again, that comment that we heard just a few moments ago, from JJ Levinstein is from a series of videos that my company has produced for InForm Fitness which you can see for yourself at informfitness.com. Sheila, I noticed that as we were filming I had a chance to meet some of the clients there in Toluca Lake and a good share of them seem to have their own, IMDb page.
Well, yeah. We have a lot of people who are in "the industry." Mhm [affirmative].
But overall I would say that all of our clients are basically just very smart people. They are very busy people. They are very successful people. They find us and they get it and they don't have time to waste their time doing things that aren't working and those are the people that we -- and the same in New York and I'm sure the same in all of our other locations.
Yeah. I'm sure there's no shortage of --
Same thing. Smart people.
Of smart people and celebrities over there in your location in Manhattan, right guys?
Yeah. Well, you know, over the years we've had our share of those A-listers coming in here, you know. We don't really like talking about it. One celeb who I know wouldn't mind because she's talked about our workout and her workout in the past is Gretchen Ruben, the author of The Happiness Project and also of the podcast of -- what's the -- Happier.
Happier. Mhm [affirmative].
Happier podcast. She wasn't a celebrity when she started working out here but she sure is now. [Crosstalk 22:17]
Absolutely. Well, we'd love to have Gretchen on the program. So, we'll have to see.
And I train her sister Liz and who just completed her 100th workout last week.
Oh, congratulations.
Mike trains Gretchen actually and the whole family as a matter of fact.
I train Gretchen, her husband, their daughter, her in-laws. They're whole family.
Her daughter has her own podcast too.
Well, we'll put the links to their podcasts in our show notes as well too. So, our audience can go ahead and check out their podcast. And plant that seed in Gretchen's mind. See if she'd like to join us sometime on the InForm Fitness podcast. Alright. Now, time now for Fitness Fact or Fiction. If you have a question for Adam or a member of the crew here regarding fitness, you can type out an email to podcast@informfitness.com or better yet use your phone to record a voice memo and email it to the same address. That way you can hear yourself right here on the InForm Fitness podcast just like Linda will.
Hi, Adam. This is Linda calling. I work out at the InForm Fitness studio in Toluca Lake and I have a question for you. My husband brought me a newspaper article that says having a glass of wine is just as good as working out for an hour in the gym and we're winos. We love our wine but I'm really trying to get my husband to come in and work out. What do I tell him? Help! Help! Help!
I wish it was that easy. And I wish I can rely on these studies that they're talking about. He can't. Most of --
Are you sure about that, Adam? [laughter] Yeah, I'm sure. I saw you looking at to dispute that. Well, I looked up --
I don't know. I don't know if -- I don't know red wine. I don't know good wine Yeah. [laughs] Obviously. It's a scam. [laughs] Yeah. [laughs] Well --
It's like, you know, really, a glass of wine. Adam, are you really going to continue talking about it?
[laughs] So, remember, it's Fitness Fact or Fiction. I think this lands under the fiction umbrella.
I'm calling fiction on that one. [laughs] Well, you know, I looked it up on -- I'm looking at Adam and I see friction right now. Yes. [laughs] Look at -- his face is turning as red as the wine. Yeah. And I see affliction. [laughs] Have some wine. And very little diction.
Adam could use a glass of wine today.
[Crosstalk 24:22].
Well, I found the article on Brightside. Brightside's a website and the article that I think she might be alluding to after a search from receiving her voice memo says, “A new study says a glass of red wine is the equivalent to an hour in the gym.” However, in the article they don't list where the research has come from. Just conducted, possibly, somewhere in Canada. So, no --
[Inaudible 24:48] talking about this all over the news and all over -- like it was on a recent John Oliver show and in his piece he was talking about all these "studies" and if you just start an article with a new study, a new study, a new study says and nobody really looks into the science of this study. They just go by that headline and then it goes viral over the internet. Hey, I can just drink a glass of red wine and I'm just doing the same thing as you're doing, you know. So, I'm calling fitness fiction on that one. [laughs]
Fiction. I think it's across the board, fiction, fiction, fiction, unanimous. Sorry Linda but I don't think that's going to work. You got to find other ways to get your husband into the gym and pull that glass of wine out of his hand.
Get him a gift certificate. We got gift certificates here. Just buy it, say, “I spent the money. Get in there.”
[laughs] So, you're committed now. Alright. So, again, if you'd like to ask Adam a question on fitness fact or fiction, you can send a voice memo or just type out an email to podcast@informfitness.com. Or you can do it the old fashioned way and give us a call at 888-983-5020, Ext. 3. 888-983-5020, Ext. 3 and you can leave your comment question or even a suggestion. And while you're on your phone, why don't you scroll over to the podcast icon, find our show in the search and subscribe. It's very easy. It takes just a few swipes and clicks and of course it is absolutely free. This is vital to the success of this show and we would greatly appreciate your feedback with a review right here in iTunes.
Alright. We have surpassed the 20-minute mark which means that if you started your high intensity workout when we began this podcast you would be wrapping it up right about now just like we are. We are going to continue our conversation regarding cardio and fat loss in next week's episode. Then in a couple of weeks we have a very special treat for you. We will be speaking with an amazing woman who in the past two years has lost, get this, 118 pounds by participating in the Power of 10 workout. She also plays a mean bass and has one hell of a voice.
We'll introduce you to her and sample some of her music right here on the InForm Fitness podcast.
To learn more about slow motion high intensity weight training and to join InForm Nation by trying it for yourself, visit informfitness.com for locations nearest you. If you don't have a location nearby, pick up Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-A-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution and we'll have a link for it right here in the show notes. For Adam, Mike and Sheila, I'm Tim Edwards with the Inbound Podcasting Network. Thanks for listening.
In Episode 7 of the Inform Fitness Podcast, Adam Zickerman, Mike Rogers, Sheila Melody and Tim Edwards discusses the pros and cons of high-intensity strength training with free weights versus machine weights versus your own body weight. You will learn more about the type of equipment you can expect to use with your very own personal trainer at Inform Fitness.
To find an Inform Fitness location nearest you visit www.InformFitness.com
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
You can join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon:
https://www.amazon.com/Power-Once-Week-Revolution-Harperresource/dp/006000889X/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1485469022&sr=1-1&keywords=the+power+of+10+book
Ilf you would like to produce a podcast of your own just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
The transcription to this episode is below:
07 Working Out with Machine vs. Free vs. Body Weights - Transcript
Intro:
You’re listening to the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with New York Times, best-selling author, Adam Zickerman and friends. Brought to you by InForm Fitness, life-changing personal training with several locations across the US. Reboot your metabolism and experience the revolutionary Power of 10, the high intensity, slow motion, strength training system that’s so effective, you’d get a week’s worth of exercise in just one 20-minute session, which by no coincidence is about the length of this podcast. So, get ready InForm Nation, your 20 minutes of high-intensity strength training information begins in 3, 2, 1.
InForm Nation, thanks for being with us once again. I'm Tim Edwards with the Inbound Podcasting Network. We have Sheila. We have Mike. And we have Adam, the founder of InForm Fitness and New York Times best-selling author of Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution. That's what this show is all about, supercharging your metabolism, increasing your cardiovascular endurance and getting you leaner and stronger to enjoy your health and your life to the fullest.
In today's episode we'll discuss working out with free weights versus machine weights versus your own body weight and the equipment you can expect to see when becoming a member of InForm Nation. Mike, let's start with you. Give us a quick rundown on the type of equipment InForm Fitness uses to support the Power of 10.
In regards to the machines versus the free weight versus body weight, you know, InForm Fitness, here in New York, we have the Rolls Royce set up here as Adam said many times before and all of the locations in California, Virginia, etcetera. Our machines, they're outstanding. They're made by Nautilus. They're made by MedX and they're all retrofitted for our style of weight training to accommodate for the strength curves of the body.
I never knew what a strength curve until I got certified and went through all this, you know, information. Basically, it's like when you start out a movement, like what Mike just said, you know, you go through this movement in the muscle group that your isolating. At the start of it you're normally a little weaker and then there's a point in that movement that you're the strongest and then there becomes another point where it's weaker. And what we want to do is stimulate that strongest part of the movement. So, if you're in the middle of this, you know, compound row and in the middle of it where you're strongest you can do 150 pounds but at the back you can't or at the very beginning it -- the equipment allows for the resistance to fall off where your strength curve is the weaker part and then you get that -- the best stimulus in the middle of it. If that [crosstalk 02:59].
And this cannot be accomplished, I'm sure, with free weights or regular machines that you would see at a conventional gym.
There are tricks. You can simulate cams on free weights if you know how to use them properly. Like a lateral raise, you wouldn't be standing straight up. You lean to the side while you did a lateral raise, you actually in effect create a cam that's proper and congruent. So, if you know what you're doing, if you understand the limitations of free weights and how to work around them, you can have a very intense and safe workout.
One thing that I think we overemphasize that people give more importance in, is actually needed is this thing, this concept called full range of motion. That we need to go through a full range of motion and some people in the older generation might remember this but there used to be, you know, a protocol called statics or isometric training and that's where you don't move at all. They don't go through any range of motion at all. You just fatigue the muscle just by pushing and using the muscle in a stationary position but pushing as hard as you can until it exhausts and you got good results from doing statics or isometrics.
The range of motion for a lot of situations in trying to maximize that range of motion can end up being a very dangerous situation. When you're at the extremes of the range of motion, those are the most vulnerable parts of the muscle, the most stretched position. That's where things tear and go a little and get really dangerous. I like to stay right in that midrange and if unless you have specialized equipment, you should stay in that midrange and avoid the extremes. Only with retrofitted equipment where the machine makes it actually lighter where we're right in our most vulnerable and weakest positions. So, the weight is not being taken over by the connective tissue because the muscle can't handle it all right in that position.
So, that's why we retrofit our machines and we do get a little bit more range of motion using machines like that. But again, I'm -- I don't really care about maximum range of motion. It doesn't matter. You can strengthen a muscle group or single muscle by just working it really deeply in a static position. In its strongest position. In the middle position.
I think, you know, Adam I think one of the best examples of that is the leg extension because of all the controversy and all studies and all of the, you know, it's -- over the last -- as long as I've been a trainer there's been a lot of news articles and studies that said the leg extension is absolutely the worst machine and one of the most dangerous machines in the gym and the thing is -- well, the question is, how are you doing the study? How are they doing the exercise? How is the leg extension set up?
And, you know, for example, our -- you know, Adam can describe probably the best exactly the alignment of the seat and how it drops off at the top and you know to -- I mean where if he doesn't do that, if you are going through a fuller range of motion, you are putting your knee in a lot of jeopardy at a regular gym versus at -- our leg extension makes that accommodation if you're going to a fuller range of motion but as Adam just sort of stated, it's and often in many cases, it's not necessary to do so.
A leg extension is a rotary movement. The rotary movements are more challenging for free weights and the leg extension does have risks associated with it if you don't -- so our leg extension machine has a lot of retrofits done to it to make it a safe machine and exercise. Without getting into all the details, if somebody was to say to me, I want to do this exercise on my own and I belong to a gym, what should I do? I would not have them do the leg extension machine because I don't know what kind of machine they have and it's harder to use that correctly. I would stick him on -- I would keep them on the basic leg presses. That's what you can do on your own or a wall squat is even safer in these compound movements versus the rotary movements.
So, right there would be how somebody can do this on their own just knowing what machines to avoid, what exercises to avoid and what is more effective given that you have crude equipment or free weights available to you. There's ways, again, of having an incredible workout in a full gym and avoid 90% of the equipment that's in that gym.
Adam, you have state of the art equipment at all of the InForm Fitness locations across the country. Can you briefly just kind of run through this type of equipment that you have? What makes it so special for InForm Fitness and this type of workout?
The key to this type of workout -- the impotence to this workout in general, lifting weights slowly was to make it safer and the special equipment is just one more step in that direction of making it safer. And one way you make exercise safer is making sure that while you're fatiguing a muscle, you’re not doing anything harmful to the joints around that muscle and that's where the specialized equipment really shines.
Because when you go through a range of motion through a particular exercise, let's take the bicep curl for example, when you start the bicep curl when your arm is straight versus when it's bent at a 90 degree angle that change and range of motion, your muscle is not the same strength. It's much weaker when you start to position -- 20%, about, weaker, than it is in the 90-degree angle. So, if you could handle 100 pounds in the strongest position, that means you can only handle about 80 pounds in the week position.
And what does this macho, tough guy do when he wants to do bicep curls? He takes the most weight he can handle which is 100 pounds in the strongest position. So, he takes 100-pound dumbbell and he starts in the week position that can only handle 80. What's going to make us the other 20%? Well, I can tell you this, whatever is making it up, it's not good. [laughs] Because that's the connective tissue of the elbow, of the shoulder, of the back needing to heave and hoe just to get that extra 20%. And there's no good that comes from that.
And if you do that regularly for all these kind of exercises for all the joints, all the time, there's an insidious negative effect to all that because you might not have tendonitis on day one doing that but if you keep doing it where you're straining the joints and in order to lift a weight in a certain position, over time it's going to bite you. So, our equipment just makes it lighter in the weaker points and makes it heavier in the strong point so it matches that strength curve. And therefore, you're not straining the joints and connective tissue is not doing the work of what the major muscles should be doing.
Tim: So, as we wrap up this episode on machine versus free weights versus body weight exercises, Adam, you did say that you don't need to be at an InForm Fitness location in order to perform a high-intensity slow motion strength training system. There are safe ways to go about this with free weights and body weights but you do need some type of a trainer and some education before you take this type of a workout outside of an InForm Fitness gym.
Adam: Yes, you do. And it doesn't take a lot. Knowing some of the pitfalls of free weights and certain exercises, knowing to stay away from some of the dangerous things, it wouldn't take too long to know more than most trainers out there actually. [laughs]
Tim: Well, a good first step might be to pick up Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once- a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution. Inside the book you'll find several workouts that support this slow motion high-intensity strength training system whether you use free weights, your own body weight or are fortunate enough to live near an InForm Fitness location. By following the three pillars Adam discusses in his book along with just a small investment of 20 to 30 minutes a week, it won't be long until you start seeing some measurable results and achievements from your newfound strength.
Adam: How about, “Hey, Adam, guess what, for the first time I was able to put my stuff in the overhead compartment in the airplane without some young gentleman offering me any help. I did it myself.” How about that small achievement that is a big deal to a lot of people right now?
Just the everyday tasks alone is worth it. A very small price to pay, truly, 20 minutes --
[Crosstalk 11:36] that's the real functional training right there. [laughs] Yeah.
And then I'll take it to the, you know, older, to the senior crowd I heard one of our friends Greg Burns who had some very senior -- they were probably in their late 70s. They loved going on cruises and the wife had been very upset because they couldn't go on cruises anymore because she had to -- she couldn't, like, walk around that well. They started working out, doing this workout and within the next year -- like they did it for about a year and they went on a cruise and she was so happy. She felt like she had their life back again because she didn't have to have a wheelchair. She could walk around on her own. It's that kind of a level. It goes from snowboarding, gardening, whatever to simply being able to walk and balance yourself.
Yeah, I've heard -- I've recently also same thing, senior used to have to go up the stairs, like, you know, up one step and meet the other foot with the other foot and then up the next step and so like -- and then would go on from that to one step to the next step to the next step to the next step. So, it's like little stuff like that and --
Right. It becomes very noticeable.
And what is this older person going to do if they didn't have us? Like what other kind of strength training that involves the necessary intensity. What are they going to do if it's not this? What is an older person that has problems walking up a flight of stairs, for example, as simple as that one flight of stairs they have major pain and problems with it, what are they going to do if they are that far gone already that they can't even walk up a flight -- what else are they -- what is their option? A walking program? I don't think so. What is it?
No. They got to strength train. How about -- they going to join a CrossFit class? [laughs]
Like physical therapy is the other option. [laughs]
They may find other exercise alternatives but probably one that's not going to -- they might not hurt them along the way, you know, I mean, it's very difficult to do that and that's why we --
They have to strength train. They got to strengthen the muscle. They got to do it without any force because they're so week already the last -- they can't afford any additional force that's not necessary. They can't afford it. They'll break.
So, let me ask you this then. So, how old is too old to call InForm Fitness and say, I'd like to sign up for a high intensity slow motion strength training program. How old is too old?
That's a good question. Dead. [laughs]
Honestly, I don't think we can answer that question. [laughs] I don't know if there's an answer to that question but we can say we have people in their 90s. We have a 92-year-old woman who's on our website. We have a nice video of her and we've had another 90-year-old who would still be here but she moved to Baltimore, remember, Adam?
Yeah. Yeah. So, it's like -- we have several in their 80s, several in their 70s, lots in their 70s. More than several. Yeah. More than several. Yeah. Lots and lots. It's -- so -- We forget they're in their 70s, Mike. Yeah. Yeah. I mean -- It's unbelievable. That's true.
Adam: Honestly, like, anybody that's over 60 and working out here, I think they’re all 60. Like I basically say, yeah we have a lot of people in their 60s but it turns out that a lot of the people that I think are in 60s are actually in their 70s.
Tim: So, we found the fountain of youth at InForm Fitness and is not a magic pill. There's work that goes into but like Adam was saying, a 20 minute a week investment is about as minimal as it gets. It's safe and it's effective and we've interviewed people over the last couple of months, Sheila, with the videos that we've been producing that I think they're in their 50s and I'm not kidding, with no exaggeration they're in their late 60s or early 70s and Keith comes to mind in particular.
Sheila: Yeah. Keith is [crosstalk 15:10].
Tim: We're going to be talking about Keith here coming up shortly in another episode, a very charismatic gentleman and I think he's 70 something. Is that correct? 71?
Sheila: 72. Tim: He's 72 for goodness' sake. My gosh, I thought he -- Sheila: And he's like solid muscle. Tim: Yeah. Sheila: And talk about intense. He just really goes intense. You know?
Tim: So, if we have people listening we know just looking at demographics a lot of older people, baby boomers don't necessarily listen to podcasts but we know their kids do or their grandkids do. So, if you're a child or a grandchild of somebody that you love that you think could use some physical conditioning, you might want to give InForm Fitness a call or check them out on the website so --
Sheila: Well, not only that. I don't want to seem like we're only for old people too. We have, you know, younger people that are -- you know, we have 15-year-olds. We have a number of, like, in their late 20s to, you know, early 30s. And they don't have time. You know, they're trying to build their lives. They're working. They're starting to get into their, like, the peak of their, you know, careers. And they love this workout. You know, so, we have a, you know, grandson and a grandmother coming in and, you know, it's funny because he was like, look, you know, my grandma can lift more weight than some of the girls I know.
Tim: [laughs] That's awesome.
You know, which is true because she's been coming in religiously and just doing it, you know. Just slowly building and consistent.
The workout is certainly for everybody. I have an 11-year-old client. I have athletes, very serious athletes here and it's for everybody. The whole point before was just that because a lot of people get very concerned about how much they can actually exercise when they get into their golden years and even up to like their 90s, which we have them here and they're thriving so. The limit is pretty much nowhere.
There is no limit. Yeah. Yeah.
You know, I think the only limit -- there are two limits. There are definitely some orthopedic or medical [inaudible 17:17] indications to exercise that.
True. True.
That's how we gauge whether there are limitations to this, not age. Age in of itself, it doesn't matter. It's really the state of the person. There are some medical issues that needs to be dealt with and cleared with some medical doctors but the other limitation that I think that exists more than anything else is the mental limitation.
Mhm [affirmative].
You know, I mean, if you can get somebody to kind of let go and really push themselves to an uncomfortable level that they might not be used to, if you can get them to break through that barrier, it opens up a whole world in a profound way, way beyond just getting stronger actually.
Not just to their physical abilities but if -- you know, when you're physically pushed to the point of failure in a specific movement, I know for a fact that that mental shift can also take place in anything you do in life. I believe that what we learn in those seven or so exercises in that 20 minutes can be applied outside in every area of your life not just in your body.
I mean, I think absolutely, when we push ourselves in almost any capacity and then afterwards we take a proper rest, our body grows, our mind grows, our, you know, like, you wouldn't -- if you didn't sleep, your memory wouldn't improve. All these things, all of your cognitive abilities and it applies to everything and that's where, how do you do that in a safe fashion is and I think that InForm Fitness and the method that Adam has developed here is your best option.
That was really cheesy. I kind of liked that moment for a while. Yeah. [laughs] Were we getting deep?
You know a little cheese every once in a while, you know, as long as you're not lactose intolerant. I guess.
[Inaudible 19:01]. [laughs] Never underestimate the power of cheese. I'm not lactose intolerant. I'll go there all day, Adam.
[laughter] Yeah. Just cut back on putting that cheese in your mouth if you're looking to shed a little fat while you're building your muscle with the Power of 10. Again, check out Adam's book for a simple and handy list of food that you should avoid and enjoy in chapter 3, nutrition, the second pillar. We'll provide you a link to Adam's book in the show notes. Well, that episode went by fast. If you started your high-intensity training with InForm Fitness at the start of this episode, you'd be wrapping it up about now just like we are.
Hey, we're going to be kicking off a new segment called, Fitness Fact or Fiction, in the next couple of episodes. So, if you would like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question, maybe you have a comment regarding the Power of 10 or maybe you saw something on your Facebook feed regarding the many fitness trends that are making the rounds, send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com. You can even give us a call at 888-983-5020, Ext. 3 to leave your comment, question or suggestion. All feedback is welcome. And seriously, this is very important to us, the best way to support this show and keep it free is to subscribe to the podcast right here in iTunes or wherever you might be enjoying your podcast. Of course, it is absolutely free to subscribe and we would love it if you left us a review.
Hey, our next four episodes promise to be both entertaining and educational. In this podcast you've heard a lot about weightlifting but not a lot regarding cardio. Should you hang onto that treadmill that's collecting dust in your garage or continue paying for that spin class you hardly ever go to or is the cardio you need included in your 20-minute workout with InForm Fitness? We'll discuss the cardio conundrum and fat loss in the next two episodes. Plus, we'll be speaking with a very talented musician who's lost 118 over the past two years by adding the Power of 10 workout to her weight loss program. We'll catch you next week right here on the InForm Fitness podcast. For Adam Zickerman, Mike Rogers and Sheila Melody, I'm Tim Edwards with the Inbound Podcasting Network.
Coming up in this episode we'll weigh in on the immediate physiological benefits of high-intensity training. What is the difference between weight training and weight bearing exercises? And steady state exercise, what is it and how does it compare to high-intensity weight training?
_________
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon:
https://www.amazon.com/Power-Once-Week-Revolution-Harperresource/dp/006000889X/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1485469022&sr=1-1&keywords=the+power+of+10+book
Ilf you would like to produce a podcast of your own just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
The transcription to this episode is below:
06 Benefits of High-Intensity Weight Training - Transcript
Intro: You’re listening to the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with New York Times, best-selling author, Adam Zickerman and friends. Brought to you by InForm Fitness, life-changing personal training with several locations across the US. Reboot your metabolism and experience the revolutionary Power of 10, the high intensity, slow motion, strength training system that’s so effective, you’d get a week’s worth of exercise in just one 20-minute session, which by no coincidence is about the length of this podcast. So, get ready InForm Nation, your 20 minutes of high-intensity strength training information begins in 3, 2, 1.
Tim: Welcome in to the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with Adam Zickerman and friends. I'm Tim Edwards the founder of the Inbound Podcasting Network back with Adam's friends and colleagues. Sheila Melody from the InForm Fitness Toluca Lake location and Mike Rogers from the New York City location. And across the hall from Mike is the founder of InForm Fitness and author of the New York Times best seller, Power of 10: The Once-a-week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution, Adam Zickerman.
Coming up in this episode we'll weigh in on the immediate physiological benefits of high-intensity training. What is the difference between weight training and weight bearing exercises? And steady state exercise, what is it and how does it compare to high-intensity weight training? Adam, Mike and Sheila, good to have you back on the show and looking forward to today's discussion. Adam, let's start off with the debate between high-intensity training and your, say, run of the mill exercise routines that we're all familiar with.
Adam: Why is high intensity so important versus just getting on a treadmill and doing that steady state, getting the heart rate up a little bit and spending the time, maybe an hour, every single day, which is generally what's been recommended and why do I say, and why do plenty of people in my camp say, that's the, you know, big deal. I mean, like, you don't have to do all that. And this is what we're finding out. First of all, a lot of people like to say to me that I don't think that steady state cardio is worth anything. I don't say it. Plenty of studies have shown that the physiological benefits that we see can come from steady state exercises. Certain markers have definitely been shown to have improved.
Tim: I have a question Adam, if you don't mind, for the layperson like me, what is steady state exercise?
Adam: Steady state exercise is doing cardio to the point where you can read People magazine for a while.
Tim: Got you.
Steady state cardio is the kind of cardio that passes the talk test. That you can have a conversation with somebody next to you while you're doing it. And steady state cardio gets your heart rate up maybe 20/30/40 percent above its normal heart rate sustained, steady state.
Got you.
Sustained. Steady-state activities as such has definitely been shown to cause certain physiological improvements. They've been shown to raise certain markers that we look for. Some of these markers are oxygen consumption, improved oxygen consumption. They call it the O2 max. Certain anaerobic and aerobic enzymes go up. Glucose sensitivity is improved as a result of steady state exercises. These are all good things. You want to be able to handle glucose better. In other words, somebody that is out of shape, their ability to -- if they eat something that has sugar in it, their ability to metabolize that sugar is very slow and keeps your blood sugar up high and that leads to obesity and all kinds of metabolic problems.
All these kind of markers are improved from steady state activity. What I'm saying is you don't have to spend that kind of time to improve those markers to that level. Turns out, you spend a lot less time doing it but it's a lot more intense actually, you can improve those markers equally and that's what the McMaster's studies have shown. At McMaster University in Canada they compare steady state activity and the markers of improvement to high intense exercise. And you'd think that the group that did the steady state activity for like for hours a week versus four minutes a week, that they would have at least a little bit better improvement of those markers compared to just four minutes of exercise but as it turns out there was zero improvement compared to the high-intensity group. In other words, the marker that went up for the steady state group, hours of exercise per week were no better than the group that just spent about four minutes a week exercising at a much higher intensity.
So, it begs the question, why are we doing all that steady state activities if the markers that we decided are markers of improvement -- if high-intensity exercises are improving those markers equally, why are we taking the scenic route. So, the question is this and this is it. I don't think that if you like to do steady state cardio and you want those physiological improvements, we're all big boys and girls, go ahead and do it. If you want to spend the four or five hours a week doing it, fine. If you also understand the risks associated with doing four or five hours of exercise a week at a steady state level. If you understand those risks because a lot of people don't understand but if they did understand these risks because they still want to do it that way because that's what they like to do, it's certainly better than sitting on a couch doing nothing and those risks are orthopedic risks and overtraining risks of course. And, you know, quite honestly, some people don't see it this way but I see it as a risk of time, I mean --
Tim: For sure.
Adam: You only have so much time on this Earth. I mean, like, I don't want to spend four hours a week of my time exercising if I don't have to. I'd much rather be with my family.
Tim: Mhm [affirmative] and that's the part that's most attractive about this exercise, your exercise, the high-intensity slow motion strength training system as opposed to riding a bike for four hours a week. I mean, who has time to do that unless it's something that somebody really enjoys to do or they use it as a recreational activity. I do not have four hours a week to work out and I'm sure the majority of the people listening don't have four hours a week to work out especially when the benefits are equal [laughs] if not better.
Adam: Well, that's the point. So, we have choices. So, we have choices. When someone says you don't believe in cardio, you don't think people should do cardio, I'm like, you know, we have a choice and I have mentioned scenic route before. I mean, some people like to take the scenic route. Again, it's a choice and most people I think want to just get it done, get it over with. And the people that want to take the scenic route, take the scenic route but I think a lot of people that take the scenic route, number one, don't realize it's just a scenic route, that there is even an express route. And number two, the people that take the scenic route, they don't know about the side effects of it and maybe they'd think twice about it if they knew what the side effects were. I think exercise programs don't have enough disclaimers with them. You know when you see a drug commercial on TV, they always have a disclaimer at the bottom.
Tim: Yeah. [laughs]
Adam: They read really fast and really small letters. Alright. Well I think, for the most part, that's the way the exercising industry kind of covers their butts but they don't really tell you truly what the risks are doing these types of activities and that's sad.
Tim: So, in addition to the obvious benefit of becoming stronger, what are some of the other direct physiological benefits that we can enjoy as a result of this protocol?
Adam: Well, there's a lot of anti-inflammatory responses and free radical absorption responses that occur when you push the muscles that deeply we're finding out. This is kind of new stuff. I mean, last five years or so. When you work out that intensely the muscles are starting to produce things that really have more profound effects and like you just mentioned, just getting stronger can affect our immune system. It could affect how we deal with free radicals. The fact that we're balancing the intensity with plenty of rest, allowing the body to do these things. So, you are actually enhancing your immune system as opposed to actually the opposite where your immune system is actually run down and you get more vulnerable to sickness because you're over trained. So, the balance there is very important.
Yeah. I mean, the immune system, I think the immune responses, that's a huge thing because we always think about that's how we keep our body's, you know, to be able to fight disease and everything but you know something, I think even more direct and we talk about just strength training in general. We know strength training in general, you know, it, you can -- when you have a program, hypertrophy, increased muscle sizes is a benefit, burning fat is a benefit, cardiovascular endurance is a benefit and it's interesting. And Adam, I don't think no one describes it better than you do, about what the effect of intensity has on hypertrophy or fat burning for example versus a steady state stimulus.
I mean, when you're pushing the body to that level of intensity, it sets off a cascade of things and basically all the systems -- it's a supply and demand thing. When you're producing -- so, intense exercise, that kind of demand and the muscles are growing and require constant demand, all our systems need to meet that demand.
Osteoporosis, the bones have to get stronger when the muscles are stronger. The cardiovascular system has to become more efficient as your muscles become stronger. The integrity of your joints need to improve if your muscles around those joints are stronger. Your digestive system needs to keep up with the demands of more muscle and high, intense exercise. Temperature regulation is improved as a result of this. When noticing all kinds of benefits just because you're spending 20 minutes to push your energy systems to their max.
Yeah and the other thing that I just want to make very clear is that how safely we achieve that intensity with this Power of 10 workout because, you know, you can get the intensity, CrossFit or those other things that people are doing, that's intensity, yes, but it's very injury prone. And by going very slowly it is really amazing when people try this for the first time. They don't believe it and then you get them on there and just by simply going very slowly with the right amount of weight in the perfect form, how deeply and how quickly they can achieve that muscle failure or that deep intensity.
You know how you have to think of this is meditation with weights.
Hm [contemplative].
Mhm [affirmative].
Going to muscle failure is very similar to meditating. You have to focus on one thing and not -- and try to cancel out all the other distractions. And you have to accept the fact that there are going to be other distractions. In the occasion of reaching muscle failure the distractions are, you know, the big obvious one is the burn. The absolute discomfort that comes from going to muscle failures. You have to kind of ignore that burn and realize you have a very specific goal and that is to reach a certain level of muscle fatigue and you have to breath properly through this. You can't hold your breath. You can't do all the gyrations and histrionics associate -- those are distractions.
So, what you're trying to do, just like meditation, is focus, as like meditation on the breath, here you're focusing on the movement on the objective muscle failure and as soon as a distraction comes in, what do you do? You note it and you bring yourself back and this is -- you never perfect it. I'm doing this workout for 18 years or more and you're never perfect at it. And when you think of it that way, I think all of the sudden, intensity is not so bad.
So, Adam, let's say we have somebody listening in an area where InForm Fitness is not located and they're interested in doing this workout but they don't have the actual machines that you have there in your InForm Fitness facilities or gyms. Can this workout translate to free weights or Nautilus machines they could find at a gym where they might be located or maybe even just body weight exercises? Does it translate across the various platforms?
Yes. Principles of lifting weights slowly, keeping it safe, crossing that threshold of intensity can be applied using almost anything. My father, I remember building stuff in the garage with my dad growing up and he had all hand tools. And I would say, you know, why don't you get one of those nice electric routers or hand sander, you know, like the electric sanders and things like that and he's like, a good craftsman never blames his tools.
Hm [contemplative].
Point is my dad didn't have the money to buy this kind of stuff but he still didn't let that stop him from building some really cool stuff for the house. And that comment always stuck with me and to achieve muscle failure, to work out intensely according to muscle and joint function safely, you don't need to have our fancy retrofitted equipment that we spent lots and lots of money on [laughs] because if you're going to do this for as a business, a good craftsman will also tell you he'll use the best tools available if he had the opportunity. So, yes, you can absolutely do this with anything because you have to just reach intensity and you want to try and do it as safely as you can and you want to keep it as brief as possible.
Tim: But if you are within the area or within driving distance of an InForm Fitness, it certainly would be to your advantage, clearly, to jump onboard, join InForm Nation and try this out for yourself. And if you would, remind our audience of the markets where they can find an InForm Fitness place.
Adam: Sure. I mean, there's a reason why I spent all this time and money on this retrofitted equipment. You know, we're in New York City. We're on Long Island. We're in Burbank, California. We're in a couple places in Virginia, Boulder, Colorado and of course people in these areas are really enjoying the service of using equipment like this with a trainer that kind of has taught them the whole way how to go into that level of intensity and how to find that Zen master in each of us.
But again, you know, lifting weights slowly or pushing your muscles to their ultimate threshold, exhaustion point, doing that safely, doesn't take much, doesn't take much. A set of wall squats, a push-up position, a plank. Doesn't take much to stimulate this type of change, now, there are all kinds of people, all kinds of orthopedic issues, motor skill issues, genetics, where having a trainer, of course, is a benefit.
Tim: Mhm [affirmative].
Adam: But in theory, anyone can do this, with anything and I know the subject is equipment versus free weights or our equipment versus any other kind of equipment. Not too long ago I was interviewing a trainer who was thinking about becoming a trainer at InForm Fitness and I'm talking about the equipment and the special cams and the low friction and how -- and all the body mechanics and matching resistance curves of the machines with the strength curves of the human body. And I got into all this biomechanics and I'm thinking he's like eating all this stuff up, like, this is like unbelievable and in the end he was like, you know, I think this would be a little bit more varied, I'm kind of thinking I don't want to limit myself to just equipment like this. You know, I think free weights is important and all kinds of different exercises, you know, for a well-rounded workout should be applied.
And I was like, this guy did not hear a single word I said for the last 12 weeks, honestly. He didn't get it. He says, you know, you're a little bit more machine -- you're like a machine based company and I'm thinking I don't know if I want, as a trainer, I want to limit myself to a machine based type of protocol. You know, I was like, oh boy. Either he didn't listen or I didn't do a good enough job in explaining what we're all about because his takeaway was we're a machine based company then there was some kind of miscommunication going on because I really, I mean, I have this beautiful pulldown machine that I personally don't use because I like to do chin-ups. You know, it -- but the pulldown machine is great and it should be used by a lot of people. It doesn't matter. It doesn't matter.
And you have in your book too. In your book, there's a whole, like, the last, you know, part of the book is all exercises you can do at home, right?
Of course.
Yeah and for those that have stumbled across this episode and haven't had an opportunity to listen to some of the early episodes, the first few episodes of this podcast, the book is called Power of 10: The Once-a-week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution with Adam Zickerman. Of course, you can pick this up at amazon.com and I would imagine there are some bookstores across the country that carry it as well too and you have these as each one of your facilities too.
So, explain the difference Adam, between when women come in and they're told that they need to do weight bearing exercise in order, you know, to stave off osteoporosis. What's the difference between weight bearing exercise and weight lifting? Is there a difference and what is it?
Yeah. I don't know what -- there's seems to be a lot of confusion because I don't think doctors are explaining to their patients clearly enough what they mean by weight bearing or even if they know what weight bearing is because a lot of doctors are a little paranoid to get and recommend their patients, especially if they have some kind of osteoporosis or some kind of orthopedic issues, I think they're a little nervous telling them to start doing a high-intensity program. So, what they do is just say weight bearing. I guess they can't get sued for just saying do weight bearing exercise. And weight bearing has become such a ubiquitous word if you will. It almost means anything as long as your active. Like a walking program by some is considered weight bearing exercise. Especially if that person doing the walking program has a big butt. [laughter]
You're bearing your own weight. That's weight bearing. That's right. Well -- Yeah. Weight bearing is like Zumba.
To me that's not what weight bearing is. That's not -- to me, weight bearing is high intensity exercise. Pushing the muscles to their max. That's what weight bearing exercise is to me. A walking program doesn't qualify. Jogging doesn't qualify. Lifting five pound dumbbells to music while you're riding a bike does not qualify. You have to go into the zone. You got to push yourself to your limits. Doesn't have to be long. Doesn't have to be unsafe. Doesn't have to be with fancy equipment but you got to do that and that's weight bearing exercise.
So, Adam, are there opportunities for other professionals in this industry who have been listening to this podcast who really are starting to subscribe to this high-intensity slow motion strength training system, enjoying the science behind it and all that you and Mike and Sheila have to say, they might be able to get in contact with you about maybe getting certified to teach this in their area where an InForm Fitness is not located.
Yes. As a matter of fact, I just got back from San Francisco with a group of six people for exactly that. There was an owner of a gym up there that wanted to get all their trainers exposed to this and certified in how to teach this exact type of training. So, I just did a 12-week course with them, Skype and lectures and then a workshop at the end for two days and then boom, they're off and running.
So, you have a curriculum in place to go ahead and bring -- Yeah. The curriculum I've been working on for, like, the last five, six years. Mhm [affirmative]. Every time I give this course it gets better and better and better.
And I just want to add from personal experience, it's one of the best things that I've ever done is to take that certification course from Adam. And I've also been through probably two or three different, probably three different groups of people that he has certified including some of our own trainers and if anything, you learn, you know, this whole new way of exercising which you can take with you for the rest of your life.
And a lot of people imagine that are getting in touch with you like the folks in San Francisco, they already have a gym. They already have members. They already have a client base and they're just going to teach this new method, something that they haven't taught before.
Sheila: I was just going to say that we've actually had people call us up and say, you know, I know that we’re not -- you know, there's not an InForm Fitness in my area but I read the book, I wanted to learn this. Can I just -- I'm going to fly in and can I do a little mini-workshop which is like a consultation or whatever. We'll take a couple hours with you and work with a trainer and show, you know, show them how to do this. And we've had several people, like, fly into Burbank Airport. And, I'm serious and I was like really. Do you really want to do this? And yeah, we've done it. So, that's always something. If you're kind of close but you're not really close, find a trainer that is certified in this and then just, you know, pay them to go through it with you.
Tim: Yeah. That's a great idea. Or perhaps if you'd like to hire Adam directly to train you or your staff to offer this slow motion high-intensity training to your clients, just send Adam an email or a voice memo from your phone to podcast@informfitness.com. You can also leave us a voicemail by calling 888-983-5020, Ext. 3. That's 888-983-5020, Ext. 3. And to join InForm Nation for yourself to give this workout a try, just visit informfitness.com for phone numbers and locations nearest you.
That puts the wraps on this episode. We are close to that 20-minute mark in the podcast which means if you began your slow motion high intensity workout when this podcast started, you'd be finished with your workout for the entire week. Join us next time as we learn more about the equipment necessary to perform the Power of 10 and we'll discuss age limits for this very unique and effective workout. How young is too young and how old is too old to begin?
And please, don't forget to subscribe to this free podcast from whichever platform you might be listening from, iTunes, SoundCloud, Stitcher Radio, Acast and even YouTube. And please, rate the show and leave us a review. It only takes a couple of minutes and will ensure the continuation of this podcast. For Adam, Mike and Sheila, I'm Tim Edwards and we appreciate you listening to the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with Adam Zickerman and friends right here on the Inbound Podcasting Network.
In the last episode we discussed understanding failure. Reaching muscle failure in your workout to be more precise and by hitting muscle failure safely, you get a weeks’ worth of exercise in just one 20-minute session. In this episode Adam Zickerman provides a very descriptive and detailed definition of a high-intensity workout from Ken Hutchins, one of the pioneers of this slow motion, high-intensity strength training system.
__________
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon:
https://www.amazon.com/Power-Once-Week-Revolution-Harperresource/dp/006000889X/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1485469022&sr=1-1&keywords=the+power+of+10+book
Ilf you would like to produce a podcast of your own just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
The transcription to this episode is below:
05 Who is Ken Hutchins - Transcript
Intro:
You’re listening to the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with New York Times, best-selling author, Adam Zickerman and friends. Brought to you by InForm Fitness, life-changing personal training with several locations across the US. Reboot your metabolism and experience the revolutionary Power of 10, the high intensity, slow motion, strength training system that’s so effective, you’d get a week’s worth of exercise in just one 20-minute session, which by no coincidence is about the length of this podcast. So, get ready InForm Nation, your 20 minutes of high-intensity strength training information begins in 3, 2, 1.
Thanks for joining us for the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with Adam Zickerman and friends. I’m Tim Edwards, the founder of the Inbound Podcasting Network. Back with Adam’s friends and colleagues. Sheila Melody from the InForm Fitness Toluca Lake location and Mike Rogers from the New York City location. And across the hall from Mike is the founder of InForm Fitness and author of the New York Times, best-seller, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution, Adam Zickerman. We are in the middle of a series of high intensity during your workout.
In the last episode, we discussed understanding failure. Reaching muscle failure in your workout to be more precise and by hitting muscle failure safely, you get a weeks’ worth of exercise in just one 20-minute session. Now, coming up in this episode we'll provide a very descriptive and detailed definition of a high-intensity workout from Ken Hutchins, one of the pioneers of this protocol. We'll also discuss how this type of workout will enhance your performance and whatever activity it is you enjoy but first, Adam, let's dispel the stigma associated with the word intensity. I mean, we don't want to scare anybody.
Intensity, yeah, an intense workout, I think will scare most people if they feel like they're out of shape or they haven't worked out in a long time and yeah, that raises concern for sure, raises the red flag so to speak in peoples' minds when they hear that this is not only an intense workout but a very intense workout and one of the first things that pops into a lot of peoples' heads is, "Can I do this?" Or, "Is it safe for me?” And that's what I meant when I said it depends who's telling the story about intensity. I think what we do so well is explaining that intensity is not the problem but it's the way we try to achieve intensity that's really where the problems lie.
When I talk to clients and when I say high intensity and when I personally think of high intensity I think of that -- the first thing that comes to my mind is that Insanity Workout. High intensity! You know, it's like -- and I always try to tell people, you know, “You're not going to be jumping around. You're not going to be like you know, we're not going to kill you.” So, you have to kind of -- yeah, you do have to kind of qualify it a little bit, you know, when you say, high intensity.
Yeah. It's interesting because a lot of the medical research and fitness research that's been coming out over the last few years which we've been advocating for, you know, I don't know. Adam, how long now? Almost 20 years. Is --
My whole life. Exactly, you know, but it's a -- Yeah, sure. [laughs]
Everyone's now a big advocate and they've showed through a lot more of the studies that a high intensity stimulus is the more worthwhile stimulus in order to gain the adaptation and the effect over the muscle in the body. So, it's a, as Adam said, it is the modality. It's defining it. I mean, some of the things that have taken the headlines are the 7-minute workout in the New York Times, CrossFit boot camps. You know, all engaging, fun, highly intense and where people have gotten, like, a lot of results but often times they're not assessing the risk when entering into those types of workouts and I think that's where Power of 10 and InForm Fitness is really, really -- that's where we have the advantage.
And when we're talking intensity too and for 20 minutes, we really want to make it clear to somebody who's considering this type of exercise that it is not 20 solid minutes of intensity. Really. I mean, based upon, you know, the five to seven or however many exercises somebody's going thorough within that 20 minutes, the intensity really is in the last 30 seconds of the exercise. At least that's how I feel.
Well, Tim, you make a good point actually. Your question is right on because you're not doing 20 minutes of high-intensity exercise. If you're doing six exercises that last a total of a minute and a half, that's nine minutes actually of exercise.
Mhm [affirmative].
Alright. So, one and a half minutes, times six is nine minutes. You know, when it comes down to it, whether it's a two-minute set or even a three-minute set or a one-minute set, at the end you've reached muscle failure. At the end it's still those last 20 seconds. Now, there are a lot of people that if you pick a weight where those last 20 seconds come in 60 seconds. Alright, so come on -- that means it's already starting hard and challenging but it's not like grueling. Now, I understand that some people, especially beginners need to kind of work up to that burn but, you know, what I found is once you understand what the bottom line is and where you have to go, a lot of people want to get it over with. People want the weight to be heavier so they don't have to take two minutes to get to that point.
And as long as their form is solid it's going to be okay. When on the first couple sessions it's usually not about deep muscle failure. It's just about understanding intensity anyway. So, it's something that you know, we're focusing more on the form and making sure people feel confident and safe while they accept and understand what it feels like to do to have an intense stimulus on their body. Usually, it's unlike anything they've had before. Even with very, very competitive athletes. It's quite a challenge.
Right and it certainly takes some getting used to but it really doesn't take long. So, Adam, let's shift gears a little bit here. In your book, Power of 10: The Once-a- Week Slow Motion Revolution, and in earlier episodes of the podcast, you've mentioned the name, Ken Hutchins, one of the pioneers of the super slow technique. Tell us a little bit more about Ken and share with us his definition of a high-intensity exercise regime.
We'd be doing everyone a disservice to not mention where this all came from. This was not my brain child, this idea of exercise versus recreation. I wish it was but it's not. Regardless, I'm following it but the person who's responsible for this is a guy named Ken Hutchins and he worked for Nautilus. He was a protégé of Arthur Jones who was the founder of Nautilus and Nautilus had their own protocol. They weren't just an exercise company. They were a protocol, an exercise protocol. A lot of the early body builders were using it back when he came out with this thing in the mid to late 60s, the Nautilus equipment.
The protocol was high intensity -- this is the beginning of high-intensity exercise where finally intensity, almost above all else was the key to seeing results and it was done in a -- he called it a two, four protocol which is lifting in two and lowering in four. So, that was drastically slower than what was -- that used to be done and it was being done on equipment which is also very radical because free weights were king at that time, especially for body builders. So, Arthur Jones had approved that equipment. You know, it doesn't matter what the tool is. Matter of fact, the equipment can actually do some better things for you.
Ken Hutchins realized that the protocol can even get better. So, here is Ken Hutchins' actual definition. I'm going to read it. "Exercise is a process whereby the body performs work of a demanding nature, in accordance with muscle and joint function, in a clinically controlled environment, within the constraints of safety, meaningfully loading the muscular structures to inroad their strength levels to stimulate a growth mechanism within minimal time."
What does that mean? Simple, right? [laughs] Who wrote that, Justice Ginsberg? [laughs]
Yeah, exactly. [Inaudible 08:04]. Wow. I need a law degree to understand that. Yeah. [laughs] [laughs]
Exactly. It's brilliant and it is a true definition because as he points out, the definition of definition is to delimit, which means that there are no other possibilities that could exist. For example, if I said somebody, please define what a pen is and they said a pen is a writing instrument. So, therefore, I can hold up a pencil, I can hold up a quill and say, well, therefore this is a pen, right? Says, no. No, actually a pen actually has ink. Oh, so, a pen is a writing instrument that uses ink? Yes. Okay. So, this quill and ink is a pen, right? Okay, so you have to define it, you have to break it down even more. You see where I'm going with this?
Mhm [affirmative].
Alright. So, that's what he just did with this definition. I mean, there is no possibility of exercise being anything other than lifting weights really slowly on retrofitted equipment in a very cool environment that is going to reach a certain level of intensity. Alright. There's no other way of doing it according to this definition.
He wrote this definition, to narrow down exactly how you have to perform exercise which is to life weights ten seconds up, ten seconds down, according to muscle and joint function so you better have your biomechanics right and your machines retrofitted for those biomechanics. Alright and you better do it in the minimum amount of time and reach failure pretty darn quickly and not hurt yourself in the process, he says here. That's what he just said in a very long way but, like, there is no room for error there. There's no ambiguity with a definition like that and that's his brilliance. He finally did it. Now gardening is not freaking exercise anymore.
Tim: [laughs]
Adam: Alright. Doctors can't tell their clients, “Oh, go on a walking program. Get some exercise.” They can't say that anymore if they go by this definition of exercise which is good because a doctor that's telling their patients that all they have to do is get out there and be active and go on a walking program because they want to save their ass because even if they die on a walking program, they can't get sued for that.
Tim: [laughs]
Adam: That's his definition because that is what it has to be but this is how we interoperate it and this is how we explain it to our clients which comes down to basically what Doug McGuff did, which is another great contributor to this movement, writing the book Body by Science who hopefully will be a guest on our show one time.
Tim: Mhm [affirmative].
Adam: Yeah.
Tim: In that definition nowhere did it say -- in Ken Hutchins' definition, nowhere did it say a leisurely activity.
Adam: Right, what I've been doing and what Doug McGuff did in his book is kind of tweaked that definition for layperson, something that you can just kind of have as a mantra if you will. Alright. And have it be that [inaudible 10:51] that will guide you to deciding how you want to engage in exercise and his definition was much more succinct. To build fitness, to improve and enhance your fitness while at the same time not undermining your health and that is the essence of what Ken Hutchins wrote in his definition.
Tim: And what you -- Adam: Although -- Tim: Built and based -- Adam: You know --
Yeah. Exactly. When it comes down to it you just have to work out and not hurt yourself in the process. You know, and it only -- it comes down to like doing five exercises or so to work the whole body really hard and then move on with your life.
Well, Adam, I have a question. So, as we move forward with the exercise versus recreation debate, so, say somebody comes in and I'll use myself as an example. So, I want to enhance my game in softball.
Right.
So, somebody comes in with some specific goals because they want to get better at an activity that they enjoy for recreation. Do you tailor an exercise regime based upon that or is it pretty standard throughout?
Read Doug McGuff's book. [laughs]
That's an excellent question. I get asked that question all the time. You know, “I want to get better,” you know, “I'm a softball player,” to use your example.
Mhm [affirmative].
And how are we going to go about that? Do we do certain exercises for throwing? Do we do certain exercises -- we're going to do plyometrics and jump side to side laterally like a shortstop would or how are we going to train for this? And the application is very general. We have to strengthen your hips. So, we're going to do a leg press. We're going to do some abductor exercises. We'll do some adductor exercises to strengthen the whole complex. We're going to do lower back exercises. We're going to strengthen your lower back but we're going to do it in a way that's not mimicking what a stress stop would do. We're going to do it the way your body was meant to move.
What's great about our program is we are building all of the muscles of your body which are involved in the movements that you're going to execute when you're performing a sport. And, you know, all the people who are playing golf and playing tennis and playing softball and skiing, they've been -- you know, they report incredible testimonials about it.
The bottom line is, doing leg press is not going to make you a great softball player. Doing hip abduction, lower back extensions, they're going to make your hips and your back and all the muscles involved in playing softball very strong and hopefully those joints really safe. And then it's up to you to practice that skill. So, it's a two prong approach and you do both. You have to get strong, you have to do -- you have to get strong without using up all your resources. The last thing you want to do is do an exercise program that's going to make you so tired and so fatigued and put your joints in such stress that as soon as you leap for a ball in the softball field, that's when you spasm in your back and it's because you just worked out like a crazy man in the wrong way all week long. Alright.
So, what you want to do is get out of your own way when it comes to exercise and not make -- put yourself at even worse advantages. It's already a demanding sport. You don't need your exercise to be just as demanding in that sense. What you want to do is get strong and not compromise your joints. Alright. So, when you go out on a softball field you're not going to spasm. You're not going to tear something or hopefully not and it's still no guarantee.
Yeah.
But to get better at softball though like Mike was saying, you have to just keep playing softball and as the stronger you get without compromising your joints, it gives you your best chance of being the best softball player you can be.
Just to put it simply, it's physical conditioning or strengthening versus skill. Right? There's a different skill for every activity, for every recreational activity. There's a skill that you develop and then there's the physical conditioning. So, there's those two and there's a great chapter about that in Doug McGuff's book, Body by Science.
Oh, terrific.
And the likelihood of actually getting hurt while you're practicing softball is going to go down significantly if you're stronger.
And that was my question. It wasn't necessarily geared towards just softball but I think everything that you just said probably applies to any activity or any recreational activity that somebody might be enjoying and my question was, do you create a specific training, physical training program for that activity or is your system there at InForm Fitness pretty universal to where just about anything that you want to do whether it's golf, tennis, swimming, hiking, skiing, softball that kind of fits that mold to train physically for those activities.
Alright. So, check this out. My story with this, alright. I've been staying very strong for a long time and I took up snowboarding as a 42-year-old.
Mhm [affirmative]. That's encouraging. Right. Yeah.
If you talk to anybody that tries snowboarding at middle age most of them give up. They're like, “It was too hard. I was falling. I was getting hurt. I couldn't -- I didn't want to do it anymore. I didn't really stick it out.” I only was able to learn how to snowboard because I was a slow learner and it took me a good five solid days before I can kind of put a turn together on a snowboard without falling. Five solid days of being basically thrown into the ground all day long. All day long. And if it wasn't for my basic strength, my overall basic strength, there's no way I would have survived those five days.
To just to get back up off my ass. Alright, on the snowboard. I mean, it was one of the hardest things I've ever attempted. And that's why a lot of people that if they're not young trying to learn how to snowboard they just don't -- they give it up because it's just too hard on the body to learn how to snowboard.
It's a great testimonial to this workout that you can pick something up as physically demanding as snowboarding at the age of 42.
Yeah and that's just like I said, that's a hugely demanding sport that Adam was trying to do. And we hear time and again, like we heard on the weekend when we were taping testimonials, can be as simple as gardening, you know, or doing things around the yard that people thought, “Oh, I just don't have the energy to do this anymore,” and then they start doing this workout and low and behold a few months later they're like, “Oh, this is fine again. This is easy again. I'm enjoying doing my gardening and yardwork again.”
And not just the recreational activities but just being able to work effectively to make a living. There's one woman that we interviewed that works for a television studio that's in wardrobe department and has to lift and carry and drag. We interviewed a gentleman who's in IT and has to do a lot of crawling and climbing and carrying and so this will [laughs] not only just -- this exercise won't only just benefit you so that you can be a great softball player or golfer but also help you continue to do what you not only love to do, but have to do.
And how long does it take to have all these achievements, to reach all these successes. How long does it take to be able to do these things? Oh, just 20 minutes once a week. Are you fucking kidding me?
[laughs] Yeah. Shorter than a television episode, right? Preach it. Hallelujah.
I mean, seriously, you know if you started telling people, what would you say if I can get you to do all these things that we just talked about like being able to snowboard at 45 and not kill yourself or to be able to actually garden a full acre of land and your property and enjoy that fantasy of actually being an organic gardener and have your self-sustaining garden while you're in your golden years. Alright. Just imagine being able to do that because that's a lot of hard work. Just being able to do that and not pay the price for it. What would you do for that? Well, I don't know. What -- I mean, sounds like it takes so much. It would be like -- I mean, what was it? A five-day week workout and all that cardio and then doing weight training too like those crazy people on TV. I'm like No. No actually. How about just 20 minutes once a week and you can do all that?
Yeah and realistically over time what I've noticed with these types of testimonials, when they record something like skiing its I mean, I've seen it as early as six sessions but usually within like eight or ten sessions. So, like, less than three months I think people are noticing very discernable changes in their body in regards to their sports performance or recreational activity.
Alright. Thanks, Mike. That music means that we are close to the 20-minute mark in the podcast which also means if you began your slow motion high-intensity workout at the start of this podcast, you'd be finished by now. Done for the entire week. Thanks again to the gurus from InForm Fitness, Adam Zickerman, Mike Rogers, and Sheila Melody.
And remember if you have a question for Adam, Mike or Sheila, or a comment regarding the power of ten, it's very simple, just shoot us an email or record a also leave us a voicemail by calling 888-983-5020, Ext. 3. That's 888-983-5020, Ext. 3. All feedback is welcome. And speaking of feedback, if you enjoyed the show, the best way to support it and to ensure that we continue to produce additional episodes is to subscribe to the podcast and please rate and review the show in iTunes, SoundCloud, Stitcher Radio, Acast, YouTube or wherever it is you might be listening.
And to join InForm Nation for yourself and to give this work out a try, just visit informfitness.com for phone numbers and locations nearest you. You'll be glad you did. I am. I've been using this workout for several months. In addition to shedding a few pounds I'm feeling great and getting stronger with a minimal investment of just 20 short minutes a week. I'm Tim Edwards, reminding you to join us in our next episode as we continue our discussion on high intensity training with the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with Adam Zickerman and friends here on the Inbound Podcasting Network.
What exactly is high-intensity training? Is high-intensity training safe? In this episode we’ll hear from a longtime Inform Fitness client, who is 72 years old, describe the intensity of his slow motion strength training at Inform Fitness in Toluca Lake, California. Adam continues his explanation of muscle failure in high-intensity training and the value of having a personal trainer guide you through your 20-minute workout.
___________________
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon:
https://www.amazon.com/Power-Once-Week-Revolution-Harperresource/dp/006000889X/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1485469022&sr=1-1&keywords=the+power+of+10+book
Ilf you would like to produce a podcast of your own just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
The transcription to this episode is below:
04 Intensity Defined - Transcript
Intro:
You’re listening to the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with New York Times, best-selling author, Adam Zickerman and friends. Brought to you by InForm Fitness, life-changing personal training with several locations across the US. Reboot your metabolism and experience the revolutionary Power of 10, the high intensity, slow motion, strength training system that’s so effective, you’d get a week’s worth of exercise in just one 20-minute session, which by no coincidence is about the length of this podcast. So, get ready InForm Nation, your 20 minutes of high-intensity strength training information begins in 3, 2, 1.
You know, I like the philosophy of the program of taking each one of the muscle groups to meltdown [laughs]. Surely what it is and you know there’s a certain amount of emotion that goes along with these meltdowns. So, you kind of have to be willing to get into that thing where, okay, the sabre tooth tiger’s got me and it’s going to bite off my head and it’s -- but it’s a slow bite and you just got to be willing to stay there [laughs]. You know, I mean, anybody can do half an hour a week.
Anybody can do a half hour a week of a sabretooth tiger biting down on your head. If that doesn’t define intensity, I don’t know what does. That was Keith from the Toluca Lake InForm Fitness location. He’s one of the clients. He’s been coming for quite some time, I believe. Is that right, Sheila?
Yeah. He’s been coming for probably a year and a half now, I would say. And Keith is how old? Keith is almost 72 years old.
And he has been doing this for quite some time and that’s how he describes high intensity strength training and great selling point for InForm Fitness and that’s exactly what we’re doing here today. Welcome to episode four of the InForm Fitness podcast. My name is Tim Edwards and of course joining us again is Sheila Melody from the Toluca Lake location. We have Mike Rogers from New York City and across the hall from him, the founder of InForm Fitness and the author of Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution, Adam Zickerman. This episode, intensity, could probably turn itself into two, three, maybe even four episodes because this is kind of the foundation of what you put together with InForm Fitness, Adam.
Yes, and that description of a sabretooth tiger biting down on his head slowly -- I’m almost cringing thinking about what people who’ve never heard about this work out and they come across this podcast and if they listen to this they’d be like, “Screw that.”
Well, it’s a slow bite, Adam. [laughter] It’s a slow bite but you know what, you got to listen to what he said. Yeah.
Anybody can do anything for 20 minutes and the last episode that we had, The Importance of Muscle, is the result of what happens when you’re able to just do something for 20 short minutes a week which is also the length of our podcast as well. So, just to kind of give you an idea of how little of an investment it is for some long-term bigtime gains. So, yes, we don’t want to scare anyone away with the sabretooth tiger comment but here’s a 72-year-old man talking about something he’s able to endure 20 minutes a week and I think that’s just a fantastic testimonial, maybe not the most accurate description. [laughs]
No, no, no. I don’t want to -- listen, I was smiling and smirking and kind of cringing at the same time. I mean, I understand why he’s saying it and the fact that you just pointed out that he’s 75 and doing it should say it all that --
It does. You know, if he’s 75 and enduring this kind of intensity, it should give you -- Well, let’s not give him that much credit. He’s 72 but -- [laughs] [Crosstalk 03:53]. But close enough. [laughs] 72 years young [crosstalk 03:57]. He’s an intense guy too. He is.
Now, you know, this is such an incredible topic because what I’d want people to get from this episode today, is understanding that, as important as intensity is for exercise, it doesn’t mean danger. Doesn’t mean I can’t do that because I’m out of shape or I’m not that strong right now. I can’t work out that hard or I’m not young enough to work out that hard because that’s not where the danger lies. It’s not intensity that causes the dangers of exercise. It’s intensity coupled with high force crazy movements, ballistic movements, high repetitions.
It’s this force associated with that intensity. So, we don’t realize that you can have a very intense experience weightlifting and have it be of the utmost safety at the same time which is the real profound thing about this. I think we talked about this on the first episode, about the safety and intensity.
Mhm [affirmative].
So, the thing about intensity is you can get there. I mean you have to get there and if you can get there in confidence that you’re not going to get hurt, like our friend Keith just mentioned.
Mhm [affirmative].
At 72 years old being able to work out that hard and not worry about hurting himself, that’s the beauty in this. That is the true beauty in this.
Things that are generally worthwhile often times are not easy and that goes with everything I think we do in our lives and I think it’s just, you know, if you want to do something that’s worthwhile that’s only 20 minutes once or twice a week, I mean, the bang for your buck, this really, really hits hard there. I mean, and we hear all sorts of different scenarios. Like he’s mentioned being bit by a sabretooth tiger. The most common one I think I hear especially for women is childbirth and things like that. [laughs] you know something and it’s not and they go all over the place.
Another really attractive description. Yeah. [laughing] Definitely. People are going to be lining up. Sign me up. Yeah. [laughs]
Well, let me just say, you know, as a, you know, as someone who never really went that intense before I started doing this workout and when I was opening InForm Fitness in LA here and our trainer -- I brought our trainer, Ann Kirkland on and she’s amazing and we were doing each other’s workouts and there was one moment that I’ll always remember because it was doing the leg press and the leg press does get scary. Like what Adam says, we don’t want them to think that intensity means danger but in your mind it is a little scary when you’re lifting the heavy weight and you’re feeling in your body that you can’t go on but I remember I was getting a little scared, you know, because I was going up towards 200 pounds at that point and Ann said, don’t worry nothing bad is going to happen.
And that just all of the sudden, that’s was like an ‘aha’ moment for me because we go so slow, we’re watching you the whole time and nothing bad is going to happen. I’m not going to die. I’m not -- the worst thing that’s going to happen is I will not be able to push that weight any longer. I will not be able to hold it. The worst thing that would happen is that I suddenly, you know, just stop doing it and drop the weight a little bit. That is the worst and that’s what you have to kind of have to work through in your head is just this -- to me it’s a very great mental conditioning, you know so.
Tim: And that’s the value of having a trainer like the three of you and the rest of the staff you have at all the InForm Fitness locations is the fact that there’s a trainer with you one on one for that 20-ish minutes or so. And then the part that got a little scary for me like you Sheila was my very first time through the workout is when you hit that point of failure where you can’t move that weight anymore, well our natural response is just a boom let it down but as Adam has said, that’s where the magic happens.
And so then you say, “Alright you’re at that failure point, 10, 9, 8,” and you’re counting down to one and we’re holding it and we’re sitting there struggling. That’s the pinpoint of the intensity that it doesn’t necessarily hurt, there’s that burn. It’s intense and you want to beat it. You want to be able to hold it as long as you can and then you let it down and there’s that amazing release. That to me is the intensity and as Adam, you said in previous episodes, that is where the magic happens.
Adam: It is and, you know, again we talk about failure too. The word failure, muscle failure and that scares a lot of people. If you’re not careful to define what failure is and that failure is a good thing, people can feel, “Oh, I suck at this,” or, “I’m too weak. I can’t do this,” and working out to that level of intensity and muscle failure will do that to you.
So, you have to educate. You have to understand that there’s a totally different mindset, totally different objective to what we’re trying to achieve when we do a set of exercise here. We’re lifting weights slowly because it’s safer. We’re going to safely lift this weight until our muscle has nothing left and that can be a scary proposition. There’s a natural survival instinct that I want to kick in, this fight or flight thing but we’re smart people. Right? And we’re human beings and we have thinking capabilities.
So, we’re going to overcome that fear. We’re going to overcome that temptation to panic and we’re going to stay in the pocket and we’re going to push that level of intensity where we can’t lift the weight anymore and push a little bit beyond that and endure that burn, embrace that burn if you will and then just expire and then like you said Tim, that’s where the magic happens but it’s also where the exhilaration comes in. You actually get it that you focused on it and the whole experience is only a minute in a half and really it’s the last 20 seconds or so that will be uncomfortable part. So, it’s 20 seconds of what I like to just call, severe discomfort.
That’s right. That’s really all it is.
Severe discomfort. And when Ann said, “Well, what’s going to happen?” Because as soon as you stop, the severe discomfort goes away immediately.
Yup.
It goes beyond just goes away. It’s almost exhilarating. [laughs]
Exactly.
It really is.
Yeah.
There’s seven times a workout where I’m like, “Oh, that feels really good for that to stop.”
So glad you’re done. [laughs]
[laughs] Yeah but --
You know, I think the word sometimes -- you know, like Adam is a very, very direct and I appreciate that and the truth is I actually am attracted to that term ‘muscle failure.’ However, over the years I have noticed a lot of people, they don’t connect to it and it’s something I think we do have to work on with some people. They just won’t stick around and sometimes the concept, especially with type A people, the word failure does not sink in quickly. Even if they love a good challenge. I mean, I play around with the terminology. I almost always go back to muscle failure also but --
That’s a big hurdle to overcome when I was first exercising with Sheila and she was training me through this, I didn’t like the failure. I was like, “Oh, I failed.” Right, you know --
Right.
But after a while, once you learn to manage that and understand it as failure, that is the goal. It’s the only option and then we’re able --
Right.
Yeah.
Well, that’s how I like to approach it. I call it what it is and I say, “But that’s okay because failure can have different meanings.” That you can have personal failure, we’re not talking about that kind of failure. We’re talking about different types of failure.
The threshold.
Kind of like the word ‘shalom’ in Hebrew. It can mean goodbye and hello. You know and the thing is failure can mean several things also. Alright. So, we’re smart intellectual people. We’re all big boys and girls here. Alright. We’re using the word failure in a different way. Alright, get over it. Stop being so touchy feely sensitive, you know. You know a lot of people will say, “Well, I’m not really in great shape. I haven’t worked out in like six years.” I mean, I’m very careful -- we all are very careful explaining when you start this workout we’re going to kind of build you up to that. We’re not treating you like an advanced client from day one.
We’re going to teach you what muscle failure feels like. We might not even go to muscle failure the first couple of workouts. We might get close to it. We’ll bring you up, we’ll bring you into it. Then I always like to say to people, we’re not going to go anywhere where you’re not willing to go yourself. I’m not going to make you do anything. You’re going to feel confident enough to do this the right way. You will go to muscle failure and confidently go to muscle failure. Not because I’m imploring you but because you feel safe doing so.
Well, what you just said supported what I was about to say and I’ll just follow up with this. I really struggled with understanding A, what failure was until after a full week of going through all the exercises, understanding I can’t move that weight anymore. Then dealing with the fact that oh, well I failed. I wanted to go more. I believe it takes a couple of weeks at least for me it took a few weeks to my brain around what failure was and my trainer Sheila helped me get there to understand that.
And then the beautiful thing about reaching that failure, that threshold, that limit, is understanding those limits later were pushed just a week or two later when you go up weight in maybe two to four to five pounds up on the amount of weight that we’re pushing, lifting or pulling. When we passed that threshold that helped me understand it and that’s the goal and it’s wonderful to push yourself to the limit because otherwise, you don’t know how far you can go. You’re not going to see any strength and I have seen incredible gains over the last four months.
You know Adam talked about educating and talking to people and giving credit to our clients and he’s absolutely right about that because you know when you -- like failure if we look at in exercise or all aspects of our lives, like when we look back on times we’ve failed we’ve always grown from those types of things in everything. They’re always -- when we look back it’s always a very positive aspect of our life and we’ve -- I’ve conveyed that to clients and reminded them about, “Hey, what about the time when you lost that job but you got a better one later?” Or this thing happened but then the next thing came as a result of that.
I read something that my brother wrote years ago and he said something like, I trust my failures much more than I trust my successes because they happen much more often, you know. And I think as a result of just life experience and I think that’s what -- like, literally, most things that are worthwhile are difficult. They are challenging. They’re -- and this workout is a part of that. This is not a recreational fun activity. I mean, it can be because the trainers are all fun and we have a wonderful environment but when most people come to do is to work out safely and efficiently so they can get back to their life, their work or whatever. And, hey, well, that’s my take on failure. I think it’s a good thing and we should be looking at it in a very positive light as we educate the clients.
So, Tim, you talked about your relationship with failure and how you kind of learned to embrace it and it took you several workouts and several weeks to kind of understand where we were going with this and where you should be going with it. And it made me think about any process whether it be a language, guitar, martial arts. The thing about -- martial arts is a good example because you get your black belt but you’re not done learning. Black belt, you’re considered fairly proficient at that particular martial art but you’ve got different degrees of black belt. So, there is no ends in this process.
I’m doing it 18 years this way and I am still learning about myself and I’m still finding out things about myself and it’s interesting because it’s a simple thing going to muscle failure in a way it’s a simple, you know, just go until you can’t go anymore. I mean it doesn’t get simpler than that. I mean there’s no degrees of muscle failure. Either you go until your muscles don’t have anything left. Done. So in one sense, muscle failure is very simply just go until you can’t go anymore, where your muscle just fails. At that point you can’t lift the weight anymore and there’s no degrees of failure. You didn’t almost fail. You either failed or you didn’t. It’s like being almost pregnant. There’s no such thing.
So, it’s very simple in one hand but then it gets kind of sophisticated on the other hand where there are nuances to going to muscle failure, your breathing, the way you approaching it mentally. It’s kind of like meditation in a way. The idea of meditation is very simple, just focusing on your breath and staying focused on your breath. Very simple premise but you never perfect it. Even the gurus of meditation never perfect that.
I think a lot of it is reading your client and their attitude towards a challenge and some people are very excited to about this 90 second challenge ahead of them. Some people have a mediocre attitude towards it and some people have a very poor attitude towards it and among other -- even if you have poor attitude towards it a lot of them are here because they know that what they’re doing is very, very good for them still you know. And I think we have to work with that and that’s where we set the level of intensity. So, we don’t -- so they can continue doing it and they can get the stimulus that is necessary. It’s a little bit of an art form from the trainer’s point of view.
Adam’s right though, inevitably the goal is to get to the point where you just can’t go anymore and as you evolve as a client or in just doing the technique on your own or with a trainer you get better at it. At tolerating what is an unpleasant feeling, what’s a lot of discomfort which people sometimes use the word pain dare I say, but it’s like it’s just a hard activity. It’s a hard stimulus but the good thing is it’s over quickly. It’s a worthwhile stimulus. It’s very challenging but it’s over fast.
And then the other thing about that too is they might be a little afraid to go to that level of intensity. We do have to guide them through it and it takes a few weeks for you to really kind of mentally get into it but you will leave that first session feeling something and that is what, “Wow. Oh my gosh. I’m going to go back and try a little harder next time.” You know and then they get to know themselves better that they can handle more than what they thought they could.
And after six to twelve sessions you start to notice and feel and see benefits like the changes in your body and people feel it. So, it’s all very worthwhile.
Adam: When I give a consultation I’m not trying to push them as hard as they ever worked out in their life before. I’m not trying to prove to them how tough I am as a trainer. I’m not trying to get them to prove to me how tough they are. What I’m trying to do the first workout is to get their attention if you will. Like, “Wow. I can’t believe how my legs feel after just two minutes of doing it.”
When they say how amazing it is after their first workout and I know they didn’t go into muscle failure and I know they have a lot of experiencing to do. I always say to them, I’m glad you just said that to me. If you think this is crazy cool now, I’m going to ask you how you feel about it in six to twelve weeks and you’re going to look back on today’s workout as like, “Wow. I thought I was doing it back then. Now, I see I’m doing it.” You know, so, you’re going to look back on today’s first workout with fond memories if you will because it’s never going to be so easy ever again.
Tim: Well, there’s definitely something special about that first workout. It is an eye-opening experience and a first step towards rebooting your metabolism, burning fat and building muscle. Thanks team. Alright, here’s our music composed and performed by our very own Mike Rogers, the GM at the InForm Fitness location in New York City. That music means that we’re close to that 20-minute mark in the podcast. So, if you began your slow motion high intensity workout at the start of this podcast, you’d be finished by now for the entire week.
If you’d like to ask our InForm Fitness experts a question or have comment regarding the Power of 10, it’s very simple, just shoot us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com. You can also leave us a voicemail by calling 888-983-5020, Ext. 3. That’s 888-983-5020, Ext. 3. All feedback is welcome. Chances are strong that you’ll end up right here on the show.
And if you’re learning from the show and enjoying it the best way to support it and ensure that we continue producing additional episodes is to subscribe to the podcast and please rate the show and leave us a review right here in iTunes, SoundCloud, Stitcher Radio, Acast, YouTube or wherever you might be listening. And to join us here at InForm Nation and to give this work out a try for yourself just visit informfitness.com for phone numbers and locations nearest you. Please tell them you heard about the Power of 10 from the podcast.
Don’t forget to join us in our next episode as we continue the series on intensity. We’ll provide you with a very descriptive and detailed definition of a high-intensity workout from Ken Hutchins, one of the pioneers of this protocol. We’ll also discuss how this type of workout will enhance your performance in whatever activity it is you enjoy. I’m Tim Edwards. For Adam, Mike and Sheila, thanks for joining us on the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with Adam Zickerman and friends right here on the Inbound Podcasting Network.
This episode Adam discusses the importance of building muscle beyond just looking good at the beach or in a cocktail dress. You will learn about of the profound effects building muscles safely has on all the organs of your body. Some questions answered in this episode are: Will I become more “toned” working out with low weights and high reps? What is muscle failure and is it necessary to build muscles safely. What is the dose-response relationship and how does it apply to building muscle?
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon:
https://www.amazon.com/Power-Once-Week-Revolution-Harperresource/dp/006000889X/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1485469022&sr=1-1&keywords=the+power+of+10+book
Ilf you would like to produce a podcast of your own just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
The transcription to this episode is below:
03 The Importance of Muscle - Transcript
Intro: You’re listening to the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with New York Times, best-selling author, Adam Zickerman and friends. Brought to you by InForm Fitness, life-changing personal training with several locations across the US. Reboot your metabolism and experience the revolutionary Power of 10, the high intensity, slow motion, strength training system that’s so effective, you’d get a week’s worth of exercise in just one 20-minute session, which by no coincidence is about the length of this podcast. So, get ready InForm Nation, your 20 minutes of high-intensity strength training information begins in 3, 2, 1.
Tim: Alright. Welcome back to the InForm Fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman. My name’s Tim and we are at episode three, The Importance of Muscle. We’ll get down to that in just a minute but listen to that music in the background. Just kind of get that -- it’s got a good groove to it. Don’t you think guys?
Adam: Mhm [affirmative]. Tim: Yeah? Mike: I sure as hell think so.
Tim: [laughter] And of course was Mike Rogers, GM of InForm Fitness in New York City, who wrote and performed our theme music. What’s the name of that song, Mike?
Mike: That song is called, “Allergic To The Medication.” I actually co-wrote that with my partner, Brian Lord, who currently lives in Portland, Oregon and hence the demise of the Hypertonics, that was our band.
Tim: [laughs]
Mike: But, you know, every once in a while, we pop out and we have a show every once, you know, to bring back the love but yeah, that was one of our favorite songs.
Tim: Well, we’re going to put you on stage at our one-year anniversary show perhaps, maybe and we’ll have a show in New York and LA because that’s where we’re broadcasting from or podcasting from. Alright. Let’s get into it, guys. Let’s dive in. So, we’ve had a couple of episodes under our belt now. And if you haven’t had a chance to listen to episodes one and two, we invite you to go back and do so.
Episode one, we talked to Adam Zickerman in great detail about Adam’s history, what led him to building his empire at InForm Fitness and this slow motion high-intensity workout which is what this podcast is all about. This show is for those that are looking to supercharge their metabolism, increase cardiovascular endurance and build muscle. That’s what today’s episode is all about, building muscle or just, The Importance of Muscle, beyond the obvious, guys. The obvious is, you know, functionality. We want to look good and get as many right swipes for all of you single people out there [laughs] I suppose. Adam, walk us through the importance of muscle. Not just the obvious, the things that we’re all aware of.
Well, actually I do want, you know -- yeah. First of all, the obvious is not so unimportant. I mean, there’s so many things but let’s start with the obvious.
Mhm [affirmative].
I mean, I guess the one obvious thing about building muscle would be looking better. Right? You know, looking chiseled, looking defined, looking strong, looking fit and that’s an aesthetic thing and that’s probably the obvious one. To me though, especially for baby boomers, I’d have to say that’s probably fifth on the totem pole of importance, you know. To me, probably the most important thing about muscle is the strength aspect that it gives you. To me, that is the foundation of any fitness program.
Do you find that that is more prevalent, the importance of strength to, say, baby boomers because that’s when the age group that starts to notice that they’re not nearly as strong as they once were, is that why that’s at the top of their list?
That’s exactly when they start to realize what’s important in life. [laughs] They have the family. They got the girl or they got the guy.
Right.
You know? They sell the BMW. They get the minivan and now they don’t want to be in pain anymore.
[laughs]
Now they want to be able to go play sports with their kids and not be in pain and to enjoy life and to not exacerbate or have the injuries they’ve had of their youth start creeping up on them. What this does, what strength gives you, it buys you more time to be pain-free because those injuries they’re lurking and as soon as you start getting weaker, those injuries start becoming more pronounced. The main way I think to keep those things at bay is just to not lose any muscle strength as we get older.
You know what I’ve noticed from all the years I’ve been training and really, really thinking about this and living it as well is that around age 30, you know, people, both men and women are losing muscle just from the nature of aging. Maintaining that has become and should become the priority in our life. I mean, everything sort of slows down a little bit. We start to store a little bit more fat. Our joints get a little weaker. When we’re playing sports, the little injuries that used to go away in a day or two sometimes linger a little bit longer, those little aches and pains and I mean, I’m an active guy and so that happens.
A lot of it, what women think is toning, “Oh, I want to tone up. I want to tone up. I want to tone up.” Well, girls, that’s muscle. That’s what it is. It’s muscle and you get, you know, and you’re not going to bulk up, you know, and get -- you’re going to be the best you can be. Right, Adam? Why don’t we talk a little bit about bulking up?
Alright. The thing about muscle is this, we all think that if you work out one way, the muscle will respond one way and if you work out another way, the muscle will respond the other way. For example, if you do -- the old adage is if you do heavy weights low reps, you’ll bulk up. Your muscles will get big and bulky. And the other thought would be if you do high reps, then you get toned. You get cut. That’s like ridiculous.
Alright. When a muscle gets stimulated, when a muscle is fatigued, it makes itself stronger and the way it makes itself stronger is by creating more, what they call, myofibrils which are the cells within a muscle fiber and the muscle fibers get thicker and thicker and stronger and either it’s stimulated enough for that to happen or it’s not stimulated enough for that to happen. Period. It’s not like it’s going to bulk up one way -- a myofibril is a myofibril. It’s the same. That’s the reaction. More myofibrils, thicker muscle fibers.
So, Adam, when I started my workout with Sheila several months ago and she was explaining this work out through the Power of 10, the slow motion high-intensity strength training system that you developed at InForm Fitness. Sheila did a great job. I loved the word she used when I was in the middle of the workout. I was getting a dose. I feel like I’m getting a deeper penetration into the muscle. Am I visualizing that correctly? Are there different types of muscle fibers that are being stimulated through this protocol?
Right. Well, first of all, let’s talk about dose and usage of the word dose. I’m so glad that you that resonated with you.
Very much.
That that made that kind of affected, “Oh, like,” because, you know, Doug McGuff author of Body by Science talks -- had a whole chapter in his book, Body by Science, about the dose-response relationship. And Sheila, you used the word ‘dosage’ because in her head that’s how she sees it.
Mhm [affirmative].
Because that’s exactly what it is and the dose-response relationship that McGuff talks about is a relationship that every medical student, every doctor has to know and deal with. And that is understanding the dosage of a certain medicine to get the proper response. And doctors all know that they have to balance just the right dosage to get just the right response because if the dosage is too little, there’s not going to be a response.
Or too much.
And if a dosage is too much, it becomes toxic. So, this it’s balancing act of having exact right doses deal with whatever needs to be dealt with. Now, exercise is exactly the same way because medicine is a dosage and a high-intensity exercise experience is a dosage. And while we need to do it individuals, understand what dosage works best for us to get the response we need. And that dosage in general, on a bell curve of the human population, is about once a week that dosage. It can vary for the individual by days and even weeks for that matter but you have to start somewhere. When you look at the general population, it seems that one week, one work out per week, you start seeing progress, you start seeing muscle strength and muscle gains.
Wow, that fast. But this type of workout. Not just any workout, right? If anything --
And the analogy works really well with more or less than you need. If you have too much exercise, well now we’re getting into my personal story about how my boss said I didn’t look very good even though I was always very fit because I was tired, I was overtraining. I was getting hurt a lot and then you have the opposite. You have people that, you know, they do it half assed. Let’s face it. They go through the motions. They go to the gym. They’re talking and reading People magazine and they’re not really getting any real doses even though they might be spending a lot of time. Point is, they’re not going to get any response. The dosage is too weak.
Yeah. I think we’re always trying to figure out how to create this balancing act and it is a little difficult sometimes because we’re all individual. We’re all very different. Some people can benefit from going two times a week, sometimes one time a week is absolutely appropriate. And the thing is, I think depending on what you’re doing and how intense you’re doing it, we have to try and figure this out.
And figuring out the right dose, you know, we always start on a conservative level when we’re trying to understand peoples’ bodies but then -- and then it usually becomes very intense very, very quickly. But understanding this dose-response relationship I think is one of the most important things in how we think about our health in all aspects. From what we’re eating, to how much we’re sleeping, to the how much in the frequency of our exercise. So, it’s something that is worth everyone thinking about a little bit.
And one of the thing that, you know. I -- that really had an impact on me when I first heard this is, and Adam said it, was the fact that muscle dictates to the rest of the body what happens. Basically, the muscle is the most demanding tissue in your body. So, when you place a demand on that muscle, it makes the rest of the body stand up and pay attention.
Mhm [affirmative]. Right?
Well, now you’re bringing up something different now. So, we got the dose response thing which means, you know, you have the right stimulus. Alright and therefore you’re waiting for the right response. The response that we’re looking for is strength. Now, what does strength, getting back to the beginning of this podcast, what does strength give us? Why is strength -- why is muscle so important? That’s what Sheila was referring to now when she talked about the demands of muscle. Right?
The demands of muscle -- another analogy I like to make is like the demands of a population. What happens when a lot of people start moving into a new town and start developing a new town? Alright. The more people that move into that town, the more services need to be built to service those people. Alright. You’d have to have more restaurants. You’d have to have more supermarkets. You’d have to have a better transportation system. Everything has to improve to meet that demand. The utilities, new electrical units whatever that they call that stuff when they build out a city. So, that’s the demand and demand is the people.
So, when you’re building muscle let the demand [inaudible 11:54]. The more muscle that you put on your frame, the more demands you’re making on your body to meet those demands. And what does that mean? That means the heart, the transportation system, has to become more efficient. The infrastructure of the town has to improve. The roadways what do you -- well that’s our bones. That’s our skeletal system. Once again, that’s it’s more of a common fact that people understand that building strength will help with bone density. The idea of strength training and exercise and staving off the effects of osteoporosis has been known for a while now. Well, it’s because when you have strong muscles, again, the bones have to support those new stronger muscles and they become more dense.
So, question I have, is you bring that up and that’s a fantastic analogy of the demand and supply and using that city analogy and you’re talking about with the building of the muscle, the strength training and its effect on various parts of the body like Sheila introduced a minute ago. What about organ functionality? You mentioned the heart as well too but does that also -- does building your muscles and becoming stronger also help you with other functionalities? What, like say, for digestion?
Exactly. [Inaudible 13:07] digestion, our ability to utilize -- our glucose metabolism improves. That’s a very interesting point because when I talked about these factors that I wanted to have separate podcasts about. One of those things, the research being done on myokines. Myokines are these proteins that are generated from the muscle after high intensity exercise. They have anti- inflammatory properties but they also have what they call organ crosstalk. Your muscles can release these myokines and talk to other organs in your body to have them perform better.
Mhm [affirmative].
Like the pancreas is actually utilizing insulin better. The liver’s ability to store more glucose improves. All these types of things, the mobilization of body fat for fuel improves as a result of these myokines being generated from the muscles. That really high intensity exercise can only do for you. So, and this is recent stuff that we’re learning about.
So, it’s called organ crosstalk. So, when you never thought in the past that high intensity strength training -- it only lasts 20 minutes once a week mind you, have these profound effects. Not just on our strength and getting rid of our aches and pains and allows us to put something in the overhead compartment in an airplane, but to be able to actually improve a digestion to be able to help us mobilize body fat in a more efficient way. Fantastic stuff that we’re just learning about, anti- inflammatory properties. It’s beyond what I ever thought possible. And the thing that just really, really turns me on about this is the bang that you --
[Crosstalk 14:52].
Tim: [laughs]
Adam: The bang that you get for your buck. I mean we’re talking about yes, an intense experience but we’re talking about a 20-minute intense experience on an average of once a week to have these really profound effects occur. I mean you’d think that for those types of positive effects you’d have to work out every single day, hours at a time, to have these things happen.
Tim: Mhm [affirmative].
Adam: But, no. So, to wrap up what we’re talking about as far as the importance of muscle, of course we started with aesthetics. Everybody wants to look good and one of the challenges that we have as trainers in our field, in our particular business, because we’re not selling the pipedream about you’re going to look amazing. And this is the problem because everyone expects exercise to give them the body that they want and to lose all the, “In once a week I can look like this?” Well, no. I mean body fat loss is also another part of it and nutrition is as important as the strength training part.
Now, what I want to point out all the time to people when they say because you can see the disappointment in their face when you hit them with that dose of reality that no exercise program is going to make them have that hard body that they’re looking for if they’re not watching what they eat. Everyone wants that exercise to be the magic bullet for them
So, they first go, “Ah, are you kidding me? You’re telling me that this once a week work out is not going to like give me -- and I’m not going to lose 30 pounds the next 30 weeks this way.” Well, no. Not from the exercise alone but let me tell you something, if you don’t lose a single ounce here but you come here once a week and you work out really hard, you’re going to be getting so many other benefits and you’re going to have a lot of benefits and still be overweight. [laughs] I’d rather be strong and overweight than weak and overweight.
Tim: Mhm [affirmative].
Adam: Now, if you want to be strong and svelte, then you got to do the nutrition part too. And you can make that decision whenever you want to make that decision, but if you just did this. If you make the decision to do this once a week, you’ve found the fountain of youth and you might be overweight but you found the fountain of youth. Your bones will be stronger as a result of it. Your glucose metabolism will be a little bit better because of it and these are things that people don’t see and this is the challenge.
When I try to tell people, forget about the fat loss, you’re getting all these other benefits, they’re like, “Eh, I just want to look good in a cocktail dress.” Like that’s almost all that matters and it drives me nuts because there’s so many more important things about strength training than just losing body fat especially since weight training or any other exercise [gets louder] is not all that good at helping you lose body fat anyway.
Mhm [affirmative].
I mean I just never got that. It’s about these incredible profound things that we’re finding out are happening, just from 20 minutes of intense exercise. That’s what I want to say in conclusion of all this. That you should understand that there’s so much more than meets the eye. I mean, the weight loss and looking good is a tip of the iceberg and when you go underneath it’s like, “Oh my God, look at all this.”
Just do it.
Well -- just do it and all this takes is, I don’t know. What? Five to seven exercises to supercharge your metabolism, increase cardiovascular endurance, and it will make you leaner and it will make you stronger if you follow those three pillars. Again, Adam, tell us what the three pillars are please to support the Power of 10 in this protocol.
Exercise, to maintain muscle mass. Nutrition, that will help foster fat loss. And of course, the secret weapon, and what came up in a way with our discussion on dose response, enough rest. This is the third pillar, rest and recovery. Which is the response part of the dose and response equation.
Now, that is all explained in detail in Adam’s book which you can get at amazon.com. It’s right here, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution. I’ve got highlights. Everything’s highlighted in here. I’ve got tags. I’m going through it and really digesting this information and it’s changing my life and you can do the same thing as well. There are several locations if you’d like to try to work out for yourself in California, Colorado, Virginia, New Jersey and New York where Adam and Mike are. We invite you to join InForm Nation. And to find an InForm Fitness near you, just visit www.informfitness.com and when you call, please mention the podcast and maybe they’ll throw some swag your way. I think we’re working on some swag. Aren’t we Sheila? You talked about some InForm Fitness shirts and what do we got?
Yup. We are. Yeah.
Tim: Alright.
Sheila: We’re working on some InForm Nation shirts. Yeah.
Tim: InForm Nation. That’s right. We’re looking for you to become a member of folks is InForm Nation. And now, if you have a question for Adam, Mike or Sheila or a comment regarding the Power of 10 or something we’ve talked about here on the podcast, you can shoot us an email to podcast@informfitness.com. You can also record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com. And pretty soon we’re going to start including some phone calls, some questions and some comments from our listeners. The phone number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3 and hopefully we’ll go ahead and get some of those pretty soon to start including those on the podcast.
And finally and very importantly, if you wouldn’t mind, please, if you like what you hear, if you want more of these shows to continue to be released through iTunes and SoundCloud and Stitcher Radio and Acast and wherever you might be getting your podcast from, please leave us a review and subscribe to the show. That will ensure the success of this program and make sure that we have more episodes coming your way. Alright guys, great discussion today on muscle. The definition of muscle and why it’s so much more important to build and maintain than just to look good in a cocktail dress. Thanks guys for joining us today. Good job.
Adam: [laughs]
Tim: I’m Tim Edwards reminding you to join us again next time as we open up a series on intensity, high intensity in your work out. We’ll define it and discuss the many benefits that await you by joining InForm Nation. Thanks for listening to the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with Adam Zickerman and friends on the Inbound Podcasting Network.
The purpose of exercise is to build muscle as quickly and as safely as possible so you can live the life you want. So, does performing the physical activities you enjoy like hiking, cycling, playing basketball, golfing or gardening count as legitimate exercise?
___________________
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon:
https://www.amazon.com/Power-Once-Week-Revolution-Harperresource/dp/006000889X/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1485469022&sr=1-1&keywords=the+power+of+10+book
Ilf you would like to produce a podcast of your own just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
The transcription to this episode is below:
02 Exercise vs Recreation Rough - Transcript
Intro:
You’re listening to the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with New York Times, best-selling author, Adam Zickerman and friends. Brought to you by InForm Fitness, life changing personal training with several locations across the US. Reboot your metabolism and experience the revolutionary Power of 10, the high intensity, slow motion, strength training system that’s so effective, you’d get a week’s worth of exercise in just one 20-minute session, which by no coincidence is about the length of this podcast. So, get ready InForm Nation, your 20 minutes of high intensity strength training information begins in 3, 2, 1.
Alright. Welcome into episode two of the InForm Nation podcast with Adam Zickerman. If you stumbled across this episode in iTunes, SoundCloud, Stitcher Radio or YouTube and have not yet had a chance to listen to our first episode, we invite you to go back, give it a listen because in that episode you’ll hear some important foundational information to help you understand the mission of this podcast and be formally introduced to all the members of the podcast team but we’ll quickly run through the room here and reintroduce everybody.
I’ll start. My name’s Tim Edwards. I’m the founder of the Inbound Podcasting Network and have been training with the Power of 10 system at the Toluca lake location in Southern California. Joining me here in the Los Angeles area, just a few freeways away from the Inbound Podcasting studio, is one of my trainers at InForm Fitness, Sheila Melody. Hey, Sheila.
Hi, Tim. How ya doing? I’m coming here from sunny Southern California. It’s a beautiful day. It’s perfect today. Maybe not -- [laughs] Yeah. I’m just going to rub that in to our -- [laughs] Well --
To our New York cohorts here.
Yeah. As we record this through Skype we can see our other cohorts here wearing sweaters and jackets. So, probably a little chilly over there across the country on the East side of New York City. We’ll start with the GM of the Manhattan InForm Fitness location, Mike Rogers. What’s up, Mike?
Hey, what’s up? Yeah, it’s like an arctic 50 degrees here right now. It’s hell. [laughs] No, it’s actually not so bad. I just came back from Vegas over the weekend. So --
Nice.
You know, I’m ready to sort of recharge, restart and -- And recoup. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah, but I’m excited about the podcast today.
[laughs] And of course, the reason we’re all here, the founder of InForm Fitness and author of New York Times Best Seller, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution, Adam Zickerman. How you doing, Adam?
Hey guys. Looking forward to this.
We got one under our belt and here we go with number two but before we drill down into today’s topic, the definition of exercise, Exercise vs Recreation, let’s quickly recap what we discussed in the first episode. Adam, if you don’t mind for our listeners who have not yet listened to that show, what is the Power of 10?
Well, it’s the name of my book, Power of 10. There wasn’t a Power of 10 until the book came out actually. It was just Inform Fitness. The premise of InForm Fitness and then the book was to understand and put exercise in its proper perspective and what we should expect from exercise. Ultimately, the premise is that the sole purpose of exercise is to build muscle, to maintain muscle mass as we get older. That to me is the number one priority and the exercise plan. The whole book Power of 10 and the whole technique starts there.
The technique, of course, enters into intensity and safety considerations as well as balancing exercise, with proper nutrition and rest. There you have the Power of 10, balancing exercise, rest and nutrition, the three pillars we call it. On there that’s the foundation. Then there all your recreational pursuits, the life that you want to life, sits right on top of that. If you want to life the kind of life you want to live, an active life, a happy life, a pain free life, it starts with exercise, rest nutrition and everything else follows from there.
Adam always says like, you know, the mission of InForm Fitness is to provide people with the exercise they need to give them the life that they want, you know, so --
I could have just said that. [laughs]
Could have said that but --
We need a little more [laughter], a little more detail. Of course InForm Fitness -- Sheila, why don’t you chime in on that? If you don’t mind, why InForm Fitness?
I always say there’s a couple reasons for that. One is that we want to inform our clients always. We’re all informed. We’re informing them about why you’re doing this exercise, what it, you know, even to the point of what muscles are working at that particular time. Then we also are real sticklers on performing the exercise in proper form. So, I might find, you know, myself saying, “Okay. Stay in form.” Then I’ll go, “Oh, yeah. That’s our name.” [laughs]
It’s perfect. That is -- we are calling our community, that we’re building here through the InForm Fitness podcast, to InForm Nation because that’s what we’re trying to do. If you’re listening to this podcast and you’re enjoying what you hear and you’re becoming educated, becoming informed, we invite you to join InForm Nation. We’ll have more details on how you can do that at the conclusion of the show.
Now, this show is geared towards those who are looking to build muscle, lose fat, maintain cardiovascular health and maybe even improve whatever it is that you love to do which really ties nicely into today’s topic, Exercise vs Recreation. Briefly, let’s go around the room and discus, what are some of the physical activities we all enjoy that might be confused with exercise. Let’s start with you, Sheila.
What I really love to do, around LA especially, is hiking. Lots of hiking, lots of canyon hiking and tennis and yoga. Those are things I actually enjoy doing.
So, when you’re hiking do you ever go up to Runyon Canyon? Is that right? Up there off of Mulholland Drive and see some celebrities.
Yes. [laughs] I’ve gone up there. It’s definitely a very busy hiking area actually. It is.
I prefer to kind of be out here in Malibu Canyon area because it’s way more wide open. That’s kind of the city hiking area but there are plenty of places here in Southern California to hike. As I’m sure there’s plenty of places in New York and the Upstate New York and surrounding areas too.
Are you a hiker, Mike, or what do you do for exercise or for recreation, I should say?
You know, I like to take a hike often times in life. [laughs] [Crosstalk 06:43] -- You’re told to hike often. Yeah. [laughs]
I love hiking. I don’t do it on a regular basis. It’s usually if I’m away or wherever. If I was in California, I’d probably be taking a hike. You know, I grew up with a lot of -- very, very active. Every sport and I did soccer and lacrosse very competitively. As I’ve gotten older, I sort of phased into triathlon sports, like, biking, swimming and running. Love cycling the most there and even more recently, tennis and golf over the last few years. So, I do a lot of, a lot of stuff. I just have a problem sitting still. So, being active is extremely important to me. You know, using my body is very important to me, so --
Adam, what do you do? I know -- I thought you told stories in the past, you liked to ski.
I’m a seasonal, recre-ator. I mean, during the winter I pretty much are limited to skiing. In the better weather I like to hike. Actually, I go fish. I do a lot of fly fishing. I love fly fishing. We just got a puppy, just got a puppy.
[laughs] What kind of dog?
A golden doodle. So, we’re going to -- we have some beautiful preserves by our house and we’re going to start doing some more of those walks and hikes with the dog now.
Walk the dog. It will force you outside. Then in New York City too, do you drive through the city or do you do a lot of walking to and from somewhere?
Well, that’s another thing. It’s a walking city for sure. Yeah. Mhm [affirmative]. Boy, I got to -- We’re on the move all the time.
Tim: I got to take up hiking just to keep up with all of you. That’s not something that I’ve really explored. All I do outside of what I do at InForm Fitness in Toluca Lake is I play softball once a week. Outside of that basketball with my kid and that’s it. So, I probably [laughs] need to get out a little bit more often and add to my recreation list. How is all of this different from exercise? All of these things that we’re mentioning, one would say, “Well, isn’t that exercise?” You’re playing tennis a few times a week. You’re hiking. Tell us the difference Adam. This is really -- it seems like a relatively easy concept to grasp but you say there’s a difference between exercise and recreation.
Adam: I think once it’s explained it seems easy but you still have a push back. It’s hard for people who have been told their whole life that you have to be active and be out there. They’ve been playing tennis their whole lives and playing soccer their whole lives, to tell them that’s not exercise. They’re not wrong by thinking it is in some sense and that is there’s an exercise effect. Again, exercise, specifically is to build muscle and get stronger.
There’s no doubt that a lot of these sports and recreational pursuits have an exercise affect in the sense that they do make you stronger. A tennis player is going to get stronger legs from it, a stronger arm or upper body in general from that sport. That’s not necessarily the goal of that recreational pursuit. The goal of that recreational pursuit is to enjoy that recreational pursuit is because you love it. Alright. That is the goal of that.
The goal of exercise is to make you stronger. The problem with recreational pursuits being perceived as exercise is that’s not the goal of recreational pursuits. They can get you stronger to an extent but it comes with its risks. It’s not comprehensive. It’s not going to do what you really want exercise to do. It’s not going to build your muscles from head to toe. It’s going to build them in a very specific way for that particular sport. That’s not a general conditioning program.
You don’t have to spend a lot of time to get strong. 20 minutes once a week without the risk of getting injury. As opposed to being a weekend warrior or maybe even more so and thinking that, you know, you join a bike club and you’re biking on the Wednesday night bike trips and you have the weekend stuff. You’re thinking you’re doing all of this because it’s in place of your exercise.
Tim: For people that are saying, “Well, I don’t need to work out,” or, “I don’t need to lift weights or do anything because I play tennis three times a week,” or, “I golf every week.”
Right. That’s the problem, people who think --
We hear that a lot. We hear that -- I’m sure Sheila and Mike and myself, we hear that a lot when we do an intake. We say, “So, have you exercised in the past?” They’ll say, “Yes,” and they’ll start listing the sports that they play. [laughs] Right. We get into that discussion. I said, “Alright, well, great. I mean, those are great things and I hope you continue to do them or maybe will want to do them again once you feel up to it.” That’s one way I make that distinction with people, to help them make that distinction. That this exercise program might get -- especially if they haven’t done their recreational pursuits in a while because they don’t feel like they’re in shape to do them. [laughs]
Or they may have hurt themselves in the process of doing them. Tennis players constantly, we have them all the time, like they had tendonitis, tennis elbow or golf --
[Crosstalk 11:35].
Golfers with back problems and it’s just like and it’s keeping them off the course. I mean, and to -- and so I mean, that’s the thing. It’s walking like four miles and they get to miss out on type of thing. It’s unfortunate.
So, what’s --
I have an interesting story just personally as far as I did -- I’d done a lot of yoga and I was always doing yoga. Then I started to get into do this. Then when I got certified and I opened the Toluca Lake facility. Then it was like, you know, my life got very, very busy and I couldn’t go to my yoga class for over a year. So, and I go to this very hot, you know, the Bikram yoga which is an hour and a half. It’s very, you know, intense, kind of.
So, I finally made it to a yoga class after a year and this was the testament to me that this works as far as just building your muscle because I used to like go to the yoga class and then I’d be off for a couple months and go back and the first time back the next day I was so sore. You know, just from doing it. This time I hadn’t been in a year I went and even though, yes, it was a little more, like a different kind of endurance getting through that class, the next day I was not sore. That was like, “Oh my gosh. This is because I have been building my muscle and I’m strong.” So, it was a whole different eye-opening thing for me.
Yeah. I noticed it when the first time I went skiing and I went to high altitude and when you’re coming from the East Coast and you go out to Colorado and you’re at 12,000 feet, 11,000 feet, and you do a couple of runs you really feel it. My ski mates that were living in Colorado were always impressed that the East Coaster, me, actually hung in with them until about 3 o’clock. They went till five but the fact that I even lasted until three doing the runs that I was doing with them coming right off the plane from the East Coast, they were impressed.
Yeah. I get that as a testimonial. So, like, probably more often than any other in regards to sports performance or recreational type of performance in regards to their strength and endurance and ability to stay out on the slopes. I hear it all the time and I just heard it last week from one of our clients. He specifically said, “It’s night and day. Night and day.” He’s a very athletic person already but he said, “It’s absolutely so clear that the strength training that he did here,” for only a couple months too, maybe about 8, 10 sessions previous to his skiing, he said, “It was unbelievable.” Frankly, over the whatever how long I’ve been here, thirteen years, I think I’ve heard that the most. At least, you know, a few times a season I hear that. Especially from new clients.
Yeah. So, this is a thing I want to say. Alright, what Mike just said is very interesting as far as what I would want to know is why. Why? What is happening? What is it about this exercise in particular that is actually preparing somebody in some sense to be able to handle a ski trip at high altitudes for the first time even when in the past they would need at least three days to adjust to the altitude. What’s actually happening there physiologically and what is it about our exercise program that’s causing that?
Before we get right to that I just want to sum up the difference between exercise versus recreation. Alright, again, exercise has a very specific goal to build muscle and to do it without undermining your health at the same time. When I say not undermining your health, I’m not necessarily talking about getting hurt right there on the spot. That is part of it of course. The acute injuries that can happen from lifting something too fast or the wrong way and then boom, herniated disc, torn muscle. That happens.
I’m also talking about the insidious things that occur that when you don’t realize are happening. When you go for those runs and runs and runs, five days a week and everything feels okay but you know, your knees are sore from time to time but you know an ice pack, an Advil later and it’s okay. You’re feeling that year after year, next thing you know it’s getting a little worse. It’s getting a little bit worse.
Fast forward another five years or so and you’re still doing all that, you’re being told you need hip replacement, knee replacement, you have arthritis here, you have arthritis there. Your neck is hurting you now. Your shoulder’s hurting you from the repetitions. Tennis isn’t fun anymore. Alright, the back is killing you after a tennis game, the knees are killing you, the shoulder is killing you, the elbow is killing you --
These are our experiences. These are direct observations. We’ve heard these all through the years. It’s unbelievable. You know, I think we have a front row seat to these type of complaints too all the time so.
These are primarily -- these are people that looked upon their recreational activities as their exercise as opposed to making their exercise foundation.
And now they’re realizing -- exactly. Yes. But now they’re saying, okay, this is great. So, the pressure’s off. I don’t have to look at these activities or feel guilty that I didn’t play tennis this weekend or I didn’t run this weekend. I don’t have to feel guilty about that. As long as I took the time, 20 minutes, about and worked out really hard, really intensely which is the whole reason and the whole way you should be exercising because what we’re finding is all this magic that occurs. All the strength that we get, all the endurance that we build comes from the magic of pushing your muscles to a level that they rarely get pushed to. When that happens, all that magic happens. All that change, all that positive change actually occurs.
Having said that, also, exercise is not about entertainment. The purpose of exercise is to build muscle as quickly and as safely as possible so you can live your life. If you want to have something that’s not boring, join a book club, join any kind of group where you can have fun but when it comes to your exercise just work out. Do what you have to do. You know, trying to make exercise not boring is kind of like trying to make brushing your teeth not boring. You know, you don’t consider that because it’s ridiculous to try to change the way you brush your teeth just so you’re more entertained during the process despite the risk you take of having rotten teeth.
This is the challenge though. Like, Adam’s points are absolutely valid and that’s the way it is. I mean, people have to consider that if they’re really, really taking seriously their health and thinking about it. I think some of the challenges sometimes is A, helping people believe that you can actually get a workout in 20 minutes. And we know you can and we have hundreds and hundreds of testimonials that you can but it’s -- but sometimes people I think just plain don’t believe that you can do it in 20 minutes. That’s A.
B, I think some people, they really, they need to feel like distracted if they’re exercising unfortunately. That’s why they need to be in a spin class with the music pumping and the candles and whatever. That’s the challenges that we do have being, you know, before you experience InForm Fitness, it sounds very counterintuitive to what you’ve been taught to make yourself healthier but when you experience it you realize that what Adam said is absolutely right. It really is just like brush your teeth, you know, you want your teeth to be healthy? Brush and floss and you know what, drink water. You know, on that note, from a female perspective, I have found it to be very fun. Are we stopping? [laughs] I found it to be very fun because it’s challenging. Women don’t typically go to the gym and try to like, you know, compete or lift heavy weights or I mean for the most part. I never did. I feel like it’s just kind of like a fun little victory every week when I come in and you see other clients -- our clients have developed friendships. You know, they’re seeing each other coming in and out. They love telling a new client, you know, like, “Wow, I’ve been coming for 62 sessions.” You know, and it’s just -- they’re so proud of themselves. You know, that’s what I see. It becomes fun.
Not the process. Not when you’re in that leg press. What’s fun for you -- True. [laughs]
Is the results from it. What’s fun for you is the culture of InForm Fitness because we all feel we have lightening in the bottle and we have this big secret and no one knows about that you can get in the best shape of your life in just 20 minutes. That’s all fun. That’s all something to be very proud of and very enthused about but when you’re on a leg press, those last ten seconds on a leg press, I mean, I don’t know, I’m not thinking fun at that moment.
That’s not fun. No. [laughs] [laughs]
To me, again, I think a lot of people appreciate the very direct approach about this as far as, you know, saying listen, I understand that you think exercise has to be fun and I can understand your reasons for wanting it to be fun especially if you’re going to spend three hours a week doing it. [laughs]
Right.
Adam: You know, I get it. I get that feeling. Here’s a relief for you, you can have fun without the guilt. You can have fun without mixing it up with your exercise and just do your exercise for 20 minutes not thinking about fun but get it over with in 20 minutes. I’m going to show you and convince you that 20 minutes is enough for that. That’s how you start the consultation. That’s how you start your introduction. Right now you have to believe or want to believe that 20 minutes is enough. All it’s going to take for you is to follow my lead for six weeks and you’ll get it. You won’t have to have me have to talk you into it anymore. Then you’ll be like, wow this is great. Now I can have fun the other how many minutes or less in that week.
Tim: Well, that certainly is what first attracted me to this workout, minimal time investment, great returns. In just a few months I’ve shed a few pounds, my clothes are fitting better, and more importantly, I’m getting stronger. As a matter of fact, we’ll include the PDF of my progress in the show notes. That way you can see how each week I’m lifting, pulling, pushing more and more weight. I love it.
Alright. There’s the music which means that we’re close to the 20-minute mark in the podcast. So, if you began your slow motion, high-intensity workout at the start of this podcast, you’d be finished by now for the entire week. So, as Adam just said, you can have fun the remaining 10,060 minutes of your week. Great discussion today.
Remember, if you’d like to ask the team a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10, it’s very simple. Just shoot us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com. You can also leave us a voicemail by calling 888-983-5020, Ext. 3. That’s 888-983-5020, Ext. 3. All feedback is welcome. Speaking of which, if you enjoyed the show, the best way to support it and ensure that we continue producing additional episodes is to subscribe to the podcast and please rate the show and leave us some feedback and a review right here in iTunes, SoundCloud, Stitcher Radio, Acast, YouTube or wherever you might be listening.
To join us here at InForm Nation, give this work out a try for yourself. Just visit informfitness.com for phone numbers and locations nearest you and please tell them you heard about the Power of 10 from the podcast. I’m Tim Edwards reminding you to join us in the next episode, The Importance of Muscle, and we’re not talking about just looking good at the beach but all the physiological benefits that come from losing fat and building muscle. For Adam, Mike and Sheila, thanks for joining us here at the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with Adam Zickerman and friends, here on the Inbound Podcasting Network.
Welcome to the first episode of the InForm Fitness Podcast, 20 minutes with New York Times, best-selling author, Adam Zickerman and Friends. Inform Fitness offers life-changing, personal training with several locations across the U.S.
Reboot your metabolism and experience the revolutionary Power of 10, the high intensity, slow motion, strength training system that’s so effective, you’ll get a week’s worth of exercise in just one 20-minute session, (which by no coincidence is about the length of this podcast).
Your hosts for the show are Adam Zickerman, the founder of Inform Fitness, Mike Rogers, trainer and GM of Inform Fitness in Manhattan, Sheila Melody, co-owner and trainer of Inform Fitness in Los Angeles, and Tim Edwards, founder of the InBound Podcasting Network and client of Inform Fitness in Los Angeles.
To find an Inform Fitness nearest you visit www.informfitness.com
If you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. Send us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com.
Join Inform Nation and call the show with a comment or question. The number is 888-983-5020, Ext. 3.
To purchase Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution click this link to visit Amazon:
https://www.amazon.com/Power-Once-Week-Revolution-Harperresource/dp/006000889X/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1485469022&sr=1-1&keywords=the+power+of+10+book
Ilf you would like to produce a podcast of your own just like The Inform Fitness Podcast, please email Tim Edwards at tim@InBoundPodcasting.com
The transcription to this episode is below:
01 Adam You Look Like Crap - Transcript
Intro: You’re listening to the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with New York Times, best-selling author, Adam Zickerman and friends. Brought to you by InForm Fitness, life changing personal training with several locations across the US. Reboot your metabolism and experience the revolutionary Power of 10, the high intensity, slow motion, strength training system that’s so effective, you’d get a week’s worth of exercise in just one 20-minute session, which by no coincidence is about the length of this podcast. So, get ready InForm Nation, your 20 minutes of high intensity strength training information begins in 3, 2, 1.
Tim: And with that we welcome you to the maiden voyage of the InForm Fitness podcast with Adam Zickerman. How about that guys? We're finally here. [cheering] Yeah. [laughs] You're hearing several voices in the background and of course we're going to get to know each and every one of them here in the next few minutes.
After about, what, two months of planning and scheduling and equipment troubleshooting? Now finally recording and excited about passing this valuable information onto those who are looking to build muscle, lose fat, maintain cardiovascular health and maybe even improve your golf game or whatever it is that you love to do. I'm certainly on board.
My name is Tim Edwards and I'm the founder of Inbound Podcasting Network and we are very proud to add the InForm Fitness podcast to our stable of shows. Not only because we've assembled a knowledgeable and entertaining team to present this information but I am also a client of InForm Fitness. I've
been training, using the system for close to about four months I believe and very pleased with the progress I'm making and I certainly have become a believer in the Power of 10 in which we will describe in great detail later in this and in future episodes.
So, let's get started by going around the room or the various rooms that we're all recording from via the magic of Skype and formally introduce each member of the podcast team to our listeners. Of course we'll start with the founder of InForm Fitness Studios and the author of the New York Times, best-seller, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution, Adam Zickerman. Adam, it's a pleasure to finally launch this podcast and get started with you.
Adam: Longtime coming. I'm so happy we're doing this.
Tim: And I believe joining us from the Manhattan location of InForm Fitness, from across the hall from Adam, is Mike Rogers. Mike's been training at InForm Fitness for about 13 years and has served as a general manager for the New York City location for the past five. Mike, glad to have you in.
Thank you. It's great to be a part of it.
And finally, joining us from the Los Angeles area is Sheila Melody. Sheila became a Power of 10 personal trainer in 2010 and in 2012 helped Adam expand to the west coast by opening the first InForm Fitness Studio just outside of Los Angeles in beautiful Toluca Lake and has since instructed hundreds of clients through the years, myself included. Sheila, this was your idea to launch the podcast. We're finally here doing it. Good to see you.
I'm so excited to do this, to bring -- to introduce Adam and Mike and the Power of 10 to everybody out there and let's go.
Let's go. Alright. So, there's the team, Adam, Mike, Sheila and myself, Tim. And we're all looking forward to diving deep into the content. But Adam, before we do, remind us of that very sophisticated title you came up with, for our very first and ever so important episode of --
[laughs] The InForm Fitness podcast. That title of the show again, Adam, is what? You Look Like Crap.
[laughs] Very interesting title and in addition to the story behind that title, tell us -- before we get into that, tell us a little bit about your background. What led you to launching InForm Fitness and writing the book, Power of 10?
Well, exercise has always an interest of mine, since I was a kid. I was a jock. My father's a jock. So, I became a jock and, you know, I had trainers and people telling me how to train and I read books on it [inaudible 04:06] magazines and I did it the way everyone was doing it, the way my trainer just wanted me to do, the way my coaches were telling me to do it and it was the conventional biometric type stuff. It was the free weights.
When I was in high school, they didn't even have Nautilus yet. [Inaudible 04:25] Nautilus had just started. We had a universal machine in our gym. Those are -- but it was the first introduction to machines that I had. You know, looking back on it, it was kind of primitive but, the bottom line is, you know, you have -- you worked out hard. You worked out often and you got hurt a lot. [laughs]
Did you get hurt sometime in that progress, in leading towards InForm Fitness, did you suffer an injury?
I had plenty of tweaks up until the point I had my major injury during a deadlifting program but way before that I was -- and what led to the title of this, was way before my major injury, what led to the title of this, was when a boss told me that I looked like crap even though I exercised all the time.
Well let's -- let me stop you there. So, you said you looked like crap. Did you in your mind?
Oh, no. No, I thought I was a stud.
[laughs]
And nothing's changed.
[laughs] And you could see Adam for yourself if you go to informfitness.com and [laughs] see if he really does.
Confidence is important in life, you know?
[laughs] Yes, it is.
And you got to fake it too sometimes.
So, you were an exercise guy, you were doing it all the time and he knew that you were exercising. What is it that led him to tell you that you looked like crap?
As you can imagine, I was working in the laboratory at the -- that I was working and as you can imagine from Scientific Laboratories, there aren't too many jocks hanging around Scientific Laboratories. I was -- [inaudible 05:49]. What Mike? I see you want to say something.
A lot of studs are hanging out with [inaudible 05:57].
Yeah, exactly. There are always too many. You know. So, I kind of -- and I was new on the team and I was probably -- I would -- I'm an over -- when it comes to scientific inquiry and research I was over my head. I'm an overachiever with that. It was such a passion of mine that -- but I had to work ten times as hard to get where I was in that laboratory, where all my colleagues, you know they read it once and they got it, you know, and I had to spend hours into the middle of the night trying to figure out what we were doing in the lab.
So, the one thing I had on everybody because I didn't have brains on them and I had brawn them and I had my so called experience in exercise and I tried to [profitize 06:33] how they should be exercising. Again, it was like lots of hardcore stuff, everyday working out. You got to do a cardio, you got to do at least a couple mile runs every day. You got to do three weight training programs.
Mhm [affirmative].
I was working out with this guy, Ken [Licener 06:48], maybe he'll be a guest one day on our podcast. He's a real pioneer in this and he used to work out -- he was a chiropractor that worked out of the basement of his house. And when you puked, you had to puke in this bucket.
Oh jeez.
And then, you can't just leave your puke there and you had to walk out with your bag of puke in your hand and everyone would see you and they'd clap if you had a bag of puke in your hand.
Oh my God. [laughs]
And you'd have to throw the puke, the bag of puke, into a garbage pail on the corner of his house.
Oh my God.
Oh.
And by the end of the night there were like 30 bags in this thing.
[laughs]
You know, I can imagine the guys picking up this stuff, you know, in the morning --
[laughs]
So, Tim, that was the best. That's the type of workout that I'm trying to explain to these exercise -- these scientists in my lab and so my boss, he was kind of tired of hearing it all and it didn't make sense to him at all and he's a smart guy, obviously.
And so he said to me, he says, you know, Adam, someone who knows so much about exercise and works out all the time, I have to say, you look like crap. That's where it came from.
Tim: Did that piss you off a little bit or did you maybe kind of step back and go, “Hey, well maybe he's right. Maybe I am taking the wrong approach.”
Adam: At the time, I paused. It was a seed that was planted and it didn't start germinating for many years later and it was through other experiences, other injuries, and all the comments from friends that said, this can't be good for you and then there was the epiphany, when I read the Ken Hutchins manual which basically put into words things I was questioning and he kind of answered a lot of those questions for me.
Tim: So, tell us a little bit about Ken Hutchins. Who was he and what's in his manual?
Adam: Ken Hutchings. [laughs] He's an eccentric guy. Ken questions all the things that I couldn't articulate and he made -- he point -- he made the point about how exercise is your stimulus and then you let it -- then you leave it alone. It's not about more is better.
He also brought home the point that exercise has to be safe and it's not just the acute injuries that he was talking about. It's not the torn muscle here and there, or the sprain here and there, it was the insidious effects of over training that are much more serious than a strain or a sprain. The kind of insidious things that lead to osteoarthritis, hip replacements, lowered immune systems and therefor susceptibility to disease and those types of problems associated with chronic overtraining.
My father ran marathons his whole life, didn't eat very well. In his early 70s he had quadruple bypass surgery and this man ran many, many miles and you know so that -- all this, all this experience and then reading this manual, you know, that -- it blew me away. I mean, honestly it changed everything for me.
Then I started seeking out people that were already kind of gathering around Ken Hutchings that also were touched by what he had to say, that also I guess were feeling the same things I was feeling leading up to that moment. And it kind of reminds me of the movie Close Encounters of the Third Kind, where, you know, like, the aliens kind of shone that light on them and the people that had that light shown on them all of the sudden were compelled to go to Devils Tower. They didn't understand, you know, but they would just -- they just couldn't help themselves. They were driven.
And I felt, you know, you read this manual and all of the sudden -- and somebody else reads this manual and all of us, these people that read this manual like zombies being led to the Devils Tower to you know congregate and talk about this and that's what the original super slow exercise guild was about. I mean it was a bunch of exercise nerds now, you know, that were touched by these ideas and our mission, the power phrase was to you know change perception of exercise and change the way people look at exercise and why we exercise and how we exercise.
Tim: So, Adam, with this new mission of changing the perception of why and how to exercise, tell us how InForm Fitness came to be.
Adam: So, it was 1997. 1997 where Rob Serraino actually sold me some of his original equipment. He was upgrading his equipment and I bought his, his original [inaudible 11:28] five pieces of equipment [inaudible 11:30] MedX leg press and new MedX [inaudible 11:32]. So, I spent about, I don't six grand initially to start my business and I opened it up in a client's basement. A client of mine said I can have his basement, rent free, as I perfect my trade. I was like, thank you very much. I went to his basement and it was like 300 square feet and it was musty and there was another tenant down there that was a chain smoker.
Tim: And you learned why it was rent free. [laughs]
Adam: Now I realized why it was rent free. Exactly. So, that's where I started. I didn't have paying clients right away at that moment. That's where I had this equipment and I trained myself and my clients who owned the building and a handful of friends.
Tim: Well --
Adam: And from there I started trying to get as many people as I can to come to this basement and it's a testament to the workout that I was able to build a solid client base in a very inconvenient part of Long Island, by the way. Not to mention the fact that it was in a basement that smelled like smoke but it was also not easy to get to this place because all my connections were on the north shore of Long Island and this place that I was talking about was on the south shore of Long Island and I didn't know anybody on the south shore of Long Island. So, I wasn't getting clients from my -- from the neighborhood. I was getting clients where I'm from, my network.
I mean, listen, I was passionate about it. I was and I had the war wounds and I, you know, I was licking my wounds and I told a story about -- and people, you know, as you know people were able to relate to my story because I'm not -- I'm not like this gifted athlete or with this, no matter what I do my physique is perfect. You know, I mean, I have to work maintaining my -- I'm not a natural like that. So, I am a regular guy. You know, I'm a five foot nine and a half Jew. You know, I mean [laughs] You know, I had some things to overcome. [laughter] Giant among us Jews though. [laughter]
So, you were mentioning earlier, you know, you wanted to test to see if this had any staying power and here we are about 19, 20 years later almost. So, mission accomplished.
I couldn't be prouder to be associated with these two people. Mike Rogers I've know him now -- how long, Mike? It's so long, it's like --
[Inaudible 14:00] 14 years. Like, we grew up together at this point. 14 years.
I'm always attracted by something that's a little counterintuitive, that something that seems -- I mean, that's -- I’m just -- I find interest in that and I like to just sort of look deeper into it. I wasn't sure what we were doing was right or wrong. It just felt like it made sense and then it was very hard.
And you know, I had a shoulder injury. I still have it. It's a separated clavicle, separated shoulder from when I was 20 years old, a snowboarding accident and it always kind of nagged me. It was fine. It was okay but like, I couldn't lift boxes without it bothering me. I couldn't do a lot of things without it bothering me.
And the big thing that made me really believe that this is like "the thing" is my shoulder stopped bothering me after about seven weeks of doing Power of 10 and I couldn't believe it. I was just like, “Oh my God, that injury just -- it just went completely away.” That nagged me for at the time like nine years, nine or ten years and then I couldn't -- I saw -- I felt and saw and felt incredible results with my own body within -- with less than two months.
And so, and Adam, you know, I think, you know, we liked each other and I thought we could help each other and I literally -- I was working at Citi Bank and I literally one day I just quit my job and I became a trainer and it was that, that was it and 14 years later and it's by far the best job I've ever had in my entire life.
I've trained, you know, over 2,000 people. I don't know how many and I've seen magnificent triumphs over the years. I have a lot of experience with questions and stuff and it's been, just the most unbelievable experience for me to everyday, look forward to helping people and to work with the team that we have here and to the expanding global team as well, so --
Well, and you mentioned the global team and I think that would include Sheila Melody over here on the Westcoast. Adam, tell me about how you and Sheila met and how that came to be.
First time I met Sheila was through a course, a little certification, a little class that I had out in LA. It was my first time -- it was actually my first time in LA.
I had been introduced to the Power of 10 or the super slow technique by an ex- boyfriend and he brought me to a guy here in Calabasas, California --
[Oh, that's nice 16:17].
Named Greg Burns and Greg Burns is known to all of us super slow people. He's real old school and he works out of his garage and he's got about six pieces of equipment. So, I learned kind of the old school way and I loved it immediately. I was like, “Wow, this is so cool. I get to --” I felt strong and, you know, I had always worked out just typical workout. Go to the gym three times a week and then a few years later as Adam said, this is where Adam comes into the picture, I had been given his book, Power of 10 and saw his picture on the back and, "Oh, look at this cool guy. You know, he looks so cool." [laughs]
[Crosstalk 16:59].
Yeah a cute guy because it's hot guy on the back of this book, you know, and Greg Burns actually gave me that book. So, I was training with a girlfriend of mine who had been certified by Adam and she started her own place and then after a few years, I was like, “You know what? Maybe I should get certified and just kind of do this on the side. I really like it.” And so that's how I got introduced to Adam and first of all just over the phone doing, you know, we had conference calls weekly and just, you know, fell in love with him right away. I mean, I mean that in the most, you know, brotherly sense really [laughs] --
Every sense of the word.
We just definitely hit it off and he -- mostly because of Adam's style. He is very -- not only is he knowledgeable about all of this but I just -- he's such a great teacher and he knows what he's talking about. He has great integrity and he, you know,
makes sure that all the people he certifies are -- he will not pass you unless he believes that you really get this and you really know what you're doing and so, he's got great integrity when he does that.
And I was so proud -- when I did that first certification it was one of the best things I've ever done, like, what Mike is saying. I'm definitely drinking am drinking the Kool-Aid here. It's one of the best things I've ever done. So, I called him up and said, "Hey, you want to start an InForm Fitness in LA?" And we worked it out and next thing you know, three years later -- it's three-year anniversary today actually.
Really? No, shit. Yes. Wow. Very cool.
Three years. I was looking at Facebook posts things and it was saying, oh, two years ago today, Adam, you were in town and we were doing our one-year anniversary, so.
Cool.
Three years ago and, as I said, the best thing I've ever done and love all these people that are involved with -- the clients and trainers and, you know, that's my story. [laughs]
So, we're getting kind of close to the end of the very first episode of the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with Adam Zickerman and friends. The name of the book is Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution. It can be picked up at several bookstores across the country and through amazon.com. Adam, before we put the wraps on the show, if you would please, tell us what your vision is for this podcast and what you hope to accomplish in upcoming episodes.
I want to inform people of current exercise ideas and I want to push things forward and there's a lot of things that we need to talk about to push things forward. We're finding out -- I want to talk about genetics and its role in how we progress and exercise. I want to talk about the physiology we're learning about and the kinds of great things that happen from high intensity exercise that no one's talking about. You'd think by reading what's out there, that we'd have it down.
That we've got it. We got the secret to exercise. That just do this, just do that and you're fine but we are so far from fine. The injury rate for exercise is huge. Obesity is through the roof.
I mean, we're resting on our laurels and I want people to realize that there's so much more to this than meets the eye and I want to bring on the experts that are going to bring this new stuff to light. I want to bring out some really good pioneers in this and talk about the science that's out there, talk about the successes that we've had. You know, and educate and inform. I mean that's the, you know, the mission of my company and the name of my company and I want to continue that.
Tim: And we will. So, there it is. Episode one is in the books and by the way, we have hit the 20-minute mark in the show, which means, if you began your slow motion high intensity training at the start of the show, you'd be finished by now for the entire week. Intrigued or perhaps skeptical? We understand. I was until I tried it for myself. Just a couple months in and I have already shed several pounds and I'm getting stronger every week. If you'd like to try it for yourself, check out informfitness.com for all of the InForm Fitness locations and phone numbers throughout the country and please tell them you heard about it from the podcast.
In future episodes we will introduce the interview segment of the podcast. Our goal is to schedule interviews with experts, authors and other podcasters, as Adam mentioned earlier, who's specialties land somewhere within the three pillars of high intensity exercise, nutrition and recovery as discussed in Adam's book, Power of 10: The Once-a-Week Slow Motion Fitness Revolution. As our listenership grows and our community, we call InForm Nation starts to build, we'll have some swag available in the form of t-shirts and whatnot so stay tuned for that.
And, hey, if you'd like to ask Adam, Mike or Sheila a question or have a comment regarding the Power of 10. It's very simple. Just shoot us an email or record a voice memo on your phone and send it to podcast@informfitness.com. You can even give us a call at 888-983-5020, Ext. 3. That's 888-983-5020, Ext. 3 to leave your comment, question or even a suggestion on a topic you'd like covered here. Or perhaps you have a guest in mind you'd like to hear on the show. All feedback is welcome and chances are pretty good your comment or question will end up right here on the show.
And finally, the best way to support this show and to keep it free for you to learn from and enjoy, subscribe to the podcast right here in iTunes, SoundCloud, Stitcher Radio, Acast, YouTube or wherever you might be listening. Of course, again, it is absolutely free and please rate the show and leave us a review. That is vital to the success of this program. I'm Tim Edwards reminding you to join us for our next episode, Can Recreation Really Be Considered Exercise? For Adam Mike and Sheila, thanks for joining us on the InForm Fitness podcast, 20 minutes with Adam Zickerman and friends, right here on the Inbound Podcasting Network.